JOHN  DRAYTON. 


A  HISTORY  of  the  UNIVERSITY 
OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA 


BY 

EDWIN  L.  GREEN 

Professor  of  Ancient  Languages 
University  of  South  Carolina 


COLUMBIA,  S.  G. 

THE  STATE  COMPANY 

1916 


COPYRIGHT,  1916 

BY 

EDWIN  L.  GREEN 


To  THE  TRUSTEES 

OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY  OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA 

to  whose  encouragement 

the  publication  of  this 

volume  is  largely  due. 


341806 


PREFACE. 


Dr.  Maximilian  LaBorde's  History  of  the  South  Carolina 
College  appeared  in  1859,  bringing  the  narrative  down  to  the 
close  of  1857,  the  beginning  of  Judge  Longstreet's  presi- 
dency. A  second  edition,  published  in  1874  after  the  author's 
death,  continued  the  story  to  the  end  of  the  year  1865  and 
the  establishment  of  the  University  of  South  Carolina.  The 
present  volume  covers  the  life  of  the  institution  from  Gov- 
ernor Drayton's  message  in  1801  to  the  resignation  of  Presi- 
dent Mitchell  in  1913.  It  has  been  found  necessary  to  omit 
the  biographical  sketches  of  the  trustees,  faculty  and  officers, 
which  it  was  at  first  expected  would  be  included.  They  will 
require  another  volume  and  await  the  verdict  of  the  readers 
of  this. 

The  minutes  of  the  board  of  trustees  and  of  the  faculty 
have  been  consulted  on  all  points.  All  other  material  that 
could  throw  light  on  any  phase  of  the  University's  life  has 
been  examined.  Dr.  LaBorde's  history  has  of  course  often 
been  used :  he  was  an  actor  in  a  large  part  of  the  events  of 
the  period  whose  story  he  tells,  and  frequently,  especially 
in  matters  biographical,  he  is  the  only  authority. 

The  author  wishes  to  thank  the  many  friends  who  have 
come  to  his  assistance,  especially  Professor  Charles  Wood- 
ward Hutson,  of  New  Orleans,  of  the  class  of  1860,  who 
kindly  answered  many  questions  and  lent  letters  of  his  col- 
lege days ;  Hon.  J.  F.  J.  Caldwell,  of  Newberry,  of  the  class  of 
1857 ;  the  late  R.  W.  Shand,  Esq.,  of  Columbia,  of  the  class  of 
1859 ;  Hon.  W.  A.  Clark,  of  Columbia,  of  the  class  of  1862 ; 
Dr.  J.  W.  Babcock,  of  Columbia,  for  information  especially 
relating  to  Dr.  Thomas  Cooper ;  Professor  Andrew  C.  Moore, 


C  PREFACE 

whose  catalogue  of  the  alumni  is  soon  to  appear;  Professor 
Yates  Snowden,  who  has  given  with  generous  hand.  To  Mr. 
August  Kohn,  trustee  of  the  University  of  South  Carolina, 
whose  untiring  zeal  for  the  University  is  evidenced  on  all 
occasions,  the  author  is  indebted  for  constant  advice  and 
encouragement. 

Columbia,  S.  C.,  November  8,  1915. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PAGES 
CHAPTER  I. 

The  Founding  of  the  College  at  Columbia 9-22 

CHAPTER  II. 

South  Carolina  College  Opened — President  Maxcy's 
Administration 23-  33 

CHAPTER  III. 

President  Cooper — Nullification — Trial  for  Heresy — 
Low  State  of  the  College 34-43 

CHAPTER  IV. 

Reorganization  of  the  College — New  Buildings — 
Administrations  of  Robert  W.  Barnwell,  Robert 
Henry  and  William  C.  Preston 44-  55 

CHAPTER  v. 

The  Administrations  of  James  H.  Thornwell,  Charles 
F.  McCay,  Augustus  B.  Longstreet 56-  67 

CHAPTER  VI. 

War  Days 68-  78 

CHAPTER  vn. 
The  University  of  South  Carolina 79-  95 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

South  Carolina  College  of  Agriculture  and  Mechanics  96-1 04 

CHAPTER  IX. 

The  South  Carolina  College  Again — President  John 
M.  McBryde,  1882-1888 105-112 

CHAPTER  X. 

The  Second  University,  1888-1891 113-119 

CHAPTER  XI. 

The  Third  South  Carolina  College,  1891-1906 120-128 

CHAPTER  XH. 

The  University  of  South  Carolina,  1906— 129-135 


8  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PAGES 


CHAPTER 

The  Lands  of  the  University  .......................  136-142 

CHAPTER  XIV. 

Buildings  .......................................  143-171 

CHAPTER  XV. 

The  Curriculum  ..................................  172-209 

CHAPTER  XVI. 

Trustees,  Faculty,  Rewards,  Punishments,  Session, 
Chapel  .......................................  210-236 

CHAPTER  XVII. 

Law  School  .....................................  236-240 

CHAPTER  XVIII. 

Student  Life  on  the  Campus  .......................  241-255 

CHAPTER  XIX. 

The  Honor  System  ...............................  256-263 

CHAPTER  XX. 

Clariosophic  and  Euphradian  Literary  Societies  .....  264-274 

CHAPTER  XXI. 

The  Library  .....................................  275-285 

CHAPTER  XXII. 

Steward's  Hall  ..................................  286-293 

CHAPTER  XXIII. 

Cost  of  the  University  to  the  State  —  Salaries  —  Stu- 
dent Expenses—  Scholarships  ....................  294-308 

CHAPTER  XXIV. 

The  University  and  the  State  ......................  309-317 

APPENDIX. 
Appendix  .......................................  318-470 


CHAPTER  I. 


THE  FOUNDING  OF  THE  COLLEGE  AT  COLUMBIA. 

In  the  period  preceding  the  Revolution  there  were  no 
inducements  for  the  rich  settlers  of  the  coast  country  of 
South  Carolina  to  establish  institutions  of  higher  learning: 
their  sons  went  to  England,  Scotland,  or  to  Yale,  Harvard, 
or  Princeton.  The  upper  section  of  the  province  was  the 
home  of  the  Indian  and  the  hunter  until  it  was  opened  for 
settlement  by  Governor  Glenn's  treaty  with  the  Cherokees 
in  1753.  When  the  war  with  England  began,  the  upper  half 
of  the  province  had  more  inhabitants  than  the  lower,  not 
homogeneous  in  character  as  the  people  of  the  coast  region 
and  widely  differing  in  sentiment  from  the  great  planter 
class.  These  people  were  debarred  from  the  educational 
advantages  enjoyed  by  the  low  country  men.  Especially 
was  the  need  of  collegiate  institutions  felt  among  them. 

At  the  adoption  of  the  constitution  of  1791  the  upper 
country  had  a  much  smaller  representation  in  the  legisla- 
ture allotted  to  it  than  the  lower  country,  although  the  latter 
was  far  inferior  in  population.  The  people  of  the  upper 
section  insistently  demanded  a  larger  share  in  the  govern- 
ment. "This  the  people  of  the  lower  country,"  says  Chan- 
cellor Harper  in  his  memoir  of  Chancellor  DeSaussure, 
"feared  to  grant  on  the  ground  of  general  deficiency  of  educa- 
tion and  intelligence  in  the  upper  country,  which  would 
render  it  incompetent  to  exercise  wisely  and  justly  the 
power  which  such  a  reform  would  place  in  its  hands.  It 
was  to  remedy  this  deficiency  that  it  was  proposed  to  estab- 
lish a  college  at  Columbia.  The  act  was  passed  not  without 
difficulty,  nor  without  the  strenuous  opposition  of  many 
whom  it  was  intended  more  especially  to  benefit." 

The  problem  was  twofold,  the  education  of  the  people 
and  their  unification.  The  true  plan  to  accomplish  this 
sympathy  and  unity  among  all  classes  was  the  education  of 


10  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

the  youth  of  the  State  by  the  State  herself  in  a  central  college 
located  at  the  capital,  itself  the  geographical  center  of  the 
State.  "Here  should  be  established  one  central  college," 
writes  Professor  R.  Means  Davis,  "in  which  the  youths  of 
all  sections,  all  classes,  and  all  creeds  should  meet  as  sons 
of  a  common  mother,  to  sit  in  one  common  lecture  room, 
lodge  in  one  common  dormitory,  and  feed  at  a  common 
table,  and  thus  learn  to  know  and  respect  one  another,  to 
appreciate,  if  not  to  imbibe,  the  opinions  of  one  another, 
and  to  form  ties  of  perpetual  friendship  with  one  another." 

In  his  message  to  the  General  Assembly  November 
23,  1801,  Governor  John  Drayton  expressed  conviction 
that  "proportionally  advantageous  also  to  the  citizens  of 
the  State  will  be  any  attention  which  you  will  bestow  upon 
the  education  of  her  youth.  At  the  commencement  of  your 
last  session  I  took  pleasure  in  submitting  this  to  your  con- 
sideration, and  I  now  repeat  the  same  to  you  as  a  matter 
claiming  your  serious  and  early  attention.  Were  a  person  to 
look  over  the  laws  of  the  State,  he  would  naturally  imagine 
we  had  already  arrived  at  an  enviable  excellence  in  litera- 
ture. He  would  perceive  a  College  located  at  Charles  Town, 
one  at  Cambridge,  one  at  Winnsborough,  one  at  Beaufort 
and  one  by  the  name  of  Alexandria  College  in  the  upper  part 
of  the  State — all  of  which  are  empowered  to  confer  degrees. 
But  were  he  to  direct  his  inquiries  further  concerning  them, 
he  would  find  that  Cambridge  and  Winnsborough  Colleges 
were  soon  discontinued  through  a  want  of  funds;  and 
although  the  last  mentioned  one  has  been  lately  renewed 
through  the  exertions  of  the  Mount  Zion  Society,  it  is  still 
nothing  but  an  elementary  school,  and  one  which  can  never 
rise  to  eminence  as  a  College  from  its  present  support. 
Beaufort  and  Alexandria  Colleges  are  as  yet  scarcely  known 
but  in  the  land  which  incorporated  them,  and  Charleston 
College  is  at  present  not  entitled  to  an  higher  appellation 
than  that  of  a  respectable  Academy  or  Grammar  School. 

"Could  the  attention  of  the  Legislature  be  directed  to  this 
important  object,  and  a  State  College  be  raised  and  fostered 
by  its  hand  at  Columbia,  or  some  central  and  healthy  part 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  11 

of  the  State,  under  proper  directors  and  trustees,  including 
as  ex-officio  members  the  Executive  and  Judiciary  of  the 
State,  and  any  other  suitable  public  officers,  there  could  be 
no  doubt  of  its  rising  into  eminence,  because  being  supported 
at  first  by  the  public  funds  the  means  could  not  be  wanting 
of  inviting  and  providing  for  learned  and  respectable  Pro- 
fessors in  the  various  branches  of  science.  Well  chosen 
libraries  would  be  procured,  and  philosophical  apparatus 
lead  the  pursuits  of  our  youth  from  theory  to  practice.  The 
friendship  of  young  men  would  thence  be  promoted,  and 
our  political  union  be,  much  advanced  thereby." 

At  this  time  the  finances  of  South  Carolina  were  in  the 
hands  of  an  able  comptroller,  Paul  Hamilton,  whose  reports 
to  the  general  assembly  showed  such  a  flourishing  condition 
that  that  body  was  encouraged,  says  the  historian  Ramsay, 
"to  establish  and  endow  the  South  Carolina  College  at  the 
central  seat  of  government."  Opposition  to  the  establish- 
ment of  the  college  on  the  part  of  those  who  might  have 
objected  on  the  score  of  an  empty  treasury  was  thus  put  out 
of  the  way.  To  Comptroller  Paul  Hamilton  belongs  a  large 
share  of  the  credit  for  the  new  college. 

That  part  of  Governor  Drayton's  message  recommending 
the  establishment  of  a  state  college  was  referred  to  a  com- 
mittee consisting  of  Mr.  Thomas  R.  Smith,  Col.  W.  B. 
Mitchell,  Col.  Mays,  Mr.  Horry,  Thomas  Smith,  Col.  Ker- 
shaw,  Mr.  Bennet,  Gen.  Anderson,  and  Mr.  DeSaussure. 
This  last  named  gentleman  took  the  liveliest  interest  in  the 
passage  of  the  bill  and  deserves  most  credit  for  its  success- 
ful enactment  in  the  face  of  sharp  opposition.  During  the 
following  session  of  the  general  assembly  two  petitions  were 
presented  "from  many  inhabitants"  of  one  of  the  upcountry 
districts  praying  for  the  repeal  of  the  act. 

The  text  of  the  act,  which  was  approved  by  Governor 
Drayton  December  19,  1801,  is  in  full : 

"AN  ACT  to  Establish  a  College  at  Columbia. 

"Whereas,  The  proper  education  of  youth  contributes 
greatly  to  the  prosperity  of  society,  and  ought  always  to 
be  an  object  of  legislative  attention ;  and  whereas,  the  estab- 


12  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Hshment  of  a  college  in  a  central  part  of  the  State,  where 
all  of  its  youth  may  be  educated,  will  highly  promote  the 
instruction,  the  good  order  and  the  harmony  of  the  whole 
community : 

"I.  Be  it  therefore  enacted  by  the  Honorable  the  Senate 
and  the  House  of  Representatives,  now  met  and  sitting  in 
General  Assembly,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same,  That 
his  Excellency  the  Governor,  His  Honor  the  Lieutenant 
Governor,  the  Honorable  the  President  of  the  Senate,  and 
the  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives,  the  Honorable 
the  Associate  Judges  of  the  Court  of  Equity,  shall  be, 
ex-officio,  together  with  General  Charles  C.  Pinckney, 
H.  W.  DeSaussure,  Thomas  Taylor,  the  Reverend  D.  E. 
Dunlap,  the  Reverend  Mr.  John  Brown  of  Lancaster, 
Wade  Hampton,  John  Chestnut,  James  B.  Richardson, 
Dr.  Isaac  Alexander,  Henry  Dana  Ward,  the  Reverend 
Samuel  W.  Yongue,  William  Falconer,  and  Bartlee  Smith, 
trustees  to  continue  in  office  for  the  term  of  four  years  from 
the  passing  of  this  Act,  and  at  the  expiration  of  the  said 
four  years,  and  every  four  years  thereafter,  the  Legislature 
to  nominate  thirteen  trustees  to  succeed  the  said  thirteen 
above  named,  one  body  politic  and  corporate,  in  deed  and 
in  law,  by  the  name  of  'The  Trustees  of  the  South  Carolina 
College*/  and  that  by  the  said  name  they  and  their  succes- 
sors shall  and  may  have  perpetual  succession,  and  be  able 
and  capable  in  law  to  have,  receive,  and  enjoy,  to  them  and 
their  successors,  lands,  tenements,  and  hereditaments,  of  any 
kind  or  value,  in  fee,  or  for  life  or  years,  any  personal  prop- 
erty of  any  kind  whatsoever,  and  also  all  sums  of  money 
of  any  amount  whatsoever,  which  may  be  granted  or 
bequeathed  to  them  for  the  purpose  of  building,  erecting, 
endowing,  and  supporting  the  said  College  in  the  town  of 
Columbia. 

"II.  And  be  it  enacted  by  the  authority  aforesaid,  That 
there  shall  be  a  stated  meeting  of  the  said  Trustees  on  the 
first  Wednesday  in  December  in  each  year,  during  the  session 
of  the  Legislature ;  and  that  the  President  of  the  said  College, 
and  four  of  the  said  trustees,  shall  have  full  power  to  call 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  13 

occasional  meetings  of  the  Board  whenever  it  shall  appear 
to  them  necessary ;  and  that  at  all  stated  meetings  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Board  of  Trustees  aforesaid,  and  ten  of  the 
Trustees,  shall  be  the  number  to  constitute  a  quorum,  and 
to  fill  up,  by  ballot,  any  vacancies  that  may  occur  in  the 
said  Trustees,  except  those  who  are  hereby  declared  to  be 
Trustees  ex-officio;  and  the  President  and  six  of  the  other 
Trustees  shall  be  the  number  to  constitute  an  occasional 
meeting;  and  the  said  Trustees,  or  a  quorum  of  them,  being 
regularly  convened,  shall  be  capable  of  doing  or  transacting 
all  the  business  and  concerns  of  the  said  College;  but  more 
particularly  of  electing  all  the  necessary  customary  officers 
of  the  said  institution,  of  fixing  their  several  salaries,  of 
removing  any  of  them  for  neglect  or  misconduct  in  office,  of 
prescribing  the  course  of  studies  to  be  pursued  by  the 
students;  and,  in  general,  of  framing  and  enacting  all  such 
ordinances  and  bylaws  as  shall  appear  to  them  necessary 
for  the  good  government  of  the  said  College:  Provided  the 
same  be  not  repugnant  to  the  laws  of  the  State  nor  of  the 
United  States. 

"III.  And  be  it  enacted  by  the  authority  aforesaid,  That 
the  head  of  the  said  College  shall  be  styled  The  President', 
and  the  masters  thereof  shall  be  styled  'The  Professors' ;  but 
the  professors,  while  they  remain  such,  shall  never  be  capable 
of  holding  the  office  of  Trustee;  and  the  President,  or  a 
majority  of  them,  shall  be  styled  'The  Faculty  of  the  College' ; 
which  Faculty  shall  have  the  power  of  enforcing  the  ordi- 
nances and  bylaws  adopted  by  the  Trustees  for  the  govern- 
ment of  the  pupils,  by  rewarding  or  censuring  them,  and 
finally,  by  suspending  such  of  them  as,  after  repeated 
admonitions,  shall  continue  disobedient  or  refractory,  until 
a  determination  of  a  quorum  of  Trustees  can  be  had;  but 
that  it  shall  be  only  in  the  power  of  a  quorum  of  Trustees, 
at  their  stated  meeting,  to  expel  any  pupil  of  the  said  College. 

"IV.  And  be  it  enacted  by  the  authority  aforesaid,  That 
the  Trustees  of  the  said  College  shall  and  may  have  a  common 
seal  for  the  business  of  themselves  and  their  successors,  with 
liberty  to  change  or  alter  the  same,  from  time  to  time,  as  they 


14  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

shall  think  proper;  and  that,  by  their  aforesaid  name,  they 
and  their  successors  shall  and  may  be  able  to  implead  and 
be  impleaded,  answer  and  be  answered  unto,  defend  and 
be  defended,  in  all  courts  of  law  within  this  State  and  to 
grant,  bargain,  sell,  or  assign  any  lands,  tenements,  heredita- 
ments, goods,  or  chattels ;  and  to  act  and  do  all  things  what- 
soever, for  the  benefit  of  the  said  College,  in  as  ample  a  man- 
ner as  any  person  or  body  politic  or  corporate  can  or  may 
by  law. 

"V.  And  be  it  enacted  by  the  authority  aforesaid,  That 
the  Trustees  of  the  said  College  are  hereby  authorized  and 
empowered  to  draw  out  of  the  treasury  of  this  State  the  sum 
of  fifty  thousand  dollars,  to  be  appropriated  to  the  purpose 
of  erecting  a  building  of  brick  or  stone,  and  covered  with 
tile  or  slate,  suitable  to  the  accommodation  of  the  students 
of  the  said  College,  and  suitable  for  fully  carrying  on  the 
education  of  the  said  students,  and  for  the  erection  of  such 
other  buildings  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  use  of  the  said 
College;  and  that  the  Comptroller  be  authorized  and 
empowered,  upon  application  of  the  said  Trustees,  to  pay 
over  to  the  said  Trustees  the  sum  of  six  thousand  dollars, 
yearly  and  every  year,  to  be  appropriated  to  the  purpose  of 
paying  the  salaries  of  the  Faculty  of  the  said  College,  and 
for  the  future  support  of  the  same ;  and  the  Trustees  of  the 
said  College  shall  be  accountable  for  the  proper  appro- 
priation of  the  said  monies  to  the  Comptroller,  who  shall 
report  thereon  annually  to  the  Legislature. 

"VI.  And  be  it  enacted  by  the  authority  aforesaid,  That 
this  Act  shall  be  deemed  a  public  Act,  and  as  such  shall  be 
judicially  taken  notice  of,  without  special  pleading,  in  all 
the  courts  of  law  or  equity  within  this  State. 

"VII.  And  be  it  further  enacted  by  the  authority  afore- 
said, That  the  said  Trustees,  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
Commissioners  of  Columbia,  shall  be  empowered  to  make 
choice  of  any  square  or  squares,  yet  unsold,  in  the  town  of 
Columbia,  for  the  purpose  of  erecting  said  College,  and  the 
buildings  attached  thereto,  having  strict  reference  to  every 
advantage  and  convenience  necessary  for  such  institution. 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  15 

"In  the  Senate  the  nineteenth  day  of  December,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  one,  and 
in  the  twenty-sixth  year  of  the  Independence  of  the  United 
States  of  America. 

"JOHN  WARD, 
"President  of  the  Senate. 

"THEODORE  GAILLARD, 
"Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives." 

The  first  meeting  of  the  trustees  was  held  "at  his  Excel- 
lency the  Governor's  in  the  city  of  Charleston,  Friday  the 
12th  day  of  February  Anno  Domini,  1802,"  the  following 
members  present:  His  Excellency  the  Governor,  Judges 
Rutledge,  Johnson  and  Trezevant,  General  Charles  C. 
Pinckney,  H.  W.  DeSaussure,  Thomas  Taylor,  Wade  Hamp- 
ton, Henry  Dana  Ward,  Esquires,  and  Rev.  D.  E.  Dunlap. 
As  there  was  not  a  majority  of  the  trustees  present,  the 
meeting  was  adjourned  to  half  past  twelve  the  following 
Sunday.  On  that  day  Governor  Dray  ton  was  elected  presi- 
dent of  the  board  until  the  December  following.  The  first 
business  was  the  appointment  of  a  committee  to  formulate 
rules  for  the  preservation  of  order  and  decorum  at  the  meet- 
ings and  to  determine  on  some  appropriate  device  for  the 
seal  of  the  College.  Colonels  Taylor  and  Hampton,  Rev.  Mr. 
Dunlap,  Judge  Brevard,  John  Chestnut,  Henry  D.  Ward, 
Bartlee  Smyth,  and  James  B.  Richardson,  Esquires,  or  a 
majority  of  them,  were  appointed  a  committee  to  examine 
and  report  at  the  next  meeting  a  proper  site  for  the  college 
and  to  inquire  into  the  practicability  of  procuring  stone  near 
at  hand.  The  Governor  was  instructed  to  advertise  for  plans 
to  be  transmitted  to  him  by  the  fourth  Monday  in  May  next. 
The  building  was  not  to  cost  more  than  $50,000.  For  the 
plans  that  should  be  accepted  the  board  offered  the  sum  of 
|300.  The  governor  was  also  requested  to  ask  from  the 
presidents  of  colleges  in  the  United  States  plans  or  descrip- 
tions of  the  institutions  over  which  they  presided. 

On  the  24th  of  May  the  trustees  met  at  the  governor's 
home  in  Charleston.  The  commitee  reported,  "That  in  fixing 


16  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

upon  a  proper  site  whereon  to  erect  the  college  at  Columbia, 
they  have  met  with  considerable  difficulty.  The  law  estab- 
lishing said  college  empowers  to  make  choice  of  any  square 
or  squares  of  land  yet  unsold,  for  the  purpose  of  erecting 
thereon  the  necessary  buildings.  Under  this  restriction  your 
committee  could  not  please  themselves  fully  and  at  the  same 
time  comply  with  the  law.  .  .  .  Amongst  the  unsold  squares 
in  the  town  of  Columbia,  there  is  not  at  present  any  two 
or  more  squares  nearly  contiguous  which  would  be  eligible 
sites  for  said  college.  Your  committee  anxious,  however,  to 
have  so  valuable  an  institution  located  and  speedily  organ- 
ized, would  be  unanimous  in  favor  of  erecting  said  college 
on  a  public  square,  known  by  the  name  of  Moultrie  Square 
in  the  plan  of  the  town  of  Columbia,  was  it  not  that  said 
square  lay  too  near  a  mill  pond,  now  erecting  by  Mr.  Purvis 
on  Rocky  Branch,  just  above  where  the  road  leading  from 
Columbia  to  Granby  crosses  the  same.  .  .  .  From  this 
consideration  your  committee  beg  leave  rather  to  report  a 
square  of  land  to  the  eastward  of  the  State  House  as  being 
the  most  eligible  site  whereon  to  erect  the  South  Carolina 
College."  The  committee  further  reported  that  no  quarry 
could  be  found  convenient  and  suitable  for  making  the 
building  entirely  of  stone ;  and  they  were  of  the  opinion  that 
if  the  wall  of  the  college  building  could  be  raised  as  high  as 
the  "water  table"  with  stone,  it  was  as  much  as  ought  to  be 
expected.  There  had  been  no  answer  to  the  advertisement 
for  stone  near  at  hand  or  to  an  advertisement  for  stone  to 
be  used  in  the  building;  but  the  committee  believed  that 
enough  stone  could  be  found  to  lay  the  foundations. 

Judges  Grimke  and  Johnson  and  Colonel  Hampton  were 
appointed  a  select  committee  to  consider  and  arrange  the 
plans  that  had  been  offered  for  a  building  and  to  report  at  a 
meeting  of  the  board  on  the  following  day.  There  was  no 
quorum,  however,  next  day,  so  that  an  adjournment  was  made 
to  the  26th. 

On  the  26th  the  select  committee  reported  in  the  following 
manner : 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  17 

"That  after  attentively  considering  the  several  plans 
rendered  in  to  the  trustees  they  were  of  opinion  that  no  one 
is  sufficiently  perfect  in  the  internal  arrangements  to  be 
entitled  to  an  exclusive  adoption.  They  have  therefore  from 
a  view  of  the  whole,  from  considering  the  letter  of  Mr.  Asa 
Messer,  and  their  own  knowledge  of  the  subject,  thought 
proper  to  recommend  to  the  board  certain  principles  on  which 
in  their  opinion  an  appropriate  plan  should  be  predicated : 

"1st.  The  building  should  be  calculated  to  accommodate 
one  hundred  students  and  three  professors,  allowing  two 
students  to  each  room  generally,  and  three  of  the  youngest 
to  a  few,  and  one  room  to  each  professor;  this  will  require 
about  forty-eight  rooms. 

"2d.  That  as  the  health  and  comfort  of  the  students  is  a 
primary  consideration,  each  room  should  be  twenty-four  feet 
long  and  sixteen  broad  and  open  to  the  north  and  south. 
These  dimensions  will  admit  of  two  windows  in  each  front 
and  a  partition  at  eight  feet  distance  from  the  north  side, 
which  will  be  a  sitting  room  of  eighteen  [sixteen]  feet 
square  and  a  smaller  room  of  sixteen  feet  by  eight  feet,  which 
may,  if  thought  necessary,  be  sub-divided  into  two  studies  of 
eight  feet  square. 

"3d.  That  to  preserve  order  and  discipline  every  six  rooms 
should  form  a  separate  division  of  the  building;  that  is,  the 
building  should  be  three  stories  high  and  a  staircase  run  up 
between  every  other  two  rooms ;  the  doors  all  opening  on  the 
front  of  the  building  into  an  entry  six  feet  wide  leading  to 
the  staircase,  and  common  to  every  two  rooms.  Separating 
the  house  after  this  manner  by  partition  walls  run  up 
through  the  roof  will  also  be  a  great  protection  from  fire. 

"4th.  It  will  be  necessary  to  have  a  chapel  or  hall  forty 
feet  by  fifty  feet,  two  lecturing  rooms,  a  library  and  a  few 
spare  rooms  that  may  be  converted  to  very  excellent  purposes. 

"If  the  above  ideas  be  approved  of,  it  will  be  necessary  to 
have  a  building  of  the  following  plan  and  dimensions: 

"A  center  building  fifty  feet  square,  which  will  give  you  on 
the  first  story  a  hall  fifty  by  forty  and  leave  a  vestibule  of  ten 

2— H.  U. 


18  HISTORY  OP  THE  UNIVERSITY 

feet  for  the  staircase;  in  the  second  story  a  lecturing  room, 
and  library,  and  an  entry. 

"The  first  story  of  the  center  building  we  recommend  to 
be  twenty-eight  feet  high ;  the  second  story  fifteen  feet  high ; 
the  roof  flat  or  nearly  so,  with  a  balustrade  for  an  observa- 
tory; and  covered  with  sheathing  paper,  etc. 

"5th.  We  recommend  that  from  the  center  building  there 
should  extend  two  wings,  one  eastwardly,  the  other  west- 
wardly,  each  one  hundred  and  sixty  feet  in  length.  These 
according  to  the  above  plan  will  furnish  forty-eight  rooms. 

"That  the  foundation  of  the  whole  building  should  be 
raised  four  feet  from  the  ground,  leaving  cellars  in  the 
foundation  of  six  feet  in  height. 

"That  the  first  story  of  the  wings  be  eleven  feet  high ;  the 
second  be  ten  feet  high ;  and  the  third  be  nine  feet  high. 

"And  that  at  some  future  day  when  the  funds  of  the  college 
will  admit  of  it,  a  balustrade  shall  be  carried  round  the  roof, 
for  which  purpose  it  should  be  made  as  flat  as  possible,  con- 
sistently with  security  from  leaking;  and  to  be  covered  with 
slate  or  tile. 

"According  to  the  above  plan  the  width  of  the  wings  must 
be  twenty-seven  feet;  and  the  length  and  narrowness  of  the 
building  can  be  very  handsomely  relieved  by  means  of  pedi- 
ments judiciously  placed. 

"6th.  With  regard  to  the  thickness  of  the  walls,  your 
committee  are  of  opinion  that  it  will  be  sufficient  to  make 
the  foundation  two  and  one-half  bricks;  the  outer  wall  of 
the  first  story,  two  bricks;  all  the  other  walls,  one  and  one- 
half  bricks. 

"7th.  Your  committee  cannot  dismiss  the  subject  without 
warmly  acknowledging  their  obligation  to  the  artists  who 
have  favored  them  with  plans,  particularly  those  gentlemen 
whose  names  are  herein  alphabetically  written,  viz. :  Bolter, 
Clark,  Mills,  McGrath  and  Nicholson,  and  Smith.  The 
designs  which  they  have  furnished  afford  handsome  speci- 
mens of  American  talent;  and  if  in  justice  they  feel  them- 
selves obliged  to  recommend  Mr.  Mills  and  Mr.  Clark  to  the 
particular  attention  of  the  board  on  account  of  the  taste, 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  19 

ingenuity,  and  variety  of  their  designs,  it  is  not  without  a 
sincere  and  hearty  wish  that  they  had  premiums  to  bestow 
upon  every  one  of  the  others  above  named. 

"As  the  front  ornaments  of  the  building  are  not  material 
to  the  internal  arrangements,  your  committee  beg  leave  to 
submit  the  adoption  of  a  front  to  the  taste  of  the  board." 

After  this  report  had  been  heard,  the  board  decided  that 
"neither  of  the  artists  who  have  offered  plans  for  the  South 
Carolina  College  are  entitled  to  the  premium  offered  by  the 
board,  because  no  plan  proposed  by  them  has  been  adopted. 
But  inasmuch  as  the  plan  adopted  is  founded  upon  some 
principles  taken  from  the  plans  offered  by  Mr.  Mills  and 
Mr.  Clark,  and  those  artists  have  taken  great  pains  to  prepare 
an  acceptable  plan,  the  reward  offered  by  the  board  in  this 
advertisement  shall  be  equally  divided  between  these  two 
gentlemen." 

In  accordance  with  this  resolution  of  the  board  the  presi- 
dent was  directed  to  draw  on  the  treasury  for  the  sum  of 
$150  in  favor  of  Mr.  Mills,  and  the  like  sum  in  favor  of 
Mr.  Clark,  payable  to  their  order.  The  president  was  also  to 
draw  an  order  for  eight  dollars  in  favor  of  Mr.  C.  Perkins 
for  his  trouble  in  transmitting  a  plan  of  Dartmouth  College. 

A  resolution  was  also  passed  that  the  president  of  the 
board  should  write  a  letter  to  Mr.  Asa  Messer  of  Rhode 
Island,  to  thank  him  for  his  valuable  communication  to  them 
by  letter  of  the  20th  of  March  last,  and  to  inform  him  his 
letter  had  much  influenced  the  board  in  fixing  on  an  appro- 
priate plan  for  the  South  Carolina  College. 

The  committee  that  was  appointed  on  rules  and  the  seal 
was  requested  to  draw  up  rules  for  the  full  and  perfect  estab- 
lishment and  government  of  the  college. 

When  the  board  of  trustees  met  on  the  following  day,  they 
resolved  that  "instead  of  the  building  of  one  continuous  front 
reported  by  the  committee,  there  shall  be  two  buildings 
fronting  each  other  at  such  a  distance  apart  as  will  be  suit- 
able to  the  land  to  be  procured  (say)  not  to  exceed  three 
hundred  feet."  These  two  buildings  were  to  vary  in  no 
other  respects  from  the  plan  reported  for  the  single  building, 


20  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

except  that  the  center  buildings  should  not  be  higher  than 
the  wings.  Each  wing  was  limited  to  eighty  feet  in  length. 
In  the  center  of  one  building  was  located  a  chapel  twenty- 
four  feet  high  with  a  suite  of  rooms  above  it;  the  center  of 
the  other  was  to  have  three  stories,  and  be  "divided  into  as 
many  rooms  as  may  hereafter  be  directed  according  to  the 
plan  substituted." 

The  speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives  and  Judges 
Grimke,  Bay,  Johnson,  and  Trezevant  were  appointed  a  com- 
mittee of  five  to  decide  on  the  style  in  which  the  buildings 
should  be  finished  and  to  advertise  for  proposals  to  furnish 
materials  and  erect  the  buildings  either  in  whole  or  in  part, 
to  be  delivered  on  or  before  the  first  Monday  of  November 
next.  The  proposals  were  to  be  delivered  unopened  to  the 
board  at  its  regular  meeting  in  Columbia.  A  resolution 
requested  that  the  president  write  to  those  persons  who  had 
furnished  plans  and  communications  expressing  the  board's 
sense  of  obligation  for  the  same. 

On  the  first  day  of  December,  1802,  the  board  met  at  the 
governor's  in  Columbia.  William  Johnson  was  chosen  presi- 
dent of  the  board  for  three  years;  Mr.  John  Taylor  was 
elected  trustee  in  the  place  of  Bartlee  Smith,  Esq.,  who  had 
died.  President  Smith  of  New  Jersey  College  was  thanked 
through  the  president  for  "much  useful  information  respect- 
ing So.  Carolina  College."  The  members  of  the  board  then 
proceeded  to  make  choice  of  a  site  for  the  buildings  on  the 
squares  in  the  plan  of  Columbia  between  Medium  (College) 
and  Blossom  streets  and  between  Sumter  and  Marion  streets 
and  the  square  between  Richardson  (Main)  and  Sumter 
streets  and  between  Green  and  Divine  streets.* 

Permission  was  granted  the  committee  on  contracts  to 
deviate  from  the  general  plan  so  far  as  to  elevate  the  walls 
of  the  center  building  above  the  wings  to  a  height  not  exceed- 
ing nine  feet. 

Colonel  Thomas  Taylor,  Colonel  Wade  Hampton,  the 
honorable  the  speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives, 
Reverend  D.  E.  Dunlap,  and  John  Taylor,  Esq.,  were  made 
the  committee  to  contract  for  the  building  of  the  college  in 

*Additional  lands  were  secured,  on  which  the  buildings  were  located. 
See  the  chapter  on  "Lands." 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  21 

accordance  with  the  plans  adopted,  either  in  whole  or  in 
part,  and  to  furnish  the  requisite  material  and  "forthwith 
proceed  to  carry  this  resolution  into  effect."  The  contractor 
or  "undertaker"  was  Mr.  Edward  Clark. 

At  the  next  meeting  in  the  senate  chamber,  April  26,  the 
chairman  handed  in  a  report  with  a  supplementary  contract 
which  were  read  and  approved.  The  president  of  the  board 
was  empowered  to  procure  from  the  comptroller  upon  his 
own  order  any  sum  or  sums  not  exceeding  twenty  thousand 
dollars  out  of  the  treasury  of  the  State  to  discharge  all  con- 
tracts for  completing  the  college  as  they  fell  due.  A  system 
of  rules  and  regulations  for  the  government  of  the  college 
was  drawn  up  and  ordered  printed  to  the  extent  of  three 
hundred  copies  for  the  use  of  the  trustees  and  the  legislature. 
A  committee,  the  governor,  General  Pinckney,  H.  W.  DeSaus- 
sure,  Judge  Waites,  and  William  Falconer,  Esq.,  was  formed 
to  see  to  the  purchasing  of  books,  charts,  mathematical 
instruments,  globes,  maps,  and  philosophical  apparatus.  A 
seal  with  the  device  of  the  figures  of  Liberty  and  Minerva 
with  the  eagle  hovering  over  them  and  the  motto  "Einollit 
Mores  nee  Sinit  Esse  Feros"  (Ovid,  Pont.  II  9,  47)  was 
adopted. 

When  the  trustees  met  in  November  at  the  house  of 
Mr.  Martin  in  Columbia  instructions  were  given  the  building 
committee  to  place  the  two  buildings  facing  each  other,  and 
a  second  sum  of  f  20,000  was  given  in  charge  to  the  president 
of  the  board  to  meet  the  expenses  of  construction.  The 
salaries  of  the  president  and  professors  were  fixed  at  this 
time,  that  of  the  president  at  $2,500,  that  of  the  professor 
of  mathematics  and  natural  philosophy  at  $1,500,  while  the 
others  were  to  receive  $1,000  each.  Provision  was  made  for 
a  comfortable  house  for  the  president;  the  professors  were 
to  have  board  and  lodging  within  the  college.  The  trustees 
requested  the  president  of  the  board  to  write  to  the  heads 
of  various  colleges  in  America  and  to  others  to  nominate 
persons  for  the  offices  to  be  filled  and  otherwise  to  make 
known  the  resolution  of  the  board.  At  a  meeting  a  few 


22  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

days  later  they  ordered  the  election  of  the  president  and 
faculty  for  the  following  April. 

The  board  met  April  29,  1804,  in  the  senate  room. 
Dr.  Jonathan  Maxcy,  president  of  Union  College,  was  elected 
president ;  Mr.  John  McLean  was  offered  the  chair  of  mathe- 
matics and  natural  philosophy.  On  the  day  following 
Mr.  Eobert  Wilson  was  elected  first  professor  of  languages 
and  Enoch  Hanford  second  professor  of  languages.  They 
were  all  to  enter  on  their  duties  in  November. 

The  members  of  the  board  came  together  again  on 
December  5  at  the  court  house  in  Columbia  and  sat  during 
three  days.  Rules  and  regulations  drawn  up  by  Judges 
Johnson,  James,  and  Waties,  Dr.  Maxcy,  and  Henry  Dana 
Ward,  Esq.,  were  read  and  ordered  printed.  Judges  Johnson 
and  Brevard,  Dr.  Maxcy  and  Colonels  Taylor  and  Hampton 
were  constituted  a  committee  to  report  to  the  board  the 
practicability  of  putting  the  college  in  full  operation  on 
the  10th  day  of  the  next  month.  On  the  favorable  report 
of  these  gentlemen  a  standing  committee,  consisting  of 
Colonels  Taylor  and  Hampton,  Mr.  John  Taylor,  Dr.  Maxcy, 
and  Judge  Brevard,  was  appointed  and  directed  to  contract 
with  a  steward  and  make  all  other  arrangements  for  opening 
the  college  on  January  10. 

An  offer  from  Messrs.  Thomas  and  John  Taylor  of  the 
property  of  the  Columbia  Male  Academy  for  the  purpose  of 
forming  an  academy  preparatory  to  the  college  was  at  first 
accepted,  but  later  declined. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  23 


CHAPTER  II. 


SOUTH       CAROLINA       COLLEGE       OPENED — PRESIDENT       MAXCY^S 

ADMINISTRATION. 

The  South  Carolina  College  opened  its  doors  to  students 
January  10,  1805.  Professors  McLean  and  Wilson  having 
declined  their  appointments,  the  faculty  was  President 
Maxcy  and  Professor  Enoch  Hanford.  These  two  held  their 
first  official  meeting  on  the  opening  day.  South  Building, 
or  Rutledge  College,  as  it  is  now  known,  was  completed 
in  time  for  the  opening;  the  second  or  North  Building, 
now  DeSaussure  College,  was  only  just  begun  and  was  not 
finished  for  four  years.  William  Harper  of  Newberry  was 
the  first  matriculate;  his  brother  Wesley  the  second,  both 
as  sophomores.  On  the  same  day  Charles  W.  DeWitt, 
Thomas  W.  Robertson,  John  N.  Davis,  James  Goodwin, 
John  T.  Goodwin,  John  May  rant,  and  Benjamin  Waring 
entered  the  freshman  class.  Andrew  Crenshaw  was  admitted 
as  a  junior  on  the  last  day  of  January.  Before  the  session 
came  to  an  end  in  July  twenty-nine  students  had  been 
enrolled.  Two  new  professors  were  added  in  April, 
Clement  Early  and  Elisha  Hammond.  An  oral  examina- 
tion of  the  freshman  and  sophomore  classes  was  held  on 
July  11,  the  latter  in  the  morning,  the  former  in  the  after- 
noon. The  sophomores  were  found  to  have  made  good 
progress;  but  a  few  of  the  freshmen  were  admonished  for 
culpable  deficiency. 

The  first  "rising"  examination  was  held  on  November  25; 
the  members  of  the  several  classes  acquitted  themselves  so 
satisfactorily  that  all  were  allowed  to  rise  to  the  next  higher 
class.  There  was  no  commencement,  as  there  were  no 
seniors ;  but  on  December  4  the  students  of  the  three  lowest 
classes  gave  a  "public  exhibition  of  declamations  and 
dialogues." 


24  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Governor  Hamilton  called  the  attention  of  the  board  to 
the  withdrawal  of  the  judges  of  the  Court  of  Sessions  and 
Common  Pleas  from  membership  in  the  board  on  the 
ground  that  the  act  creating  the  college  did  not  appoint 
them  as  trustees.  On  his  suggestion  the  matter  was  referred 
to  the  legislature,  which  legalized  the  past  acts  of  the  board 
and  appointed  the  judges  members  thereof.  On  the 
20th  of  December  Professor  Early,  who  had  incurred  the 
censure  of  the  trustees,  was  dismissed. 

An  appropriation  of  $6,000  was  made  for  the  erection 
of  a  steward's  hall,  which  was  completed  in  1806.  This 
first  hall,  or  "Commons,"  stood  on  the  site  of  Harper  College. 
Before  it  was  built  the  students  had  been  boarded  or 
"dieted"  at  a  tavern. 

At  the  close  of  the  first  year  of  its  existence,  January 
9,  1806,  the  college  had  forty-six  students  on  its  roll.  The 
first  case  of  discipline  was  the  suspension  during  February 
of  William  Davis  for  bad  behavior  in  the  chapel.  At  its 
April  meeting  the  board  requested  the  president  to  hold 
divine  services  on  Sunday  in  the  chapel  and  occasionally 
to  invite  clergymen  of  various  denominations  to  officiate 
at  these  services.  Anderson  Crenshaw,  who  had  entered 
as  a  junior,  completed  the  work  required  for  graduation 
by  December  1,  1806,  and  the  degree  of  bachelor  of  arts 
was  conferred  on  him  by  resolution  of  the  board  on  that 
day;  but  he  deferred,  according  to  a  note  in  an  old  manu- 
script catalogue  of  the  students  of  the  South  Carolina  Col- 
lege from  1805  to  1834,  the  formality  of  graduation  until  the 
following  year.  The  records  do  not  mention  his  name  in 
connection  with  the  graduating  exercises  in  1807. 

Professor  Hanford  resigned  from  the  faculty  at  the  close 
of  1806;  a  few  days  later  Professor  Hammond  also  with- 
drew. Reverend  Joseph  Caldwell  was  elected  professor 
of  mathematics  and  natural  philosophy,  and  Thomas  Park 
professor  of  languages,  November  28,  1806.  Three  days 
later  the  trustees  elected  Paul  Perault  to  the  chair  of 
French,  which  he  occupied  until  the  April  meeting  of  1807, 
when  he  was  transferred  to  the  professorship  which 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  25 

Mr.  Caldwell  had  declined,  and  the  instruction  in  French 
was  placed  in  charge  of  Tutor  Nicholas  Herbemont. 
Edward  Hooker  was  chosen  tutor  in  mathematics, 
February  25.  At  a  meeting  on  April  23  the  board  selected 
"Collegii  Sigillum  Carolinae  Australis"  as  the  seal  of  the 
college  and  appointed  Judges  Bay  and  Trezevant  to  have 
the  seal  made. 

During  1807  a  house  was  erected  for  the  president  with 
the  appropriation  of  |8,000  granted  by  the  legislature  in 
the  previous  December.  President  Maxcy  had  been  board- 
ing at  the  house  of  a  Mrs.  Brown.  The  professors  were 
domiciled  in  the  dormitories  with  the  students.  The  first 
house  built  for  professors  was  the  double  structure  on  the 
site  of  the  houses  occupied  by  Professors  Burney  and 
Wauchope  on  the  south  side  of  the  campus  next  to  Rutledge 
College.  This  was  completed  in  1810.  The  building  for 
the  accommodation  of  two  professors'  families  facing  it 
was  erected  in  1813. 

The  first  spring  exhibition  was  held  May,  1807.  Capers, 
Dinkins,  DuBose,  Dupont,  Gaillard,  Grayson,  Hampton, 
Lyde,  Patrick,  Shaw,  and  B.  Taylor  of  the  sophomore  class 
recited  declamations;  they  had  the  liberty  of  giving  a  dia- 
logue, if  any  two  desired.  Finch,  Evans,  and  Waring  of 
the  junior  class  carried  on  a  disputation  against  their  fellow 
classmen  Smith,  DeWitt,  and  Mayrant.  J.  F.  Goodwin, 
McKenzie,  Lowry,  Taylor,  W.  Goodwin,  McRa,  Muldrow, 
Miller,  W.  Davis,  Gaillard,  Strong,  Heriot,  and  Mclver, 
juniors,  were  the  orators  of  the  occasion. 

The  first  commencement  took  place  December  7,  1807,  the 
first  Monday  in  the  month,  as  the  bylaws  ordered.  The 
seniors  had  been  examined  six  weeks  before,  in  order  that 
they  might  have  abundance  of  time  to  prepare  for  their 
commencement  parts.  An  invitation  was  sent  to  the  legis- 
lature, which  was  in  session,  to  attend  the  exercises.  Twelve 
juniors  were  assigned  parts  on  the  program  for  orations, 
a  dispute,  and  a  conference  on  "the  Comparative  Advantages 
of  Moral  Philosophy,  Logic,  and  Criticism."  Walter  Cren- 
shaw,  John  Caldwell,  George  W.  Glenn,  and  John  Wesley 


26  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Harper  formed  the  graduating  class.  The  valedictory, 
which  was  regarded  as  the  first  honor,  was  delivered  by 
Walter  Crenshaw;  the  salutatory,  or  second  honor,  was 
given  to  John  Caldwell.  Whether  this  was  in  Latin  or 
English  is  not  recorded.  Two  intermediate  orations  were 
assigned  to  Harper  and  Glenn.  Glenn  was  also  to  recite 
a  passage  in  French,  while  the  others  were  required  to  hold 
a  disputation.  Dr.  LaBorde  adds  that  the  names  of  a  few 
of  the  most  distinguished  in  each  class  were  read  out  at 
this  time.  The  degree  of  Doctor  of  Laws  was  conferred 
on  John  Dray  ton;  that  of  Doctor  of  Divinity  on  William 
Percy,  Richard  Furman,  Joseph  Alexander,  and  Moses 
Waddle.  No  diplomas  were  given.  Governor  Drayton 
wrote,  June  8,  1809,  to  President  Maxcy  urging  that  the 
delivery  of  diplomas  should  not  be  put  off  any  longer,  as  it 
was  a  disgrace  to  the  college  that  they  had  not  been  given. 
The  form  of  the  graduates'  diploma  had  been  adopted  two 
years  before;  Dr.  Maxcy  presented  a  form  for  the  honorary 
degrees  at  the  meeting  of  December  13,  1809.  As  the  board 
had  authorized  the  purchase  of  diplomas  in  April,  1809, 
those  to  whom  they  were  due  received  them  at  commence- 
ment in  1809.  Both  diplomas  were  in  Latin,  and  the 
wording  of  that  for  the  first  degree  survives  to  this  day. 

James  Gregg  was  elected  tutor  December  2,  1808,  in  the 
place  of  Edward  Hooker,  who  became  a  tutor  in  Yale 
College.  The  college  had  grown  rapidly ;  the  administration 
was  vigorous.  There  was  a  senior  class  of  thirty  at  the  close 
of  this,  the  third  year  in  the  life  of  the  institution.  Several 
honorary  degrees  were  conferred  at  this  commencement. 
At  a  meeting  a  year  later  the  trustees  passed  a  resolution 
that  thereafter  twelve  months'  notice  would  be  required 
before  any  honorary  degree  was  given;  in  consequence  there 
were  fewer  honorary  degrees.  Reverend  John  Brown  was 
elected  professor  of  Logic  and  Moral  Philosophy,  April 
25,  1809. 

In  accordance  with  a  resolution  of  the  board  adopted  at 
the  April  meeting  of  1810,  that  in  the  future  the  secretary 
should  record  in  its  journals  all  letters  of  information 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  27 

received  from  the  president  or  professors,  or  letters  upon 
subjects  required  to  be  communicated  by  them,  the  report 
of  President  Maxcy  appears  in  the  minutes  of  the  trustees 
for  November  30,  1810.  At  this  meeting  a  committee  was 
appointed  to  petition  the  legislature  for  an  appropriation 
of  $1,600  to  pay  the  salary  of  a  professor  of  chemistry: 
Professor  Perault  had  lectured  the  seniors  on  chemistry. 
This  sum  was  secured,  and  Charles  Dewar  Simons  of 
Charleston  was  elected  to  fill  the  new  chair  May  1,  1811. 
Professor  Simons  entered  upon  his  duties  in  October,  per- 
forming them  with  great  ability;  but  on  his  return  from 
Charleston  in  January,  1812,  he  lost  his  life  in  the  swamp 
below  Granby.  His  report  to  the  trustees  formed  the  basis 
of  an  elaborate  report  to  the  legislature  and  of  the  request 
for  $5,000  to  fit  up  a  room  for  chemical  experiments  and  for 
chemical  apparatus.  Dr.  Edward  Darrell  Smith  succeeded 
Professor  Simons. 

Professor  Perault  was  removed  from  his  professorship 
at  the  instance  of  President  Maxcy  in  April,  1811,  for  neglect 
of  college  duties.  Though  skilled  in  mathematical  science, 
he  lacked  "that  dignity  which  a  Freshman  would  expect  in 
a  learned  Professor."  He  became  attached  to  the  army  as 
a  topographical  engineer.  Professor  Brown  also  withdrew, 
handing  in  his  resignation  on  May  1  to  take  effect  at  the 
close  of  the  year.  Tutor  Gregg  performed  the  duties  of  the 
professor  of  mathematics  until  his  successor  was  elected 
at  the  close  of  the  year  in  the  person  of  George  Blackburn. 
Rev.  Dr.  Montgomery  was  at  the  same  time  elected  to  fill 
the  chair  left  vacant  by  the  resignation  of  Professor  Brown. 
Tutor  Gregg  resigned  at  this  time. 

A  severe  earthquake  in  December,  1811,  damaged  some 
of  the  walls  of  the  college  structures,  especially  North 
Building,  to  such  an  extent  that  iron  rods  had  to  be  used 
to  pull  them  together. 

The  duties  of  the  college  were  suspended  from  May 
22,  1813,  to  the  close  of  the  session  on  account  of  an  epidemic 
of  typhoid  fever.  At  this  time  there  were  one  hundred 
and  twenty-two  students  enrolled.  A  poll  of  these  taken 


28  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

with  reference  to  their  church  affiliations  gave  77  Presby- 
terians, 31  Episcopalians,  and  20  Baptists.  A  similar  can- 
vass of  the  student  body  next  fall  revealed  in  addition  to 
the  above  three  denominations  a  few  Methodists.  Students 
were  allowed  to  attend  any  church  they  preferred ;  monitors 
were  appointed  for  the  various  churches  to  keep  up  with 
the  attendance.  The  canvass  to  find  out  the  religious  affilia- 
tions was  designed  to  aid  the  pastors  of  the  city  in  their 
efforts  to  reach  the  students. 

Disorders,  firing  of  guns  on  the  campus,  "fisticuffs,"  begin- 
ning in  1812  and  increasing  during  the  following  year 
culminated  on  the  night  of  February  8,  1814,  in  a  riot,  which 
the  militia  of  the  town  was  called  out  to  quell.  One  of  the 
professor's  houses  was  stoned,  and  his  family  driven  out; 
Tutor  Reid's  windows  were  smashed  with  brickbats; 
Professor  Blackburn  was  burned  in  effigy.  The  faculty  and 
the  trustees  resident  in  Columbia  could  do  nothing.  Even 
after  the  militia  was  called  in,  it  was  necessary  to  station 
a  guard  all  night  in  a  professor's  house.  The  students  whose 
names  were  known  to  the  faculty  were  reported  to  the  board 
of  trustees  for  expulsion  and  were  sent  home,  while  others 
had  legal  proceedings  begun  against  them  to  obtain  pay- 
ment for  damages  to  college  property.  Disorders  continued 
in  some  degree  for  over  a  year,  until  after  the  departure  of 
Professor  Blackburn.  They  were  aggravated  also  by  the 
ill  health  of  President  Maxcy. 

Professor  Blackburn  offered  his  resignation  November 
30,  1814,  to  take  effect  on  the  1st  of  the  following  July. 
He  was  a  native  of  Ireland,  professor  of  mathematics  and 
astronomy  at  William  and  Mary  in  Virginia  before  he  came 
to  the  South  Carolina  College.  He  was  of  an  irascible 
temper,  which  kept  the  students  constantly  angered.  On 
one  occasion  he  remarked  to  the  senior  class  "that  it  might 
be  that  half  of  his  class  were  very  smart  fellows,  for  he 
never  saw  them;  but  the  half  who  attended  his  recitations 
were  as  laborious  as  oxen,  but  as  stupid  as  asses."  This, 
of  course,  led  to  a  rebellion.  While  he  was  connected  with 
the  college,  he  was  employed  in  the  vacation  of  1812  by 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  29 

the  State  to  run  the  boundary  line  between  South  and 
North  Carolina.  Reverend  Christian  Hanckel,  who  had 
been  elected  as  tutor  in  mathematics  to  succeed  Mr.  Reid, 
was  placed  in  charge  of  the  chair  left  vacant  by  Professor 
Blackburn's  resignation. 

Dr.  Maxcy's  health  was  beginning  to  fail,  so  that  he  was 
unable  to  perform  his  duties  with  the  regularity  that 
successful  management  of  his  office  required.  The  entry 
ways  of  the  buildings  were  allowed  to  become  filthy,  and 
physicians  pronounced  the  general  condition  of  the  insti- 
tution as  unsanitary.  Dr.  Maxcy  was  summoned  before 
the  trustees  to  show  cause  why  he  should  not  be  deposed 
from  the  presidency.  His  defence,  while  not  recorded,  must 
have  been  satisfactory,  as  there  was  no  further  mention  of 
the  matter ;  but  there  is  record  that  a  better  sanitary  condi- 
tion thereafter  prevailed. 

Under  President  Maxcy  great  attention  was  paid  to 
elocution.  The  students  of  his  time  were  especially  noted 
for  their  oratorical  powers;  some  of  the  most  renowned 
of  the  orators  of  South  Carolina,  indeed  of  the  whole 
country,  George  McDuffie,  Hugh  S.  Legare,  William  C.  Pres- 
ton, were  students  of  the  college  at  this  period.  Dr.  Maxcy 
was  himself  one  of  the  greatest  of  the  pulpit  orators  of 
the  United  States.  Elocutionists  gave  lessons  in  private  to 
the  students,  and  on  occasion  arrangements  were  made  by 
the  board  with  these  men  for  a  course  of  instruction  in 
rhetoric  and  elocution.  One  of  these  elocutionists  was  the 
"celebrated  orator"  Mr.  Ogilvie.  Dr.  Maxcy's  successor, 
Thomas  Cooper,  decried  the  study  of  the  art  of  public 
speaking.  Only  again  in  the  days  of  Preston's  presidency 
was  stress  laid  upon  it,  when  he  performed  the  duties  of 
professor  of  elocution,  and  his  own  example  as  one  of  the 
leading  orators  of  the  country  fired  the  students  to  emula- 
tion. All  students  were  required  to  deliver  declamations 
or  orations  of  their  own  composition  before  the  officers 
of  the  college;  these  were  often  the  most  perfunctory. 
President  Maxcy  proposed  to  the  board  the  establishment 
of  a  chair  of  elocution  and  belles  lettres,  the  suggestion  not, 


30  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

however,  being  accepted,  as  particular  emphasis  was  at  the 
time  laid  on  securing  instruction  in  mineralogy. 

The  curriculum  of  the  University  will  have  a  special 
chapter;  but  the  student  of  the  minutes  of  the  trustees  for 
this  period  will  be  struck  with  the  wide-reaching  and 
progressive  views  therein  exhibited.  He  finds  that  Dr.  Maxcy 
suggests  a  professorship  of  law,  or  instruction  in  law  to 
the  seniors,  and  a  chair  of  political  economy,  this  in  1815. 
Great  attention  was  paid  to  the  sciences:  chemistry  became 
a  regular  chair  in  1811;  mineralogy  was  attached  to  chem- 
istry in  1815 ;  natural  philosophy,  or  physics,  formed  a  part 
of  the  chair  of  mathematics  from  the  first,  and  one  of  the 
first  purchases  made  by  the  board  was  physical  apparatus. 
Provision  was  made  for  those  students  who  did  not  wish 
to  take  Greek  or  Latin.  The  minutes  of  the  faculty  for 
April  19,  1808,  record  the  change  of  a  student  named  Dick 
from  "linguist  to  English  scholar."  French  was  taught 
during  almost  the  whole  of  Dr.  Maxcy's  administration,  but 
was  pronounced  not  a  success.  It  was  not  introduced  again 
into  the  ante-bellum  college  for  any  length  of  time. 

Provision  was  made  in  the  earliest  bylaws  for  the  degree 
of  master  of  arts  to  be  conferred  after  a  certain  period  on 
those  students  who  might  apply  for  it. 

On  the  report  of  Professor  Smith  and  Tutor  Hanckel 
that  the  room  in  which  the  physical  apparatus  and  the 
chemicals  were  kept  was  too  small,  resulting  in  injury  to 
the  apparatus,  the  board  asked  and  obtained  from  the  legis- 
lature of  1815  the  sum  of  f 6,000  for  a  science  hall,  to  house 
also  the  library  in  the  second  story.  The  building  was 
erected  by  Zachariah  Philipps  in  accordance  with  the  plans 
furnished  by  the  professors.  An  observatory  had  been 
included  in  the  original  request,  but  was  omitted  as  "an 
unusual  piece  of  work  here."  An  additional  |2,000  was 
needed  to  finish  the  library  and  construct  the  observatory. 
The  latter  was  erected  in  the  rear  of  DeSaussure  College, 
somewhat  to  the  west  of  the  later  observatory. 

President  Maxcy  reported  to  the  board  November  26,  1816, 
of  the  year  just  passed:  "I  have  spent  nearly  thirty  years 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  31 

in  College  business,  and  I  can  say  with  truth,  that  I 
never  knew  an  instance  in  which  a  College  was  conducted 
with  such  order,  peace,  and  industry,  as  this  has  been  during 
the  past  year.  We  have  had  no  difficulty,  except  in  a  few 
cases,  from  the  resort  of  certain  individuals  to  taverns  and 
other  places  of  entertainment." 

At  the  close  of  1818  Professor  Montgomery  resigned  and 
was  succeeded  by  Kobert  Henry  of  Charleston.  Tutor  James 
Camak  also  sent  in  his  resignation;  Hugh  McMillan  was 
elected  to  the  vacant  tutorship. 

Professor  E.  D.  Smith  died  in  the  month  of  August,  1819, 
while  on  a  trip  to  Missouri,  and  in  that  state  his  body  was 
laid  to  rest.  Professor  Kobert  Henry  delivered  at  the 
request  of  the  trustees  three  years  later — an  unexplained 
delay — a  discourse  commemorative  of  his  character  and 
services.  There  is  also  extant  a  eulogy  by  one  of  the 
students,  C.  G.  Meminger,  afterwards  the  distinguished 
secretary  of  treasury  for  the  Confederate  States.  Professor 
Smith,  according  to  all  testimony,  was  a  most  energetic 
member  of  the  faculty,  whose  secretary  he  was  for  six  years, 
a  skilful  teacher,  and  one  of  the  best  chemists  of  the  day. 

At  its  meeting  December  3rd,  1819,  the  board  selected 
as  successor  to  Professor  Smith,  Thomas  Cooper,  M.  13.,  a 
friend  of  Thomas  Jefferson,  elected  professor  in  the  newly 
established  University  of  Virginia  but  forced  to  resign  on 
account  of  his  religious  views,  a  native  of  England,  from 
which  country  he  was  compelled  to  migrate  to  America 
because  his  political  views  were  too  democratic.  He  had 
been  a  judge  in  Pennsylvania  and  professor  of  chemistry 
at  Dickinson  College  in  that  state.  His  election  at  the  South 
Carolina  College  was  for  a  term  of  one  year.  Professor 
Hanckel  sent  in  his  resignation  at  this  meeting  to  take  effect 
at  the  end  of  twelve  months.  Timothy  D.  Porter  was  elected 
tutor. 

The  college  had  now  been  in  existence  fifteen  years  since 
the  opening  of  its  doors.  It  had  a  faculty  of  five  and  a 
student  body  of  100.  There  were  two  large  dormitories 
with  recitation  halls  and  certain  public  rooms,  a  Commons 


32  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Hall,  a  science  and  library  building,  an  observatory,  a  presi- 
dent's house  and  two  double  houses  for  professors.  The 
college  was  accomplishing  its  double  purpose  of  educating 
,  and  unifying  the  people.  Every  effort  was  made  to  keep 
abreast  of  the  times;  money  was  freely  given  by  the  legis- 
lature, for  all  recognized  that  to  make  the  college  the  equal 
of  any  institution  in  the  country  money  was  necessary.  Its 
alumni  had  time  to  make  themselves  felt.  It  was  only  two 
years  before  that  Judge  Huger  said  on  the  floor  of  the  House 
of  Representatives  that  if  the  South  Carolina  College  had 
done  nothing  more  than  educate  George  McDuffie  she  had 
repaid  all  the  money  that  the  State  had  expended  on  her. 
The  chief  guiding  hand  during  these  first  years  was  that 
of  President  Maxcy,  who  was  soon  forever  to  lay  down  his 
task.  He  had  never  been  a  man  of  robust  health,  in  fact 
had  come  to  South  Carolina  for  the  sake  of  the  climate. 
The  minutes  of  the  faculty  show,  however,  that  in  spite  of 
his  growing  weakness  he  was  rarely  absent  from  a  meeting 
even  in  the  last  days.  He  met  with  his  colleagues  for  the 
last  time  May  30,  1820.  Five  days  later  he  died.  Appro- 
priate resolutions  were  passed  by  the  trustees,  the  faculty, 
and  the  students.  Students  bore  the  body  to  the  grave  and 
wore  the  badge  of  mourning,  a  band  of  crepe  on  the  left 
arm,  for  thirty  days.  The  board  directed  the  treasurer  to 
pay  Mrs.  Maxcy  one  quarter's  salary  more  than  for  the  year, 
and  requested  the  governor  to  lay  before  the  legislature  the 
wishes  of  the  trustees  that  an  annual  sum  be  paid  to  Mrs. 
Maxcy  for  the  support  of  herself  and  the  education  of  her 
minor  children.  The  legislature,  however,  did  not  comply 
with  the  board's  wishes  in  this  matter. 

Dr.  Maxcy  was  in  his  fifty-second  year  at  the  time  of  his 
death.  The  historian  LaBorde  was  a  student  in  the  college 
in  1820  and  knew  Doctor  Maxcy  and  his  family.  Dr.  LaBorde 
relates  that  he  was  simple  and  unostentatious  in  his  religion, 
a  member  of  the  Baptist  church  and  sincerely  attached  to 
its  faith,  yet  he  preferred  to  dwell  in  his  conversations  and 
discourses  not  on  its  distinctive  peculiarities  but  rather  on 
the  common  grounds  on  which  all  Christians  are  agreed. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  33 

As  a  teacher  he  was  unsurpassed.  In  addition  to  his  presi- 
dential duties  he  taught  belles  lettres,  criticism,  and 
metaphysics  with  a  clearness  and  an  easy,  facile  and  precise 
expression  that  was  the  admiration  of  all.  According  to  all 
accounts,  says  Dr.  LaBorde,  he  had  no  equal  as  an  orator, 
and  in  his  reading  there  were  a  charm,  a  cadence,  a  some- 
thing that  was  possessed  by  no  other  man.  He  was  a  good 
but  not  critical  scholar.  In  the  words  of  Judge  J.  B.  O'Neall, 
who  was  a  graduate  of  the  year  1812,  Dr.  LaBorde  describes 
his  effect  on  the  students  when  he  appeared  among  them: 
"He  had  a  peculiar  majesty  in  his  walk.  Dressed  in  fair 
top-boots,  cane  in  hand,  and  walking  through  the  Campus, 
he  was  looked  at  with  admiration  by  the  young  men.  When 
he  entered  the  College  Chapel  for  morning  or  evening 
prayers,  every  student  was  erect  in  his  place,  and  still  as 
death  to  receive  him." 

Professor  Robert  Henry  eulogized  the  life  and  character 
of  President  Maxcy  in  a  discourse  held  in  the  chapel.  Five 
years  later  the  Clariosophic  Society  decided  to  erect  a  monu- 
ment to  his  memory  and  raised  the  money  necessary  to 
carry  out  ifcs  purpose.  Permission  was  given  by  the  board 
to  place  the  shaft  in  the  center  of  the  campus.  Robert  Mills, 
the  architect,  furnished  the  design;  Professor  Henry  put 
into  Latin  the  inscription,  the  English  of  which  was  com- 
posed by  George  McDuffie.  After  two  years  the  monument 
was  unveiled  in  1827. 

In  April  after  his  election  to  the  chair  of  chemistry  for 
one  year  Dr.  Cooper  was  made  permanent  professor  of  chem- 
istry; the  trustees  resolved  at  a  subsequent  meeting  to  ask 
the  legislature  for  an  appropriation  of  fl,000  to  establish 
a  professorship  of  geology  and  mineralogy  to  be  committed 
to  the  charge  of  the  professor  of  chemistry.  On  December  2 
following  the  death  of  President  Maxcy  the  presidency  was 
offered  to  Stephen  Elliott,  who  declined  the  proffered  honor. 
On  the  15th  of  the  same  month  Dr.  Cooper  was  made  presi- 
dent pro  tempore,  with  the  duties  of  the  office  divided 
between  him  and  Professors  Henry  and  Wallace,  the  latter 
having  been  recently  elected  to  the  chair  of  mathematics. 
Dr.  Cooper  became  permanent  president  December  1,  1821, 
by  a  vote  of  ten  to  nine  in  the  board. 

3— H.  U. 


34  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


CHAPTER  III. 


PRESIDENT  COOPER — NULLIFICATION — TRIAL  FOR  HERESY — LOW 
STATE  OF  THE  COLLEGE. 

Dr.  Cooper  was  president  of  the  South  Carolina  College 
from  December  1,  1821,  to  November  29,  1833.  He  entered 
upon  his  duties  "almost  idolized  for  his  genius  and  learn- 
ing." His  address  to  the  graduating  class  of  1821  so  pleased 
the  board  that  they  had  it  published.  His  collection  of 
minerals  valued  at  $3,000  was  purchased  and  formed  the 
basis  of  the  present  collection,  although  mineralogical  speci- 
mens had  been  presented  by  Professor  Perault;  but  these 
were  few  in  number.  The  chair  of  chemistry  which  had 
been  Dr.  Cooper's  first  appointment  was  turned  over  to 
Lardner  Vanuxem,  who  was  elected  on  December  3,  1821, 
professor  of  geology  and  mineralogy,  acting  also  as  adjunct 
professor  of  chemistry,  to  serve  one  year.  Part  of  the  work 
in  chemistry  Dr.  Cooper  seems  always  to  have  kept,  although 
in  the  preface  to  his  Lectures  on  Political  Economy  he  says 
that  he  taught  belles  lettres,  criticism,  and  logic  until  the 
end  of  1824.  His  lectures  on  political  economy  were  delivered 
to  the  senior  class;  they  had  been  begun  in  1823  when  the 
trustees  had  requested  him  to  take  up  the  subject  of  meta- 
physics. Dr.  Cooper  replied  to  the  request:  "that  he  pro- 
fesses himself  qualified  and  competent  to  teach  Metaphysics, 
having  devoted  much  more  time  to  that  very  unsatisfactory 
study  than  most  men;  so  much  so  as  to  be  fully  persuaded 
that  it  is  not  worth  the  time  required  to  be  bestowed 
upon  it."  He  proposed  to  substitute  a  course  of  political 
economy,  to  which  the  trustees  agreed. 

Almost  from  the  beginning  Dr.  Cooper  had  difficulty  with 
discipline.  Coming  to  Columbia  from  the  North  and  at  an 
age  when  his  views  of  education  were  fixed,  he  was  unable 
to  understand  the  Southern  youth.  He  had  no  appreciation 
of  their  ideas  of  honor  and  thought  that  the  only  way  to 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  35 

govern  them  was  by  a  system  of  espionage,  and  asked  "if 
their  own  police  (of  the  students)  could  be  established  for 
any  good  purpose,"  for  he  regarded  their  contentions  as 
merely  a  combination  to  defeat  the  ends  of  discipline  and 
to  shelter  one  another.  Dr.  Cooper  wrote  to  Thomas  Jeffer- 
son in  1823  in  reply  to  a  request  for  information  as  to  the 
progress  of  Mr.  Jefferson's  nephew,  Eppes,  that  he  had  not 
seen  Mr.  Eppes,  because  the  students  did  not  visit  at  the 
houses  of  the  professors,  and  that  there  was  little  inter- 
course between  the  faculty  and  the  students  outside  of  the 
classroom,  owing  to  the  fear  of  the  latter  that  they  might 
be  considered  as  trying  to  curry  favor,  an  unforgivable  sin 
in  their  conventional  code  of  ethics.  Mr.  Eppes,  he  said, 
had  not  been  to  call  on  Mrs.  Cooper.  He  also  declared  that 
he  did  not  believe  a  successful  college  could  be  maintained 
south  of  Mason  and  Dixon's  line,  a  sentiment  which  he 
repeated  from  President  Dwight  of  Yale.  However,  where 
there  were  young  ladies  in  the  family  of  a  president  or 
professor,  the  students  did  not  carry  out  their  ethical  ideas 
so  strictly:  James  Gregg  married  one  of  Dr.  Maxcy's 
daughters,  and  Lesesne,  who  shared  the  first  honor  of  the 
class  of  1832,  married  a  daughter  of  Dr.  Cooper.  Dr.  Marion 
Sims,  who  graduated  in  the  latter's  class,  records  the  belief 
of  the  student  body  that  the  decision  of  the  faculty  in  divid- 
ing the  first  honor  between  Lesesne  and  Mitchell  was 
influenced  by  the  knowledge  that  Lesesne  was  to  marry 
Miss  Cooper.  But  it  must  be  said  in  Dr.  Cooper's  favor 
that  he  was  harassed  in  1823  by  a  very  troublesome  case 
of  discipline  arising  from  an  act  peculiarly  shameful,  a 
defiling  of  the  pulpit  of  the  chapel.  The  students  were 
required  to  exculpate  themselves  by  answering  "yes"  or 
"no"  to  the  question  whether  they  were  concerned  in  the 
act;  but  they  rebelled  on  the  ground  that  the  faculty  had 
no  right  to  call  up  the  whole  student  body  but  should  punish 
the  offender,  and  they  declined  to  seek  out  the  offender, 
which  they  thought  the  faculty  should  do.  The  student  who 
committed  the  offence  was  permitted  to  remain  on  the 
campus ;  but  as  he  had  lied,  the  literary  society  to  which  he 


36  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

belonged  dropped  him  from  its  roll.  He  soon  left  the 
institution. 

The  age  below  which  a  student  could  not  enter  the  college 
was  in  1821  fixed  at  fifteen.  After  the  commencement  of 
this  year  the  first  honor  was  declared  by  the  board  of  trustees 
to  be  the  salutatory,  which  was  delivered  in  Latin;  the 
valedictory  was  accounted  the  second  honor.  This  order 
prevailed  so  long  as  the  system  remained. 

By  nature  Dr.  Cooper  was  an  agitator.  He  was  an  ardent 
freetrader  and  a  determined  foe  to  centralized  government. 
No  sooner  had  he  entered  the  State  than  he  began  to  rouse 
the  people  to  the  danger  from  high  tariff  and  to  point  out 
the  centralizing  tendencies  of  the  general  government.  The 
first  edition  of  his  pamphlet  on  "Consolidation"  appeared 
in  1823.  In  it  George  McDuffie,  then  in  congress,  was  taken 
severely  to  task.  In  1827  at  a  dinner  in  Columbia  Dr. 
Cooper  uttered  the  memorable  words,  "It  is  time  to  calcu- 
late the  value  of  the  Union,"  which  set  the  Northern  press 
to  raging  at  such  treasonable  utterance.  South  Carolina 
was  rent  by  two  hostile  factions;  civil  war  was  imminent. 
There  were  many  who  blamed  President  Cooper  for  his  part 
in  the  strife  and  accused  him  of  taking  advantage  of  his 
position  to  influence  the  political  situation.  This  activity 
of  his  was  given  by  some  as  one  cause  for  the  low  state  of 
the  college. 

Men  are  still  found  in  South  Carolina  who  have  heard 
from  their  fathers  and  they  from  their  fathers,  that 
Thomas  Cooper  was  an  atheist  and  that  his  spirit  still 
hovers  over  the  University.  Many  young  men  remained 
away  from  the  South  Carolina  College  or  went  to  other 
states  because  Dr.  Cooper  lost  no  occasion  to  deride 
Christianity,  often  going  out  of  his  way  to  do  so.  The 
whole  trend  of  thought  at  the  college  was  represented  as 
atheistic.  Finally  the  storm  broke  in  the  trial  by  the  board 
in  the  hall  of  the  House  of  Representatives  to  determine 
whether  President  Cooper's  views  on  religion  were  injurious 
to  the  best  interests  of  the  college. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  37 

The  intellectual  activity  of  the  college  was  great.  Beside 
the  president,  Professor  Henry  Junius  Nott  shone  as  a 
writer  of  the  first  rank;  Professor  Robert  Henry  was  the 
"scholar"  of  the  old  college,  although  he  wrote  but  little; 
Professor  Wallace  was  a  contributor  to  "The  Southern 
Review,"  author  of  a  book  "On  the  Globes";  Lardner 
Vanuxein  began  but  did  not  finish  a  geological  survey  of 
the  State  and  was  a  frequent  contributor  to  the  scientific 
journals  of  the  country;  the  two  Gibbes,  Robert  W.  and 
Lewis,  were  just  beginning  their  careers.  A  Mr.  Michaelo- 
witz  was  engaged  to  teach  French  and  Hebrew  to  classes  in 
the  college,  and  after  one  year  became  a  regular  member  of 
the  faculty  as  teacher  of  oriental  and  modern  languages. 
James  H.  Thornwell  wrote  to  his  patron  November  13,  1830, 
that  he  would  begin  the  study  of  German  on  January  1. 
"I  am  anxious,"  he  continues,  "to  understand  that  language. 
It  is  a  common  acquisition  at  the  North." 

The  steward's  hall  produced  its  usual  disturbances, 
usually  in  the  early  spring,  or  in  February.  President 
Cooper  complains  to  the  board  that  every  year  about  the 
time  mentioned  the  college  was  in  danger  of  being  disrupted 
by  troubles  over  food.  In  February,  1827,  a  committee 
from  the  students  informed  the  president  that  a  large 
majority  of  their  number  had  agreed  to  leave  the  hall  from 
the  1st  of  March.  The  students  would  listen  to  no  reasoning 
on  the  matter,  so  that  the  faculty  was  compelled  to  enforce 
the  law  and  suspend  the  offenders.  The  seniors  engaged 
in  the  revolt  were  reported  to  the  board  for  expulsion, 
which  affirmed  the  action  of  the  professors;  others  were 
allowed  to  reenter  on  a  pledge  not  to  form  or  countenance 
a  combination  to  oppose  the  laws  of  the  college.  Twenty- 
four  seniors  were  expelled,  only  twelve  remaining  in  the 
class.  Apparently  no  honors  were  awarded  at  the  com- 
mencement in  December.  No  catalogue  was  issued  in  1828 
on  account  of  the  small  numbers.  A  committee  of  the 
trustees  appointed  to  consider  and  report  on  the  system 
of  commons  presented  their  findings  that,  "in  most  cases 
where  the  system  of  College  discipline  has  obliged  the 


38  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

students  to  board  in  Commons,  discontent  and  disorder  have 
followed,  and  wherever  the  students  have  their  option  to 
board  either  at  Commons  or  at  private  houses,  order  and 
satisfaction  have  prevailed."  In  accordance  with  this  report 
the  board  decided  that  students  with  written  permission 
from  their  parents  and  guardians  might  board  in  such 
families  and  in  such  private  boarding  houses  as  might  be 
licensed  by  the  faculty.  This  brought  quiet  for  a  time. 

A  resolution  of  the  faculty  passed  in  1829  ordered  that 
"no  certificate  shall  be  received  from  any  teacher  unless 
written  in  Latin.  Also,  that  applicants  for  admission  shall 
address  themselves  in  the  Latin  language  to  the  Faculty, 
and  that  this  exercise  shall  be  performed  in  the  presence 
of  the  Faculty."  A  similar  requirement  was  later  made 
in  regard  to  applicants  for  the  higher  degree.  No  reference 
was  afterward  made  to  this  rule,  which  appears  to  have  been 
a  dead  letter. 

Two  students  were  "shooting  guns  at  the  back  of  the 
town  during  chapel  service"  and  received  as  punishment 
fifty  lines  of  Vergil's  Aeneid  to  be  learned  by  heart  and 
recited  before  the  faculty  at  its  next  meeting.  Twenty  lines 
were  assigned  at  another  time.  A  certain  young  man  resid- 
ing in  the  town  was  permitted  to  remain  at  college  "pro- 
vided he  was  not  seen  on  the  campus  after  2  p.  m."  A  custom 
had  grown  up  that  the  students  should  stay  away  from  their 
classes,  if  the  weather  was  too  inclement.  Naturally  the 
sky  was  watched  with  anxious  eyes,  and  not  many  clouds 
were  necessary  to  make  a  storm.  On  one  occasion  the 
students  did  not  attend  prayers  and  recitations  for  two 
whole  days.  President  Cooper  complained  that  he  had 
walked  through  the  rain  without  any  inconvenience,  and 
yet  they  had  refused  to  attend  his  recitations  and  had 
resented  his  sending  a  monitor  to  remind  them.  A  general 
rebellion  broke  out  because  they  had  been  summoned. 
However,  "friendly  expostulation"  in  the  chapel  on  the  part 
of  the  faculty  ended  the  affair. 

The  coming  of  General  LaFayette  to  Columbia  in  March, 
1825,  gave  the  students  a  week's  holiday.  A  cadet  company 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  39 

was  formed  to  take  part  in  the  ceremonies  of  the  reception 
and  gave  so  much  satisfaction  that  it  remained  permanently 
organized,  receiving  arms  from  the  State.  Provision  was 
made,  however,  that  the  arms  must  not  be  kept  on  the 
campus,  but  must  be  returned  to  the  public  armory.  A 
reception  was  held  on  the  campus  in  honor  of  the  distin- 
guished visitor,  and  the  Euphradian  Society  elected  him 
an  honorary  member. 

Professor  Lardner  Vanuxem  resigned,  November  3,  1827, 
requesting  an  immediate  acceptance  of  his  resignation,  as 
he  had  a  lucrative  offer  which  required  immediate  answer. 
He  was  elected  professor  of  geology  and  mineralogy 
December  3,  1821,  at  a  salary  of  one  thousand  dollars.  In 
the  spring  of  1824  he  tendered  his  resignation  to  take  effect 
the  following  December ;  but  when  he  suggested  to  the  board 
the  making  of  a  geological  survey  of  the  State,  the  idea  so 
pleased  this  body  that  a  request  for  an  appropriation  was 
made  to  the  legislature,  which  granted  the  necessary  amount, 
and  Professor  Vanuxem  was  placed  on  an  equal  footing  with 
the  other  professors  with  the  understanding  that  he  should 
employ  his  vacant  time  in  prosecuting  the  survey.  He  spent 
only  one  year  in  this  work,  with  the  result  that  the  survey 
was  never  completed.  The  historian  LaBorde  quotes  the 
following  extract  from  a  letter  from  him  to  Dr.  R.  W.  Gibbes 
in  1845:  "I  am  sorry  to  hear  from  Mr.  Tuomey,  that  the 
collection  I  left  at  Columbia  of  the  only  year  given  to  the 
Survey  of  the  State  has,  in  a  great  measure,  disappeared; 
and  the  map  of  the  State,  colored  to  the  extent  of  the  parts 
examined,  in  accordance  with  its  rocks,  &c.,  and  which  I 
nailed  to  the  wall  of  the  lecture-room,  is  not  to  be  found." 

As  the  duties  of  the  professorship  of  mineralogy  were 
assumed  by  Dr.  Cooper  without  additional  compensation, 
Robert  Wilson  Gibbes  was  elected  his  assistant. 

In  his  report  to  the  board,  November  30,  1831,  Dr.  Coopei 
embodied  his  conviction  of  the  necessity  of  having  a  free 
college  as  well  as  free  schools.  This  view  he  further  elabo- 
rated in  his  Manual  of  Political  Economy  published  in  1833, 
where  he  outlined  a  liberal  course  of  State  education. 


40  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Education,  he  declared  in  his  report,  was  confined  to  the 
few  in  South  Carolina,  and  the  great  mass  of  the  people 
was  in  ignorance. 

The  illustrious  Dr.  Marion  Sims,  who  graduated  in  1832 
from  the  South  Carolina  College  thus  describes  Dr.  Cooper : 
"He  was  a  man  considerably  over  seventy  years  old,  a 
remarkable  looking  man.  He  was  never  called  Dr.  Cooper, 
but  'Old  Coot.'  'Coot'  is  short  for  'eooter',  a  name  generally 
applied  south  to  the  terrapin,  and  the  name  suited  him 
exactly.  He  was  less  than  five  feet  high,  and  his  head  was 
the  biggest  part  of  the  whole  man.  He  was  a  perfect  taper 
from  the  side  of  his  head  down  to  his  feet;  he  looked  like 
a  wedge  with  a  head  on  it.  He  was  a  man  of  great  intellect 
and  remarkable  learning.  .  .  .  Dr.  Cooper  exerted  a  bad 
influence  on  the  interests  of  the  college.  He  was  a  pro- 
nounced infidel,  and  every  year  lectured  on  the  'Authenticity 
of  the  Pentateuch'  to  the  senior  class,  generally  six  or  eight 
weeks  before  their  graduation. 

"There  was  no  necessity  for  his  delivering  this  lecture. 
It  did  not  belong  to  his  chair  of  political  economy.  Nor 
was  it  necessary  as  president.  I  have  always  wondered  why 
the  trustees  of  the  college  permitted  him  to  go  out  of  the 
routine  of  the  duties  of  his  office  and  deliver  a  lecture  of 
this  sort  to  a  set  of  young  men  just  starting  out  in  the 
world.  I  am  amazed  at  this  late  day,  that  a  country  as 
full  of  Presbyterianism  and  bigotry  as  that  was  at  that 
time  should  have  tolerated  a  man  in  his  position,  especially 
when  advocating  and  lecturing  upon  such  an  unnecessary 
subject.  Dr.  Cooper  lived  before  his  day.  If  he  had 
flourished  now,  in  the  days  of  Darwin,  Tyndall  and  Huxley, 
he  would  have  been  a  greater  infidel  than  any  or  all  three 
of  them  put  together." 

Dr.  Cooper  considered  the  teachings  of  Christianity  as  a 
form  of  error,  and,  as  Dr.  Meriwether  has  pointed  out  in  his 
"Higher  Education  in  South  Carolina,"  "according  to  the 
ideas  he  held,  it  must  be  corrected  like  any  other  error.  It 
filled  a  large  part  of  the  time  of  many  people  and  occupied 
a  large  space  in  the  world,  and  its  falsity  must  be  shown, 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  41 

just  as  he  would  show  the  false  position  of  the  pro- 
tectionists; it  must  be  met,  combated,  and  overthrown,  just 
as  any  false  theory  in  political  economy  must  be  over- 
thrown." 

The  annual  lecture  of  Dr.  Cooper  and  his  pamphlet  on 
the  Connection  between  Geology  and  the  Pentateuch  were 
the  greatest  cause  of  offense.  They  were  occasioned  by  the 
lack  of  text-books  on  geology,  for  when  he  began  to  lecture 
at  the  South  Carolina  College,  he  and  Professor  Silliman  of 
Yale  were  the  only  two  lecturers  on  geology  in  the  country. 
Professor  Silliman  brought  out  an  edition  of  an  English 
book,  in  which  he  inserted  a  syllabus  of  his  own  lectures 
"founded  on  the  Mosaic  account  of  the  formation  of  the 
earth  and  of  the  Deluge,  as  being  delivered  under  the 
authority  of  divine  inspiration."  This  book  Dr.  Cooper  had 
to  use,  and  in  order  to  contravert  a  view  of  geology  different 
from  his  own,  he  attacked  Silliman  in  a  lecture  before  his 
class.  From  the  mountains  to  the  seaboard  the  cry  went 
up  of  "reorganization !  revolution !"  But  the  trustees  held 
firm.  There  was  no  way  to  reach  the  president  of  the  college 
except  through  the  legislature.  Accordingly,  on  December 
7,  1831,  a  resolution  was  introduced  into  the  House  of 
Representatives  declaring  that,  "it  is  expedient  that  the 
board  of  trustees  of  the  South  Carolina  College  do  forthwith 
investigate  the  conduct  of  Doctor  Cooper  as  president  of 
the  South  Carolina  College,  and  if  they  find  that  his  contin- 
uance in  office  defeats  the  ends  and  aims  of  the  institution 
that  they  be  requested  to  remove  him."  The  committee  of 
the  board,  to  whom  the  matter  had  been  referred  for  investi- 
gation, reported  on  the  14th;  Dr.  Cooper  also  at  the  same 
time  sent  to  the  board  an  elaborate  reply.  The  case  was 
allowed  to  rest  until  May  to  give  Dr.  Cooper  time  to  produce 
certain  witnesses  which  he  desired.  When  the  May  meeting 
arrived,  so  few  trustees  were  in  attendance  that  it  was 
deemed  most  advisable  to  let  the  further  proceedings  wait 
until  the  December  meeting.  On  the  4th  of  December  in 
the  Hall  of  the  House  of  Representatives  the  trial  proceeded 
before  the  trustees.  Dr.  Cooper  was  present  and  began  an 


42  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

elaborate  defence,  which  he  concluded  on  the  following  day. 
On  the  8th  the  trial  was  brought  to  a  close  with  the  adoption 
of  a  resolution  that  the  charges  that  his  administration  of 
the  office  of  president  defeated  the  ends  and  aims  of  the 
institution  were  not  substantiated  by  proof.  There  was  a 
strong  dissenting  opinion. 

Although  Dr.  Cooper  was  acquitted,  opposition  did  not 
cease:  the  sentiment  was  too  strong  and  deep  that  his  con- 
nection with  the  college  must  be  severed.  In  November 
he  expressed  to  the  board  willingness  to  resign  the  presi- 
dency and  requested  that  he  be  retained  as  professor  of 
chemistry  with  permission  to  open  a  law  school  in  Columbia, 
Dr.  K.  W.  Gibbes  to  remain  in  his  assistant's  position.  The 
board  agreed  to  the  main  part  of  his  proposition.  He 
remained  one  year  from  the  first  of  January  as  lecturer  in 
chemistry  and  mineralogy.  Professor  Henry,  who  had 
offered  his  resignation,  was  prevailed  on  to  withdraw  it  and 
to  act  as  president.  The  demands  of  the  public  were  not 
met,  the  cry  of  "reorganization"  continued,  in  spite  of  the 
complimentary  language  used  by  the  board  in  a  formal 
resolution  commending  the  performances  of  the  graduating 
class  and  declaring  that  at  no  time  had  there  been  more 
satisfactory  evidences  of  the  care  and  attention  of  the  faculty 
of  the  college  A  committee  of  eight  was  appointed  to  inquire 
into  the  present  condition  of  the  college,  to  investigate  the 
causes  of  the  depressed  state  of  the  college,  if  such  a  state 
was  found,  and  to  report  the  best  means  to  reestablish  the 
interests  of  the  institution.  At  the  meeting  of  December  3 
a  resolution  was  passed  asking  for  the  resignation  of  the 
entire  faculty,  and  a  committee  of  three  was  charged  with 
ascertaining  whether  some  temporary  arrangement  could 
not  be  made  by  which  the  exercises  of  the  college  could  be 
continued  until  a  faculty  could  be  elected.  Dr.  R.  W.  Gibbes 
was  asked  to  take  the  chair  of  chemistry  and  mineralogy 
until  the  vacation  in  July,  and  Lewis  K.  Gibbes,  tutor  in 
mathematics,  was  appointed  to  the  full  chair  until  a  pro- 
fessor could  be  elected  and  take  charge.  Tutorships  were 
abolished  for  the  present;  the  professorships  were  reor- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  43 

ganized.  Dr.  Thomas  Parks  was  made  treasurer  and 
librarian.  The  board  held  another  meeting  on  the  12th, 
when  they  elected  Professor  Nott  to  the  chair  of  logic  and 
belles  lettres  and  filled  the  chairs  of  Political  Economy  and 
History,  Greek  and  Roman  Literature,  and  Mathematics, 
Mechanical  Philosophy  and  Astronomy.  With  the  excep- 
tion of  Professor  Nott  the  appointees  declined  acceptance. 
At  a  subsequent  meeting  the  degree  of  LL.  D.  was  conferred 
on  Dr.  Cooper,  and  that  of  D.  D.  on  Professor  Henry.  A 
committee  was  appointed  on  the  17th  to  make  temporary 
arrangements  to  carry  on  the  work  of  the  college. 

Of  the  recent  faculty  Dr.  Cooper,  Professor  Henry,  and 
Professor  Wallace  were  not  reelected.  Professor  Henry 
insisted  that  his  resignation,  which  he  had  recalled  to  become 
acting  president,  should  be  effective. 

Dr.  Cooper  spent  the  remaining  days  of  his  life,  until  his 
death  May  11,  1839,  in  Columbia,  engaged  in  a  revision  of 
the  statutes  of  South  Carolina,  of  which  he  published  five 
volumes  before  he  died.  Perhaps  Dr.  Meriwether  is  correct 
in  his  surmise  that  this  work  was  given  him  as  compensation 
for  the  loss  of  the  college  presidency.  His  home  was  on  a 
hill  long  known  as  Cooper's  Hill,  about  two  miles  from  the 
courthouse  on  the  left  of  the  Camden  road.  Dr.  Cooper  was 
buried  in  the  Guignard  lot  in  Trinity  churchyard.  The 
simple  inscription  records  that  the  shaft  which  marks  his 
last  resting  place  was  "Erected  by  a  portion  of  his  fellow 
citizens  to  the  memory  of  Thomas  Cooper,  M.  D.,  President 
of  the  South  Carolina  College." 

Professor  Wallace  retired  to  a  small  farm  in  Lexington 
District,  where  he  died  February  18,  1851.  His  body  rests 
in  the  Koman  Catholic  cemetery  at  Columbia. 

Professor  Henry  retired  for  a  time  to  a  farm  near 
Columbia  and  then  entered  the  Branch  Bank  of  the  State  of 
South  Carolina  at  Columbia  as  a  discount  clerk.  In  this 
humble  position  he  made  a  most  exemplary  officer  and  dis- 
played a  knowledge  of  banking  that  surprised  his  fellow 
officers.  In  1839  he  again  became  a  professor  in  the  South 
Carolina  College. 


44  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


CHAPTER  IV. 


REORGANIZATION  OF  THE  COLLEGE — NEW   BUILDINGS — ADMINIS- 
TRATIONS OF  ROBERT  W.   BARN  WELL,  ROBERT  HENRY 
AND  WILLIAM  C.  PRESTON. 

From  Dr.  Henry's  report  to  the  board,  November  26,  1834, 
the  substance  of  which  has  been  preserved  by  Dr.  LaBorde, 
we  learn  that  only  twenty  students  had  been  left  in  the 
college;  at  no  period  during  the  year  had  the  number 
exceeded  fifty-two.  Four  had  been  admitted  for  the  new 
year.  The  prospect  was  gloomy.  The  faculty  for  the  coming 
year  consisted  of  Professors  Nott,  R.  W.  Gibbes,  Lewis  R. 
Gibbes,  and  Dr.  Park,  whom  the  committee  appointed  to 
have  the  work  of  the  college  carried  on  had  secured  as  an 
assistant.  Rev.  William  Capers  was  engaged  by  the  same 
committee  to  perform  the  duties  of  a  professor  of  moral 
and  intellectual  philosophy  and  the  evidences  of  Christian- 
ity from  early  in  March  until  the  meeting  of  the  board  in 
November.  There  was  no  president,  but  Professor  Nott  was 
appointed  chairman  of  the  faculty. 

As  the  law  required  the  election  of  professors  at  the 
annual  meeting  in  December,  the  board  decided  at  the  meet- 
ing in  June,  1835,  to  elect  them  binding  itself  to  ratify  its 
action  at  the  regular  annual  meeting.  The  trustees  there- 
upon proceeded  to  elect  a  professor  of  chemistry  in  the 
person  of  Dr.  William  H.  Ellet  of  New  York,  who  had  been 
nominated  by  Dr.  Cooper.  This  was  on  the  4th.  On  the 
next  day  they  established  a  professorship  of  the  Evidences 
of  Christianity  and  Sacred  Literature,  the  holder  of  which 
should  be  the  chaplain.  The  purpose  of  the  foundation  was 
to  counteract  the  effect  of  Dr.  Cooper's  views  on  religion. 
Rev.  William  Capers  was  chosen  for  the  chair  but  did  not 
accept,  although  he  performed  the  duties  agreed  upon  with 
the  committee  until  the  close  of  the  session.  Reverend 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  45 

Stephen  Elliott  of  Beaufort  was  on  the  15th  of  December 
elected  to  the  professorship.  At  the  meeting  on  June  5 
Dr.  Francis  Lieber  was  elected  to  the  chair  of  History  and 
Political  Economy;  Isaac  W.  Stuart,  to  the  chair  of  Greek 
and  Roman  Literature;  Thomas  S.  Twiss,  to  the  chair  of 
Mathematics. 

The  college  opened  the  first  Monday  in  October  with 
Professors  Ellet,  Twiss,  Stuart  and  Nott  present ;  Dr.  Lieber 
arrived  the  next  week.  Professor  Nott  continued  to  act  as 
chairman  of  the  faculty.  In  his  report  to  the  board  in 
November  he  gives  the  number  of  students  as  82,  of  whom 
55  had  entered  in  October. 

Hon.  Robert  W.  Barnwell  of  Beaufort  was  elected  presi- 
dent at  the  annual  meeting  December  2,  1835.  "His  clear 
head,  his  good  sense,  his  labors,  his  honor,  his  courage,  his 
love  of  justice, — these  exhibited  themselves  most  promi- 
nently and  furnished  a  broad  basis  for  confidence."  He  was 
supported  by  an  exceptionally  strong  faculty.  The  college 
regained  its  old  position  in  the  affection  of  the  people  as  if 
by  magic  and  grew  beyond  the  capacity  of  the  old  buildings, 
so  that  new  dormitories  and  professors'  houses  had  to  be 
erected. 

As  early  as  1808  the  board  had  decided  to  enclose  the 
grounds  with  a  wall.  The  old  picture  of  the  college  in  the 
library  represents  the  campus  as  surrounded  by  a  close 
fence,  and  in  December,  1835,  the  committee  on  college 
repairs  reported  that  the  ragged  wooden  fences  about  the 
colleges  had  always  an  air  of  dilapidation  and  decay.  From 
certain  monies  on  hand  the  committee  just  mentioned 
decided  to  set  by  a  sum  for  a  brick  wall  "six  feet  nine  inches 
high  and  of  such  thickness  as  would  insure  durability."  At 
the  time  of  the  report  the  wall  was  in  the  course  of  con- 
struction. It  was  the  conviction  of  the  authorities  that 
besides  improving  the  appearance  of  the  grounds  the  wall 
would  aid  in  maintaining  better  discipline. 

The  third  double  house  for  professors'  residences,  facing 
the  library,  was  erected  in  1836.  This  was  first  occupied  by 
Reverend  Stephen  Elliott  and  Professor  Lieber.  President 


46  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Barn  well  called  the  attention  of  the  trustees  to  the  large 
increase  in  the  number  of  students  at  the  close  of  the  first 
year  of  his  administration  which  necessitated  more  dormi- 
tory space.  There  were,  he  said,  142  students  enrolled.  An 
appropriation  of  $25,000  was  secured  from  the  legislature, 
which,  supplemented  by  an  additional  fl,000,  sufficed  to 
erect  the  two  dormitories  now  known  as  Elliott  and 
Pinckney  Colleges.  One  was  ready  for  occupancy  by  the 
1st  of  October,  1837,  the  other  by  March  1st,  1838. 

At  the  time  he  had  urged  the  dormitories  President  Barn- 
well  called  attention  to  the  need  of  a  separate  building  for 
the  library,  as  the  old  rooms  were  in  a  sad  state  of  dilapida- 
tion and  were  insufficient  to  contain  the  increasing  volumes. 
He  also  urged  the  formation  of  a  library  that  would  obviate 
the  necessity  of  going  abroad  for  library  facilities:  South 
Carolina  should  have  a  library  that  would  meet  the  wants 
of  scholars.  His  views  prevailed,  and  from  then  to  the  end 
of  the  old  college,  to  be  more  accurate,  until  1860,  large 
annual  appropriations  were  made  for  the  purchase  of  books. 
The  library  building  constructed  after  plans  furnished  by 
the  professors  was  completed  by  May,  1840,  as  shown  by  the 
president's  report  of  May  6  of  that  year.  It  was  the  second, 
if  not  the  first,  separate  building  devoted  to  library  purposes 
erected  by  any  educational  institution  in  the  United  States. 

With  the  reorganization  of  the  college  a  regulation  of  the 
board  required  incoming  professors  thereafter  to  deliver 
inaugural  addresses,  which  were  made  before  the  legislature 
and  were  afterward  published  by  the  board.  The  practice 
continued  until  the  close  of  the  old  college  and  was  not 
revived  doubtless  on  account  of  the  lack  of  means  to  have 
them  printed. 

Professor  Nott  resigned  from  the  faculty  in  1837,  having 
given  notice  the  previous  December.  He  and  his  wife  were 
lost  on  the  ill-fated  steamer  "Home"  off  the  coast  of  North 
Carolina,  October  13,  1837.  Professor  Nott  could  have 
escaped,  but  he  would  not  leave  his  wife  and  met  death  with 
her.  Profound  grief  was  expressed  throughout  the  State  that 
so  brilliant  a  scholar  and  writer  should  be  thus  cut  off  in  the 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  47 

maturity  of  his  powers.  He  was  a  skilful  and  captivating 
teacher,  a  fine  scholar,  and  displayed  such  ability  as  chair- 
man of  the  faculty  as  to  call  forth  special  commendation 
from  the  trustees.  Says  Dr.  LaBorde,  "His  natural  genius, 
and  his  training  were  precisely  such  as  to  fit  him  for  the 
chair  (Belles  Lettres)  to  which  he  was  appointed.  He  had 
read  and  mastered  all  that  was  valuable  in  polite  literature." 
The  historian  regards  him  as  deserving  to  be  remembered 
among  the  distinguished  officers  of  the  College. 

At  the  meeting  of  December  12,  1836,  application  was 
made  to  the  legislature  for  an  addition  of  $500  to  the  salaries 
of  the  president  and  professors.  This  being  granted,  the 
salaries  were  $3,000  for  the  president  and  $2,500  for  the 
professors,  which  continued  to  be  the  amount  paid  the 
members  of  the  faculty  as  long  as  the  old  college  existed. 

Professor  Nott's  chair  was  filled,  December  6,  1837,  by 
Kev.  James  H.  Thornwell,  who  also  taught  logic.  He  was 
given  the  instruction  in  metaphysics  a  year  and  a  half  later ; 
on  the  resignation  of  Professor  Elliott,  to  take  effect  January 
1,  1840,  he  was  elected  to  the  chair  of  Sacred  Literature  and 
Christian  Evidences. 

With  Professor  Elliott  began  the  custom  of  the  sopho- 
mores presenting  to  the  chaplain  a  Bible  inscribed  with  his 
name  for  use  in  the  chapel.  When  the  chaplain  left  the 
institution  he  deposited  the  Bible  in  the  library.  The  book 
used  by  Bishop  Capers  seems  to  have  been  his  own.  The 
volume  until  lately  on  the  chaplain's  desk  was  given  to  the 
chapel  by  the  sophomores  of  1856.  According  to  a  note  on 
the  fly  leaf  it  was  sent  to  the  sophomore  class  of  Princeton 
by  the  sophomores  of  1862.  The  tradition  is  that  it  came 
back  after  the  war  through  Professor  J.  L.  Reynolds.  No 
explanation  has  been  given  for  the  sending. 

Professor  Stuart,  having  given  notice  in  May,  1839,  left 
the  college  with  the  close  of  the  year  to  return  to  his  native 
state,  Connecticut.  Here  he  engaged  for  a  time  in  politics 
and  then  devoted  himself  to  historical  study.  The  students 
loved  and  admired  him  for  his  scholarship  and  for  his  per- 
sonal qualities. 


48  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Another  beloved  instructor  departed  in  the  person  of  the 
Rev.  Stephen  Elliott,  who  resigned  to  become  Episcopal 
bishop  of  Georgia.  Trescott,  eulogizing  Bishop  Elliott, 
dwells  with  peculiar  delight  on  his  life  as  a  college  pro- 
fessor. One  special  pleasure  was  to  take  a  student  into  the 
library  and  talk  to  him  about  the  books.  To  his  selection 
are  attributed  many  of  the  elegant  volumes  purchased  during 
his  connection  with  the  college. 

Dr.  Robert  Henry  came  back  to  the  college  as  the  successor 
of  Professor  Thornwell  in  the  chair  of  Logic,  Rhetoric  and 
Belles  Lettres.  Reverend  William  Hooper  succeeded  Pro- 
fessor Stuart. 

At  the  time  of  the  reorganization  George  McDuffie  was 
governor  of  South  Carolina  and  ex-officio  president  of  the 
board  of  trustees.  He  took  the  liveliest  interest  in  the  affairs 
of  his  alma  mater,  and  his  messages  to  the  legislature  con- 
tain many  suggestions  about  the  college.  His  second  mes- 
sage urged  the  study  of  the  history  of  our  country,  and  that 
no  student  be  allowed  to  enter  the  sophomore  class  who 
could  not  "stand  an  examination  on  the  historical  narrative, 
nor  the  senior  class,  who  could  not  stand  an  examination  on 
the  political  exposition."  He  also  wished  the  establishment 
of  a  chair  of  civil  and  military  engineering,  which  would 
train  civil  engineers  for  the  work  of  the  internal  improve- 
ment of  the  State  and  foster  the  military  spirit  and  furnish 
training  that  would  spread  throughout  the  schools  to  the 
young  of  the  state,  so  that  they  might  be  prepared,  should 
there  ever  be  need.  A  chair  of  modern  languages,  he 
declares,  had  been  needed  from  the  foundation  of  the  insti- 
tution. In  proposing  this  chair  he  had  in  view  an  educated 
merchant  class  to  carry  on  trade  with  foreign  countries 
without  the  intervention  of  Northern  merchants. 

The  laws  of  the  college  printed  in  1836  contain  evidences 
of  the  great  concern  of  the  trustees  over  the  expenditures  of 
students,  how  to  avoid  extravagance,  and  how  to  attain 
uniformity  of  expenditure.  A  committee  was  appointed  to 
ascertain  what  were  the  necessary  expenses  of  a  student 
during  the  collegiate  year.  The  amount  was  placed  at  $350 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  49 

exclusive  of  the  furnishing  of  the  room,  which  was,  however, 
a  permanent  outlay  for  the  four  years,  and  of  the  books 
required  in  the  course ;  fifty  dollars  were  allowed  for  pocket 
money.  Chapter  X  of  the  bylaws  defines  minutely  the  sums 
needed  during  the  session.  A  uniform  was  prescribed :  "The 
coat  shall  be  of  dark  grey  cloth,  single  breasted,  with  a 
standing  collar,  trimmed  with  black  braid,  the  skirts  shall 
be  of  moderate  length  with  pocket  flaps,  and  black  covered 
buttons;  the  waistcoat  shall  be  white  or  black,  and  single 
breasted  with  a  standing  collar;  the  pantaloons  shall  be  of 
cloth,  cassimere  or  cassinet,  of  a  dark  grey  colour,  and  of 
the  usual  form."  Exceptions  were  permitted  on  occasion. 
The  uniform,  if  worn  at  all,  must  not  have  been  enforced  for 
a  period  of  any  length,  as  the  next  edition  of  the  laws  twelve 
years  afte**  make  no  mention  of  regulating  expenses  in  this 
or  other  respects.  An  act  of  the  legislature  was  secured  in 
1837  forbidding  the  sale  of  liquor  to  students  as  minors; 
drinking  was  the  cause  of  the  greatest  disorders  on  the 
campus,  and  mention  of  liquor  is  frequently  made  in  the 
minutes  of  the  faculty. 

President  Barnwell  sent  in  his  resignation  by  letter  from 
New  York,  to  which  place  he  had  gone  on  account  of  his 
health,  to  the  board  November  24,  1841.  The  election  of 
a  successor  was  postponed  for  a  year.  Professor  Henry 
serving  as  president  in  the  interim;  the  president's  duties 
in  the  classroom  were  assigned  to  him  and  to  Professor 
Thornwell.  Professor  BarnwelFs  administration  had  been 
eminently  successful.  There  had  been  on  the  whole  good 
order  on  the  campus;  he  was  beloved  by  students  and  fac- 
ulty; the  college  had  grown  and  now  numbered  169  with  a 
faculty  of  men  whose  names  are  illustrious.  Lieber,  Thorn- 
well,  Elliott  began  their  careers  under  Barnwell. 

President  Barnwell  retired  to  his  plantation  near  Beau- 
fort, where  he  lived  in  quiet.  He  served  for  a  few  months 
in  1850  in  the  United  States  Senate  on  the  appointment  of 
the  governor  to  fill  an  unexpired  term.  During  the  life  of 
ihe  Confederacy  he  served  as  senator  at  Richmond.  After 
the  close  of  the  struggle,  when  the  college  was  turned  into 

4— H.   U. 


50  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

the  University  of  South  Carolina,  he  came  back  to  the  insti- 
tution as  chairman  of  the  faculty  and  professor  of  history 
and  political  economy. 

Professor  Henry  was  asked  to  act  as  president  for  the 
year  1842,  at  the  close  of  which  he  was  made  president. 
This  position  he  occupied  for  three  years.  Dr.  Maximilian 
LaBorde,  the  historian  of  the  college,  who  was  elected  to 
the  chair  of  Belles  Lettres  and  Logic  at  the  same  meeting 
of  the  board,  knew  Dr.  Henry  and  loved  him,  as  did  the 
students  and  the  other  members  of  the  faculty.  Dr.  LaBorde 
dwells  in  his  sketch  of  President  Henry's  administration 
on  his  constant  references  to  discipline,  in  this  giving  the 
evidence  for  the  criticism  which  he  makes  in  the  biography 
of  Dr.  Henry  that  he  was  too  sensitive  and  was  worried  by 
every  little  disturbance  almost  to  the  point  of  illness.  He 
resigned  at  the  end  of  1845  to  take  the  chair  of  Greek  Litera- 
ture, which  had  been  created  as  separate  and  distinct  from 
Latin.  Dr.  Hooper  continued  to  teach  the  Latin. 

Tutorships  were  abolished  after  July  1,  1843.  A  change 
in  the  management  of  the  steward's  hall  was  made  in 
November,  1842,  whereby  a  bursar  was  elected  at  a  salary  of 
$1,500,  with  the  hope  that  as  he  would  expend  all  monies 
paid  in  for  board  on  the  table,  except  enough  to  provide  for 
his  salary,  thus  eliminating  the  feature  of  profit,  there  would 
be  no  further  trouble.  A  vain  hope,  as  only  a  short  time 
sufficed  to  show.  The  new  system  was,  however,  received 
with  great  rejoicing.  The  president  reported,  November 
29,  1843,  six  resident  graduates  on  the  campus,  the  first 
mention  of  graduate  study  by  residents.  They  pursued  a 
course  of  reading  arranged  for  them  by  the  president. 
During  1844  and  1845  Professor  Ellet  delivered  to  the 
seniors  a  series  of  lectures  on  agricultural  chemistry, 
especially  bearing  on  the  great  staples  of  the  State.  From 
the  beginning  of  1836  prayers  in  the  chapel  on  Sunday  morn- 
ing had  been  omitted;  in  1844  they  were  restored  at  the 
instance  of  the  president.  The  faculty  was  required  by  the 
trustees  to  attend  chapel  as  an  example.  Under  the  impulse 
of  the  creation  of  a  state  temperance  society,  which  was 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  51 

headed  by  a  distinguished  alumnus,  John  Belton  O'Neall, 
the  students  in  1845  founded  a  South  Carolina  College 
Temperance  Society,  and  permission  was  given  by  the 
trustees  that  the  society  might  use  one  night  in  the  year  for 
the  delivery  of  an  anniversary  oration,  a  custom  that  existed 
certainly  until  1857. 

When  the  board  met  November  28,  1845,  the  presidency 
was  declared  vacant,  and  Dr.  Henry  was  offered  the  newly 
created  chair  of  Greek  Literature,  which  he  accepted.  The 
trustees  refused  to  allow  Professor  Thornwell  to  resign,  but 
accepted  the  resignation  of  Professor  Hooper  to  take  effect 
January  1,  1847.  Professor  Hooper  was  made  acting  presi- 
dent for  the  few  days  remaining  in  1845;  President  Henry, 
however,  officiated  at  the  commencement  exercises.  Hon. 
William  C.  Preston,  a  graduate  of  the  class  of  1812,  lately 
United  States  senator,  esteemed  one  of  the  greatest  orators 
the  country  has  produced,  was  elected  president  from 
January  1,  1846.  The  catalogue  of  the  year  shows  122 
students,  40  less  than  at  the  close  of  Mr.  BarnwelPs 
administration. 

President  Preston  entered  on  the  duties  of  his  office  on 
the  5th  of  January,  1846.  The  most  brilliant  period  in  the 
history  of  the  old  South  Carolina  College  now  begins. 
Mr.  Preston's  name  carried  the  reputation  of  the  college 
throughout  the  entire  South  and  attracted  many  young  men 
from  all  parts  of  that  section.  The  catalogue  for  the  year 
1849  shows  237  young  men  in  attendance,  the  largest  in  ante- 
bellum days.  It  had  been  necessary  to  erect  two  new  dormi- 
tories, those  now  known  as  Harper  and  Legare  Colleges, 
the  former  on  the  site  of  the  old  steward's  hall,  the  latter 
where  the  science  hall  and  old  library  had  stood.  They 
were  completed  in  1848.  Following  a  suggestion  of  the 
editor  of  the  Daily  Telegraph,  published  in  Columbia,  the 
present  names  of  the  buildings  on  the  campus,  DeSaussure, 
Rutledge,  Legare,  Pinckney,  Harper,  and  Elliott  Colleges, 
were  this  year  attached  to  them  in  honor  of  distinguished 
alumni  and  trustees.  Rutledge  was  a  name  intimately  asso- 


52  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

elated  with  education  and  early  efforts  to  found  a  state 
college. 

Daniel  Webster  visited  Columbia  as  the  guest  of 
Mr.  Preston  in  1846.  The  students  did  honor  to  him  with 
a  torchlight  procession  on  the  campus,  serenading  him  at 
the  president's  house.  One  of  their  number,  James  Farrow, 
welcomed  him  on  behalf  of  the  student  body.  Mr.  Webster 
replied  in  a  manner  so  indifferent  that  the  students  were 
indignant  at  what  they  regarded  as  discourtesy  after  the 
great  preparations  they  had  made.  But  the  students  then — 
as  perhaps  always — took  themselves  with  the  greatest 
seriousness. 

Keports  from  boards  of  visitors  appear  for  several  years 
beginning  with  the  one  made  December  1,  1848.  In  the 
report  of  1849  it  is  stated  that  "among  too  many  students 
a  rather  low  standard  of  scholarship  is  still  acquiesced  in," 
which  is  charged  in  part  to  the  low  age  of  entrance  and 
the  small  number  of  professors  in  proportion  to  the  number 
of  students.  This  report  strongly  urged  the  establishment 
of  a  chair  of  modern  languages,  the  lack  of  which  detracted 
from  the  standing  of  the  institution. 

Professor  Ellet  resigned  at  the  close  of  the  session  of 
1848;  his  successor  was  Richard  T.  Brumby,  a  graduate  of 
the  class  of  1824,  at  the  time  of  his  election  professor  of 
Chemistry,  Geology,  and  Mineralogy  in  the  University  of 
Alabama.  Professor  Ellet  was  one  of  the  eminent  chemists 
of  his  day.  Dr.  LaBorde  relates  that  Dr.  Cooper  after 
visiting  Dr.  Ellet  at  his  laboratory  in  New  York  in  his 
emphatic  way  pronounced  himself  a  fool  by  comparison. 
He  was  fully  the  equal  of  Dr.  Cooper  as  a  lecturer  and 
greatly  his  superior  in  learning.  He  was  the  first  to  make 
a  daguerreotype  in  this  country  and  the  first  to  fire  a  gun 
by  means  of  gun  cotton  in  the  South,  if  not  in  the  United 
States.  For  his  formula  for  the  preparation  of  the  cotton  the 
legislature  of  South  Carolina  complimented  him  with  a 
service  of  silver.  He  popularized  chemistry,  so  that  his 
benches  were  often  filled  with  the  citizens  of  Columbia  as 
well  as  by  students.  After  his  resignation  from  the  South 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  53 

Carolina  College  he  returned  to  New  York,  where  he  died, 
January  27,  1859. 

Professor  Brumby  was  more  interested  in  geology  than 
his  predecessor.  He  made  great  effort  to  increase  the 
geological  collection  and  to  arrange  the  specimens;  his 
catalogue  is  still  preserved.  His  own  large  collection  was 
offered  to  the  college  after  his  departure,  but  was  not 
purchased. 

Profafesor  Louis  Aggasiz  visited  Columbia  in  March,  1850, 
and  lectured  before  the  students  and  faculty  of  the  college. 

In  December,  1846,  the  college  lost  Professors  Hooper 
and  Twiss.  Professor  Hooper  left  to  become  the  president 
of  Wake  Forest  College  in  his  native  state.  He  was  a  good 
scholar  and  insisted  on  accurate  work  from  his  students, 
which  he  says  in  a  report  to  the  trustees  was  not  appre- 
ciated by  them.  "I  have  never  known  a  more  honest  and 
careful  teacher,"  says  Dr.  LaBorde.  Professor  Twiss,  or 
"Old  Twiss",  went  from  the  college  to  the  superintend  ency 
of  some  iron  works  in  Spartanburg  District.  He  was  a 
graduate  of  West  Point,  a  master  of  all  the  mathematics 
required  by  the  curriculum,  but  he  is  best  remembered  as 
a  disciplinarian.  "He  arraigned  more  offenders  than  any 
other  two  officers  of  the  Faculty."  It  was  a  common  belief 
that  he  did  not  require  sleep  for  weeks  together.  He  was 
succeeded  by  Matthew  J.  Williams,  another  West  Pointer. 
Charles  P.  Pelham,  of  the  class  of  1838,  was  elected  to  the 
vacant  chair  of  Latin. 

On  the  death  of  John  C.  Calhoun  March  18,  1850,  the 
students  requested  that  a  eulogy  on  him  should  be  assigned 
to  some  one  of  the  participants  in  the  May  exhibition.  The 
eulogy  was  made  by  James  H.  Kion,  a  protege  of  Mr. 
Calhoun.  When  George  McDuffie  died  the  following  year, 
Joseph  B.  Allston  of  the  senior  class  delivered  a  similar 
eulogy. 

The  spring  of  1850  brought  a  serious  riot,  which  ended 
in  the  suspension  of  sixty  men  of  the  junior  class.  During 
the  absence  of  Professor  Thornwell  his  periods  were  given 
to  Professor  Brumby.  The  juniors  refused  to  attend  on 


54  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

the  ground  that  in  the  absence  of  a  professor  his  periods 
could  not  be  assigned  to  another.  They  burnt  all  their 
chemistries  in  a  huge  bonfire  in  front  of  Professor  Brumby's 
house.  Two  poems  by  juniors,  and  a  consolation  poem  from 
the  pen  of  a  sophomore,  have  survived  to  commemorate  the 
occasion. 

The  old  observatory,  which  was  in  the  garden  attached 
to  Professor  Williams's  house,  was  replaced  by  a  new  struc- 
ture completed  in  1851.  This  latter  had  a  revolving  dome 
and  was  equipped  with  a  seven-inch  telescope.  But  the 
subject  of  astronomy  did  not  have  the  importance  attached 
to  it  in  a  college  curriculum  to  keep  up  an  observatory,  so 
that  when  the  machinery  of  the  dome  became  unmanageable, 
the  study  suffered.  During  the  occupancy  of  the  buildings 
by  the  Confederate  government  and  afterwards  by  the 
federals  the  observatory  fell  into  a  state  of  ruin;  the  tele- 
scope was  stolen  for  old  brass  in  1867. 

On  account  of  the  large  number  of  students  and  the 
smallness  of  the  faculty  the  period  of  recitation  was 
extended  for  trial  to  one  hour  and  twenty  minutes.  This 
not  working  well,  the  two  upper  classes  were  divided  into 
two  sections,  each  reciting  forty-five  minutes;  the  two  sec- 
tions occupied  one  hour  and  a  half.  By  1853  the  one  hour 
periods  were  again  in  force. 

In  March,  1851,  a  spark  set  fire  to  the  roof  of  West 
DeSaussure,  which  blazed  so  furiously  in  a  few  minutes 
that  the  students  in  the  upper  story  were  unable  to  save 
their  furniture.  The  fire  was  stopped  at  the  wall  of  the 
center  building,  which  was  saved  with  great  difficulty.  The 
president's  house  was  in  danger.  The  burned  portion  was 
rebuilt  by  the  opening  of  the  college  in  October. 

Since  the  first  years  of  Dr.  Cooper's  administration  the 
freshman  class  had  been  very  small,  sometimes  almost  dis- 
appearing: newcomers  applied  for  the  sophomore  class, 
more  rarely  for  the  junior,  and  such  was  the  excellence  of 
the  preparatory  schools,  that  they  rarely  failed  to  enter  the 
higher  classes.  Recommendation  was  made  to  the  board  in 
1850  that  the  entrance  requirements  be  raised,  in  order 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  55 

that  there  might  be  a  freshman  class.  This  was  done,  with 
a  consequent  increase  of  the  freshmen. 

The  college  was  deeply  stirred  by  the  political  agitation 
of  the  "Cooperation  Movement."  In  the  early  months  of 
1851  a  Southern  Rights  Association  was  formed  on  the 
campus  and  undertook  to  memorialize  the  other  colleges  of 
the  South.  An  address  was  prepared  and  printed  and  per- 
haps distributed.  With  this  the  activity  of  the  association 
seems  to  have  ended. 

President  Preston's  last  report  to  the  board  November 
26,  1851,  contains  suggestions  for  the  helping  of  poor 
students  who  wish  to  make  their  own  way.  He  says  that 
a  number  of  poor  young  men  paid  their  way  by  "teaching, 
writing,  or  other  small  jobs."  He  does  not  mention  the 
help  he  himself  gave;  but  we  know  that  he  gave  at  least 
one  student  board  at  his  own  table.  This  suggestion  from 
Mr.  Preston  is  most  interesting  in  view  of  the  general  belief 
that  before  the  war  of  1860  a  young  man  had  no  opportunity 
to  work  his  way  at  a  Southern  college. 

In  May,  1850,  Mr.  Preston  gave  in  his  resignation  to  the 
trustees  on  account  of  his  bad  health,  but  as  he  had  improved 
by  the  close  of  the  year,  it  was  withdrawn.  However,  the 
improvement  proving  only  temporary,  he  again  tendered 
his  resignation  November  26,  1851,  when  it  was  accepted. 
Dr.  Lieber  acted  as  president  until  the  2nd  of  December, 
when  Professor  Thornwell  was  elected  to  succeed  Mr.  Pres- 
ton. Mr.  Preston  continued  his  connection  with  the  college 
as  a  trustee  until  his  health  compelled  him  in  1857  to  with- 
draw. As  a  trustee  he  endeavored  to  turn  the  college  into 
a  university;  but  the  opposition  of  Dr.  Thornwell,  who 
wished  the  institution  to  remain  strictly  classical,  was 
strong  enough  to  defeat  his  purpose.  Mr.  Preston  died  in 
Columbia,  May  22,  1860,  and  was  buried  in  Trinity  church- 
yard. 


56  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


CHAPTER  V. 


THE   ADMINISTRATIONS  OF   JAMES   H.   THORN  WELL,   CHARLES   F. 
MCCAY,  AUGUSTUS  B.  LONGSTREET. 

One  of  the  first  acts  of  President  Thornwell  was  an  effort 
to  have  Professor  Henry's  labors  lightened  without  affecting 
his  salary,  in  other  words,  to  pension  him  for  his  long  service 
in  the  college.  However,  the  trustees  decided  that  they  did 
not  have  the  authority  to  use  the  State's  money  in  this  way. 

When  Professor  Lieber  was  acting  as  president  imme- 
diately after  the  resignation  of  Mr.  Preston,  he  suggested 
in  his  report  to  the  board  that  it  would  be  advisable  to  erect 
a  new  chapel  or  remodel  the  old  one,  which  had  long  been 
too  small  to  accommodate  the  crowds  at  commencement  and 
on  other  occasions.  It  was  also  felt  that  Dr.  Thornwell, 
who  was  one  of  the  greatest  divines  of  the  time,  should  have 
a  suitable  auditorium  for  the  display  of  his  oratorical 
powers.  At  the  instance  of  the  trustees  the  legislature 
appropriated  the  sum  of  f  10,000,  to  which  was  added  the 
further  sum  required  to  complete  the  structure  from  the 
annual  saving  in  the  general  funds.  The  contract  called 
for  the  completion  of  the  building  by  October  1,  1853,  but 
the  work  was  carried  on  so  slowly  that  it  was  not  finished 
before  the  middle  of  1855.  Dr.  Thornwell  preached  in  it 
for  the  first  time  April  22,  1855,  and  found  that  it  was  badly 
adapted  for  the  transmission  of  sound.  "Unless,"  said  he 
in  his  semi-annual  report,  "one  speaks  very  slowly  and  very 
moderately,  the  voice  is  lost  in  the  echo,  and  it  is  impossible 
for  the  hearer  to  distinguish  what  is  said.  Everything  like 
emotion  is  effectually  suppressed." 

Many  unsuccessful  attempts  have  been  made  to  remedy 
the  defect.  The  old  chapel  had  to  be  resorted  to  in  spite 
of  its  smallness,  and  to  the  present  day  a  new  and  inviting 
chapel  to  accommodate  a  fair-sized  audience  has  been  sadly 
needed. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  57 

The  trustees  having  refused  a  petition  of  the  students  that 
the  Commons  system  be  changed,  the  latter  again  memorial- 
ized them  at  their  annual  meeting  November  24,  1852,  at 
the  same  time  secretly  agreeing  to  withdraw  from  the  college 
by  taking  dismissals,  if  their  memorial  was  disregarded. 
President  Thornwell  assured  the  board  in  his  report  that 
the  system  had  for  years  been  odious  and  that  the  students 
literally  loathed  the  establishment.  He  felt  the  embarrass- 
ment of  the  question  thus  put,  and  the  board  also  fully 
understood  its  importance;  but  to  grant  the  request  was  to 
yield  to  the  spirit  of  rebellion,  while  to  refuse  any  conces- 
sion meant  the  loss  of  upwards  of  a  hundred  young  men. 
The  secret  pledge  to  withdraw  had  become  known.  A  com- 
mittee from  the  trustees  was  appointed  to  confer  with  the 
committee  of  the  students.  Dr.  Thornwell  addressed  another 
letter  to  the  board  urging  that  it  should  not  rigidly  enforce 
the  law  in  regard  to  combinations,  and  that  the  system 
.should  be  so  modified  as  to  remove  all  cause  of  complaint. 
At  the  same  time  a  memorial  from  thirty  students  who  had 
not  entered  the  combination  was  presented  asking  for 
modification  of  the  Commons.  When  the  matter  was  again 
in  a  few  days  presented  to  the  trustees,  they  disposed  of 
the  situation  by  resolving  that  the  recommendations  of  the 
president  and  the  memorial  of  the  thirty  students  were 
entitled  to  the  favorable  consideration  of  the  board,  and 
that  a  committee  be  appointed  to  report  next  May  on  the 
best  way  to  carry  out  the  recommendation  of  the  president. 
As  the  memorial  of  the  pledged  students  had  not  been  suc- 
cessful in  securing  immediate  relief,  they  felt  that  they 
must  in  accordance  with  their  pledge  leave  the  institution. 
This  caused  the  number  of  students  to  fall  to  122  in  1853. 
It  was  the  last  of  the  rebellions  on  account  of  tha  Commons 
and  is  known  to  tradition  as  the  "Great  Biscuit  Rebellion." 
A  system  of  licensed  boarding  houses  was  adopted  by  the 
board  at  its  meeting  in  the  following  May;  the  Commons 
were  continued  with  voluntary  attendance. 

Dr.  Thornwell  urged  in  his  report  November  24,  1852,  a 
shortening  of  the  session,  the  adoption  of  prizes  as  had  been 


58  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

proposed  eight  years  before,  and  written  instead  of  oral 
examinations.  His  suggestion  to  shorten  the  session  was 
adopted  to  the  extent  of  increasing  the  holiday  in  December 
so  as  to  begin  on  the  second  Monday  in  December  and  end 
on  the  first  Monday  in  January.  The  following  prizes  were 
offered  at  the  next  meeting  of  the  board :  for  the  best  Latin 
composition  by  a  sophomore,  a  gold  medal;  for  the  best 
English  composition  by  a  junior,  a  gold  medal;  for  the  best 
essay  on  some  subject  of  moral  or  natural  philosophy,  or 
logic,  by  a  senior,  a  gold  medal ;  and  a  prize  in  elocution  for 
juniors  and  seniors.  In  all  cases  the  subjects  were  to  be 
assigned  by  the  faculty. 

The  first  written  examinations  were  held  in  June,  1854. 
They  continued  so  long  that  the  faculty  shortened  them  to 
three  hours  and  so  limited  them.  The  questions  were 
printed.  A  pledge  was  required  that  no  aid  had  been 
received  during  the  examination.  Professor  Henry  con- 
tinued to  examine  his  classes  orally  until  his  death  in  1856. 

Professor  Williams  was  forced  on  account  of  ill  health 
to  resign  at  the  end  of  1853 :  he  had  been  unable  to  examine 
his  classes  the  previous  June.  His  successor,  elected  Decem- 
ber 7,  1853,  was  Charles  F.  McCay,  a  native  of  Pennsylvania, 
a  professor  in  the  University  of  Georgia.  Dr.  LaBorde 
attributes  to  Professor  Williams  a  high  order  of  ability  as 
scholar  and  teacher,  "a  mathematician  by  genius  and  by 
education."  "It  is  probable,"  he  adds,  "that  no  one  ever  filled 
the  chair  in  the  South  Carolina  College  with  greater  ability." 

College  Hall,  which  was  not  completed  by  the  end  of  1854, 
was  used  for  the  commencement  exercises  by  permission  of 
the  contractors.  As  the  semi-centennial  of  the  opening  of 
the  college  would  have  occurred  a  few  days  later,  January 
10,  1855,  the  exercises  in  celebration  of  this  event  were  held 
at  the  same  time  as  the  commencement.  President  Thorn- 
well  delivered  the  address  to  the  graduating  class.  Hon. 
James  L.  Petigru,  a  gifted  and  illustrious  graduate  of  the 
class  of  1809,  delivered  the  semi-centennial  oration,  recalling 
the  faculty  and  students  of  his  day  and  reviewing  the  suc- 
cessful accomplishment  by  the  college  of  the  purposes  for 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  59 

which  it  was  founded.  At  this  time  there  was  also  formed 
an  alumni  association  with  Hon.  John  L.  Manning  as 
president. 

President  Thornwell  and  the  professors  concurred  in 
praising  the  students  for  their  exceptionally  good  deport- 
ment and  application  to  study  during  1854,  which  induced 
Dr.  LaBorde  to  count  this  year  as  one  of  the  most  brilliant 
in  the  history  of  the  college. 

On  the  15th  of  the  following  February  the  board  was 
called  together  to  consider  ways  and  means  to  rebuild  Rut- 
ledge  College,  the  greater  part  of  which  had  been  destroyed 
by  fire.  It  seems  that  on  the  26th  of  January  a  spark  lodged 
in  the  blinds  of  the  cupola  and  fanned  by  the  high  wind 
soon  had  the  center  building  in  a  blaze.  All  efforts  to  extin- 
guish the  flames  were  in  vain.  The  chapel  and  East  Rutledge 
were  reduced  to  ruins,  West  Rutledge  was  so  injured  that  it 
was  necessary  to  rebuild  it.  As  the  legislature  would  not 
convene  until  December,  so  that  a  whole  year  would  be  lost 
if  no  action  was  taken  before,  the  trustees  resolved  to  con- 
tract, if  reasonable  terms  could  be  had,  for  the  reconstruc- 
tion of  the  burned  and  injured  portions.  Through  the 
assistance  of  the  Governor,  a  contractor  was  found  who 
agreed  to  take  part  payment  for  work  and  wait  for  the 
balance  until  the  legislature  made  the  appropriation.  The 
building  was  ready  for  occupancy  on  the  1st  of  October. 
No  difficulty  was  experienced  in  securing  the  appropriation. 

President  ThornwelPs  last  report  was  made  November 
28,  1855 :  he  had  sent  in  his  resignation  the  previous  Novem- 
ber. In  this  report  he  urged  the  importance  of  keeping  the 
college  strictly  a  classical  institution,  which  should  turn 
out  scholars,  not  sappers  or  miners,  or  doctors  or  apothe- 
caries or  farmers,  and  should  be  "the  Institution  of  the 
South/'  He  suggested  a  shortening  of  the  undergraduate 
course  to  three  years  and  the  adding  of  one  year  of  graduate 
work.  His  biographer,  Dr.  Palmer,  says  that  Dr.  Thornwell 
considered  the  first  object  of  education  to  be  "the  discipline 
of  the  mind,  to  elicit  its  dormant  powers,  and  to  train  these 
for  vigorous  self-action;  whilst  the  mere  acquisition  of 


60  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

knowledge  he  regarded  as  secondary  in  importance.  His 
favorite  idea  was  to  restrict  undergraduates  to  studies  by 
which  the  mind  may  be  systematically  developed;  and  at 
the  close  of  a  prescribed  and  compulsory  curriculum,  to 
engraft  upon  the  college  the  main  features  of  the  University 
system,  with  its  large  and  varied  apparatus  for  the  fuller 
communication  of  knowledge."  Mr.  Preston,  now  a  member 
of  the  board  of  trustees,  was  urging  that  the  college  should 
be  changed  into  a  university.  The  influence  of  Dr.  Thornwell 
was  for  the  time  able  to  thwart  Mr.  Preston's  purpose. 

The  synod  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  in  Georgia,  acting 
on  the  advice  of  the  synod  of  South  Carolina,  elected 
Dr.  Thornwell  to  a  chair  in  the  Columbia  Theological  Semi- 
nary. This  was  the  occasion  of  his  resignation  from  the 
college.  He  also  became  pastor  of  the  Presbyterian  Church 
in  Columbia  and  editor  of  the  Southern  Presbyterian 
Review.  His  labors  were  very  arduous  even  for  a  man  of 
robust  constitution,  which  Dr.  Thornwell  was  not.  He 
threw  himself  heart  and  soul  into  the  conflict  with  the  North 
and  was  one  of  the  chief  movers  in  forming  the  Southern 
Presbyterian  Church.  His  intense  spirit  wore  out  his  body 
before  the  war  had  ended  its  second  year.  He  died  August 
1,  1862,  and  was  buried  in  the  churchyard  of  the  First  Pres- 
byterian Church  at  Columbia. 

President  Thornwell  exercised  over  the  students  a  won- 
derful influence;  "his  moral  power  in  the  College  was 
superior  even  to  the  authority  of  the  law."  His  full  sympathy 
with  all  the  aspirations  of  youth,  his  genius  and  learning, 
and  the  conviction  that  he  produced  of  his  own  honesty  and 
fairness  won  him  this  moral  power.  He  took  great  interest 
in  the  religious  life  of  the  students,  and  many  owed  their 
conversion  to  Christianity  to  his  appeals.  During  the  last 
year  of  his  presidency  he  collected  and  published  a  series  of 
"Discourses  on  Truth,"  which  he  had  delivered  in  the  chapel. 

By  a  bare  majority  Professor  McCay  was  elected  to  be 
ThornwelPs  successor.  Professor  Lieber  resigned  next  day, 
December  5,  chagrined  that  he  had  not  been  the  new  presi- 
dent, as  perhaps  his  long  service  claimed  as  his  desert.  He 


PRESIDENTS  OF  THE  SOUTH  CAROLINA  COLLEGE. 


Robert  Henry,  1841-1845. 
James  H.  Thornwell,  1851-1855. 


William  C.  Preston,  1846-1851. 
Charles  F.  McCay,  1856-1857. 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  61 

was  anxious  to  reach  the  presidency;  but  while  his  friends 
in  the  State  and  on  the  board  wished  him  to  lead  the  college, 
his  views  on  the  subject  of  abolition,  which  he  favored,  and 
his  failure  as  a  disciplinarian  defeated  him.  He  had  never 
regarded  himself  at  home  in  the  South,  but  rather  as  an 
exile.  He  held  slaves,  which  he  sold  when  he  left  Columbia, 
although  he  wrote  to  his  Northern  friends  in  abhorrence  of 
slavery  and  favored  the  movement  of  the  abolitionist  party. 
He  remained  in  Columbia  a  little  over  twenty-one  years, 
because  he  could  here  make  a  living,  which  he  had  not  been 
able  to  do  in  the  North.  Here  on  the  campus  of  the  college 
in  the  western  half  of  the  double  house  facing  the  library  he 
did  the  work  of  his  life  writing  his  Manual  of  Political 
Ethics,  Essay  on  Property  and  Labor,  Hermeneutics, 
Treatise  on  Civil  Liberty  and  Self-Government,  which 
received  the  highest  praise  from  the  best  minds  of  this 
country  and  of  Europe.  Professor  Lieber  was  a  great 
teacher:  he  never  confined  himself  to  a  text  book;  his  own 
vast  storehouse  of  learning  was  such  as  to  enable  him  to 
call  up  parallels  from  ancient  and  modern  times.  He 
"expounded  his  subject  in  terse,  familiar  language"  with 
copious  and  happy  illustrations.  He  required  collateral 
reading  for  each  recitation;  his  room  was  ornamented  with 
busts  of  great  men  of  all  times ;  he  believed  in  prizes  properly 
guarded.  As  a  disciplinarian  he  was  not  a  success.  When 
he  went  away,  the  alumni  passed  complimentary  resolutions 
at  regret  for  his  departure  and  presented  him  with  two 
large  massive  silver  vessels  in  token  of  their  regard  and 
admiration.  From  the  South  Carolina  College  he  went  to 
Columbia  University  as  professor  of  History  and  Political 
Science. 

Professor  McCay  was  the  candidate  of  Dr.  Thornwell,  who 
had  no  expectation  that  he  would  be  elected ;  but  had  hoped 
to  defeat  Professor  Lieber  and  to  run  a  dark  horse.  Unfor- 
tunately Professor  McCay  was  elected.  To  use  his  own 
words  in  regard  to  his  position:  "My  election  as  President 
of  the  College  had  met  with  violent  opposition  in  the  State, 
in  the  public  press,  in  the  city  of  Columbia,  and  among  the 


62  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Trustees.  The  reasons  for  this,  published  in  the  newspapers, 
and  repeated  by  the  students  in  private  conversation, 
lessened  my  influence  over  the  young  men,  encouraged  dis- 
content and  dissatisfaction,  and  made  it  almost  impossible 
to  govern  the  College."  He  was  also  not  the  choice  of  the 
faculty,  although  he  himself  says  the  professors  always  gave 
him  friendly  and  steady  support.  From  the  very  beginning 
of  his  administration  there  were  disturbances  on  the  campus, 
once  a  midnight  "tin-pan"  serenade  before  the  president's 
house.  Dr.  Henry  died  on  the  6th  of  February,  1856,  and 
college  exercises  were  suspended  for  a  week,  in  fact  for  three 
days  longer,  as  Dr.  Henry  was  not  buried  until  the  15th. 
During  this  interval  the  college  was  in  a  state  of  excitement. 
On  the  16th  the  students  met  and  passed  a  resolution  asking 
the  trustees  for  a  reorganization  of  the  faculty ;  the  memorial 
to  the  board  was  signed  by  nearly  all  the  student  body.  A 
riot  between  the  students  and  the  police  of  the  town  took 
place  on  the  night  of  the  18th,  which  broke  out  afresh  on 
the  following  morning  when  two  students  attempted  to  beat 
the  chief  marshal.  The  cry  of  "College"  brought  the  students 
armed  with  their  guns  which  had  been  furnished  them  as 
members  of  the  cadet  corps.  The  alarm  bell  was  rung  in 
the  town,  the  militia  was  assembled,  and  the  students  and 
the  soldiers  were  arrayed  against  each  other.  A  fight  was 
imminent.  The  professors  who  had  run  to  the  spot  from  a 
faculty  meeting  and  the  trustees  present  in  the  town  could 
do  nothing.  A  happy  thought  occurred  to  some  one  to  send 
to  the  seminary  for  Dr.  Thornwell.  When  he  appeared  on 
the  scene,  he  called  on  the  students  to  accompany  him  to 
the  campus  and  there  discuss  the  difficulty.  There  reason 
prevailed,  and  the  students  returned  to  their  rooms.  On 
order  of  the  trustees  the  arms  were  taken  from  them  and 
the  cadet  company  was  disbanded.  Disturbances  of  various 
kinds  continued  until  near  the  middle  of  April. 

A  violent  congestive  attack  in  the  summer  of  1855  had 
made  it  impossible  for  Professor  Brumby  to  take  up  his 
work  in  the  fall ;  but  the  trustees  were  unwilling  that  he 
should  give  up  his  position  at  least  for  a  year  in  the  hope 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  63 

that  his  health  would  improve.  Dr.  John  LeConte,  professor 
of  chemistry  in  the  University  of  Georgia,  was  invited  to 
discharge  the  duties  of  Professor  Brumby's  department  until 
the  close  of  the  year.  When  it  was  found  that  Professor 
Brumby  would  be  unable  to  return,  Professor  Joseph 
LeConte  of  the  University  of  Georgia  was  elected  to  the 
chair  of  chemistry,  and  Dr.  John  LeConte  was  made  pro- 
fessor of  Natural  and  Mechanical  Philosophy  November 
29,  1856. 

Dr.  Henry's  long  service  was  closed  by  his  death  February 
6,  1856.  He  had  been  connected  with  the  college  almost 
continuously  since  1818  as  professor  and  as  president.  He 
was  the  "scholar"  of  the  faculty;  but  his  great  learning  did 
not  obscure  the  simplicity  and  kindliness  of  his  nature.  He 
was  beloved  by  the  professors,  trustees  and  students.  His 
last  years  brought  sickness  and  enfeebled  health,  so  that  he 
often  could  not  walk  the  mile  from  his  home  to  the  class- 
room. The  infirmity  of  age  made  him  unable  to  rally  from 
an  attack  on  the  3rd  of  February;  three  days  later  he  died 
suddenly  from  heart  failure.  The  college  exercises  were  in 
consequence  suspended  for  the  remainder  of  the  week,  and 
as  the  interment  did  not  take  place  until  the  15th,  the  duties 
of  the  students  were  not  resumed  for  nearly  a  week  longer. 
The  student  body  asked  to  be  allowed  to  act  as  pallbearers 
and  escort  for  the  remains  and  resolved  to  present  Mrs. 
Henry  with  a  portrait  of  Dr.  Henry  by  Scarborough  and 
to  erect  a  costly  monument  over  his  grave.  This  monument, 
the  style  and  arrangement  of  which  were  superintended  by 
Professor  Reynolds,  stands  near  Trinity  Church  and  bears 
the  statement  that  it  was  erected  by  the  students  of  the 
South  Carolina  College.  There  is  a  portrait  of  Dr.  Henry 
in  the  hall  of  the  Clariosophic  Society  and  a  bust  in  the 
library. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  trustees  on  the  19th  of  February 
William  J.  Rivers  of  Charleston,  a  graduate  of  the  class  of 
1841,  was  elected  as  temporary  professor  of  Greek  Litera- 
ture. He  became  permanent  professor  in  November.  At 
this  meeting  Joseph  LeConte  was  elected  and  John  LeConte 


64  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

was  confirmed  in  his  tenure,  the  latter  being  placed  in  the 
new  chair  of  Natural  and  Mechanical  Philosophy.  The 
new  professor  of  History  and  Political  Philosophy  was 
Robert  W.  Barnwell,  Jr.,  nephew  of  the  former  president 
of  the  same  name. 

Dr.  LaBorde  accords  to  President  McCay  the  credit  of 
putting  declamation  and  composition  on  a  footing  with 
other  studies  in  making  up  the  average  rank  of  a  student. 
This  had  the  effect  of  breaking  up  the  habit  of  performing 
the  duty  of  declaiming  and  writing  compositions  in  a  per- 
functory manner.  The  historian  adds  that  it  was  no  uncom- 
mon thing  for  a  young  man  of  distinction  in  his  classes  to 
be  unable  to  write  a  sentence  of  pure  grammatical  English. 
The  duties  of  the  professor  of  Belles  Lettres  were  distributed 
at  the  suggestion  of  the  president  among  the  members  of 
the  faculty. 

The  year  1857  began  with  disorders.  Finally  on  the  last 
Sunday  in  April  a  disturbance  occurred  in  the  chapel,  on 
account  of  which  three  juniors  were  suspended.  Sentence 
was  remitted  on  certain  conditions.  These  the  president 
was  to  communicate  to  the  class,  which  he  did  not  do,  but 
merely  informed  the  suspended  students  that  they  were 
restored.  The  committee  of  the  class  suspecting  that  the 
petition  of  the  class  for  the  restoration  of  the  three  juniors 
had  been  granted  on  terms  repudiated  by  them  demanded 
the  conditions.  Great  excitement  prevailed;  the  president 
endeavored  to  explain  his  failure  to  communicate  the  condi- 
tions, but  without  avail.  The  junior  class  and  the  others 
following  their  lead  refused  to  attend  the  president's  classes ; 
the  faculty  also  was  arrayed  against  the  president.  The 
board  of  trustees  assembled  in  a  called  meeting  on  June  10, 
when  the  president  set  forth  in  a  long  paper  his  view  of  the 
difficulty,  attacking  many  of  the  faculty  as  unfaithful  to 
him.  On  the  next  day  the  board  resolved  that  it  was  neces- 
sary that  the  president  and  all  of  the  professors  should 
resign.  At  an  adjourned  meeting  on  the  same  day  the  resig- 
nations were  presented.  Professors  John  and  Joseph  LeConte 
and  Rivers  were  immediately  reelected  to  their  respective 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  65 

chairs;  Mr.  Leslie  McCandless  was  elected  to  the  chair  of 
Roman  Literature,  and  Reverend  Whitefoord  Smith  to  the 
professorship  of  Moral  Philosophy,  Sacred  Literature  and 
Criticism.  The  other  members  of  the  faculty  were  passed 
over.  The  next  meeting  of  the  board  was  set  for  the  first 
Monday  in  September.  Throughout  the  summer  the  college 
was  the  topic  of  interest  in  all  sections  of  the  State.  When 
the  trustees  met  on  16th  of  September,  a  memorial  was  pre- 
sented to  them  from  President  McCay,  but  was  read  only 
in  part.  On  the  following  day  after  several  ballots  and  non- 
acceptances  of  election  Professor  Reynolds  was  elected  to 
the  chair  of  Roman  Literature;  Professor  Barnwell  was 
reelected  to  his  former  position ;  Dr.  LaBorde  was  given  the 
chair  of  Logic,  Rhetoric  and  Philosophy  of  the  Mind;  and 
Professor  Pelham  was  assigned  to  the  chair  of  History, 
Political  Philosophy  and  Political  Economy.  No  president 
was  elected,  and  the  faculty  was  given  the  authority  to  choose 
a  chairman,  which  was  done  at  the  meeting  of  the  faculty 
October  5.  The  honor  fell  on  Dr.  LaBorde. 

Dr.  LaBorde  records  in  his  history  of  the  college  the  great 
zeal  and  vigor  now  displayed  by  the  faculty,  which  was  fully 
alive  to  the  crisis  through  which  the  institution  had  just 
passed  when  some  of  its  best  friends  trembled  for  its  safety. 
The  students  gave  cordial  support  and  acquitted  themselves 
well,  so  that  the  chairman  "had  the  pleasure  of  making  a 
favorable  representation  of  the  College  in  every  particular" 
in  his  report  to  the  trustees  at  their  annual  meeting. 

On  the  25th  of  November  the  trustees  elected  to  the  presi- 
dency the  distinguished  author  of  the  "Georgia  Scenes," 
Judge  Augustus  B.  Longstreet,  who  was  also  one  of  the  noted 
educators  of  the  day.  While  president  of  Centenary  College, 
he  had  published  "Master  William  Mitten,"  which  was  an 
exposition  of  his  views  on  education.  It  contains  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  famous  school  at  Willington  conducted  by 
Dr.  Moses  Waddel,  who  taught  Longstreet  and  many  of  the 
leading  men  of  the  country.  To  the  new  president  the 
trustees  assigned  the  teaching  of  History,  Political  Phil- 


6-H.  U. 


66  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

osophy,  Political  Economy  and  Elocution.  Professor 
LaBorde  presided  at  commencement. 

Charles  S.  Venable  was  elected  at  the  meeting  in 
November  to  the  chair  of  Mathematics  which  had  been 
vacant  since  the  resignation  of  President  McCay.  Professor 
Pelham  retired  from  the  faculty  and  became  the  proprietor 
and  editor  of  the  Southern  Guardian  published  in  Columbia. 

The  new  president  entered  on  the  duties  of  his  office  in 
January,  1858.  He  had  little  opportunity  to  show  what  he 
could  do  for  the  college,  because  the  coming  conflict  worked 
its  effect  on  the  institution ;  but  under  him  the  numbers 
again  rose  to  the  two  hundred  mark.  President  Longstreet's 
humor  could  not  be  concealed,  and  alumni  of  the  years  in 
which  he  presided  over  the  college  have  amusing  anecdotes 
to  relate.  He  was  advanced  in  years,  which  perhaps 
accounts  for  the  failure  to  make  the  impression  of  a  vigorous 
president  or  successful  teacher:  he  is  said  to  have  called 
on  the  students  in  his  classes  in  a  regular  order,  thus 
enabling  them  to  circumvent  him  and  escape  the  duties  of 
the  class.  Even  in  his  reports  to  the  board  of  trustees  he 
let  his  humor  crop  out. 

The  catalogue  of  1859  carried  the  announcement  that 
from  each  judicial  district  of  the  State  one  student  would 
be  admitted  to  the  college  free  of  charge  for  tuition  fees: 
an  act  of  the  legislature  two  years  before  had  authorized  this 
admission.  There  were  at  this  time  five  scholarships  in  the 
college  endowed  by  citizens  of  the  State  paying  in  the  aggre- 
gate the  sum  of  $1,540  annually.  The  State  paid  the 
expenses  of  one  boy  from  the  orphan  house  in  Charleston; 
each  literary  society  usually  had  one  beneficiary,  whose 
expenses  were  paid  by  the  members;  and  often  a  class  sup- 
ported one  of  its  number.  It  is  worthy  of  note  that  the 
catalogues  of  the  last  years  of  the  ante-bellum  college  call 
attention  to  the  opportunities  for  the  poor  boy. 

Professor  Rivers  succeeded  in  1858  in  prevailing  on  the 
trustees  to  give  a  Greek  medal  for  the  seniors  similar  to  the 
medals  offered  to  the  other  classes.  Through  the  generosity 
of  Hon.  R.  F.  W.  Allston  a  prize  of  $100  was  offered  in  1858 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  67 

and  1859  for  the  best  paper  on  "The  Influences  of  Associa- 
tions in  Advancing  the  Sciences"  and  "History  of  the  Revo- 
lution in  South  Carolina,  with  Especial  Reference  to 
Unpublished  Materials."  This  prize  was  open  to  alumni  as 
well  as  to  students. 

President  Longstreet  went  to  England  on  the  appointment 
of  President  Buchanan  as  representative  of  the  United 
States  at  the  world  congress  on  weights  and  measures. 
Among  the  representatives  from  many  countries  was  a  negro, 
who  afterward  in  reconstruction  days  was  domiciled  in 
South  Carolina  as  Major  Delaney.  On  account  of  his 
presence  President  Longstreet  withdrew  from  the  conference 
and  returned  to  America. 

Indicative  of  the  high  feeling  of  the  time  was  the  objection 
expressed  to  the  board  of  trustees  by  Professor  Rivers 
against  using  a  Greek  book  by  McClintock  on  the  ground 
that  the  author  was  an  abolitionist. 

A  newspaper  of  January,  1860,  contains  the  notice  that, 
"At  an  adjourned  meeting  of  the  Students  of  S.  C.  College 
held  last  Saturday,  it  was  almost  unanimously  determined, 
after  full  discussion,  that  they  should  manifest  their  disap- 
probation of  Northern  sentiment  by  declining  to  wear  any 
more  goods  of  Northern  manufacture." 


68  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


CHAPTER  VI. 


WAR  DAYS. 

The  war  cast  its  shadow  before  it  across  the  life  of  the 
campus.  Discussion  of  the  issue  of  secession  brought  to  the 
students  the  conviction  that  victory  for  the  South  was  cer- 
tain. One  of  the  seniors  wrote  to  his  mother  in  April,  1860 : 
"I  am  inclined  to  think  South  Carolina  will  not  have  much 
to  do,  as  far  as  the  North  is  concerned,  at  least  not  during 
the  convulsions  I  have  been  describing.  I  am  only  afraid 
of  the  establishment  of  a  Southern  Confederacy,  and  have 
but  little  hope  of  our  being  wise  enough  to  keep  out  of  that." 
In  October  he  wrote  to  his  mother:  "We  are  all  so  much 
excited  here  about  the  state  of  political  affairs,  that  many 
of  us  are  making  by  no  means  diligent  preparation  for  the 
coming  examination.  Our  men — those  of  my  class,  I  mean — 
are  anxious  to  be  at  home,  either  to  join  companies  already 
organized,  or  to  aid  in  organizing  new  ones.  ...  I  therefore 
think  that  we,  who  are  not  absolutely  blind  like  those  who 
assume  to  be  our  statesmen,  ought  to  be  getting  ready  at 
once:  and  I  hope  somebody  will  organize  a  volunteer  troop 
in  Prince  William's — not  one  of  these  trifling  politico-mili- 
tary associations  with  no  definite  object  and  a  rascally  liberal 
platform — but  a  purely  military  organization." 

In  the  following  month  the  sister  is  informed  that  "Great 
numbers  of  speeches  have  been  delivered  here  lately,  and  as 
the  students  always  made  up  a  large  part  of  the  audience 
State  right  doctrines  were  always  enthusiastically  cheered. 
The  outside  pressure,  thus  brought  about,  has  undoubtedly 
influenced  refractory  members  of  the  legislature,  and  the 
last  news  from  Charleston  completed  their  discomfiture.  The 
consequence  was  the  passage  by  a  unanimous  vote,  through 
both  houses,  of  a  bill  calling  the  convention  of  the  State  at 
an  early  date,  elections  for  that  body  being  appointed  to 
take  place  on  December  6.  When  the  convention  meets  we 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  69 

have  every  reason  for  believing  that  the  State  will  imme- 
diately quit  the  Union.  I  hope  father  will  be  a  member  for 
Prince  William's.  We  think  of  burning  or  hanging  Orr  in 
effigy,  although  we  are  in  the  midst  of  our  examination." 

To  his  mother  in  the  same  month:  "I  am  perfectly 
delighted  to  hear  that  I  am  enrolled  among  the  Pocotaligo 
Mounted  Men.  I  thought  of  writing  to  request  it,  but  was 
under  the  impression  that  the  company  raised  was  to  be  in 
the  infantry  service,  while  I  am  anxious  to  belong  to  a  troop. 
I  trust  the  rifle  is  the  arm  selected.  Mere  broadsword 
cavalry  is  totally  inefficient  in  these  days.  .  .  .  The  excite- 
ment has  in  a  great  measure  quieted  down  here;  but  there 
are  still  successive  relays  of  orators,  haranguing  the  popu- 
lace uptown.  .  .  .  When  you  write  next,  tell  me  how  many 
men  are  in  our  troop,  and  what  arms  they  propose  to  use. 
What  am  I  to  do  for  a  horse?  Would  that  I  could  resusci- 
tate the  fabulous  steed  that  Maj.  Wigg  once  bestrode !  Mr. 
Wigg's  magnificent  claims,  by  the  way,  are  smashed  along 
with  the  equally  magnificent  Union." 

Somewhat  earlier  his  father  had  been  told:  "But  we  of 
the  graduating  class  are  fortunately  too  busy  to  bother  our 
heads  about  such  things." 

The  senior  class  determined  that  it  would  have  both  the 
class  supper  and  the  commencement  ball,  although  many 
young  ladies  urged  the  men  not  to  hold  the  ball  on  account 
of  the  unsuitableness  of  the  time  when  all  the  people  of  the 
State  should  practice  strict  economy.  The  supper  was  eaten ; 
but  the  appearance  of  smallpox,  which  broke  up  the  State 
convention  and  drove  it  to  Charleston,  also  ran  commence- 
ment visitors  from  town  and  prevented  the  ball  from  taking 
place. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  trustees,  December  3,  1860,  it  was 
resolved  on  motion  of  Governor  Means  that  the  students 
should  be  permitted  to  organize  a  military  company  under 
the  direction  and  control  of  the  faculty.  The  cadet  company 
had  been  disbanded  since  the  riot  in  the  early  part  of  1856. 
After  some  time  the  faculty  allowed  the  students  to  estab- 
lish a  company  for  the  space  of  12  months,  reserving  the 


70  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

right  to  abolish  it  at  any  time  in  the  interim,  should  it  seem 
fit.  The  conditions  attached  to  the  formation  of  the  company 
were:  "1.  The  company  can  not  be  called  out  into  actual 
service  whatever  except  by  order  of  the  president,  conveyed 
through  the  captain  or  commanding  officer.  2.  The  arms 
are  to  be  kept  in  the  hall  under  the  library,  subject  to  the 
order  of  the  commanding  officer  for  drill.  3.  The  affairs 
of  the  company  to  be  regulated  with  a  view  always  to  the 
strictest  economy.  4.  That  no  company  suppers  or  other 
festivities,  either  by  officers  or  privates,  are  to  be  allowed." 
Governor  Pickens  gave  the  company  the  use  of  100  percus- 
sion muskets  from  the  State  arsenal. 

The  exercises  of  the  day  for  February  11,  1861,  were  sus- 
pended after  9  o'clock,  in  order  to  enable  the  students  to 
join  in  demonstration  in  honor  of  the  formation  of  the 
Southern  Confederacy. 

When  the  attack  began  on  Fort  Sumter,  the  captain  of 
the  cadets,  J.  Gary,  applied  to  the  faculty  for  permission 
to  visit  the  governor  and  tender  his  company's  service.  The 
application  was  referred  to  the  chairman  of  the  faculty, 
Dr.  LaBorde,  who  refused  to  grant  the  permission,  where- 
upon the  members  of  the  company  took  dismissions  and 
were  received  by  the  governor  as  a  new  company ;  their  arms 
had  been  left  in  the  library.  The  company  was  stationed 
on  Sullivan's  Island,  where  the  only  real  service  was  the 
guarding  of  the  beach  against  a  night  attack.  Professor 
Robert  W.  Barnwell  joined  the  company  in  camp  as  chaplain. 
On  his  return  he  published  a  glowing  account  of  the  good 
behavior  of  the  young  soldiers.  According  to  the  report  of 
the  secretary  of  the  faculty  there  were  141  students  in  college 
at  the  time  of  their  departure  for  Charleston. 

Nearly  all  the  students  returned  at  the  expiration  of  three 
weeks,  the  governor  ordering  them  back  to  Columbia.  It 
was  too  late  to  hold  the  usual  May  celebration,  but  other- 
wise the  work  of  the  college  was  resumed.  During  the  latter 
part  of  June  another  company  was  formed  to  go  to  Virginia 
for  the  vacation,  of  which  Professor  Venable,  then  in  Vir- 
ginia, was  made  captain.  When  its  service  was  tendered 


FACULTY  IN  1800. 

John  L.  Reynolds,  Maximilian  LaBorde. 

John  LeConte,  Augustus  B.  Longstreet.  Joseph  LeConte, 

William  J.  Rivers,  Charles  S.  Venable,  Robert  W.  Barnwell,  Jr. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  71 

the  governor,  he  conditioned  his  acceptance  upon  the  consent 
of  the  faculty,  at  the  same  time  saying  that  he  thought  that 
the  young  men  would  be  of  more  service  scattered  about  in 
different  organizations  than  in  a  compact  body.  The  faculty 
refused  to  have  any  control  over  the  students  during 
vacation,  which  brought  about  the  disbanding  of  the  com- 
pany. Some  of  the  students  went  off  at  once  to  the  front. 
Many  enlisted  at  the  close  of  June. 

At  the  close  of  the  summer  vacation  the  college  opened 
with  "flattering  prospects."  The  members  of  the  senior 
class  who  had  been  out  of  college  on  account  of  service  for 
the  State  or  for  the  Confederate  States  were  allowed  to  join 
their  class  and  stand  the  examination  for  diplomas,  but 
not  to  compete  for  the  honors  and  appointments.  President 
Longstreet  said  in  his  report  to  the  board  at  the  annual 
meeting  in  November: 

"All  went  on  well  until  the  attack  upon  Port  Royal,  the 
news  of  which  no  sooner  reached  here  than  Fripp,  Rhett 
and  Hayward  of  the  sophomore  class  craved  permission  to 
go  home,  as  they  resided  in  or  about  Beaufort.  I  refused 
peremptorily,  whereupon  they  went  without  permission. 
Some  10  or  12  others,  I  understood,  followed  their  example. 
The  next  day  the  students  met  en  masse  (without  permis- 
sion) and  resolved  (the  governor  favoring)  to  leave  for  the 
scene  of  war.  At  a  call  meeting  of  the  faculty  the  governor's 
communication  of  the  7th  inst.  was  laid  before  us.  We 
resolved  unanimously  that  we  had  no  authority  to  disband 
the  college.  The  students,  however,  left  in  a  body.  Finding 
that  they  were  about  to  be  off,  I  went  to  the  governor's  office 
at  10:30  a.  m.  to  crave  his  assistance  in  persuading  the 
students  to  postpone  their  departure,  at  least  until  after 
the  examination  of  the  seniors,  then  within  two  days  of  its 
commencement;  but  I  found  the  office  not  yet  opened.  At 
12  m.  I  waited  on  his  excellency  and  told  him  that  I  had 
started  to  see  him  in  the  hope  that  we  might  stop  the 
students,  etc.,  but  that  on  the  way  I  had  discovered  that  I 
was  too  late,  as  I  understood  that  he  had  furnished  their 
outfit,  secured  their  passage  and  given  them  a  letter  of 
recommendation  to  General  Drayton.  On  the  llth  inst.  I 


72  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

called  the  faculty  together,  when  they  passed  the  resolution 
accompanying  my  letter  to  the  governor  of  that  date." 

By  this  resolution  "it  was  unanimously  agreed  that  the 
faculty  had  no  authority  to  disband  the  college." 

President  Longstreet's  report  was  transmitted  to  the 
trustees  by  the  chairman  of  the  faculty,  Dr.  LaBorde,  the 
president  having  left  Columbia  after  the  students  went  to 
the  seat  of  war.  He  had  tried  to  resign  before ;  but  the  board 
would  not  listen  to  his  resignation,  so  he  now  departed  and 
did  not  return  to  Columbia.  His  wife  had  been  very  ill  at 
her  daughter's  home  in  Oxford,  Miss.,  to  which  place  he 
went. 

At  the  request  of  the  trustees  the  faculty  furnished  a  list 
of  31  members  of  the  senior  class  whom  they  thought  should, 
under  existing  circumstances,  receive  diplomas.  These  were 
signed  by  the  trustees  present  and  were  left  with  the  faculty 
to  be  delivered  to  the  students  on  application.  Some  were  not 
delivered  to  the  students  or  their  famiiles  until  years  after 
the  close  of  the  war.  The  names  of  the  seniors  as  furnished 
by  the  faculty  were : 

William  R.  Atkinson,  John  M.  Bell,  J.  Kinsler  Davis,  H.  C. 
Cunningham,  Thos.  S.  Dupont,  E.  W.  B.  Elliott,  John  N. 
Fowles,  John  H.  Gary,  T.  W.  Gary,  Wm.  T.  Gary,  Perer 
Gullatt,  Jos.  C.  Habersham,  Wade  Hampton,  I.  Keith  Hey- 
ward,  F.  H.  Macleod,  R.  S.  McCutchen,  J.  Pettigrew  Mel- 
lard,  J.  Poinsett  Mellard,  C.  G.  Memminger,  Jr.,  Henry  W. 
Rice,  S.  M.  Richardson,  E.  Dawkins  Rogers,  H.  M.  Stuart, 
L.  C.  Sylvester,  W.  J.  Taylor,  J.  S.  Walker,  Ernest  Wai- 
worth,  Alfred  H.  Watson,  William  Whittaker,  John  A. 
Wilson,  William  H.  Youmans. 

This  cadet  company  reached  Charleston,  where  it  was 
retained  by  the  governor  as  his  bodyguard  and  was  stationed 
on  the  Washington  race  course,  attached  to  one  of  the 
Charleston  regiments.  During  the  quiet  following  the  fall 
of  Port  Royal  the  governor  mustered  the  company  out  and 
ordered  the  students  to  return  to  the  college  on  January  1. 

The  events  of  the  next  few  months  are  summarized  in 
Dr.  LaBorde's  report  of  May  7,  1862 : 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  73 

"As  there  was  a  prospect  of  a  largely  diminished  number 
for  the  session  commencing  in  January,  the  board,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  usual  period  appointed  for  the  examination  of 
applicants,  ordered  that  application  for  admission  be 
received  on  the  first  Monday  of  that  month.  The  order  was 
carried  out,  and  as  from  time  to  time  applicants  and  students 
discharged  (from)  the  service  continued  to  present  them- 
selves, the  faculty  thought  proper  to  prolong  as  far  as  possi- 
ble the  period  of  admission.  In  the  end  our  catalogue  reached 
72.  I  am  sure  that  I  speak  the  opinion  of  all  my  colleagues 
when  I  say  that  rarely  has  the  college  had  within  its  walls  a 
body  of  young  men  equally  distinguished  for  industry,  pro- 
ficiency and  propriety  of  deportment.  Two  of  the  corps  of 
instructors,  President  Longstreet  and  Professor  Barnwell, 
were  absent,  but  the  hours  thus  vacated  were  distributed, 
and  professors  and  students  were  worked  to  the  highest 
point  of  exertion.  Thus  passed  the  months  of  January  and 
February.  On  Saturday,  the  8th  of  March,  the  order  of  the 
governor  and  council  was  published,  which,  though  not 
addressed  to  the  college,  yet  brought  within  its  general  pro- 
vision all  the  students  except  12  and  subjected  them  to  mili- 
tary duty.  On  that  day  they  held  a  meeting,  and  believing 
that  the  only  escape  from  conscription  was  to  enter  the  vol- 
unteer service,  resolved  to  withdraw  at  once  from  the  college. 
This  was  accordingly  done  with  the  exception  of  three  or 
four.  In  the  meantime  the  bell  was  rung  as  usual  and  the 
professors  attended  their  respective  class  rooms — until  Mon- 
day 5  o'clock  p.  m.,  when  no  students  attending,  the  ringing 
of  the  bell  was  discontinued  by  my  order.  There  was  now 
an  intermission  of  all  exercises. 

"We  were  without  a  student,  but  the  faculty  knowing  that 
they  had  no  authority  to  close  the  college  and  believing  that 
it  was  their  duty  to  carry  it  on  if  possible,  resolved  to  reopen 
it  and  advertised  accordingly  in  the  public  papers.  It  was 
entirely  certain  that  with  the  reorganization  there  would 
be  no  junior  and  senior  classes ;  but  it  was  hoped  that  there 
was  sufficient  material  in  the  State  to  form  the  two  lower 
classes  with  respectable  numbers.  But  it  has  turned  out 


74  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

otherwise  and  I  have  to  report  but  nine  students  in  the  col- 
lege— five  in  the  freshman  and  four  in  the  sophomore  classes. 
It  is  not  my  purpose  to  arraign  the  wisdom  or  policy  of  the 
order  which  proved  so  disastrous  to  the  college;  but  I  will 
say  that  the  faculty  did  all  that  circumstances  would  allow 
to  preserve  its  numbers  and  continuity.  It  is  perhaps  not 
unbecoming  in  me  to  add  that  our  State  authorities  only 
anticipated  by  a  brief  interval  our  Confederate  congress, 
which,  by  act  of  conscription,  takes  from  us  all  the  students 
who  were  embraced  in  the  order  of  council." 

There  were  no  further  additions  to  the  student  body. 
June  23  had  been  set  for  the  usual  spring  examination,  when 
the  faculty  was  informed  that  the  Confederate  authorities 
were  anxious  to  secure  the  college  buildings  for  a  hospital 
for  the  sick  and  wounded  of  the  army  on  the  coast  of  South 
Carolina.  Under  the  circumstances  the  faculty  felt  it  their 
duty  to  anticipate  by  a  few  days  the  date  previously  fixed 
and  accordingly  ordered  that  the  examinations  begin  on  the 
17th.  On  June  25  the  Confederate  authorities  took  posses- 
sion of  the  buildings  on  the  campus  with  the  exception  of 
the  library,  the  society  halls  and  the  laboratory,  apparatus 
and  mineral  rooms.  College  hall,  the  present  gymnasium, 
was  impressed  in  August,  1863.  During  the  summer  and 
autumn  of  1862  more  than  2,000  sick  and  disabled  soldiers 
found  an  asylum  in  the  college  buildings.  Dr.  LaBorde 
expresses  the  opinion  that  few  hospitals  in  the  Confederacy 
were  as  well  organized  and  as  well  conducted.  The  hospital 
is  referred  to  in  the  correspondence  between  the  officer  in 
charge,  J.  Ford  Prioleau,  and  the  executive  committee  as 
College  Hospital  No.  2,  or  simply  as  Hospital  No.  2. 

Every  effort  was  made  to  open  the  college  in  October,  but 
the  governor  and  the  council  were  of  the  opinion  that  the 
college  should  for  the  present  be  used  as  a  hospital.  The 
faculty  had  to  yield  as  graceful  submission  as  the  circum- 
stances would  allow. 

Beverly  W.  Means,  the  librarian,  was  wounded  at  Seven 
Pines  in  the  summer  of  1862,  a  wound  which  terminated  in 
his  death.  His  position  was  filled  by  the  election  of  the 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  75 

Rev.  C.  Bruce  Walker.  Professor  Robert  W.  Barnwell,  who 
had  been  active  in  caring  for  the  wounded  of  South  Carolina 
in  Virginia,  died  in  June,  1863,  of  typhoid  fever.  Professor 
Venable  had  resigned;  he  was  present  for  the  last  time  at 
faculty  meeting  on  January  6,  1862.  There  were  now  left  of 
the  faculty,  Professors  LaBorde,  John  and  Joseph  LeConte, 
Reynolds  and  Rivers. 

Professor  John  LeConte  with  rank  of  major  was  placed 
in  charge  of  the  Confederate  nitre  works  at  Columbia  located 
at  the  old  fair  grounds.  Dr.  Joseph  LeConte  was  made 
chemist  for  the  Nitre  and  Mining  Bureau  with  rank  and  pay 
of  major;  he  had  previously  been  engaged  in  making  medi- 
cines. Professor  LaBorde  was  active  in  hospital  service :  he 
was  founder  of  the  Central  Relief  Association. 

When  the  trustees  met  May  6,  1863,  they  directed  the 
faculty  to  open  the  college  as  usual  in  the  coming  October. 
Professors  John  and  Joseph  LeConte  took  up  the  matter  for 
the  faculty  of  the  surrender  by  the  Confederate  authorities 
of  the  college  buildings.  In  this  they  were  unsuccessful. 
The  faculty  then  suggested  to  the  board  that  inasmuch  as 
the  number  of  students  would  be  very  small  accommodations 
could  be  found  for  them  in  the  Commons  Hall,  College  Hall 
and  the  lecture  rooms  of  the  professor  of  chemistry  and 
natural  philosophy.  Nothing  came  of  this  suggestion.  The 
last  faculty  meeting  until  June  23,  1865,  except  a  called 
meeting  in  October,  1863,  to  consider  the  renting  of  the 
steward's  hall,  was  held  July  7,  1863.  At  the  stated  annual 
meeting  of  the  trustees  November  26,  1862,  the  professors 
and  the  president  were  requested  to  retain  possession  of  the 
houses  occupied  by  them.  The  marshal  was  also  allowed 
to  keep  his  house;  a  similar  privilege  was  later  extended  to 
the  bursar.  The  mother  and  sisters  of  Professor  Barnwell 
continued  in  his  house  without  charge.  At  a  subsequent 
meeting,  December  17,  it  was  resolved  that  the  executive 
committee  should  be  authorized  to  rent  the  house  formerly 
occupied  by  the  president.  It  does  not  appear  that  the  reso- 
lution to  ask  the  legislature  to  reduce  the  salaries  of  the 
professors  by  half  was  acted  on  by  the  legislature.  The 


76  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

salaries  were  paid  until  the  close  of  1864  from  the  rent  of 
the  buildings  and  from  advances  made  by  the  governor  from 
his  contingent  fund.  Professor  Venable's  house  was  rented 
in  January,  1863,  to  Col.  Hayne;  the  president's  house  from 
April  1,  1863,  to  Daniel  Heyward.  To  the  executive  com- 
mittee which  consisted  of  Dr.  LaBorde  and  Hon.  W.  P. 
DeSaussure  was  now  intrusted  the  entire  charge  of  the 
campus  and  buildings  during  the  recess  of  the  board. 

The  college  was  declared  suspended  as  "a  matter  of  neces- 
sity" at  a  meeting  of  the  trustees  on  December  2,  1863 ;  but 
it  was  deemed  unadvisable  to  disband  the  corps  of  "faithful 
and  able  professors."  Application  being  made  to  the  Con- 
federate government  for  rent  for  the  buildings  which  it 
occupied,  a  lengthy  correspondence  lasting  from  January, 
1864,  to  October  of  the  same  year  resulted  in  the  following 
award : 

"1.  That  the  government  of  the  Confederate  States  pay  to 
the  trustees  of  the  South  Carolina  College  for  the  use  as 
hospitals  of  the  college  buildings  in  Columbia,  S.  C.  (within 
the  campus,  except  the  following,  which  are  reserved  by  the 
said  trustees,  viz.,  first  the  library  building;  second,  the  pro- 
fessors' houses,  premises  and  gardens;  third,  the  chemical 
laboratory;  fourth,  the  two  society  halls;  fifth,  one  room  in 
the  south  building  in  which  the  college  apparatus  is  now 
stored ;  sixth,  a  small  outbuilding,  south  of  college  buildings, 
now  used  by  Prof.  Reynolds  as  a  servants'  house;  seventh, 
the  astronomical  observatory,  from  the  25th  June,  1862,  to 
the  12th  April,  1864,  at  the  rate  of  |31,250  per  annum, 
156,140. 

"2.  For  the  use  as  a  hospital  of  the  College  Hall,  outside 
the  campus,  from  the  25th  August,  1863,  to  12th  April,  1864, 
at  the  rate  of  $6,250,  $3,938. 

"3.  For  the  use  of  the  cottage  and  lot  south  of  the  marshal's 
house  and  opposite  the  college  hall,  from  the  1st  November, 
1863,  to  the  12th  April,  1864,  at  the  rate  of  $1,250  per  annum, 
$558.  Total,  $60,660. 

"The  said  commissioners  also  award  the  said  Confederate 
government  shall  pay  to  the  said  trustees  at  the  above  rate 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  77 

of  rent,  in  quarterly  installments  from  the  12th  day  of  April, 
1864,  for  the  use  of  the  said  buildings,  respectively,  so  long 
as  they  shall  continue  to  be  occupied  by  the  said  government 
for  hospital  or  other  purposes ;  the  payments  to  be  made  in 
the  new  issue  of  the  Confederate  treasury  notes. 

"The  above  assessment  is  made  upon  the  assumption  that 
the  Confederate  government  is  not  to  be  liable  for  such 
repairs  as  may  be  incident  to  the  usual  and  ordinary  occupa- 
tion of  the  college  buildings  as  hospitals.  But  the  trustees 
of  said  college,  or  the  State  of  South  Carolina,  may  here- 
after make  application  to  the  Confederate  government,  if 
they  think  proper  to  do  so,  for  indemnity  for  the  extraordi- 
nary damage,  destruction  or  injury  to  the  buildings  not 
incident  to  the  ordinary  occupation  of  the  same  as  hospitals, 
and  are  not  precluded  from  doing  so  by  anything  herein 
contained. 

"Done  at  Columbia,  S.  C.,  this  the  28th  day  of  September, 
A.  D.  1864. 

"C.  D.  Melton, 
"Comr.  on  part  of  Conf.  States. 

"E.  J.  Arthur, 
"Comr.  on  part  of  Trustees  S.  C.  College." 

In  December,  1864,  the  rent  of  the  president's  house  was 
fixed  at  f 5,000  per  annum;  it  was  occupied  by  Daniel  Hey- 
ward.  Mr.  Hayne  paid  from  the  same  time  f  1,500  for  Pro- 
fessor Venable's  house.  The  board  decided  at  the  meeting  in 
this  month  that  the  Confederate  authorities  did  not  have 
any  right  to  the  inclosed  space  of  the  campus  around  which 
a  fence  had  been  erected  to  protect  the  trees  and  the  grass. 
Dr.  LaBorde  had  complained  that  the  hospital  authorities 
had  desired  to  turn  cattle  into  it  and  use  the  boards  of  the 
fence  for  hospital  purposes.  Soldiers  and  others  in  the 
hospital  were  allowed  free  access  to  all  parts  of  the  grounds. 

As  the  college  buildings  were  used  as  a  hospital,  having  a 
yellow  flag  flying  above  them,  and  occupied  by  wounded  of 
both  armies,  General  Sherman  spared  the  college  when  he 
burned  Columbia  on  the  night  of  February  17,  1865. 


78  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

William  Gilmore  Simms  in  The  Phoenix  published  shortly 
after  the  fire  says  that  soon  after  the  Federals  entered  the 
city,  Professors  LaBorde,  Reynolds  and  Rivers,  with  Dr. 
Thomson  of  the  hospital,  took  their  places  at  the  entrance 
to  the  campus  and  waited  for  the  approach  of  the  invaders. 
Toward  noon  a  body  of  soldiers  appeared  under  the  command 
of  Capt.  Young,  who  promised  protection  and  left  a  guard. 
Showers  of  sparks  endangered  the  buildings  during  the  night, 
and  the  houses  of  Professors  LaBorde  and  Rivers  were  with 
difficulty  saved.  All  the  buildings  were  in  danger.  Next 
morning  a  band  of  drunken  cavalrymen  endeavored  to  force 
their  way  in,  but  were  compelled  by  Colonel  Stone  from 
General  Howard's  headquarters  to  depart  at  the  point  of  the 
pistol. 

The  citizens  of  Columbia  who  were  rendered  homeless  by 
the  fire  took  refuge  in  many  instances  in  the  dormitories  of 
the  college  and  occupied  them  even  after  the  university  was 
opened  in  1866. 

On  May  25  the  United  States  military  authorities  took 
possession  of  the  college  buildings. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  79 


CHAPTER  VII. 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA,  1865-1873. 

On  the  25th  of  May,  1865,  the  United  States  troops  took 
possession  of  the  buildings  and  grounds  of  the  South  Carolina 
College.  Many  of  the  rooms  were  occupied  by  refugees  from 
the  fire  that  destroyed  Columbia  on  the  night  of  February  17. 
These  were  not  disturbed,  and  even  others  were  allowed  to 
come  in.  A  report  from  the  executive  committee  December 
6,  1865,  made  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the  amount  of 
compensation  to  be  charged  for  the  use  of  the  buildings  and 
grounds  by  the  military  authorities,  gives  the  occupation 
thus:  "Before  the  military  occupation  of  Columbia  many 
of  the  sufferers  from  the  fire  were  permitted  to  occupy  rooms 
in  the  college  buildings.  From  that  day  until  very  recently, 
when  possession  was  required  for  the  purpose  of  opening  the 
college,  the  occupants  were  permitted  to  keep  possession. 
Though  the  military  authorities  took  possession  of  the  college 
buildings  generally  and  permitted  an  additional  number  of 
persons  to  take  up  their  abode  within  the  walls,  it  is  not  the 
purpose  of  the  trustees,  as  the  executive  committee  conceives, 
to  charge  rent  for  rooms  thus  occupied,  but  to  ascertain  the 
rooms  and  grounds  occupied  by  the  military  authorities  for 
their  own  purposes,  with  the  view  of  asking  a  reasonable 
compensation  for  their  use.  But  this  can  not  be  done  with 
absolute  accuracy,  as  rooms  occupied  at  one  time  by  the 
authorities  were  subsequently  vacated  by  them  and  turned 
over  to  our  houseless  people.  The  United  States'  troops  came 
to  the  college  campus  on  the  25th  of  May,  and  the  following 
statement  is  perhaps  accurate  enough  for  the  purpose  con- 
templated by  the  board. 

Rooms  occupied  by  the  military  authorities : 

1SOUTH  COLLEGE. 

Colonel  Houghton,  one  room  and  two  dormitories;  his 

iRutledge,  Legare,  Pinckney. 


80  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

adjutant,  one  room  and  two  dormitories;  provost  marshal, 
one  room  and  two  dormitories;  postoffice,  laboratory,  room 
opposite,  provost  court,  room  in  the  same  building,  second 
floor ;  recitation  room  of  Prof.  John  LeConte ;  General  Ames, 
one  room  and  two  dormitories;  eastern  tenement  of  south 
college;  chapel. 

2NORTH  COLLEGE. 

Second  tenement  from  library,  occupied  by  General  Ely 
and  others;  military  prison,  four  rooms  of  center  building; 
center  building  opposite  the  chapel  within  the  campus. 

NEW  CHAPEL  OUTSIDE. 

In  all  67  rooms,  besides  two  chapels. 

The  committee  have  estimated  the  rents  for  the  above 
rooms  for  the  period  of  six  months  at  $1,300,  and  the  two 
chapels  at  f  1,300 ;  total,  f 2,600." 

Everything  was  in  a  great  state  of  dilapidation ;  the  build- 
ings had  been  used  as  hospitals  by  the  Confederate  and 
Federal  authorities,  for  prisons  for  whites  and  blacks,  for 
shelter  for  negroes,  and  for  the  freemen's  bureau.  The  com- 
pensation sought  was  not  obtained. 

In  answer  to  a  call  of  the  chairman  the  faculty  met  at 
9  a.  m.,  June  23,  1865.  Professor  John  LeConte  read  a  part 
of  a  communication  received  by  him  from  General  Hartwell, 
as  follows : 

"Orangeburg,  June  19,  1865. 
"Professor, 

"General  Hatch  desires  that  the  South  Carolina  College 
resume  its  functions  as  early  as  possible,  the  faculty,  of 
course,  declaring  their  allegiance  to  the  general  government. 
I  am  very  respectfully, 

"Your  obedient  servant, 

"A.  S.  HARTWELL, 
"Bat.  Brig.-Gen.  Vols. 

2DeSaussure,  Harper,  Elliott. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  81 

"Prof.  John  LeConte, 

"South  Carolina  College." 

Thereupon  Professor  John  LeConte  presented  this  resolu- 
tion, which  was  adopted,  "That  the  chairman  of  the  faculty 
should  communicate  with  the  members  of  the  board  of 
trustees  in  reference  to  the  resumption  of  the  exercises  of 
the  South  Carolina  College,  and  that  in  the  meantime  he 
confer  with  Major-General  Hatch  in  relation  to  obtaining 
control  of  the  college  buildings,  or  so  much  of  them  as  may 
be  necessary,  by  the  1st  of  October  next."  A  circular  letter 
to  the  members  of  the  board  of  trustees  was  then  adopted, 
containing  General  Hartwell's  communication,  and  announc- 
ing the  readiness  of  the  faculty  to  open  the  college.  "They 
are  of  opinion,"  it  read,  "that,  if  railroad  communication 
with  Columbia  shall  be  reestablished  by  the  close  of  the 
year,  which  is  not  improbable,  and  the  bursar  shall  receive 
provisions  in  payment  of  board  for  at  least  a  part  of  next 
year,  there  will  be  no  difficulty  in  resuming  the  functions 
of  the  college  in  January."  The  sanction  of  the  board  of  the 
putting  forth  of  an  advertisement  concerning  the  reopening 
of  the  college  was  requested. 

Professor  LaBorde  called  the  faculty  together  again  Sep- 
tember 19,  in  view  of  the  meeting  of  the  board  to  be  held 
next  day,  and  he  was  authorized  to  make  such  use  of  the 
results  of  his  consultation  with  the  board  as  he  should  deem 
advisable.  Three  days  later  the  faculty  was  again  summoned 
to  hear  the  action  of  the  trustees:  "That  the  exercises  of 
the  college  be  resumed  on  the  first  Monday  in  January  next, 
and  that  the  chairman  of  the  faculty  give  notice  by  publi- 
cation that  the  college  will  be  open  for  the  reception  of 
students  at  that  time. 

"That  the  executive  committee  apply  to  the  military 
authorities  of  the  United  States  and  request  that  they  deliver 
to  them  the  possession  of  the  college  buildings  by  the  first  of 
November  next,  and  that  the  committee  cause  the  buildings 
to  be  put  in  order  for  the  reception  of  students. 

"That  the  faculty  are  authorized  to  exercise  their  discre- 
tion as  to  the  requisites  of  applicants  for  admission  into  the 

6— H.  U. 


82  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

different  classes,  and  as  to  the  course  of  studies  to  be 
pursued." 

Before  another  meeting  of  the  board  or  the  faculty  the 
General  Assembly  met  in  extra  session  on  October  25  in 
the  chapel  outside  the  walls — the  Gymnasium — the  house 
in  the  main  auditorium,  the  senate  in  the  basement.  Owing 
to  the  bad  acoustic  properties  of  this  building  the  session 
here  continued  only  one  week,  when  the  house  moved  to  the 
Clariosophic  Society's  Hall,  and  the  senate  to  the  library. 
When  the  house  adjourned  on  November  14  it  did  so  with 
the  old  chapel  in  Rutledge  College  fixed  as  its  next  place 
of  meeting,  11  days  later.  The  senate  was  again  to  use  the 
library. 

Gov.  B.  F.  Perry's  message,  dated  October  24,  contained 
these  words  about  the  college: 

"The  education  of  our  young  men  and  boys,  during  the 
past  five  years,  has  been  sadly  neglected.  Your  college, 
which  has  been  the  pride  of  your  State  for  more  than  half  a 
century,  is  closed,  and  should  be  at  once  opened.  The 
buildings  are  all  standing  and  uninjured.  The  professors 
are  ready  to  resume  their  labors,  and  the  young  men  are 
anxious  to  commence  their  college  course  of  studies.  I  hope 
you  will  make  the  necessary  appropriations  for  sustaining 
the  institution.  But  it  may  be  well,  under  existing  circum- 
stances, to  consider  the  propriety  of  converting  the  college 
into  a  university  and  making  it,  in  part,  a  self-sustaining 
institution.  Give  the  professors  moderate  salaries,  and  let 
them  depend  for  further  compensation  on  the  tuition  fund. 
In  a  university  a  student  may  pursue  such  a  course  of  studies 
as  will  most  contribute  to  the  particular  profession  or  busi- 
ness which  he  expects  to  follow  in  after  life.  In  a  college 
he  is  required  to  spend  four  years  in  a  regular  course  of 
studies,  many  of  which  will  be  of  no  service  to  him  in  after 
life,  and  for  which  he  has  no  taste  or  talent.  In  consequence 
of  the  impoverished  condition  of  our  country,  there  are  very 
few  young  men  now  able  to  defray  their  expenses  for  four 
years  in  college.  Having  been  so  long  in  the  army  and  their 
education  neglected,  they  are  not  prepared  to  enter  college. 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  83 

Moreover,  being  advanced  in  manhood,  they  can  not  afford 
to  go  through  a  college  course  of  studies  before  commencing 
the  active  pursuits  of  life.  The  university  system  of  educa- 
tion will  meet  all  these  objections.  It  would  bring  to  your 
institution  of  learning  three  times  as  many  students  as  you 
could  collect  in  a  college,  and  in  this  way  the  salaries  of  the 
professors  might  be  paid  out  of  the  tuition  fund." 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  trustees  held  in  the  library 
the  evening  of  November  29,  Governor  Perry  presented  a 
resolution,  "That  in  the  opinion  of  the  board  of  trustees  of 
this  institution,  it  is  desirable  that  this  institution  be  con- 
verted into  a  university,  and  the  same  is  recommended  to 
the  legislature."  The  resolution  was  adopted,  and  the  gov- 
ernor was  requested  to  communicate  it  to  the  legislature. 

Dr.  LaBorde,  chairman  of  the  faculty,  reported  to  the 
board  at  this  meeting  that  notice  had  been  given  through 
the  papers  that  the  college  would  open  for  students  on 
January  1,  and  that  the  military  authorities  had  assured 
the  executive  committee  that  the  entire  north  range  of  build- 
ings should  be  turned  over  at  the  required  time,  they  reserv- 
ing for  the  present  the  possession  of  the  south  range,  with 
promise  that  this,  too,  would  be  turned  over  whenever  the 
necessities  of  the  college  required.  The  treasurer  reported 
that  at  the  time  of  Lee's  surrender  the  Confederate  govern- 
ment owed  the  college  f  99,410.  In  all,  |16,625  was  due  the 
professors  who  had  received  nothing  since  September  30, 
1864.  In  his  sketch  of  Dr.  LaBorde  Professor  J.  L.  Reynolds 
observed  (1874)  that  the  amount  due  the  professors  had 
never  been  paid. 

There  was  no  money  in  the  treasury  to  fit  up  the  build- 
ings for  students,  and  workmen  could  not  be  had  except 
for  cash.  The  legislature  failed  to  give  the  |2,000  asked 
for  repairs.  Through  the  kindness  of  Governor  Orr  $500 
was  secured  from  his  contingent  fund,  which  enabled  the 
faculty  to  have  some  of  the  rooms  in  order  by  the  day  of 
opening.  The  governor  was  requested  to  make  application 
to  the  proper  authorities  for  compensation  for  use  of  the 
buildings  by  the  United  States  troops.  At  a  meeting  of  the 


84  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

trustees  on  December  6,  Mr.  Simonton  read  a  "bill  to  estab- 
lish the  University  of  South  Carolina." 

On  the  same  day  Governor  Orr  called  attention  to  the 
institution  in  his  message.  "I  communicate,"  he  told  the 
house  and  senate,  "herewith  a  resolution  of  the  board  of 
trustees  of  the  South  Carolina  College,  recommending  that 
the  college  be  converted  into  a  university.  I  heartily  concur 
in  the  proposed  change.  By  adding  to  the  present  professor- 
ships schools  for  the  study  of  law,  medicine  and  modern 
languages,  a  thorough  scientific,  classical  and  professional 
education  may  be  obtained  by  the  young  men  of  the  State. 
The  increased  number  of  students  which  it  will  attract  will 
make  the  university  nearly  self-supporting;  and  with  an 
appropriation  of  f 750  to  each  of  nine  professors  this  vener- 
able and  much  revered  institution  may  be  continued.  It 
would  be  a  reproach  if  such  an  inconsiderable  sum  was 
refused,  and  the  alma  mater  of  McDuffie,  Harper,  Preston, 
O'Neall  and  Pettigrew  permitted  to  pass  away  and  perish." 

According  to  the  bill  introduced  by  Mr.  Simonton,  the 
name  of  the  South  Carolina  College  was  changed  to  that  of 
the  University  of  South  Carolina.  The  board  of  trustees 
of  the  new  university  were  to  establish  eight  schools :  Ancient 
languages  and  literature;  modern  languages  and  literature; 
history,  political  philosophy  and  economy;  rhetoric,  crit- 
icism, elocution  and  English  language  and  literature ;  mental 
and  moral  philosophy,  sacred  literature  and  evidences  of 
Christianity;  mathematics,  civil  and  military  engineering 
and  construction;  natural  and  mechanical  philosophy  and 
astronomy;  chemistry,  pharmacy,  mineralogy  and  geology. 
One  of  the  professors  was  to  be  a  minister  of  the  gospel, 
who  was  to  be  chaplain.  The  age  of  matriculates  was  fixed 
at  15,  and  three  schools  had  to  be  taken,  for  each  of  which 
the  student  paid  |25.  For  special  reasons  he  might  be 
allowed  to  take  less  than  the  three  courses,  but  he  was  then 
required  to  pay  more  per  course.  The  board  was  authorized 
to  establish  schools  of  law  and  medicine.  Each  professor 
was  to  receive  a  salary  of  $1,000  and  the  fees  of  the  students 
who  took  his  department.  One  of  the  professors  was  to 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  85 

be  chosen  as  chairman  of  the  faculty,  who  should  perform 
the  duties  hitherto  belonging  to  the  office  of  president.  One 
student  from  each  election  district  was  entered  free  of 
charge. 

The  bill  was  introduced  in  the  house  by  Mr.  Simonton 
from  the  committee  on  education,  as  its  report  on  the  part 
of  the  message  of  Governor  Orr  referring  to  the  university. 
This  was  December  8.  It  was  made  special  order  for  next 
day  at  1  p.  m.,  but  was  deferred  from  day  to  day  till  the  16th 
when  it  was  passed  through  the  third  reading  and  sent  to 
the  senate.  From  the  senate  it  came  back  two  days  later 
and  received  the  signature  of  the  governor  on  the  19th,  the 
day  on  which  Governor  Drayton  had  approved  the  bill  estab- 
lishing the  South  Carolina  College  60  years  before.  The  late 
Judge  A.  C.  Haskell,  who  was  then  in  the  house  as  a  member 
from  Abbeville  and  ardently  supported  the  bill,  explained 
the  continued  deferring  of  the  action  on  the  report  of  the 
committee  of  education  as  due  to  the  friends  of  the  institu- 
tion who  were  anxious  to  have  the  bill  become  a  law  with 
as  little  opposition  as  possible.  When  it  finally  came  up 
there  was  no  debate.  On  the  20th  the  governor  approved 
an  additional  act,  which  empowered  the  trustees  to  create 
the  schools  of  law  and  medicine  on  the  same  footing  as  the 
other  schools.  On  the  evening  of  the  18th,  20  trustees  were 
elected.  They  were:  B.  F.  Perry,  J.  I.  Middleton,  W.  F. 
DeSaussure,  R.  W.  Barnwell,  C.  G.  Memminger,  T.  C.  Perrin, 
Thomas  Smith,  J.  L.  Manning,  James  Farrow,  Wade  Hamp- 
ton, F.  W.  Pickens,  E.  J.  Arthur,  R.  W.  Gibbes,  J.  H.  Carlisle, 
Henry  Mclver,  James  Simons,  Richard  Yeadon,  S.  McAliley, 
J.  S.  Preston,  J.  N.  Frierson.  The  following  were  the 
ex-officio  members  of  the  board:  Governor  J.  L.  Orr.  Lieu- 
tenant-Governor W.  D.  Porter,  Hon.  J.  B.  Kershaw,  Hon. 
C.  H.  Simonton,  Hon.  John  Townsend,  Hon.  T.  P.  Mikell, 
Hon.  D.  L.  Wardlaw,  Hon.  J.  A.  Inglis,  Hon.  J.  P.  Carroll, 
Hon.  W.  D.  Johnson,  Hon.  H.  D.  Lesesne,  Hon.  J.  W.  Glover, 
Hon.  R.  Munro,  Hon.  T.  N.  Dawkins,  Hon.  F.  J.  Moses, 
Hon.  A.  P.  Aldrich. 


86  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

The  board  met  at  9  o'clock  on  the  morning  of  the  19th  in 
the  library  of  the  university  and  proceeded  to  organize  the 
new  institution  by  filling  the  chairs.  In  addition  to  the 
members  of  the  faculty  already  on  the  campus,  two  pro- 
fessors were  appointed,  Hon.  R.  W.  Barnwell,  to  the  school 
of  History,  Political  Philosophy  and  Economy,  and  Col. 
A.  C.  Haskell,  to  the  school  of  Mathematics,  Civil  and  Mili- 
tary Engineering  and  Construction.  Professor  Rivers  was 
placed  in  charge  of  the  school  of  Ancient  Languages  and 
Literature;  Professor  LaBorde  was  to  teach  Rhetoric, 
Criticism,  Elocution  and  English  Language  and  Literature; 
Professor  J.  L.  Reynolds  was  given  the  school  of  Mental 
and  Moral  Philosophy,  Sacred  Literature  and  Evidences  of 
Christianity;  Professor  John  LeConte  was  to  instruct  in 
Natural  and  Mechanical  Philosophy  and  Astronomy ;  Joseph 
LeConte  was  made  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Pharmacy, 
Mineralogy  and  Geology.  Hon.  R.  W.  Barnwell  was  chosen 
to  fill  the  position  of  chairman  of  the  faculty.  Rev.  C.  Bruce 
Walker  was  elected  librarian,  treasurer,  secretary  of  the 
faculty  and  secretary  of  the  board.  The  office  of  marshal 
was  abolished,  and  the  position  united  to  that  of  the  bursar, 
who  was  to  be  elected  by  the  faculty.  Before  the  meeting 
had  come  to  an  end,  it  was  learned  that  Col.  Haskell  had 
declined  to  accept  the  professorship  offered  him.  General 
E.  P.  Alexander  was  elected  and  accepted  the  chair. 

W.  H.  Orchard,  an  Englishman  by  birth,  was  elected 
marshal  and  bursar  at  the  meeting  of  the  faculty  held  the 
day  following  the  organization  of  the  university.  His  report 
to  the  board  in  May,  1866,  shows  the  ruinous  state  of  the 
buildings  and  the  campus,  which  made  it  impossible  to  open 
the  institution  on  January  1.  Perhaps  there  was  also  some 
sentiment  connected  with  the  opening  on  January  10,  the 
day  of  the  opening  of  the  South  Carolina  College  in  1805. 
The  faculty  held  a  meeting  on  the  8th  to  determine  that  in 
the  settlement  of  fees  national  legal  tender  notes  should  be 
taken  at  par,  and  another  meeting  on  the  day  of  the  opening. 
At  this  session  they  decided  that  resident  graduates  must 
pay  the  same  fees  as  the  undergraduates;  that  no  private 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  87 

school  could  be  conducted  on  the  campus,  and  that  all 
pecuniary  transactions  of  students  must  be  through  the 
treasurer.  Professors  Rivers  and  Reynolds  applied  for 
permission  to  revive  the  Euphradian  and  Clariosophic 
Societies. 

Students  were  admitted  without  examination,  although 
for  the  future  some  form  of  examination  or  certificate  of 
proficiency  was  to  be  required.  Forty-eight  students  had 
enrolled  themselves  by  May  1.  The  university  was  organ- 
ized on  the  model  of  the  University  of  Virginia.  There  were 
only  two  classes,  junior  and  senior,  and  when  a  student 
finished  a  course  he  was  given  a  certificate  of  graduation 
in  that  course.  A  student  could  take  any  subject  he  pleased. 

When  the  University  of  South  Carolina  opened  on  the 
10th  of  January,  1866,  the  authorities  were  in  possession  of 
the  north  range  of  buildings.  The  southern  range  of  dormi- 
tories was  occupied  by  Federal  troops  and  refugees  from 
the  great  fire  of  February  17,  1865.  The  United  States 
authorities  were  using  the  chapel  outside  the  walls  and  the 
ground  now  the  site  of  the  athletic  park  and  of  the  infirmary. 
Here  was  the  army  post,  which  was  kept  up  till  1877.  Bar- 
racks were  erected,  and  a  parade  ground  was  laid  off,  the 
United  States  flag  waving  over  it  from  a  tall  pole.  Six  com- 
panies were  usually  stationed  at  this  post.  The  parading  of 
the  troops  and  the  military  band  proved  attractive  to  many 
from  the  city.  Most  of  the  refugee  families  had  moved  by 
the  end  of  1866.  The  presence  of  the  servants  of  both  sexes 
had  been  a  serious  annoyance;  smallpox  had  developed. 
By  June,  1869,  the  university  was  in  possession  of  all  the 
buildings  within  the  walls  of  the  campus. 

There  were  no  entrance  examinations  or  other  require- 
ments for  admission,  except  that  the  applicant  must  be  at 
least  15  years  of  age.  According  to  the  prospectus  issued 
in  1866,  a  preparatory  course  had  been  prescribed,  and  "after 
this  year  applicants  for  these  departments  (under  18  years 
of  age)  will  be  required  to  bring  a  satisfactory  certificate 
of  proficiency,  or  to  stand  an  examination.  For  applicants 
over  18  years  of  age,  no  certificate  or  examination  will  be 


88  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

required  during  the  next  year."  Students  were  permitted 
to  choose  the  departments,  commonly  known  as  "tickets," 
which  they  wished  to  pursue,  provided  they  entered  at  least 
three  schools,  although  in  certain  cases  they  might  enter  less 
than  three.  The  South  Carolina  College  had  become  the 
University  of  South  Carolina;  but  the  subjects  taught  and 
the  methods  of  instruction  differed  very  little  from  the 
college  curriculum.  The  prospectus  informs  us  that  the 
method  of  instruction  was  to  be  by  means  of  lectures  and 
the  study  of  text-books,  accompanied  in  either  case  by  rigid 
daily  examinations.  Twice  a  session  written  examinations 
were  held  on  the  work  gone  over,  the  intermediate  examina- 
tion in  February,  the  final  examination  in  June.  Each 
extended  over  a  period  of  about  nine  days  and  lasted  six 
hours.  A  certificate  of  proficiency  was  given  the  student 
who  had  made  satisfactory  attainments  in  certain  depart- 
ments to  be  designated  by  the  faculty.  When  he  had  finished 
the  leading  subjects  in  a  school  he  was  entitled  to  a 
"diploma"  of  graduation  in  that  school.  He  received  the 
degree  of  bachelor  of  arts  when  he  had  completed  two  of  the 
literary  schools,  two  of  the  scientific  schools,  and  had 
attained  distinction  at  the  intermediate  and  final  exami- 
nations of  the  junior  classes  of  any  two  of  the  remaining 
schools.  The  school  of  law  conferred  the  degree  of  bachelor 
of  laws.  In  the  medical  school  the  graduate  obtained  the 
degree  of  doctor  of  medicine.  A  degree  of  master  of  arts 
was  offered  to  any  one  who  had  diplomas  of  graduation  from 
all  the  academic  schools.  Honorary  degrees  of  M.  A.,  D.  D., 
LL.  D.  were  conferred.  The  candidate  for  the  M.  A.  had 
to  undergo  an  examination  in  the  presence  of  all  the  faculty. 
Every  candidate  for  graduation  was  required  to  stand  a 
preliminary  examination  in  the  English  language. 

Chapel  was  voluntary ;  prayers  were  held  in  the  afternoon, 
which  were  also  voluntary. 

The  observatory  back  of  DeSaussure  College  was  in  a  state 
of  dilapidation  at  the  close  of  the  war.  While  Professor 
John  LeConte  was  waiting  for  money  to  repair  it,  some 
persons  unknown  stole  the  telescope  and  apparently  sold 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  89 

it  for  old  brass.  No  class  in  astronomy  was  formed  for 
several  years,  if  at  all.  An  unsuccessful  effort  was  made  in 
the  fall  of  1866  to  engraft  schools  of  agriculture  and 
mechanics  on  the  University.  Professor  Joseph  LeConte 
says  in  his  autobiography  that  he  gave  six  or  eight  lectures 
on  agriculture  in  connection  with  the  regular  chemical 
course. 

The  faculty  met  Saturday  at  12 :00  o'clock  until  January, 
1873,  when  the  time  was  changed  to  Tuesday.  Catalogues 
were  issued  at  irregular  intervals.  The  years  1867-1869  were 
grouped  in  one  triennial  catalogue.  After  Rev.  C.  Bruce 
Walker  became  librarian  in  1862,  he  undertook  to  compile  a 
catalogue  of  the  books  of  the  library.  He  reported  to  the 
board  at  its  June  meeting  in  1867  that  he  had  completed  the 
task.  Later  he  revised  his  work;  but  it  was  never  printed. 
It  is  still  often  consulted.  The  students  had  access  to  the 
library  on  Tuesday,  Thursday  and  Saturday,  the  only  days 
it  was  open.  The  commencement  exercises,  or  Public  Day, 
were  held  in  the  chapel.  In  1869  a  committee  examined  the 
hall  of  the  house  of  representatives  and  reported  that  in 
their  opinion  it  was  not  a  suitable  place  for  the  exercises, 
which  were  accordingly  held  in  the  library,  where  they  con- 
tinued to  be  held.  Mr.  Barnwell  conferred  the  degrees  in 
an  appropriate  Latin  address. 

All  the  old  scholarships  were  destroyed  by  the  war  except 
the  Hutchinson,  which  was  paid  from  the  income  of  railroad 
bonds.  These  bonds,  however,  brought  no  revenue.  General 
Hampton  maintained  the  Hampton  scholarship  for  a  short 
time. 

Chairman  Barnwell  made  his  first  report  to  the  board  in 
May,  1866.  "The  general  want  of  preparation  and  habits 
of  study,  together  with  the  late  period  at  which  many  of 
them  (the  students)  joined  the  university  has  prevented 
such  general  improvement  in  my  department  as  I  could  have 
wished;  but  the  strong  desire  to  obtain  an  education — indi- 
cated by  regular  attendance,  great  order  and  attention,  and 
a  good  degree  of  application  on  the  part  of  the  young  men, 
promise  better  results  in  the  future.  Under  the  difficult 


90  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

circumstances  in  which  they  have  been  gathered  together 
and  instructed,  I  think  I  may  report  very  favorably  and 
hopefully  of  the  literary  condition  of  the  university,  officers 
and  students  discharging  their  respective  duties  with  great 
fidelity."  Before  the  end  of  the  session  in  June  48  men  had 
enrolled  in  the  various  departments.  No  cases  for  the  exer- 
cise of  discipline  had  occurred.  No  commencement  exercises 
were  held  in  1866.  The  second  session  brought  the  Univer- 
sity 108  students,  which  was  increased  to  113  the  following 
year.  "Poverty,  ravages  of  the  caterpillar,  and  the  low  price 
of  cotton,"  are  enumerated  in  1867  as  causes  why  the  num- 
ber of  students  was  not  larger. 

From  the  constitutional  convention  of  1868  dates  the 
decline  of  the  university,  owing  to  the  insertion  of  a  clause 
in  the  constitution  that  allowed  negroes  to  attend.  There 
were  65  students  in  1868-69;  42  in  1869-70;  53  in  1870-71; 
88  in  1871-72;  65  in  1872-73. 

Chancellor  J.  A.  Inglis  was  elected  to  the  professorship 
of  law  in  January,  1867.  He  having  declined,  A.  C.  Haskell 
was  elected  in  June.  Professor  Haskell  taught  with  four 
students  one  session  and  resigned  in  August,  1868,  to  enter 
the  political  field.  No  successor  was  chosen  until  C.  D. 
Melton  was  elected  in  July,  1869.  The  number  in  the  law 
department  was  always  small.  Neither  was  the  medical 
department  large. 

The  medical  school  of  the  university  was  established  at 
the  same  time  as  that  of  the  law,  by  the  election  of  Drs. 
J.  J.  Chisolm  and  J.  T.  Darby.  The  former  having  declined, 
Dr.  A.  N.  Talley  was  elected.  The  school  of  medicine  had 
the  following  faculty:  John  T.  Darby,  M.  D.,  professor  of 
Anatomy  and  Surgery;  A.  N.  Talley,  M.  D.,  professor  of  the 
Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine  and  Obstetrics;  Joseph 
LeConte,  M.  D.,  professor  of  Chemistry  and  Pharmacy; 
M.  LaBorde,  M.  D.,  professor  of  Physiology  and  Hygiene; 
John  LeConte,  M.  D.,  professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Medi- 
cal Jurisprudence;  Edward  D.  Smith,  M.  D.,  demonstrator 
of  Anatomy.  Dr.  Smith  was  elected  in  August,  1867,  by 
the  faculty  in  accordance  with  the  act  creating  the  university 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  91 

as  amended  in  1866.  Dr.  Darby  resigned  in  September,  1872 ; 
Robert  W.  Gibbes  of  Columbia  was  chosen  to  fill  his  chair. 
Dr.  Smith  became  displeasing  to  the  board,  which  removed 
him  in  November,  1872.  The  faculty  had  the  right  of  electing 
the  demonstrator  of  Anatomy  and  received  the  announce- 
ment of  his  removal  by  the  board  merely  as  information ;  but 
he,  not  wishing  to  be  the  occasion  of  friction  between  the 
faculty  and  the  board,  resigned  with  the  regrets  of  his  col- 
leagues. The  board  filled  his  place  with  Dr.  John  A.  Watson 
of  Chester.  Dr.  John  Lynch  of  Columbia,  having  declined 
to  succeed  Dr.  Smith  as  demonstrator  of  Anatomy  in  1869, 
was  elected  to  a  new  chair  of  Physiology  and  Materia 
Medica,  established  in  October  of  that  year. 

The  course  in  the  school  of  medicine  lasted  two  years. 
Money  was  very  scarce,  so  that  equipment  was  scanty;  the 
board  was  willing  to  appropriate  what  the  professors  asked 
for — when  the  money  was  in  the  treasury.  The  faculty  of 
the  medical  college  of  the  State  of  South  Carolina,  com- 
monly known  as  the  Charleston  Medical  college,  sent  a 
"Memorial"  to  the  legislature  of  1868  showing  the  inex- 
pediency of  having  another  medical  college  within  the  State. 
A  counter  memorial  was  issued  by  the  university. 

A  school  of  Modern  Languages  was  established  in 
November,  1866,  by  the  election  of  Professor  A.  Sachtleben, 
who  came  to  Columbia  in  the  following  June.  He  was  one 
of  the  most  active  members  of  the  faculty.  He  resigned  in 
October,  1869.  Prof.  J.  C.  Faber,  an  alumnus,  a  professor 
in  Furman  University,  was  elected  to  the  vacant  chair. 

On  motion  of  Professor  Sachtleben  a  resolution  was 
adopted  that  a  course  of  public  lectures  should  be  under- 
taken by  the  members  of  the  faculty.  Twenty  lectures  were 
delivered  on  Thursday  evening  from  November  to  April. 
This  course  was  apparently  not  as  successful  as  could  be 
desired,  for  it  was  given  for  only  one  year.  In  April  and 
May,  1873,  at  the  invitation  of  the  Euphradian  Society  some 
of  the  professors  gave  a  short  course  of  lectures  in  the 
chapel.  Professor  Joseph  LeConte  lectured  to  a  large  class 


92  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

on  Sundays  in  a  most  enjoyable  manner.  These  lectures  of 
his  were  afterwards  published  in  book  form. 

Life  on  the  campus  was  full  of  pleasure,  although  there 
was  little  money.  "As  everybody  was  poor,"  says  Professor 
Joseph  LeConte  in  his  autobiography,  "the  gatherings  were 
almost  wholly  without  expense,  and  therefore  frequent;  the 
hostess  simply  furnished  lemonade  and  cake,  and  the  young 
men  a  negro  fiddler."  Professor  Charles  Woodward  Hut  son, 
then  a  graduate  student,  writes:  "Seldom  have  any  three 
years  passed  in  the  history  of  any  university  so  full  of 
unalloyed  social  delight.  We  were  all  too  poor  to  think 
about  dress  or  refreshments ;  we  met  simply  for  the  pleasure 
of  being  together."  Another  social  recreation,  he  says,  was 
to  go  in  parties  to  the  gallery  of  the  chapel  during  the 
session  of  the  legislature  and  watch  the  proceedings.  Pro- 
fessor Hutson  also  recalls  the  delightful  Shakespeare  club 
that  met  once  a  week  at  the  home  of  Professor  Joseph 
LeConte. 

The  House  of  Representatives  met  in  the  chapel  and  the 
Senate  in  the  library  during  the  regular  sessions  of  1865, 
1866,  1867,  and  the  extra  session  of  1867. 

The  professor's  salary  of  f  1,000  was  supplemented  by  fees. 
By  an  act  of  1869  the  salary  was  increased  to  f  2,000,  with  the 
possibility  of  $500  more  from  fees.  On  this  f 2,000  an  income 
tax  of  five  per  cent,  had  to  be  paid.  At  first  there  was  a 
great  inequality  in  the  amounts  received  by  the  different 
members  of  the  faculty.  Some  of  the  professors  were  unable 
to  meet  expenses.  A  certain  number  of  State  students  were 
allowed  to  enter  without  paying  fees;  but  the  ordinary 
student  had  at  first  to  pay  $130,  or  thereabouts,  in  fees,  a 
heavy  tax  in  those  days.  They  were  decreased  later,  and 
the  number  of  free  students  was  increased. 

The  constitution  adopted  in  1868,  by  which  the  State  was 
reconstructed  and  placed  under  negro  domination,  required 
that  "all  the  public  schools,  colleges,  and  universities  of  this 
State,  supported  in  whole  or  part  by  the  public  funds,  shall 
be  free  and  open  to  all  the  children  of  this  State,  without 
regard  to  the  race  or  color."  Great  apprehension  was  felt 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  93 

for  the  fate  of  the  university.  The  uncertainty  of  the  univer- 
sity's fate  caused  a  decrease  by  almost  half  in  the  number 
of  students  the  following  session,  65  against  113  in  1867-68. 
In  dread  of  the  coming  disaster  the  two  LeConte  brothers 
accepted  positions  in  the  University  of  California  that  was 
just  being  established.  Mr.  Barnwell  reported  to  the  board 
in  November,  1868,  his  regret  "to  be  obliged  to  state  that 
there  has  been  a  very  great  diminution  in  the  number  of 
students  connected  with  this  university.  Rumors  prevailed 
very  extensively  throughout  this  State  and  the  adjacent 
States  that  the  institution  would  be  closed  in  October  or 
shortly  after,  so  as  to  interrupt  the  studies  of  those  who 
might  join  it  during  the  present  session.  The  faculty 
endeavored,  as  far  as  they  had  the  authority  to  speak,  to 
correct  these  reports,  but  not  with  the  success  which  they 
desired.  Only  57  matriculated  this  October  in  lieu  of  110 
in  the  October  preceding,  many  uniting  themselves  to  insti- 
tutions within  the  State,  and  many  removing  to  the  institu- 
tions of  other  States." 

Changes  in  the  faculty  now  became  frequent.  Professor 
Alexander  resigned  in  August,  1869,  his  place  being  taken 
by  Professor  T.  E.  Hart  of  Darlington.  This  professor  was 
removed  in  June,  1872,  and  Rev.  A.  W.  Cummings,  D.  D., 
put  in  his  place.  Professor  Sachtleben  resigned  just  after 
Professor  Alexander.  Dr.  James  Woodrow,  of  the  seminary 
in  Columbia,  was  placed  in,  charge  of  the  school  of  Chemistry 
and  Geology  under  an  arrangement  made  through  J.  L. 
Nagle.  He  was  removed  in  June,  1872,  in  order  that  a  place 
might  be  made  for  Rev.  T.  N.  Roberts.  Professor  Hart 
taught  the  subjects  in  Professor  John  LeConte's  department 
a  few  months  until  Rev.  B.  B.  Babbitt,  A.  M.,  was  elected  in 
1870.  Professor  Rivers  resigned  at  the  same  time  as  Pro- 
fessor Sachtleben ;  but  at  the  desire  of  Professor  J.  C.  Faber, 
who  was  to  teach  the  Ancient  Languages  temporarily,  he 
was  retained  and  finally  reinstated.  He  resigned  and  left 
for  Maryland  in  the  summer  of  1873,  when  Professor  Fisk  P. 
Brewer  of  Chapel  Hill  was  elected  to  the  chair  of  Ancient 
Languages.  Professor  Faber  was  removed  in  October,  1873, 


94  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

making  way  for  R.  Vampill,  M.  D.  E.  W.  Barnwell,  Pro- 
fessor M.  LaBorde  and  Professor  J.  L.  Reynolds  were 
removed  at  the  same  time  as  Prof.  Faber.  Rev.  Henry  M. 
Fox,  D.  D.,  took  Dr.  LaBorde's  place.  Professor  Roberts 
was  changed  from  chemistry  to  the  chair  held  by  Mr.  Barn- 
well.  William  Main,  Jr.,  A.  M.,  succeeded  to  Professor 
Roberts's  chair.  Dr.  LaBorde  was  elected  to  succeed  Pro- 
fessor Reynolds.  When  the  session  of  1873-74  began  Dr. 
LaBorde  was  the  only  one  of  the  old  professors  on  the 
faculty. 

A  bill  was  passed  by  the  legislature  in  February,  1869, 
amending  the  act  incorporating  the  University  of  South 
Carolina.  According  to  it  a  board  of  seven  members  was  to 
take  the  place  of  the  former  trustees.  "The  University  shall 
not,"  it  said,  "make  any  distinction  in  the  admission  of 
students  or  the  management  of  the  University  on  account  of 
race,  color,  or  creed."  The  trustees  were  given  the  authority 
to  establish  a  preparatory  school,  which  was  not  to  receive 
any  pecuniary  aid  from  the  State. 

Whipper  and  some  others  would  have  removed  the  white 
professors  for  negroes,  but  for  four  years  the  whites  remained 
in  possession  in  constant  fear  that  the  old  institution  which 
had  so  long  been  the  pride  of  the  State  should  be  brought 
to  the  infamy  of  the  negro.  Two  members  of  the  new  board, 
elected  in  February,  1869,  were  negroes,  F.  L.  Cardozo  and 
B.  A.  Bozeman.  Besides  the  governor,  ex-officio  member, 
the  other  trustees  were :  F.  J.  Moses,  Jr.,  Thomas  J.  Robert- 
son, John  L.  Nagle,  Reuben  Tomlinson,  J.  K.  Jillson.  The 
board  had  up  to  this  time  been  meeting  at  Mckerson's  hotel 
— now  the  Colonia  hotel;  from  this  time  it  met  in  the 
executive  chamber  at  the  State  House. 

The  students  bore  themselves  with  commendable  conduct. 
Riotous  behavior  is  first  noticed  in  January,  1871,  in  the 
firing  of  pistols  on  the  campus.  Immediately  after  the  com- 
mencement exercises  in  June,  1872,  riotous  and  disorderly 
conduct  began  in  front  of  the  chapel,  which  continued  for 
two  days.  The  board  took  the  matter  up  and  debarred 
D.  B.  Darby,  T.  H.  Fisher  and  T.  C.  Robertson  from  all 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  95 

rights  as  alumni  and  denied  them  admission  to  the  grounds 
and  buildings.  In  1873  several  alumni  living  in  rooms  on 
the  campus  were  ordered  to  move.  The  artist,  Albert  Guerry, 
was  also  ordered  from  the  room  he  occupied  beneath  the 
Euphradian  Hall. 

In  the  early  part  of  1873  a  new  board  of  trustees  were 
elected:  White,  J.  K.  Jillson,  D.  H.  Chamberlain,  L.  C. 
Northrop ;  negro,  Samuel  J.  Lee,  J.  A.  Bowley,  D.  A.  Swails, 
W.  R.  Jervay.  The  legislature  at  the  same  time  made  pro- 
vision for  a  normal  school,  to  which  the  professors  of  the 
university  were  to  give  aid  in  the  form  of  lectures  as  the 
board  of  regents  of  the  normal  school  might  direct.  This 
school  was  to  be  located  on  the  grounds  of  the  University, 
and  the  library  was  to  be  open  to  the  normal  students,  who 
would  be,  for  the  most  part  at  least,  negroes.  The  purpose 
of  the  trustees  to  make  the  University  a  mixed  school  for 
whites  and  blacks,  where  racial  equality  should  be  taught 
and  exemplified,  was  now  disclosed. 

On  October  7,  1873,  Henry  E.  Hayne,  a  negro  man,  then 
secretary  of  state,  matriculated  in  the  medical  school.  There- 
upon Drs.  Talley  and  Gibbes  and  Professor  LaBorde 
resigned.  On  motion  of  D.  H.  Chamberlain  the  board 
passed  a  resolution,  declaring  that  their  resignation  had 
been  due  to  the  race  of  Henry  E.  Hayne,  and  expressing 
satisfaction  that  such  a  spirit  "so  hostile  to  the  welfare  of 
our  State,  as  well  as  to  the  dictates  of  justice  and  the  claims 
of  our  common  humanity,  will  be  no  longer  represented  in 
the  University,  which  is  the  common  property  of  all  our 
citizens."* 


*For  the  history  of  the  period  from  1873  to  1877  see  the  Appendix. 


96  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


SOUTH    CAROLINA    COLLEGE   OF    AGRICULTURE    AND    MECHANICS, 

1880-1882. 

When  the  general  assembly  was  convened  in  extra  session 
in  April,  1877,  a  joint  resolution,  approved  June  7,  declared 
that  the  existing  methods  of  conducting  the  university  and 
the  State  normal  school  were  impracticable  and  unneces- 
sarily expensive  and  placed  under  the  control  of  the  gov- 
ernor all  the  real  and  personal  property  of  these  two  insti- 
tutions, which  he  was  to  place  in  the  hands  of  some  discreet 
and  competent  person  who  should  rent  the  houses  to  suitable 
tenants  and  use  the  proceeds  to  keep  all  the  property  in  good 
condition  and  repair,  and  for  his  compensation.  The  scholar- 
ships in  the  university  were  abolished  by  act.  A  salary  of 
f  500  for  the  librarian  was  provided.  A  commission,  consist- 
ing of  the  governor,  the  board  of  trustees,  and  the  chairman 
of  the  committees  on  education  of  the  senate  and  the  house, 
was  constituted  for  the  purpose  of  inquiring  into  and  devis- 
ing plans  for  the  organization  and  maintenance  of  one  univer- 
sity for  the  white  and  one  for  the  colored  youths  of  the  State 
of  equal  privileges  and  advantages. 

A  new  board  of  trustees  was  elected :  Rev.  E.  J.  Meynardie, 
R.  W.  Boyd  of  Marion,  B.  F.  Perry  of  Greenville,  F.  W. 
McMaster  of  Columbia,  C.  H.  Simonton  of  Charleston,  J.  D. 
Blanding  of  Sumter,  J.  H.  Rion  of  Winnsboro. 

Governor  Hampton  appointed  Hon.  R.  W.  Barnwell 
librarian,  which  appointment  was  confirmed  by  the  board 
at  its  first  meeting.  He  was  allowed  to  occupy  any  house 
on  the  campus  he  might  desire.  His  choice  fell  on  the  house 
now  known  as  Flinn  Hall,  in  which  he  resided  till  his  death 
in  1882.  His  family  continued  to  occupy  this  residence  to 
the  year  1888,  the  year  of  the  death  of  Miss  Eliza  Barn  well, 
who  was  for  several  years  in  charge  of  the  library.  The 
minutes  of  the  trustees  state  that  all  applications  for  custo- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  97 

dian  of  the  grounds  and  buildings  of  the  university  were  to 
be  referred  to  the  executive  committee,  Messrs.  Rion, 
McMaster  and  Meynardie ;  but  there  is  no  mention  of  a 
custodian,  and  it  is  understood  that  Mr.  Barnwell  looked 
after  the  property  of  the  university  as  long  as  it  was  closed. 
The  residences  were  rented;  some  held  families  of  citizens 
till  the  early  '80s. 

The  first  meeting  of  the  new  board  was  held  in  the  library 
on  the  evening  of  July  30.  Professor  Cummings  appeared 
for  the  faculty  to  ask  for  three-fourths  of  the  salary  for  the 
fiscal  year.  This  was  granted.  Professors  Brewer  and 
Greener  handed  in  their  resignations;  the  other  professors 
were  informed  through  Professor  Cummings  that  the  general 
assembly  had  directed  that  the  university  should  be  closed 
on  July  31  and  that  the  board  would  accept  the  resignation 
of  any  of  the  professors  as  of  that  date. 

The  trustees  met  again  the  following  morning,  when  the 
time  was  spent  for  the  most  part  in  a  discussion  as  to  the 
time  and  manner  of  reorganizing  the  university. 

We  learn  from  the  newspapers  of  the  day  that  the  report 
that  the  colored  students  on  leaving  had  done  great  injury 
to  the  university  property  was  unwarranted. 

From  this  time  to  the  first  Monday  in  October,  1880,  the 
university  remained  closed. 

The  governor  was  requested  to  call  a  meeting  of  the  board 
and  the  commission  provided  for  by  the  joint  resolution 
during  the  coming  October.  This  appears  not  to  have  been 
done.  However,  at  the  meeting  of  the  trustees  on  Decem- 
ber 4,  Rev.  E.  J.  Meynardie  read  a  paper  of  proposed  articles 
of  agreement  between  Claflin  College  and  the  State  of  South 
Carolina.  Dr.  Cook,  president  of  Claflin  College,  then 
addressed  the  board  on  the  present  condition  and  prospect 
of  that  institution  and  the  subject  of  education  among  the 
colored  youth,  after  which  there  was  a  general  discussion  on 
the  subject  of  Claflin  College  and  the  agricultural  college 
at  Orangeburg.  The  board  adjourned  to  meet  with  the 
commission  on  the  following  day.  Unfortunately,  the 
minutes  of  Mr.  Nathaniel  Barnwell,  secretary  of  the  board, 

7— H.   U. 


98  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

are  very  brief.  He  begins  the  minutes  of  this  joint  session 
of  December  5,  but  for  some  reason  did  not  complete  them. 
However,  at  the  regular  session  of  the  general  assembly  for 
1877  an  act  was  passed  to  provide  for  the  organization  of 
the  university,  which  was  evidently  the  work  of  the  com- 
mission. 

According  to  the  act  which  was  approved  March  22,  1878, 
the  university  was  to  consist  of  two  branches — the  one 
located  in  the  city  of  Columbia  and  styled  the  South  Carolina 
College,  and  the  other  in  or  near  the  town  of  Orangeburg, 
to  be  styled  the  Claflin  College.  Both  institutions  were 
placed  under  the  control  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  South  Carolina  then  in  office  and  their  successors 
elected  by  law  It  was  made  the  duty  of  the  trustees  to  open 
and  establish  an  agricultural  department  in  said  university. 
All  Ihe  property  of  the  agricultural  college  at  Orangeburg 
was  turned  over  to  the  trustees  of  the  new  university. 

The  first  meeting  of  the  new  board  elected  by  the  legisla- 
ture that  passed  the  act  met  on  the  16th  of  May,  1878.  An 
executive  committee  of  three,  Messrs.  Dibble,  Simonton  and 
Ca  Id  well,  waa  appointed  to  have  charge  of  affairs  at  Claflin 
College.  Gen.  J.  S.  Preston,  Messrs.  Simonton,  Boyd, 
Thompson,  Blanding  and  Caldwell  were  made  a  committee 
of  organization  for  the  South  Carolina  College.  A  committee 
was  also  appointed  to  consider  whether  the  offer  of  the 
trustees  of  the  South  Carolina  Medical  College  to  put  their 
institution  under  the  care  of  the  university  was  advisable 
or  practicable.  Col.  Blanding  moved  the  consideration  of 
the  advisability  of  establishing  as  a  branch  of  the  University 
a  military  college  with  schools  of  mining  engineering  and 
agricultural  chemistry. 

Claflin  College  was  unwilling  to  be  absorbed  by  the  uni- 
versity, so  that  no  progress  could  be  reported  by  the  com- 
mittee at  the  next  meeting.  The  other  committees  made 
verbal  reports,  which  were  not  preserved.  A  report  on  the 
agricultural  funds  was  made  to  the  legislature,  which  turned 
over  by  an  act  approved  December  23, 1879,  to  the  University 
tiie  sum  of  $101,800  in  State  stock,  bearing  interest  at  the 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  99 

rate  of  6  per  cent,  from  July  1,  1879,  to  be  held  by  the 
trustees  as  a  perpetual  fund,  to  be  used  solely  for  the  pur- 
poses for  which  the  land  script  was  originally  donated  by 
congress.  The  trustees  were  authorized  to  establish  a  college 
of  agriculture  and  mechanics  for  the  benefit  of  the  white 
students,  in  addition  to  the  institution  maintained  for  the 
colored  students;  they  could  use  the  grounds  and  property 
of  the  university  at  Columbia  as  they  deemed  necessary  for 
the  aforesaid  purpose.  Scholarships  might  also  be  estab- 
lished, which  might  be  used  according  to  a  scheme  to  be 
devised  by  the  board.  The  appropriation  for  the  Agricul- 
tural College  and  Mechanics'  Institute  at  Orangeburg  was 
made  payable  on  the  order  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  the 
University.  This  compelled  the  trustees  of  Claflin  College 
to  yield. 

A  plan  of  organization  was  reported  at  a  meeting  of  the 
trustees  in  September,  1879.  By  invitation  all  the  presi- 
dents of  male  colleges  in  South  Carolina  were  expected  to 
be  present;  but  only  the  presidents  of  Charleston  College, 
Erskine  College  and  Newberry  College  came  to  the  meeting. 
After  Mr.  Dibble  had  read  the  report  on  the  formation  of 
an  agricultural  college,  final  action  was  postponed  until 
Wednesday  of  the  approaching  fair  week.  The  legislature 
was  to  be  asked  for  permission  to  open  the  college  as  soon 
as  possible  and  to  provide  f  10,000  for  that  purpose.  Three 
college  presidents  were  present  at  the  meeting  during  fair 
week,  one  of  them  being  President  Benjamin  Sloan  of  Adger 
College. 

With  the  minutes  of  the  college  at  Columbia  are  now 
combined  those  relating  to  Claflin  College,  but  the  workings 
of  this  institution  will  not  be  included  in  this  history. 

In  January  following  the  act  of  authorization  the  trustees 
decided  to  open  the  college  in  Columbia  the  first  Monday  in 
October,  1880.  In  February  four  chairs  were  decided  on: 
1.  Analytical  and  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Experimental 
Agriculture;  2.  Geology,  Mineralogy,  Botany  and  Zoology; 
3.  Mathematics,  Natural  Philosophy  and  Mechanics;  4. 
English  Language,  Literature  and  Belles  Lettres.  Messrs. 


100  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

J.  S.  Preston,  H.  S.  Thompson,  J.  E.  Bacon,  J.  H.  Kinsler 
and  J.  H.  Rion  were  appointed  as  the  executive  com- 
mittee for  this  college.  The  election  of  the  professors 
took  place  in  May.  William  Porcher  Miles  was  elected 
president  and  professor  of  English  Language,  Literature  and 
Belles  Lettres.  The  chair  of  Geology,  Mineralogy  and 
Botany  was  offered  to  Professor  Joseph  LeConte  at  a  salary 
of  $2,500,  which  he  declined,  preferring  to  remain  in  Cali- 
fornia ;  he  had  been  away  for  11  years.  In  August  Dr. 
James  Woodrow  was  elected  to  this  chair.  Maj.  Benjamin 
Sloan,  president  of  Adger  College,  became  professor  of 
Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy.  To  Dr.  William  B. 
Burney  was  offered  the  chair  of  chemistry  and  experimental 
agriculture,  which  he  accepted.  G.  W.  Connors  was  made 
foreman  of  the  farm,  and  Jesse  Jones  foreman  of  the  shop. 
Before  the  opening  of  the  second  session  Maj.  R.  S.  Morrison 
was  elected  to  the  position  of  marshal.  The  committee  on 
college  buildings  was  instructed  to  obtain  possession  of  the 
buildings  as  soon  as  possible  from  the  families  occupying 
them.  The  title  "South  Carolina  College  of  Agriculture  and 
Mechanics"  was  adopted  for  the  reopened  institution. 

On  the  5th  of  October,  the  white  people  of  South  Carolina 
were  again,  after  seven  years,  able  to  send  their  sons  to 
Columbia. 

A  three-year  course  was  arranged  for  the  students  of  the 
new  college,  the  first  year  of  which  was  entirely  academic; 
the  agriculture  and  mechanics  began  with  the  second  year. 
There  was  no  tuition  fee,  though  each  student  was  required 
to  pay  an  annual  fee  of  f  10  to  be  expended  on  repairs,  which 
were  sadly  needed.  Even  after  Dr.  McBryde  came  into  the 
presidency  in  1882  some  of  the  windows  were  boarded  up. 
Professor  Von  Fingerlin  and  Professor  J.  C.  Faber  were 
licensed  to  teach  ancient  and  modern  languages  and  allowed 
to  use  the  college's  rooms  for  such  purposes.  Those  who 
studied  with  them  paid  such  fees  as  they  demanded. 

There  were,  the  first  session,  1880-81,  66  students  enrolled, 
which  was  increased  to  72  the  following  year.  Twenty-six 
were  enrolled  the  first  day,  of  whom  19  were  from  Columbia. 


.1.  William  Flinn,  1888-1905. 


Patterson  Wardlaw,   1894. 
Edward  S.  Joynes,  1882-1908. 
Emeritus  Professor.   1908. 


W.  J.  Alexander,   1882-1891. 


W.  B.  Burney,   1880. 


OF  SOUTH 


101 


Between  20  and  30  were  rejected  on  account  of  their  extreme 
youth ;  the  age  for  entrance  was  placed  at  15.  No  catalogue 
was  issued  in  1881-82 ;  but  the  officers,  faculty  and  students 
are  included  in  the  catalogue  published  in  1883.  Two  classes 
are  given,  intermediate  and  junior,  with  50  in  the  latter 
class.  There  were  no  graduates  from  this  college. 

From  a  letter  written  in  April,  1881,  by  President  Miles 
to  the  editor  of  The  News  and  Courier  we  find  that  the  college 
had  opposition  from  the  denominational  colleges  in  the  State. 
These  had  for  seven  years  been  enjoying  the  privilege  of 
educating  the  youths  of  South  Carolina,  as  many  as  did  not 
go  to  other  States.  They  now  feared  the  opposition  of  the 
college  at  Columbia.  Of  this  opposition  President  Miles 
wrote  that  he  hoped  that  it  was  exaggerated,  for  the  view 
that  the  other  colleges  would  be  injured  was  erroneous;  he 
wished  for  as  many  colleges  and  schools  as  possible  and  a 
generous  rivalry  in  stimulating  the  youth  to  desire  and 
pursue  that  higher  education  without  which  a  people  must 
inevitably  retrograde  not  only  in  intelligence  but  in  material 
progress.  "No !"  he  cries,  "let  us  educate — educate — in  com- 
mon schools,  in  private  schools,  in  high  schools,  in  normal 
schools,  in  colleges,  in  universities — everywhere  educate!" 
A  cry  that  the  college  at  Columbia  would  be  "an  aristocratic 
institution,"  "the  rich  man's  college"  had  also  been  heard. 

Two  professors  of  this  college  have  survived  the  flight  of 
years :  Dr.  William  B.  Burney,  professor  of  chemistry  in  the 
University,  and  Maj.  Benjamin  Sloan,  who  retired  in  1908 
from  the  presidency.  The  latter  has  written  thus  of  Presi- 
dent Miles  and  of  the  meetings  of  the  faculty :  "I  loved  and 
admired  Mr.  Miles  greatly.  He  was,  out  and  out,  a  thorough 
gentleman — a  typical  Admirable  Crichton — and  a  ripe 
scholar,  and  with  it  all  a  manly  man.  In  regard  to  this  last 
characteristic  the  relation  of  one  event  in  his  life  is  con- 
vincing. Shortly  after  being  graduated  from  the  College 
of  Charleston,  having  studied  law,  the  young  man  began  a 
practice  in  that  profession  in  Charleston.  Scarcely  had  he 
opened  his  office  when  a  terrible  scourge  of  yellow  fever  fell 
upon  the  city  of  Norfolk,  Va.  The  dreaded  'Vomito'  visited 


102 /.\;  :•*<>:'•,'  *|STDiOf  .op  THE  UNIVERSITY 

every  family  in  the  city,  high  and  low.  Nurses  were  needed 
in  every  quarter  of  the  city,  and  although  no  appeal  was 
made  for  outside  help,  Mr.  Miles  voluntarily — driven  by  the 
mere  knowledge  of  the  dire  necessity  of  the  stricken  city — 
closed  his  office,  went  to  Norfolk,  and  served  as  a  nurse 
wherever  needed,  unrewarded  pecuniarily,  until  the  scourge 
was  lifted.  Was  not  that  the  work  of  a  manly  man? 

"After  this  event  he  served  with  wonderful  efficiency  as 
mayor  of  the  city  of  Charleston,  and  again  he  served  his  city 
and  the  State  in  the  national  house  of  representatives.  At 
the  time  of  the  opening  of  the  Agricultural  and  Mechanical 
College  in  the  buildings  of  the  old  South  Carolina  College 
he  was  living  in  affluence  at  the  old  '  Sweet  Springs/  Va. 
The  choice  of  the  board  of  trustees  for  a  president,  after  a 
diligent  and  anxious  search  for  the  best  man,  fell  upon  Mr. 
Miles.  The  choice  was  made  unsolicited  by  him ;  but  under, 
with  him,  the  perennial  desire  to  give  service  he  came  and 
during  his  short  term  of  office  he  did,  I  am  sure,  give  service 
of  the  highest  and  most  valuable  character.  His  very 
presence,  his  high  character,  and  his  scholarly  talks  were  an 
education  for  those  of  us,  students  and  professors,  who 
enjoyed  the  honor  of  being  associated  with  him  at  that  time. 
Mr.  Miles  left  the  college,  in  order  to  take  charge  of  valuable 
sugar  plantations  that  had  been  unexpectedly  bequeathed 
to  his  daughters. 

"I  remember  with  keen  pleasure  the  delights  of  our  faculty 
meetings  during  Mr.  Miles'  presidency.  There  were  but  four 
of  us,  you  know — Mr.  Miles,  Dr.  Woodrow,  Dr.  Burney  and 
myself.  We  met  once  a  week  in  Mr.  Miles'  classroom,  the 
room  afterward  occupied  by  Dr.  Joynes  (left  side  of  lowest 
floor  of  Harper  college).  Each  one  of  these  meetings  was 
just  an  opportunity  for  the  most  delightful  'causerie,'  to 
which  I  listened  with  sheer  delight." 

The  class  of  1846  held  a  reunion  December  7,  1880,  at 
which  a  resolution  was  adopted  looking  to  the  formation  of 
an  alumni  association  of  the  South  Carolina  college  and 
university.  In  accordance  with  this  resolution  a  meeting 
of  the  alumni  was  called  for  the  6th  of  the  following 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  103 

December.  Leroy  F.  Youmans  was  invited  to  deliver  an 
address  in  the  hall  of  the  house  of  representatives.  The 
meeting  was  held,  a  large  number  of  alumni  being  present 
and  the  association  was  formed.  A  memorial  to  the  legisla- 
ture was  drafted  praying  for  the  establishment  of  a  strong 
State  institution  in  place  of  the  present  weak  agricultural 
and  mechanical  college.  Two  weeks  after  this  meeting  the 
legislature  granted  an  appropriation  of  $10,0(10  for  the  sup- 
port of  additional  chairs. 

With  this  sum  the  board  of  trustees  proceeded  to  reor- 
ganize the  branch  of  the  university  in  Columbia,  la 
February,  1882,  five  chairs  were  agreed  on;  a  tutorship  was 
added;  advertisement  for  professors  was  made  through  the 
papers.  The  offices  of  "foreman  of  the  farm^  and  "foreman 
of  mechanics"  were  established.  When  the  trustees  met  in 
May  they  elected  E.  L.  Patton  to  the  chair  of  Ancient 
Languages,  Edward  S.  Joynes  to  the  chair  of  Modern 
Languages,  John  M.  McBryde  to  that  of  Agriculture  and 
Horticulture,  R.  Means  Davis  to  the  chair  of  Political 
Economy,  History  and  Constitutional  Law,  J  W,  Alexander 
to  the  chair  of  Mental  and  Moral  Philosophy  Physics  was 
added  to  the  chair  of  Mathematics.  A  meeting  of  the  new 
faculty  was  called  for  July  to  consider  the  revision  of  the 
curriculum. 

The  following  sketch  is  from  the  pen  of  Dr.  Edward  &. 
Joynes,  one  of  the  newly  elected  professors:  "In  1880," 
writes  the  professor,  "was  held  in  Spartanburg  the  first 
teachers'  institute  under  the  reconstructed  State  government. 
Hugh  S.  Thompson,  afterward  governor,  was  State  superin- 
tendent. I  had  been  intimately  connected  in  Virginia  with 
Dr.  Thomas  Sears,  the  first  general  agent  of  the  Peabody 
board,  and  through  him  had  also  been  actively  engaged  in 
institute  work  in  Tennessee.  Consequently,  when  consulted 
by  Mr.  Thompson  about  the  organization  of  an  institute  In 
South  Carolina,  Dr.  Sears  recommended  him  tD  employ 
my  services — and  this  is  how  I  first  came  to  South  Carolina 
in  July,  1880.  Here  I  first  met  Davis,  my  future  colleague. 
In  1881  the  like  service  was  repeated  at  Greenville.  In  1882 


104  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

the  South  Carolina  College  was  opened,  having  been  two 
years  an  agricultural  and  mechanical  college.  Mr.  Thompson 
was  a  member  of  the  board  of  trustees  and  through  him 
and  in  consequence  of  my  services  in  the  teachers'  institutes, 
I  was  called  to  the  chair  of  Modern  Languages  and  English. 
I  may  add  that  disturbed  and  depressing  conditions  at  the 
University  of  Tennessee  assured  my  acceptance  at  that  time. 
Governor  Hagood  was  then  deeply  interested  in  the  improve- 
ment of  the  agricultural  department  of  the  South  Carolina 
College.  Through  Mr.  Thompson  he  had  come  into  corre- 
spondence with  me  (I  had  met  him  at  Greenville),  and 
through  me  with  Professor  McBryde.  The  result  was  that 
McBryde  was  made  professor  of  Agriculture  and  Botany, 
and  we  came  together  to  Columbia  in  July,  1882.  I  felt 
that  I  could  also  claim  to  have  given  him,  or  rather  to  have 
restored  him  to  South  Carolina,  which  was  his  native  State. 
We  were  summoned  from  Knoxville,  where  a  summer  school 
was  in  progress,  to  attend  the  first  meeting  of  the  new 
faculty. 

"With  this  organization  (as  described  above)  our  first 
faculty  meeting  was  held.  Some  general  rules  were  adopted, 
and  a  committee  was  appointed  to  draw  up  courses  of  study. 
Of  this  committee  Dr.  Woodrow  was  chairman,  and  it  met 
by  invitation  in  his  parlor.  I  do  not  now  recall  all  the  other 
members,  though  I  was  one.  To  the  first  report  Dr.  McBryde 
took  exception,  and  on  his  motion  other  measures  were 
adopted,  giving  greater  prominence  to  agriculture  and  other 
kindred  science  studies.  The  courses,  as  finally  adopted, 
are  found  in  the  catalogues  of  that  day  and  seemed  to  give 
great  satisfaction." 

Very  shortly  after  this  faculty  meeting  President  Miles 
resigned  and  in  August  the  presidency  was  offered  to 
Dr.  James  H.  Carlisle. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  105 


CHAPTER  IX. 


THE    SOUTH    CAROLINA    COLLEGE    AGAIN — PRESIDENT    JOHN    M. 
MCBRYDE,  1882-1888. 

Dr.  James  H.  Carlisle  declined  to  accept  the  presidency  of 
the  South  Carolina  College,  tendered  him  in  August,  1882, 
on  the  resignation  of  President  Miles.  When  the  faculty 
met  in  September  preparatory  to  the  opening,  it  had  to  elect 
a  chairman.  "Dr.  Woodrow,"  writes  Dr.  Edward  S.  Joynes, 
"would  have  been  unanimously  elected,  but  he  had  declined 
to  accept,  and  by  a  narrow  majority  the  choice  fell  upon 
Professor  McBryde.  His  election  was  felt  to  be  an  experi- 
ment; but  it  proved  to  be  a  most  happy  chance.  At  once 
his  administrative  ability  was  shown  in  his  attention  to 
details  in  preparing  for  the  opening  of  the  session,  and  soon 
his  exceptional  fitness  for  the  work  became  apparent  to  all." 
Professor  McBryde  continued  to  act  as  chairman  till  the 
following  May,  when  the  trustees  elected  him  by  a  unani- 
mous vote  to  the  presidency.  Then  "began,"  in  the  words 
of  Dr.  Joynes,  "that  administration  which  proved  to  be  so 
notably  and  so  memorably  successful — covering,  till  1891, 
one  of  the  most  interesting  epochs  in  the  history  of  all  the 
college." 

Shortly  after  the  opening  of  the  session  Hon.  Robert  W. 
Barnwell  died  at  the  age  of  81.  At  this  time  he  was  per- 
forming the  duties  of  librarian,  having  been  appointed  to 
the  position  in  1877.  Mr.  Barnwell  came  to  the  college  as 
its  president  in  1835,  when  it  was  very  much  reduced  in 
numbers  and  influence  because  of  Dr.  Thomas  Cooper. 
Under  his  guidance  the  institution  grew  rapidly,  so  that 
new  dormitories,  professors'  houses  and  the  library  were 
erected.  After  six  years  his  health  required  his  resignation. 
At  the  organization  of  the  university  in  1866  he  became 
professor  of  Political  Economy  and  History  and  chairman 


106  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

of  the  faculty.  His  services  to  the  college  and  the  university 
deserve  most  grateful  remembrance. 

Nathaniel  Barnwell,  his  son,  was  elected  to  succeed  him. 
He  was  accidentally  killed  while  hunting  not  long  after  his 
election.  He  was  succeeded  by  his  sister,  Miss  Eliza  Barn- 
well. 

During  the  session  of  the  legislature  Professor  McBryde 
delivered  an  address  before  that  body  on  "Agricultural  Edu- 
cation," in  which  he  explained  to  the  legislators  what  the 
college  was  to  do  for  the  people  of  South  Carolina  in  the 
interest  of  agriculture.  "The  science  of  agriculture/'  he 
said,  "embraces  the  principles  which  have  been  drawn  by 
induction  from  the  observed  facts  and  processes  of  the  best 
farm  practice."  This  necessarily  called  for  a  body  of 
well  trained  observers,  not  chemists,  nor  biologists,  nor 
physicists,  nor  still  less  theorists,  but  agriculturists.  The 
appropriation  for  the  college  was  increased  by  half,  which 
led  to  a  widening  of  its  curriculum.  At  the  next  meeting 
of  the  board,  February  14,  1883,  sub-collegiate  courses  of 
one  year  in  mathematics,  Latin,  Greek,  English  and  history 
were  provided,  a  temporary  expedient,  which  continued 
until  1887.  Provision  was  made  for  a  teachers'  normal 
course.  Commencement  day  was  changed  from  June  to 
December,  on  the  third  Wednesday,  at  the  close  of  the  fall 
term.  In  this  the  trustees  were  going  back  to  the  custom 
of  the  old  South  Carolina  college.  However,  the  graduates 
of  1883  did  not  receive  diplomas  till  the  following  June: 
the  society  celebration,  the  alumni  banquet  and  the  com- 
mencement ball  took  place  in  December  (17th-19th).  Since 
this  time  commencement  exercises  have  taken  place  in  June. 

The  South  Carolina  College,  as  reorganized  in  the  year 
1883,  had  (a)  regular  courses  of  four  years  for  a  degree, 
(b)  special  courses  of  two  years  for  a  certificate  and  (c) 
elective  courses,  subject  to  consent  of  the  faculty.  Regu- 
lar courses  were  divided  into  (1)  science  courses — general 
science,  engineering,  agriculture — leading  to  the  degree  of 
bachelor  of  science  (B.  S.) ;  (2)  literature  courses — classical 
and  Latin — leading  to  the  degree  of  bachelor  of  arts  (B.  A.). 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  107 

Practical  agriculture,  practical  surveying,  practical  English 
studies  and  teachers'  course  (no  pedagogy),  comprised  the 
special  courses  for  certificates.  Post-graduate  work  was 
offered  leading  to  the  degree  of  master  of  arts  ( M.  A. ) ,  civil 
engineering  ( C.  E. )  and  mining  engineering  ( M.  E. ) .  Certifi- 
cates were  also  conferred  on  those  students  who  finished  in 
addition  to  the  regular  course  an  approved  special  or  post- 
graduate course  in  any  department.  Students  who  attained 
the  grade  of  "distinction"  received  "honors;"  those  of  the 
grade  of  "proficiency"  received  "appointments."  The  B.  S. 
degree  was  dropped  after  one  year. 

The  scholarships  given  to  the  South  Carolina  college,  but 
lost  during  the  war,  were  renewed  by  the  trustees  and  known 
by  the  names  of  their  founders.  They,  however,  now  carried 
only  remission  of  fees.  In  June,  1886,  another  scholarship, 
the  Rion,  was  established  in  honor  of  Col.  James  H.  Rion, 
who,  with  Judge  Charles  H.  Simonton,  was  most  active  in 
reopening  the  university  in  1880  and  continued  on  the  board 
of  trustees  to  work  for  the  college  with  the  love  of  a  most 
loyal  alumnus.  These  two  republished  in  1885  at  their  own 
expense  5,000  copies  of  Dr.  James  H.  ThornwelFs  famous 
letter  of  30  years  before  to  Governor  Manning  on  public 
education. 

About  30  acres  of  land  immediately  adjoining  the  campus 
were  provided  by  the  trustees  for  an  experimental  farm; 
later  40  more  were  added.  Large  plantings  of  several  hun- 
dred varieties  of  fruit  trees  had  been  made  in  the  fall  of 
1882  and  a  green  house  was  erected  near  the  president's 
house  which  remained  in  use  until  removed  by  President 
Sloan. 

Services  in  the  chapel  on  Sunday  morning  were  required 
of  all  students  (November  29,  1883)  ;  two  years  later  the 
requirement  was  modified  to  compulsory  attendance  on  some 
church  in  the  city.  The  chaplain  could  hold  services  at  his 
option. 

A  "school  of  medicine  and  pharmacy"  and  a  "school  of 
law"  were  added  to  the  departments  of  the  college  in  1884. 


108  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

A  beginning  of  the  first  school  was  made  by  the  formation 
of  a  two-year  course  for  which  a  certificate  was  given. 

Col.  Joseph  Daniel  Pope  was  elected  to  the  chair  of  law; 
he  and  the  president  formed  a  special  faculty  for  the  con- 
sideration of  all  matters  relating  to  this  school.  Professor 
Pope  was  given  the  fees  arising  from  tuition  and  a  small 
fixed  salary;  later  this  professorship  was  made  co-ordinate 
with  the  others.  Special  provisions  were  to  be  made  for 
short  courses  of  lectures  by  leading  members  of  the  bar. 
Professor  Pope  conducted  this  work  by  himself  till  1900, 
when  an  assistant,  M.  Herndon  Moore,  was  elected  to 
relieve  him  of  part  of  the  teaching. 

The  trustees  at  this  time  (May  7,  1884,)  also  took  steps 
to  restore  the  chapel  outside  the  walls,  now  the  gymnasium, 
so  that  it  could  be  used  for  its  original  purpose.  As  noth- 
ing was  accomplished,  permission  was  obtained  the  follow- 
ing year  from  the  legislature  to  sell  the  building,  which, 
however,  was  never  done.  In  1888  it  was  remodeled  into 
the  science  hall. 

President  McBryde's  report  to  the  trustees  in  May,  1885, 
recommended  a  slight  advance  in  the  standard  of  admission. 
A  board  of  visitors  was  for  the  first  time  in  many  years 
appointed  to  attend  the  final  examinations  and  report  on 
the  work  as  they  saw  it  and  to  make  recommendations. 
During  the  latter  part  of  this  year  Messrs.  Simonton  and 
Rion  republished  at  their  own  expense  the  letter  of  Dr. 
Thornwell  referred  to  above.  They  did  this  because  oppo- 
sition to  the  State  college  on  the  part  of  the  denominational 
institutions  had  become  very  strong.  In  his  "History  of 
Higher  Education  in  South  Carolina,"  p.  187,  Dr.  Colyer 
Meri wether  has  the  following  paragraph : 

"The  sectarian  schools  believed  that  they  were  injured  by 
this  feature  (free  tuition)  of  the  State  college  and  a  demand 
was  made  for  tuition  to  be  charged.  The  argument  was 
advanced  that  it  was  unfair  that  sects  should  be  taxed  for 
both  their  own  schools  and  the  State  college,  and,  further, 
that  the  power  of  taxation  should  not  be  used  by  the  State 
to  damage  the  denominational  colleges. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  109 

"The  cry  was  taken  up  in  the  State  and  made  an  issue  in 
local  politics  in  some  counties.  Those  counties  under  the 
shadow  of  a  denominational  school  elected  candidates 
opposed  to  the  State  University.  The  matter  was  finally 
brought  to  a  vote  in  the  legislature,  on  a  motion  to  strike 
out  the  appropriation  for  the  University,  and  the  opponents 
of  the  University  were  badly  routed.  They  now  fell  back 
on  the  free  tuition  feature.  The  clause  of  the  law  relating 
to  the  matter  seemed  to  leave  it  with  the  trustees  whether 
they  would  charge  tuition  or  not.  The  sectaries  contended 
that  the  law  was  mandatory  and  required  tuition  to  be 
charged.  To  quiet  agitation  and  put  the  matter  to  rest,  the 
legislature  fixed  the  tuition  at  $40.  And  so  after  a  trial 
of  only  three  years,  in  which  it  had  worked  so  well,  the 
State  again  violated  Thomas  Cooper's  principle  of  a  free 
university." 

This  tuition  charge  was  fixed  by  the  legislature  of  1885. 
Any  applicant  standing  in  need  of  such  assistance  could 
obtain  remission  of  the  tuition  fee.  At  the  present  time 
only  a  small  proportion,  outside  the  law  school,  of  the 
students  at  the  University  pay  tuition.  The  names  of  all 
students  who  secure  free  tuition  are  published  and  laid 
before  the  legislature.  Opposition  from  the  denominational 
schools  had  decreased,  as  it  was  seen  that  they  were  not 
hurt  by  the  State  school,  in  fact,  helped.  There  is  abundant 
work  for  all,  and  even  then  many  young  men  are  not  reached. 

Several  tutorships  were  added  for  the  coming  session  of 
'86-'87,  and  a  professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering  (detailed 
by  the  navy  department)  and  a  professor  of  Agriculture  and 
Mineralogy  were  elected;  but  the  number  of  students,  213, 
for  1885-'86  was  not  kept  up  the  two  following  years ;  on  the 
contrary,  the  number  diminished  by  20  each  session.  Prepar- 
ations were  made  for  the  establishment  of  an  experimental 
station  and  the  securing  of  an  experimental  farm,  under 
the  provisions  of  the  Hatch  bill. 

Permission  was  given  by  the  legislature  to  sell  the  lot 
owned  by  the  college  on  the  northeast  corner  of  Richardson 
(Main)  and  Medium  (College)  streets.  This,  it  is  under- 


110  HISTORY  OF  THE   UNIVERSITY 

stood,  was  the  source  from  which  money  was  obtained  to 
erect  the  infirmary  on  College  street,  completed  in  the  spring 
of  1888. 

President  McBryde  called  the  attention  of  the  board  of 
trustees  at  their  November,  1885,  meeting  to  the  legal  status 
of  the  South  Carolina  College.  He  was  of  the  opinion  that 
the  acts  of  1878  and  1879,  by  which  the  branch  of  the  Uni- 
versity at  Columbia,  known  as  the  South  Carolina  College 
of  Agriculture  and  Mechanics,  was  established,  did  not  give 
the  authority  for  establishing  the  South  Carolina  College, 
and  that  the  college  had  been  operating  without  a  charter. 
The  question  was  referred  to  a  committee  consisting  of 
Messrs.  Simonton,  Hutson  and  Rion,  who  reported  at  length 
that  in  their  opinion  the  South  Carolina  College  had  been 
legally  established,  although  there  had  been  a  change  of 
names. 

All  the  diplomas  of  the  class  of  1861,  which  was  gradu- 
ated, although  the  members  had  about  a  month  previous  to 
commencement  gone  home  and  enlisted,  had  never  been  dis- 
tributed. The  trustees  directed,  February  8,  1886,  that  those 
still  in  the  library  should  be  sent  to  such  of  their  owners 
as  were  alive,  or  to  their  families. 

At  the  beginning  of  1887  students  were  no  longer  received 
into  the  sub-freshman  class. 

Miss  Eliza  W.  Barnwell  died  January  29,  1888.  Great 
sorrow  was  expressed  for  the  loss  of  one  who  was  "per- 
sonally devoted  to  the  institution  and  always  capable  and 
conscientious  in  the  discharge  of  her  official  duties." 
John  G.  Barnwell  succeeded  to  the  position  of  librarian. 

President  McBryde  gave  notice  in  May  that  he  intended 
to  offer  his  resignation  at  the  end  of  the  customary  period 
of  notice.  His  ill  health  compelled  him  to  be  absent  from 
many  faculty  meetings.  The  board  consulted  over  the  loss 
and  adopted  a  resolution  expressive  of  its  great  regret  and 
the  belief  that  his  resigning  would  be  an  incalculable  loss. 
Before  the  meeting  in  June  such  pressure  had  been  brought 
to  bear  on  Dr.  McBryde  that  he  withdrew  his  resignation, 
to  the  great  rejoicing  of  the  entire  college. 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  111 

At  the  June  meeting  of  the  trustees,  J.  N.  Lipscomb 
offered  a  resolution,  "That  it  is  the  opinion  of  this  board  of 
trustees  that  the  educational  interests  of  South  Carolina 
would  be  subserved  and  promoted  by  the  elevation  and 
expansion  of  the  State  university,  so  as  to  establish  and 
include  colleges  of  literature,  law,  agriculture  and  others 
complete. 

"In  furtherance  of  this  plan  we  recommend  the  concen- 
tration of  all  funds  available,  or  that  can  be  appropriated 
thereto." 

A  plan  for  the  establishment  of  the  experiment  station 
and  for  the  organization  of  the  University  of  South  Caro- 
lina was  presented  at  the  next  meeting  of  the  board  of 
trustees  in  December.  It  was  finally  adopted  with  modifi- 
cations on  May  9,  1888.  The  University  of  South  Carolina 
opened  its  doors  for  students  on  the  2nd  day  of  October. 

In  1886  a  movement  was  begun  by  the  farmers  for  a  sepa- 
rate agricultural  college;  but  this  threatened  danger  really 
left  the  institution  in  a  stronger  position.  One  of  the  most 
pronounced  advocates  of  a  separate  agricultural  college  was 
B.  R.  Tillman  of  Edgefield. 

The  attendance  during  the  six  years,  1882-1888,  averaged 
191;  the  largest  number  enrolled  was  213  for  the  session  of 
1885-86.  Bachelor  of  science  (B.  S.)  was  dropped  from  the 
list  of  degrees  in  1883;  there  were  11  graduates  this  year, 
all  with  the  degree  of  B.  S.  Thereafter  the  undergraduate 
courses  were  all  completed  with  the  degree  of  B.  A.  This 
degree  was  conferred  on  88  graduates.  Thirty-three  men 
received  certificates  for  completing  the  shorter  two-year 
courses.  In  1888  two  C.  E.'s  were  conferred;  nine  M.  A.'s 
were  won  from  J884  to  1888 ;  the  total  number  of  post-grad- 
uate students  was  51.  In  the  law  school  26  diplomas  were 
given  during  three  years  (?85-'88).  Six  honorary  degrees  of 
LL.  D.  and  two  of  D.  D.  were  conferred.  The  sub-freshman 
class  of  the  first  year  (>82->83)  numbered  33,  after  which 
the  number  decreased  to  nine  in  the  last  year  of  its  existence 
(>86->87). 


112  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

The  faculty  of  this  second  South  Carolina  College  was 
made  up  of  the  following  professors:  John  M.  McBryde, 
LL.  D.,  president  and  professor  of  Agriculture  and  Botany 
(later  professor  of  Botany)  ;  James  Woodrow,  M.  D.,  D.  D., 
LL.  D.,  professor  of  Natural  Philosophy  and  Geology;  Ben- 
jamin Sloan,  professor  of  Pure  and  Applied  Mathematics; 
Wm.  B.  Burney,  Ph.  D.,  professor  of  Chemistry  and  Min- 
eralogy; Rev.  Edmund  L.  Patton,  LL.  D.,  professor  of 
Ancient  Languages;  Edward  S.  Joynes,  M.  A.,  LL.  D.,  pro- 
fessor of  Modern  Languages  and  English;  Rev.  William  J. 
Alexander,  M.  A.,  chaplain  and  professor  of  Moral  Phil- 
osophy and  English  Literature;  R.  Means  Davis,  LL.  B., 
professor  of  History  and  Political  Science;  Joseph  Daniel 
Pope,  professor  of  law;  G.  W.  McElroy  (U.  S.  N.),  professor 
of  Mechanical  Engineering  (1885-?88)  ;  R.  H.  Loughridge, 
Ph.  D.,  assistant  professor  of  Agriculture  (1885-1890).  A 
system  of  tutorships,  answering  the  purpose  of  fellowships, 
were  established  in  1883,  which  were  open  only  to  gradu- 
ates proposing  to  pursue  post-graduate  studies.  They  were 
at  first  four  in  number,  later  six;  the  salary  was  for  most 
of  the  time  |250. 

These  six  years  of  the  South  Carolina  College  are  regarded 
as  among  the  most  brilliant  in  the  history  of  the  institution. 
Many  of  the  most  prominent  living  alumni  belong  to  the 
classes  that  graduated  from  1882  to  1888,  or  during  the  three 
years  of  the  University  of  South  Carolina  under  Dr. 
McBryde  (1888-1891). 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  113 


CHAPTER  X. 


THE  SECOND  UNIVERSITY,  1888-1891. 

In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  resolution  offered 
by  Hon.  J.  N.  Lipscomb  the  legislature  appropriated  in  the 
following  December  the  sum  of  $34,500  for  the  schools  in 
the  South  Carolina  University  at  Columbia  and  also  changed 
the  act  creating  the  University  to  permit  of  the  establish- 
ment for  white  students  only  in  the  city  of  Columbia  of 
a  post-graduate  department  or  a  university  department 
proper,  a  college  of  agriculture  and  mechanic  arts,  a  college 
of  liberal  arts  and  sciences,  a  college  of  pharmacy,  a  normal 
school  and  a  school  of  law,  with  such  other  schools  to  be 
established  from  time  to  time  as  the  trustees  might  deem 
advisable  and  as  the  funds  available  might  warrant.  One- 
half  of  the  interest  on  the  land  scrip  stock  was  to  be  applied 
to  the  support  of  the  college  of  agriculture  and  mechanic 
arts.  The  grant  of  f  15,000  from  the  general  government  for 
the  establishment  of  an  agricultural  experiment  station, 
act  of  March  2,  1887,  known  as  the  Hatch  Fund,  was 
accepted  by  the  legislature,  and  the  money  was  placed  at 
the  disposal,  until  further  action  of  the  legislature,  of  the 
trustees  of  the  University  of  South  Carolina  to  be  applied 
to  the  purposes  of  the  grant.  Claflin  College  at  Orangeburg 
was  left  a  branch  of  the  University.  Its  affairs  were  directed 
by  a  committee  of  the  board  that  managed  the  institution 
at  Columbia.  The  South  Carolina  Military  Academy  in 
Charleston  was  also  a  branch  of  the  University,  but  subject 
to  the  sole  control  and  management  of  its  own  board  of 
visitors. 

On  December  16  the  trustees  met,  in  order  to  appoint  a 
committee  to  prepare  a  plan  for  the  reorganization.  The 
preparation  of  the  plan  was  assigned  to  the  executive  com- 
mittee. This  committee  reported  on  the  31st  of  the  following 
January:  at  this  time  a  committee  for  the  revision  of  the 

8— H.  U. 


114  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

by-laws  was  constituted.  At  a  meeting  held  May  9  the 
trustees  elected  the  new  professors  and  completed  the  reor- 
ganization. 

President  McBryde  submitted  the  report  of  the  executive 
committee,  which  was  adopted  in  full.  It  contained  a  plan 
for  the  reorganization  of  the  University  together  with 
explanatory  notes,  a  "recommendation  that  the  Lamar 
farm  be  purchased  for  an  experiment  farm,"  the  repairing 
of  the  chapel  outside  the  walls  and  remission  of  fees  to 
post-graduates  (for  the  present  session)  and  to  holders  of 
the  six  old  scholarships.  The  library  and  the  agricultural 
experiment  station  were  added  in  the  plan  of  reorganization 
to  the  departments  named  in  the  act  of  the  legislature.  A 
special  committee  of  five  members  of  the  board  was 
appointed  for  each  department,  except  for  the  library,  which 
was  already  provided  for.  Each  college  or  school  was  to 
have  its  special  faculty  with  a  dean  or  chairman ;  the  experi- 
ment station  was  placed  under  its  own  staff  with  a  director 
at  the  head.  The  officers  were:  President,  Dr.  John  M. 
McBryde;  librarian  and  treasurer,  John  G.  Barnwell; 
chaplain,  J.  W.  Flinn;  secretary,  a  graduate  student  (R.  J. 
Davidson,  C.  H.  Barnwell,  T.  P.  Bailey,  Jr.,  at  different 
times);  marshal,  R.  S.  Morrison;  bell  ringer  (student); 
mail  carrier  (student).  There  were  18  professors,  one 
assistant  professor,  five  instructors  and  four  tutors.  These 
were:  James  Woodrow,  Ph.  D.  (Heidelberg),  M.  D.,  D.  D., 
LL.  D.,  Geology  and  Mineralogy,  and  Dean  of  the  College 
of  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences;  Benjamin  Sloan  (West 
Point),  Physics  and  Civil  Engineering,  and  Dean  of  the 
College  of  Agriculture  and  Mechanic  Arts;  W.  B.  Burney, 
Ph.  D  (Heidelberg),  Chemistry  and  Dean  of  the  College 
of  Pharmacy;  Rev.  E.  L.  Patton,  LL.  D.,  Greek;  E.  S. 
Joynes,  M.  A.,  LL.  D.,  Modern  Languages ;  W.  J.  Alexander, 
A.  M.,  Logic  and  Rhetoric ;  R.  M.  Davis,  A.  B.,  LL.  B.,  His- 
tory and  Political  Science ;  J.  D.  Pope,  A.  M.,  Law  and  Dean 
of  Law  School;  R.  H.  Loughridge,  Ph.  D.,  Agricultural 
Chemistry;  J.  W.  Flinn,  A.  B.,  Mental  and  Moral  Science; 
F.  C.  Woodward,  A.  M.,  D.  L.,  English  Language  and  Lit- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  115 

erature;  E.  E.  Sheib,  Ph.  D.  (Leipsic),  Pedagogics  and  Dean 
of  Normal  School;  E.  W.  Davis,  Ph.  D.,  Mathematics  and 
Astronomy;  J.  S.  Murray,  Jr.,  A.  M.,  Latin;  Milton  Whit- 
ney, Agriculture;  G.  F.  Atkinson,  Ph.  B.,  Botany  and  Zoo- 
logy; B.  M.  Bolton,  M.  D.,  Physiology,  Hygiene  and  Bac- 
teriology; W.  B.  Mies,  D.  V.  M.,  Veterinary  Science;  J.  R. 
Edwards  (passed  assistant  United  States  navy),  Mechanical 
Engineering;  E.  A.  Smyth,  Jr.,  A.  B.,  Adjunct  Professor  of 
Biology;  R.  J.  Davidson,  A.  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of 
Analytical  Chemistry  and  Materia  Medica;  J.  J.  McMahan, 
Instructor  in  Modern  Languages;  S.  J.  Duffle,  Ph.  G., 
Instructor  in  Pharmacy;  S.  R.  Pritchard,  A.  B.,  Instructor 
in  Mathematics  and  Bookkeeping;  W.  G.  Randall,  A.  B., 
Instructor  in  Drawing;  Thorburn  Reid,  A.  B.,  M.  E., 
Instructor  in  Shop  and  Machine  Work;  T.  P.  Bailey,  Jr., 
A.  B.,  Tutor  in  English  and  History ;  W.  B.  Douglass,  A.  B., 
Tutor  in  Latin  and  Greek.  Mr.  Barn  well  was  succeeded  in 
1888  by  Isaac  H.  Means,  A.  B.,  as  librarian  and  treasurer. 
The  physicians  in  charge  of  the  infirmary,  which  w^as  com- 
pleted in  1888,  were  Drs.  B.  W.  Taylor  and  A.  N.  Talley. 

Professors  Atkinson  and  Bolton  were  at  the  University 
only  one  session.  There  were  two  tutors  the  first  session, 
whose  names  have  been  given,  none  the  second,  three  the 
third  (John  M.  McBryde,  Jr.,  A.  B.,  English;  J.  W.  Simp- 
son, A.  B.,  Latin  and  History;  A.  W.  Thompson,  B.  S., 
Mathematics.)  During  the  second  year  a  fellow  was 
appointed,  W.  R.  Cathcart,  Jr.,  A.  B. 

There  was  a  general  faculty  made  up  of  the  president 
and  professors,  adjuncts  and  assistants  in  all  the  schools. 
Each  school  had  its  special  faculty  composed  of  the  teach- 
ing staff  and  the  president,  and  each  school  had  its  dean. 

The  president  and  the  deans  constituted  a  University 
Council,  which  formed  a  standing  or  executive  committee 
of  the  general  faculty.  It  had  consideration  of  all  inter- 
departmental questions,  and  to  it  the  general  discipline  of 
the  institution  was  intrusted. 

In  the  graduate  department  every  professor  connected 
with  the  university  was  required  to  have  one  carefully  form- 


116  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

ulated  course  more  advanced  than  his  undergraduate 
studies.  The  degrees  to  which  these  courses  led  were  M.  S.? 
A.  M.,  Sc.  D.,  Ph.  D.,  C.  E.,  M.  E.  (mining  engineer),  Mec.  E. 
(mechanical  engineer).  For  doctor  of  science  and  doctor  of 
philosophy  the  requirements  were  two  years  of  resident  grad- 
uate study  after  the  bachelor's  degree  had  been  taken;  one 
principal  and  two  related  subordinate  subjects  were  required. 
For  the  M.  S.  and  A.  M.  degrees  the  candidates  had  to  take 
one  year's  resident  graduate  work  of  three  studies  while 
for  the  professional  degrees  a  graduate  course  was  pre- 
scribed. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  and  Mechanic  Arts  offered 
to  those  who  graduated  in  its  six  courses  the  degree  of  B.  S., 
or  Bachelor  of  Science.  These  courses  were  General  Science, 
Civil  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering,  Agriculture, 
Chemistry,  Natural  History.  There  were  also  four  shorter 
two-year  courses,  for  which  certificates  were  given.  In  the 
College  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences  the  A.  B.,  or  Bachelor 
of  Arts,  degree  was  conferred  on  graduates  in  the  Classical, 
Modern  Literature,  History  and  English  Literature  courses. 
The  College  of  Pharmacy  gave  the  Ph.  G.,  or  Graduate  in 
Pharmacy,  degree  in  a  two  years'  course  and  conferred  a 
certificate  for  a  course  of  two  years  preparatory  to  medicine 
and  pharmacy.  Licentiate  of  Instruction  (L.  I.)  was  con- 
ferred for  one  year's  work  in  the  normal  school;  a  certifi- 
cate for  two  years'  work  was  also  given.  The  course  in  the 
law  school  extended  over  two  years  and  was  completed  with 
the  degree  of  LL.  B. 

There  were  in  all  12  degrees  and  six  certificates.  As 
reorgainzed,  the  University  offered  42  graduate  courses  and 
106  undergraduate  courses  and  had  28  teachers. 

The  experiment  station  was  under  the  charge  of  a  director 
and  a  staff  of  11 — vice  director,  chemist,  first  assistant 
chemist,  second  assistant  chemist,  analyst  of  soils  and  seeds 
and  photographer,  botanist  and  entomologist,  microscopist, 
veterinarian,  secretary,  farm  superintendent,  florist  and 
gardener. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  117 

The  running  expenses  of  the  university  were  divided 
among  the  several  departments  as  follows:  Graduate 
Department,  1-11;  College  of  Agriculture  and  Mechanic 
Arts,  3-11 ;  College  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences,  3-11 ;  Col- 
lege of  Pharmacy,  1-11;  Normal  School,  2-11,  and  Law 
School,  1-11.  The  land  scrip  fund  and  the  Hatch  Fund 
were  applied  exclusively  to  the  College  of  Agriculture  and 
Mechanic  Arts  and  to  the  experiment  station.  An  estimate 
of  the  expenses  showed  that  f  49,700  would  be  required  each 
year  for  running  the  University;  the  income  of  the  experi- 
ment station  was  placed  at  f 20,000,  which  was  derived  from 
the  Hatch  Fund  and  from  the  surplus  of  the  privilege  tax. 

At  first  the  South  Carolina  College  had  used  for  the 
experimental  farm  the  land  adjoining  the  buildings,  outside 
the  wall;  later  40  acres  were  secured  across  Kocky  Branch 
on  Wheeler's  Hill;  when  the  experiment  station  was  estab- 
lished, 100  acres  were  purchased  from  the  Taylor  planta- 
tion, near  the  present  fair  grounds.  There  were  two  other 
experiment  farms,  at  Darlington  and  at  Spartanburg. 

At  the  May,  1888,  meeting  President  McBryde  reported 
that  the  old  chapel  on  Sumter  street,  to  be  known  thereafter 
as  "Science  Hall" — now  the  gymnasium — had  been  repaired 
and  divided  up  into  35  rooms  for  the  mechanical  and  agri- 
cultural school.  He  also  reported  that  the  infirmary,  remod- 
eled in  1908  into  a  residence  and  now  occupied  by  Professor 
Wardlaw,  was  approaching  completion. 

This  second  University  of  South  Carolina  began  its  career 
in  October,  1888.  Its  life  was  very  brief,  only  three  years. 
The  attendance  the  first  year  was  235;  for  the  other  two 
years  226  and  182.  A  raising  of  the  entrance  requirements 
in  Mathematics  and  English  perhaps  accounted  for  the 
slightly  reduced  attendance  in  1889-90 ;  reports  of  the  break- 
ing up  of  the  institution  and  of  the  establishment  of  an 
independent  and  separate  agricultural  college  caused  the 
large  falling  off  in  1890-91,  the  loss  being  entirely  in  scien- 
tific students. 

President  McBryde  reported  in  the  fall  of  1889  that  the 
laboratories  and  workshops  were  crowded,  due  to  the  recent 


118  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

development  of  the  scientific  departments.  Later  he  stated 
that  the  reports  from  the  students  who  had  gone  from  the 
University  to  the  medical  and  pharmaceutical  schools  of 
the  North  showed  that  the  chemical  department  was  without 
a  superior  in  the  South;  this  excellence  was  due  to  the 
energy  and  ability  of  the  professor  of  chemistry,  Dr.  W.  B. 
Burney.  He  also  commended  the  development  in  the  depart- 
ment of  English  and  the  success  as  a  teacher  of  Professor 
F.  C.  Woodward. 

As  early  as  1886,  about  the  time  it  was  expected  that  the 
Hatch  Fund  would  be  established,  a  cry  began  that  there 
should  be  a  separate  agricultural  college.  The  change  to  the 
university  in  1888  was  designed  to  meet  the  demand  for  an 
agricultural  and  mechanical  education;  but  then  and  later, 
when  the  separate  college  appeared  to  be  a  reality,  it  was 
felt  that  the  other  department  or  schools  should  be  fostered 
and  strengthened,  so  that  if  the  division  should  come,  there 
would  be  left  an  excellent  institution  for  the  teaching  of 
the  arts  and  sciences.  Governor  Tillman  recommended  in 
his  inaugural  address,  December  4,  1890,  that  the  University 
of  South  Carolina  should  be  the  title  of  the  institution  no 
longer,  but  that  it  should  become  the  South  Carolina  Col- 
lege, one  of  the  branches  of  the  University,  a  school  of  lib- 
eral education.  He  also  recommended  an  appropriation  of 
$30,000  by  perpetual  annual  grants,  so  as  to  remove  it  from 
political  influences  and  antagonisms.  He  said  that  South 
Carolina  had  lost  three  years  and  wasted  $80,000  or  $90,000, 
and  that  a  readjustment  was  necessary.  What  he  had  been 
wanting  and  fighting  for  was  a  "cheap  practical  education, 
in  which  the  application  of  knowledge  and  science  to  the 
business  of  bread-winning  and  the  upbuilding  of  our  agri- 
culture and  the  mechanic  arts  should  be  the  main  objects." 
This,  he  believed,  was  not  to  be  obtained  in  Columbia. 

In  accordance  with  Governor  Tillman's  recommendation 
an  act,  approved  December  23,  1890,  was  passed  creating 
the  South  Carolina  College  as  one  of  the  branches  of  the 
University  of  South  Carolina.  This  branch  and  Claflin 
College  were  placed  under  the  same  board  of  trustees.  As 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  119 

the  reorganization  was  not  to  take  place  until  after  July  1, 
1891,  an  appropriation  of  $40,500  was  made  to  meet  the 
obligations  of  the  current  session.  The  South  Carolina  Col- 
lege was  required  to  confine  itself  to  theoretical  science, 
law,  literature  and  the  classics.  A  tuition  fee  of  $40  was 
still  demanded,  although  it  might  be  remitted  to  students 
in  the  academic  department.  As  soon  as  possible  the  law 
department  was  to  be  made  self-sustaining,  and  the  board 
was  empowered  to  charge  extra  fees  looking  to  that  end. 

The  land  and  appurtenances  of  the  experimental  station 
were  turned  over  to  the  trustees  of  the  Clemson  Agricultural 
College  immediately  after  the  approval  of  the  act.  To  these 
same  trustees  were  also  given  after  the  abolishment  of  the 
mechanical  department  on  July  1,  1891,  all  the  articles 
connected  with  that  department,  except  such  as  might  be 
necessary  for  the  use  of  the  South  Carolina  College  or  had 
been  donated  to  it. 

During  the  short  and  troubled  three  years  of  the  Univer- 
sity's existence  the  following  degrees  were  conferred ;  Five 
Masters  of  Art,  56  Bachelors  of  Arts,  19  Bachelors  of 
Science,  25  Bachelors  of  Law,  14  Graduates  of  Pharmacy, 
five  Licentiates  of  Instruction,  one  Doctor  of  Veterinary 
Medicine  and  one  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  This  last  degree 
was  taken  by  Thomas  Pearce  Bailey,  Jr.  The  institution 
has  given  only  this  one  Ph.  D.  in  its  whole  history.  Six 
certificates  for  shorter  courses  were  conferred. 

With  the  close  of  the  session  of  1890-91  the  second  Univer- 
sity of  South  Carolina  came  to  an  end. 


120  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


CHAPTER  XI. 


THE  THIRD  SOUTH  CAROLINA  COLLEGE,  1891-1906. 

In  accordance  with  the  act  of  the  General  Assembly 
approved  December  23,  1890,  the  board  of  trustees  met  on 
the  13th  of  the  following  January  for  the  purpose  of  con- 
sidering the  alterations  necessary  to  bring  about  the  change 
from  the  University  of  South  Carolina  to  the  South  Caro- 
lina College.  The  executive  committee  was  requested  to 
prepare  the  plans  for  the  reorganization  and  report  back 
to  the  board  on  April  21.  This  report  included  a  general 
outline  of  the  courses  and  methods  of  instruction  to  be 
pursued  in  the  college,  details  of  the  reorganization  and 
proposed  reductions  in  the  teaching  force  and  running 
expenses  of  the  institution.  There  were  also  reports  from 
the  professors  giving  full  details  in  regard  to  the  work  and 
condition  of  their  several  departments.  Acting  on  the  report 
of  the  committee,  the  board  re-elected  at  a  meeting  on  May  1 
certain  of  the  professors  to  fill  the  chairs  before  occupied 
by  them,  and  in  June  certain  others,  creating  in  all  for  the 
new  institution  a  faculty  of  ten  professors  and  three  adjunct 
professors.  There  were  to  be  four  courses:  Classical,  Lit- 
erary, Scientific,  and  Law.  Some  graduate  work  was 
retained. 

The  following  faculty  was  chosen  for  the  new  college: 
John  M.  McBryde,  LL.  D.,  President;  Benjamin  Sloan,  Pro- 
fessor of  Physics  and  Astronomy;  W.  B.  Burney,  Ph.  D., 
Professor  of  Chemistry ;  E.  L.  Patton,  Professor  of  Ancient 
Languages ;  E.  S.  Joynes,  M.  A.,  LL.  D.,  Professor  of  Modern 
Languages;  E.  M.  Davis,  A.  B.,  LL.  B.,  Professor  of  His- 
tory, Political  Economy  and  Civics;  Joseph  Daniel  Pope, 
A.  M.,  LL.  D.,  Professor  of  Law;  J.  W.  Flinn,  D.  D.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Mental  and  Moral  Science,  Logic  and  Christian 
Evidences,  and  Chaplain;  F.  C.  Woodward,  A.  M.,  Litt.  D., 
Professor  of  English  Language  and  Literature  and  Rhetoric ; 


President  W.  Porcher  Miles,  1880-82. 
President  James  Woodrow,  1891-97. 


President  J.  M.  McBryde,  1882-91. 
President  F.  C.  Woodward,  1897-1902. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  121 

E.  W.  Davis,  Ph.  D.,  Professor  of  Mathematics;  E.  A. 
Smythe,  Jr.,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Geology,  Biology  and 
Mineralogy;  Alfred  Bagby,  Jr.,  Ph.  D.,  Adjunct  Professor 
of  Ancient  Languages;  John  J.  McMahan,  A.  M.,  Adjunct 
Professor  of  English.  On  the  20th  of  May  President 
McBryde  sent  in  his  resignation ;  at  the  same  time  Professor 
Smythe  also  resigned.  Professor  Benjamin  Sloan  was  made 
chairman  of  the  faculty  until  a  president  should  be  chosen. 
He  was  relieved  in  August  by  the  election  of  Dr.  James 
Woodrow  to  the  presidency  and  the  professorship  of  Geo- 
logy, Biology  and  Mineralogy.  T.  P.  Bailey,  Jr.,  Ph.  D., 
succeeded  Mr.  Smythe.  President  McBryde  had  been 
elected  to  the  presidency  of  the  Virginia  Polytechnic  Insti- 
tute, which  he  accepted  to  the  great  regret  of  his  many 
friends  in  South  Carolina. 

At  a  meeting  on  the  6th  of  August  the  board  passed 
a  resolution  that  the  "next  session  shall  commence  on  the 
29th  of  September  and  close  on  the  29th  day  of  June."  Also, 
a  motion  prevailed  that  for  the  ensuing  collegiate  year  the 
requirements  for  admission  should  not  be  lower  than  those 
which  had  existed  for  the  past  three  years ;  that  there  should 
be,  besides  the  law,  three  courses:  Classical,  Literary  and 
Scientific,  these  to  conform  as  nearly  as  possible  to  the 
courses  existing  in  the  institution.  There  were  to  be  no 
elective  courses  in  the  freshman  or  sophomore  years,  but 
one  elective  course  was  allowed  in  the  junior  year  and  one 
in  the  senior.  No  irregular  or  special  students  were 
admitted,  except  for  extraordinary  reasons,  and  their 
courses  had  to  be  approved  beforehand  by  the  faculty. 

The  requirements  in  regard  to  the  courses  were  not  carried 
out  until  1892.  There  were  in  1891-92  three  courses  for  the 
B.  A.  degree,  Classical  Literature,  Modern  Literature,  His- 
tory and  English  Literature,  and  five  courses  for  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Science,  General  Science,  Civil  Engineering, 
Mechanical  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Natural  History. 

The  attendance  of  the  first  year  of  the  college  was  98.  A 
large  part  of  the  University  students  remained  with  the 
college;  most  of  these  had  been  taking  irregular  courses; 


122  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

but,  with  the  exception  of  three,  they  were  arranged  in  the 
regular  college  classes.  There  were  15  seniors;  the  fresh- 
man class  numbered  18. 

In  June,  1892,  the  courses  of  study  presented  by  Presi- 
dent Woodrow  were  adopted  by  the  board.  They  made  the 
institution  a  strict  college  in  the  first  two  years,  slight  elec- 
tion being  allowed  in  the  last  two.  The  two  adjunct  profes- 
sorships of  English  Language  and  Literature  and  Rhetoric 
and  of  Biology,  Geology  and  Mineralogy  were  discontinued. 

Over  $2,000  had  been  raised  by  the  students  and  alumni 
and  was  held  in  trust  by  Dr.  J.  W.  Flinn  for  a  building  to 
house  the  Young  Men's  Christian  Association. 

During  the  two  following  years  the  college  was  reduced 
to  its  lowest  numbers,  72  for  the  session  of  1892-93,  68 
during  1893-94.  Then  came  a  reaction,  and  the  number  160 
was  reached.  In  1895-96  there  were  184  students  enrolled, 
the  largest  number  under  Dr.  Woodrow. 

There  was  a  gradual  extension  in  the  work  of  the  college. 
A  chair  of  pedagogics  was  added  in  1894  and  was  filled  by 
Professor  Patterson  Wardlaw,  who  also  acted  as  adjunct 
professor  of  Ancient  Languages.  Provision  was  made  for 
the  admission  of  two  normal  students  from  each  county 
without  the  payment  of  the  annual  or  the  term  fee.  An 
assistant  in  mathematics,  F.  Horton  Colcock,  was  given  in 
1894  to  Professor  Sloan,  who  had  been  performing  the  duties 
of  the  professor  of  Mathematics.  As  the  College  grew  in 
numbers,  Professor  Colcock  was  advanced  to  the  full  pro- 
fessorship. James  H.  Eayhill  gave  instruction  in  elocution 
in  1893-94.  The  pressure  for  special  courses  became  so 
strong  that  in  1895  students  were  granted  permission  to 
take  such  courses  as  would  meet  their  wants.  There  were 
50  special  students  the  next  session.  A  summer  school  was 
opened  on  July  17,  1894,  and  ran  to  August  14,  the  attend- 
ance being  204,  of  whom  60  or  70  were  teachers.  This  school 
was  held  in  1895  for  the  last  time. 

An  act  of  the  legislature  of  1893  admitted  women  to  the 
junior  class;  by  the  next  legislature  they  were  admitted 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  123 

to  any  class  they  might  be  prepared  for,  on  the  same  footing 
as  the  men.    Thirteen  were  enrolled  in  1895-96. 

An  appropriation  having  been  secured  to  equip  a  gymna- 
sium, the  need  for  which  was  becoming  more  and  more 
pressing,  during  the  session  of  1892-93  the  basement  of 
Science  Hall  (now  the  gymnasium)  was  fitted  up  for  a  gym- 
nasium under  the  direction  of  Professor  Bagby.  The  cata- 
logue of  1896-97  contained  the  first  set  of  regulations  to 
govern  "athletic  games." 

Dr.  Woodrow  introduced  the  custom  of  illustrating  the 
catalogue,  the  first  illustrated  catalogue  being  published  in 
the  spring  of  1893.  Since  the  issue  of  1912-13  the  illus- 
trations have  been  omitted. 

In  1894  the  price  of  board  at  the  steward's  hall  was 
lowered  to  |8  a  month,  at  which  it  remained  until  1901. 
For  most  of  this  time  the  estimated  cost  of  attending  the 
college  was  $123,  if  no  tuition  was  paid. 

Fraternities  became  a  subject  of  contention  and  were 
abolished  in  1897  by  act  of  the  legislature,  which  forbade 
fraternities  in  State  institutions. 

Dr.  Woodrow  was  replaced  in  the  presidency,  June,  1897, 
by  Professor  F.  C.  Woodward.  The  existence  of  the  South 
Carolina  College  had  been  endangered  by  the  destruction  of 
the  University,  and  great  credit  is  due  Dr.  Woodrow  for  his 
guidance  through  those  stormy  years.  He  withdrew  from 
all  further  connection  with  the  institution,  and  spent  the 
remaining  years  of  his  life  in  Columbia,  where  he  died. 

Professor  E.  L.  Pat  ton  resigned  from  the  chair  of  Ancient 
Languages  in  1898  on  account  of  the  infirmities  of  age.  He 
made  his  home  in  Washington  with  his  son  until  his  death 
in  1907.  His  successor  was  Charles  W.  Bain  from  the  head 
mastership  of  the  Sewanee  Grammar  School. 

Spring  courses  for  teachers  were  introduced  in  1899, 
which  were  well  attended  for  a  few  years,  but  were  finally 
made  unnecessary  by  the  State  summer  school.  They  were 
offered  from  the  middle  of  April  to  the  close  of  May. 

The  session  of  1900  opened  with  the  addition  of  an  adjunct 


124  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

professor  of  Ancient  Languages  and  two  instructors,  the  one 
in  History,  the  other  in  Modern  Languages. 

In  1901  the  legislature  granted  $11,000  for  the  erection 
of  a  new  steward's  hall,  the  old  one  having  become  too  dilap- 
idated to  be  repaired.  The  new  hall,  just  west  of  the  gym- 
nasium, was  opened  in  January,  1902,  the  first  new  building 
on  the  University  grounds  since  the  house  of  Professor  John 
LeConte  in  1860.  The  old  hall  was  torn  down  in  1907. 

The  law  school  had  been  carried  on  since  its  foundation 
by  Professor  Pope;  but  the  increasing  infirmities  of  age 
necessitated  that  he  should  become  professor  emeritus  and 
be  given  an  assistant,  who  was  appointed  in  1901.  M.  Hern- 
don  Moore,  Esq.,  was  elected  to  the  position  of  adjunct  pro- 
fessor of  law  and  soon  became  full  professor.  The  school 
rapidly  enlarged  its  numbers  and  under  his  guidance  raised 
its  standard  of  admittance. 

The  College  obtained  a  sum  of  money  from  the  legislature 
through  the  efforts  of  Professor  Colcock  to  make  an  exhibit 
at  the  South  Carolina  Inter- State  and  West  Indian  Exposi- 
tion. 

During  the  five  years  of  President  Woodward's  adminis- 
tration the  college  continued  to  advance  and  to  regain  popu- 
lar favor.  The  enrolment  of  students  reached  217  in 
1900-01.  As  a  teacher  of  English  Dr.  Woodrow  was  highly 
successful  and  greatly  liked  by  his  students;  but  in  the 
presidency  he  was  unable  to  gain  the  entire  confidence  of 
the  student  body.  His  last  year  was  marked  by  many  dis- 
orders. Various  charges  were  made  before  the  board  against 
his  administration,  which  brought  about  a  severance  of  his 
relations  with  the  College.  Since  1902  Dr.  Woodward  has 
been  teaching  in  Richmond,  Va. 

Major  Benjamin  Sloan  was  made  acting  president  follow- 
ing the  resignation  of  President  Woodward  and  was  pre- 
vailed on  at  the  close  of  the  next  session  to  allow  himself 
to  become  president.  The  College  grew  with  accelerated 
pace,  owing  in  great  degree  to  the  increased  prosperity  of 
the  State  and  a  more  general  awakening  to  the  advantages 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  125 

of  education.  The  trustees  had  also  in  1902  adopted  the 
plan  of  reporting  minutely  to  the  legislature  all  expendi- 
tures actual  and  proposed,  which  showed  how  every  cent 
was  spent,  so  that  it  became  recognized  that  the  institution 
was  run  economically  and  not  with  reckless  waste  as  had 
been  charged.  The  present  method  of  reporting  has  aided 
greatly  in  securing  needed  increase  in  the  appropriations. 
To  Mr.  August  Kohn,  to  whom  as  chairman  of  the  committee 
that  proposed  the  plan  the  change  was  chiefly  due,  the  board 
of  trustees  at  a  recent  meeting  passed  a  vote  of  thanks  for 
his  able  representation  of  the  University  before  the  legis- 
lature. 

The  city  of  Columbia  installed  a  sewerage  system  in  1903, 
which  necessitated  a  system  of  sewerage  on  the  campus  to 
connect  with  that  of  the  city.  This  was  put  in  during  the 
years  1903  and  1904. 

In  order  to  help  improve  the  teaching  force  of  the  State 
a  special  normal  course  was  introduced  in  1903.  It  was 
meant  at  the  start  to  reach  men  who  would  teach  and  yet 
were  not  prepared  to  do  effective  work  even  in  the  rural 
schools.  Accordingly  the  curriculum  did  not  correspond  in 
severity  to  that  of  the  regular  college  course,  although  it 
was  intended  to  have  it  later  reach  the  college  standard,  as 
has  been  done.  For  several  years  the  regular  college 
entrance  examinations  have  been  the  test  for  the  students 
entering  the  teachers7  school.  The  students  in  the  normal 
department,  or  Teachers'  School,  as  it  came  to  be  known 
after  the  University  was  organized,  have  been  an  earnest 
and  serious  set.  At  first  41  scholarships  valued  at  f  40  each 
were  created  by  the  legislature  for  students  taking  the 
special  course.  The  number  was  increased  to  82  in  1904. 
Two  years  later  these  scholarships  were  reduced  in  number 
to  one  for  each  county,  while  the  amount  paid  the  holders 
was  increased  to  $100.  An  associate  professorship  was 
added  to  this  department  in  1906,  the  position  being  filled 
by  Leonard  T.  Baker,  who  came  from  the  principalship  of 
the  Mount  Zion  school  in  Winnsboro.  He  was  advanced  to 
the  full  professorship  the  following  year. 


126  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

A  small  bulletin  was  issued  in  1904;  the  first  number 
appeared  in  March.  A  year  later  the  present  series  of  bul- 
letins began.  They  have  proved  a  valuable  addition  to  the 
work  of  the  University,  not  merely  advertising  the  institu- 
tion but  disseminating  knowledge  by  means  of  monographs. 

The  death  of  Professor  K.  Means  Davis,  March  13,  1904, 
was  deeply  lamented  on  the  campus  and  throughout  the 
State.  His  genial  nature  made  him  loved  by  all.  He  kept  his 
office  open  at  all  hours  and  welcomed  every  student  that 
came.  To  many  he  gave  assistance  not  only  in  their  studies, 
but  also  in  kindly  advice,  or  even  in  instruction  in  shorthand 
or  some  other  branch  of  practical  knowledge.  Professor 
Davis  left  behind  little  of  published  work,  although  he  had 
been  a  constant  contributor  to  the  newspapers.  His  remains 
were  laid  to  rest  in  the  old  family  burial  ground  at  Ridge- 
way;  the  student  body  and  faculty  accompanied  the  body 
to  the  grave.  Dr.  Gordon  B.  Moore  taught  history  the  fol- 
lowing year  and  was  then  transferred  to  the  chair  left  vacant 
by  Dr.  Flinn.  Yates  Snowden  of  Charleston  was  elected  to 
the  chair  of  history. 

Professor  J.  William  Flinn  resigned  at  the  close  of  the 
session  of  1905-06.  The  remainder  of  his  life  was  spent  in 
Columbia  until  his  death  December  28,  1907. 

Under  President  Sloan  the  number  of  the  students  rose 
to  301  in  1905-06.  There  was  also  an  increase  in  the  faculty : 
Professor  H.  C.  Davis  was  made  adjunct  in  the  department 
of  English;  Professor  Baker  was  added  to  the  pedagogical 
faculty;  Professor  W.  H.  Hand  became,  through  the  gene- 
rosity of  the  general  board  of  education,  professor  of  peda- 
gogics with  his  especial  work  of  supervising  the  high  schools 
of  the  State.  In  the  law  school  the  faculty  was  increased 
to  three,  John  P.  Thomas,  Jr.,  of  the  Columbia  bar,  being 
associated  with  Professors  Pope  and  Moore.  A  chair  of  geol- 
ogy was  created  in  1906  and  filled  by  M.  W.  Twitchell. 

On  the  19th  of  December,  1901,  the  alumni  of  the  Univer- 
sity united  as  the  guests  of  the  Charleston  alumni  in  the 
auditorium  of  the  South  Carolina  Inter- State  and  West 
Indian  Exposition  and  again  at  night  in  Hibernian  Hall  in 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  127 

celebration  of  the  centennial  of  the  approval  of  the  act  that 
created  the  South  Carolina  College.  This  gathering  was  also 
preliminary  to  the  celebration  of  the  centennial  of  the  open- 
ing of  the  college.  The  exercises  of  this  celebration  were 
held  in  the  theater  at  Columbia  on  the  8th,  9th,  10th  of 
January,  1905.  Visiting  delegates  were  present  from  many 
of  the  institutions  of  higher  education  throughout  the 
country.  Rev.  J.  William  Flinn,  the  chaplain,  preached  the 
centennial  sermon  in  the  morning  of  the  8th;  Rev.  John  A. 
Rice  of  Alabama  preached  at  8  p.  m.  On  Monday,  the  9th, 
the  morning  was  given  to  addresses  of  welcome,  the  after- 
noon to  class  reunions,  and  the  evening  to  a  joint  celebration 
of  the  literary  societies  in  the  State  House:  Hon.  W.  A. 
Barber  spoke  as  the  orator  for  the  Clariosophic  Society, 
Judge  Joshua  H.  Hudson  was  orator  for  the  Euphradian 
Society.  A  ball  followed.  An  academic  and  civic  proces- 
sion from  the  library  to  the  theater  began  the  exercises  of 
the  centennial  day,  January  10.  An  ode,  "From  Generation 
to  Generation",  was  read  by  Professor  George  A.  Wauchope, 
after  which  General  LeRoy  F.  Youmans  made  the  Commemo- 
rative Address  on  "The  Historic  Significance  of  the  South 
Carolina  College."  Honorary  degrees  were  conferred  on  the 
visiting  delegates.  A  meeting  of  the  alumni  association  and 
a  reception  by  the  faculty  in  the  library  occupied  the  after- 
noon. In  the  evening  Hon.  Joseph  A.  McCullough  deliv- 
ered an  address  in  the  State  House  on  "South  Carolina  Col- 
lege and  the  State."  A  banquet  brought  the  end  of  the 
celebration.  The  proceedings  and  addresses  have  been  pub- 
lished. 

Great  efforts  were  made  to  have  the  legislature  grant  a 
charter  for  the  change  of  the  South  Carolina  College  into 
the  University  of  South  Carolina,  so  that  the  hundred  year 
old  institution  might  go  forward  into  the  work  of  another 
century  with  prospects  for  a  vigorous  growth.  This  was, 
however,  not  to  be  until  a  year  had  passed.  The  change  was 
authorized  by  an  act  approved  on  the  17th  of  February,  1906. 

Intense  opposition  had  been  aroused  against  the  second 
university.  This  animosity  continued  against  the  college 


128  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

that  was  opened  in  1891 :  it  was  called  an  "aristocratic  insti- 
tution", "a  hot-bed  of  aristocracy."  Sectarian  institutions 
seized  the  opportunity  to  fight  the  college.  During  the  first 
three  years  of  President  Woodrow's  administration  there 
were  so  few  students  that  fears  were  entertained  for  the 
very  existence  of  the  institution.  Governor  B.  R.  Tillman 
was  in  the  office  of  the  chief  executive  for  two  of  these  years, 
and  he  aided  the  trustees  in  securing  an  annual  appropria- 
tion of  $30,000 :  he  also  urged  on  the  legislature  the  necessity 
of  fixing  a  definite  sum  for  the  maintenance  of  the  college 
and  withdrawing  it  from  politics.  After  his  term  of  office 
had  expired  a  hard  fight  was  required  at  each  session  of  the 
legislature  to  get  an  appropriation  of  $25,000.  The  appro- 
priation for  1900  was  $27,000,  which  was  gradually  increased 
from  year  to  year;  in  1906  it  was  $36,639. 

The  third  South  Carolina  College  conferred  degrees  on  18 
masters  of  arts,  162  bachelors  of  arts,  51  bachelors  of  science, 
146  bachelors  of  law  and  12  licentiates  of  instruction. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  129 


CHAPTER  XII. 


THE   UNIVERSITY   OF   SOUTH   CAROLINA.    1906 — 

The  act  creating  the  University  of  South  Carolina  was 
approved  by  Governor  D.  C.  Heyward,  February  17,  1906, 
the  result  of  two  years  of  agitation  led  by  Dr.  Edward  S. 
Joynes.  Thus  the  third  University  of  South  Carolina  came 
into  existence.  With  the  one  hundred  and  first  year  of  its 
existence  the  institution  entered  on  a  new  life  with  a  vigor 
and  activity  that  had  apparently  been  lacking  in  the  college. 
The  university  organization  responded  to  the  call  for  wider 
opportunities  at  home. 

At  the  time  of  its  foundation  the  South  Carolina  College 
was  designed  to  accommodate  one  hundred  students.  Forty 
years  later  several  buildings  were  added  at  short  intervals 
to  meet  the  needs  of  twice  the  original  number.  Half  a 
century  almost  passed  after  the  completion  of  Dr.  John 
LeConte's  house  in  1860  before  another  structure  was 
authorized  by  the  legislature.  The  steward's  hall  was 
replaced  by  a  new  building  in  1901;  but  in  1907  began  an 
activity  in  building  that  has  continued.  In  this  year  the 
legislature  granted  the  sum  of  f  10,000  for  three  professors' 
houses,  which  were  erected  on  the  west  side  of  Sumter  street 
between  Green  and  College  and  were  ready  for  occupancy 
by  October  of  that  year.  In  the  spring  of  the  same  year  Mrs. 
Ann  Jeter  presented  to  the  University  the  sum  of  $15,000, 
which  on  the  suggestion  of  President  Sloan  she  directed 
should  be  used  to  erect  a  memorial  infirmary  in  memory  of 
her  nephew,  Wallace  Thomson,  to  be  known  as  the  Wallace 
Thomson  Memorial  Infirmary.  This  building,  placed  on 
the  southwest  corner  of  Bull  and  Green  streets,  was  com- 
pleted in  1908.  Equipment  was  secured  through  appropria- 
tion by  the  legislature.  Through  the  munificence  of  Mrs. 
Jeter  the  University  has  enjoyed  the  advantage  of  a  superb 
infirmary,  by  means  of  which  the  general  health  of  the 


9— H.  U. 


130  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

student  body  has  been  greatly  improved.  All  cases  of  sick- 
ness receive  immediate  and  most  careful  attention.  The  old 
infirmary  was  remodeled  into  a  residence. 

An  arts  building,  to  be  used  for  classrooms,  was  provided 
for  by  the  legislature  of  1908  at  a  cost  of  $30,000.  It  was 
erected  on  the  green  east  of  the  wall  on  a  lot  purchased  from 
the  estate  of  Malachi  Howell  in  1838,  because  the  city  of 
Columbia  was  at  that  time  laying  claim  to  the  greater  part 
of  the  green.  The  claim  of  the  University  was  sustained  by 
the  supreme  court  of  the  State  in  1910.  This  college  was 
completed  by  the  summer  of  1909  and  was  formally  opened 
on  Founders'  Day,  January  14,  1910;  the  address  of  the 
occasion  was  made  by  Lewis  W.  Parker,  A.  B.  1885.  The 
trustees  selected  "K.  Means  Davis  College"  as  the  name  of 
the  new  building  in  honor  of  the  late  Professor  R.  Means 
Davis. 

Mr.  C.  C.  Wilson,  A.  B.  1886,  was  appointed  in  1907  the 
architect  of  the  University,  and  a  plan  was  adopted  which 
was  to  be  followed  in  the  location  of  the  buildings  and  in 
the  improvement  of  the  grounds.  The  general  style  of  the 
new  structures  is  to  correspond  to  that  of  the  old.  There  is 
to  be  a  double  campus,  the  old  one  and  a  new  campus  on 
"Gibbes  Green"  east  of  the  president's  house,  which  is  to 
be  replaced  by  a  structure  that  will  serve  as  a  central  point 
in  the  grouping.* 

In  the  spring  of  1908  Dr.  Edward  S.  Joynes  was  placed 
on  the  Carnegie  Foundation  and  in  June  retired  from  active 
service  to  the  emeritus  professorship  of  modern  languages. 
His  successor  was  Professor  Oscar  L.  Keith. 

Professor  Joseph  Daniel  Pope  died  at  his  home  in  Colum- 
bia, March  21,  1908,  at  the  age  of  eighty-seven.  He  was  the 
founder  of  the  present  law  school  and  had  carried  on  the 
entire  work  until  1901,  when  he  became  emeritus  professor 
of  law  with  an  assistant.  In  Professor  Pope  the  University 
lost  a  great  and  good  man,  a  most  devoted  instructor  and 
warm  friend.  Professor  J.  Nelson  Frierson  succeeded  to  his 

*(The  action  of  the  trustees  in  selecting  a  permanent  architect  was 
rescinded  in  1915.  Mr.  Wilson  was  the  architect  of  R.  Means  Davis, 
LeConte,  Thornwell  and  Woodrow  Colleges.) 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  131 

chair,  Professor  Herndon  Moore  being  appointed  to  the  dean- 
ship  of  the  law  school. 

President  Sloan  resigned  from  the  presidency  at  the  close 
of  the  session  of  1907-08  and  has  since  been  living  near 
Biltmore,  N.  C.  He  had  been  previously  placed  on  the  Car- 
negie Foundation.  For  twenty-two  years  he  had  been  pro- 
fessor and  for  six  years  acting  president  and  president  of  the 
college  and  the  university.  It  has  not  fallen  to  the  lot  of 
many  to  enjoy  the  respect  and  love  that  have  come  to  Presi- 
dent Sloan. 

During  the  summer  of  1908  the  trustees  elected  to  the 
presidency  Professor  Samuel  Chiles  Mitchell  of  Richmond 
College.  As  he  had  agreed  to  fill  the  chair  of  history  at 
Brown  University  for  one  year,  he  was  given  a  year's  leave 
of  absence  to  carry  out  his  contract.  Professor  Andrew  C. 
Moore  was  elected  acting  president  during  his  absence. 

Under  Professor  Moore's  able  and  judicious  guidance  the 
University  continued  to  advance.  An  appropriation  was 
obtained  from  the  legislature  of  1909  for  a  new  science 
building;  the  sum  of  f 20,000  was  granted  with  the  under- 
standing that  the  same  amount  was  to  be  given  the  following 
year,  as  was  done.  This  building,  which  was  named  LeConte 
College  in  honor  of  the  two  LeConte  brothers,  John  and 
Joseph,  once  professors  in  the  University,  was  finished  in 
time  for  the  opening  of  the  session  in  1910.  The  formal 
opening  took  place  on  Founders'  Day,  January  11,  1911.  At 
the  commencement  of  1909  the  degree  of  A.  B.  was  conferred 
on  the  surviving  members  of  the  class  of  1862. 

President  Mitchell  visited  the  University  several  times 
during  the  session  of  1908-09  and  in  June,  1909,  entered  on 
the  performance  of  his  duties.  It  was  his  first  purpose  to 
make  the  University  known  in  all  parts  of  the  State.  In  a 
few  months  he  had  traversed  every  county,  acquainting  him- 
self with  all  sections.  He  was  a  man  of  unbounded  energy. 
During  the  whole  time  of  his  connection  with  the  University 
he  was  in  constant  demand  for  addresses  not  only  in  South 
Carolina  but  throughout  the  country.  He  wished  to  attach 
South  Carolina  to  the  full  current  of  affairs  in  the  nation 


132  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

and  in  the  world,  for  which  reason  he  neglected  no  oppor- 
tunity to  go  outside  the  State  himself  and  to  have  the  mem- 
bers of  the  faculty  attend  educational  and  scientific  gath- 
erings. The  University  was  to  furnish  the  leaders  in  all 
movements  that  made  for  the  advancement  of  South  Caro- 
lina; men  who  were  publicists  were  to  go  from  the  Univer- 
sity for  service  to  the  State  and  the  nation. 

Through  the  press  the  University  was  more  widely  adver- 
tised than  ever  before.  The  Bulletin  was  used  to  distribute 
information  throughout  the  State  on  good  roads,  high 
schools,  mill  village  work,  rural  schools,  and  on  various 
educational  topics.  On  Monday  mornings  and  on  every 
other  possible  occasion  prominent  men  were  invited  to 
address  the  students  on  the  questions  of  the  day.  A  course 
of  lectures  on  Thursday  evenings,  known  as  "Thursday 
Lectures",  were  delivered  for  several  years  by  members  of 
the  faculty. 

In  order  to  do  honor  to  the  men  who  were  instrumental 
in  founding  the  South  Carolina  College,  Founders'  Day  was 
instituted.  The  first  day  to  be  thus  celebrated  was  Jan- 
uary 14,  1910 :  the  10th  of  January  was  the  day  of  the  first 
opening  of  the  college,  but  owing  to  the  session  of  the  legis- 
lature, which  nearly  always  meets  just  after  the  tenth,  it 
was  decided  to  hold  the  celebration  on  the  Thursday  imme- 
diately following  the  opening  of  the  legislative  session.  The 
alumni  hold  a  meeting  in  LeConte  College  on  the  morning; 
in  the  afternoon  there  is  a  gathering  at  some  point  on  the 
campus,  usually  in  the  chapel,  and  a  number  of  addresses, 
the  majority  of  which  are  short;  in  the  evening  the  chief 
address  of  the  day  is  made  in  the  State  House  in  the  hall  of 
the  house  of  representatives.  The  addresses  of  each  year 
have  been  preserved  in  the  Founders'  Day  Bulletins.  Among 
the  speakers  from  outside  the  State  have  been  Dr.  William 
MacDonald  of  Brown  University,  Dr.  Seaman  A.  Knapp, 
Dr.  Walter  Page,  editor  of  World's  Work,  Hon.  L.  W.  Page, 
director  of  federal  bureau  of  roads,  Dr.  Charles  Alphonso 
Smith,  Walter  S.  McNeill  of  the  Richmond  bar,  Hon.  Charles 
Francis  Adams,  Professor  Charles  R.  Raper,  President 
George  H.  Denny. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  133 

Mr.  Fitz  Hugh  McMaster,  A.  B.  1888,  Insurance  Com- 
missioner of  South  Carolina,  offered  in  1909  a  medal  to  be 
awarded  as  the  McMaster  Medal  to  an  alumnus  who  should 
have  been  deemed  worthy  of  it  for  "distinguished  service  to 
mankind."  This  medal  has  been  presented  on  Founders' 
Day,  1910,  to  E.  Mclver  Williamson,  class  of  1883,  for  his 
method  of  raising  corn,  through  which  the  production  of 
corn  in  the  South  has  been  greatly  increased;  in  1911  to 
Dr.  Gill  Wylie,  class  of  1868,  for  his  distinguished  medical 
and  surgical  services;  in  1912  to  Dr.  John  M.  McBryde,  for 
his  services  as  an  educator. 

President  W.  H.  Taft  visited  the  campus  November  6, 1909, 
and  spoke  from  the  steps  of  the  president's  house  to  the 
assembled  faculty,  students,  pupils  of  the  city  schools  and 
citizens  generally. 

Flinn  Hall  was  opened  in  1910.  This  was  the  house  long 
occupied  by  Dr.  J.  William  Flinn,  who  made  his  home  a 
social  center  for  students.  With  the  money  that  had  been 
contributed  by  friends  toward  the  erection  of  a  Y.  M.  C.  A. 
building  and  placed  in  the  keeping  of  Dr.  Flinn  his  former 
home  was  fitted  up  to  be  the  social  center  of  the  student 
body  and  named  Flinn  Hall  in  his  honor.  A  secretary  of 
the  Young  Men's  Christian  Association  has  been  secured 
by  action  of  the  students  and  by  legislative  appropriation, 
who  has  charge  of  Flinn  Hall  and  of  the  general  religious 
interests  of  the  University.  The  late  Mrs.  J.  William  Flinn 
left  the  sum  of  f  1,000  which  she  directed  should  be  given 
to  Flinn  Hall.  The  interest  of  this  sum  is  to  be  devoted  to 
permanent  equipment.  The  secretaries  have  been :  W.  Plum- 
mer  Mills,  A.  M.,  1907,  sessions  of  1910-11,  1911-12;  W.  U. 
Guerrant,  1912-13,  1913-14;  E.  S.  King,  1914—.  An  addi- 
tion has  been  made  to  the  hall  for  an  auditorium. 

When  the  new  science  hall,  LeConte  College,  was  com- 
pleted, and  the  departments  of  physics  and  chemistry  had 
been  moved  from  the  old  science  hall,  this  latter  building 
was  turned  into  a  gymnasium  and  partly  equipped.  The 
large  hall  above  is  used  for  gymnastic  practice  and  basket- 


134  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

ball  and  for  the  dances  that  are  held  under  the  auspices  of 
the  German  Club  and  of  the  Social  Committee.  This  com- 
mittee composed  of  students  and  professors  has  as  its 
object  better  social  advantages  to  all  students,  and  so  gives 
dances  and  receptions.  Baths  are  below.  A  department 
of  physical  education  has  been  created,  and  a  course  of 
instruction  has  been  evolved  which  is  compulsory  on 
students  of  the  first  and  second  years.  All  new  students 
are  required  to  take  a  medical  and  anthropometric  exami- 
nation. 

A  course  of  weekly  lectures  on  personal  hygiene,  muni- 
cipal and  rural  sanitation,  the  transmission  and  prevention 
of  all  communicable  diseases  is  given  by  officers  of  the  State 
Board  of  Health.  This  course  is  an  elective  to  all  students. 

Two  new  dormitories,  Thornwell  in  the  rear  of  DeSaus- 
sure  and  facing  Pendleton  street,  and  Woodrow  in  rear  of 
Eutledge  and  facing  Green  street,  were  erected  by  legislative 
appropriation,  the  former  in  1912,  the  latter  in  the  following 
year.  These  are  modern  buildings;  Woodrow  is  furnished 
with  steam  heat. 

A  steam  heating  plant  for  all  buildings  was  begun  in  the 
year  after  Dr.  Mitchell  arrived ;  but  owing  to  opposition  in 
the  legislature,  it  was  delayed,  and  the  central  plant  was 
finally  moved  to  the  position  it  occupies  behind  Rutledge. 
Only  two  buildings  are  as  yet  heated  in  this  way,  Woodrow 
and  Davis. 

Professor  Andrew  C.  Moore  was  appointed  dean  of  the 
University  with  supervision  of  the  discipline  and  govern- 
ment. During  the  absence  of  the  president  he  performed 
the  duties  pertaining  to  his  office,  which  put  into  the  dean's 
hands  the  greater  part  of  the  administration,  as  the  presi- 
dent was  away  for  most  of  his  time  traversing  the  State  or 
representing  the  University  in  other  States. 

Several  professors  were  added.  Professor  William  Knox 
Tate  came  to  the  University  in  1910  as  professor  of  elemen- 
tary education  and  supervisor  of  rural  schools.  He  resigned 
in  1914  to  take  a  chair  in  the  George  Peabody  College  in 
Nashville.  Professor  Reed  Smith  was  added  to  the  English 


President  Benjamin  Sloan.  1902-1908. 
President  Samuel  Chiles  Mitchell,  1908  1913. 


Acting   President   Andrew   Charles   Moore, 

1908-09,  1913-14. 
President   William    Spencer  Currell,   1914. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  135 

department  first  as  associate  professor  and  then  as  full 
professor.  Professor  H.  C.  Davis  was  advanced  to  the  full 
chair  in  the  same  department  at  the  same  time.  Professor 
M.  Goode  Homes,  beginning  as  adjunct  professor  of  civil 
engineering,  built  up  in  a  few  years  a  school  of  engineering. 
Professor  J.  E.  Mills  entered  the  faculty  as  lecturer  on 
industrial  chemistry;  he  was  later  given  a  full  chair.  The 
department  of  commerce  and  finance  was  built  up  by  Pro- 
fessor George  McCutchen.  Fuller  advantage  was  taken  of 
the  presence  of  the  State  Board  of  Health  on  the  campus 
to  use  the  officers  as  lecturers.  Professor  Charles  W.  Bain 
resigned  in  1910  to  take  the  chair  of  Greek  at  the  University 
of  North  Carolina.  Two  professors  of  ancient  languages 
were  elected,  Professor  Edwin  L.  Green,  advanced  from 
associate,  and  Professor  Louis  Park  Chamberlayne.  After 
a  year's  leave  of  absence  in  Germany  Professor  Gordon  B. 
Moore  withdrew  in  1912  from  the  University,  his  place  being 
taken  by  Professor  Josiah  Morse,  who  had  filled  the  chair 
in  his  absence.  Professor  M.  W.  Twitchell  resigned  in  1912 
to  take  a  position  with  the  geological  survey  of  New  Jersey. 
He  was  succeeded  by  Professor  Stephen  Taber.  Professor 
Eobert  M.  Kennedy,  A.  B.  1885,  was  in  the  same  year  elected 
to  the  position  of  librarian,  succeeding  Miss  Margaret  H. 
Eion,  who  had  entered  the  library  in  1898. 

In  the  spring  of  1913  Dr.  Mitchell  sent  in  his  resignation 
to  the  board  of  trustees  to  take  effect  at  the  close  of  the 
session.  He  went  to  Eichmond  as  president  of  the  Virginia 
Medical  College.  Owing  to  opposition  to  his  work  and  to 
attacks  upon  him  personally  he  had  become  unwilling  to 
remain  in  South  Carolina.  He  had  also  been  examined 
before  a  committee  of  the  senate  and  house  in  regard  to  his 
action  with  other  presidents  of  Southern  universities  con- 
cerning the  division  of  the  Peabody  funds,  and  although  he 
was  triumphantly  acquitted,  he  still  felt  the  injustice  of  the 
attack. 

The  trustees  at  their  meeting  in  June  placed  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  affairs  of  the  University  in  the  hands  of  Pro- 
fessor Andrew  C.  Moore  as  acting  president,  until  the  elec- 
tion of  Dr.  William  Spenser  Currell  in  the  summer  of  1914. 


136  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


CHAPTER  XIII. 


THE  LANDS  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY. 

The  act  establishing  the  South  Carolina  College  empow- 
ered the  trustees  to  "make  choice  of  any  square  or  squares, 
yet  unsold,  in  the  Town  of  Columbia,  for  the  purpose  of 
erecting  the  said  college,  and  the  buildings  attached  thereto, 
having  strict  reference  to  every  advantage  and  convenience 
necessary  for  such  institution."  At  the  meeting  of  the  board, 
held  in  Charleston,  February  4,  1802,  Colonel  Thomas  Taylor, 
Colonel  Wade  Hampton,  Rev.  D.  E.  Dunlap,  Judge  Brevard, 
Messrs.  John  Chestnut,  Henry  D.  Ward,  Bartlee  Smith  and 
James  B.  Richardson,  were  appointed  a  committee  to 
examine  and  report  on  a  proper  site  for  the  new  college. 
Their  report,  made  May  24,  1802,  set  forth  "Amongst  the 
unsold  squares  in  the  Town  of  Columbia,  there  is  not  at  pres- 
ent any  two  or  more  squares  nearly  contiguous  which  would 
be  eligible  sites  for  said  college.  Your  committee,  however, 
anxious  to  have  so  valuable  an  institution  located  and  speed- 
ily organized,  would  be  unanimous  in  favor  of  erecting  said 
college  on  a  public  square,  known  by  the  name  of  Moultrie 
Square,  in  the  plan  of  the  Town  of  Columbia,  was  it  not  that 
said  square  lay  too  near  a  mill  pond,  now  erecting  by  Mr. 
Purvis,  on  Eocky  Branch,  just  above  where  the  road  leading 
from  Columbia  to  Granby  crosses  the  same.  .  .  .  From 
this  consideration  your  committee  beg  leave  to  report  a  square 
of  land  to  the  eastward  of  the  State  House  as  being  the  most 
eligible  site  whereon  to  erect  the  South  Carolina  College." 

When  the  board  met  in  Columbia  on  December  2,  follow- 
ing, it  "proceeded  to  make  a  choice  of  a  Scite  for  the  buildings 
to  be  placed  on,  and  having  chosen  the  squares  on  the  plan 
of  Columbia  comprised  between  Medium  (College)  Street  and 
Blossom  Street  and  between  Sumter  Street  and  Marion  Street 
and  also  the  square  comprised  between  Richardson  (Main) 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  137 

Street  and  Sumter  Street,  and  between  Green  Street  and 
Devine  Street,  it  was  resolved  that  the  Committee  on  Con- 
tracts be  authorized  to  pursue  all  necessary  measures  to  pro- 
cure a  title  to  the  said  squares  and  the  parts  of  the  several 
streets  comprised  between  them. 

As  it  was  found  that  most  of  this  land  was  covered  by  sales 
to  private  persons,  the  legislature  on  December  18,  1802, 
passed  the  following  act:  "Whereas  the  Board  of  Trustees 
of  the  College  of  South  Carolina,  in  locating  the  spot  which 
appeared  to  them  the  most  proper  for  the  site  of  the  above 
mentioned  College,  have  discovered  that  parts  of  the  squares 
comprised  therein  have  been  sold  to  private  persons,  who 
are  willing  to  relinquish  their  purchase." 

"Be  it  therefore  enacted  by  the  Honorable  the  Senate  and 
House  of  Representatives,  now  met  and  sitting  in  the 
General  Assembly,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same,  That 
upon  the  several  persons  hereinafter  mentioned,  who  have 
purchased  lots  or  squares  in  the  town  of  Columbia,  or  their 
legal  representatives  producing  to  the  commissioners  for 
disposing  of  the  public  land  in  the  town  aforesaid,  certifi- 
cates from  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  College  aforesaid, 
that  they  have  executed  to  them  full  and  sufficient  convey- 
ances, in  fee  simple,  of  the  squares  and  lots,  hereinafter 
particularly  described,  the  commissioners  aforesaid  are 
hereby  authorized  and  directed  to  cancel  the  following  bonds, 
to  wit;  the  bond  of  George  Wade,  for  the  purchase  of  two 
acres,  making  part  of  the  square  bounded  by  Richardson, 
Divine,  Sumter  and  Greene  streets;  also  the  bond  of 
William  Cunnington,  for  the  purchase  of  the  square  bounded 
by  Sumter,  Greene,  Marion  and  Medium  streets;  also  the 
bond  of  Thomas  Rhett  Smith,  for  the  purchase  of  the  square 
bounded  by  Sumter,  Blossom,  Marion  and  Divine  streets; 
also  the  bond  of  Ezekiel  Pickens,  for  the  purchase  of  the 
square  bounded  by  Marion,  Divine,  Bull  and  Greene  streets ; 
also  the  bond  of  Bartlee  Smyth,  for  the  purchase  of  the 
square  bounded  by  Marion,  Greene,  Bull  and  Medium 
streets. 


138  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

"And  be  it  further  enacted  by  the  authority  aforesaid, 
That  the  commissioners  aforesaid  shall  be,  and  they  are 
hereby,  authorized  and  directed  to  convey  to  the  Trustees 
aforesaid,  in  fee  simple,  the  square  bounded  by  Sumter, 
Divine,  Marion  and  Greene  streets,  in  the  town  aforesaid, 
also  the  square  bounded  by  Marion,  Blossom,  Bull  and 
Divine  streets;  and  the  half  square,  adjoining  Wade's  pur- 
chase, bounded  by  Kichardson,  Divine,  Sumter  and  Greene 
streets,  as  aforesaid. 

"And  be  it  further  enacted  by  the  authority  aforesaid, 
That  the  Trustees  aforesaid,  shall  be,  and  they  are  hereby, 
authorized  and  empowered  to  stop  up  or  inclose  all  or  any 
part  of  Greene,  Marion  or  Divine  streets,  which  are  included 
within  and  bounded  by  Bull,  Blossom,  Sumter  and  Medium 
streets." 

Kutledge  College  was  begun  on  the  land  obtained  by  this 
act.  On  December  17,  1803,  the  two  squares  now  within 
the  wall  north  of  Medium  street  were  granted  by  the  legisla- 
ture, and  on  this  ground  the  second  building,  DeSaussure 
College,  was  located.  Section  18  of  this  act  reads:  "And 
whereas  sundry  persons,  proprietors  of  those  two  squares 
of  land  situate  upon  and  circumscribed  by  Medium  and 
Pendleton,  Sumter  and  Bull  streets,  have  signified  their 
assent  to  relinquish  to  the  said  Trustees  their  right  and 
interest  in  the  said  squares  upon  being  compensated  by  an 
exchange  of  other  lands,  or  otherwise: 

"Be  it  further  enacted  by  the  authority  aforesaid,  That 
the  Commissioners  of  the  town  of  Columbia  shall  convey 
and  assure  to  the  said  Trustees,  the  said  squares  of  land, 
or  so  much  thereof  as  the  purchasers  shall  voluntarily  relin- 
quish; and  shall  make  such  other  compensation  to  the  said 
purchasers,  by  exchange  or  otherwise,  as  shall  be  agreed 
upon  by  and  between  them  and  the  said  purchasers;  and 
that  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  said  Trustees  to  enclose  the 
said  two  squares,  with  the  squares  lying  next  to  the  south- 
ward thereof,  in  one  enclosure,  notwithstanding  the  inter- 
vening streets." 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  139 

The  present  wall  that  surrounds  these  four  squares  was 
erected  in  1835.  The  old  picture  in  the  library  of  the  college 
about  1820  shows  a  tight  wooden  fence  inclosing  the  grounds. 

Nearly  all  of  the  land  belonging  to  the  University  lying 
east  and  southeast  of  the  wall  was  vested  in  the  trustees  by 
an  act  of  December  19,  1833,  as  follows:  "Whereas,  it  is 
deemed  important  to  the  health  of  the  officers  and  students 
of  the  South  Carolina  College,  that  certain  squares  and 
lots  of  woodland  in  the  town  of  Columbia,  which  belong 
to  the  State,  and  lie  between  the  College  and  the  swamp  of 
Eocky  Branch,  should  remain  uncleared,  and  that  the  con- 
trol of  the  same  should  be  given  to  the  Trustees  of  the  said 
College  for  that  purpose. 

"Be  it  therefore  enacted  by  the  honorable  the  Senate  and 
House  of  Representatives,  now  met  and  sitting  in  General 
Assembly,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same,  That  the  follow- 
ing lots  and  squares  of  woodland,  belonging  to  the  State,  in 
the  town  of  Columbia,  to  wit:  lots  numbered  on  the  town 
plat  as  53  and  54  on  Medium  street,  lots  numbered  43  and  44 
on  Greene  street,  one  square  between  Pickens,  Bull,  Greene 
and  Divine  streets,  and  one  square  between  Bull,  Pickens, 
Pendleton  and  Medium  streets,  be,  and  the  same  are  hereby, 
granted  to,  and  vested  in,  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  South 
Carolina  College,  for  the  purpose  herein  above  mentioned." 
The  action  of  the  legislature  was  the  result  of  a  request 
from  the  trustees :  Colonel  William  C.  Preston  had  made  an 
investigation  of  the  State's  lands  that  could  be  granted. 

Lots  41  and  42,  55  and  56,  completing  the  square  bounded 
by  Bull,  Greene,  Pickens  and  Medium  streets,  being  the 
western  half  of  this  square,  were  purchased  in  1838  from 
the  estate  of  Malachi  Howell,  for  which  $400  was  paid  to 
Colonel  Chappell  as  attorney,  that  sum  being  reported  in 
the  accounts  of  the  college  treasurer  under  the  date  of 
February  21,  1838. 

In  1837  the  house  of  a  Mr.  Daniels  was  bought  for  the 
use  of  the  steward  as  the  number  of  the  students  had  so 
increased  that  it  became  necessary  to  use  the  entire  steward's 
hall  to  accommodate  the  tables.  This  house  is  not  mentioned 


140  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

again,  but  it  was  perhaps  sold  after  the  house  at  the  corner 
of  Green  and  Main  streets  was  purchased  in  1848.  There  is 
also  the  probability  that  it  was  the  house  that  stood  about 
where  Professor  Snowden's  house  now  stands  and  is  men- 
tioned as  rented  in  1866  to  the  Federal  authorities. 

A  house  and  lot  was  purchased,  apparently  about  1840, 
for  the  marshal,  which  was  sold  in  1857  for  $2,000. 

The  minutes  of  the  trustees  record  under  the  date  of 
November  26,  1845,  the  purchase  of  a  farm  from  B.  F.  Taylor 
one  mile  from  the  town  for  the  use  of  the  bursar's  cows. 

When  Harper  College  was  erected  in  1848  on  the  site  of 
the  first  steward's  hall,  the  house  of  a  Mr.  Beard  at  the 
corner  of  Green  and  Main  streets  was  purchased,  which 
with  some  repairs  and  additions  was  found  to  answer 
admirably  the  purposes  of  a  commons  hall.  This  is  the  old 
"Mess  Hall"  that  was  pulled  down  a  few  years  ago.  What 
amount  of  land  was  bought  with  the  building  is  not  stated. 

Some  time  before  November  30,  1849  (Minutes  of 
Trustees — see  also  May  9,  1859),  Hon.  James  H.  Hammond 
gave  to  the  college  the  southeast  quarter  of  the  square 
bounded  by  Sumter,  Pendleton,  Main  and  College  streets. 
The  engine  house  on  Main  street  between  College  and 
Pendleton  streets  stands  on  a  part  of  this  acre.  In  1893 
it  was  occupied  by  the  city  of  Columbia,  having  been  used 
since  1873  by  a  negro  organization,  the  Enterprize  Fire 
Company.  The  remainder  of  the  acre  was  sold  in  1888  to 
C.  H.  Manson;  the  proceeds  were  used  to  erect  the  old 
infirmary  on  the  south  side  of  College  street  between  Sumter 
and  Main  streets. 

The  map  of  the  city  of  Columbia  made  from  the  survey 
of  Arthur  and  Moore  about  1850  gives  to  the  South  Carolina 
College  the  following  squares  and  lots  indicated  in  this 
diagram : 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA 


141 


s 

c.  c 

& 

cc 

S. 

C.C 

This  map  shows  that  the  two  squares  between  Divine  and 
Blossom  streets  on  the  north  and  south  and  Sumter  and 
Bull  streets  on  the  east  and  west,  which  had  been  given  to 
the  college  by  the  act  of  December  18,  1802,  had  been  lost 
to  the  college:  the  square  bounded  by  Sumter,  Divine, 
Marion  and  Blossom  streets  had  passed  into  the  hands  of 
J.  J.  Kinsler;  the  other  square  is  marked  "No  Name." 
J.  J.  Kinsler,  J.  S.  Guignard  and  B.  Aiken  had  come  into 
possession  of  most  of  the  square  bounded  by  Richardson, 
Green,  Sumter  and  Divine  streets.  After  the  new  chapel, 
now  the  gymnasium,  was  begun,  the  college  exchanged  the 
northwestern  corner  of  this  square  for  the  lot  of  J.  S.  Guig- 
nard (Minutes  of  Trustees,  December  14,  1852).  The  lot 
owned  by  B.  Aiken  is  now  a  part  of  the  University's 
property. 

Permission  was  obtained  from  the  town  council  (Minutes 
of  Trustees,  November  24,  1852 )  to  erect  the  proposed  chapel 
in  the  center  of  Sumter  street. 

The  Minutes  of  the  Trustees  for  May  9,  1859,  record  the 
purchase  of  the  acre,  known  as  the  Meek  acre,  directly  in 
front  of  the  gate,  then  in  the  center  of  the  wall  on  Sumter 


142  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

street,  so  that  the  college  then  owned  half  of  the  square,  the 
other  acre  being  that  given  by  Governor  Hammond.  Appar- 
ently in  the  early  70 's  the  Meek  acre  passed  in  some  way 
from  the  possession  of  the  University  of  South  Carolina. 

After  the  South  Carolina  College  was  reorganized  in  1882, 
the  trustees  procured  about  30  acres  near  the  college  for 
an  experiment  farm,  later  adding  40  acres  more  across 
Kocky  Branch.  Whether  this  land  was  purchased  or  rented 
is  not  stated.  When  the  experiment  station  was  established 
in  1888,  one  hundred  acres  of  land  were  purchased  from  the 
Taylor  plantation  near  the  Fair  Grounds.  These  tracts 
were  lost  to  the  University  in  1890  when  Clemson  College 
was  created. 

A  few  years  ago,  1908,  a  strip  of  land  30  feet  wide  on 
the  eastern  edge  of  the  University's  property  from  Pendleton 
street  to  Green  street  was  given  by  the  trustees  to  the  city 
for  the  purpose  of  opening  Pickens  street. 

In  1910  the  supreme  court  of  the  State  decided  that  the 
lands  granted  to  the  college  in  1833  were  the  property  of 
the  institution.  This  decision  was  the  result  of  a  "friendly 
suit"  caused  by  the  opposition  of  citizens  of  Columbia  to 
the  University's  building  on  the  land  east  of  the  wall.  It 
was  claimed  that  the  lands  in  question  had  been  previously 
granted  to  the  Columbia  Male  Academy  and  consequently 
could  not  be  given  at  a  later  date  to  the  South  Carolina 
College. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  143 


CHAPTER  XIV. 


BUILDINGS. 

There  have  been  three  general  periods  of  activity  in  the 
erection  of  buildings :  the  first  twelve  years  after  the  open- 
ing; after  the  reorganization  in  1835;  and  the  last  eight 
years. 

Kutledge  College  was  completed  in  time  for  the  opening 
in  1805;  DeSaussure  College  was  perhaps  not  entirely 
finished  till  1809.  Where  the  students  ate  during  the  first 
session  is  not  anywhere  stated;  but  as  Timothy  Eives  was 
elected  steward,  April  23,  1805,  the  few  students  at  the 
college  may  have  been  "dieted"  at  his  tavern.  The  third 
building  on  the  campus  was  the  steward's  hall  or  commons 
hall,  which  was  erected  in  1806.  As  the  professors  and 
the  president  were  required  to  live  on  the  campus,  it  was 
necessary  to  furnish  them  quarters.  The  president  was 
supplied  with  a  house  the  year  after  the  steward's  hall  was 
built.  Booms  in  South  Building  (Rutledge)  and  perhaps 
in  North  Building  (DeSaussure)  were  at  first  the  homes 
of  the  professors.  In  1810  the  first  professors'  house  was 
erected  on  the  south  side  of  the  campus;  three  years  later 
a  second  house  for  two  professors  was  put  up  opposite  the 
first  house. 

Sundry  repairs  to  buildings  were  necessary  two  years 
after  the  opening  of  the  college,  and  the  Legislature  of  1807 
granted  f  10,000  for  that  purpose.  A  few  months  after  this 
grant  Philipps  and  Yates  were  paid  $200  for  putting  the 
college  wells  in  order.  These  were  two  in  number,  one  in 
front  of  DeSaussure  College,  the  other  in  front  of  Harper 
and  Elliott  Colleges.  They  were  arched  over  in  1898  at  the 
beginning  of  Dr.  Woodward's  administration,  because  it  was 
feared  that  they  might  be  the  cause  of  typhoid  fever  among 
the  students. 


144  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

From  the  minutes  of  the  board  of  trustees  for  November, 
1810,  we  learn  that,  "the  arrangement  by  which  the  pro- 
fessors are  distributed  into  the  wings  of  the  different  edifices 
has  since  their  last  meeting  been  carried  more  fully  into 
effect  and  has  been  attended  with  the  most  salutary  conse- 
quences." The  treasurer's  report  at  this  time  shows  that 
of  the  $60,000  which  had  been  granted  for  the  first  two 
buildings  and  their  repairing  and  completion  all  but  $496 
had  been  expended. 

An  earthquake  in  December,  1811,  is  said  to  have  cracked 
some  of  the  walls  so  badly  that  iron  bands  had  to  be  used 
to  pull  them  together. 

The  dilapidated  and  filthy  condition  of  the  buildings  in 
1813  drew  down  the  wrath  of  the  trustees  on  the  president 
and  the  professors,  who  were  required  to  exert  themselves 
to  stop  this  and  to  make  weekly  reports  to  the  standing 
committee.  President  Maxcy  was  especially  criticised.  The 
whole  south  range  was  repaired  this  year,  and  all  buildings 
that  needed  it  were  reshingled.  In  October,  1814,  the 
buildings  were  insured  for  $60,000;  but  the  insurance  was 
not  kept  up.  An  act  was  passed  by  the  legislature  in  1819 
that  they  should  be  insured,  although  the  minutes  of  the 
board  of  trustees  say  nothing  about  insurance.  When  the 
flames  destroyed  West  DeSaussure  in  1851  and  Kutledge  in 
1855,  there  was  no  insurance.  During  the  years  1815  and 
1816  two  brick  cisterns  were  constructed  to  contain  enough 
water  to  extinguish  any  fire  that  might  break  out.  These 
must  have  been  closed  after  water  was  introduced  on  the 
campus,  as  there  is  now  no  trace  of  them. 

The  library  and  science  building  was  erected  in  1817  on 
the  site  of  Legare  College. 

A  superintendent  of  buildings  was  elected  in  1823  at  a 
salary  of  $500.  In  1827  the  secretary  of  the  board  of 
trustees  was  required  to  take  charge  of  the  buildings.  Five 
years  later  Messrs.  Elmore  and  Preston  were  appointed  a 
"Standing  Committee  on  Buildings"  to  supervise  repairs 
and  improvements  made  by  the  secretary  under  the  direction 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  145 

of  the  board.  The  first  marshal,  J.  Selfe,  was  elected  after 
the  reorganization  in  1835. 

The  cornices  of  the  roofs  of  the  college  buildings  had  been 
made  so  heavy  that  they  caused  the  upper  parts  of  the  walls 
to  bulge  out.  It  was  necessary  in  1831  to  rebuild  them, 
which  was  done  at  a  cost  of  f  3,000. 

The  committee  on  repairs  reported  December  15,  1835, 
that  the  back  doors  and  entry  windows  of  several  tenements 
had  been  bricked  up,  and  that  the  wooden  steps  to  the  tene- 
ments, which  were  often  torn  down  and  burned,  had  been 
replaced  by  stone  steps. 

The  wall  around  the  campus  was  completed  in  the  early 
part  of  1836.  A  third  double  house  for  professors  was  put 
up  in  the  same  year.  In  1837  and  1838  the  two  tenements 
now  known  as  Pinckney  and  Elliott  Colleges  were  erected. 
The  present  library  building  was  completed  in  1840.  Eight 
years  later  Harper  and  Legare  Colleges  were  built  to  accom- 
modate the  increase  in  the  number  of  the  students.  The  old 
steward's  hall  at  the  corner  of  Green  and  Main  streets  was 
purchased  to  take  the  place  of  the  first  one  on  the  site  of 
Harper  College. 

The  editor  of  The  Telegraph  (Columbia),  commenting  in 
the  issue  of  January  17,  1848,  on  the  catalogue  of  the  South 
Carolina  College  which  had  just  appeared  that  the  method 
of  designating  the  apartments  of  the  students  as  "East  Wing 
of  Old  North  College,"  or  "Center  of  Old  South  College," 
was  awkward,  suggested  that  the  buildings  be  named 
"Legare  College,  Preston  College,  Harper,  McDuflfie,  etc.," 
for  eminent  alumni  of  the  college.  His  suggestion  was  at 
once  taken  up,  and  the  present  names  of  the  colleges 
appeared  in  the  next  issue  of  the  catalogue.  Tradition  is 
not  an  easy  thing  to  set  aside.  The  first  use  of  one  of  the 
new  names  in  the  minutes  of  the  board  is  in  a  report  of 
President  Thornwell  May  5,  1852,  and  the  old  names  are 
found  as  late  as  1865. 

Colonel  A.  H.  Gladden,  who  was  bursar  in  1849,  was 
intrusted  with  the  supervision  of  the  introduction  of  water 
into  the  colleges,  the  president's,  the  professors',  and  the 


10— H.   U. 


146  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

steward's  houses.    He  reported  the  total  cost  as  $2,097.89. 

The  building  now  used  as  a  gymnasium  was  begun  in 
1852  and  completed  in  1855.  It  was  designed  for  a  chapel. 

A  fire,  started  by  children  playing  in  Professor  Brumby's 
yard  shortly  after  the  burning  of  Rutledge  College  in  1855, 
threatened  the  entire  college.  His  carriage  house,  stables, 
and  wood-house  were  burned.  This  was  on  Sunday  morning 
at  the  hour  of  service  in  the  chapel,  so  that  all  the  students 
were  on  hand  and  saved  the  college  by  their  "valiant  work." 

Professors  Lieber  and  Brumby  had  lightning  rods  put  up 
on  their  houses  without  asking  the  authority  of  the  trustees. 
When  they  had  to  be  paid  for,  the  trustees  allowed  the  pro- 
fessors to  pay. 

In  November,  1857,  the  sum  of  $1,620  was  paid  to  Mr. 
Edward  S.  Malone  for  introducing  gas  into  the  college  build- 
ings. The  cost  of  fuel,  wood,  which  was  supplied  to  students 
by  the  college,  was  so  high,  being  about  $25  per  student  for 
the  session,  that  it  was  proposed  to  have  grates  built  into  the 
fireplaces,  in  order  that  coal  might  be  used,  as  it  had  been 
found  by  experiment  that  the  cost  of  coal  was  about  half 
that  of  wood.  President  McCay  was  forced  to  resign,  and 
nothing  further  was  done  about  the  grates.  The  old  wood- 
yard  was  in  the  corner  southeast  of  Rutledge.  When  a 
student  wanted  wood,  he  secured  it  from  the  marshal. 

After  the  25th  of  June,  1862,  the  buildings  were  taken 
over  by  the  Confederate  government  for  use  as  a  general 
hospital.  The  college  escaped  when  Sherman  burned 
Columbia.  On  the  25th  of  May,  1865,  the  Federal  authori- 
ties took  possession  of  the  college  buildings. 

W.  H.  Orchard,  marshal  and  bursar,  reported  to  the 
trustees  at  their  May  (1866)  meeting,  that  in  January  he 
had  found  the  University  buildings  almost  entirely  occupied 
by  the  United  States  military,  refugee  citizens,  and  vaga- 
bond negroes.  The  rooms  were  found  to  be  in  a  dilapidated 
and  filthy  condition,  "plastering  and  woodwork  much 
broken,  glass  gone."  There  were  many  bad  leaks  in  the 
roofs.  The  campus  was  in  a  bad  condition,  neglected  and 
abused,  and  would  require  time  and  labor  to  restore  it;  the 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  147 

trees  had  been  trimmed  during  the  winter,  which  had 
furnished  a  large  supply  of  wood.  One  of  the  wells  had 
been  cleaned  out  and  repaired.  He  had,  said  the  report, 
fixed  up  at  his  own  expense  the  neglected  and  dilapidated 
Steward's  Hall. 

At  the  same  time  Honorable  R.  W.  Barnwell,  chairman 
of  the  faculty,  reported  that  Colonel  Green  still  had  offices 
inside  the  walls  and  also  occupied  the  upper  part  of  Kut- 
ledge  College  and  the  chapel  outside.  It  was  necessary  in 
his  opinion  to  have  legal  ejectment  of  the  refugees,  since  the 
presence  of  servants  of  both  sexes  was  a  serious  annoyance, 
and  contagious  diseases  were  likely  to  spread.  Most  of  the 
refugee  families  had  departed  from  the  campus  before  the 
November  meeting  of  the  trustees;  only  a  few  remained, 
too  destitute  to  turn  into  the  streets.  These  were  in  posses- 
sion of  rooms  in  the  upper  part  of  the  campus,  which  the 
students  did  not  use. 

In  addition  to  the  money  spent  by  Mr.  Orchard  in  putting 
the  buildings  in  readiness  for  the  opening  in  1866,  the  Legis- 
lature gave  $2,000  that  year  and  the  same  sum  the  following 
year.  Major  J.  P.  Thomas  directed  the  repairing  in  1866. 
Further  repairs  were  necessary  in  1868.  These  to  the  amount 
of  $2,500  were  made  by  Hon.  James  M.  Allen,  who  had 
agreed  to  make  them  and  wait  for  his  pay  till  the  Legisla- 
ture met. 

In  the  early  part  of  1868  General  Canby  obtained  from 
the  United  States  treasury  for  the  University  $2,000  in  bills 
receivable,  on  which  there  was  a  discount  of  twenty  per  cent. 
Chairman  Barnwell  reported  in  November  of  this  year  that 
the  buildings  and  lands  occupied  by  the  United  States 
authorities  would  soon  be  given  up.  The  University  was  in 
possession  of  all  the  buildings  by  June  of  the  next  year ;  but 
part  of  the  grounds  south  of  the  walls  was  used  for  many 
years  by  the  Federal  garrison.  Wooden  barracks  were 
erected  here,  and  here  was  the  parade  ground. 

In  1873  the  University  was  opened  to  students  irrespective 
of  color.  The  institution  passed  into  the  hands  of  the 
negroes  until  after  three  years  South  Carolina  was  redeemed 


148  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

from  radical  rule.  Tenants  were  allowed  to  occupy  many  of 
the  buildings.  During  the  month  of  August,  1880,  notice  was 
given  to  all  persons  occupying  buildings  or  rooms  on  the 
campus  to  vacate  at  once. 

The  earthquake  which  was  so  destructive  to  Charleston  in 
1886  shook  the  city  of  Columbia  most  severely  on  the  31st 
of  August.  Several  of  the  buildings  on  the  campus  suffered, 
the  house  occupied  by  Professor  Colcock  and  Dr.  Joynes 
most  of  all.  The  west  wall  was  so  inclined  from  the  perpen- 
dicular as  to  be  separated  from  the  rest  of  the  building,  the 
coping  on  the  front  was  ready  to  fall,  the  top  of  a  chimney 
was  broken  off  and  fell,  and  much  plastering  was  knocked 
down.  DeSaussure  College  also  suffered  much:  chimneys 
were  injured,  the  north  wall  was  sprung  where  the  earth- 
quake in  1811  had  cracked  it,  and  parts  of  the  gables  on  the 
front  fell.  The  house  occupied  by  Dr.  Patton  was  also 
injured.  Mr.  Clark  Waring  repaired  the  damages  at  small 
cost. 

The  old  infirmary  on  College  street  was  built  in  1887. 
Fourteen  years  later  the  steward's  hall  had  become  so  dilap- 
idated that  a  new  hall  was  necessary.  The  present  building 
was  opened  in  January,  1902.  In  1903  and  again  in  1904 
the  sum  of  $7,500  was  obtained  from  the  Legislature  to 
install  the  present  sewerage  system.  Professors'  houses 
were  also  furnished  with  proper  sewerage  at  the  same  time. 
Mr.  C.  C.  Wilson  supervised  the  work. 

The  third  period  in  the  building  activity  of  the  University 
began  in  1907  with  the  erection  of  three  new  houses  for 
professors  and  the  gift  from  Mrs.  Ann  Jeter  of  a  new 
infirmary.  It  was  also  marked  by  the  selection  of  Mr.  C.  C. 
Wilson  as  the  architect  of  the  University  and  the  adoption 
of  a  definite  plan  in  accordance  with  which  the  buildings  of 
the  University  are  to  be  erected  as  its  increased  usefulness 
calls  for  new  structures  and  modern  equipment.  In  the 
spring  of  1909  a  new  building  devoted  to  classrooms,  Davis 
College,  was  completed,  and  the  foundations  were  laid  a  few 
months  later  for  a  new  science  hall,  LeConte  College,  which 
was  finished  in  1910.  A  central  heating  plant  was  begun. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  149 

Two  new  dormitories,  Thornwell  and  Woodrow,  were  erected 
in  1912  and  1913. 

To  this  general  sketch  is  now  added  the  history  of  each 
of  the  buildings. 

EUTLEDGB  COLLEGE. 

This  was  the  first  building  of  the  South  Carolina  College 
that  was  completed.  It  was  used  for  the  opening  of  the 
college  in  1805,  although  not  entirely  ready  for  occupation. 
"South"  or  "South  Building,"  after  the  erection  of  Pinckney 
and  Elliott  Colleges,  "Old  South,"  or  "Old  South  Building," 
finally  "Rutledge  College,"  have  been  the  names  by  which  it 
has  been  known.  In  Kutledge  College  were  the  chapel,  hall 
of  the  Clariosophic  Society,  the  library,  the  old  laboratory 
of  chemistry  and  physics,  and  lecture  rooms.  The  room  for 
chemical  apparatus  was  fitted  out  in  1812  at  a  cost  of  $1,500. 
The  chapel  is  remembered  as  having  a  stage  six  feet  high,  on 
which  was  a  tall  and  narrow  pulpit.  When  the  preacher  had 
climbed  into  the  pulpit,  he  was  on  a  level  with  the  galleries. 
In  1813  the  whole  building  underwent  repairs.  The  old 
library,  old  laboratory  and  lecture  room  of  physics  and 
chemistry  were  converted  into  lodging  rooms  for  at  least  ten 
students  after  the  two-story  building  west  of  the  professors' 
house  in  the  south  range  had  been  erected  in  1817. 

Some  time  before  the  15th  of  February,  1855,  "at  11% 
in  the  evening,"  according  to  President  Thorn  well 's  report, 
a  fire  broke  out  from  a  spark,  it  seemed,  that  had  caught  in 
the  blinds  of  the  cupola.  The  wind  was  high,  and  in  four 
hours  the  chapel  and  East  Rutledge  were  in  ruins,  and  West 
Rutldege  was  so  damaged  that  it  required  rebuilding.  The 
students  were  promptly  on  the  ground  and  worked  with  the 
energy  and  enthusiasm  of  youth,  but  to  no  purpose.  The 
building  was  doomed.  President  Thornwell  called  the 
trustees  together  on  the  15th,  who  resolved  that  for  the 
good  of  the  institution  the  building  should  be  immediately 
replaced  without  waiting  for  the  Legislature  to  meet  in 
December.  Governor  Adams,  President  Thornwell,  Pro-, 
fessor  McCay,  Mr.  DeSaussure,  and  Colonel  Chestnut,  or 


150  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

any  three,  were  appointed  as  a  committee  to  contract  for 
the  rebuilding  of  the  burned  wing,  the  chapel,  and  also  the 
damaged  west  wing,  if  such  contract  could  be  made  on 
reasonable  terms,  referring  the  contractors  to  the  future 
action  of  the  Legislature  for  compensation.  There  was  no 
insurance. 

When  the  board  met  in  May,  Dr.  Thornwell  was  able  to 
report  that  the  committee  had  succeeded  with  great  difficulty 
in  making  the  contract  desired.  At  the  expiration  of  the 
time  first  set,  March  10th,  for  receiving  the  bids  only  one 
bidder  had  offered ;  but  his  figures  had  been  too  high.  When 
a  second  set  of  bids  had  been  called  for,  there  were  two  new 
proposals,  one  of  which  was  adopted.  However,  when  the 
contract  was  about  to  be  closed,  the  party  was  frightened  at 
what  seemed  precarious  payment  and  declined  to  sign.  At 
this  hopeless  juncture  the  governor  came  to  the  help  of  the 
committee.  He  advanced  f  10,000  from  the  contingent  fund 
at  his  disposal.  On  the  7th  of  April,  Professor  McCay  being 
surety,  Mr.  Ferdinand  Connover  of  Charleston  contracted 
to  build  the  chapel  and  East  Rutledge  and  rebuild  West 
Rutledge  by  October  1st.  The  whole  work  was  to  cost 
|22,450,  exclusive  of  old  material.  At  the  meeting  of  the 
board  in  February  President  Thornwell  had  presented  a  set 
of  plans,  which  were  substantially  those  now  being  followed. 
Every  effort  was  to  be  used  by  the  board  to  obtain  the  neces- 
sary appropriation  from  the  Legislature.  No  difficulty  was 
experienced  in  securing  at  the  meeting  of  the  Legislature  in 
December  the  sum  necessary  to  replace  the  $10,000  borrowed 
from  the  governor's  contingent  fund  and  the  balance 
required  to  satisfy  the  contract. 

Two  years  later  Rutledge  College  was  reported  as  in  such 
a  condition  that  the  walls  were  ready  to  fall.  The  executive 
committee  was  directed  to  have  the  repairs  made  necessary 
to  secure  it  against  further  dilapidation. 

This  building  was  turned  into  a  hospital  at  the  time  the 
Confederate  government  took  possession  of  the  buildings 
of  the  South  Carolina  College.  When  the  Federal  troops 
occupied  the  college  buildings  in  May,  1865,  East  Rutledge 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  151 

and  the  chapel  were  taken  as  quarters  for  Colonel  Green  and 
his  staff,  and  part  of  the  rooms  were  used  by  United  States 
authorities  till  the  early  months  of  1869. 

The  House  of  Representatives  of  the  General  Assembly  of 
South  Carolina  sat  in  the  chapel  during  the  regular  sessions 
of  1865  and  1866  and  the  extra  sessions  of  October,  1865,  and 
September,  1866. 

In  a  portion  of  the  building  immediately  west  of  the 
chapel  were  recitation  rooms  of  the  normal  school  that  was 
established  in  1873. 

DESAUSSURB  COLLEGE. 

From  the  minutes  of  April  29,  1804,  it  is  evident  that 
DeSaussure  College  had  not  yet  been  started.  Two  years 
later  the  standing  committee  reported  that  all  of  the  original 
$50,000  had  been  expended  and  also  f2,000  from  the  annual 
funds,  and  that  an  additional  $1,000  would  be  needed  to  put 
in  floors  and  staircases  in  "North  Building."  The  contractor 
had  to  take  down  at  his  own  expense  all  the  plastering  in  the 
east  tenement  of  this  building.  Mr.  Clark  charged  for  so 
many  extras  that  Mr.  Bennett  of  Charleston  was  asked  to 
act  as  arbitrator  in  regard  to  certain  of  them,  and  finally 
the  standing  committee  reported  in  November,  1806,  that  a 
suit  at  law  would  be  necessary;  but  at  a  later  meeting  the 
board  of  trustees  decided  to  ask  the  Legislature  for  permis- 
sion to  refer  all  matters  of  dispute  between  them  and  Mr. 
Clark  to  umpires.  Mr.  John  Horlbeck,  Jr.,  was  chosen 
arbitrator  on  the  part  of  the  trustees.  Mr.  Clark  was  to 
have  met  him  in  May,  1807;  but  a  minute  of  November  of 
that  year  says  that  he  was  now  ready  to  meet  Mr.  Horlbeck. 
Apparently  the  differences  were  then  adjusted,  as  there  is 
no  further  record  concerning  the  matter.  The  Legislature 
in  session  at  this  time  granted  $10,000  for  finishing  and 
repairing.  It  is  stated  that  it  was  necessary  to  finish  the 
center  building  of  the  north  range  for  the  reception  of 
students.  In  December,  1808,  this  center  building  was  to 
be  completed  "in  the  manner  originally  contemplated."  The 


152  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

last  mention  of  repairing  and  finishing  college  edifices  is  in 
a  minute  of  April,  1809. 

The  name  of  this  building  was  at  first  "North,"  or  "North 
Building,"  then  "Old  North,"  or  "Old  North  Building,"  after 
the  erection  of  Elliott  and  Pinckney  Colleges,  finally 
"DeSaussure  College." 

In  the  center  building  of  DeSaussure  College  was  the 
Euphradian  Society's  hall.  The  roof  over  it  was  in  a  bad 
state  of  repair  in  1843 ;  the  ceiling  had  always  been  too  low. 
Eli  Killian  repaired  the  roof  and  raised  it  so  that  the  ceiling 
was  twelve  feet  high  and  charged  f 300  for  the  work. 

Six  years  later  the  executive  committee  was  directed  at  the 
May  meeting  of  the  board  of  trustees  to  spend  $4,000  on 
repairing  and  rebuilding  the  center  of  "Old  North  Building." 
The  committee's  report  in  November  stated  that  the  whole 
south  wall  and  the  whole  interior  of  the  center  building  had 
been  removed  and  rebuilt.  The  upper  story,  the  Euphradian 
Society  having  moved  to  its  present  quarters,  had  been  fitted 
up  for  students ;  the  second  story  had  been  arranged  like  that 
in  the  two  new  buildings.  J.  N.  Scofield  did  the  work  for 
$3,000  ($4,000  in  the  printed  report).  Repairs  to  the  wings 
were  said  to  be  very  greatly  needed.  The  third  story  was 
fitted  up  for  classrooms  in  1898,  and  has  been  again  in  1909 
remodeled  for  students.  Before  the  abolition  of  fraternities 
in  1897  the  rooms  on  the  third  floor  had  been  used  for 
fraternity  halls. 

President  Preston  reported  to  the  trustees  on  the  7th  of 
May,  1851,  that  the  west  wing  of  "North  College"  had  been 
destroyed  by  fire  in  the  previous  March :  a  spark  had  caught 
the  roof,  which  was  blazing  so  furiously  in  a  few  minutes 
that  the  students  who  occupied  the  top  floor  were  unable 
to  save  their  furniture.  The  fire  was  stopped  at  the  wall 
of  the  center  building.  This  and  the  president's  house  had 
been  in  great  danger.  While  the  fire  was  raging  some 
unknown  persons  carried  off  the  college  bell.  Hon.  W.  F. 
DeSaussure,  Dr.  R.  W.  Gibbes,  and  Col.  John  S.  Preston, 
appointed  to  make  a  contract  for  rebuilding  the  burnt  wing, 
reported  three  days  later  that  they  had  contracted  with 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  153 

Killian  and  Fry  to  rebuild  it  by  the  20th  of  September. 
These  men  completed  the  work  a  few  days  before  the  time 
specified.  The  west  wing  was  made  a  little  wider  than  the 
east  wing.  The  contract  was  for  f 4,800,  to  which  $18  was 
added  for  extras. 

President  Thornwell  stated  in  1852  that  the  east  wing  of 
DeSaussure  College  was  regarded  as  unsafe  and  should  be 
rebuilt;  but  at  the  November  meeting  of  that  year  he  said 
that  Mr.  Graves,  a  local  architect,  would  report  the  wing  as 
not  unsafe.  However,  it  must  have  been  abandoned  about 
this  time,  for  Dr.  LaBorde,  acting  chairman  of  the  faculty 
in  December,  1857,  recommended  to  the  board  the  propriety 
of  setting  it  in  order,  as  it  had  not  been  used  in  many  years : 
fifty-five  students  had  been  admitted,  and  there  were  only 
four  or  five  rooms  to  receive  them.  The  renovating  of  this 
wing  was  immediately  carried  out  at  a  cost  of  f  1,016. 

DeSaussure  College  formed  part  of  the  general  hospital 
into  which  the  college  was  turned  from  1862  to  1865.  The 
central  portion  was  occupied  by  the  Federals  from  May, 
1865,  to  the  end  of  that  year,  when  it  was  cleaned  and 
repaired  to  be  opened  in  January,  1866,  as  a  part  of  the  new 
University  of  South  Carolina.  During  the  summer  of  1909 
the  interior  of  the  eastern  wing  was  completely  remodeled. 

STEWARD'S  HALL. 
[See  chapter  on  the  Steward's  Hall.] 

PRESIDENT'S  HOUSE. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  trustees  in  April,  1805,  President 
Maxcy  was  boarding  with  a  Mrs.  Brown.  The  standing 
committee  was  directed  to  rent  a  house  for  him  until  one 
could  be  built,  the  advisability  of  which  the  Legislature  of 
that  year  was  to  be  asked  to  consider.  Next  year  the  sum 
of  $8,000  was  granted  "for  building  a  president's  house  for 
the  South  Carolina  College."  On  the  25th  of  February,  1807, 
the  board  "adopted  in  outline"  the  plans  of  Messrs.  Yates 
and  Philipps  and  appointed  a  committee  of  three  to  "desig- 


154  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

nate  and  fix  the  style  of  it  and  of  the  offices  and  other 
buildings  to  be  attached  to  it;"  but  when  the  board  met  on 
the  23rd  of  April  it  approved  the  plans  for  this  building 
as  offered  by  Captain  Wade,  making  a  few  alterations  and 
leaving  out  the  porticoes.  The  standing  committee  was 
then  authorized  to  build  the  president's  house  and  advertise 
at  once  in  Mr.  Faust's  paper  for  bidders. 

President  Thornwell  had  urged  the  repairing  and  improv- 
ing of  the  president's  house.  In  May,  1856,  the  year  follow- 
ing his  resignation,  the  sum  of  $4,000  was  set  aside  for  this 
purpose.  Mr.  Niernsee's  plans  were  followed,  and  the  work 
was  completed  by  November.  Porticoes  were  added  in  front 
and  rear,  and  the  roof  was  raised. 

Dr.  Maxcy  occupied  this  house  till  his  death  in  1819,  when 
it  was  taken  by  Dr.  Thomas  Cooper.  In  1835,  after  the 
latter's  withdrawal,  Professor  Henry  Junius  Nott  lived  here 
until  Hon.  E.  W.  Barnwell  was  elected  president  the  same 
year.  Presidents  Henry  (1842),  Preston  (1845),  Thornwell 
(1851),  McCay  (1855),  Longstreet  (1857)  had  homes  in  it. 
From  1861  to  1863  it  seems  to  have  been  vacant.  Daniel 
Heyward,  Esq.,  rented  it  from  the  1st  of  April,  1863,  for 
fl,200,  which  was  increased  to  f5,000  in  December,  1864. 
He  vacated  it  before  General  Sherman  reached  Columbia. 
At  that  time  it  had  been  rented  by  the  Confederate  authori- 
ties for  an  officers'  hospital  and  was  occupied  by  the  chief 
surgeon  of  the  hospital.  Mr.  W.  F.  DeSaussure,  who  had 
been  made  homeless  by  the  great  fire  of  February  17th,  was 
allowed  to  occupy  the  president's  house  and  remained  till 
November.  Messrs.  Starke  and  F.  W.  Fickling  then  rented 
it  together  at  the  rate  of  $600.  The  former  stayed  only  a 
short  time;  the  latter  remained  till  the  end  of  1866,  when 
the  house  was  wanted  for  the  new  professor  of  modern 
languages,  Professor  Sachtleben.  He  was  succeeded  by 
Dr.  John  Darby  of  the  medical  faculty.  After  the  departure 
of  Professor  Darby  in  1872,  Mr.  C.  D.  Melton,  professor  of 
law,  and  his  son-in-law,  Mr.  W.  A.  Clark,  occupied  this  resi- 
dence. This  building  and  Rutledge  College  were  rented  in 
1873  by  the  radicals  to  the  normal  school  authorities  for 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  155 

ninety-nine  years.  Dr.  J.  L.  Girardeau  occupied  it  in  1878 
and  1879.  After  the  reopening  of  the  institution  in  1880 
President  W.  Porcher  Miles  lived  here  two  years.  Professor 
W.  B.  Barney  made  it  his  home  one  year.  Since  then  the 
following  presidents  have  successively  occupied  it :  John  M. 
McBryde  (1883),  James  Woodrow  (1892),  F.  C.  Woodward 
(1897),  Benjamin  Sloan  (1902),  vacant  1908,  S.  C.  Mitchell 
(1909),  occupied  by  several  members  of  the  faculty 
(1913-14). 

FIRST  PROFESSOR'S  HOUSE. 

Inasmuch  as  the  professors  were  required  to  live  on  the 
campus,  the  trustees  thought  they  should  provide  homes  for 
them.  The  first  house  was  built  in  1810  from  an  appropria- 
tion of  $8,000  granted  for  that  purpose.  A  committee 
appointed  at  the  meeting  in  April  to  select  a  site  reported 
that  in  their  opinion  the  most  proper  place  for  it  was  in  the 
south  range.  The  standing  committee  was  then  directed  to 
have  a  house  of  two  tenements  to  accommodate  two  families 
erected  at  a  convenient  distance  of  the  west  end  of  the  south 
range  of  the  college  buildings,  and  to  report  at  the  next 
meeting.  Philipps  and  Yates  were  the  contractors  for  this 
house,  being  perhaps  also  the  architects.  They  had  it  com- 
pleted by  the  end  of  the  year. 

A  committee  of  the  board  visited  this  house  in  May,  1853, 
accompanied  by  a  local  architect,  Mr.  J.  Graves.  They 
reported  that  it  was  in  a  dangerous  condition :  the  walls  had 
receded  much  from  the  perpendicular,  which  made  it  ques- 
tionable whether  the  house  could  be  repaired.  The  executive 
committee  was  empowered  to  rent  houses  elsewhere  for 
Professors  Pelham  and  Reynolds  and  to  rebuild  or  repair 
their  house.  As  it  was  thought  best  to  rebuild,  the  Legisla- 
ture at  its  next  session  granted  $11,000  for  that  purpose. 
By  May  of  the  following  year  a  contract  to  rebuild  it  for 
$11,000,  exclusive  of  architect's  fees,  had  been  made  with 
Mr.  Clark  Waring.  Mr.  Hammarskold  of  Charleston  had 
been  employed  as  architect  on  the  recommendation  of 
Colonel  Memminger.  When  the  trustees  met  in  November 


156  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

the  house  had  been  completed ;  but  it  had  not  been  formally 
received,  because  the  committee  was  not  entirely  satisfied  as 
to  the  seasoning  of  some  of  the  timber  in  it.  The  new 
building  was  regarded  as  a  great  improvement  on  the  plan 
and  style  of  the  college  residences. 

No  information  about  the  occupants  of  any  of  the  pro- 
fessors' houses  before  1835  has  been  obtainable.  No  record 
appears  to  have  been  kept.  In  that  year  the  board  made 
temporary  assignments  which  have  been  recorded.  Where 
the  different  professors  lived  has  been  learned  from  corre- 
spondence with  alumni.  Since  1835  the  eastern  half  of  this 
house  has  been  occupied  by  Professor  Lieber,  1835;  Pro- 
fessor Thorn  well,  1837;  Professor  Hooper,  1840;  Professor 
Pelham,  1846;  Professor  Venable,  1857  (left  in  1862); 
Hon.  Isaac  W.  Hayne,  January,  1863,  to  January,  1865. 
Mr.  Hayne  paid  at  first  a  rent  of  $600,  which  was  increased 
to  f  1,500  in  December,  1864.  After  he  left,  the  vestry  and 
wardens  of  Trinity  church  rented  the  premises  for  Reverend 
Mr.  Shand,  who  retained  them  at  least  to  the  end  of  1865. 
General  E.  P.  Alexander  lived  here  while  he  was  a  pro- 
fessor in  the  University  from  1866  to  1870.  He  was  followed 
by  Professor  T.  E.  Hart.  Reverend  B.  B.  Babbitt  lived  in 
this  house  during  radical  days.  Professor  Burney  has  made 
it  his  home  since  1880,  except  during  the  session  of  1882- 
1883,  when  Professor  McByrde  lived  in  this  residence.  The 
occupants  of  the  western  half  have  been  Professor  Ellett, 
1835 ;  Professor  Brumby,  1848 ;  Professor  Reynolds,  "1851 ; 
Rev.  A.  W.  Cummings,  1873 ;  Colonel  T.  J.  Lipscomb,  1879 ; 
Major  Sloan,  1880  (Governor  H.  S.  Thompson  lived  with 
him  for  a  short  time)  ;  Professor  Wauchope,  1903. 

SECOND  PROFESSOR'S  HOUSE. 

In  December,  1812,  his  excellency  the  governor,  who  was 
president  of  the  board  of  trustees,  was  requested  to  ask  the 
Legislature  to  grant  another  $8,000  for  two  professor's 
houses,  which  he  accordingly  did.  With  this  money  a  double 
tenement  was  erected  on  the  north  side  of  the  campus  oppo- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  157 

site  the  first  house.  sNothing  is  recorded  about  the  architect 
or  contractor.  The  building  was  finished  in  1813. 

Forty  years  later  it  was  reported  to  the  trustees  that  this 
house  was  in  need  of  extensive  repairs.  Owing  to  the  work 
that  was  then  being  done  on  other  structures,  it  was  impos- 
sible to  have  them  made  at  that  time,  although  the  occu- 
pants, Professors  LaBorde  and  Williams  (afterwards 
McCay),  were  insistent  that  the  repairs  should  not  be  post- 
poned. In  December,  1854,  the  board  set  aside  $5,000  for 
the  houses  of  Professors  McCay  and  LaBorde,  with  the 
understanding  that  the  money  should  not  be  paid  before 
the  first  day  of  1856.  Dr.  LaBorde  said  that  his  family  of 
ten  children  made  his  house  very  uncomfortable,  especially 
in  its  dilapidated  condition,  and  asked  that  it  should  be 
enlarged  as  well  as  repaired.  Already  in  the  latter  part 
of  1852  the  trustees  had  caused  a  small  building  to  be 
erected  on  his  premises,  inasmuch  as  his  family  was  too 
large  for  the  house  he  was  occupying.  From  the  minutes  of 
May,  1856,  we  learn  that  Messrs.  Waring  and  Johnson 
secured  the  contract  for  the  repairing;  nothing  was  said 
about  the  enlargement. 

Since  1835  the  following  persons  have  lived  in  the  eastern 
half  of  this  house :  Professor  Stuart,  1835 ;  Professor  Twiss, 
1839;  Professor  Williams,  1846;  Professor  McCay,  1853; 
Professor  Rivers,  1855;  Professor  H.  J.  Fox,  1873; 
Mrs.  Green,  1879 ;  Professor  Connor,  1880 ;  Professor  J.  W. 
Alexander,  1882;  Professor  E.  W.  Davis,  1891;  Professor 
Colcock,  1894.  The  occupants  of  the  western  tenement  have 
been:  Professor  Twiss,  1835;  Professor  Henry,  1839;  Pro- 
fessor LaBorde,  1842;  Professor  Fisk  P.  Brewer,  1873; 
Mr.  T.  B.  Trenholm,  1879 ;  Professor  Jones,  1880 ;  Professor 
Joynes,  1882. 

OLD  LIBRARY  AND  SCIENCE  BUILDING. 

Professor  E.  D.  Smith  and  Tutor  Hanckel  reported  in 
November,  1815,  that  the  room  in  which  the  philosophical 
instruments  and  the  chemical  apparatus  were  kept  was  too 
small  and  prevented  their  being  kept  in  good  order,  and  that 


158  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

some  of  the  instruments  suffered  from  exposure  to  gases  used 
in  chemical  experiments.  Professor  Smith  also  complained 
that  the  room  was  too  small  for  the  students  in  attendance 
on  his  lectures.  The  committee  to  which  this  report  had 
been  referred  replied  after  investigation  that  the  erection 
of  a  separate  building  of  brick  made  fireproof  was  neces- 
sary: it  should  contain  an  apparatus  room,  lecture  rooms 
for  the  chemical  and  mathematical  professors,  and  a  library 
room  with  an  observatory;  an  appropriation  from  the  Legis- 
lature would  be  required.  In  accordance  with  this  recom- 
mendation of  the  committee  the  trustees  obtained  on  appro- 
priation of  $6,000  from  the  Legislature.  Mr.  Zachariah 
Philipps  contracted  for  the  sum  of  f  6,000  to  furnish  material 
and  finish  the  building  according  to  the  plans  of  the  pro- 
fessors. The  observatory  was  not  included  in  this  estimate, 
for  it  was  an  unusual  piece  of  work  here  and  had  for  the 
time  to  be  left  out.  Later  Mr.  Philipps  stated  that  for  f  1,780 
he  would  remove  and  reerect  the  library  shelves,  erect  the 
observatory,  fit  up  the  laboratory  and  apparatus  room,  and 
complete  such  other  interior  work  as  was  not  included  in 
the  original  contract.  In  order  to  meet  this  additional 
expense  the  Legislature  was  asked  to  give  |2,000,  all  of 
which  was  expended  on  the  building  before  it  was  com- 
pleted. This  building,  which  was  finished  in  the  early  part 
of  1817,  stood  on  the  site  of  Legare  College.  In  1840  the 
library  was  moved  into  the  present  building,  and  eight  years 
later  Legare  College  was  erected,  constructed  in  part  from 
the  material  in  the  older  building.  During  the  period  from 
1840  to  1848  it  continued  to  house  the  departments  of  math- 
ematics, physics,  and  chemistry. 

MAXCY  MONUMENT. 

This  monument  was  unveiled  in  1827  by  the  Clariosophic 
Society  in  honor  of  Dr.  Jonathan  Maxcy,  the  first  president 
of  the  South  Carolina  College.  It  was  designed  by  Robert 
Mills.  [See  chapter  on  the  societies.] 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  159 

THE  WALL. 

As  early  as  November,  1807,  the  trustees  thought  that 
the  erection  of  a  wall  around  the  college  buildings  would  be 
a  great  aid  to  the  faculty  in  preserving  good  order  and 
decorum  among  the  students.  At  the  June  meeting  of  1808 
the  governor  was  requested  to  represent  to  the  Legislature 
the  need  of  this  wall.  The  board  ordered  that  the  ground 
to  be  enclosed  should  be  accurately  measured  and  estimates 
made  for  a  brick  wall  nine  feet  high.  There  is  no  further 
mention  of  a  wall  till  1835,  nor  is  there  any  notice  of  the 
putting  up  of  the  board  fences  which  preceded  the  wall.  In 
December,  1835,  the  committee  on  college  repairs  reported 
that,  "the  air  of  dilapidation  and  decay  which  the  ragged 
wooden  fences  about  the  colleges  always  presented  induced 
the  committee  to  make  contracts  for  a  brick  wall  to  surround 
the  whole  college  premises  of  about  six  feet  nine  inches  in 
height  and  of  such  thickness  as  would  insure  durability. 
This  wall  is  in  progress  but  is  not  completed."  The  cost 
of  the  wall  is  nowhere  given. 

During  the  suspension  of  college  exercises  on  account  of 
the  War  Between  the  States  the  wall  was  severely  damaged. 
Mr.  Orchard,  bursar  and  marshal,  reported  in  January,  1866, 
that  the  southern  portion  of  the  wall  around  the  colleges  was 
much  broken  down;  large  openings  had  been  made  in  it, 
through  which  horses  and  wagons  were  continually  passing, 
so  that  the  gardens  and  yards  of  the  professors  had  become 
thoroughfares. 

In  1883  President  McByrde  had  the  wall  lowered  in  front 
of  the  campus  on  Sumter  street.  The  gate  in  this  front  or 
western  wall  was  in  the  center  of  the  campus.  At  the 
beginning  of  Dr.  Woodward's  administration  it  was  closed 
and  the  openings  on  the  sides  made  as  they  now  are.  A 
porter's  lodge  was  once  recommended ;  but  it  was  never  built. 
In  1909  openings  were  made  in  the  eastern  wall,  in  order  to 
carry  the  roads  on  the  sides  of  the  campus  through  to  Bull 
street. 


160  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

THIRD  PROFESSOR'S  HOUSE. 

The  Legislature  of  1835  appropriated  f  10,000  for  the 
erection  of  two  new  houses  for  professors.  With  this  sum 
the  double  tenement  house  now  occupied  by  Professors  A.  C. 
Moore  and  E.  M.  Rucker  was  erected ;  an  extra  amount  was 
required  for  fences  and  outhouses.  Mr.  Wade,  the  con- 
tractor, had  the  building  completed  by  the  end  of  1836. 

In  the  eastern  tenement  of  this  house  have  lived :  Professor 
Elliott  (afterward  Bishop  Elliott),  1836;  Professor  Thorn- 
well,  1840;  Professor  Brumby,  1851;  Professor  Joseph 
LeConte,  1856 ;  Professor  Faber,  1870 ;  Richard  T.  Greener, 
1873;  Dr.  Louis  Wood,  1879;  Hon.  William  Stoney,  1880; 
Professor  R.  Means  Davis,  1882;  Professor  A.  C.  Moore, 
1904.  The  other  side  has  been  occupied  by:  Professor 
Lieber,  1836;  Professor  R.  W.  Barn  well  (nephew  of  Hon. 
R.  W.  Barn  well ) ,  1856 — mother  and  sisters  continued  to  live 
here  after  his  death  in  1863 ;  Hon.  R.  W.  Barnwell,  1 866 ; 
Professor  William  Main,  1873 ;  General  M.  L.  Bonham,  1879 ; 
Professor  Patton,  1882;  Professor  Bain,  1898;  Professor 
Gordon  B.  Moore,  1910;  Professor  E.  Marion  Rucker,  1911. 

ELLIOTT   AND   PINCKNEY   COLLEGES. 

President  Barnwell  urged  on  the  board  of  trustees  in 
December,  1836,  the  need  of  more  dormitory  room :  there 
were  then  142  students  in  the  college,  although  it  had  been 
planned  to  accommodate  only  100;  many  rooms  had  three 
students  in  them,  which  was  not  conducive  to  study.  An 
appropriation  of  |25,000  was  secured.  The  building  com- 
mittee found  that  the  least  for  which  they  could  have  two 
dormitories  built  was  f 26,000,  which  was  the  bid  of  Messrs. 
Wade  and  Davis.  The  extra  $1,000  was  obtained  from 
unexpended  moneys  in  the  college  treasury.  According  to 
the  contract  one  of  the  tenements  was  to  be  completed  by 
December  1,  1837,  the  other  by  March  1,  1838.  The  former 
was  finished  and  turned  over  for  the  occupation  of  students 
by  October  1,  1837,  and  at  the  regular  December  meeting  of 
the  board  it  was  stated  that  the  other  would  be  readv  for 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  161 

use  by  the  specified  time.  These  new  dormitories  were 
known  as  "New  South  Building"  and  "New  North  Build- 
ing," or  "New  South"  and  "New  North"  until  1848,  when  the 
present  names  of  Elliott  and  Pinckney  Colleges  were  given 
them.  Room  No.  1  of  W.  Elliott  was  occupied  as  an  office  by 
the  state  treasurer  from  November,  1865,  to  midsummer, 
1866. 

THE  LIBRARY. 

[See  chapter  on  The  Library.] 

HARPER  AND  LEGARE  COLLEGES. 

During  the  presidency  of  Hon.  William  C.  Preston  the 
number  of  students  reached  its  maximum  in  ante-bellum 
days.  In  May,  1847,  the  professors  were  instructed  to  rent 
rooms  in  town  for  such  students  as  could  not  be  accommo- 
dated on  the  campus.  A  grant  of  $20,000  was  secured  from 
the  Legislature  to  put  up  two  new  college  buildings  and 
remove  the  steward's  house  to  the  rear  and  south  of  the  col- 
lege buildings.  President  Preston  reported  in  May,  1848, 
that  the  committee  had  contracted  for  two  buildings,  one 
connected  with  the  old  laboratory — Legare  College — the 
other  on  the  site  of  the  Steward's  Hall — Harper  College — 
to  be  completed  by  October.  They  were  meant  to  hold  sixty 
students.  The  report  of  Dr.  R.  W.  Gibbes  for  the  building 
committee  made  in  November  shows  that  J.  N.  Scofield  was 
the  contractor,  and  that  the  cost  was  $20,543.82. 

In  the  center  buildings  of  the  two  new  colleges  on  the  top 
floors  were  halls  for  the  literary  societies.  An  extra  thousand 
dollars  was  spent  in  the  fitting  up  of  these.  The  Clariosophic 
Society  moved  into  Legare  College  from  its  old  home  in 
Rutledge ;  the  Euphradian  Society,  whose  old  quarters  were 
in  DeSaussure,  occupied  the  uppermost  floor  of  Harper 
College. 

The  Confederate  government  used  these  colleges  as  hos- 
pitals. When  the  Northern  troops  took  possession  of  them 
in  May,  1865,  Legare  and  Pinckney  were  filled  with  refugees, 
twelve  families  occupying  them  in  January,  1866.  A  large 

11— H.  U. 


162  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

part  of  Legare  College  was  used  for  a  time  by  the  Federals 
prior  to  December  6,  1865.  The  marshal  and  bursar,  Mr. 
W.  H.  Orchard,  found  that  it  was  necessary  to  order  the 
refugee  families  to  move  out  by  July  1,  1866.  Four  rooms 
in  the  center  of  Harper  were  used  by  the  Federals  as  a 
military  prison. 

THE  OBSERVATORY. 

The  first  observatory  stood  in  the  garden  of  the  house 
now  occupied  by  Professor  Colcock.  It  was  erected  in  1817 
by  Mr.  Philipps,  the  cost  not  being  given.  It  had  a  good 
astronomical  circle;  but  there  was  such  meager  equipment 
that  visitors  were  not  often  shown  the  interior.  Mills' 
Statistics  speak  of  it  as  octagonal  in  form. 

Professor  Williams,  who  filled  the  chair  of  mathematics  in 
1850,  was  given  in  that  year  the  sum  of  $1,200  for  the 
purchase  of  a  seven-inch  telescope,  and  at  the  same  time  the 
board  set  aside  $1,300  for  the  erection  of  an  observatory,  the 
dimensions  of  which  were  to  be  eighteen  by  twenty  feet ;  the 
height  from  the  ground  to  the  dome  eighteen  feet;  and  the 
diameter  of  the  dome  twelve  feet.  The  executive  committee 
selected  a  site  for  the  observatory  in  the  rear  of  DeSaussure 
College.  Two  hundred  dollars  more  were  appropriated  for 
the  building  in  May,  1851,  and  apparently  a  second  $200 
were  given  in  the  following  December.  The  observatory  was 
to  have  been  completed  by  October  1,  1851 ;  but  although  the 
telescope  had  arrived  on  time,  the  track  on  which  the  dome 
revolved  and  which  had  to  be  made  in  Massachusetts  had  not 
come  by  the  end  of  the  year.  However,  in  his  report  for 
May,  1852,  Professor  Williams  was  pleased  to  say  that  the 
observatory  had  been  completed,  and  that  the  seniors  had 
been  enjoying  the  study  of  the  heavens. 

The  telescope  and  the  observatory  suffered  great  injury 
during  the  war  of  '61.  Professor  John  LeConte,  who  was 
to  teach  astronomy  in  the  new  University,  obtained  promise 
of  a  small  sum  from  the  board  to  put  them  in  working  order ; 
but  he  had  to  report  in  November,  1867,  that  the  telescope 
had  been  stolen,  and  no  doubt  the  thieves  had  broken  it  up 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  163 

for  old  brass ;  the  doors  and  windows  of  the  observatory  were 
broken,  and  the  building  was  otherwise  defaced. 

In  1884  the  observatory  was  turned  over  to  the  students 
as  a  fraternity  hall  on  condition  that  they  put  it  in  good 
repair.  They  kept  possession  until  fraternities  were  abolished 
by  law  in  1897.  During  the  sessions  of  1900-1902  it  was 
used  for  the  practice  school  of  the  pedagogical  department. 
Golfers  stored  their  clubs  in  it  for  a  few  years.  In  the  spring 
of  1909  it  was  fitted  up  as  an  office  for  Professor  W.  H. 
Hand;  the  inspector  of  the  rural  schools,  Professor  W.  K. 
Tate,  was  given  quarters  here. 

GYMNASIUM. 

Governor  R.  Y.  Hayne  moved  December  8,  1835,  that  a 
committee  should  be  appointed  to  inquire  into  the  expedi- 
ency of  building  a  small  and  convenient  church  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  college  buildings  or  on  the  college  square  for 
stated  performance  of  divine  worship  by  the  professor  of 
sacred  literature  and  evidences  of  Christianity.  The  motion 
being  carried  in  the  affirmative,  the  committee  was 
appointed  with  instructions  to  report  at  the  next  June 
meeting.  Here  the  matter  ended. 

Professor  Francis  Lieber,  who  was  acting  president  at 
the  close  of  the  year  1851,  suggested  in  his  report  the 
advisability  of  erecting  a  new  chapel,  or  of  remodeling  the 
old  one.  The  Legislature  granted  at  that  time  $10,000  for 
a  new  chapel.  In  those  days  the  income  from  fees  was  so 
great  that  the  board  could  often  lay  by  a  considerable  sum. 
President  Thornwell  thought  at  the  time  of  his  report  in  the 
May  following  that  in  two  or  three  years  at  the  rate  they 
were  then  saving  there  would  be  $20,000,  or  $24,000,  on 
hand,  the  $10,000  appropriated  being  counted  in,  and  that 
this  would  build  the  chapel.  He  also  laid  before  the  board 
plans  that  had  been  prepared  by  Mr.  Jacob  Graves,  a  local 
architect.  Messrs.  J.  S.  Preston,  J.  H.  Adams,  R.  W.  Gibbes, 
D.  L.  Wardlaw,  J.  J.  Evans,  and  John  Buchanan  were 
appointed  as  the  committee  to  select  the  site  and  to  erect  the 
building.  These  gentlemen  reported  at  the  next  meeting 


164  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

that,  the  town  council  having  agreed,  the  chapel  would  be 
built  in  the  center  of  Sumter  street;  that  the  plans  of 
Mr.  J.  Graves  would  be  followed;  that  a  contract  for  the 
sum  of  $23,480  had  been  made  with  Troy  and  Wade,  with 
October  1,  1853,  as  the  date  on  or  before  which  the  building 
should  be  completed;  that  the  foundations  had  been  laid, 
and  work  was  progressing  as  fast  as  could  be  desired.  The 
board  decided  that  the  new  chapel  should  be  known  as 
College  Hall. 

The  progress  on  the  work  was  so  slow  that  in  May,  1853, 
the  contractors  were  informed  that  they  must  complete  the 
building  by  the  1st  of  October  according  to  contract,  else 
the  board  would  finish  it  themselves  and  hold  them  liable  for 
the  difference.  In  December  the  trustees  were  informed  that 
it  would  take  a  year  to  complete  College  Hall.  At  the  May 
meeting  of  1854  they  ordered  that  Messrs.  Troy  and  Wade 
be  informed  that  it  must  be  ready  in  time  for  the  commence- 
ment exercises  in  December,  even  if  more  hands  had  to  be  put 
on  it.  They  also  directed  that  the  earth  should  be  raised 
two  feet  in  front  of  it,  and  that  the  plans  should  be  so  altered 
as  to  allow  the  extension  of  granite  steps  across  the  whole 
front.  When  the  board  met  in  November,  it  had  before  it 
the  report  of  the  architect.  He  stated  that  Messrs.  Troy  and 
Wade  had  become  cramped  for  means  and  were  unable  to 
carry  out  their  contract,  and  in  his  opinion  the  cost  of  the 
completed  Hall  would  be  $31,299.  These  figures  the  building 
committee  thought  should  be  changed  to  $34,265.  Mr. 
Waring,  the  architect  said,  had  done  the  plastering  and 
rough  coating.  The  trustees  directed  that  the  chapel  should 
be  protected  by  an  iron  fence.  The  end  of  the  work  was  in 
sight. 

The  building  committee  having  been  discharged,  Governor 
Adams  was  appointed  sole  committee  and  directed  to  give 
notice  to  the  sureties  of  Messrs.  Troy  and  Wade  that  they 
would  be  required  to  finish  the  building;  if  necessary,  he 
would  hire  other  persons  at  the  sureties'  expense. 

College  Hall  was  used  by  permission  of  the  contractors 
for  the  exercises  in  celebration  of  the  semi-centennial  of  the 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  165 

South  Carolina  College.  The  glass  for  the  windows  had  not 
yet  arrived. 

Governor  Adams  reported  at  the  May,  1855,  meeting  of 
the  board  that  Troy  and  Wade  had  given  up  the  contract, 
unable  to  comply  with  its  requirements,  and  their  sureties, 
Maybin  and  Howell,  had  completed  the  work.  Part  of  the 
work  he  regarded  as  very  defective.  "On  the  day  of  the 
great  fire  in  the  woods"  a  gale  of  wind  carried  off  part  of 
the  tin  roof,  and  a  hard  rain  coming  up  later,  the  plastering 
inside  looked  as  if  the  rain  had  come  through  a  sieve  roof. 
Mr.  Graves  had  had  the  seams  of  the  roof  soldered  and  three 
coats  of  "Blake's  metallic  paint"  applied;  but  the  governor 
wished  the  virtue  of  this  particular  paint  and  of  the  three 
hundred  pounds  of  solder  to  be  tried  by  a  heavy  rain. 
Governor  Adams  acknowledged  his  indebtedness  for  advice 
and  help  to  Hon.  W.  F.  DeSaussure.  The  granite  steps 
across  the  front  had  been  constructed  by  Riley  and  Garrison. 

Governor  Adams  was  entitled  to  the  everlasting  thanks  of 
the  trustees  for  the  public  spirit  with  which  he  had  helped 
them  out  of  their  difficulty.  According  to  the  architect's 
calculation,  November  28,  1855,  the  cost  of  the  new  chapel 
had  been  $34,764.64;  but  the  report  of  the  building  com- 
mittee a  few  days  later  made  the  cost  to  have  been  $29,482.62. 
President  Thornwell  preached  in  the  new  chapel  on  April 
22,  1855,  although  it  was  not  quite  finished;  but  permission 
had  been  secured  from  the  contractors  to  use  it  for  all  pur- 
poses except  morning  and  evening  prayers.  He  reported 
on  it  that  it  was  badly  adapted  for  the  transmission  of 
sound.  The  building  committee  also  stated  in  the  report 
referred  to  above  that  the  College  Hall  was  entirely  unsatis- 
factory, not  elegant,  not  well  built;  that  ordinary  speaking 
could  not  be  heard  from  the  stage,  owing  not  to  an  echo 
but  to  a  general  confusion  of  noises  when  the  hall  was  filled 
with  an  unquiet  audience.  Mr.  Graves  thought  carpeting 
the  floor  and  ceiling  the  basement  and  stuffing  the  space 
between  the  ceiling  and  the  floor  with  hair,  moss,  or  some- 
thing similar  would  remedy  the  defect.  For  several  years 
experiments  were  made  at  considerable  cost  in  this  and  in 


166  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

other  ways;  but  the  hearing  qualities  could  never  be 
bettered.  A  storm  took  off  part  of  the  roof  the  year  after 
the  building  was  completed.  College  Hall  was  never  used 
as  a  chapel. 

In  1859  the  Legislature  gave  the  college  the  iron  fence 
that  had  been  around  the  old  State  House.  It  was  set  up 
around  College  Hall;  but  it  suffered  so  greatly  during  the 
war  that  part  of  it  was  sold  in  1866,  since  it  could  no  longer 
protect  the  hall,  and  the  rest  of  it  was  thrown  away  as 
useless. 

The  basement  of  this  building  was  fitted  up  in  1860  as  a 
public  examination  hall.  On  August  25,  1863,  College  Hall 
was  impressed  for  hospital  purposes.  It  contained  300  beds. 
When  the  United  States  military  authorities  took  possession 
of  the  college  buildings  in  May,  1865,  the  new  chapel  was 
used  by  them.  The  extra  session  of  the  Legislature  that 
convened  October  25,  1865,  met  in  this  building,  the  House 
in  the  main  hall,  the  Senate  in  the  basement.  "The  House 
of  Representatives  had  to  leave  their  room,  the  auditorium, 
because  of  the  imperfect  hearing  within  it.  The  reverbera- 
tion of  all  sounds  was  so  great  within  it  that  the  speaker 
could  not  determine  from  what  part  of  the  chamber  the  voice 
came  when  a  member  addressed  him,  unless  said  member  beat 
the  air  vigorously  while  he  called  the  speaker."  A  resolution 
was  passed  by  both  branches  that  the  place  for  holding  the 
sessions  of  the  House  should  be  changed  to  the  Clariosophic 
Hall,  and  the  Senate  should  meet  in  the  classroom  of  Dr. 
John  LeConte  immediately  below;  but  the  library  was  sub- 
stituted for  the  classroom. 

The  adjutant  and  inspector  general  of  South  Carolina 
secured  permission  from  the  board  in  1870  to  use  College 
Hall  as  an  arsenal  and  armory,  for  which  purpose  it  was 
used  until  1887. 

In  1885  the  executive  committee  was  asked  to  find  out  the 
amount  for  which  the  outside  chapel  could  be  sold,  and  what 
would  be  the  cost  of  erecting  a  new  chapel  inside  the 
inclosure.  The  committee's  report  is  not  recorded;  but  the 
trustees  decided  to  introduce  a  bill  in  the  Legislature  to  be 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  167 

given  the  power  to  sell  it.  Nothing  further  was  done.  Presi- 
dent McBryde  reported  to  the  board  in  May,  1888:  "The 
repairs  to  the  large  chapel  on  Sumter  street  are  approaching 
completion.  The  building  has  been  strictly  renovated  within 
and  without.  As  now  arranged,  it  contains  twenty-eight 
rooms,  seven  on  basement  floor  for  mechanical  department, 
ten  on  second  floor  for  department  of  agricultural  chemistry, 
biology,  physiology  and  hygiene  (including  microscopist  and 
bacteriologist  of  station)  and  physics,  and  eleven  on  third 
floor  for  chemical  department  and  director,  chemist,  assistant 
chemists  and  photographer  of  the  experiment  station.  The 
repairs,  including  supplying  the  building  with  water  and 
gas,  will  cost  about  $4,000." 

The  lower  floor  was  fitted  up  for  a  gymnasium  during  the 
session  of  1892-1893.  Since  the  completion  of  LeConte  Col- 
lege the  interior  above  the  first  floor  has  been  torn  out,  and 
the  whole  has  been  turned  into  a  gymnasium. 

MARSHAL'S  HOUSE. 

In  1839  the  marshal  received  $150  in  lieu  of  house  rent.  A 
house  was  purchased  for  him  apparently  in  the  following 
year. 

At  the  first  meeting  of  the  trustees  in  December,  1857,  on 
motion  of  Dr.  Thornwell,  who  had  been  elected  a  member  of 
the  board  after  his  resignation  from  the  presidency,  the 
executive  committee  was  instructed  to  inquire  into  the  cost  of 
a  house  for  the  marshal.  In  accordance  with  the  committee's 
report,  the  board  a  few  days  later  appropriated  from  the 
funds  at  its  command  $2,100  for  the  erection  of  a  neat  and 
commodious  cottage  for  the  marshal.  Power  was  given  the 
executive  committee  to  sell  the  house  and  lot  occupied  by  the 
marshal  for  not  less  than  $2,000.  It  was  sold  for  less,  but 
the  price  was  not  given.  Mr.  Clark  Waring  was  the  con- 
tractor for  the  erection  of  this  house,  which  stands  on  the 
corner  of  College  and  Sumter  streets  and  is  now  occupied 
by  Professor  L.  T.  Baker.  It  was  completed  in  1858.  Federal 
officers  occupied  it  immediately  after  the  war.  Judge  (then 
Professor)  A.  C.  Haskell  lived  here  during  the  session  of 


168  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

1867-1868.  R.  Vampill,  professor  of  modern  languages,  was 
in  it  in  1874.  Robert  S.  Morrison,  marshal  from  1881  to 
1895,  occupied  it  till  he  was  succeeded  by  Professor  F.  C. 
Woodward  in  1890.  Professor  Woodward  was  followed  by 
Professor  Patterson  Wardlaw  in  1897,  who  moved  in  1908 
into  the  building  in  the  rear  of  this  house.  Professor  Baker 
has  made  his  home  in  it  since  1908. 

PROFESSOR'S  HOUSE  IN  REAR  OF  LIBRARY. 

An  appropriation  of  $6,000  was  made  by  the  trustees  from 
the  funds  in  their  possession  November  24,  1858,  for  a  house 
for  one  professor  to  be  located  back  of  the  library.  A  year 
later  Dr.  John  LeConte  and  Hon.  William  DeSaussure  were 
appointed  to  oversee  the  work.  Robert  W.  Johnson  secured 
the  contract  for  $6,200,  the  $200  of  which  Dr.  LeConte  said 
he  would  pay  rather  than  see  the  contract  fall  through.  This, 
however,  the  board  did  not  allow  him  to  pay.  The  building 
was  to  be  delivered  to  the  college  authorities  by  October  1, 
1860.  Dormer  windows  were  added,  gas  was  introduced, 
and  servants'  quarters,  carriage  house,  and  fences  were  built. 
When  the  final  cost  was  reckoned  up,  it  was  found  to  be 
$9,943.50.  War  coming  on,  the  contractor  failed  to  get 
$3,147  due  him,  as  was  reported  November  29,  1861.  This 
was  to  be  paid  as  soon  as  the  funds  were  in  hand  After  the 
close  of  the  war  Mr.  Johnson  endeavored  to  obtain  what  was 
due  him;  but  the  trustees  had  no  funds  of  their  own  and 
had  to  refer  him  to  the  Legislature,  which  refused  to  allow 
the  claim. 

After  Dr.  LeConte  went  to  California  in  1869,  Dr.  Talley 
lived  here  till  1873;  one  of  the  professors  named  Roberts 
occupied  this  residence  during  radical  control;  Hon.  R.  W. 
Barnwell  moved  into  it  in  1877 ;  his  daughter,  Miss  Eliza  W. 
Barnwell,  occupied  it  as  librarian  after  his  death  in  1882; 
she  was  succeeded  by  her  brother,  John  G.  Barnwell,  for 
1887  and  1888;  Dr.  J.  W.  Flinn  then  made  his  home  here 
till  1905,  when  Dr.  G.  B.  Moore  came  to  live  in  it.  It  became 
Flinn  Hall  in  1910. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  169 

INFIRMARY. 

The  executive  committee  was  asked  in  December,  1887,  to 
submit  plans  for  an  infirmary.  On  the  7th  of  November  of 
the  following  year  it  was  approaching  completion.  No 
record  as  to  architect,  contractor,  or  the  cost  is  preserved. 
This  building  was  erected  in  the  center  of  the  block  on  the 
south  side  of  College  street  between  Sumter  and  Main  streets. 
In  1907  Mrs.  Ann  Jeter  gave  the  University  $15,000,  to  which 
she  later  added  $500,  for  a  new  infirmary  to  be  known  as  the 
Wallace  Thomson  Memorial  Infirmary.  This  was  completed 
by  the  opening  of  the  session  of  1908.  The  architect  was 
Mr.  Gadsden  Shand,  and  the  contractors  were  T.  S.  Berfoot 
and  Son.  It  is  located  at  the  southwest  corner  of  Green  and 
Bull  streets.  The  old  infirmary  was  remodelel  into  a  dwell- 
ing and  is  at  present  occupied  by  Profesor  Wardlaw. 

GYMNASIUM   AND   ATHLETIC   FIELD. 

In  1836  Major  Penci  was  engaged  to  teach  fencing  to  the 
students.  An  alumnus  of  the  class  of  1840  remembered  the 
corner  back  of  the  library  as  the  gymnasium  in  his  day.  This 
was  an  open  air  gymnasium,  consisting  of  swings,  swinging 
rings,  bar,  parallel  bars,  "volador,"  and  a  "flying  jinney." 
Later  the  gymnasium  was  moved  to  the  open  space  south  of 
Rutledge  and  beyond  Green  street.  During  the  session  of 
1892-1893  the  lower  floor  of  the  building  known  as  Science 
Hall  was  turned  into  a  gymnasium  under  the  direction  of 
Professor  Bagby.  The  whole  building  was  turned  into  the 
gymnasium  in  1911. 

The  present  athletic  field,  Davis  Field,  was  enclosed  with 
a  fence  in  1898  at  a  cost  of  $600,  half  of  which  was  paid  by 
the  students  and  their  friends,  half  by  the  board  of  trustees. 

NEW  HOUSES  FOR  PROFESSORS. 

In  1907  the  Legislature  granted  the  sum  of  $10,000  for 
the  erection  of  three  new  houses  for  professors.  They  were 
completed  before  the  end  of  the  year.  Messrs.  Shand  and 


170  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Lafaye  were  the  architects;  the  contractors  were  Messrs. 
Grandy  and  Jordan.  These  houses  are  located  on  the  west 
side  of  Sumter  street  between  College  and  Green  streets. 
Professor  Snowden  occupies  the  house  at  the  corner  of  Green 
street;  next  to  him  is  Professor  Twitchell,  the  house  now 
occupied  by  Professor  A.  C.  Carson;  the  third  house  is  the 
home  of  Professor  Hand. 

R.  MEANS  DAVIS  COLLEGE. 

The  sum  of  $30,000  was  appropriated  by  the  Legislature 
of  1908  for  a  new  building  on  the  grounds  of  the  University 
of  South  Carolina,  which  the  trustees  decided  should  be 
devoted  to  lecture  rooms.  This  was  the  first  building  to  be 
planned  and  supervised  by  the  University  architect.  It  is 
located  on  Gibbes'  Green  east  of  the  wall  and  was  built  by 
the  King  Lumber  Company  of  Charlottesville,  Va.,  who  had 
their  contract  completed  and  the  work  accepted  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  summer  of  1909.  The  first  floor  has  been 
assigned  to  the  departments  of  mathematics  and  engineering, 
history  and  political  economy,  and  modern  languages  (one 
room) ;  the  departments  of  English  and  ancient  and  modern 
languages  have  been  located  on  the  second  floor.  The  build- 
ing has  been  named  R.  Means  Davis  College  in  honor  of  the 
late  Professor  R.  Means  Davis.  The  formal  opening  of  Davis 
College  took  place  on  Founders'  Day,  1910. 

LECONTE  COLLEGE. 

The  Legislature  of  1909  gave  $20,000,  with  the  under- 
standing that  a  like  sum  was  to  be  given  in  1910,  for  a 
building  to  contain  the  departments  of  biology,  geology,  and 
chemistry.  This  college  faces  Davis  College  in  line  with  the 
northern  range  of  buildings. 

Mr.  George  Waring  was  the  contractor.  The  departments 
of  physics  and  engineering  and  philosophy  have  been  tempo- 
rarily housed  in  this  building.  On  the  ground  floor  rooms 
have  been  given  to  the  laboratory  of  the  State  Board  of 


j.  3  3  a  JL 


J.    3  3  U  J. 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  171 

Health,  as  also  to  the  entomologist  of  the  general  govern- 
ment and  to  the  State  department  of  agriculture. 

FLINN  HALL. 

The  house  long  occupied  by  Dr.  J.  William  Flinn  was, 
after  the  removal  of  Professor  Gordon  B.  Moore  in  1910, 
fitted  out  for  a  social  center  for  the  campus.  Around  it 
centers  the  activities  of  the  student  body.  It  is  in  charge  of 
the  secretary  of  the  Young  Men's  Christian  Association.  As 
Dr.  Flinn's  home  had  meant  so  much  socially  in  the  life  of 
the  campus,  it  was  fitting  that  his  name  should  be  commemo- 
rated in  the  hall  that  was  to  become  the  home  of  the  campus. 
Mrs.  Flinn  has  bequeathed  a  sum  to  be  spent  on  the  equip- 
ment of  Flinn  Hall. 

CENTRAL  HEATING  PLANT. 

A  central  heating  plant  was  begun  at  the  southeastern 
corner  of  the  grounds,  but  was  moved  in  1913  to  the  rear  of 
Eutledge  and  was  so  far  completed  as  to  furnish  heat  for 
Davis  College  and  Woodrow  dormitory. 

THORNWELL  AND  WOODROW  COLLEGES. 

An  appropriation  of  $25,000  was  secured  in  1912  and 
the  same  sum  in  1913  for  dormitories.  The  one  in  the  rear 
of  DeSaussure  College  was  ready  for  occupancy  by  the  end 
of  1912;  it  was  named  Thorn  well  in  honor  of  the  great 
alumnus  and  president,  James  H.  Thornwell.  Woodrow, 
named  for  the  late  President  James  Woodrow,  in  the  rear 
of  Eutledge  and  facing  Green  street,  was  opened  to  students 
by  the  1st  of  December,  1913.* 


*The  building1  committee,  the  president  being:  advisory  member,  con- 
sists of  Messrs.  James  Q.  Davis,  August  Kohn  and  David  R.  Coker,  mem- 
bers of  the  board  of  trustees. 


172  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


CHAPTER  XV. 


THE  CURRICULUM. 

The  first  regulation  adopted  by  the  board  of  trustees  in 
regard  to  the  course  of  study  in  the  new  South  Carolina 
College  was  the  division  of  the  student  body  into  four  classes, 
freshman,  sophomore,  junior  and  senior,  which  continued 
without  change  as  long  as  the  old  College  existed.  When  the 
University  of  South  Carolina  opened  its  doors,  January  10, 
1866,  it  was  with  two  classes,  junior  and  senior,  following 
the  University  of  Virginia.  The  South  Carolina  College  of 
Agriculture  and  Mechanics,  which  came  into  existence  in 
1880  and  lived  for  two  years,  had  a  three  year  course  of 
intermediate,  junior  and  senior  classes.  The  four  years 
returned  with  the  South  Carolina  College  in  1882  and  have 
remained,  except  that  for  a  brief  period  after  the  formation 
of  the  present  University  in  1906  they  were  dropped  in  the 
official  division  of  the  students :  the  men  were  in  this  period 
known  as  "first",  "second",  "third",  or  "fourth"  year  men. 

During  the  existence  of  the  South  Carolina  College  only 
one  course  was  laid  down,  which  all  the  students  were 
required  to  follow.  However,  while  Dr.  Maxcy  was  presi- 
dent, the  laws  permitted  "persons  wishing  to  acquire  all  the 
other  branches  of  education  taught  in  the  College,  excepting 
Latin  and  Greek,  or  either  of  them",  to  join  "either  of  the 
three  upper  classes";  but  such  persons  were  entitled  to 
receive  only  a  certificate  at  the  end  of  the  senior  year.  A 
note  of  the  faculty  of  April  19,  1808,  records  the  change  of  a 
student,  by  name  Dick,  from  the  "linguist"  to  the  English 
course.  Graham  of  Virginia  was  allowed,  in  1814,  as  "not 
a  few"  others,  to  study  science  with  the  seniors.  After  Dr. 
Maxcy  the  strict  course  was  adhered  to,  so  that  very  special 
notice  was  made  of  the  permission  once  given  for  a  student 
to  omit  Greek  on  account  of  his  eyes.  The  laws  granted 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  173 

attendance  on  lectures  by  persons  outside  the  student  body 
at  the  will  of  the  professor. 

The  age  for  entrance  was  not  fixed  in  the  first  editions  of 
the  bylaws.  In  1821  it  was  placed  at  fifteen,  and  youths  who 
were  prepared  and  were  not  far  below  the  required  age  could 
attend  classes  until  they  reached  fifteen,  when  they  were 
enrolled  as  students.  The  laws  of  1836  took  off  one  year. 
Fourteen  remained  the  age  for  the  next  thirty  years.  The 
applicant  for  a  higher  class  than  the  freshman  had  to  be 
fifteen,  or  according  to  the  laws  of  1853,  of  an  age  above 
fourteen  proportionate  to  the  class  he  wished  to  enter.  After 
1866  no  one  was  allowed  to  enter  below  fifteen,  except  for 
very  special  reasons ;  in  1904,  the  age  limit  was  raised  to  six- 
teen. The  laws  of  the  South  Carolina  College  of  Agriculture 
and  Mechanics  make  no  reference  to  a  limiting  age. 

All  applicants  for  admission  to  the  old  South  Carolina 
College  stood  an  examination  whether  they  came  from  prepa- 
ratory schools  or  other  institutions.  The  degrees  of  other 
colleges  were  recognized,  so  that  after  the  payment  of  the 
fees  any  one  who  wished  to  take  the  master's  degree  could 
work  for  the  diploma  without  examination.  The  applicants 
for  admission  had  to  be  "well  acquainted  with  the  prepara- 
tory studies  necessary  to  admission  into  the  class  to  which 
they  aspired."  During  the  50's  no  young  man  was  examined 
for  any  class  who  "has  not  read  and  carefully  reviewed  all 
that  is  required  for  admission.  When  the  certificate  of  his 
teacher  does  not  distinctly  state  this  fact,  the  applicant  will 
be  asked  whether  or  not  he  has  done  so,  and  in  all  cases  in 
which  a  negative  answer  is  given,  an  examination  will  be 
refused  to  the  candidate."  The  certificate  that  was  required 
related  chiefly  to  moral  character  and  was  not  necessarily 
from  the  teacher.  A  certificate  admitted  only  to  the  exami- 
nation ;  no  one  was  allowed  to  enter  on  the  certificate.  The 
students  of  Mount  Zion  Academy  of  Winnsboro  prepared  by 
J.  H.  Hudson,  who  was  one  of  the  most  successful  of  teachers, 
were  permitted  as  a  special  mark  of  consideration  to  him 
after  his  death  in  the  summer  of  1857  to  stand  the  exami- 
nation for  entrance  in  October,  although  they  were  preparing 
to  enter  in  December.  Students  coming  from  other  colleges 


174  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

were  required  to  show  that  they  had  left  those  institutions 
in  good  standing.  Students  from  Yale,  Harvard,  or  Prince- 
ton, mostly  natives  of  the  State,  as  shown  by  the  records  of 
the  faculty,  never  entered  higher  than  their  rank  at  the  insti- 
tution they  came  from :  they  were  examined  in  every  instance. 
The  announcement  of  the  South  Carolina  College  for  the 
year  1894-95  made  known  that  the  faculty  was  authorized 
to  admit  into  the  freshman  class  applicants  who  presented 
from  superintendents  or  principals  of  graded  schools  or 
other  "approved  schools"  certificates  of  satisfactory  exami- 
nation on  the  subjects  required  for  entrance.  From  that 
time  students  have  entered  more  and  more  on  certificate, 
so  that  few  now  enter  on  examination. 

Students  who  applied  for  advanced  standing  satisfied  the 
faculty  by  examination  that  they  were  prepared  in  all  the 
studies  pursued  by  the  preceding  classes,  or  in  studies  equiva- 
lent to  them.  The  secondary  schools  prepared  so  well  that 
about  the  beginning  of  Dr.  Cooper's  administration  students 
entered  the  sophomore  class  or  a  higher  class,  rarely  the 
freshman.  Near  the  close  of  his  term  of  office  Dr.  Cooper 
reported  to  the  board  that  for  ten  years  there  had  been  no 
freshman  class.  The  class  was  dropped  in  1831  and  restored 
in  1834.  It  was  always  small.  In  1843  it  numbered  two; 
at  the  same  time  there  were  49  in  the  sophomore  class. 
Efforts  were  made  to  increase  the  class  by  enlarging  the 
entrance  requirements.  By  1848  the  number  of  freshman 
was  over  twenty;  it  was  34  in  1859,  while  the  sophomore 
class  of  this  year  had  55  on  its  roll,  a  smaller  proportion 
than  usual.  After  the  South  Carolina  College  closed  in  1862 
for  the  war  there  has  not  again  been  such  a  distribution  of 
students. 

The  applicant  was  examined  orally  in  the  presence  of  the 
whole  faculty.  The  laws  of  1853  set  the  time  as  9  o'clock 
Tuesday  morning  after  commencement  in  the  lecture  room  of 
the  professor  of  Mathematics  in  the  second  story  of  the 
center  building  of  Legare  College.  According  to  these  laws 
the  examiner  noted  down  his  results  as  "Good,  Passable, 
Deficient,  Wholly  Deficient."  If  an  applicant  was  wholly 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  175 

deficient  in  a  single  branch,  or  deficient  in  two  branches,  he 
was  not  admitted.  Laxness  was  occasionally  charged;  but 
for  the  most  part  the  requirements  were  strictly  adhered  to; 
the  record  contains  numerous  references  to  deficiencies  to 
be  made  up  and  to  applicants  sent  back  for  further  prepara- 
tion. In  the  laws  of  1848  the  opening  of  the  college  in 
October  was  also  a  regular  time  for  entrance;  but  the  other 
published  laws  give  the  December  date  as  the  only  time  at 
which  students  from  the  State  could  enter  except  for 
extraordinary  reasons.  Students  from  other  states  had  the 
privilege  of  entering  at  any  time.  With  the  University  in 
1866  the  session  began  in  October  and  ended  July  1,  so  that 
the  date  for  entrance  examinations  naturally  came  at  the 
opening  in  October.  Students  might  enter  at  the  end  of 
any  term.  Applicants  have  for  many  years  also  had  the 
opportunity  of  standing  entrance  examinations  in  July  at 
the  various  county  seats. 

When  the  South  Carolina  College  was  opened  in  1805,  the 
candidate  for  admission  was  required  to  "render  from  Latin 
into  English,  Cornelius  Nepos  and  Sallust,  Caesar's  com- 
mentaries and  Virgil's  Aeneid;  to  make  grammatical  Latin 
of  the  exercises  in  Mair's  Introduction,  and  to  translate  into 
English  any  passage  from  the  evangelist  St.  John  in  the 
Greek  testament,  and  give  a  grammatical  analysis  of  the 
words,  and  have  a  general  knowledge  of  the  English  gram- 
mar, write  a  good  legible  hand,  spell  correctly,  and  be  well 
acquainted  with  arithmetic  as  far  as  the  rule  of  three." 
During  President  Maxcy's  administration,  1805-1820,  the 
requirements  underwent  little  change.  At  the  reorganization 
of  the  college  in  1835  a  candidate  for  admission  was  required 
to  have  "an  accurate  knowledge  of  the  English,  Latin  and 
Greek  Grammars,  including  Prosody;  to  have  studied 
Morse's,  Worcester's  or  Woodbridge's  Geography,  and 
Ancient  Geography,  and  to  be  well  acquainted  with  Arith- 
metic including  Fractions  and  the  Extraction  of  Roots;  to 
have  read  the  whole  of  Sallust ;  the  whole  of  Virgil,  Cicero's 
Select  Orations,  consisting  of  four  against  Catiline,  pro  lege 
Manilla,  pro  Archia  poeta,  pro  Milone,  and  the  first 


176  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Philippic;  Latin  Composition  or  Mair's  Introduction; 
Jacob's  Greek  Reader;  Xenophon's  Cyropaedia,  four  books, 
and  one  book  of  Homer."  There  was  no  change  in  these 
requirements  until  1848,  when  algebra  was  added  as  far  as 
equations  of  the  first  degree,  and  the  last  six  books  of  Virgil's 
Aeneid  were  dropped.  The  catalogue  of  1853  gives  the 
further  change  of  "the  whole  of  Bourdon's  Algebra,"  and 
the  addition  of  nine  books  of  Homer's  Iliad  and  six  books 
of  Xenophon's  Anabasis.  The  requirements  in  Greek  were 
cut  down  in  1858  to  two  books  of  the  Iliad  and  two  books 
of  the  Cyropaedia ;  but  Professor  Rivers  resisted  the  change 
so  strongly  that  in  the  following  year  six  books  of  the  Iliad 
and  the  same  number  of  the  Anabasis  were  required,  to  which 
was  added  Ktihner's  Greek  Exercises,  as  far  as  syntax; 
Jacob's  Greek  Reader  held  its  own  among  the  requirements. 
There  were  no  requirements  or  examination  for  entrance 
to  the  University  in  1866;  but  after  that  year  applicants 
under  eighteen  years  of  age  had  to  bring  a  satisfactory  cer- 
tificate of  proficiency  or  stand  an  examination  for  certain 
departments.  For  students  over  eighteen  there  was  no 
requirement  or  examination  during  the  second  year.  Until 
1873  applicants  for  the  school  of  history  were  "expected  to 
have  studied  Ancient  and  Modern  Geography,  and  will  find 
it  much  to  their  advantage  to  have  also  studied  some 
elementary  work  on  History."  The  applicant  for  Latin  had 
to  offer  "Latin  Grammar,  including  Prosody;  Caesar's  Com- 
mentaries; Sallust's  Conspiracy  of  Catiline;  Virgil's 
Bucolics,  and  six  books  of  the  Aeneid ;  Cicero's  four  orations 
against  Catiline,  Pro  Lege  Manilia,  and  Pro  Archia  Poeta" ; 
in  Greek  he  offered  "Greek  Grammar,  including  Prosody; 
Jacob's  Greek  Reader;  Homer's  Iliad,  three  books;  Xeno- 
phon's Anabasis,  six  books."  It  was  also  recommended  that 
he  should  read  Eschenberg's  or  Bojesen's  Grecian  and 
Roman  Antiquities,  and  Mitchell's  Ancient  Geography. 
There  were  no  requirements  in  English.  The  school  of 
Mathematics  and  Civil  and  Military  Engineering  demanded 
of  the  applicant  "Arithmetic  in  all  its  branches,  including 
the  Extractions  of  Square  and  Cube  Roots.  Algebra, 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  177 

through  equations  of  the  second  Degree."  A  knowledge  of 
the  first  four  books  of  Geometry  was  regarded  as  desirable 
but  not  absolutely  necessary.  The  school  of  Natural  and 
Mechanical  Philosophy  and  Astronomy  expected  the  student 
to  have  a  knowledge  of  Algebra  and  Geometry.  For  the 
school  of  Chemistry,  Pharmacy,  Mineralogy,  and  Geology  all 
that  was  necessary  was  a  good  elementary  knowledge  of 
arithmetic  and  algebra ;  and  acquaintance  with  physics  was 
recommended.  The  schools  of  law  and  medicine  had  no 
entrance  requirements. 

For  admission  to  the  South  Carolina  College  of  Agricul- 
ture and  Mechanics  applicants  were  examined  on  English 
Grammar,  Geography,  Arithmetic  and  Algebra  through 
equations  of  the  second  degree. 

When  the  South  Carolina  College  came  again  into  exist- 
ence in  1882,  for  entrance  to  mathematics  the  applicant 
offered  algebra  through  equations  of  the  second  degree.  To 
enter  Latin  he  needed  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  the 
grammar  and  "a  portion  of  Caesar  or  Virgil  with  practice 
in  composition.''  In  Greek  he  presented  acquaintance 
with  the  grammar,  the  composition  and  a  ,  portion  of 
Xenophon.  "Proper  attention"  was  given  to  accent.  The 
requirement  for  entering  English  is  not  stated.  A  knowledge 
of  Modern  Geography  (Europe  and  the  United  States), 
Ancient  Geography  (the  land  bordering  on  the  Mediter- 
ranean), Modern  History  (United  States),  Ancient  History 
(Greece  and  Rome,  or  General  History  to  the  death  of 
Augustus).  There  was  a  sub-collegiate  course  with  lower 
requirements  by  a  year  for  these  departments.  No  student 
was  admitted  to  this  class  who  was  under  sixteen  if  unpre- 
pared in  more  than  one  study,  or  under  eighteen  who  was 
unprepared  in  more  than  two  studies.  The  course  had  to 
be  completed  in  one  year  and  was  not  open  to  special 
students.  This  course  was  found  to  be  unnecessary  after 
1887.  In  1884  the  English  department  required  "the  usual 
English  branches",  including  orthography,  grammar,  and 
analysis.  History  at  this  time  asked  for  general  history  and 
geography.  Mathematics  remained  the  same.  The  grammar 

12— H.  U. 


178  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

and  composition  remained  the  same  in  Greek  and  Latin ;  but 
a  definite  requirement  of  four  books  of  Caesar,  six  books  of 
Virgil's  Aeneid,  and  four  books  of  Xenophon's  Anabasis  was 
made. 

The  requirements  in  Mathematics  were  raised  to  include 
three  books  of  Geometry  during  the  life  of  the  University 
from  1888  to  1891  and  after  it  became  again  the  South 
Carolina  College  until  1894,  when  the  Geometry  was  dropped. 
These  books  were  restored  in  1908.  The  Latin  requirements 
have  continued  practically  the  same,  although  Cicero's  Cati- 
line orations  are  generally  offered  instead  of  Virgil.  Owing 
to  the  inadequacy  of  the  preparation,  Caesar  and  a  good 
training  in  grammar  and  composition  were  for  some  years 
accepted.  After  1888  the  requirements  were  increased  by 
the  addition  of  a  composition  on  a  set  theme  and  a  prescribed 
course  in  reading,  which  has  varied  too  much  to  be  here 
given  in  detail.  The  Geography  of  South  Carolina,  Modern 
Geography,  the  History  of  South  Carolina,  and  United  States 
History  have  been  since  1888  the  admission  requirements  in 
history,  except  that  in  1909  English  History  and  later  civics 
have  been  added.  With  the  opening  of  the  session  of  1907 
the  University  began  to  conform  to  the  "Uniform  Entrance 
Requirements."  Each  unit  of  preparatory  work  is  measured 
by  five  weekly  recitation  periods  of  forty  minutes  each  for 
thirty-six  weeks.  The  present  requirement  is  eleven  units, 
which  must  be  in  English,  History  and  Mathematics  to  the 
amount  of  seven  and  a  half  units,  with  two  and  a  half  to  be 
offered  from  language  or  science  at  the  will  of  the  applicant. 

It  has  not  been  necessary  since  the  opening  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  South  Carolina  in  1866  for  a  student  to  have  Greek 
or  Latin  for  graduation.  Courses  have  been  provided  in 
which  these  languages  have  not  been  required. 

At  the  opening  of  the  college  in  1805  the  students  studied 
Latin,  Greek,  Mathematics,  English,  Criticism,  Logic, 
Astronomy,  Geography,  Metaphysics,  Natural  Philosophy, 
Moral  Philosophy  and  History.  French  was  added  in  1807, 
but  was  declared  a  failure  and  dropped  in  1818.  It  was 
taught  again  from  1829  to  1831.  George  McDuffie,  president 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  179 

of  the  board  of  trustees  ex-officio  as  governor,  1835-37,  vainly 
tried  to  have  a  chair  of  modern  languages  established.  Pro- 
fessor Perrault  taught  geology  lecturing  to  the  seniors  in 
1809.  Chemistry  was  introduced  in  1811.  Mineralogy  became 
a  part  of  the  chair  of  chemistry  in  1818.  Geology  came  into 
the  curriculum  with  Dr.  Cooper;  Lardner  Vanuxem  was 
made  professor  of  Mineralogy  and  Geology  in  1821,  and  the 
trustees  purchased  Dr.  Cooper's  cabinet  of  minerals.  Begin- 
ning with  1824  Dr.  Cooper  gave  lectures  in  political  economy. 
Oriental  and  Modern  Languages  were  taught  by  M.  Michael- 
owitz  in  1829-31.  A  chair  of  Sacred  Literature,  later  Sacred 
Literature  and  Christian  Evidences,  was  created  in  1835. 
At  the  same  time  Professor  Lieber  entered  on  his  duties  as 
professor  of  History  and  Political  Economy.  Lectures  on 
agricultural  chemistry  were  introduced  in  1845.  Professor 
Williams  taught  Mechanical  Philosophy  after  1846  in  con- 
nection with  Mathematics.  A  new  chair  of  Natural  and 
Mechanical  Philosophy  was  created  for  Dr.  John  LeConte 
in  1856. 

After  the  college  changed  into  the  university  the  subjects 
of  instruction  remained  nearly  as  before  with  the  addition  of 
law  and  medicine,  and  modern  languages.  Professor  LaBorde 
also  undertook  to  give  instruction  in  English  Language  and 
Literature  in  connection  with  his  other  work. 

The  curriculum  of  the  South  Carolina  College  of  Agricul- 
ture and  Mechanics  embraced  English  Literature ;  President 
Miles,  who  taught  this  subject,  endeavored  to  include 
History,  Political  Economy,  Logic,  Intellectual  Philosophy, 
and,  "if  practicable,"  Mental  and  Moral  Philosophy  and  the 
Evidences  of  Christianity;  Geology,  Mineralogy,  Botany, 
Zoology,  Mathematics  (pure  and  applied),  Natural  Phil- 
osophy, Analytical  and  Agricultural  Chemistry. 

The  curriculum  of  the  South  Carolina  College  in  1882  was 
enlarged  by  the  addition  of  Ancient  Languages,  Modern 
Languages  and  English,  Philosophy  and  Belles  Lettres, 
History  and  Political  Science,  and  Agriculture  and  Horti- 
culture. 

The  departments  in  the  University  of  South  Carolina, 


180  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

into  which  the  college  was  changed  in  1888,  were  Greek, 
Latin,  Modern  Languages,  English  Language  and  Literature, 
History  and  Political  Science,  Logic  and  Rhetoric,  Mental 
and  Moral  Science,  Mathematics  and  Astronomy,  Physics 
and  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Geology  and  Mineralogy, 
Biology,  Hygiene  and  Bacteriology,  Veterinary  Science, 
Pedagogy,  Mechanical  Engineering,  Materia  Medica,  Phar- 
macy, and  Law.  There  was  another  division  into  a  Gradu- 
ate Department,  a  College  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences,  a 
College  of  Pharmacy,  a  Normal  School,  and  a  Law  School, 
each  with  its  own  faculty. 

After  the  University  was  suppressed  in  1891  and  the  South 
Carolina  College  was  again  organized,  the  departments  of 
instruction  were  Ancient  Languages,  Modern  Languages; 
English  Language  and  Literature  and  Rhetoric;  History, 
Political  Economy,  and  Civics;  Mental  and  Moral  Science; 
Mathematics;  Physics  and  Astronomy;  Chemistry;  Biology, 
Geology,  and  Mineralogy ;  Law.  Normal  courses  were  added 
in  1894.  Women  were  admitted  in  1894  by  act  of  legislature. 
A  Special  Normal  Course  was  added  in  1903. 

In  February,  1906,  the  present  University  of  South  Caro- 
lina received  its  charter.  The  department  of  Biology,  Min- 
eralogy, and  Geology  was  divided  into  two  full  departments, 
Biology,  and  Geology  and  Mineralogy.  The  department  of 
pedagogics  became  the  department  of  Education.  The  school 
of  engineering  was  founded.  Sociology  and  allied  studies 
were  introduced.  Economics  was  made  a  separate  chair. 
Industrial  chemistry  was  added  to  the  chemical  course.  Two 
full  professors  in  Ancient  Languages  and  three  in  English 
were  created.  The  State  health  department  was  located  on 
the  grounds  of  the  University  and  furnished  several  courses. 
All  departments  were  extended. 

The  various  subjects  as  studied  in  1806,  1836  and  1860 
will  be  sufficient  to  illustrate  the  changes  in  the  curriculum 
of  the  old  South  Carolina  College.  They  follow : 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA 


-181 


1806. 


LATIN. 

1836. 


Freshman:    Virgil    (Bucol-    Horace    (complete), 
ics    and    Geor- 
gics) 

Cicero's      Ora- 
tions. 


Sophomore :    Horace. 


Tacitus   (Histories, 
Germania,   Agricola). 
Juvenal    (six  satires), 


Junior :  Cicero  De  Oratore.    Cicero  De  Oratore 

Juvenal   (four  satires). 


Senior :    Palladius    De    Re    Select  Latin. 
Rustica. 


1860. 

Livy,  Bk.  XXI 
Horace    (except    Ars 
Poetica). 


Tacitus    (Germania, 

Agricola). 

Select  Satires  of  Juvenal 

and  Persius. 

Cicero's  De  Officiis  or 
Lucan's  Pharsalia. 
Horace's   Ars  Poetica. 

Terence's  Andria. 
Plautus's    Captivi. 


1806. 


GREEK. 


1836. 


1860. 


Freshman:    New    Testa-    Xenophon's    Anabasis    (six    Homer's     Iliad     completed 
ment.  bks.)  (eighteen  bks.). 

Xenophon's  Homer   (eleven  bks.) 

Cyropedia. 

fDemosthenes's  De  Corona 
and  selections  from  his- 
torians and  orators. 


Junior:       Longinus's       De    Homer    (two    bks.) 
Sublimitate.  Demosthenes. 


Senior :    Demosthenes,    Se-    Greek  Dramatists, 
lect  Orations. 


Aeschylus,    Septem,    Sopho- 
cles, Oed.  Tyr.,  Euripides, 
Medea. 

Pindar,      Plato,      Aristotle 
(selections). 


MATHEMATICS. 


1806. 


Freshman  :   Arithmetic. 


1836. 


1860. 


Bourdon's  Algebra  to  equa-(Rev.  of  Algebra  (in  theory 
tions  of   3rd  degree,   ratio  J  of       logarithms),       Arith., 


•I  Re 
Oof 
!<Th 


and     proportion,     infinite <  Theoretical    (Loomis), 
| series,       logarithms,       Le-  j Geometry    (Loomis). 


[gendre's  plane  geom. 


Sophomore  :     Vulgar    a  n  d  f  f 

decimal    frac-  \  Legendre's   solid  geometry.  {  Plane  Trig. 
tions,    Algebra.    [  L  Conic  Sections. 

Junior  :  Geometry,  theoret-  f  Desc.     Geom.,     Conic    Sec-  {  Spherical  Trig. 

ical  and  practical,  I  tions,  Analyt.  Geom.,  Flux-  (  Analytical  Geom.  (Davies) 
{  ions,  Quadrature,  Curva-  1  Lectures  on  Differential 
Iture,  etc.  land  Integral  Calculus. 


Senior :     Parts    of    higher 
Math. 


182  HISTORY  OP  THE  UNIVERSITY 


ENGLISH. 

1806.  1836.  1860. 

Freshman :  Eng.  Grammar.    Blair's  Lectures  and  Rhet-        

orical    exercises. 

Sophomore :    Sheridan's  Elocution. 

Lectures    on 
Elocution. 


Junior:   Elements  of  Criticism  Whateley's    Rhetoric,    Ele- 

Rhetoric.  ments  of  Criticism. 

Senior:   Criticism  and  Elocution. 

President  Maxcy  taught  Belles  Lettres,  as  did  President 
Preston.  The  subject  was  attached  to  one  of  the  chairs,  Logic 
for  the  most  part. 

HISTORY. 


1806. 

1836. 
Tytler's    History. 

1860. 
Ancient  History. 
History  of  Middle  Ages, 

History  of  Bible. 

Senior  :    Millot's    Elements 
of  History. 

History,  Political 
Economy. 

Political    Economy,    Poll 
cal  Ethics. 

By  1838  Professor  Lieber  had  introduced  History  into  the 
junior  and  senior  classes.  In  1847  the  sophomores  studied 
History  of  the  Middle  Ages;  the  juniors  studied  Modern 
History,  this  last  being  changed  to  Political  Philosophy  in 
1849.  History  of  the  Bible,  Connexion  of  Sacred  and  Pro- 
fane History,  came  in  for  the  first  time  in  1859. 

LOGIC. 
From  the  beginning  in  the  junior  class. 

MOKAL  PHILOSOPHY. 

From  the  beginning  in  the  junior  year. 

METAPHYSICS. 

• 

Always  in  the  senior  year. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  183 

SACRED  LITERATURE  AND  EVIDENCES  OF 
CHRISTIANITY. 

This  course  was  instituted  at  the  time  of  the  reorganization 
in  1835  and  was  given  to  both  the  juniors  and  seniors.  In 
1858  Professor  Barnwell  substituted  for  it  in  the  senior  class 
a  study  of  Butler's  Analogy. 

CHEMISTRY. 

Professor  Perrault  lectured  the  seniors  in  1809  on  chem- 
istry. The  chair  of  chemistry  was  established  in  1811:  the 
seniors  were  lectured.  The  catalogue  of  1836  shows  that  both 
the  juniors  and  seniors  received  instruction  in  this  branch, 
which  continued  until  1859,  when  chemistry  was  placed  also 
among  the  sophomore  studies. 

GEOLOGY  AND  MINERALOGY. 

Mineralogy  was  introduced  in  1817  and  attached  to  the 
chair  of  chemistry;  Geology  came  in  two  years  later  with 
Dr.  Cooper.  These  subjects  were  a  part  of  the  work  of  the 
seniors,  never  of  a  lower  class. 

NATURAL  PHILOSOPHY. 

Studied  by  juniors.  In  1836  it  appears  as  a  senior  study. 
Heat,  light  and  electricity,  as  taught  in  the  library  of  useful 
knowledge,  became  at  this  time  a  part  of  the  work  of  the 
sophomores,  to  which  galvanism,  magnetism  and  electro- 
magnetism  were  later  added.  Under  Professor  John  LeConte 
the  sophomores  received  further  instruction  in  this  subject. 
After  1841  Mechanical  Philosophy  appears  in  the  list  of 
junior  studies.  Natural  Philosophy  was  studied  by  the 
seniors  after  1857. 

CIVIL  ENGINEERING. 
A  senior  study  from  1848  to  1858. 

ASTRONOMY. 

At  all  times  a  senior  study. 


184  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

PHYSIOLOGY. 

Introduced  as  a  junior  study  in  1847,  later  placed  in  the 
sophomore  group.  The  importance  of  this  study  was  first 
insisted  on  by  Professor  Thornwell,  who  found  a  knowledge 
of  it  necessary  in  his  teaching  of  philosophy. 

At  the  opening  of  the  college  in  1805  the  faculty  as  elected 
consisted  of  four  members,  who  held  the  chairs  of  Belles 
Lettres,  Criticism  and  Metaphysics  (President  Maxcy), 
Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy,  First  Professor  of 
Languages,  Second  Professor  of  Languages.  French  was 
added  for  a  few  years.  At  the  close  of  Dr.  Maxcy's  adminis- 
tration, in  1820,  there  were  chairs  of  Logic  and  Moral  Phil- 
osophy, Chemistry,  to  which  Mineralogy  was  attached, 
Languages  (one  chair),  Belles  Lettres,  Criticism  and  Meta- 
physics, and  Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy,  five  in  all. 

Under  President  Cooper  there  were  chairs  of  Mathematics 
and  Natural  Philosophy,  Chemistry,  to  which  was  attached 
the  professorship  of  Mineralogy  and  Geology — from  1821 
to  1827  this  professorship  was  held  by  Lardner  Vanuxem  as 
a  distinct  chair;  with  Robert  W.  Gibbes  as  assistant  Dr. 
Cooper  conducted  the  three  subjects  during  the  remainder 
of  his  term  of  office — Logic,  Elements  of  Criticism  and  Phil- 
osophy of  Language,  Moral  Philosophy  and  Metaphysics,  and 
Languages.  Logic  was  assigned  until  1824  to  the  professor 
of  Moral  Philosophy.  There  were  six  chairs  for  the  greater 
part  of  Dr.  Cooper's  administration. 

After  the  reorganization  in  1836  the  faculty  consisted  of 
professors  of  Intellectual  and  Moral  Philosophy  (held  by 
the  president) ;  Logic  and  Belles  Lettres;  History  and  Politi- 
cal Economy;  Greek  and  Roman  Literature;  Mathematics, 
Mechanical  Philosophy  and  Astronomy ;  Chemistry,  Geology 
and  Mineralogy;  Sacred  Literature  and  Evidences  of 
Christianity.  After  Greek  and  Latin  were  divided  in  1845, 
there  were  eight  professors. 

The  faculty  of  1860  consisted  of  the  president,  who  taught 
History,  Political  Economy,  Political  Philosophy  and  Elocu- 
tion ;  and  of  professors  of  Logic,  Rhetoric  and  Philosophy  of 
the  mind ;  Roman  Literature ;  Greek  Literature ;  Natural  and 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  185 

Mechanical  Philosophy ;  Moral  Philosophy,  Sacred  Literature 
and  Evidences  of  Christianity;  Chemistry,  Geology  and 
Mineralogy;  Mathematics  and  Astronomy. 

There  were  two  tutors,  one  in  Mathematics,  the  other  in 
Languages  (or  Classics)  from  1807  to  1844,  in  which  year 
the  position  was  abolished.  French  was  taught  by  a  tutor 
from  1807  to  1818. 

In  the  University  that  was  opened  in  1866  the  student 
could  choose  any  subject  he  wished,  provided  he  took  at  least 
three  subjects.  He  was  given  a  diploma  or  certificate  when 
he  finished  a  subject  or  school.  If  he  wished  to  take  the 
A.  B.  degree  he  must  graduate  in  any  two  of  the  literary 
schools  of  the  University  and  in  any  two  of  the  scientific 
schools,  making  in  addition  distinction  in  the  intermediate 
and  final  examinations  in  the  junior  class  of  any  two  of  the 
remaining  schools.  The  students  entered  for  the  most  part 
into  the  schools  of  Mathematics,  Ancient  Languages,  History 
and  Political  Economy,  and  Rhetoric  and  English  Language 
and  Literature.  There  were  two  classes,  juniors  and  seniors, 
so  that  a  school  could  be  completed  in  two  years. 

In  the  school  of  History,  Political  Philosophy  and  Political 
Economy  the  juniors  studied  Ancient  and  Modern  History ; 
the  seniors  devoted  their  time  to  Political  Philosophy  and 
Political  Economy. 

Students  in  the  school  of  Ancient  Languages  and  Litera- 
ture took  in  junior  Latin  Prose  Composition,  Livy  Bk.  XXI, 
Horace  except  Ars  Poetica,  Tacitus'  Germany  and  Agricola, 
Select  Satires  of  Juvenal;  in  senior  Latin,  Prose  Compo- 
sition, Selections  from  Cicero's  Philosophical  Treatises, 
Horace's  Ars  Poetica,  a  drama  of  Plautus,  a  drama  of 
Terence.  The  junior  in  Greek  had  Exercises  in  Greek 
Syntax,  ten  books  of  Homer's  Iliad,  Selections  from  Hero- 
dotus and  Thucydides,  Xenophon's  Memorabilia,  Demos- 
thenes' De  Corona;  in  Senior  Greek  the  course  consisted  of 
Composition,  Selections  from  Plato's  Dialogues,  a  drama  of 
Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  and  Euripides,  a  play  of  Aristophanes, 
and  Selections  from  the  Lyric  Poets.  In  all  the  classes 
private  collateral  reading  was  assigned. 


186  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVBBSITY 

Where  the  course  of  the  school  of  Modern  Languages  arid 
Literature  is  given  in  the  catalogues  the  first  year  contained 
French  and  German,  the  second  year  only  French.  Pujol's 
French  Course  was  used  in  both  years,  with  the  addition  of 
Ploetz'  Manuel  de  la  Litterature  Frangaise  in  the  senior. 
The  German  students  were  taught  only  Otto's  German 
Grammar  and  Schiller's  Wilhelm  Tell. 

Professor  LaBorde  gave  instruction  to  his  juniors  in  the 
school  of  Rhetoric,  Criticism,  Elocution,  and  English  Lan- 
guage and  Literature  the  History  and  Philosophy  of  the 
English  Language,  Rhetoric,  Verbal  Criticism  and  Composi- 
tion; to  his  seniors  he  gave  Outline  of  English  Literature 
and  Notices  of  Distinguished  Authors,  with  criticism  of  their 
works.  Argument,  or  Conviction  and  Persuasion,  as  given 
in  Whately's  Rhetoric,  formed  a  part  of  the  senior  course. 

The  school  of  Mental  and  Moral  Philosophy,  Sacred  Litera- 
ture and  Evidences  of  Christianity  offered  juniors  a  course 
in  Logic  and  Mental  Philosophy  (begun),  seniors  Mental 
Philosophy  (finished),  Moral  Philosophy,  Butler's  Analogy 
and  lectures  on  recent  forms  of  scepticism. 

Those  who  took  the  course  of  study  in  the  school  of  Math- 
ematics, and  Civil  and  Military  Engineering  and  Construc- 
tion received  instruction  in  the  junior  class  in  Algebra  (com- 
pleted), Geometry,  Plane  and  Spherical  Trigonometry,  Sur- 
veying and  the  use  of  instruments;  in  the  senior  class, 
Descriptive  Geometry,  Analytical  Geometry,  Calculus,  and 
Mathematical  Drawing.  The  course  of  the  class  in  Engi- 
neering embraced  Civil  Engineering,  Architecture,  Stone 
Cutting,  Engineering  Drawing,  Military  Engineering. 

The  work  of  the  school  of  Natural  and  Mechanical  Phil- 
osophy and  Astronomy  was  divided  into  three  classes,  two 
in  Natural  and  Mechanical  Philosophy  extending  through 
the  junior  and  senior  years,  and  one  in  Astronomy. 

In  the  school  of  Chemistry,  Pharmacy,  Mineralogy  and 
Geology  there  were  three  classes,  two,  junior  and  senior,  in 
Chemistry  and  Pharmacy,  the  latter  being  studied  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Chemistry — Agricultural  Chemistry  was  taught 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  187 

in  the  senior  year.  Mineralogy  and  Geology  were  given  in  a 
course  of  lectures  extending  over  one  year. 

There  were  eight  professors  in  the  Academic  Schools. 

The  course  of  study  in  the  South  Carolina  College  of  Agri- 
culture and  Mechanics  was: 

First  Year. 

English,  History,  Rhetoric,  Composition,  Declamation, 
Algebra,  Geometry. 

Second  Year. 

Logic,  Political  Economy,  Declamation,  Mineralogy, 
Botany,  Trigonometry,  Descriptive  Geometry,  Shades  and 
Shadows,  Surveying,  Inorganic  Chemistry. 

Third  Year. 

Mental  Philosophy,  English  Literature  and  Language, 
Zoology,  Geology,  General  Geometry,  Differential  and 
Integral  Calculus,  Applied  Mathematics,  Organic  Chemistry, 
Agricultural  Chemistry,  both  qualitative  and  quantitative. 

Four  professors,  including  the  president,  made  up  the 
faculty. 

There  were  Regular,  Special  and  Elective  Courses  in  the 
South  Carolina  College  that  opened  its  doors  in  1882;  In 
the  following  year  Post-Graduate  and  Professional  Courses 
were  added.  Every  student  was  required  to  select  one  of  the 
Regular  or  Special  courses,  unless  for  exceptional  reasons 
an  elective  course  was  allowed  by  the  faculty.  The  Regular 
Courses  were  divided  into  two  principal  groups,  Literary 
and  Scientific,  these  again  being  subdivided.  The  Science 
Courses  were  a  "Course  in  General  Science",  a  "Course  of 
Mechanics  and  Engineering,"  a  "Course  of  Agriculture  and 
Chemistry."  In  all  the  first  two  years  were  the  same.  The 
studies  of  the  first  year  were  1st  Mathematics,  Rural 
Economy,  1st  History,  1st  French,  1st  English ;  of  the  second 
year,  2nd  Math.,  Surveying,  Physics,  1st  Chemistry,  2nd 
French,  2nd  English.  The  third  year  of  the  "Course  of  Gen- 


188  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

eral  Science"  consisted  of  3rd  Mathematics,  Mechanics, 
Zoology  and  Physiology  (one  term  each),  2nd  Chemistry, 
Botany,  1st  German.  Descriptive  Geometry  and  Drawing 
appear  in  the  place  of  Zoology,  and  Botany  is  given  for  one 
term,  in  the  "Course  of  Mechanics  and  Engineering" ;  other- 
wise the  third  year  was  the  same  in  the  two  courses.  The 
third  year  of  the  "Course  of  Agriculture  and  Chemistry" 
differed  in  the  substitution  of  qualitative  Analysis  for  3rd 
Math.  The  fourth  year  of  the  "Course  of  General  Science" 
consisted  of  Astronomy  and  Geology  (each  one  term),  Min- 
eralogy, Political  Economy,  English  Literature,  1st  Moral 
Philosophy,  2nd  German.  The  same  year  of  the  "Course  of 
Mechanics  and  Engineering"  consisted  of  Civil  Engineering, 
Drawing,  Field  Work,  Astronomy  and  Geology  (each  one 
term ) ,  Mineralogy,  2nd  German.  In  this  year  of  the  "Course 
of  Agriculture  and  Chemistry"  the  subjects  were  Agricul- 
tural Chemistry,  Quantitative  Analysis,  Astronomy  and 
Geology  (each  one  term),  Mineralogy,  Political  Economy, 
2nd  German. 

The  Literature  Courses  were  two :  1.  Course  of  Classical 
Literature,  of  which  the  first  year  contained  the  following 
studies:  1st  Latin  (Odes  and  Epodes  of  Horace,  Sallusts' 
Catiline,  Cicero's  Orations),  1st  Greek  (Selections  from  Iliad 
or  Odyssey,  Xenophon's  Anabasis,  Herodotus),  1st  French 
(Joynes-Otto  Introductory  French  Lessons  and  Reader), 
1st  History  (ancient  and  modern),  1st  Mathematics  (Alge- 
bra and  six  books  of  Geometry)  ;  the  second  year,  2nd  Latin 
(Horace's  Satires  and  Epistles,  Ovid,  Agricola  of  Tacitus), 
2nd  Greek  (Plato,  Xenophon,  Demosthenes),  1st  German 
(Joynes-Otto  Introductory  German  Lessons  and  Reader), 
2nd  English  (English  Language),  2nd  Mathematics  (Plane 
and  Spherical  Trig.,  Conic  Sections)  ;  Physics;  the  third 
year,  3rd  Latin  (Livy,  Juvenal,  Cicero's  ethical  or  philoso- 
phical works),  3rd  Greek  (Aristophanes'  Clouds,  Thucy- 
dides,  Pindar),  2nd  History  (Epochs,  Modern  Civilization, 
Constitutional  History),  1st  Moral  Philosophy,  (Logic),  1st 
Chemistry  (Inorganic),  Botany  and  Physiology  (each  one 
term)  ;  the  fourth  year,  4th  Latin  (two  plays  of  Terence — one 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  189 

term),  4th  Greek  (Pindar  and  New  Testament — one  term), 
English  Literature,  Psychology,  Constitutional  Law  and 
Ethics  (each  one  term),  Political  Economy,  Astronomy  and 
Geology  (each  one  term).  2.  Course  of  Latin  and  Modern 
Literature:  the  first  year  substitutes  1st  English  (Gram- 
mar) for  1st  Greek  in  the  preceding  course;  the  second  dif- 
fers in  having  2nd  French  for  2nd  Greek ;  the  third  has  2nd 
German  for  3rd  Greek;  the  fourth  substitutes  3rd  German 
(Historical  Grammar  and  Etymology,  by  lectures,  selected 
readings )  and  3rd  French  ( Historical  Grammar  and  Etymo- 
logy, by  lectures,  selected  readings)  for  the  Latin  and  Greek. 
The  Special  Courses  extended  over  two  years;  the  student 
who  completed  any  one  of  them  received  a  certificate.  The 
courses  were :  1.  Shorter  Course  of  English  Studies,  the  first 
year  of  which  consisted  of  1st  Eng.,  1st  Hist.,  1st  Math., 
Inorganic  Chemistry,  Agriculture;  the  second  year,  2nd 
Eng.,  Eng.  Lit.,  2nd  Hist.,  Polit.  Econ.,  Physics,  Botany  and 
Physiology  (each  one  term).  2.  Shorter  Course  of  Science, 
having  in  its  first  year  1st  Math.,  Inorganic  Chem.,  Botany, 
Agriculture,  1st  Eng.,  in  the  second  year,  2nd  Mat.,  Survey- 
ing, Desc.  Geom.,  Drawing,  Physics,  Zoology  and  Physiology 
(each  one  term).  3.  Shorter  Course  of  Agriculture,  its  first 
year  being  Agriculture,  Inorganic  Chem.,  1st  Math.,  1st 
Eng.,  1st  Fr.  or  Ger. ;  its  second  year,  Agricul.  Chem.,  Quali- 
tative Analysis,  Quantitative  Analysis,  Botany,  Zoology  and 
Physiology  (each  one  term),  Surveying.  4.  Shorter  Course 
for  Teachers.  First  Year. — 1st  Latin;  1st  Greek  or  1st 
French;  1st  Eng.;  1st  Math.;  1st  Hist.;  Physical  Geog. 
Second  Year. — 2nd  Lat. ;  2nd  Greek  or  1st  Ger. ;  2nd  Eng. ; 
Eng.  Lit,  and  Methods  of  Teaching  (each  one  term) ;  2nd 
Math. ;  Physics.  5.  Shorter  Course  Preparatory  for  Medicine 
and  Pharmacy.  First  Year. — 1st  Lat.  or  1st  French;  Inor- 
ganic Chem. ;  Botany ;  1st  Math. ;  1st  Eng.  Second  Year. — 
2nd  Lat.  or  1st  Ger. ;  Organic  Chem.  and  Pharmacy ;  Phar- 
maceutical and  Chemical  Analysis;  Zoology  and  Physiology 
(each  one  term)  ;  Physics.  These  courses  were  co-ordinated 
with  the  others  so  that  if  a  student  after  taking  one  of  them 


190  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

should  wish  to  pursue  his  studies  and  take  a  degree,  he 
could  do  so. 

Post-graduate  courses  were  offered,  which  will  be  taken 
up  later. 

The  professional  courses  led  to  the  degrees  of  Civil  Engi- 
neering (C.  E.),  Mining  Engineering  (M.  E.),  and  Bache- 
lor of  Laws.  The  Civil  Engineering  course  required,  in  addi- 
tion to  all  the  subjects  prescribed  in  the  course  of  Mechanics 
and  Engineering,  a  course  of  not  less  than  one  year,  includ- 
ing technical  and  applied  work  in  Mathematics,  Mechanics, 
Engineering,  Drawing  and  Construction,  and  Analytical 
Chemistry  (Qualitative).  A  similar  additional  requirement 
was  made  in  the  Mining  Engineer  course  of  Analytical  Chem- 
istry (Qualitative  and  Quantitative),  Mineralogy  and 
Geology,  Applied  Mathematics,  Mechanics  and  Drawing. 
The  course  in  law  will  be  given  in  the  chapter  on  the  law 
school. 

There  were  eight  chairs,  including  the  president  but  not 
the  professor  of  law. 

The  University  of  South  Carolina,  1888-1891,  was  organ- 
ized into  a  College  of  Agriculture  and  Mechanic  Arts,  a  Col- 
lege of  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences,  a  College  of  Pharmacy,  a 
Normal  School,  and  a  Law  School.  The  College  of  Agricul- 
ture and  Mechanic  Arts  offered  six  regular  four  year  courses 
leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  (B.  S.),  four 
two  year  Special  Courses  for  Certificates,  and  Elective 
Courses.  The  regular  four  year  courses  were  "General 
Science,"  "Civil  Engineering,"  "Mechanical  Engineering," 
"Agriculture,"  "Chemistry,"  "Natural  History."  The  Special 
Courses  were  "General  Science,"  "Applied  Science,"  "Agri- 
culture," "Business."  Four  regular  four  year  courses  were 
offered  by  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences:  Classi- 
cal, Latin  and  Modern  Languages,  English  Literature,  His- 
tory and  Philosophy.  In  the  second  year  of  the  existence 
of  the  University  they  were  diminished  to  three  by  omiting 
Philosophy  and  combining  History  with  English.  Elective 
courses  were  also  given.  The  College  of  Pharmacy  offered 
a  course  of  two  years  for  the  degree  of  Graduate  of  Pharmacy 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  191 

(Ph.  G.),  and  a  special  two  year  course  for  a  certificate 
preparatory  for  medicine  and  pharmacy.  To  receive  the 
degree  in  pharmacy  the  candidate  had  to  be  twenty-one  years 
of  age  and  present  a  certificate  that  he  had  had  two  years  of 
experience  in  a  drug  store  in  addition  to  that  acquired  in 
the  course.  A  student  of  the  Normal  School  could  pursue  a 
one  year's  course  leading  to  the  degree  of  Licentiate  of 
Instruction  (L.  I.),  which  was  a  professional  course,  or,  if 
not  prepared  for  this,  he  could  take  a  two  years'  special 
course  preparatory  to  the  study  of  pedagogy. 

The  regular  courses  differed  little  from  the  courses 
described  above  in  the  college.  When  it  was  largest,  the 
faculty  had  17  full  professors,  including  the  president,  but 
not  the  professor  of  law,  and  10  subordinate  instructors. 

The  University  became  the  College  in  1891.  The  profes- 
sorships of  Agriculture  and  Agricultural  Chemistry  had  been 
discontinued  in  1890.  The  new  College  of  South  Carolina 
had  during  the  first  year  of  its  existence  the  courses  for  the 
A.  B.  and  the  B.  S.  degrees  the  same  as  under  the  university 
charter.  Essays  were  added  in  the  senior  years,  and  a  few 
hours  of  elective  were  permitted  in  the  junior  and  senior 
classes.  The  following  year  they  were  contracted  into  the 
Classical  and  the  Literary  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Arts,  and  the  Scientific  learning  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree.  Normal  courses  of  two  years  with  certificate  of 
qualification  to  teach  in  the  Grammar  schools,  of  three  years 
for  the  Licentiate  of  Instruction  (L.  I.)  and  of  four  years  for 
the  Bachelor  of  Arts  (A.  B.)  were  added  in  1893;  but  the 
courses  did  not  go  into  effect  until  the  fall  of  1894,  when 
the  professor  of  pedagogy  was  elected.  Four  courses  were 
at  this  time  provided  leading  to  the  A.  B.  degree,  Classical 
and  three  Literary,  and  for  the  B.  S.  degree,  General  Science, 
Chemical,  Civil  Engineering  and  Electrical  Engineering. 
Students  might  take  special  courses  of  any  length  and  receive 
a  formal  certificate  that  he  had  completed  certain  work.  In 
1898  the  courses  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  and  Bachelor  of 
Science  degrees  were  cut  down  to  one  each,  with  alternatives 
and  electives,  except  that  for  the  engineering  students  addi- 


192  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

tional  and  special  work  was  required.  The  following  year 
brought  further  changes :  the  courses  for  the  degree  of  Bache- 
lor of  Arts  were  so  arranged  that  the  first  two  years  remained 
the  same  for  all  who  sought  this  degree,  except  that  alterna- 
tives in  language  were  allowed ;  in  the  third  year  there  was 
a  division  into  four  courses,  Classical,  Latin-Science  Latin- 
Literature,  Modern-Literature;  the  fourth  year  consisted  of 
Ethics,  Political  Science,  Astronomy,  Essays,  and  six  hours 
elective.  In  the  junior  year  the  same  number  of  elective 
hours  was  allowed.  There  was  a  similar  arrangement  in 
regard  to  the  first  two  years  of  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
course;  the  division  in  the  third  year  was  into  Mathe- 
matical-Physical and  Chemical-Biological.  The  require- 
ments in  regard  to  the  Civil  and  Engineering  courses 
remained  as  before.  A  Special  Normal  Course  was  added 
in  1903.  Logic  and  Psychology  were  required  in  the  third 
year  of  all  courses  by  regulation  of  the  board  of  trustees 
in  1904.  Spring  courses  for  teachers  lasting  about  six  weeks, 
from  the  last  of  March  until  the  middle  of  May,  were  intro- 
duced in  1900  and  attracted  students  for  several  years;  but 
the  summer  schools  made  them  unnecessary,  so  that  they 
were  not  largely  attended  after  1904 ;  in  1908  all  mention  of 
them  was  omitted  from  the  catalogue.  Another  working  over 
of  the  course  was  made  in  1907 :  Three  schools  now  appear, 
School  of  Art,  School  of  Science,  and  Teacher's  School.  In 
the  first,  which  led  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  there 
were  four  courses  named  as  before ;  the  old  courses  were  also 
kept  in  the  School  of  Science;  in  the  Teacher's  School  there 
were  two  courses  leading,  the  one  to  the  L.  I.  degree,  the 
other  to  the  A.  B.  degree.  The  term  was  now  made  the  basis 
of  the  measure  of  work.  The  courses  differed  but  little  from 
the  former  except  that  greater  election  was  granted.  An 
arrangement  of  the  courses  of  study  in  groups  came  into  use 
in  1909,  the  old  names  being  employed  for  the  groups, 
although  the  courses  were  the  same.  In  the  School  of  Arts  a 
new  course  Commerce  and  Finance  appears.  The  following 
year  brings  another  school,  that  of  Engineering  with  its 
special  courses  for  Civil  and  Electrical  Engineering  leading 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  193 

to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science;  graduate  work  was 
added  for  those  who  wished  to  go  on  to  the  degree  of  Civil 
Engineering  (C.  E.)  and  of  Electrical  Engineering  (E.  E.). 
This  school  also  offered  a  course  on  Road  Construction.  The 
catalogue  of  1910-11  offered  a  course  for  those  who  desired 
to  enter  social  or  religious  life  and  a  Course  Leading  to 
Mining  Engineering.  Spanish  was  made  a  substitute  for 
French  in  all  courses  where  the  latter  language  was  required. 
Shorter  courses  of  two  years  in  English  and  Scientific 
Studies,  in  Commerce  and  Finance,  in  Road  Building,  Pre- 
paratory to  Medicine  or  Pharmacy  and  Preparatory  to  Law 
were  introduced  in  1912  modelled  on  the  shorter  courses  of 
a  quarter  of  a  century  before.  A  larger  latitude  of  selection 
was  allowed  in  a  revision  of  all  the  courses,  except  in  Com- 
merce and  Finance,  Social  and  Religious,  and  Education, 
in  which  complete  courses  were  planned. 

The  courses  of  study  offered  in  the  School  of  Arts  and 
Science  were  arranged  in  the  following  groups : 

GROUP  I.  GROUP  II.  GROUP  III. 

Ancient  Languages  History  Mathematics  and 

Modern  Languages  Economics  Astronomy 

English  Philosophy        Physics 

Education         Chemistry 
Biology 
Geology  and 

Mineralogy 

1.  For  the  degree  of  A.  B.  or  B.  S.  the  candidate  must 
submit  142  credits,  to  be  distributed  as  follows : 

a.  At  least  24  credits  must  be  taken  in  at  least  two  depart- 
ments from  each  of  the  three  groups. 

b.  At  least  36  additional  credits  must  be  taken  in  one  of 
the  groups. 

c.  Thirty  credits  may  be  selected  freely  in  the  three  groups. 

d.  Four  credits  must  be  offered  in  Gymnasium. 

2.  The  above  credits  must  include  the  following,  which  are 
required  of  all  candidates  for  these  degrees:     English  12, 

13— H.  U. 


194  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

History  12,  Mathematics  12,  one  Language  12,  Laboratory 
Science  6  or  8,  and  Gymnasium  4. 

3.  The  following  courses  may  be  credited  with  only  two- 
thirds  of  their  value  when  offered  as  electives  by  Juniors  or 
Seniors:  Greek  A,  French  A,  German  A,  Physiography, 
Elementary  Botany,  Elementary  Zoology,  and  Commercial 
Geography. 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  will  be  awarded  to  students 
who  elect  the  major  part  of  their  work  in  Groups  I  or  II; 
the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  to  those  who  do  their 
major  work  in  Group  III. 

The  unit  of  value  is  one  hour  a  week  for  one  term — two 
hours  of  laboratory  work  being  counted  as  one. 

In  1904-05,  the  year  before  the  present  university  was 
chartered  the  full  professors  numbered  ten,  and  the  subordi- 
nate professors  seven.  The  catalogue  of  1912-13  presents  a 
faculty  of  twenty-two  full  professors,  two  associate  pro- 
fessors, four  adjunct  professors,  four  instructors  and  three 
lecturers. 

The  students  who  graduated  at  the  old  South  Carolina 
College  received  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts.  This  was 
also  the  degree  given  by  the  first  University  of  South  Caro- 
lina. No  degrees  were  given  by  the  Agricultural  and 
Mechanical  College  of  South  Carolina.  The  South  Carolina 
College  which  was  opened  in  1882  offered  courses  leading  to 
the  Bachelor  of  Science  and  Bachelor  of  Arts  degrees;  but 
the  first  degree  was  withdrawn  after  the  opening  year  and 
only  the  A.  B.  was  offered.  It  came  back  with  the  Univer- 
sity in  1888  and  was  bestowed  for  the  first  time  in  1889.  In 
1894, 1895  and  1900  none  of  the  graduates  took  this  degree. 

The  degree  of  Master  of  Arts  was  the  only  graduate  degree 
offered  before  1882.  Besides  the  A.  M.  the  Master  of  Science 
(M.  S.)  was  offered  by  the  second  university.  This  degree 
was  a  continuation  of  the  Bachelor  of  Science.  There  was 
also  at  this  time  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  (Ph.  D.), 
given  after  a  resident  graduate  course  of  liberal  study  of  at 
least  two  years,  embracing  one  principal  and  two  related 
subjects,  with  a  thesis.  A  similar  degree,  Doctor  of  Science 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  195 

( Sc.  D. ) ,  was  designed  for  those  who  wished  to  pursue  their 
B.  S.  studies  by  means  of  a  two  years  resident  graduate 
course. 

The  professional  degree  of  Civil  Engineer  (C.  E.)  and 
Mining  Engineer  (M.  E.)  were  given  at  first  for  graduate 
work  of  two  years,  which  was  reduced  to  one  year  in  1888. 
They  were  first  offered  in  1882 ;  after  1891  they  were  dropped. 
The  University  of  South  Carolina  which  existed  from  1888 
to  1891  had  the  degrees  of  Mechanical  Engineer  (Mech.  E.), 
Graduate  in  Pharmacy  (Ph.  G.)  and  Licentiate  in  Instruc- 
tion ( L.  I. ) .  This  last  degree  was  reintroduced  in  1889  and 
has  been  offered  since  that  year.  The  Degrees  of  C.  E.  and 
Electrical  Engineer  (E.  E.)  appear  in  the  catalogue  of 
1908-09  as  graduate  degrees,  the  latter  dropping  out  in  two 
years ;  the  former  has  been  given  since  1911  at  the  successful 
conclusion  of  a  prescribed  course  of  four  years. 

The  law  school  has  conferred  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Laws  (LL.  B.).  To  those  who  completed  the  medical  course 
in  the  University  from  1867  to  1873  the  degree  of  Doctor 
of  Medicine  (M.  D.)  was  given. 

The  first  edition  of  the  bylaws  of  the  South  Carolina  Col- 
lege after  the  opening  in  1805,  which  appeared  two  years 
later,  declares  that  "Every  bachelor,  in  the  third  year  after 
his  first  degree;  if  he  shall  have  sustained  a  fair  character, 
and  shall  perform  such  exercises  as  may  be  assigned  him, 
shall  be  entitled  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts;  for  which 
he  shall  pay  the  same  perquisites  as  for  the  first  degree." 
The  next  section  of  the  bylaws  provide  that,  "Persons  who 
have  received  a  degree  in  any  other  College,  or  University, 
may,  upon  proper  application,  be  admitted  ad  eundem,  on 
payment  of  the  customary  fees  to  the  President." 

In  the  edition  of  the  bylaws  published  in  1836  there  is 
the  same  provision  for  the  degree;  but  in  addition  to  being 
allowed  to  take  the  degree  "in  course,"  a  student  might 
remain  on  the  campus  and  take  the  degree  "in  residence", 
in  accordance  with  the  requirement  that,  "In  like  manner  any 
Bachelor  who  shall  have  resided  in  the  College  one  session 
after  the  degree  conferred,  and  shall  have  pursued  a  course 


196  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

of  study  therein  under  the  direction  of  the  President,  and 
shall  have  sustained  a  fair  character  and  performed  such 
exercises  as  the  Faculty  have  assigned  him,  shall  be  admitted 
to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts."  Students  who  availed 
themselves  of  this  privilege  were  permitted  to  live  on  the 
campus  conforming  to  the  general  rules  and  regulations  of 
the  institution  and  paying  ten  dollars  for  the  use  of  the 
library  for  the  one  year. 

The  first  commencement  at  which  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Arts  was  given  was  that  of  1812,  when  it  was  conferred  upon 
Robert  W.  Gill  and  Benjamin  F.  Whitner.  In  his  report  to 
the  board  in  November,  1843,  the  president  announced  the 
presence  of  six  resident  graduates  who  had  been  pursuing 
a  course  of  reading  which  he  had  assigned.  This  is  the  first 
mention  of  resident  graduates.  Nearly  every  year  there- 
after, as  revealed  by  the  catalogues,  there  were  two  or  more 
students  who  were  enrolled  as  pursuing  graduate  studies  in 
residence. 

The  requirements  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts  under 
the  university  established  in  1866  was  graduation  in  Ancient 
Languages,  Modern  Languages,  Mathematics,  Natural  Phil- 
osophy, Chemistry,  Mental  and  Moral  Philosophy,  History, 
Political  Philosophy,  and  Rhetoric  and  English  Literature. 

There  were  every  year  a  number  of  students  enrolled  as 
"resident  graduates";  but  none  of  them  took  the  degree. 
The  reason  for  this  residence  was  the  desire  to  get  a  room 
for  very  little  cost. 

No  degrees  were  given  by  the  college  of  agriculture  and 
mechanic  arts  which  was  opened  in  1880.  When  the  South 
Carolina  College  was  rehabilitated  in  1882,  graduate  work 
was  undertaken  leading  to  the  second  degree.  H.  Cowper 
Patton,  of  the  class  of  1883,  received  the  Master  of  Arts 
degree  in  1884,  the  first  since  1860.  The  requirement  was 
one  year's  resident  graduate  study  with  proficiency  in  a 
graduate  course  of  not  less  than  three  hours  approved  by  the 
faculty. 

The  degrees  of  Master  of  Science  (M.  S.)  and  Master  of 
Arts  (M.  A.)  were  given  from  1888  to  1891  for  one  year's 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  197 

residence  with  proficiency  in  a  graduate  course  of  three 
studies,  "scientific"  or  "liberal"  according  to  the  degree. 
The  degrees  of  Doctor  of  Science  (Sc.  D.)  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  (Ph.  D.)  offered  during  the  same  years  required 
two  years'  residence  with  proficiency  in  a  course  of  one  prin- 
cipal and  two  subordinate  subjects,  "scientific"  or  "liberal", 
as  above.  All  graduate  courses  were  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  faculty.  One  student,  Frank  Welborn  Pickel,  received 
the  Master  of  Science  degree;  Thomas  Pierce  Bailey  is  the 
only  holder  of  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

After  1891  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  was  secured  by  a  one 
year's  course  of  study  approved  by  the  faculty.  A  major 
and  two  minor  subjects  with  a  thesis  and  a  grade  of  85  were 
made  the  requirements  in  1900.  The  minors  have  recently 
been  increased  to  three. 

When  the  number  of  students  in  the  ante-bellum  college 
was  at  its  greatest,  237  in  1848-49,  the  proportion  of  students 
to  professors  was  1  to  30  in  round  numbers.  At  present  the 
proportion  is  about  1  to  17.  The  difference  is  caused  by  the 
rigidity  of  the  course  of  study  in  the  old  college  and  the 
freedom  of  election  in  the  University,  which  requires  a  mul- 
tiplication of  courses. 

The  earliest  bylaws  provide  for  three  general  examinations 
each  year,  one  public,  the  other  two  private.  The  latter  were 
held  the  first  Monday  in  April  and  the  Wednesday  preceding 
vacation;  the  public  examination  was  held  on  the  fourth 
Monday  in  November  and  extended  to  "all  the  studies  pur- 
sued since  the  last  examination."  The  private  examinations 
had  to  do  only  with  the  work  gone  over  since  the  last  exami- 
nation. Final  examinations  for  the  seniors  took  place  six 
weeks  before  commencement,  so  that  plenty  of  time  might 
be  given  for  preparing  the  parts  taken  by  the  graduates  in 
the  commencement  exercises.  The  laws  of  1836  fixed  two 
examinations:  those  of  the  other  classes  following  that  of 
the  seniors  on  the  first  Tuesday  after  the  fourth  Monday  in 
June;  the  second  beginning  one  week  before  commencement, 
the  seniors  being  examined  two  weeks  earlier.  In  1857  the 
practice  of  holding  three  examinations  for  the  three  lowest 


198  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

classes  was  instituted  and  continued  as  long  as  the  old  col- 
lege existed.  After  1866,  when  commencement  was  changed 
from  December  to  June,  there  were  two  examinations  held 
in  February  and  June.  The  division  of  the  session  into  three 
terms  by  three  examinations  was  introduced  again  in  1895 ; 
two  examinations  have  been  given  since  1901. 

The  schedule  has  always  until  recently  been  made  up 
before  each  examination  period.  As  long  as  they  were  oral, 
the  students  were  for  the  most  part  examined  by  classes, 
seniors,  juniors,  sophomores,  freshmen,  in  the  presence  of 
the  whole  faculty;  each  professor  was  allowed  a  certain 
time — three  hours  at  one  report.  When  written  examina- 
tions came  into  use  in  June,  1854,  they  were  held  in  the 
steward's  hall,  the  room  in  which  the  seniors  ate  being 
reserved  for  meals.  The  first  written  examinations  lasted 
from  7  a.  m.  to  10  p.  m.,  which  was  found  to  be  entirely  too 
long,  so  that  examinations  were  thereafter  limited  to  three 
hours.  Each  student  was  required  to  sign  a  statement, 
"That  previously  to  coming  into  the  examination  room  he 
had  not  known  what  questions  were  to  be  proposed  and  that 
in  preparing  his  answers  he  had  not  been  assisted  in  the 
room,  either  by  notes,  memoranda,  book,  other  students,  or 
other  form."  The  faculty  reported  on  the  results  of  the 
change  of  method  of  examining  that  they  were  entirely  satis- 
factory, although  there  is  another  statement  of  the  time  that 
written  examinations  had  had  the  effect  of  making  the 
students  more  careless  of  classroom  work,  because  they 
expected  to  study  extra  hard  before  examination  and  make 
up  any  deficiency:  too  much  emphasis  was  thrown  on  the 
examination. 

The  bylaws  of  1867  announce  besides  the  intermediate 
and  final  examinations  an  examination  for  graduation  con- 
ducted in  each  school  in  the  last  month  of  the  session  in  the 
presence  of  the  professor  in  charge  and  two  other  professors 
as  a  committee.  This  examination  was  searching  "in  all 
the  topics  treated  of  in  the  Lectures  and  correlated  texts," 
chiefly  in  writing,  but  in  some  schools  partly  oral.  All  can- 
didates for  graduation  had  to  stand  an  examination  on  their 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  199 

ability  to  use  the  English  language.  The  examinations  con- 
tinued for  six  hours  and  might  extend  over  ten  days.  Can- 
didates for  graduation  in  the  schools  had  to  give  notice  of 
their  intention  within  one  month  after  the  opening  of  the 
session,  except  by  special  permission  of  the  faculty.  The 
professors  kept  special  watch  on  the  daily  recitations  of  the 
candidates  and  reported  on  them  to  the  faculty  at  the 
monthly  meetings.  Candidates  for  degrees  presented  a  satis- 
factory essay  on  a  literary  or  scientific  subject  six  weeks 
before  the  close  of  the  session.  For  the  Master's  degree  there 
was  a  general  examination  before  the  faculty  on  all  the 
subjects  required  in  the  curriculum. 

When  the  college  was  reopened  in  1880,  the  rules  in  regard 
to  examinations  were  formulated  in  close  accord  with  those 
in  use  in  1873.  Slight  changes  have  been  made  from  time 
to  time.  For  the  last  decade  the  examinations  have  ranged 
from  five  to  three  hours  in  length,  and  there  have  been  two 
examinations  on  each  day,  except  for  a  few  years  before  1910. 
Since  1908  the  catalogues  have  carried  the  schedule  of  exami- 
nations. The  regulations  after  1882  in  regard  to  the  exami- 
nation of  graduate  students  required  a  final  examination 
under  a  committee,  of  which  the  president  was  chairman. 
This  has  not  been  in  the  regulations  since  1891.  Graduate 
students  have  to  stand  examinations  under  the  professors 
concerned  and  present  a  satisfactory  thesis. 

The  early  system  of  marking  is  not  preserved  in  the  records 
or  laws  of  the  college.  An  old  catalogue  of  1854  was  used 
by  Professor  Henry  to  make  up  the  mark  of  his  classes,  and 
in  it  are  still  preserved  the  figures  he  had  placed  opposite 
each  boy's  name.  It  shows  that  the  system  of  marking  with 
9  as  a  maximum  was  then  in  use.  It  is  also  evidence  that 
Professor  Henry  looked  with  a  lenient  eye  upon  the  recita- 
tions of  the  students  under  him,  for  nearly  all  have  high 
grades.  In  the  catalogue  of  1855  appears  a  list  of  the 
students  meritorious  at  the  public  examination  of  the  fol- 
lowing year.  This  list  disappears  from  1861  to  1870  and 
has  been  left  out  of  the  catalogue  since  1907. 

Below  the  list  is  the  statement  that  the  standing  of  the 


200  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

students  is  "made  up  by  reducing  the  examination  marks 
to  a  fraction,  and  multiplying  this  by  the  average  value  of 
the  recitations  in  which  9  is  the  maximum.  Every  one  whose 
joint  average  in  all  the  departments  shall  reach  6,  shall  be 
published  as  meritorious.  When  the  standing  of  a  student 
is  below  1.25 — 2.50  in  1858 — in  any  department,  he  shall  be 
noted  and  reexamined;  but  if  any  student  fails  to  be  sus- 
tained in  a  majority  of  the  departments  in  which  he  may  be 
examined,  he  shall  not  be  permitted  to  go  on  with  his  class." 
For  the  purpose  of  determining  honors  and  distinctions  the 
laws  of  1853  prescribed  a  division  of  studies  into  two  depart- 
ments, General  Literature  and  Science.  The  students  were 
arranged  into  three  divisions :  1.  Those  who  had  distin- 
guished themselves  in  both  departments  of  study;  2.  Those 
who  had  distinguished  themselves  in  only  one  department 
or  in  single  branches  of  both;  3.  Those  who  simply  passed. 
The  first  division  received  honors;  the  second  received  dis- 
tinctions. The  first  man  in  the  first  division  won  First 
Honor ;  the  Second  Honor  was  given  to  the  next  highest  man ; 
then  through  the  first  division.  Men  in  the  second  division 
were  announced  in  order  of  merit.  The  first  division  men, 
to  the  amount  of  10,  received  appointments  to  speak  at  com- 
mencement. The  first  honor  was  the  Latin  Salutatory 
Address;  the  second  honor  was  the  English  Valedictory 
Address.  Prior  to  1821  these  two  honors  had  been  reversed. 
A  student  who  had  not  been  approved  in  examination 
received  a  note  apprizing  him  of  the  fact.  If  he  received  no 
note,  he  understood  that  he  had  passed. 

Reports  were  sent  home  to  parents  or  guardians,  appar- 
ently at  the  close  of  examinations,  unless  a  student's  behavior 
required  a  special  report.  The  first  mention  in  the  regula- 
tions of  sending  reports  home  is  in  the  laws  of  1880,  where 
it  is  made  incumbent  that  the  results  of  the  general  exami- 
nations should  be  sent  home  "in  the  final  circular  of  the 
session."  Students  seem  always  to  have  found  out  how  they 
stood.  Reports  become  more  and  more  frequent,  quarterly, 
then  monthly.  It  has  long  been  a  regulation  that  the  exact 
marks  should  not  be  communicated  to  the  student,  only  the 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  201 

division  into  which  he  comes.  In  the  late  50's  the  grades 
were  posted  in  the  library ;  for  a  long  time  in  the  window  of 
the  Marshal's  office;  latterly  in  the  window  of  the  dean's 
office. 

"Gradation"  as  a  division  in  the  catalogue  first  appears 
in  the  year  1882-83  with  the  notice  that  those  who  receive 
"distinction"  or  "proficiency"  will  have  their  names 
announced  at  commencement  and  published  in  the  cata- 
logue. Not  long  after  this  the  catalogue  gives  the  full 
system,  which  with  some  changes  especially  as  to  the  passing 
mark,  then  60,  now  75,  has  remained  in  force  to  the  present 
day.  The  marks  are  made  on  a  scale  of  100.  A  condition 
was  a  grade  of  40.  From  earliest  times  conditions  could  be 
made  up,  and  generally  a  deficiency  in  one  term  could  be 
made  good  by  an  equal  excess  in  the  second.  "Honors"  were 
assigned  to  those  who  made  distinction  on  the  general  aver- 
age of  his  entire  course ;  "appointments"  were  given  to  those 
who  had  made  proficiency.  The  former  were  entitled  to  com- 
mencement parts.  In  recent  years  it  has  been  found  that 
the  ability  of  the  student  to  speak  should  also  be  taken  into 
consideration  in  assigning  parts  for  commencement.  "Dis- 
tinguished" and  "proficient"  students  had  their  names  pub- 
lished at  commencement  and  in  the  annual  catalogue.  Within 
the  past  decade  the  custom  has  been  abandoned  of  publishing 
in  the  newspapers  the  "distinguished"  and  "proficient"  at 
each  examination,  a  custom  which  was  certainly  as  old  as 
the  laws  of  1853.  A  grade  of  "highest  distinction"  (95)  was 
introduced  about  1890,  which  later  became  known  as  "double 
star",  90  being  a  "star",  on  account  of  the  use  of  the  star 
in  posting  the  marks.  The  Koman  figures,  I,  II,  III,  IV  are 
used  to  designate  grades  below  distinction.  Names  of 
students  who  do  not  make  65  are  not  posted  on  the  bulletin 
board. 

The  first  recitation  of  the  day  in  ante-bellum  days  was 
made  at  7  a.  m.,  the  second  at  11  a.  m.,  the  third  at  4  p.  m. 
Freshmen,  sophomores  and  juniors  recited  three  times  a  day 
for  the  first  five  days ;  the  seniors  had  two  recitations  daily, 
not  being  employed  before  breakfast.  On  Saturdays  the 


202 


HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


students  were  dismissed  after  noon  until  nine  at  night.  Such 
were  the  original  regulations  in  regard  to  recitation  periods. 
President  Maxcy  was  censured  in  1814  for  not  giving  the 
seniors  enough  work.  Later  every  class  recited  three  times 
daily  and  once  on  Saturday.  The  catalogue  of  1854  con- 
tains the  first  published  schedule  of  hours  and  studies;  the 
minutes  of  the  faculty  contain  schedules  of  some  years 
previous.  The  one  for  1854  is  here  given: 


Monday : 

7a.m. 

11  a.  m. 

4  p.  m. 

Tuesday : 

7a.m. 

11  a.  m. 

4  p.  m. 

Wednesday : 

7  a.  m. 

11  a.  m. 

4  p.  m. 

Thursday : 

7  a.  m. 

11  a.  m. 

4  p.  m. 

Friday : 

7a.m. 

11  a.  m. 

4  p.  m. 

Saturday : 

7a.m. 


Freshman. 

Hist. 
Math. 
Math. 


Rhet. 

Greek. 

Greek. 


Hist. 

Latin. 

Math. 


Latin. 
Greek. 
Math. 


Latin. 
Greek. 
Rhet. 


Latin. 


Sophomore.       Junior. 


Math. 
Greek. 
Latin. 


Math. 
Chem. 
Latin. 


Math. 
Rhet.  Eloc. 
Hist. 


Physiol. 
Rhet.  Eloc. 
Greek. 


Physiol. 

Latin. 

Greek. 


Physiol. 


Mor.  Phil. 

Logic. 

Greek. 


Mor.  Phil. 

Rhet. 

Rhet. 


Latin. 
Chem.,  Min. 
Greek. 


Mech.  Phil. 

Logic. 

Hist.,  Pol.  Phil. 


Hist.,  Pol.  Phil. 
Chem.,  Min. 
Mech.  Phil. 


Mor.  Phil. 


Senior. 

Butler's  Ana. 
Pol.  EC.,  Pol. 
Geol.,  Agr.  Ch. 


Phil,  of  Mind. 

Latin. 

Astro.,  Civ.  Eng. 


Butler's  Ana. 

Greek. 

Geol.,  Agr.  Ch. 


Pol.  EC.,  Pol.  Eth. 
Geol.,  Agr.  Chem. 
Grit.,  Eloc. 


Astro.,  Civ.  Eng. 
Crit,  Eloc. 
Phil,  of  Mind. 


Pol.  EC.,  Pol.  Phil 


In  most  particulars  this  schedule  is  representative  for 
the  ante-bellum  college.  The  languages  and  mathematics 
of  the  freshman  year  were  gradually  displaced  by  philosophi- 
cal and  scientific  studies  in  the  following  years. 

No  schedule  of  hours  for  the  university  of  1866  is  to  be 
found.  The  catalogue  of  the  Agricultural  and  Mechanical 
College  for  1881-82  shows  that  the  recitations  began  at 
9  a.  m.,  were  of  fifty  minutes  duration,  and  continued  to 
2  p.  m.,  making  six  periods.  On  Saturdays  there  were  six 
periods  of  thirty  minutes  each  beginning  at  9  and  ending 
at  12.  The  next  published  schedule,  found  in  the  catalogue 
of  1883-84,  places  the  hour  of  beginning  the  day's  work  at 
9.30  and  that  of  ending  at  2.30 — six  periods  of  fifty  minutes. 
Law  classes  are  placed  at  4-5.30  in  the  afternoon.  Half 
hours  on  Saturdays  were  continued.  Other  classes  (machine 
and  field  work)  soon  appear  in  the  afternoon.  Hour  periods 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  203 

were  adopted  when  the  University  was  formed  in  1888,  with 
five  recitations  from  9  to  2,  and  a  sixth  from  3  to  5  for 
laboratory  work.  No  distinction  was  made  on  Saturday. 

For  a  short  time  before  1850  the  period  of  recitation  wus 
lengthened  to  one  hour  and  twenty  minutes.  In  1850  the 
two  upper  classes  were  divided  into  two  sections,  each  of 
which  recited  for  forty-five  minutes.  This  division  lasted 
about  two  years. 

The  hours  of  the  professors  varied  between  13  or  14  and 
5  or  6  in  the  old  South  Carolina  College.  From  the  schedule 
in  the  catalogue  of  1854  it  appears  that  the  professor  of 
Mathematics,  Mechanical  Philosophy  and  Astronomy  taught 
13  hours ;  the  professor  of  Greek,  10 ;  the  professor  of  Latin, 
10 ;  the  professor  of  History,  Political  Economy  and  Political 
Philosophy,  8;  the  professor  of  Logic,  Rhetoric  and  Phil- 
osophy of  the  Mind,  12;  the  professor  of  Chemistry,  Min- 
eralogy and  Geology,  6;  the  professor  of  Belles  Lettres  and 
Elocution,*  — ;  president  and  professor  of  Moral  Philosophy, 
Sacred  Literature  and  Evidences  of  Christianity,  6. 

Dr.  Joseph  Le  Conte  wrote  of  his  first  year  at  the  South 
Carolina  College:  "This  was  a  busy  year  with  me;  I  had 
three  lectures  a  week  in  geology,  three  in  chemistry,  and 
four  in  algebra  and  geometry,  ten  exercises  a  week  in  all. 
It  was  impossible  to  do  any  original  work." 

The  hours  were  not  increased  after  the  University  of  South 
Carolina  opened  its  doors  to  students  in  1866. 

A  recent  resolution  of  the  board  of  trustees  set  18  hours 
a  week  as  the  smallest  number  of  hours  in  the  classroom  for 
the  professors:  the  limit  had  been  thirteen  for  some  years. 
When  a  class  contains  more  than  30  members,  a  regulation 
requires  that  it  should  be  divided.  From  the  earliest  days 
of  the  institution  the  students  have  always  been  at  liberty  to 
consult  the  professors  at  any  hour.  Outside  calls  of  many 
kinds,  lectures,  civic  work,  take  up  so  much  of  the  time  of 

*Note: — Professor  Reynolds  did  not  state  the  number  of  hours  in  his 
reports,  and  the  printed  schedules  did  not  supply  them.  Belles  Lettres 
was  an  indefinite  subject.  Professor  Reynolds  reported  to  the  board  that 
he  had  prepared  the  manuscript  of  an  Anglo-Saxon  grammar. 


204  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

many  members  of  the  faculty  that  the  work  in  the  classroom 
constitutes  not  much  more  than  half  of  their  duties. 

The  earliest  regulations  required  constant  exercise  in 
speaking.  On  Wednesdays  all  students  had  to  recite  in 
chapel  or  in  some  other  designated  place  pieces  committed 
to  memory.  Once  each  month  the  members  of  the  senior 
class  were  to  deliver  an  original  oration.  On  every  Saturday 
morning  the  three  upper  classes  read  compositions  of  their 
own  before  the  professors;  the  freshmen  read  translations 
from  assigned  pieces  of  Latin;  "all  of  which  shall  be  in  a 
fair  hand  and  correctly  spelled."  The  seniors  had  a  public 
exhibition  on  the  first  Monday  in  December;  half  of  the 
sophomores  and  juniors  had  a  similar  exhibition  on  the  third 
Monday  in  March;  the  other  half  of  the  sophomores  and 
juniors  exhibited  on  the  third  Monday  in  June.  The  juniors 
and  seniors  composed  their  own  speeches;  the  sophomores 
selected  theirs  as  the  faculty  approved.  All  performances 
or  exhibitions  on  the  stage  had  to  be  examined  and  passed 
on  by  a  member  of  the  faculty.  The  different  professors  had 
certain  classes  assigned  them;  but  there  was  always  diffi- 
culty in  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  the  regulations. 
Under  Dr.  Cooper  they  seem  to  have  been  largely  disregarded 
or  carried  out  in  the  most  perfunctory  way :  Dr.  Marion  Sims 
relates  that  he  had  written  none  of  the  compositions  and  at 
the  last  moment  handed  in  the  work  of  another  student, 
which  was  accepted,  as  Dr.  Henry  perhaps  tossed  them  into 
the  fire  without  reading  them.  Dr.  Cooper,  who  was  intense 
in  his  convictions,  did  not  believe  in  oratory  and  rhetoric, 
which  accounts  for  the  neglect. 

According  to  the  laws  of  1836  the  seniors  once  in  each 
month  were  to  deliver  in  the  presence  of  at  least  one  of  the 
professors  in  the  chapel  compositions  of  their  own  in  English 
or  Latin,  which  the  professor  was  to  criticise  for  errors  of 
pronunciation,  accent  and  emphasis.  Selected  pieces  of 
English  or  Latin  were  to  be  delivered  by  the  juniors  once 
each  month  in  the  presence  of  the  other  members  of  the  class 
and  a  professor,  and  such  other  rhetorical  exercises  as 
required  by  the  faculty.  The  other  two  classes  were  likewise 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  205 

to  be  practiced  in  the  delivery  of  select  pieces  of  English 
composition  from  "approved  authors."  The  seniors  had  a 
public  exhibition  at  commencement  and  another  at  a  time 
set  by  the  faculty,  when  there  was  at  least  one  Latin  recita- 
tion. The  second  exhibition  was  held  in  the  spring  and  came 
to  be  known  as  the  Spring  Exhibition,  extending  over  two 
evenings,  occasionally  three.  It  continued  during  the  life 
of  the  old  college. 

The  first  two  classes  were  by  the  laws  of  1848  exercised  at 
least  once  a  month  in  the  manner  above  prescribed.  No  men- 
tion is  made  of  the  juniors;  the  senior  exhibitions  were 
unchanged,  but  the  monthly  compositions  were  not  pre- 
scribed. No  student  was  at  liberty  to  decline  the  performance 
of  the  exercises.  On  several  occasions  seniors  refused  to 
perform  at  commencement,  and  as  a  penalty  were  deprived 
of  their  diplomas. 

The  laws  of  1853  prescribed  the  evenings  of  Thursday  and 
Friday  after  the  first  Monday  in  May  as  the  time  for  the 
May  Exhibition;  Saturday  might  be  added,  if  necessary. 
All  exercises  were  to  be  submitted  to  the  president  for  his 
approval,  and  in  case  of  failure  to  do  so  at  commencement 
the  offender  forfeited  his  honor  and  degree;  if  at  the  May 
Exhibition,  he  was  otherwise  punished.  Refusal  to  perform 
at  either  exhibition  brought  forfeiture  of  honors,  appoint- 
ments and  degree. 

President  McCay  had  speaking  and  composition  put  on  a 
par  with  the  other  studies,  which  caused  them  to  cease  to 
be  mere  formal  exercises. 

Diplomas  were  first  given  in  1809,  although  the  first  class 
to  graduate  was  in  1807,  and  the  form  of  the  diploma  had 
at  that  time  been  made,  perhaps  by  Professor  Parks.  The 
wording  of  the  diploma  for  both  the  bachelor  and  the  master 
of  arts  degrees  has  changed  but  little  in  the  more  than  a 
century  since  they  were  first  awarded.  They  are  written  in 
Latin.  The  signature  of  the  president,  professors  and 
trustees  appear  at  the  bottom:  the  professors'  chairs  are 
appended  to  their  names,  not  unfrequently  in  Latin  in  former 
days.  Certificates  of  graduation  in  schools  have  been  in 


206  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

English  and  have  been  signed  by  the  professors  of  the  schools 
in  which  they  were  given  and  by  the  president  or  chairman 
and  sometimes  by  the  secretary  of  the  faculty.  The  L.  I. 
and  C.  E.  degrees  have  their  diplomas  in  English.  Diplomas 
have  not  always,  especially  in  recent  years,  been  given  to 
the  recipients  of  honorary  degrees.  A  petition  from  the 
students  was  presented  to  the  trustees  in  May,  1820,  praying 
that  the  diploma  should  be  on  parchment  and  not  on  paper. 
Privilege  was  granted  to  purchase  either  kind.  The  order 
for  the  first  diplomas  called  for  parchment,  and  a  diploma 
of  1811  appears  to  be  written  on  such  material,  while  the 
later  diplomas  that  have  been  preserved  use  a  parchment 
paper. 

Commencement  exercises  were  held  on  the  first  Monday  of 
December  during  the  life  of  the  old  college.  With  the  change 
to  the  university  in  1866  came  a  change  of  date  for  com- 
mencement, which  has  been  from  that  time  in  June  except 
that  once  in  Radical  days  (1875)  and  once  afterward 
( 1883 — part  of  the  exercises  were  in  December,  part  in  June, 
1884)  the  commencement  was  held  in  December.  When 
asked  the  reason  for  the  change,  Professor  Rivers  said  that 
he  knew  of  none  except  that  as  the  University  of  Virginia 
had  been  the  model  in  the  organization  of  the  University  she 
had  been  followed  in  the  time  of  commencement. 

Ante-bellum  commencement  was  always  a  great  occasion 
coming,  as  it  did,  at  a  time  when  the  legislature  was  in  ses- 
sion and  all  classes  of  the  population  were  most  at  leisure. 
There  was  a  grand  procession  from  the  State  House  to  the 
college  chapel,  the  order  of  which  was  early  determined  and 
fixed.  The  Reports  and  Resolutions  of  1846  of  the  legisla- 
ture contain  the  "Order  of  Procession  at  the  College  Com- 
mencement." "The  Procession,"  according  to  them,  "will 
be  formed  at  10  o'clock  A.  M.  on  Monday  December,  in 

front  of  the  State  House,  under  the  direction  of 
who  will  act  as  Marshal  of  the  day.    It  will  then  move  to  the 
College  Chapel,  in  the  following  order : 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  207 

Cadets  of  the  Military  Academy. 

Students  of  the  Freshman  Class. 

Students  of  the  Sophomore  Class. 

Students  of  the  Junior  Class. 

The  Graduating  Class. 
Former  Graduates  of  the  College. 

Citizens  generally. 
Officers  and  Students  of  the  Theological  Seminary. 

The  Reverend  Clergy. 

Officers  of  the  State,  Civil  and  Military. 

The  House  of  Representatives,  with  the  Speaker,  attended 

by  its  Officers. 

The  Senate,  with  its  President,  attended  by  its  Officers. 
The  Committee  appointed  by  the  House. 
The  Committee  appointed  by  the  Senate. 

The  Professors  of  the  Institution. 
The   Superintendents   and   other   Officers   of   the   Military 

Academies. 
The  Trustees  of  the  College,  and  the  Board  of  Visitors  of  the 

Military  Academies. 

The  Governor  and  Suite,  the  Lieut.  Governor  of  the  State. 
The  President  of  the  College. 

When  the  Procession  arrives  at  the  College  Chapel,  it  will 
open  to  the  right  and  left,  forming  two  lines  fronting  each 
other.  The  rear  will  then  close  and  march  into  the  Chapel, 
the  lines  closing  at  the  rear,  until  the  whole  Procession  shall 
have  entered  in  inverted  order." 

In  the  "Regulation  of  Detail"  in  regard  to  the  commence- 
ment in  the  College  laws  of  1853  it  is  stated  that  "On  Com- 
mencement day  a  procession  shall,  at  9%  o'clock  A.  M.,  be 
formed  in  the  College  campus,  under  the  direction  of  the 
Professor  of  Mathematics,  consisting  of  the  Professors  of 
the  College,  Librarian,  Resident  Graduates,  graduating  class 
and  under-graduates  in  the  order  of  their  classes.  It  shall 
march  with  music  to  the  Governor's  quarters,  where  it  shall 
join  the  general  procession  organized  under  the  resolutions 
of  the  Legislature. 


208  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

"If  any  member  of  the  graduating  class  shall  fail  to  join 
the  procession  and  continue  in  it  until  it  reaches  the  Hall, 
he  shall,  without  a  good  excuse,  to  be  approved  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  College,  be  deprived  of  his  Diploma  and  reported 
to  the  Board.  If  any  other  student  of  the  College  shall  so 
fail  to  join  and  continue  in  the  Procession,  he  shall,  without 
a  good  excuse,  be  suspended  at  the  discretion  of  the  Faculty." 

A  band  was  always  hired  for  the  period  of  commencement, 
the  cost  of  which  was  paid  out  of  the  college  funds  amount- 
ing for  some  years  to  $135,  or  more,  for  the  May  exhibition 
and  commencement. 

The  platform  was  filled  with  the  dignitaries  as  far  as 
possible.  The  president  delivered  the  baccalaureate  address 
to  the  graduating  class  and  conferred  the  diplomas,  which 
he  did  in  Latin  during  the  later  history  of  the  college.  This 
language  was  also  used  by  Chairman  Barnwell  of  the  first 
University.  After  the  South  Carolina  College  was  reorgan- 
ized in  1882  there  arose  the  custom  of  inviting  some  distin- 
guished man  to  deliver  the  address  to  the  graduating  class: 
this  was  first  done  in  1884.  At  this  time  also  began  the 
custom  of  inviting  a  minister  of  the  gospel  to  preach  the 
baccalaureate  sermon. 

The  exercises  to  be  performed  by  the  seniors  had  to  be 
prepared  several  days  (6  or  10)  before  commencement  and 
submitted  to  the  president  for  his  approbation.  A  salutatory 
or  welcome  in  Latin  was  the  first  speech,  followed  by  several 
speeches  by  men  to  whom  the  lower  honors  of  appointments 
had  been  given.  The  valedictory  or  second  honor  was  the 
final  speech.  A  program  of  the  commencement  of  1858  has 
this  order  of  exercises:  Prayer,  Salutatory,  Music,  Speeches 
of  the  students  who  held  appointments  (eight  in  number), 
Conferring  of  Degrees,  Awarding  of  Medals,  Address  by  the 
President,  Speech  by  the  Second  Honor  Man,  Music,  Vale- 
dictory. 

Commencement  exercises  were  held  in  the  library  most  of 
the  time  during  the  existence  of  the  University  of  South 
Carolina  from  1866  to  1873.  Since  the  reopening  in  1880 
they  have  taken  place  with  rare  exceptions  in  the  chapel. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  209 

The  procession  lost  its  importance  and  was  confined  to  the 
campus,  from  the  library  to  the  chapel;  it  was  reduced  to 
students,  faculty,  alumni,  citizens  (occasionally),  trustees. 
The  custom  of  opening  the  ranks  and  entering  in  reverse 
order  is  still  observed.  The  president  of  the  University,  the 
speakers,  the  trustees  and  the  graduates,  as  far  as  possible, 
occupy  the  stage.  The  order  of  exercises  is  not  held  to  in 
the  strictest  manner:  the  speaker  who  delivers  the  bacca- 
laureate address  may  be  placed  near  the  first.  At  present 
only  five  students  appear  on  the  program:  one  elected  to 
represent  the  law  class,  one  elected  by  the  academic  students 
to  deliver  the  valedictory  and  three  appointed  by  the  faculty. 
These  last  three  are  selected  with  referenc  to  their  ability 
to  speak  as  well  as  for  scholarship.  The  valedictory  is  placed 
at  the  close  of  the  speeches  from  the  students ;  the  president 
does  not  always  address  the  graduates. 

The  two  literary  societies  held  celebrations  on  separate 
evenings  immediately  preceding  commencement.  In  1859, 
to  give  a  specific  instance,  the  Euphradian  Society  adver- 
tised its  celebration  for  Thursday,  December  1,  at  7.30  p.  m., 
when  the  valedictory  oration  was  to  be  delivered  and 
diplomas  presented  to  the  graduating  members;  the  Clario- 
sophics  made  a  similar  announcement  for  Friday  evening. 
On  Saturday  evening  there  was  the  annual  oration  before 
both  societies  by  Bishop  Elliott.  Beginning  with  1883  there 
has  been  a  joint  celebration  of  both  societies  on  Monday 
evening  of  commencement  week.  Since  the  same  year  Tues- 
day evening  has  been  given  over  to  the  alumni ;  there  is  some- 
times a  banquet  or  smoker.  Commencement  ball  has  always 
taken  place  on  the  evening  of  commencement  day.  It  was  at 
first  danced  in  the  State  House;  but  an  act  of  1814  forever 
forbade  the  use  of  the  building  for  that  purpose  by  students 
of  the  South  Carolina  College  on  account  of  the  danger  to 
the  building  and  to  the  records.  The  ball  of  1860  was  to 
have  been  danced  at  Kinsler's  Hall.  The  hall  of  the  House 
of  Representatives  and  various  other  halls  have  been  used 
since  1880;  at  present  the  ball  is  danced  in  the  gymnasium 
under  the  direction  of  the  German  Club. 

14— H.  U. 


CHAPEL. 


210  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


CHAPTER  XVI. 

TRUSTEES,  FACULTY,  REWARDS,  PUNISHMENTS,  SESSION, 

The  trustees  and  the  faculty  constitute  the  governing 
body  of  the  University.  The  trustees  are  and  have  been 
partly  elective  and  partly  ex-officio.  At  the  opening  of  the 
South  Carolina  College  the  trustees  consisted  of  the  governor, 
the  lieutenant  governor,  the  president  of  the  senate,  the 
speaker  of  the  house,  the  associate  judges,  the  judges  of  the 
court  of  equity,  all  ex-officio,  and  thirteen  other  persons. 
In  1825  an  act  was  passed  changing  the  board  of  trustees 
to  the  governor,  lieutenant  governor,  president  of  the  senate, 
speaker  of  the  house,  the  judges  of  the  court  of  appeals,  the 
circuit  judges  of  the  court  of  law,  and  the  chancellors,  with 
twenty  other  persons  to  be  elected  by  joint  ballot.  The  term 
of  office  of  the  elective  members  was  four  years.  Under  the 
first  board  the  president  and  ten  members  were  necessary 
to  make  a  quorum  at  a  stated  meeting,  or  the  president  and 
six  members  at  an  occasional  meeting ;  after  1825  nine  mem- 
bers constituted  a  quorum  sufficient  for  transacting  any  busi- 
ness except  that  of  electing  an  officer,  which  could  be  done 
only  at  a  regular  meeting.  In  1853  the  chairman  of  the 
Committee  on  the  College,  Education  and  Religion  of  the 
senate  and  the  chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Education  of 
the  house  were  added  as  ex-officio  members,  raising  the  num- 
ber of  the  full  board  to  thirty-six. 

The  board  of  the  University  of  South  Carolina  was  com- 
posed of  the  governor,  the  lieutenant  governor,  the  president 
of  the  senate,  the  speaker  of  the  house,  the  judges  of  the  court 
of  appeals,  the  judges  of  the  court  of  law,  the  chancellors, 
and  twenty  elective  members.  It  was  constituted  in  the  same 
way  as  the  ante-bellum  board.  This  lasted  until  1869,  when 
the  governor,  ex-officio  president  of  the  board,  and  seven 
others  were  put  over  the  institution  as  trustees. 


2  a 

~  -i 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  211 

The  trustees  of  the  South  Carolina  College  of  Agriculture 
and  Mechanics  were,  ex-officio,  the  governor,  the  superin- 
tendent of  education,  the  chairman  of  the  senate  committee 
on  education,  the  chairman  of  the  house  committee  on  educa- 
tion, and  seven  others,  who  were  elective.  In  1881  the 
justices  of  the  supreme  court  appear  as  additional  ex-officio 
members.  Two  more  ex-officio  members  were  added  the 
following  year :  the  president  of  the  State  Agricultural  and 
Mechanical  Society  and  the  Master  of  the  State  Grange  of 
the  Patrons  of  Husbandry.  When  the  University  opened  in 
1888  it  had  as  further  additional  ex-officio  members  the  ten 
members  of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 

The  board  of  trustees  of  the  South  Carolina  College,  to 
which  the  University  was  reduced  in  1891,  consisted  of  the 
governor,  the  State  superintendent  of  education,  the  chair- 
man of  the  senate  committee  on  education,  the  chairman  of 
the  house  committee  on  education,  the  justices  of  the  supreme 
court,  all  ex-officio,  and  nine  elective  members,  who  were  to 
hold  office  for  six  years :  the  term  of  part  expired  every  two 
years.  In  1900  the  justices  were  removed  and  the  elective 
members  were  reduced  to  seven.  Prior  to  1890  the  term  of 
service  had  been  four  years,  and  all  elective  members  had 
been  elected  at  the  same  time. 

Vacancies  in  the  board  between  elections  had  been  filled 
by  the  board  itself  from  the  beginning  to  1873.  After  the 
institution  was  reopened  in  1880  the  bylaws  do  not  mention 
the  occurrence  of  vacancies ;  since  1899  the  power  of  appoint- 
ment to  fill  an  unexpired  term  has  been  given  to  the  gov- 
ernor. 

For  the  first  few  meetings  of  the  board  the  chairman  was 
elected  from  the  members  without  regard  to  his  position ;  but 
after  1805,  or  thereabouts,  the  governor  was  ex-officio  pres- 
ident of  the  board  of  trustees.  In  his  absence  the  lieutenant 
governor  presided;  in  their  absence  the  president  of  the 
senate  presided;  in  the  absence  of  these  three  the  chair  was 
occupied  by  the  speaker  of  the  house.  In  the  event  of  the 
absence  of  all  these  a  president  pro  tern,  was  appointed.  This 
succession  obtained  until  the  close  of  the  first  University. 


212  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Before  1811  the  act  creating  the  college  fixed  on  the  first 
Wednesday  in  December,  during  the  session  of  the  legisla- 
ture, as  the  time  for  the  stated  meeting  of  the  trustees ;  the 
legislature  of  this  year  changed  the  time  to  the  Wednesday 
after  the  fourth  Monday  in  November,  which  remained  the 
day  for  this  meeting  until  1880.  The  bylaws  of  1883  again 
fix  upon  this  Wednesday.  At  present  the  Wednesday  after 
the  second  Tuesday  in  December  is  one  of  the  days  for  stated 
meetings,  the  other  being  the  day  before  commencement; 
these  meetings  may  be  adjourned  from  day  to  day  (the 
interval  between  the  days  not  exceeding  ninety  days)  until 
an  adjournment  sine  die.  From  the  first  there  had  been  a 
meeting  in  the  spring,  the  month  varying.  The  bylaws  of 
1836  appoint  in  addition  to  the  regular  meeting  in  the  winter 
another,  which  should  be  "holden  on  the  day  preceding  the 
June  examination." 

According  to  the  laws  of  1848  the  Wednesday  after  the 
first  Monday  in  May  of  each  year  was  to  be  the  occasion 
of  a  semi-annual  meeting,  which,  with  the  exception  of  the 
two  years  of  the  South  Carolina  College  of  Agriculture  and 
Mechanics,  continued  until  1888.  The  trustees  from  1880 
to  1882  met  in  Columbia  as  directed  by  the  governor ;  stated 
meetings  were  to  be  held  at  least  once  in  three  months. 

"The  Chair  shall  be  addressed  by  the  members  standing 
and  uncovered,  and  all  motions,  propositions  and  resolutions 
shall  be  submitted  in  writing,  if  any  member  shall  require 
it."  This  paragraph  appears  first  in  the  laws  of  1836  and 
has  remained  in  almost  the  same  words  in  all  subsequent 
editions. 

From  the  first  act  creating  the  college  the  power  of  expul- 
sion lay  only  with  the  board,  and  only  at  a  stated  meeting. 

An  act  of  1831  invested  the  trustees  of  the  South  Carolina 
College  "with  full  power  and  authority  in  all  investigations 
where  they  deem  it  necessary  to  the  interest  of  the  College, 
by  subpoena,  rule,  or  attachment,  to  compel  witnesses  to 
appear  and  testify,  and  papers  to  be  produced  and  read  before 
the  Board."  The  following  section  of  this  act  gave  the 
trustees  power  to  dismiss  from  office  any  officer  of  the  insti- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  213 

tution,  which  was  perhaps  aimed  at  Dr.  Thomas  Cooper,  the 
president,  then  nearly  at  the  close  of  his  administration : 

"The  Board  has  charge  of  all  the  funds  and  property  of 
the  University,  and  to  it  all  donations  for  the  benefit  of  the 
University  must  be  made.  The  Board  elects  the  President, 
Dean,  Professor,  and  all  other  officers  of  the  University 
(except  as  hereinafter  provided),  fixes  their  salaries,  deter- 
mines their  tenure  of  office,  prescribes  their  duties,  authorizes 
the  Faculty  to  confer  degrees,  and  enacts  all  such  ordinances 
and  bylaws  as  shall  appear  to  be  necessary  for  the  good  gov- 
ernment of  the  institution." 

A  secretary  was  elected  by  ballot  to  hold  his  office  at  the 
pleasure  of  the  board.  His  salary  was  fixed  at  $250  until  the 
close  of  the  first  university,  after  which  it  is  not  found  in 
the  laws. 

From  the  first  up  to  1845  the  Standing  Committee  from 
the  board  had  active  and  minute  supervision  over  the  affairs 
of  the  college.  After  1845  this  committee  became  the 
Executive  Committee.  Its  members,  five  in  number,  were 
elected  annually  and  "authorized,  in  the  recess  of  the  board, 
to  appoint  to  all  vacancies  that  may  happen  in  the  offices  of 
this  institution;  and  such  appointment  shall  be  valid,  until 
the  next  meeting  of  the  board.  They  shall  also  assign  to  the 
several  instructors  of  the  College,  their  respective  duties, 
when  not  previously  regulated  by  the  board  of  trustees,  or 
arranged  among  themselves."  Regular  minutes  were  to  be 
kept,  which  should  be  laid  before  the  board  at  every  meeting. 
When  the  Executive  Committee  was  created,  the  president 
of  the  college  was  ex-officio  chairman.  There  were  four  other 
members  elected  for  a  term  of  four  years,  who  were  to  "meet 
in  the  College  Library  on  the  first  Saturday  in  each  month, 
and  oftener  at  the  call  of  the  chairman.  To  them  shall  be 
submitted  all  proposed  expenditures  from  the  College  Treas- 
ury, and  no  money  shall  be  drawn  from  the  same  unless 
authorized  by  their  draft  signed  by  their  chairman.  They 
shall  audit,  once  a  month,  the  Treasurer's  accounts,  and 
report  upon  the  same  semi-annually.  They  shall  attend  the 
examinations  of  the  College,  and  shall  also  act  as  Library 


214  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Committee."  The  present  committee  consists  of  the  president 
as  ex-officio  chairman  without  a  vote  and  three  trustees 
elected  annually  at  the  June  meeting.  This  committee  sup- 
plies temporary  vacancies  in  the  offices  of  the  University 
between  the  stated  meetings  of  the  board,  and  it  transacts 
any  other  important  business  requiring  immediate  action, 
not  otherwise  provided  for. 

In  recent  years  the  following  committees  have  been 
created:  Organization,  Finance,  Building,  Athletic,  Infirm- 
ary, and  Normal  Scholarship.  The  Organization  Committee, 
whose  members  are  elected  for  three  years,  is  charged  with 
the  duty  of  thoroughly  informing  itself  of  the  internal  work- 
ings of  the  institution,  of  the  status  and  work  of  every  officer 
and  instructor,  of  the  habits  and  behavior  of  the  students,  of 
the  management  of  the  Steward's  Hall,  of  the  condition  and 
preservation  of  the  property,  and  of  anything  that  may  be 
for  the  good  of  the  institution.  The  Financial  Committee 
keeps  informed  of  everything  relating  to  the  finances  of  the 
University.  The  president  is  advisory  member  to  the  Build- 
ing Committee.  The  Athletic  Committee  consists  of  six 
members,  two  from  the  board  and  four  from  the  faculty  (its 
own  committee)  and  the  president  as  chairman  ex-officio. 

From  the  very  beginning  the  trustees  have  taken  the 
deepest  interest  in  the  workings  of  the  institution :  even  the 
purchase  of  books  for  the  use  of  students  was  once  in  their 
hands.  They  were  desirous  that  the  institution  should  be  a 
success  and  felt  that  the  burden  of  making  it  succeed  rested 
on  them.  Naturally,  the  greater  part  of  the  work  has  been 
performed  by  a  few,  especially  those  trustees  who  have  lived 
in  or  near  Columbia,  who  have  usually  constituted  the 
executive  committee.  The  position  of  trustee  has  always 
been  considered  an  honor  carrying  with  it  a  great  public 
duty.  Every  record  bears  testimony  that  the  trustees  have 
at  all  times  devoted  their  full  efforts  to  a  loyal  and  faithful 
conduct  of  the  affairs  of  the  university. 

The  minutes  of  the  board  of  trustees  are  complete,  from 
the  first  meeting  in  1802. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  215 

By  act  of  incorporation  the  government  of  the  institution 
was  vested  in  the  president  and  professors,  as  the  "Faculty 
of  the  College",  later  as  the  "Faculty  of  the  University," 
which  consists  of  the  president,  dean,  professors,  associate 
professors  and  adjunct  professors.  The  duties  of  the  faculty 
have  been  about  the  same  from  the  first  regulations:  "To 
have  cognizance  of  all  offences  committed  by  the  students. 
It  shall  have  the  consideration  of  all  questions  affecting  the 
common  interests  of  the  University,  except  those  which  fall 
within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  President."  The  faculty  met 
at  first  as  occasion  demanded  at  the  rooms  of  the  professors, 
once  in  the  sophomore  recitation  room;  later  a  room  in  the 
-dormitory  was  set  aside  for  the  regular  weekly  meeting  at 
9  Monday  morning,  when  the  monitors  made  their  reports, 
or  their  "bills"  were  read.  At  an  early  day  in  1847  the 
faculty  gave  up  its  room  in  the  dormitory  and  began  to  hold 
its  sittings  in  the  library.  Tuesday  became  the  day  for  the 
regular  session  of  the  faculty  after  the  beginnings  of  the 
year  1873.  Under  the  university  system  of  1888-1891  the 
regular  faculty  meeting  was  abolished  and  in  its  place  meet- 
ings of  the  "Council"  and  of  the  faculties  of  schools  were 
held.  In  the  fall  of  1909  the  faculty  began  to  hold  its  sessions; 
in  Eoom  No.  3  in  Davis  College;  not  long  after  the  weekly 
meetings  were  changed  to  semi-monthly.  The  proceedings 
have  always  been  secret,  and  no  information  about  the  delib- 
erations could  be  given  out  except  through  the  president.  A 
secretary,  either  an  officer  or  a  member  of  the  faculty,  kept 
the  minutes,  which  are  preserved  almost  intact. 

The  president  is  the  chief  executive  and  administrative 
officer  of  the  University.  During  the  existence  of  the  first 
university,  1865-1873,  a  chairman  of  the  faculty  took  the 
place  of  the  president.  President  Maxcy  was  a  member  of 
the  board ;  but  none  of  his  successors  have  been  placed  among 
the  trustees.  He  is  present  at  the  sessions  of  the  board  only 
on  invitation.  He  presides  at  all  meetings  of  the  faculty,  if 
he  is  present,  and  was  long  required  to  give  his  opinion  after 
hearing  the  opinion  of  the  professors.  He  has  the  right  of 
voting  and  in  case  of  a  tie,  the  right  of  casting  a  deciding 


216  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

vote.  He  possesses  a  superintending  and  controlling  power 
over  any  other  officer  in  enforcing  the  laws  made  by  the 
trustees:  as  president  he  is  entirely  independent  of  the 
faculty.  No  communication  is  made  since  1900  to  the  board 
of  trustees  except  through  the  president,  unless  by  special 
order  of  the  board.  From  the  beginning  he  has  been  a  pro- 
fessor with  a  few  hours  a  week  in  the  classroom. 

The  office  of  dean  was  first  employed  under  the  second 
university.  To  him  was  especially  delegated  questions  relat- 
ing to  management  of  the  students;  in  the  absence  of  the 
president  he  assumed  his  duties.  When  the  present  univer- 
sity was  created,  the  office  was  used  to  denote  the  heads  of 
schools.  After  the  arrival  of  President  S.  C.  Mitchell  in 
1909  the  office  of  "Dean  of  the  University"  was  established 
with  increased  salary;  his  duties  is  the  oversight  of  the  dis- 
cipline of  the  institution;  during  the  absence  of  the  presi- 
dent he  is  clothed  with  the  powers  of  the  office. 

In  the  old  college  besides  the  professors  there  were  only 
tutors  on  the  teaching  staff.  "Assistant"  first  appears  in 
1886.  "Instructor",  "Assistant  Professor",  and  "Adjunct 
Professor"  are  found  during  the  life  of  the  second  university. 
"Associate  Professor"  came  into  the  faculty  in  1906,  as  the 
next  grade  above  "Adjunct  Professor."  The  present  order 
of  rank  is  Assistant,  Instructor,  Adjunct  Professor,  Associate 
Professor,  Professor. 

"The  Faculty,"  says  the  law  of  1806,  "shall  examine  all 
applicants  for  admission  to  the  College,  and  determine  on 
their  qualifications;  they  shall  appoint  the  time,  place,  and 
mode  of  recitation,  and  other  exercises  for  each  class,  or 
individual  student;  and  with  the  concurrence  of  the  stand- 
ing committee,  may  make  provisional  rules  and  regulations, 
for  the  government  of  the  students,  in  the  recess  of  the  board 
of  trustees,  subject  to  the  control  of  the  board. 

"4.  The  Faculty  shall  keep  a  register,  in  which  shall  be 
entered  the  names  of  all  the  students  admitted ;  and  in  suc- 
cessive columns  shall  be  noted  their  progress  through  the 
classes,  marks  of  distinction  conferred  upon  them,  departure, 
dismission  or  graduation.  To  which  shall  be  added  an 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  217 

alphabetic  index.  They  shall  also  keep  a  book,  in  which  shall 
be  minuted  all  their  transactions;  and  the  register  and 
minute  books  of  the  Faculty,  shall  be  laid  before  the  trustees 
at  their  meetings  in  Columbia;  and  may,  at  all  times,  be 
inspected  by  any  individual  trustees,  or  member  of  the  state 
government. 

"5.  The  President  and  professors  shall,  during  every  ses- 
sion of  the  College,  constantly  devote  themselves  to  the 
instruction  and  government  of  the  students.  They  shall  con- 
stantly attend  the  devotional  exercises  of  the  chapel,  and  the 
President  shall  perform  prayers,  morning  and  evening.  In 
his  absence  the  officers  shall  perform  in  rotation." 

The  faculty  had  the  power  to  suspend  but  not  to  expel. 
In  cases  of  misdemeanor  not  provided  for  in  the  laws,  the 
faculty  could  "punish  in  such  way  as  may  appear  reasonable 
and  necessary,  and  agreeable  to  the  usages  and  laws  of  other 
Colleges." 

The  faculty  holds  office  at  the  pleasure  of  the  board.  When 
(Laws  of  1902),  any  professor  has  reached  the  age  of  seventy 
he  is  retained  in  his  chair  by  annual  election.  If  a  professor, 
or  any  other  officer,  whose  tenure  is  at  the  pleasure  of  the 
trustees,  wishes  to  resign,  he  gives  six  months,  in  early  days, 
twelve  months'  notice.  This  notice  has,  however,  been  passed 
over  in  many  instances.  He  cannot  pursue  another  occu- 
pation or  profession  for  reward  during  the  session  of  the 
institution  without  the  consent  of  the  board.  No  associate 
or  adjunct  professor  can  be  promoted  in  position  until  he 
has  served  at  least  five  years  in  the  University,  unless  by  a 
two-thirds  vote  of  the  members  of  the  board  (Laws  of  1902). 
"Each  Professor  has  authority  to  prescribe  the  text-books 
of  his  department,  to  determine  the  mode  of  recitation  and 
to  assign  any  exercises,  not  inconsistent  with  the  laws  of 
the  University,  which  he  may  deem  conducive  to  proficiency 
in  study.  He  is  also  at  liberty  to  permit  persons  not  students 
of  the  University  to  attend  occasionally  his  lectures  or  reci- 
tations." 

Tutors  were  first  elected  in  1807 ;  the  last  tutor  was  elected 
in  1844  and  held  office  for  one  year.  They  were  elected  from 


218  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

1807  to  1834  by  the  trustees,  afterwards  by  the  faculty. 
Rooms  in  the  buildings  were  assigned  them  in  such  situations 
as  would  best  enable  them  to  assist  in  the  government  of  the 
college ;  it  was  their  especial  duty  to  maintain  order. 

Monitors  were  from  the  first  appointed  by  the  faculty,  one 
for  each  class  to  keep  exact  accounts  of  absences  from  and 
tardiness  at  prayers,  recitations,  lectures  and  public  worship. 
For  a  time  a  monitor  was  assigned  to  each  church  in  the 
town.  Their  bills  were  presented  to  the  professors  every 
Monday  morning.  The  student  who  was  frequently  noted 
on  the  bills  and  could  not  give  a  satisfactory  reason  for  his 
deficiencies  was  publicly  admonished  and,  if  he  did  not 
reform  his  conduct,  was  suspended  and  reported  to  the 
trustees.  Later  the  monitors  were  appointed  at  the  begin- 
ning of  every  quarter,  reporting  to  the  faculty  on  Monday 
morning.  Their  bills  were  transcribed  in  a  book  subject  to 
the  inspection  of  any  member  of  the  board  or  of  any  parent 
or  guardian.  Great  laxness  often  characterized  the  monitors 
in  the  performance  of  their  duty:  not  rare  was  it  for  a 
student  to  secure  the  monitor's  book  and  make  changes,  the 
monitor  even  knowing  that  his  book  was  in  the  possession 
of  a  certain  student.  To  remedy  this,  the  monitor  was  given 
his  tuition,  in  order  to  make  him  feel  a  certain  responsibility 
but  without  avail,  so  that  shortly  before  the  close  of  the  old 
college  the  system  broke  down  and  was  discarded. 

"The  rewards  and  punishments  of  this  institution  shall 
be  addressed  to  the  sense  of  duty,  and  to  the  principles  of 
honor  and  shame."  These  have  always  been  the  opening 
words  of  the  regulations  in  regard  to  discipline.  The  bylaws 
of  1853  contain  the  following  paragraph  on  offences,  which 
perhaps  came  from  the  president  of  the  college,  James  H. 
Thornwell,  and  which  has  been  from  that  day  the  rule  of 
conduct :  "Offences  are  any  acts,  or  habits,  unfavorable  to 
the  peculiar  duties  of  a  student,  or  incompatible  with  the 
obligations  of  morality  and  religion,  or  inconsistent  with  the 
propriety,  decorum  or  courtesy,  which  shall  always  char- 
acterize the  gentleman.  As  the  end  of  the  College  is  to  train 
a  body  of  gentlemen  in  knowledge,  virtue,  religion  and  refine- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  219 

ment,  whatever  has  a  tendency  to  defeat  this  end,  or  is  incon- 
sistent with  it,  shall  be  treated  and  punished  as  an  offence, 
whether  expressly  mentioned  in  the  laws  or  not.  The  sense 
of  decency,  propriety  and  right,  which  every  honorable  young 
man  carries  in  his  own  bosom,  shall  be  taken  as  a  sufficient 
means  of  knowing  these  things  and  he  who  pleads  ignorance 
of  these  matters  is  unfit  to  be  a  member  of  the  College.  The 
Board  expects  and  requires  the  students  to  maintain  the 
character  of  refined  and  Christian  gentlemen.  It  would  be 
ashamed  of  any  man  who  would  excuse  breaches  of  morality, 
propriety  and  decorum,  on  the  plea,  that  the  acts  in  question 
were  not  specifically  condemned  in  the  College  code.  It 
earnestly  desires  that  the  students  may  be  influenced  to  good 
conduct  and  diligence  in  study  by  higher  motives  than  the 
coercion  of  law;  and  mainly  relies,  for  the  success  of  the 
institution,  as  a  place  of  liberal  education,  on  moral  and 
religious  principle,  a  sense  of  duty  and  the  generous  feelings 
which  belong  to  young  men  engaged  in  honourable  pursuits." 
This  paragraph  has  appeared  in  the  catalogue  since  1893. 

The  students  of  the  old  South  Carolina  College  were  dis- 
tinguished for  their  high  sense  of  honor ;  but  often  their  idea 
of  honor  was  the  conventional  one  of  young  men  in  college. 
"The  college  boys  of  that  time,"  wrote  Dr.  James  H.  Carlisle 
of  the  class  of  1844,  "seemed  to  draw  a  well-defined  circle, 
within  which  were  the  things  counted  mean  and  low.  Into 
that  circle  very  few  students  dared  to  intrude.  Unfortu- 
nately the  radius  of  that  circle  was  rather  short."  So  we 
find,  according  to  the  method  of  the  time,  many  minute  rules 
of  conduct  and  long  lists  of  punishments. 

The  first  bylaws  enacted  for  the  institution  that  was  soon 
to  be  opened  contain  this  section  defining  the  punishments, 
one  that  continued  almost  unchanged:  "The  punishments 
of  the  college  shall  be,  1  Private  admonition  by  an  officer 
of  the  college,  by  order  of  the  faculty.  2  Admonition  bofore 
the  faculty.  3  Admonition  before  the  class  of  the  offender, 
or  in  the  presence  of  a  select  number  of  respectable  persons. 
4  Information  communicated  by  order  of  the  faculty  to  the 
parents  or  guardian  of  the  offender.  5  Admonition  and 


220  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

reprehension  in  the  presence  of  the  students.  6  Suspension 
from  the  privileges  of  the  college.  7  Public  and  formal 
expulsion.  Beside  which  the  faculty  may,  in  case  of  gross 
deficiency  degrade  a  student  to  an  inferior  class,  or  refuse 
him  promotion  at  the  commencement."  The  bylaws  rewritten 
under  Dr.  Thornwell,  1853,  read :  "The  punishments  of  the 
College  shall  be  friendly  warning  and  caution  by  an  officer 
of  the  College,  or  by  order  of  the  Faculty ;  admonition  before 
the  Faculty;  suspension  from  the  privileges  of  the  College 
for  a  definite  time;  indefinite  dismission,  with  notice  to  the 
parent  or  guardian  of  the  offender;  and  formal  and  public 
expulsion.  Beside  which,  the  Faculty  may,  in  case  of  gross 
deficiency,  degrade  a  student  to  a  lower  class  or  refuse  him 
promotion  at  the  Commencement."  This  section  reappeared 
in  the  bylaws  of  the  university  in  1866,  the  word  "College" 
being  changed  into  "University."  It  is  found  in  all  subse- 
quent bylaws,  with  the  omission  in  recent  years  of  the  last 
sentence. 

The  sixth  chapter  of  the  first  laws  published  after  the 
opening  of  the  college,  1807,  treats  "Of  Misdemeanors  and 
Criminal  Offences."  Its  twelve  sections  deserve  to  be  repro- 
duced. They  are: 

"1.  If  any  student  shall  be  guilty  of  any  blasphemy,  rob- 
bery, duelling,  fornication,  forgery,  or  any  such  atrocious 
crime,  he  shall  be  expelled. 

"2.  All  the  students  are  strictly  forbidden  to  play  at  cards, 
or  any  unlawful  game ;  to  use  profane  or  obscene  language ; 
to  strike  or  insult  any  person;  to  associate  with  persons  of 
known  bad  character;  to  visit  taverns  without  liberty;  to 
appear  in  indecent  dress,  or  in  woman's  apparel ;  to  lie,  steal, 
get  drunk,  or  be  guilty  of  other  gross  immoralities.  If  any 
student  shall  transgress  in  any  of  these  respects,  he  shall  be 
admonished,  suspended,  degraded  or  expelled,  as  the  case 
may  require. 

"3.  No  student  may  keep  in  his  room  any  kind  of  firearms 
or  gun  powder;  nor  fire  any  in  or  near  the  College,  in  any 
manner  whatever;  and  any  student  who  shall  violate  this 
law,  shall  be  liable  to  admonition,  suspension  or  expulsion. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  221 

"4.  If  any  student  shall  wilfully  insult  or  strike  any  of  the 
officers  of  the  College,  he  shall  be  suspended  or  expelled. 

"5.  All  the  students  are  strictly  forbidden  to  play  on  any 
instrument  of  music  in  the  hours  of  study,  and  also  on  Sun- 
days; and  shall  abstain  from  their  usual  diversions  and 
exercises  on  those  days. 

"6.  If  any  student  shall  refuse  to  open  the  door  of  his 
room,  when  required  to  do  it  by  one  of  the  Faculty,  he  shall 
be  liable  to  public  admonition;  and  the  Faculty,  when  they 
shall  think  it  necessary,  may  break  open  any  room  in  the 
College  at  the  expense  of  those  by  whom  they  are  refused 
admittance. 

"7.  If  any  student  shall  refuse  to  give  evidence  respecting 
the  violation  of  any  of  the  laws  of  the  College,  when  required 
by  the  Faculty,  he  shall  be  admonished  or  suspended. 

"8.  No  student  is  permitted  to  make  a  practice  of  enter- 
taining company  in  his  room,  especially  in  the  hours  of  study. 

"9.  All  students  are  strictly  forbidden,  without  previous 
liberty  obtained  of  a  member  of  the  Faculty,  to  bring  any 
spiritous  liquor  into  the  College;  and  if  any  student,  by 
bringing  spiritous  liquor  into  the  College,  shall  be  the  occa- 
sion of  riotous  conduct  or  tumult,  he  shall  be  liable  to  admo- 
nition or  suspension. 

"10.  No  student  shall  make  any  festival  entertainment  in 
the  College,  or  in  the  town  of  Columbia,  or  take  part  in  any 
thing  of  the  kind,  without  liberty  previously  obtained  of  the 
President. 

"11.  All  the  students  are  required  to  be  particularly  care- 
ful respecting  fire,  especially  when  they  are  obliged  to  go 
from  their  rooms ;  or  in  carrying  it  through  the  entries ;  and 
they  are  strictly  forbidden  to  smoke  segars  or  pipes  in  any 
part  of  the  College,  except  their  own  rooms. 

"12.  If  any  students  shall  enter  into  a  combination  to 
oppose  the  authority  of  the  Faculty,  or  to  impede  the  opera- 
tion of  the  laws,  they  shall  be  punished  by  admonition,  sus- 
pension or  expulsion;  and  if  any  student  shall  express  a 
determination  not  to  submit  to  the  laws,  he  shall  be  imme- 


222  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

diately  suspended  from  the  College;  and  be  reported  to  the 
trustees." 

From  time  to  time  other  regulations  were  added  to  these. 
In  the  laws  of  1848  is  the  general  section :  "The  President, 
with  the  assent  of  the  Faculty,  may  request  any  parent  or 
guardian  to  remove  any  student  from  College,  whose  general 
deportment  and  conduct  is  irregular,  improper  or  offensive, 
or  likely  to  be  of  bad  example  to  the  students,  and  send  him 
away  accordingly."  Following  this  section  is  declaration  of 
suspension  and  report  for  expulsion  against  any  student  who 
shall  fight  a  duel  or  shall  give  or  accept  a  challenge  to  fight 
a  duel,  or  carry  a  challenge  to  fight  a  duel,  or  act  as  a  second 
to  those  who  shall  give  or  accept  a  challenge. 

Other  offences  and  punishments  are  enumerated  thus: 

"205.  If  any  student  shall  keep  in  his  room,  or  within  the 
College,  or  in  the  town  of  Columbia,  or  in  its  vicinity,  any 
pistol,  dirk,  sword-cane,  bowie  knife,  or  other  deadly  weapon, 
he  shall  be  forthwith  suspended  and  reported  for  expulsion. 

"206.  No  student  shall  bring  or  use  within  the  precincts 
of  the  College,  or  bring  within  the  same,  any  spiritous 
liquors,  dogs  or  arms  or  ammunition,  nor  shall  any  one  keep 
or  hire  any  horse  or  mule,  servant  or  servants,  without  per- 
mission of  the  President ;  and  any  student  who  shall  violate 
this  rule  shall  be  liable  to  admonition,  suspension  or 
expulsion. 

"208.  No  student  shall  be  permitted  to  entertain  company 
in  his  room,  and  if  any  student  shall  refuse  to  open  the  door 
of  his  room,  when  required  by  any  one  of  the  Faculty  or  a 
Tutor,  he  shall  be  liable  to  admonition,  suspension  or 
expulsion. 

"209.  No  student,  or  students,  shall  be  permitted  to  make 
any  ball  or  festive  entertainment,  except  a  ball  at  Commence- 
ment ;  nor  shall  any  student  attend  or  take  part  in  any  thing 
of  the  kind  without  the  special  permission  of  the  President. 

"211.  No  student  shall  leave  the  town  of  Columbia,  with- 
out the  permission  of  the  President. 

"212.  No  student,  or  students,  shall  make  any  bonfire, 
or  other  like  fire,  within  or  near  the  College  enclosure,  nor 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  223 

shall  they  throw  or  use  any  fire-ball  or  lighted  torch  in  the 
same,  on  pain  of  admonition,  suspension  or  expulsion,  at 
the  discretion  of  the  Faculty. 

"219.  If  any  student  shall  be  convicted  of  having  or  blow- 
ing any  horn  or  trumpet,  or  beating  any  drum,  or  of  dis- 
turbing the  quiet  of  the  institution  by  riding  any  horse  or 
mule  within  or  near  the  College  enclosure,  or  of  making  any 
loud  or  unusual  noise  by  any  other  means,  within  or  about 
the  same,  he  shall  be  punished  by  admonition  or  suspension, 
at  the  discretion  of  the  Faculty. 

"220.  If  any  student  shall,  knowingly,  receive,  harbor  or 
entertain  in  his  room,  any  other  student  who  has  been  sus- 
pended and  ordered  to  leave  the  College  by  the  Faculty,  he 
shall  be  liable  to  admonition  or  suspension,  at  the  discretion 
of  the  Faculty." 

Combinations  that  were  unlawful  were  particularly  "not 
to  attend  prayers,  recitations  or  public  worship,  indicated 
by  the  cry  of  'hold  back',  'no  recitation',  or  other  signal ;  and 
all  who  offend  against  this  law  shall  be  liable  to  admonition, 
suspension  or  expulsion,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Faculty." 

In  proceeding  against  a  student,  the  faculty  did  not  in 
1836,  according  to  the  published  laws  of  that  year,  call  on 
one  student  for  information  against  another,  unless  when 
riotous  or  disorderly  conduct  took  place  in  a  student's  room, 
in  which  case  he  was  bound  to  designate  the  true  offender 
or  take  the  punishment  himself.  If  it  later  appeared  that  a 
student  had  permitted  another  to  be  punished  for  an  offence 
of  which  he  himself  was  guilty  he  was  to  be  expelled. 

"If  any  riot,"  to  give  the  words  of  the  law  (1836),  "dis- 
turbance, or  any  other  misdemeanor  shall  take  place  in  the 
actual  view  of  the  Faculty  or  Tutors  or  any  of  them,  or  in 
any  particular  tenement,  the  Faculty  shall  be  at  liberty  to 
call  up  the  students,  or  any  of  them  inhabiting  that  tenement, 
or  present  at  the  time,  to  exculpate  him  or  themselves  from 
having  had  any  participation  therein  or  confessing  the  same. 

"If  the  Faculty  or  Tutors,  or  any  of  them,  shall  observe 
several  students  in  company  together  at  the  time  and  place 
of  an  offence  committed  and  shall  not  be  able  to  designate 


224  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

the  actual  offender,  the  Faculty  may  call  on  all  or  any  of 
the  students  seen  together,  and  require  each  or  any  of  them 
to  exculpate  himself,  or  themselves,  from  any  participation 
or  concurrence  therein,  and  upon  his  or  their  refusal  to  do  so, 
he  or  they  shall  be  regarded  as  the  offenders  and  be  pro- 
ceeded against  accordingly. 

"Whenever  the  Faculty  shall  receive  information  from  any 
credible  source  furnishing  them  sufficient  ground  of  reason- 
able suspicion,  that  any  student  has  been  guilty  of  miscon- 
duct, proper  to  be  noticed,  they  shall  call  up  the  student 
accused,  and  put  him  on  his  denial  or  exculpation,  and  if 
he  shall  refuse  to  answer  he  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  the 
offence,  and  proceeded  against  accordingly.  If  he  shall  deny 
that  he  is  guilty  of  the  offence  with  which  he  is  charged, 
that  shall  be  considered  prima  facie  evidence  of  his  innocence. 
But  if  it  shall  afterwards  appear,  from  satisfactory  compe- 
tent evidence  that  he  was  really  guilty,  he  shall  be  suspended 
and  reported  for  expulsion,  for  having  been  guilty  of  false- 
hood." 

Under  the  caption  of  "Discipline"  the  day  of  the  student 
was  arranged  thus  into  hours:  "During  the  session  of  the 
College,  the  students  shall  convene  in  the  College  chapel  at 
sunrise  in  the  morning  to  attend  prayers;  from  thence  they 
shall  retire  either  to  attend  recitations  or  lectures,  or  to 
pursue  their  studies  until  they  are  summoned  to  breakfast; 
at  nine  o'clock  A.  M.,  they  shall  return  to  their  studies,  and 
continue  in  their  rooms  until  twelve,  unless  summoned  to 
recitations  or  lectures;  between  twelve  and  two  they  shall 
repair  to  dinner  when  summoned,  and  at  two  return  to  their 
rooms  and  continue  at  study  until  five,  and  at  five  they  shall 
attend  prayers  at  the  chapel,  and  be  dismissed.  From  the 
beginning  of  the  session  until  the  first  of  May  in  each  year, 
the  students  shall  all  return  to  their  rooms  at  the  ringing  of 
the  bell  at  seven  o'clock  in  the  evening,  and  continue  at  study 
until  half  past  nine,  and  remain  in  their  rooms  the  remainder 
of  the  night.  From  the  first  of  May  until  the  end  of  the  ses- 
sion, the  students  shall  be  dismissed  from  evening  prayers 
until  nine  o'clock  at  night,  at  which  time  they  shall  return 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  225 

to  their  rooms  and  remain  in  for  the  night.  On  Saturdays 
they  shall  be  dismissed  after  morning  recitations,  until  nine 
o'clock  at  night." 

"Regulations  of  Detail"  in  regard  to  devotional  exercises 
in  the  laws  of  1853  fix  the  hours  of  morning  prayer  "on  every 
week-day  from  the  first  Monday  of  October  to  the  first  day  of 
April,  7  o'clock ;  from  the  first  day  of  April  to  the  first  day 
of  May,  Gi/o  o'clock,  and  from  the  first  of  May  to  the  close 
of  the  session,  6  o'clock."  Students  were  expected  to  rise 
half  an  hour  before  prayers.  Recitations  began  at  the  close 
of  prayers.  One  recitation  was  held  before  breakfast.  These 
same  laws  regulate  the  study  hour  in  the  evening  by  amend- 
ing that  from  April  1  to  May  1  the  study  hour  should  be 
from  7%  to  O1/^,  and  from  May  1  to  the  end  of  the  session 
8  to  10,  and  on  Saturdays  and  holidays,  and  when  there  was 
no  recitation  the  next  morning,  9  was  always  the  hour  of 
retirement;  when  the  students  must  retire  to  their  rooms 
and  remain  in  them  for  the  night.  The  close  of  the  study 
hour  was  the  hour  of  retirement. 

Students  were  particularly  called  upon  to  observe  the 
hours  of  study  and  retirement,  during  which  they  could  not 
leave  their  rooms  under  any  pretence,  unless  to  obey  the 
officers  or  from  necessity. 

Students  were  forbidden  to  visit  taverns,  hotels,  or  places 
of  public  amusement,  without  special  permission  first 
obtained  from  the  president.  At  one  time  the  students  were 
excused  from  11  a.  m.  to  5  p.  m.  during  "race  week."  Visit- 
ing grog  or  eating  shops  brought  suspension  or  expulsion. 
Smoking  on  the  streets  of  Columbia  was  forbidden.  Tobacco 
in  public  rooms  or  in  any  lecture  or  recitation  room  was  for- 
bidden. Every  student  on  entering  the  chapel,  lecture  room, 
or  the  dining  room  was  to  be  uncovered.  He  was  to  keep 
his  apartments  clean;  if  not,  they  could  be  cleaned  at  his 
expense.  He  was  to  obey  implicitly  all  lawful  commands 
of  his  instructors  and  behave  with  deference  and  respect 
toward  them.  Neatness  and  cleanliness  in  person  and  dress 
and  courteous  conduct  to  his  fellows  were  required  of  him. 
No  student  was  allowed  to  enter  chapel  or  any  apartment 

15— H.  U. 


226  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

for  recitation  without  being  fully  dressed,  nor  to  lounge  or 
sit  in  an  indecorous  position,  nor  talk,  nor  in  any  manner 
offend  against  the  rules  of  propriety  common  among  gentle- 
men assembled  for  grave  purposes.  Students  were  to  be 
seated  in  chapel  or  recitation  rooms  and  go  from  them  in 
such  order  as  may  be  prescribed:  the  professors  fixed  the 
order  for  their  rooms,  the  president  for  chapel  and  college 
hall  (laws  of  1853).  Striking  a  servant  and  cruelty  to  ani- 
mals were  expressly  forbidden  (same  laws).  A  regulation 
of  decorum  of  the  same  year  prescribes  that,  "If  any  student 
shall  treat  rudely  or  discourteously  any  stranger  visiting  the 
College,  or  reading  the  inscription  upon  the  monument,  by 
shouting  'Fresh'  at  him,  or  using  any  other  offensive  epithet, 
such  student  shall  be  suspended  or  expelled  according  to 
the  aggravation  of  the  case."  Likewise,  "Any  student  crying 
'Fresh'  or  'Eat'  to  any  other  student,  or  to  the  applicants  for 
College  or  any  of  them,  or  employing  any  other  epithets  to 
annoy  or  tease  them,  shall  be  admonished  or  suspended  at 
the  discretion  of  the  Faculty." 

The  "Regulations  of  the  Faculty,"  which  were  printed  with 
the  bylaws  of  1853,  1867,  1880,  contain  in  the  1853  edition 
this  scale  of  punishments:  "1.  The  general  punishment 
authorized  by  the  laws  under  the  name  of  Admonition,  con- 
sists of  two  degrees:  the  first  and  lowest  is  called  by  the 
generic  name,  admonition :  the  second  is  called  a  warning. 

"Three  admonitions  during  a  quarter  amount  to  a  warn- 
ing, and  three  warnings  to  a  suspension  of  two  weeks. 

"2.  The  following  is  the  scale  of  punishments  for  unex- 
cused  absences  from  prayers  and  recitations:  1.  For  two 
absences  from  prayers,  one  admonition.  2.  For  one  absence 
from  a  morning  recitation,  one  admonition.  3.  For  one 
absence  from  an  eleven  o'clock  recitation,  two  admonitions. 

"3.  The  following  punishments  are  also  inflicted  for  the 
following  disorders :  1.  For  participating  in  making  a  bon- 
fire, shooting  a  rocket  or  exploding  a  bomb:  suspension  for 
four  months  of  the  College  session.  2.  The  shouting  at  a 
stranger  visiting  the  campus  or  reading  the  inscription  on 
the  monument,  three  months'  suspension.  3.  For  crying 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  227 

'hold  back',  or  endeavoring  to  create  by  any  other  cry,  a 
combination  against  attending  prayers,  recitation  or  public 
worship,  during  a  rain  or  at  any  other  time,  three  months' 
suspension.  These  punishments  may  be  increased  or  miti- 
gated, by  aggravated  or  extenuating  circumstances  in  each 
particular  case:  but  they  are  the  ordinary  penalties  for  the 
offence  named.  4.  In  case  of  a  bon-fire  or  unauthorized  fire- 
works, or  illumination,  any  student  crying  fire,  sounding  an 
alarm,  leaving  his  room,  going  to  the  fire,  or  being  seen  at  it, 
going  into  the  College  yard,  or  assembling  on  account  of 
such  bon-fire,  shall  be  deemed  aiding  and  abetting  such  dis- 
order, and  may  be  punished  accordingly.  5.  Students  enter- 
ing the  chapel  after  the  reading  of  the  Scriptures  has  begun, 
shall  be  liable  to  an  admonition.  6.  The  introduction  of  intox- 
icating liquor  into  the  campus  or  into  any  of  the  rooms  shall 
be  visited  with  suspension." 

No  class  or  other  meeting  of  the  students  could  be  held 
without  the  permission  of  the  president,  and  for  specified 
purposes.  Such  meetings  held  without  permission  were 
treated  as  unlawful  combinations.  No  society  for  debating 
or  for  any  other  purpose  could  be  formed  in  the  College  until 
a  copy  of  its  constitution  and  all  its  rules  had  been  submitted 
to  the  president  and  had  received  his  sanction.  He  was  also 
to  be  kept  informed  of  any  change  (Laws  of  1853). 

The  faculty  assigned  to  each  professor  a  portion  of  the 
tenements  occupied  by  students,  which  it  was  his  duty  to 
visit  at  least  once  a  day  and  as  much  oftener  as  the  president 
should  direct,  and  report  to  the  faculty  at  their  weekly 
meeting  the  condition  of  the  rooms,  entries,  stair-cases,  par- 
ticularly with  reference  to  cleanliness.  The  professors  were 
also  to  note  all  absences,  irregularities  and  disorders,  which 
they  may  detect  in  their  visitations.  The  professor  was  to 
indicate  his  desire  to  enter  a  room  by  rapping  at  the  door, 
and  if  the  door  was  not  opened,  he  could  use  the  force 
required  to  open  it,  and  the  damages  that  might  thus  accrue 
to  the  room  were  to  be  made  good  by  those  who  were  found 
in  the  room  at  the  time.  Any  student's  room  found  in  a 


228  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

state  of  uncleanliness  might  be  cleaned  at  the  student's 
expense. 

Immediately  after  commencement  the  faculty  declared  all 
rooms  vacant  and  proceeded  at  once  to  assign  them  in  the 
order  of  the  classes,  beginning  with  the  seniors.  No  student 
could  be  removed  from  the  room  assigned  him  except  at  his 
own  request,  or  for  disorderly  conduct.  To  change  his  room, 
he  must  have  permission  of  the  president.  The  occupants  of 
it  had  to  make  good  any  damage  to  it,  unless  they  could  show 
that  they  were  not  to  blame.  They  could  not  make  alterations 
without  authority  of  the  faculty.  All  students  were  required 
to  room  in  the  buildings  of  the  institution,  except  those  who 
resided  in  Columbia,  or  its  immediate  vicinity ;  or  in  cases  of 
sickness,  when  the  physician  certified  that  it  was  necessary 
that  the  student  lodge  outside.  Any  student  who  mutilated, 
injured  or  destroyed  "his  own  room,  or  any  of  the  College 
buildings,  or  the  fences,  out-buildings,  or  fixtures  belonging 
to  the  College"  had  to  pay  the  expense  of  repair,  and  if  he 
did  not  pay  by  the  first  of  the  next  quarter  ensuing,  he  was 
to  be  suspended  until  he  did  pay. 

Two  students  have  always  been  assigned  to  each  room; 
one  student  occupied  a  room  only  at  the  times  when  the 
buildings  were  not  full.  During  President  Preston's  admin- 
istration more  than  two  occupants  were  placed  in  a  room 
until  other  dormitories  could  be  built.  At  the  present  there 
is  not  sufficient  dormitory  space,  so  that  more  than  two  are 
assigned  to  many  rooms. 

During  the  first  forty  years  of  the  life  of  the  institution 
the  students  wore  a  uniform.  The  first  two  editions  of  the 
laws  require  that,  "The  students  shall  be  distinguished  by 
wearing  short  hair,  blue  coats,  and  round  hats,  in  ordinary. 
The  senior  class  shall  also  wear  black  gowns  when  convened 
for  the  purpose  of  performing  college  exercises  or  duties." 
An  old  picture  of  the  College  about  the  year  1820  represents 
the  students  with  high  hats,  short  waisted  coats  with  long 
tails  and  tight  trousers.  At  the  time  of  the  reorganization 
in  1835  it  was  enacted  that,  "The  dress  of  the  students  shall 
be  uniform  and  plain,  and  the  cloth,  when  that  is  prescribed, 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  229 

shall  not  exceed  in  value  seven  dollars  per  yard.  The  coat 
shall  be  of  dark  grey  cloth,  single  breasted,  with  a  standing 
collar,  trimmed  with  black  braid,  the  skirts  shall  be  of  mod- 
erate length  with  pocket  flaps,  and  black  covered  buttons; 
the  waistcoat  shall  be  white  or  black,  and  single  breasted 
with  a  standing  collar ;  the  pantaloons  shall  be  of  cloth,  cassi- 
mere  or  cassinet,  of  a  dark  grey  colour,  and  of  the  usual 
form.  In  warm  weather  brown  cotton  or  linen  may  be  sub- 
stituted. The  neck-cloth  shall  be  plain  black,  and  the  hat 
round  and  black.  No  ornaments  shall  be  allowed,  but  in 
case  of  mourning  the  usual  badges  may  be  worn. 

"The  uniform  thus  prescribed  shall  be  strictly  enforced, 
and  shall  be  worn  on  all  occasions,  both  within  the  College 
enclosure  and  within  the  town  of  Columbia  and  its  vicinity, 
when  the  student  appears  out  of  his  rooms,  except  only  that 
in  warm  weather  he  may  wear  within  the  College  enclosure 
such  light  coat  as  the  Faculty  may  approve.  The  form  of 
the  dress  in  each  article  shall  conform  to  a  model  to  be  pro- 
vided under  the  direction  of  the  Faculty,  and  kept  by  the 
Marshal." 

This  regulation  remained  in  force  only  a  few  years.  By 
1840  it  was  not  strictly  observed,  although  it  was  repeated, 
and  the  faculty  was  directed  to  have  it  enforced.  The  laws 
of  1848  make  no  reference  to  a  uniform. 

The  first  laws  arrange  the  sessions  and  vacations  thus: 
"The  students  shall  convene  on  the  first  Monday  of  October, 
and  shall  continue  in  session  until  the  third  Monday  in  July ; 
from  which  day,  until  the  first  day  in  October,  there  shall 
be  a  vacation;  and  there  shall  be  no  other  vacation  in  the 
year,  except  a  few  days  at  such  times  as  the  president  shall 
think  proper.  And  the  faculty  shall  be  authorized  to  assign 
to  the  students  such  exercises  or  studies  for  the  vacation,  as 
may  be  suitable  to  their  standing  in  their  respective  classes, 
and  on  which  the  students  shall  be  examined  on  their  return 
to  college:  But  any  student  who  has  usually  resided  in 
Charleston  during  the  summer,  and  may  chuse  to  continue 
to  do  so,  shall  be  allowed,  on  the  application  of  his  parents  or 
guardian  for  that  purpose  to  the  faculty,  to  leave  the  college 


230  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

on  the  fourth  Monday  in  June,  and  return  on  the  said  first 
Monday  in  October.,  Provided,  That  the  said  student  pursue 
such  studies  during  the  said  vacation  as  shall  be  prescribed 
by  the  faculty,  and  shall  be  found  sufficiently  proficient 
therein  on  examination,  to  entitle  him  to  a  readmission  to  his 
class  at  the  end  of  the  said  vacation."  By  the  year  1835 
the  vacation  was  began  after  the  first  day  of  July.  This 
remained  the  custom  until  1880,  when  a  slight  change  was 
made  in  the  termination  "on  the  last  of  June."  The  laws  of 
1883  say  that,  "There  shall  be  but  one  session  in  each  year, 
which  shall  commence  on  the  first  Tuesday  in  January  and 
end  on  the  third  Wednesday  in  December",  endeavoring  to 
go  back  to  the  ante-bellum  year.  The  session  was  at  the  same 
time  divided  into  two  terms,  the  spring  term  ending  on  the 
third  Wednesday  in  June,  the  fall  term  beginning  on  the 
third  Tuesday  in  September,  so  that  the  institution  opened 
on  the  prescribed  day  in  September  and  closed  on  the  pre- 
scribed Wednesday  in  June.  Alterations  have  been  made 
from  time  to  time  since  the  South  Carolina  College  was 
reconstituted  in  1883 ;  these  have,  however,  been  very  slight. 

The  session  of  the  ante-bellum  college  was  certainly  after 
1835  divided  into  three  quarters,  the  first  commencing  on 
the  first  Monday  of  October,  the  second  on  the  first  day  of 
January,  the  third  on  the  first  day  of  April.  With  the  uni- 
versity in  1866  there  came  two  terms,  one  beginning  on 
October  1,  the  other  on  February  15.  Almost  the  same 
division  has  been  observed  from  that  time  except  that  since 
1910  the  second  term  had  been  started  nearer  the  first  of 
February. 

The  fiscal  year  has  always  begun  with  January  1.  The 
professors  dated  their  entrance  on  duties  from  that  day 
until  the  establishment  of  the  College  of  Agriculture  and 
Mechanics  in  1880 ;  since  then  the  date  of  entrance  on  duty 
has  been  the  opening  of  the  session,  or  October  1. 

Vacation  in  summer  varied  as  indicated  above  in  the  para- 
graph on  the  session.  A  week's  holiday  at  Christmas  was 
first  granted  in  1807.  The  length  of  the  holiday  varied :  the 
laws  of  1848  fix  it  at  three  days;  those  of  1853  say  "The 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  231 

Christmas  holidays  shall  extend  from  the  second  Monday  of 
December  to  the  first  Monday  of  January."  At  present  it  is 
ten  days  by  act  of  legislature ;  the  laws  of  the  first  university 
gave  only  the  one  day  of  Christmas.  These  same  laws 
announced  another  holiday  on  Good  Friday.  Occasional 
holidays  were  obtained  for  various  reasons.  From  May  Day 
festivities  there  arose  the  custom  of  giving  a  "Spring  Holi- 
day", which  is  still  continued:  this  holiday  seems  to  have 
started  some  years  before  1860.  After  the  foundation  of  the 
State  Fair  in  Columbia  in  the  50's  it  was  found  necessary  to 
give  a  holiday,  one  or  two  days,  owing  to  the  distraction  of 
the  week :  two  days  have  long  been  given,  although  from  the 
first  the  entire  week  had  been  almost  useless  for  work. 
Calhoun's  birthday  was  observed  in  the  50's.  The  birthdays 
of  Lee  and  Washington  are  also  holidays,  the  last  from  a 
very  early  period;  on  this  occasion  the  students  were  for 
many  years  assembled  in  the  chapel  to  listen  to  an  address 
on  General  Washington.  During  the  May  exhibitions  in  the 
old  college  suspensions  of  exercises  took  place. 

During  the  life  of  the  old  college  the  students  were  con- 
vened at  sunrise  in  the  chapel  to  attend  prayers,  and  again 
at  five  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  at  the  close  of  recitations. 
The  laws  of  1853  fix  the  morning  hour  for  prayers  at  7  from 
the  first  Monday  in  October  to  the  first  day  of  April ;  from 
the  first  day  of  April  to  the  first  day  of  May,  6.30;  from 
May  1  to  the  end  of  the  session  at  6.  All  students  were 
expected  to  rise  half  an  hour  before  prayers  in  order  to  be 
ready  for  them.  Evening  prayers  were  held  throughout  the 
session  at  5.  After  1865  the  morning  hours  were  7  from  the 
opening  of  the  session  to  April  1,  and  6  for  the  remainder  of 
the  session ;  evening  prayers  were  at  5.  After  1880  the  even- 
ing prayers  were  dropped ;  the  hour  for  the  morning  prayers 
were  fixed  by  the  faculty,  apparently  at  8.40,  which  remained 
the  hour,  except  from  1884  to  1890,  when  it  was  at  9.  In 
the  spring  of  1911  the  hour  9.45  for  morning  prayers  was 
tried  and  found  so  satisfactory  that  it  has  been  retained.* 

'Changed  in  1914  to  10:30. 


232  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

"On  every  Sunday,  during  each  session,  all  the  students 
shall  attend  public  worship  in  the  College  chapel  twice  in  the 
day,  if  service  be  so  often  performed;"  so  said  the  trustees 
in  1807 :  they  had  already  made  arrangements  that  the  presi- 
dent should  perform  divine  service  when  his  health  permitted, 
and  he  could  "invite  occasionally  other  respectable  clergy- 
men of  any  denomination"  to  officiate.  If  no  clergyman 
could  be  obtained,  some  one  of  the  professors  read  a  religious 
service.  When  the  college  was  reorganized,  the  regulation 
reads:  "When  there  is  public  worship  at  the  College  chapel 
on  Sunday,  every  student  shall  attend  the  same  and  deport 
himself  with  becoming  solemnity ;  unless  he  shall  be  a  mem- 
ber of  some  church  or  religious  denomination  having  regular 
worship  on  Sunday,  in  the  town  of  Columbia,  of  which  he 
shall  give  notice  to  the  President,  or  unless  his  parent  or 
guardian  shall  designate  some  church  in  which  there  is  regu- 
lar worship  on  Sunday,  and  desire  that  he  may  be  permitted 
to  attend  the  same."  It  had  become  before  this  necessary 
to  give  permission  for  attendance  on  church.  This  edition 
of  the  laws  (1836)  does  not  mention  regular  morning  and 
evening  prayers  on  Sunday.  In  the  next  edition  of  the  laws 
( 1848 )  the  faculty  were  required  to  cause  prayers  to  be  said 
in  the  chapel  on  Sunday  morning,  which  the  students  were 
to  attend.  Public  worship  on  Sunday  in  the  chapel  was 
required  as  above,  except  that  a  communicant  of  a  church  in 
town  having  regular  worship,  differing  from  that  to  which 
the  chaplain  belongs,  could  attend  that  church  on  giving 
written  notice  to  the  president,  or  if  the  parent  or  guardian 
should  inform  the  president  in  writing  that  he  could  not  in 
conscience  "consent  that  his  son  or  ward  should  engage  in 
the  religious  worship  conducted  by  the  chaplain."  The  laws 
of  1853  contain  a  chapter  on  "Devotional  Exercises  and  the 
Lord's  Day,"  which  decreed  thus:  "1.  Divine  service  shall 
be  performed  in  the  College  Hall,  at  least  once  on  every 
Lord's  Day,  and  on  whatever  days  may  be  set  apart  for 
religious  observance  by  the  Governor  of  this  Commonwealth, 
or  the  President  of  the  United  States.  There  shall  also  be 
daily  prayers  in  the  chapel,  on  the  mornings  of  every  day, 
and  the  evenings  of  every  day  except  Saturday. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  233 

"2.  The  students  of  the  College  shall  constantly,  season- 
ably, and  with  due  reverence,  attend  the  prayers  and  the 
public  worship  above  specified. 

"3.  No  student  shall  be  statedly  excused  from  morning 
and  evening  prayers  without  a  special  vote  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees. 

"4.  The  President  of  the  College  may  grant  a  dispensation 
from  attending  public  worship  in  the  College  Hall  on  the 
Lord's  Day  and  other  days  set  apart  for  the  purpose  in  the 
three  following  cases :  1.  When  the  parent  or  guardian  of 
a  student  resides  in  Columbia,  and  desires  his  son  or  ward 
to  attend  public  worship  with  his  own  family.  2.  When  a 
student  is  a  communicant  with  some  religious  denomination, 
having  regular  worship  in  the  town  of  Columbia,  and  dif- 
fering from  that  to  which  the  chaplain  belongs.  3.  When 
the  parent  or  guardian  shall  inform  the  President  in  writing, 
that  he  cannot,  in  conscience,  permit  his  son  or  ward  to 
engage  in  the  religious  worship  conducted  by  the  Chaplain." 

"5.  Occasional  permissions  to  attend  elsewhere  than  in  the 
College  Hall,  the  President  may  grant  at  his  discretion — the 
occasions  being  rare  and  extraordinary. 

"6.  Students  are  required  to  keep  the  Lord's  Day  with 
becoming  reverence,  to  abstain  from  their  usual  diversions 
and  exercises,  and  from  all  behaviour  inconsistent  with  that 
sacred  season. 

"7.  The  Professor  who  has  charge  of  Sacred  Literature 
and  Evidences  of  Christianity  shall  officiate  as  Chaplain 
of  the  College.  (This  had  been  true  since  1835.  The  first 
chaplain  was  Rev.  William  Capers  for  a  few  months  in  1835. 
His  Bible  is  preserved  in  the  library.  Succeeding  chaplains 
were  presented  with  Bibles  by  the  sophomore  class,  which 
were  deposited  in  the  library  at  the  expiration  of  the 
chaplain's  term  of  service). 

"8.  In  the  absence  of  the  Chaplain,  it  devolves  upon  the 
Faculty  to  see  that  morning  and  evening  prayers  are  had  in 
the  chapel,  and  public  worship  observed  in  the  College  Hall, 
unless  the  Chaplain  himself  should  have  made  arrangements 
to  have  his  place  supplied." 


234  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

At  this  time  it  was  decided  to  have  morning  prayers  on 
Sunday  one  hour  later  than  in  week  days.  Public  worship 
in  College  Hall  on  Sunday  and  other  days  set  apart  for  the 
purpose  was  to  be  held  at  10.30  in  the  forenoon  and  when 
there  was  afternoon  service,  at  3.30. 

"No  student  shall  play  on  any  instrument,"  says  the  same 
regulations,  "of  Music,  or  engage  in  diversions  and  sports 
on  the  Lord's  Day,  and  all  lounging  under  the  trees,  or  col- 
lecting in  groups  about  the  campus,  or  before  the  entries,  or 
any  of  the  College  steps,  for  the  purpose  of  amusement  or 
conversation  on  that  day,  is  expressly  forbidden." 

During  the  life  of  the  first  university  religious  exercises 
were  all  voluntary,  although  held  at  the  times  usual  before 
1860.  In  the  catalogue  of  1883-84  appears  the  statement 
that  students  are  required  to  attend  the  religious  exercises 
held  in  the  chapel  on  Sunday  morning,  as  well  as  the  daily 
morning  prayers.  The  requirement  about  morning  prayers 
has  remained.  Great  objections  to  the  South  Carolina  Col- 
lege were  being  raised  about  this  time  by  the  denominational 
colleges.  On  account  of  this  opposition  chapel  was  again 
required  to  show  that  the  college  was  not  an  irreligious  insti- 
tution. Sunday  services  were  conducted  until  the  chaplaincy 
of  Professor  J.  William  Flinn,  when  in  the  catalogue  of 
1894-95  appears  the  paragraph,  "All  students,  except  those 
excused  for  special  reasons  by  the  President  shall  attend 
every  Sunday,  the  full  morning  service  of  some  one  of  the 
city  churches.  Attendance  on  such  services  shall  be  ascer- 
tained and  recorded  at  the  chapel  roll-call  on  Monday  morn- 
ing following,  each  student  answering  'Yes'  or  'No'  as 
to  his  attendance.  Excuses  must  be  made  in  writing  to  the 
President  as  for  other  absences."  The  excuse  has  still  to  be 
made,  only  now  on  a  slip  of  paper  prepared  for  the  purpose. 
Roll-call,  which  was  instituted  at  the  time  chapel  was 
required,  was  changed  during  President  Sloan's  adminis- 
tration to  a  system  of  numbered  seats.  The  practice  arose 
among  the  churches  of  the  city  to  begin  morning  service  at 
11.15,  in  order  to  allow  the  students  to  attend  services  in 
the  chapel  and  reach  church  in  time  for  the  sermon. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  235 

For  the  first  thirty  years  the  performance  of  chapel 
services  was  laid  on  the  president,  who  acted  himself  or  had 
some  one  to  act  for  him.  When  the  college  was  reorganized 
in  1835,  the  professor  of  Sacred  Literature  and  Evidences 
of  Christianity  was  required  to  fill  the  office  of  chaplain. 
The  charter  of  the  university  in  1866  enjoined  on  the  trustees 
the  care  that  one  of  the  professors  should  be  a  minister  of 
the  gospel,  who  should  be  charged  with  the  duties  of  the 
chaplain,  with  additional  salary.  This  has  continued  a  part 
of  the  provisions  of  the  acts  affecting  the  changes  from  col- 
lege to  university  and  vice  versa.  Section  10  of  the  act 
approved  December  23,  1890,  specifies  that  the  president 
shall  not  be  an  atheist  or  infidel,  which  is  a  part  of  the 
present  charter. 

Chapel  services  have  always  been  onerous.  Even  as  early 
as  1806  it  was  necessary  for  the  board  to  require  the  pro- 
fessors to  attend  chapel.  Absences  from  chapel  figure  largely 
in  the  monitors'  bills.  In  one  of  Professor  ThornwelPs 
reports  as  chaplain  while  Preston  was  president  is  the  reve- 
lation that  for  a  month  there  had  been  no  chapel  services 
during  the  absence  of  the  president.  No  professors  attended, 
so  that  the  trustees  asked  Professor  Williams  to  go  in  order 
to  help  Dr.  Thornwell  and  officiate  in  his  place  whenever 
necessary. 


236  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


CHAPTER  XVII. 


LAW  SCHOOL. 

As  early  as  1810  President  Maxcy  recommended  to  the 
board  of  trustees  the  establishment  of  a  professor  of  law 
to  lecture  to  the  two  higher  classes.  A  resolution  of  the 
legislature  for  the  year  1823  requested  the  trustees  of  the 
college  to  consider  the  "propriety  and  advantage  of  estab- 
lishing a  Professorship  of  Law  in  that  institution,  and  to 
report  to  this  house,  at  the  next  session,  the  manner  in  which 
such  a  Professorship  may  be  established,  so  as  to  be  most 
advantageous  to  the  community,  and  least  expensive  to  the 
State."  In  reply,  the  trustees  expressed  the  opinion  that 
the  chair  should  be  formed  with  a  liberal  salary  and  small 
fees  for  its  enlargement,  but  that  the  course  should  be  given 
only  to  graduates.  With  that  the  matter  ended. 

The  act  creating  the  University  of  South  Carolina 
approved  December  19,  1865,  empowered  the  trustees,  if  they 
deemed  it  proper,  to  give  a  license  to  one  or  more  persons 
to  form  classes  for  instruction  in  law  under  terms  and  con- 
ditions and  with  tuition  fees  prescribed  by  the  board.  A 
year  later  an  act  to  amend  the  preceding  act  required  the 
trustees  to  establish  as  soon  as  practicable  a  school  of  law 
with  one  professor,  who  was  on  the  same  footing  as  the  other 
professors. 

Acting  under  the  provisions  of  this  act,  the  board  in 
January,  1867,  elected  Chancellor  J.  A.  Inglis  to  the  pro- 
fessorship of  law.  He,  however,  declined,  preferring  to  con- 
tinue the  practice  of  law  in  Baltimore.  In  the  following 
June  Colonel  A.  C.  Haskell  accepted  election  to  the  chair 
and  occupied  it  until  August,  1868,  when  he  resigned  to 
resume  the  practice  of  law.  The  course  in  law  offered  to 
students  at  that  time  embraced  the  various  branches  of 
common  law  and  equity,  commercial,  international  and  con- 


PROFESSORS  OF  LAW. 


A.   C.   Haskell,   1867-68. 
J.  D.  Pope,  1884-1908. 


C.  D.  Melton,  1869-1875. 
M.  H.  Moore,  1901-1910. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  237 

stitutional  law.  It  was  supposed  to  extend  over  two  years, 
but  could  be  taken  in  one.  A  moot  court  was  conducted 
under  the  supervision  of  the  professor  for  the  purpose  of 
perfecting  the  students  in  the  details  of  practice.  The  junior 
class  studied  "Blackstone's  Commentaries;  Chitty  on  Con- 
tracts; Kent's  Commentaries;  Constitution  of  South  Caro- 
lina; Constitution  of  the  United  States;  Lectures  with 
reference  to  Vatel  on  the  Law  of  Nations ;  and  other  treatises 
on  Public  and  Constitutional  Law."  The  seniors  were 
engaged  in  the  study  of  "Stephen's  Pleading;  Greenleaf's  Evi- 
dence ;  Williams'  Law  of  Executors ;  Bayley  on  Bills ;  Smith's 
Merchantile  Law;  Russell  on  Crimes."  The  textbooks  in 
equity  were  Mitford's  Pleading  and  Adams'  Equity.  Statute 
laws  and  State  Reports  were  treated  in  connection  with 
the  subjects  as  they  arose.  Professor  Haskell  reported  that 
four  students  had  followed  his  course;  of  these  two  gradu- 
ated at  the  close  of  the  session  in  June,  1868. 

During  the  following  year  the  law  school  was  allowed  to 
lapse;  in  the  summer  of  1869  Hon.  C.  D.  Melton  was  elected 
to  the  professorship,  which  he  held  until  his  death  on  the 
5th  of  December,  1875.  His  successor  was  Chief  Justice 
Franklin  J.  Moses,  who  conducted  the  school  until  his  death, 
March,  1877.  There  was  no  attempt  to  fill  the  chair.  At  the 
close  of  the  collegiate  year  in  June,  1877,  the  University 
which  had  been  turned  over  to  the  negroes  since  October, 
1873,  was  closed. 

The  course  of  study  remained  the  same  under  the  last  two 
professors  as  it  had  been  under  Colonel  Haskell. 

In  1884  the  law  school  was  reorganized  under  Colonel 
Joseph  Daniel  Pope  with  a  two  years'  course,  which  was 
generally  taken  in  one.  Professor  Pope  and  the  president 
formed  a  special  faculty  for  the  consideration  of  matters 
relating  to  the  law  school.  Professor  Pope  was  given  the 
fees  arising  from  tuition  and  a  small  fixed  salary ;  later  this 
professorship  was  made  co-ordinate  with  the  others.  Special 
provision  was  made  for  short  courses  by  leading  members 
of  the  bar.  The  applicant  for  this  school  had  to  be  nineteen 
years  of  age,  have  a  good  English  education  and  know  enough 


238  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Latin  to  enable  him  readily  to  understand  the  law  terms 
and  maxims. 

As  first  outlined,  the  junior  class  was  instructed  in 
"Organization  and  Jurisdiction  of  Courts  of  United  States 
(Supreme,  Circuit,  and  District  Courts)  and  South  Caro- 
lina (Supreme,  Common  Pleas,  Sessions,  Probate,  and  Trial 
Justice  Courts);  Sources  of  Municipal  Law;  Domestic 
Relations;  Personal  Property,  and  title  to  same;  Adminis- 
tration, Wills,  Contracts,  Bailments,  Bills  and  Notes,  Prin- 
cipal and  Agent,  Corporations;  Criminal  Law,  and  herein 
of  Torts  and  nuisances;  Public  and  Private  Law,  Law  of 
Evidence."  The  seniors  were  given  "Pleading  and  Practice; 
Law  of  Real  Property;  Equity  Jurisprudence;  Law  of  Con- 
veyancing; Trial  of  Title  to  Land;  Maritime  Law  and  Law 
of  Nations ;  Statute  of  Law  of  the  State  on  subjects  not  read 
with  the  text  and  lectures  of  the  course;  Deeds,  Recording, 
Habeas  Corpus,  etc."  The  juniors  were  required  to  write 
essays;  the  seniors  were  trained  in  court  details  in  a  moot 
court. 

In  1892  Professor  Pope  delivered  in  the  chapel  at  the 
request  of  the  Law  Association  of  the  South  Carolina  College 
an  address  on  "The  History  and  Advantages  of  the  South 
Carolina  College",  which  was  published  by  the  trustees  under 
the  title  of  "The  State  and  the  College." 

The  course  remained  about  the  same  until  M.  Herndon 
Moore  was  elected  adjunct  professor  of  law  in  1901,  at  which 
time  Professor  Pope  was  made  professor  emeritus  and  dean. 
Constitutional  History  and  Constitutional  Law  taught  by 
Professor  R.  Means  Davis  were  added  to  the  course  at  this 
time.  Professor  Moore  became  full  professor  in  1906,  and 
Professor  John  P.  Thomas,  Jr.,  was  added  to  the  faculty. 
Beginning  with  1903,  a  series  of  lectures  on  various  phases 
of  law  was  for  several  sessions  given  by  prominent  jurists 
of  the  State.  The  lectures  of  the  year  1904-'05  were  pub- 
lished as  Bulletin  No.  3  of  the  University. 

On  the  death  of  Professor  Pope,  March  21,  1908,  Professor 
Moore  became  dean  of  the  law  school,  and  J.  Nelson 
Frierson,  Esq.,  of  the  Buffalo  bar,  a  native  of  South  Caro- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  239 

lina,  was  elected  to  fill  the  vacancy  in  the  law  faculty. 
Professor  Moore  had  begun  soon  after  his  coming  into  the 
school  to  work  for  improvement  of  the  standard  of  instruc- 
tion by  raising  the  requirements  for  entrance  to  the  school 
and  by  extending  the  course.  A  distinct  advance  had  been 
achieved  before  he  was  stricken  in  the  midst  of  his  activities 
and  died  March  1,  1910.  E.  Marion  Rucker,  Esq.,  a  graduate 
of  the  South  Carolina  College,  class  of  1885,  then  practicing 
law  at  Anderson,  taught  his  classes  for  the  remainder  of 
the  session,  when  he  was  elected  to  the  chair.  Professor 
Thomas  became  dean  of  the  law  faculty. 

Students  now  remain  two  years  in  the  law  school, 
although  a  few  men  drop  out  occasionally  before  graduation 
and  take  the  State  examination.  The  law  faculty  plans  to 
extend  the  course  to  three  years.  It  is  strongly  recom- 
mended that  wherever  possible  the  study  of  law  should  be 
deferred  until  after  the  completion  of  a  college  course.  The 
school  now  occupies  the  lower  floor  of  the  center  building 
of  Legare  College;  but  these  rooms  are  not  adequate,  and 
as  soon  as  possible  a  law  building  is  to  be  erected.  In 
1912-13  the  enrolment  was  97. 

The  course  at  the  present  time,  divided  among  the  three 
professors,  is  in  abstract:  First  Year,  First  Term:  Intro- 
duction to  the  Study  of  Law,  Domestic  Relations  and  Law 
of  Persons,  Contracts,  Agency  (Including  Master  and 
Servant),  Crimes  and  Criminal  Procedure,  Bailments  and 
Carriers;  Second  Term:  Equity  Jurisprudence,  Partner- 
ship, Suretyship,  Torts,  Insurance,  Common  Law  Pleading, 
Bankruptcy.  Second  Year,  First  Term:  Evidence,  Cor- 
porations (Private),  Real  Property,  Personal  Property  and 
Sales,  Wills  and  Administration,  Negotiable  Instruments; 
Second  Term:  Real  Property,  Constitutional  Law,  Con- 
flict of  Laws,  Code  Pleading  and  Practice  and  Federal  Pro- 
cedure, Municipal  Corporations,  Damages,  Trusts,  Legal 
Ethics. 

Mrs.  S.  Reed  Stoney  presented  a  medal  to  the  University 
in  1909  in  honor  of  her  father,  Professor  Pope,  to  be  known 
as  the  "Pope  Medal",  competition  for  which  is  open  to  mem- 


240  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

bers  of  the  senior  class  "for  the  best  essay  bearing  upon  any 
subject  connected  with  Equity."  The  winner's  name  is 
placed  upon  the  medal  and  he  is  entitled  to  wear  it  until 
the  close  of  the  following  session. 

In  1912  Mr.  Edwin  W.  Robertson  of  Columbia  endowed  a 
scholarship  of  the  annual  value  of  $190. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  241 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 


STUDENT  LIFE  ON  THE  CAMPUS. 

The  student  body  of  the  college  and  of  the  university  has 
not  been  large.  It  has  always  been  a  compact  body  knit 
closely  by  ties  of  friendship  and  often  of  relationship.  The 
young  men  have  always  addressed  each  other  by  their 
Christian  and  not  by  their  surnames.  Of  course,  there  have 
been  cliques;  but  the  spirit  of  the  campus  has  been  demo- 
cratic even  in  the  heyday  of  the  aristocratic  tone  of  the  ante- 
bellum state.  No  student  however  poor  was  looked  down 
upon  because  of  his  poverty.  The  two  Lowrys,  who  were 
held  in  the  highest  esteem  not  only  by  the  students  but  also 
by  the  citizens  of  the  town,  cooked  their  own  meals,  this  at 
the  very  beginning  of  the  college.  The  late  Judge  Joshua  H. 
Hudson  said  he  expected  to  cook  his  meals  if  he  had  not  been 
taken  into  the  house  of  the  President,  William  C.  Preston: 
he  was  first  honor  man  of  his  class.  George  McDuffie, 
James  H.  Thornwell,  James  H.  Rion,  not  to  name  others, 
all  first  honor  men,  were  proteges.  South  Carolina  fostered 
the  intellect  of  any  son  who  showed  that  he  could  rise  to 
eminence,  fully  aware  that  she  must  make  up  for  her  small- 
ness  by  the  quality  of  her  brain.  The  position  of  a  man  on 
the  campus  has  always  depended  upon  his  manliness. 

A  high  sense  of  honor  has  ever  characterized  the  students. 
Professor  Francis  Lieber  wrote  in  his  journal  (May  15, 
1837)  :  "Not  once  have  I  appealed  to  their  honor  and  found 
myself  disappointed.  If  you  treat  them  en  gens  d'arme,  of 
course  they  not  only  try  to  kick,  but  you  give  a  zest  to 
resistance."  Their  turbulency  was  later  remarked  by  Dr. 
Joseph  LeConte,  who  was  a  professor  here  just  after  Dr. 
Lieber  departed  for  the  North.  In  his  Autobiography  he 
says  that  they  were  a  turbulent  set  of  men  but  the  most 
honorable  in  their  college  life  he  had  ever  met  with. 

16— H.  U. 


242  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

The  reader  of  LaBorde's  History  of  the  South  Carolina 
College  rises  from  his  reading  with  the  idea  that  the  students 
of  the  college  were  in  a  constant  state  of  riot  and  revolt. 
January  and  February,  winter  months,  when  the  students 
had  to  remain  indoors  much  of  the  time,  were  the  season 
for  a  periodical  uprising,  a  tide  of  lawlessness,  a  manifesta- 
tion of  energy  that  was  not  able  to  show  itself  otherwise. 
On  the  8th  of  February,  1814,  a  riot  burst  forth  on  the  sus- 
pension of  three  students  that  required  the  militia  of  the 
town  to  quell :  a  professor  was  burnt  in  effigy,  his  house  was 
attacked  with  brick  bats  and  his  family  placed  in  great 
terror.  Dr.  Thomas  Cooper,  writing  to  Thomas  Jefferson  in 
1822,  gives  him  an  account  of  an  outbreak,  in  which  the 
professors  "were  threatened,  pistols  were  snapt  at  them,  guns 
fired  near  them,  Col.  John  Taylor  (formerly  of  the  Senate 
from  this  place)  was  in  company  with  myself  burnt  in  effigy : 
the  windows  of  my  bedroom  have  been  repeatedly  shattered 
at  various  hours  of  the  night,  &  guns  fired  under  my  win- 
dow." About  this  time  nearly  every  year  trouble  arose  over 
the  Steward's  Hall,  until  finally  there  came  the  "Biscuit 
Rebellion"  of  1853  and  the  breaking  up  of  the  commons 
system. 

"Boys  will  be  boys"  was  no  doubt  repeated  on  occasion 
by  Adam ;  but  the  passing  of  the  old  system  carried  with  it 
the  old  spirit.  Much  of  the  trouble  of  the  professors  would 
have  no  doubt  been  obviated  if  there  had  been  outdoor  sports 
or  athletics  to  relieve  pent  up  animal  spirits.  A  game  of  ball, 
perhaps,  "town  ball",  or  "cat",  was  played.  Gray  son  says 
in  his  life  of  Petigru  that  Stephen  D.  Miller  was  devoted 
to  ball.  There  was  a  small  outdoor  gymnasium  of  bars  and 
rings,  a  horse  or  two,  where  Flinn  Hall  now  stands,  after- 
wards removed  to  the  site  of  the  infirmary.  Major  Penci 
was  engaged  to  teach  fencing  lessons.  "Fisticuff"  once 
became  a  pastime  in  early  days.  Some  of  the  students  kept 
horses.  In  consequence  of  the  dearth  of  outlet  the  students 
turned  to  pranks;  of  course  the  fact  that  the  professors 
undertook  to  catch  offenders  added  zest  to  the  escapade. 
The  chuckle  of  the  student  is  still  audible  as  he  heard  Pro- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  243 

fessor  Lieber  exclaim  as  he  rose  with  bruised  shins  from  the 
bricks  over  which  the  nimble  youth  had  jumped:  "Mein 
Gott.  All  dis  for  two  tousant  tollar."  Fowl  houses  and 
gardens  have  always  been  regarded  as  the  student's  legiti- 
mate prey,  especially  those  of  the  professors.  Dr.  Cooper's 
horse  was  often  painted,  her  tail  shaved.  When  Blanche 
died,  it  was  proposed  in  all  solemnity  that  she  should  be 
honored  by  a  public  burial  and  a  holiday.  One  of  the  presi- 
dents hearing  that  his  coach  was  to  be  dragged  off  hid  himself 
inside  behind  the  tightly  fastened  curtains.  When  the 
students  had  pulled  it  to  the  bottom  of  the  hill  and  were 
about  to  leave  it,  he  stepped  out  and  politely  informed  them 
that  they  had  better  drag  it  back  to  the  carriage  house, 
which  they  did.  Professors'  benches  were  tarred.  A  common 
diversion  was  blackriding:  the  crowd  hired  horses  or  mules 
and  disguising  themselves  generally  with  black  robes  rode 
around  the  campus  bearing  torches  and  making  night  hideous 
with  noise.  Such  amusement  has  occasionally  been  indulged 
in  by  students  of  recent  years.  Bonfires  have  ever  delighted 
the  collegian's  heart,  more  particularly  when  the  fire  depart- 
ment is  brought  out.  In  the  fifties  a  favorite  diversion  was 
tying  a  lighted  fireball  to  the  tail  of  a  dog  or  a  cow  and 
starting  the  animal  down  the  campus,  perhaps  followed  by 
a  crowd  of  yelling  collegians.  This  was  generally  late  at 
night.  An  alumnus  of  the  days  of  President  Henry  related 
as  a  characteristic  bit  of  college  wit,  that  shortly  after  he 
had  arrived  President  Henry  announced  in  chapel  that  there 
were  too  many  dogs  on  the  campus,  and  that  they  must  be 
expelled.  Next  morning  he  noticed  several  dogs  suspended 
from  one  of  the  horse  racks,  and  on  inquiring  the  cause  was 
told  that  the  students  had  changed  the  president's  order 
of  expulsion  into  suspension.  Once  in  the  early  (1812)  days 
of  the  Steward's  Hall  when  the  students  were  tired  of  the 
meat  furnished,  they  captured  a  steer  destined  for  the  table, 
decorated  his  horns  with  wreaths,  drove  him  to  the  Congaree 
and  there  drowned  him  as  a  sacrifice  to  the  river  god.  The 
following  stanza  is  said  to  belong  to  the  ode  commemorating 
the  event : 


244  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

"Whitty  Brooks  and  Old  Brevard 

By  the  horns  did  hold  him  hard 
While  Connor  on  his  back  did  ride 
Way  down  to  the  river  side." 

When  Jack,  the  college  servant,  was  sweeping  out  the 
chapel,  the  bray  of  a  donkey  tied  in  the  pulpit  so  frightened 
him  that  he  rushed  into  the  air  shouting  that  the  devil  was 
in  the  chapel.  During  the  years  before  the  chapel  steps 
were  changed  from  wood  to  stone,  it  was  a  great  joke  to 
remove  the  steps  and  stand  by  to  see  how  the  faculty  would 
reach  the  chapel;  this  was  usually  done  by  walking  up  a 
plank.  The  historian  LaBorde  devotes  several  pages  to  a 
mock  heroic  description  of  such  an  ascent  when  he  was  a 
student. 

The  first  mention  of  the  practice  of  duelling  among  the 
students  was  in  November,  1807,  when  John  Mayrant,  James 
Goodwin  and  Powell  McKra  were  suspended  and  reported 
to  the  board  for  expulsion  for  participating  in  a  duel.  They 
were  finally  restored  to  standing  in  the  college  on  petition 
from  the  student  body  and  a  promise  of  future  good  con- 
duct, with  the  further  understanding  that  this  leniency  was 
not  to  be  made  a  precedent.  The  president  of  the  board  also 
addressed  the  assembled  students  on  the  harm  of  duelling. 
In  the  next  spring  following  a  junior  and  a  senior  were  sus- 
pended for  the  same  offence.  They  were  not  taken  back. 
Dr.  Marion  Simms  tells  of  a  college  duel  in  his  day :  "I  lived 
in  the  age  of  duelling.  I  was  educated  to  believe  that  duels 
inspired  the  proprieties  of  society  and  protected  the  honor 
of  women.  I  have  hardly  a  doubt  that,  while  I  was  a  student 
in  the  South  Carolina  College,  if  anything  had  happened  to 
make  it  necessary  for  me  to  fight  a  duel,  I  would  have  gone 
out  with  the  utmost  coolness  and  allowed  myself  to  be  shot 
down.  But  my  views  on  that  subject  were  entirely  changed, 
a  long,  long  time  ago. 

"There  was  a  real  duel  in  the  South  Carolina  College  just 
after  I  graduated.  It  was  between  Roach,  of  Colleton,  and 
Adams,  of  Richland  District.  Roach  was  a  young  man  about 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  245 

six  feet  high  and  a  physical  beauty.  Adams  was  no  less  so, 
though  not  so  tall.  Both  men  were  of  fine  families,  and 
Adams  was  supposed  to  be  a  young  man  of  talent  and 
promise.  It  occurred  in  this  way :  They  were  very  intimate 
friends;  they  sat  opposite  to  each  other  in  the  Steward's 
Hall  at  table.  When  the  bell  rang  and  the  door  was  opened, 
the  students  rushed  in,  and  it  was  considered  a  matter  of 
honor,  when  a  man  got  hold  of  a  dish  of  butter  or  bread  or 
any  other  dish,  it  was  his.  Unfortunately,  Roach  and  Adams 
sat  opposite  each  other,  and  both  caught  hold  of  a  dish  of 
trout  at  the  same  moment.  Adams  did  not  let  go;  Roach 
held  on  to  the  dish.  Presently  Roach  let  go  of  the  dish  and 
glared  fiercely  in  Adams's  face,  and  said:  'Sir,  I  will  see 
you  after  supper.'  They  sat  there  all  through  the  supper, 
both  looking  like  mad  bulls,  I  presume.  Roach  left  the 
supper-room  first,  and  Adams  immediately  followed  him. 
Roach  waited  outside  the  door  for  Adams.  There  were  no 
hard  words  and  no  fisticuffs — all  was  dignity  and  solemnity. 
'Sir,'  said  Roach,  'What  can  I  do  to  insult  you?'  Adams 
replied,  'This  is  enough,  sir,  and  you  will  hear  from  me.' 
Adams  went  immediately  to  his  room  and  sent  a  challenge 
to  Roach.  It  was  promptly  accepted,  and  each  went  up 
town  and  selected  seconds  and  advisers.  And  now  comes  the 
strange  part  of  this  whole  affair:  No  less  a  person  than 
General  Pierce  M.  Butler,  distinguished  in  the  Mexican  War 
as  colonel  of  the  Palmetto  regiment,  and  who  became  gov- 
ernor of  South  Carolina,  agreed  to  act  as  second  to  one  of 
these  young  men.  The  other  had  as  his  adviser  Mr.  D.  J. 
McCord,  a  distinguished  lawyer,  a  most  eminent  citizen, 
a  man  of  great  talents,  whose  name  lives  in  the  judicial 
records  of  the  state  as  being  the  author  of  McCord  and  Nott's 
reports.  Here  were  two  of  the  most  prominent  citizens  of 
South  Carolina,  each  of  them  about  forty  years  of  age,  aiding 
and  abetting  duelling  between  two  young  men,  neither  of 
them  over  twenty  years  of  age. 

"They  fought  at  Lightwood  Knot  Springs,  ten  miles  from 

Columbia.    They  were  both  men  of  the  coolest  courage 

They  were  to  fight  at  ten  paces.     They  were  to  fire  at  the 


246  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

word  'one',  raising  their  pistols When  the  word  'Fire' 

was  given,  each  started  to  raise  his  pistol;  but  each  had  on 
a  frock-coat,  and  the  flap  of  Roach's  coat  caught  on  his  arm, 
and  prevented  his  pistol  from  rising.  When  Adams  saw  that} 
he  lowered  his  pistol  to  the  ground.  The  word  was  then 
given  a  second  time:  'Are  you  ready?  Fire!  One!'  They 
both  shot  simultaneously." 

Both  were  wounded,  Adams  mortally;  Roach  recovered 
after  a  long  time. 

In  the  early  50's  there  was  a  recrudescence  of  the  practice. 
A  number  of  students  were  suspended  or  expelled.  All 
editions  of  the  by-laws  since  1835  have  contained  a  section 
against  carrying  a  challenge,  accepting  a  challenge,  fighting 
or  taking  part  in  any  way  in  a  duel.  Difficulties  have  long 
been  settled  by  a  fight  with  the  fists,  between  two  men  or  a 
series  of  fights.  In  early  days  dirks  and  bowie  knives  were 
employed,  as  the  laws  show.  Even  as  late  as  1837  a  student 
came  to  the  college  bringing  a  bowie  knife,  although  he  was 
aware  that  he  was  violating  the  law.  About  this  time  a 
certain  student,  Bryce  by  name,  went  with  friends  to  a 
circus  having  on  the  advice  of  another  slipped  a  bowie  knife 
into  his  pocket.  A  common  practice  of  the  students  was 
to  try  to  beat  up  the  circus  people.  A  fight  taking  place, 
Bryce  drew  the  knife  and  killed  an  Irishman,  who  it  was 
said  was  on  the  point  of  braining  his  companion.  The 
defence  of  Bryce  by  Hon.  William  C.  Preston  is  noted  in  the 
legal  annals  of  the  State.  Bryce  was  acquitted  and  grad- 
uated. 

No  duel  with  fire  arms  since  the  opening  of  the  university 
in  1866  is  recorded.  In  the  recollection  of  old  students  chal- 
lenges have  been  sent ;  but  the  matter  was  settled  amicably. 

Fire  arms  or  any  other  kind  of  weapon  have  always  been 
forbidden  in  the  rooms  of  the  students;  but  it  has  never 
been  possible  completely  to  banish  them.  At  times  the  firing 
of  guns  on  the  campus  has  grown  to  serious  dimensions.  A 
quaint  punishment  in  early  days  for  two  students  firing  a 
gun  outside  the  wall  near  Rocky  Branch  was  fifty  lines  of 
Vergil. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  247 

Suppers  were  much  indulged  in,  especially  wine  suppers 
in  the  days  of  the  old  college,  when  drinking  was  common. 
They  were  given  without  the  knowledge  of  the  faculty. 
Drunkenness  was  not  uncommon;  liquor  brought  on  the 
campus  was  freely  indulged  in  at  every  riot.  Lyon,  Burk, 
Suder,  Ruppell,  Hunt,  "Billy"  Maybin  were  keepers  of 
tippling  shops  to  which  students  resorted.  Dr.  Marion 
Simms  praises  the  kindness  to  students  of  Lyon,  who  lent 
to  them  without  any  security  and  never  lost :  he  had  himself 
borrowed  from  Lyon  the  sum  of  $200,  which  he  paid  back 
after  he  left  college.  "Billy"  Maybin  for  many  years  kept 
the  Congaree  Hotel  on  the  site  of  the  present  Jerome  Hotel. 
In  the  40's  and  50's  his  place  was  the  college  resort.  An  old 
student's  memory  placed  Lyon's  shop  where  the  city  hall  now 
stands.  Hunt  ran  the  United  States  Hotel  diagonally  across 
the  street  from  the  Congaree  Hotel.  Dr.  Samuel  Green's 
tavern  figured  in  the  early  history  of  the  college.  This  was 
at  the  time  he  had  the  commons  near  where  the  Hampton 
monument  stands  on  the  capitol  square.  An  act  of  the  legis- 
lature in  1837  forbade  the  sale  of  wine,  ardent  spirits,  goods, 
wares  or  merchandise  to  students  as  minors.  The  South 
Carolina  College  Temperance  Society  was  formed  in  the 
spring  of  1845.  Temperance  pledges  had  been  administered 
to  students  by  the  faculty.  The  change  of  sentiment  with 
regard  to  drinking  and  the  teaching  of  the  evil  influence  of 
liquor  in  the  schools  have  brought  about  a  radical  change. 

Many  students  have  been  made  Christians  by  the  personal 
efforts  and  example  of  professors,  notably  Dr.  Thornwell. 
Professor  Barnwell  attempted  prayer  meeting.  Dr.  Joseph 
LeConte  conducted  a  Bible  class.  Since  1883  the  catalogue 
has  called  attention  to  the  religious  work  among  the  stu- 
dents; the  Young  Men's  Christian  Association  is  first  men- 
tioned in  1883.  This  association  long  held  its  meetings  in 
the  chapel  and  on  the  west  side  of  the  lower  floor  of  DeSaus- 
sure  College.  It  now  has  its  headquarters  in  Flinn  Hall. 

Serenading  was  frequent,  with  the  added  zest  that  the 
serenaders  should  be  in  their  rooms  and  might  be  detected 
by  the  professors  as  absent.  If  the  young  beau  could  not 


248  HISTORY   OF   THE   UNIVERSITY 

play  himself  on  some  musical  instrument,  he  would  hire  a 
fiddler.  Dr.  Marion  Simms  relates  a  serenade  of  himself 
and  several  friends  at  Barhamville,  the  famous  school  for 
young  ladies  near  Columbia,  in  which  tin  pans  and  horns 
took  the  place  of  musical  instruments.  The  principal, 
Dr.  Marks,  fired  at  the  students,  who  tried  to  return  his  fire, 
but,  fortunately,  the  musket  failed  to  go  off.  Since  the  days 
of  athletics  it  has  been  a  practice  to  repair  to  the  College  for 
Women  and  to  the  Columbia  College,  as  long  as  it  was  in 
the  city,  when  a  victory  has  been  won  and  call  out  the  young 
ladies  with  much  cheering  on  both  sides.  College  yells,  or 
cheers,  belong  to  the  last  few  decades  and  have  now  become 
organized,  especially  at  games,  under  a  cheer  leader,  or  chief 
"rooter"  with  his  lieutenants.  Snow  has  always  more  or  less 
demoralized  the  students.  Dr.  Thornwell's  biographer  gives 
an  account  of  a  snow  storm  in  Dr.  Cooper's  days:  "when 
history  and  tradition  informed  us  it  had  ever  been  the  prac- 
tice to  disregard  all  college  regulations,  suspend  all  college 
exercises,  and  take  to  hot  punch  and  honey.  Considering 
the  weather  quite  too  inclement  to  permit  the  classes  to 
reach  the  recitation  rooms,  they  marched  'up  town'  for  the 
materials  for  the  punch;  and  returning,  indulged  in  a  wild 
jollification." 

A  "College  Choir"  existed  in  the  50's,  the  predecessor  of 
the  Glee  Club  and  Orchestra  of  the  present  day. 

The  seniors  had  the  first  choice  of  rooms.  Rutledge  has 
long  enjoyed  the  preference  among  the  colleges.  Each  man 
has  always  had  to  furnish  his  own  room,  so  that  individual 
tastes  and  pocket  books  have  governed  the  style  of  furnish- 
ing. At  the  reorganization  in  1835  a  committee  went  over 
the  ground  and  decided  that  "fifty  dollars  is  sufficient  to 
defray  the  expenses  of  outfit,  and  to  establish  a  student 
comfortably  in  his  quarters.  This  expenditure  is  for  beds, 
bedding  and  room  furniture  of  every  description,  and  being 
for  permanent  articles  is  not  an  annual  expense."  This  same 
committee  was  of  the  opinion  that  $50  was  enough  for  pocket 
money.  Of  course,  some  spent  more,  some  less.  For  the 
whole  year  the  estimate  was  $350  "for  the  expense  of  tuition, 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  249 

boarding,  clothing,  fire-wood,  and  all  incidental  expenses, 
and  includes  an  allowance  for  pocket-money  during  the  Col- 
lege year."  During  the  50's  about  f  400  sufficed  to  carry  the 
average  student  through  a  session.  This  estimate  is  that  of 
several  alumni  of  that  period.  The  allowance  granted  by 
the  legislature  for  the  yearly  support  of  one  boy  from  the 
poor  house  in  Charleston  at  the  South  Carolina  College  was 
at  this  time  |400.  If  a  student  pays  tuition  and  enters  the 
various  activities  of  the  campus  life  without  overdoing  it, 
he  still  gets  along  on  practically  the  same  sum. 

One  great  item  of  expense  in  the  senior's  account  was  his 
share  in  the  final  or  commencement  ball.  A  senior  of  1860, 
writing  home,  says  that  he  expects  to  be  called  on  for  $30. 
This  ball  was  the  great  social  event  of  the  year.  It  was  the 
"Coming  Out"  ball  for  the  young  debutantes  of  the  State 
just  as  in  later  years  the  State  Ball  during  Fair  Week. 

May  Day  celebrations  began  very  early,  somewhere  in  the 
30's.  From  them  come  the  present  "spring  holiday"  of  one 
day.  In  the  words  of  a  letter  of  a  student  in  1859 :  "Smiling 
sunny  weather  such  as  we  dream  of  in  the  winter-time  & 
awake  to  regret;  sights  that  gladden  the  soul  as  they  meet 
the  eye,  foliage  that  reminds  one  of  lake  banks,  fleecy  clouds 
&  mildly  blue  skies  o'erhead,  moonlit  nights  &  airy  breezes; 
the  pleasing  chat  &  busy  hum  of  the  May  party  with  all  its 
butterfly  uncertainty,  the  sole  of  the  foot  reluctant  to  rest 
in  any  one  spot,  when  sweet  little  heads  are  nodding  recog- 
nition in  the  distance;  the  rapid  transitions  &  incessant 
mobility  of  the  dancers  impelled  by  the  allurements  of  the 
music,  like  flowers  of  various  hue  intermingling  with  gentle 
undulations  as  they  are  stirred  on  a  summer  morn  by  some 
mischievous  zephyr  bestridden  by  pleasant  Puck  or  Ariel, 
that  'tricksy  sprite.'  But  oh,  the  grandest  sight  &  the 
grandest  joy  of  all  was  the  Tournament!  'Twas  like  a  tale 
of  Orient  &  realized  my  finest  conceptions  of  the  poetical 
capabilities  of  costume.  Characters  as  various  as  the  smiles 
of  women  drew  rein  in  front  of  the  Judges'  stand.  Doublet, 
jerkin,  corslet,  plaid,  knee-breeches,  trowsers,  belt,  cloak, 
mantle,  plumed  cap,  helm,  morion,  &  in  fine  every  variety  of 


250  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

costume  of  the  richest  and  most  resplendent  colors  &  of  the 
finest  materials,  slashed,  broidered  &  ribboned  might  be  seen 
on  about  thirty  stalwart  young  men  gallantly  mounted  & 
bearing  lances  prettily  painted  with  gilded  points  &  adorned 
with  fluttering  ribbons.  A  vast  concourse  of  ladies  adorned 
the  scene  &  bestowed  their  smiles  &  plaudits  upon  the  suc- 
cessful. The  prizes  were  awarded  for  the  foremost  ranks  in 
the  ring  exercise  &  the  best  display  of  horsemanship.  The 
honor  of  crowning  the  Queen  of  Love  &  Beauty  fell  to  young 
Dr.  Wallace  of  this  place,  who  personated  Don  Quixote,  who 
signalized  his  discrimination  as  well  as  his  gallantry  & 
chivalry  by  selecting  Miss  Sally  Burroughs  to  fill  that  place 
of  high  &  notable  distinction.  The  coronation  was  a  fine 
sight,  both  the  fair  Queen  &  the  worthy  Don  being  somewhat 
embarrassed;  but  it  passed  off  well,  he  managing  to  get 
through  a  very  short  &  courteous  presentation  speech,  prom- 
ising to  maintain  with  his  lance  the  selection  which  that 
lance  had  enabled  him  to  make.  The  two  Haskells  won  the 
second  &  third  prizes,  which  gave  them  the  privilege  of 
choosing  the  maids  of  honor.  After  these  proceedings  the 
troop  ran  a  race,  raising  a  most  noble  cloud  of  dust  &  coming 
up  in  the  most  romantic  style  as  if  they  were  about  to  charge 
an  enemy.  Trezevant,  another  student,  took  the  prize  here, 
which  was  a  handsome  silver  cup ;  so  the  College  had  a  very 
fair  share  of  the  honours,  three  of  the  prizes  having  been 
borne  away  by  her  representatives.  Last  night  they  had  a 
fancy  ball,  &  I  should  have  very  much  liked  to  have  seen  the 
costumes  of  the  ladies,  but  could  not  get  a  chance.  This 
evening  &  tomorrow  evening  the  May  Exhibition  comes  off,  & 
I  expect  a  very  great  pleasure  in  hearing  Boggs'  Speech, 
which  I  hear  very  highly  commended  by  those  who  have  seen 
it.  He  certainly  has  a  wonderful  command  of  language  & 
uses  the  richest,  most  expressive  phraseology  &  fine  imagery. 
Word-painting  is  his  forte.  I  attend  ladies  both  nights  &  of 
course  need  not  be  tormented  by  dry  &  adust  elocutioners." 
The  old  Hampton  Race  Track  was  often  the  scene  of  these 
tournaments.  May  Day  passed  with  the  old  college,  leaving 
it  memorys  in  the  "spring  holiday."  An  effort  is  now  being 
made  to  hold  a  week  of  festivities  just  after  Easter  Week. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  251 

April  1,  or  April  Fool's  Day,  has  long  been  the  occasion 
of  light  pranks.  Classes  were  not  met.  A  story  is  told  that 
in  Dr.  Park's  time  (1806-1834)  it  was  the  practice  not  to 
attend  classes,  and  that  the  old  man  forgetting  what  day  it 
was  started  across  the  campus  to  his  room.  A  student  seeing 
him  called  out:  "April  Fool!"  "April  Fool,  yourself!"  he 
cried  back.  "I  am  not  going  to  my  classroom.  I  am  going 
uptown."  When  the  roll  was  called  at  chapel,  one  form  of 
April  Fool  trick  was  to  remain  quiet  without  anybody's 
answering  to  his  name.  At  times  not  a  student  entered  the 
chapel.  Occasionally,  even  at  the  present,  a  whole  class 
refuses  to  answer  any  question  put  by  the  professor  and  so 
compels  him  to  lecture.  Carrying  off  the  bell  and  other 
similar  pranks  on  April  1  have  ceased  for  the  most  part. 

As  early  as  1858  President  Longstreet  complained  that  the 
annual  fair  in  the  fall  was  an  annoyance.  Students  secured 
permission  from  home  to  miss  classes  for  one,  two  or  three 
days.  "One  student  of  age  kindly  permitted  himself  to 
attend  the  Fair  four  days."  There  were  numerous  requests 
"to  be  with  fathers  and  mothers  for  a  day  or  two  while  they 
sojourned  in  town,  to  escort  female  relatives  to  the  Fair  who 
were  without  a  protector  or  an  adequate  number  of  pro- 
tectors." The  custom  arose  of  giving  one  or  two  days  during 
"Fair  Week"  as  holidays.  The  complaint  of  1858  has  become 
annual. 

Since  the  introduction  of  base  ball  into  the  first  univer- 
sity and  of  the  Rugby  foot  ball  in  1895  the  interest  of  the 
student  life  has  centered  largely  on  these  two  games.  There 
were  sixty  members  in  the  first  base  ball  club  which  was 
organized  in  1867.  Charley  Janney  was  catcher;  A.  H. 
White,  first  base;  John  C.  Sellers,  second;  W.  A.  E.  Wilson, 
third;  "Jim"  Thorn  well,  pitcher;  Gil  Wylie  and  "two  or 
three  long  legged  fellows  were  the  fielders."  "Under  the 
rules  the  pitcher  had  to  pitch  the  ball  and  in  so  doing  his 
hand  was  not  to  be  above  the  level  of  his  shoulder  and  his 
right  foot  must  not  leave  the  plate.  The  one  at  the  bat  could 
demand  a  high  ball  a  medium  ball  or  a  low  ball  and  if  the 
pitcher  failed  to  put  it  where  demanded  a  base  was  given  to 


252  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

the  runner."  This  club  played  a  game  with  a  club  from 
Columbia  winning  after  a  nearly  all  day's  game  with  the 
score  of  96  to  66.  A  challenge  from  the  Federal  garrison  was 
indignantly  refused,  which  resulted  in  the  dissolution  of  the 
university  club.  The  field  of  action  has  changed  under  the 
influence  of  base  ball  and  foot  ball ;  no  longer  are  the  games 
limited  to  the  campus,  but  other  institutions  are  opponents, 
so  that  athletics  have  become  intercollegiate.  The  great 
rivals  to  be  defeated  are  Clemson  College,  especially  in  foot 
ball,  and  the  Citadel  on  Thanksgiving  Day.  In  foot  ball  the 
great  game  of  the  year  is  with  Clemson  at  the  Fair  Grounds 
on  Thursday  of  Fair  Week,  and  a  victory  over  Clemson  is  an 
event  from  which  to  date  in  athletics.  After  the  victory  in 
1902  the  athletic  relations  of  the  two  institutions  were 
broken  off  for  several  years  on  account  of  the  trouble  arising 
over  the  triumphal  parade  of  the  university  students.  A 
parade  up  Main  Street  and  to  the  College  for  Women,  per- 
haps to  houses  of  professors  where  speeches  can  be  obtained, 
is  an  essential  part  of  any  notable  victory.  Athletics  now 
form  a  large  part  of  the  average  student's  life. 

The  feeling  between  the  students  and  the  citizens  of  the 
town  was  long  one  of  antagonism,  so  that  the  students  and 
the  town  marshals  were  often  in  conflict.  Whenever  a 
student  found  that  he  was  likely  to  be  arrested,  he  had  only 
to  cry  "College",  when  the  students  came  swarming.  To  put 
a  student  in  the  guard  house  meant  a  riot.  In  consequence, 
as  soon  as  a  student  was  confined,  he  was  bailed  or  otherwise 
released.  In  1814  at  the  time  of  the  riot  that  resulted  in 
the  withdrawal  of  Professor  Blackburn  the  militia  came  on 
the  campus  and  kept  guard  over  his  house  until  order  was 
restored;  but  for  many  years  it  has  been  understood  that 
the  city  police  shall  not  come  on  the  campus,  perhaps  never, 
as  there  is  no  record  of  their  appearance  to  arrest  a  student : 
a  riot  would  be  precipitated.  On  the  Sunday  before  com- 
mencement in  1839  one  of  the  students  was  arrested  and  hur- 
ried to  the  guard  house  on  account  of  a  disturbance  he  had 
made  at  a  church.  The  cry  of  "College"  reached  the  campus 
and  brought  the  students  on  a  run,  over  the  stick  which 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  253 

Professor  Lieber  interposed  across  the  gateway.  When  they 
arrived  uptown  they  found  that  the  intendant,  Dr.  R.  W. 
Gibbes,  had  already  in  anticipation  of  a  rush  of  the  students 
arranged  for  bail  and  had  secured  the  student's  release.  His 
brother,  a  senior,  armed  himself  with  a  pistol  and  made  for 
the  guard  house  to  rescue  his  brother  and  did  not  contain 
himself  when  he  was  informed  that  he  had  already  been 
turned  loose,  but  threatened  the  whole  police  force  with 
much  flourishing  of  his  pistol,  the  result  being  his  expulsion, 
although  he  had  passed  all  of  his  examinations. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  some  form  of  initiation  or  hazing 
was  practiced  from  the  beginning.  The  first  law  against  such 
practice  appears  in  the  edition  of  the  regulations  published 
in  1853 :  "Any  student  crying  'Fresh'  or  'Rat'  to  any  other 
student,  or  to  applicants  for  College  or  any  of  them,  or 
employing  any  other  ephithets  to  annoy  or  tease  them,  shall 
be  admonished  or  suspended  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Faculty."  Blacking  the  face  of  the  new  men  has  been  the 
favorite  form  of  introducing  the  freshmen  to  the  life  of  the 
campus,  certainly  since  the  50's.  At  no  time  has  hazing 
been  excessive. 

The  seniors  have  always  been  looked  up  to  by  the  lower 
classmen.  They  are  the  ones  that  have  given  the  tone  to  the 
institution.  A  strong  senior  class  means  good  order.  Often 
in  former  days  a  senior  took  a  freshman  under  his  wing  for 
protection,  the  latter  almost  worshipping  the  older  man. 
Some  distinctive  dress  has  always  marked  the  senior,  a  cane 
at  present ;  the  senior  of  the  50's  is  said  to  have  worn  a  high 
hat  and  a  long  tailed  coat. 

A  vocabulary  of  the  slang  of  the  University  of  South 
Carolina  for  the  past  century  would  be  instructive  reading; 
but  unfortunately  from  its  very  nature  such  language  is 
short  lived.  "Flash"  was  to  answer  unprepared  when  called 
upon  to  recite;  this  gave  way  to  "Flunk."  To  be  "Trained" 
before  the  faculty  was  to  be  summoned  to  appear  before 
the  assembled  professors.  A  professor  might  "Wool"  a 
student,  that  is,  find  out  by  questions  that  he  knew  nothing 
about  the  lesson.  "Bug"  was  a  substitute  for  professor. 


254  HISTORY  OF  THE   UNIVERSITY 

"Slaminade"  was  a  tin  pan  serenade  of  an  unpopular 
president  or  professor.  "Splurge"  was  to  make  a  perfect 
recitation.  The  last  handbook  of  the  Young  Men's  Christian 
Association  contains  a  page  of  present  day  slang.  Among 
the  terms  noted  are :  "bust"  for  fail ;  "shoot"  or  "kill"  a  pro- 
fessor for  making  a  good  mark ;  "shoot  the  bull"  for  to  talk 
yet  say  nothing;  "ram"  or  "shark"  for  one  who  excels  in 
some  line ;  "bone"  or  "dig"  for  hard  work  at  one's  studies. 

The  secret  Greek  letter  fraternities  were  introduced  into 
the  South  Carolina  College  in  1850  with  the  arrival  of  the 
Delta  Psi.  This,  the  Delta  Kappa  Epsilon  (1852)  and  the 
Beta  Theta  Pi  (1858)  existed  until  the  outbreak  of  the  war 
in  1861  and  were  not  afterwards  renewed.  Two  others,  Phi 
Kappa  Psi  (1857)  and  Kappa  Psi  (1858)  continued,  the 
former  until  1892,  the  latter  until  1897.  Baird  states  in  his 
manual  that  the  Kappa  Alpha  that  was  started  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina  in  1859  had  a  chapter  at  the  South 
Carolina  College.  This  fraternity  had  a  short  life.  Since 
1880  there  have  been  the  following  fraternities  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  South  Carolina:  Kappa  Alpha  (1880-1897),  Sigma 
Alpha  Epsilon  (1882-1897),  Phi  Theta  Delta  (1882-1893), 
Alpha  Tau  Omega  (1883-1897),  Sigma  Nu  (1886-1897),  Chi 
Phi  (1889-1897),  Kappa  Sigma  (1890-1897),  Pi  Kappa 
Alpha  (1891-1897).  The  Phi  Mu  Omicron  was  founded  at 
the  South  Carolina  College  in  1858,  says  Baird,  having  as  its 
badge  a  monogram.  According  to  the  same  authority  there 
was  also  at  one  time  a  local  fraternity  at  this  institution, 
Epsilon  Nu  Delta.  The  Rainbow  Society  existed  in  the  ante- 
bellum college.  It  was  founded,  so  it  is  said  by  an  alumnus 
of  the  period,  by  Ernest  Walworth  of  Mississippi  in  1859. 

Opposed  to  the  fraternities  was  a  body  of  "Barbarians", 
non-members.  The  feeling  between  the  "frats"  and  the  "non- 
frats",  who  felt  themselves  socially  ostracized,  grew  as  the 
years  passed.  Finally  in  1897  the  latter  appealed  to  the  leg- 
islature of  the  State,  which  passed  an  act  forbidding  the 
existence  of  fraternities  in  state  supported  institutions. 

In  the  spring  of  1851  during  the  agitation  for  secession  a 
Southern  Eights  Association  was  formed  at  the  invitation  of 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  255 

a  similar  society  at  the  University  of  Virginia.  A  constitu- 
tion was  adopted,  and  officers  were  elected  for  the  ensuing 
year.  The  preamble  of  the  constitution  read  thus:  "We, 
the  undersigned  students  of  the  South  Carolina  College, 
feeling  deeply  the  insults  that  have  been  offered  to  the  South, 
and  knowing,  as  we  do,  that  the  spirit  of  the  Constitution 
of  these  United  States  has  been  grossly  violated,  have  asso- 
ciated ourselves  for  the  purpose  of  forwarding,  as  far  as  we 
are  able,  the  cause  of  Southern  Rights.  In  view  of  this  end, 
we  have  adopted  the  following."  The  constitution  that  fol- 
lows fixes  the  officers  and  the  meetings.  At  an  extra  meeting 
held  in  the  chapel,  April  15,  an  "Address  of  the  Southern 
Rights  Association,  of  the  South  Carolina  College,  to  the 
students  in  the  Colleges  and  Universities,  and  to  the  Young 
Men,  Throughout  the  Southern  States,"  which  had  been 
previously  prepared  by  a  committee,  was  adopted,  and  four 
thousand  copies  of  the  preamble,  constitution  and  address 
were  ordered  published  in  pamphlet  form.  The  resolutions 
of  the  association  at  the  University  of  Virginia  were  added. 
One  hundred  and  ten  students  joined  the  association.  The 
president  was  B.  W.  Ball  of  Laurens. 

There  was  opposition  to  the  formation  of  a  Southern 
Rights  Association  in  the  college,  to  which  these  lines  from  a 
poem  sent  to  the  Daily  Telegraph  (Columbia)  perhaps  refer: 

"Nor  is  the  College  Clay's  resigned  booty, 
Because  no  mad  'association'  we." 

"A  junior  of  1851"  sent  to  the  Telegraph  a  short  communi- 
cation which  shows  the  political  passion  of  the  time  as  oper- 
ating among  the  students: 

"The  students  of  the  South  Carolina  College  repudiate  old 
Clay  and  all  his  principles.  Freesoilism  and  Abolitionism 
cannot  flourish  on  the  soil  irradiated  by  the  genius  of 
Calhoun.  We  all  bow  with  reverence  and  offer  up  our 
humble  devotion  at  the  foot  of  the  'great  Southern  cross.' 
The  operation  of  the  spirit  there  inculcates  the  independence 
of  the  Southern  States  and  fosters  allegiance  to  South  Caro- 
lina ;  and  should  she  secede,  her  College  claims  a  'place  in  the 
picture  near  the  flashing  of  the  guns.' " 


256  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


CHAPTER  XIX. 


THE  HONOR  SYSTEM. 

A  set  of  by-laws  was  adopted  by  the  trustees  at  their 
annual  meeting  in  December,  1804,  a  month  before  the  open- 
ing of  the  college.  The  first  section  of  the  article  on 
"Rewards  and  Punishments"  gives  the  general  principle  on 
which  the  discipline  of  the  new  institution  was  to  be  founded : 
"The  rewards  and  punishments  of  this  institution  shall  be 
all  addressed  to  the  sense  of  duty,  and  the  principles  of 
honor  and  shame." 

The  president  of  the  college,  Dr.  Jonathan  Maxcy,  a  native 
of  Massachusetts,  was  a  member  of  the  committee  which 
framed  these  by-laws  and  must  have  been  influential  in  pre- 
paring the  sections  relating  to  discipline.  Of  him  Dr.  Robert 
Henry  said  in  the  eulogy  delivered  on  the  occasion  of  Dr. 
Maxcy 's  death  (An  Eulogy  on  Jonathan  Maxcy,  D.  D. 
Printed  in  Columbia,  S.  C.,  at  the  State  Gazette  Office, 
1822)  :  "When  Dr.  Maxcy  first  entered  upon  his  duties  here, 
the  nature  of  a  college  and  its  requisite  discipline  were 
almost  wholly  unknown.  The  youth  of  our  country  were 
rarely  committed  to  the  care  of  teachers,  before  a  strong 
conviction  of  independence  and  a  disposition  to  assert  and 
exercise  it  had  sprung  up  in  their  minds.  Dr.  Maxcy  had 
too  much  good  sense  to  attempt  to  extirpate  this  exalted 
principle;  he  only  sought  to  modify  it.  He  appealed  to  the 
honor  of  his  pupils  and  required  a  faithful  compliance  with 
conditions  which  they  themselves  had  voluntarily  under- 
taken to  perform.  With  generous  minds,  such  appeals  are 
always  powerful  and  most  commonly  successful.  Such 
indeed  has  been  the  happy  result  in  the  present  instance,  that 
whatever  ignorance  may  imagine  or  calumny  invent  to  the 
contrary,  it  may  be  safely  asserted  that  few  similar  institu- 
tions can  boast  of  a  more  ready  and  cheerful  obedience  to 
every  salutary  regulation." 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  257 

The  principle  of  honor  that  was  the  guiding  principle  in 
the  home  and  in  the  affairs  of  life  was  introduced  into  the 
life  of  the  campus:  the  professor  was  not  a  tyrant  spying 
on  every  action  of  trembling  and  rebellious  subjects.  But  the 
development  was  slow.  The  trial  of  a  fight  between  two 
students  in  1814  was  conducted  as  if  in  a  police  court,  each 
side  producing  its  witnesses,  and  no  man's  word  being  taken. 
That  in  a  few  years  the  word  of  a  student  was  not  to  be 
buttressed  by  the  testimony  of  another  was  due  in  large 
measure  to  the  efforts  of  the  young  men  themselves.  Of 
course,  conventions  arose,  and  there  was  much  hairsplitting. 
Near  the  beginning  of  Dr.  Cooper's  administration  (1823) 
a  most  serious  offence  was  committed  in  the  chapel.  The 
faculty  instructed  the  president  first  to  lay  the  case  before 
the  students  assembled  in  the  chapel  and  try  to  have  them 
purge  themselves  of  the  persons  who  had  committed  so  dis- 
graceful an  act.  The  students  refused.  The  faculty  "under 
the  law  of  the  College"  required  each  man  to  exculpate  him- 
self by  propounding  to  him  the  following  question :  "Were 
you  guilty  of  the  offence  concerning  which  the  present 
inquiry  is  instituted,  or  were  you  in  any  way  accessory 
to  it?"  Thirty-one  students  answered  in  the  negative  and 
were  "of  course"  exonerated  and  permitted  to  retain  their 
standing.  In  a  communication  to  the  faculty  the  suspended 
students  say  that  if  they  had  not  been  "fully  satisfied  of 
the  total  absence  of  malice,  disrespect  and  even  levity,  they 
would  feel  themselves  called  upon  as  gentlemen  and  mem- 
bers of  the  College  to  be  aiding  the  faculty  in  punishing  the 
perpetrator."  The  students  always  objected  to  the  faculty's 
calling  up  the  entire  body  and  by  a  process  of  elimination 
run  down  the  culprit;  such  procedure  was  never  a  success. 

Dr.  Cooper,  who  did  not  understand  the  youth  of  the 
South,  wrote  to  Thomas  Jefferson  that  the  students  were 
banded  together  to  protect  each  other,  that  they  would  not 
stickle  at  falsehood,  and  that  if  their  word  was  questioned, 
at  once  they  regarded  their  "honor"  as  called  into  doubt. 
He  also  wrote  that  the  senior  class  had  decreed  that  none 
of  its  members  should  have  intercourse  with  the  professors 

17— H.  U. 


258  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

outside  of  the  classroom,  as  this  savored  of  "boot  licking." 
In  consequence  there  was  no  visiting  at  professors'  houses 
or  offices,  although  nowhere  had  he  seen  the  faculty  take  more 
pains  to  reinforce  the  class  work  by  personal  instruction. 

Two  years  later  one  of  the  trustees  introduced  a  resolution 
at  a  meeting  of  the  trustees  to  have  the  faculty  interrogated 
as  to  the  lack  of  discipline  in  the  college,  as  he  thought, 
and  urged  greater  strictness.  Dr.  Cooper  replied:  "But, 
in  fact,  the  system  of  government  by  mildness  and  remon- 
strance, by  treating  the  students  as  gentlemen  and  worthy 
of  confidence,  has  succeeded  so  well  that  the  faculty  have  no 
good  reason  to  change  it." 

The  laws  of  1836  declare  that  whenever  the  faculty  shall 
have  "sufficient  ground  of  reasonable  suspicion"  that  any 
student  has  been  guilty  of  any  misconduct,  he  shall  be  called 
up  and  put  "on  his  denial  or  exculpation."  If  he  refuses  to 
answer,  he  shall  be  considered  guilty;  if  he  deny  that  he  is 
guilty  of  the  offence  of  which  he  is  charged,  "that  shall  be 
considered  prima  facie  proof  of  his  innocence."  This  has 
always  remained  the  method  of  procedure  in  the  treatment 
of  a  student  accused  of  a  misconduct. 

By  the  forties  it  had  become  the  custom  for  the  students 
to  handle  certain  kinds  of  breeches  of  honor,  for  instance, 
lying.  The  offender  was  tried  by  the  members  of  his  class 
and  if  adjudged  guilty,  he  was  expelled  from  the  class  which 
meant  his  leaving  the  college.  Once,  according  to  the  recol- 
lection of  an  alumnus  of  the  period  just  before  the  close  of 
the  institution  by  the  war,  a  student  was  tried  by  his  class 
for  stealing  and  was  found  guilty,  but  refused  to  leave  the 
campus.  The  faculty  passed  the  case  over  and  he  graduated, 
although  not  a  man  of  the  student  body  would  have  any 
communication  with  him  as  long  as  he  remained  in  the  col- 
lege. 

Francis  Lieber  recorded  in  his  diary  for  May  15,  1837, 
that  the  students  had  a  high  sense  of  honor.  Said  he,  "The 
students  behave  perfectly  well.  Not  once  have  I  yet  appealed 
to  their  honor  and  found  myself  disappointed.  If  you  treat 
them  en  gens  d'arme,  of  course  they  not  only  try  to  kick, 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  259 

but  you  give  a  zest  to  resistance."  Professor  Lieber  made 
this  note  in  his  diary  apropos  of  the  month  he  had  to  board 
at  the  Commons  and  preside  at  the  table,  which  month  he 
regarded  as  entirely  thrown  away. 

Joseph  LeConte  wrote  in  his  autobiography  of  the  young 
men  at  the  South  Carolina  College,  "The  students  here  were 
very  high-spirited  and  honorable,  but  also  quite  turbulent. 
They  had  been  accustomed  to  being  governed  not  so  much  by 
law  as  by  the  personal  influence  and  eloquence  of  Thornwell, 
the  previous  president."  "I  have  said,"  he  writes  some  pages 
further  on,  "that  the  students  in  the  South  Carolina  College 
were  high-spirited  though  turbulent.  I  should  add  that  I 
had  never  previously  seen  (nor  have  I  since)  so  high  a  sense 
of  honor  among  students  in  their  relations  to  one  another 
and  to  the  faculty.  No  form  of  untruthfulness  among  them- 
selves or  toward  the  faculty  (such,  for  example,  as  cheating 
at  examinations)  was  for  a  moment  tolerated.  Any  student 
suspected  of  such  practices  was  cut  by  his  fellow-students 
and  compelled  to  leave.  When  a  student  was  brought  up 
before  the  faculty  for  any  offence,  no  other  question  was 
asked  but,  'Did  you  have  anything  to  do  with  this  affair?' 
The  answer  was  'Yes'  or  'No/  and  he  was  condemned  or 
acquitted  on  his  own  statement.  Sometimes  a  student  might 
on  some  technical  ground  refuse  to  answer,  but  no  one  ever 
lied." 

The  by-laws  that  were  published  in  1853,  during  the  admin- 
istration of  President  James  H.  Thornwell,  contain  the  fol- 
lowing extract,  which  has  been  inserted  in  the  annual 
catalogue  since  1893 :  "As  the  end  of  the  College  is  to  train 
a  body  of  gentlemen  in  knowledge,  virtue,  religion  and  refine- 
ment, whatever  has  a  tendency  to  defeat  this  end,  or  is 
inconsistent  with  it,  shall  be  treated  and  punished  as  an 
offence,  whether  expressly  mentioned  in  the  laws  or  not. 
The  sense  of  decency,  propriety  and  right,  which  every  hon- 
orable young  man  carries  in  his  own  bosom,  shall  be  taken 
as  a  sufficient  means  of  knowing  these  things  and  he  who 
pleads  ignorance  in  such  matters  is  unfit  to  be  a  member 
of  the  College.  The  Board  expects  and  requires  the  students 


260  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

to  maintain  the  character  of  refined  and  elevated  Christian 
gentlemen.  It  would  be  ashamed  of  any  man,  who  would 
excuse  breaches  of  morality,  propriety  and  decorum,  on  the 
plea,  that  the  acts  in  question  were  not  specifically  con- 
demned in  the  College  code.  It  earnestly  desires  that  the 
students  may  be  influenced  to  good  conduct  and  diligence 
in  study  by  higher  motives  than  the  coercion  of  law;  and 
it  mainly  relies,  for  the  success  of  the  institution,  as  a  place 
of  liberal  education,  on  moral  and  religious  principle,  a  sense 
of  duty  and  the  generous  feelings  which  belong  to  young  men 
engaged  in  honorable  pursuits." 

When  written  examinations  were  introduced  in  1854,  a 
pledge  was  required  of  the  author  of  the  papers  that  he  had 
received  no  assistance  in  any  form.  This  pledge  became 
less  and  less  elaborate  and  finally  disappeared  a  few  years 
ago:  the  signature  of  the  student  is  sufficient  evidence  for 
the  honesty  of  the  paper. 

The  same  high  standard  of  honor  prevailed  after  the  open- 
ing of  the  University  in  1866.  An  alumnus  of  that  period 
was  author  for  the  statement  that  one  student  did  not  even 
in  fun  use  the  word  "lie"  to  another,  unless  he  was  "seek- 
ing trouble." 

There  was  no  "system"  of  honor;  it  was  the  "honor  prin- 
ciple," as  it  has  been  rightly  phrased  by  Dr.  Edward  S. 
Joynes,  which  was  introduced  from  the  every  day  affairs  of 
life  into  the  life  of  the  campus.  The  institution  reflected  the 
life  of  the  people  from  whom  the  students  came,  at  least  the 
mass  of  them.  From  early  times,  certainly  from  the  early 
40's,  the  custom  arose  of  the  separate  classes  dealing  with 
offenders  as  members  of  a  class.  Appeal  was  allowed  to  the 
student  body.  In  the  case  of  cheating  witnesses  were  neces- 
sary. After  the  class  system  was  abolished  when  the  univer- 
sity was  established  in  1906,  there  was  a  short  period  of 
uncertainty,  which  resulted  in  the  "system"  as  described  in 
the  following  paragraphs. 

By  the  Honor  System,  says  the  Students'  Handbook  for 
1913,  "is  meant  simply  this — that  every  man  is  accounted 
a  gentleman  until  he  proves  himself  not  to  be  one,  and  every 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  261 

man's  word  is  accepted  as  true,  unless  there  is  clear  evidence 
that  it  cannot  be  so  taken.  When  a  man  violates  this  prin- 
ciple of  honor,  his  college-mates  quietly  request  him  to  leave 
the  campus,  and  the  request  is  always  effective."  At  a  meet- 
ing of  the  student  body,  March  15,  1909,  the  following  rules 
governing  the  workings  of  the  Honor  System  were  adopted : 
"Article  I.  There  shall  be  elected  at  the  beginning  of  each 
year  one  student  from  each  academic  class  and  one  student 
from  each  law  class,  who  shall  constitute,  in  session,  the 
Honor  Committee  of  the  University  of  South  Carolina.  The 
representatives  from  each  class  shall  be  possessed  of  equal 
powers  on  the  Committee,  and  each  representative  shall  be 
entitled  to  one  judicial  vote  at  the  trials. 

"Art.  II.  The  representative  elected  by  the  fourth  year 
academic  class  shall  be  chairman  of  the  Honor  Committee. 
He  shall  call  meetings  at  the  request  of  any  other  representa- 
tive or  at  his  own  volition.  He  shall  preside  at  all  meetings 
of  the  Honor  Committee,  shall  order  ballots  taken  at  the 
end  of  all  trials,  and  shall  announce  to  the  Committee  the 
result  of  the  said  ballot. 

"Art.  III.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Honor  Committee 
to  inquire  into  all  improprieties  of  conduct  in  the  classroom 
and  in  the  examination  hall :  said  improprieties  to  be  limited 
to  such  matters  in  regard  to  which  the  Faculty  have  sur- 
rendered to  the  students  the  right  of  supervision  and  of 
discipline;  to  all  matters  in  which  a  student  shall  obtain 
from  a  professor  by  fraud  credit  for  work  he  has  not  done 
or  knowledge  he  does  not  possess. 

"Art.  IV.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  and  every  student 
to  observe  all  such  improprieties  in  the  classroom  and  in 
the  examination  hall  and  to  report  them  at  once  to  one  other 
student,  who  shall  be  present  at  the  time;  and,  provided  the 
observation  of  the  two  shall  justify  it,  the  breach  of  honor 
shall  be  reported  to  the  Honor  Committeemen  of  the  class, 
who  shall  in  turn  request  the  chairman  of  the  Honor  System 
Committee  to  call  a  meeting  of  said  Committee. 

"Art.  V.  The  Committee  shall  hear  all  testimony  offered 
and  find  the  accused  guilty  or  not  guilty.  A  unanimous  vote 


262  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

of  the  Committee  shall  be  necessary  to  convict.  The  unsub- 
stantiated testimony  of  one  witness  shall  be  insufficient  to 
convict.  No  committeeman  who  is  competent  as  a  witness 
shall  sit  in  a  judicial  capacity  at  a  trial. 

"Art.  VI.  The  accused  shall  be  allowed  to  bring  to  the 
trial  any  testimony  in  his  own  behalf  which  he  shall  deem 
material.  He  shall  be  allowed  to  select  any  two  students 
who  shall  act  as  his  attorneys  before  the  Committee. 

"Art.  VII.  Upon  finding  a  verdict  of  guilty,  the  accused 
shall  be  requested  to  withdraw  from  the  University  and  to 
leave  the  campus  for  all  time  to  come.  There  is  reserved  to 
him,  however,  the  right  of  appeal  to  the  student  body. 

"Art.  VIII.  In  case  of  an  appeal,  the  evidence  taken  at 
the  trial  before  the  Honor  Committee  shall  be  presented 
to  the  student  body  by  the  chairman  of  the  Honor  Com- 
mittee, and  the  student  body  shall  affirm  or  reverse  the 
decision  of  the  Committee.  A  two- thirds  majority  of  the 
total  number  of  students  present  shall  be  required  for  a 
reversal  of  the  decision  of  the  Committee. 

"Art.  IX.  At  this  hearing  before  the  student  body  the 
accused  may  be  represented  by  any  two  students  whom  he 
may  select  as  his  attorneys.  These  attorneys  shall  be  limited 
to  a  discussion  of  the  value  of  the  facts  presented  as  evidence 
and  shall  make  no  appeal  to  the  emotions  or  prejudices. 
The  making  of  any  such  appeal  shall  be  considered  contrary 
to  the  spirit  of  the  Honor  System. 

"Art.  X.  In  consideration  of  the  importance  of  the 
matters  to  be  considered  by  the  Committee,  and  of  the 
gravity  of  the  charge  under  which  the  accused  rests,  the 
trial  shall  be  conducted  with  the  greatest  secrecy  possible, 
and  no  member  of  the  Honor  Committee  and  no  other 
student  who  shall  obtain  knowledge  of  a  trial  in  any  way 
whatsoever  shall  at  any  time  divulge  the  name  of  the  accused 
or  any  of  the  proceedings  at  the  trial  before  the  Committee 
or  before  the  student  body. 

"Art.  XI.  Provided  any  committeeman  is  for  any 
reason  unable  to  sit  in  a  judicial  capacity  at  the  trial,  his 
class  shall  be  represented  by  one  of  its  officers,  in  the  fol- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  263 

lowing  order  of  prominence:  President,  Vice-President, 
Secretary,  Historian,  who  shall  assume  all  the  regular 
powers  of  the  committeeman. 

"Art.  XII.  These  rules  and  regulations  shall  be  read  in 
a  meeting  of  the  student  body  on  the  second  Monday  of  the 
first  term,  and  on  each  Monday  one  week  before  the  regular 
examinations." 

As  a  natural  result  of  the  honor  idea  the  government  of 
the  campus  has  passed  largely  into  the  hands  of  the  students, 
and  although  there  are  of  course  those  who  are  sources  of 
disturbance,  the  life  of  the  campus  is  on  the  whole  well 
ordered. 


264  HISTORY  OP  THE  UNIVERSITY 


CHAPTER  XX. 


CLARIOSOPHIC  AND  EUPHRADIAN  LITERARY  SOCIETIES. 

Shortly  after  the  opening  of  the  South  Carolina  College 
in  1805  the  students  formed  among  themselves  a  literary 
society,  to  which  they  gave  the  name  of  Philomathic.  It 
existed  until  the  beginning  of  1806,  when  it  was  decided 
that  the  interests  of  the  institution  demanded  the  establish- 
ment of  two  literary  societies.  The  constitution  of  a 
"Synapian  Convention"  still  in  existence  apparently  pro- 
vided the  rules  for  the  formation  of  these  two  new  bodies. 
Two  persons  from  the  same  district,  reads  the  first  article, 
were  to  be  chosen  to  divide  the  members  and  the  funds  of  the 
Philomathic  Society.  The  second  article  provides  for  the 
formation  of  two  independent  societies.  According  to 
another  article  a  joint  meeting  of  the  two  societies  was  to 
be  held  every  seven  weeks  called  a  "Synapian  Convention." 
Reputable  persons  might  be  admitted  as  spectators.  Further, 
both  societies  had  to  adopt  the  constitution  of  the  parent 
society.  Names  for  the  two  societies  were  incorporated  in 
another  article,  the  present  names,  which  is  inexplicable  in 
the  light  of  the  minute  of  the  Clariosophic  Society  for 
February  21,  1806,  the  date  of  the  selection  of  the  name. 

In  accordance  with  the  provision  that  two  persons  from 
the  same  district  should  divide  the  members  of  the  old 
society,  two  brothers,  James  and  Joseph  Lowry,  were  chosen 
to  perform  this  duty.  Of  these  two  brothers  Dr.  LaBorde 
says:  "They  were  poor,  and  their  necessities  compelled 
them  to  board  in  their  rooms.  One  of  the  brothers  was 
appointed  bell-ringer,  and  the  other  librarian.  The  College 
had  just  opened,  the  public  eye  was  steadily  directed  to  it, 
and  the  heroic  efforts  of  these  young  men  to  secure  the 
advantages  of  a  liberal  education,  excited  the  warmest 
interest.  Col.  Taylor,  Judges  Trezevant  and  Grimke  and 
others  frequently  visited  them  in  their  rooms  with  the  view 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  265 

of  testifying  their  respect,  and  giving  them  encouragement; 
and  the  judges,  upon  their  visits  to  Columbia,  often  invited 
them  to  dine  with  them  at  Dr.  Green's  Hotel,  their  usual 
house  of  boarding.  Nor  were  they  less  esteemed  by  their 
fellow  students.  Their  studious  habits  and  rare  virtues 
commended  them  to  all,  and  soon  they  reached  a  position 
of  commanding  influence.  They  were  selected  by  the 
students  in  the  scheme  of  dividing  the  Society."  These  two  as 
"captains"  among  the  students  assembled  on  the  campus 
"threw  up  heads  and  tails  for  the  first  choice."  "In  this 
way  the  selection  was  made,  and  the  roll  of  the  Clariosophic 
and  Euphradian  Societies  determined.  This  was  truly  a 
fraternal  parting,  for  there  is  a  tradition  that  in  every  case, 
brothers  attached  themselves  to  different  societies." 

Judge  Hudson  declares  in  his  address  as  centennial  orator 
for  the  Euphradian  Society  at  the  centennial  of  the  Univer- 
sity in  1905  that  Dr.  LaBorde  was  "in  error  as  to  brothers 
upon  entering  College  separating  in  selecting  societies.  It 
may  have  been  so  in  the  early  days  of  these  societies,  but  the 
precedent  was  not  followed  in  my  day,  and  has  not  been 
since,  so  far  as  I  am  informed,  and  I  think  it  is  natural  and 
well  that  the  precedent  was  soon  discontinued." 

"For  many  years,"  continued  Judge  Hudson,  "it  is  said 
that  there  was  great  rivalry  between  the  two  societies  in 
securing  recruits  from  the  newly  matriculated  students,  but 
as  time  rolled  on  it  came  to  pass  that  the  society  which  a 
student  joined  upon  his  entering  College  was  determined 
by  the  district  (county)  from  which  he  came,  for  the  dis- 
tricts (counties)  of  the  State  became  divided  nearly  equally 
between  Euphradian  and  Clariosophic.  The  student  coming 
from  a  so-called  Euphradian  district  was  expected  and  was 
bound  in  honor  to  join  the  Euphradian  Society,  and  those 
from  Clariosophic  districts  were  expected  to  join  the  Clar- 
iosophic Society.  This  became  the  unwritten  law  of  the 
College,  and  was  rarely  interfered  with  or  departed  from." 
However,  a  district  might  change  from  one  to  the  other 
society,  as  was  illustrated  by  the  district  from  which  Judge 
Hudson  came,  Chester,  which  had  changed  from  Clariosophic 


266  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

to  Euphradian.  The  strength  of  the  custom  was  also  strik- 
ingly shown  in  his  case.  He  was  offered  his  expenses  by 
an  old  alumnus  of  the  college,  the  proviso  being  added  that 
he  become  a  member  of  the  Clariosophic  Society;  but  when 
his  Chester  classmates  and  friends  learned  of  it,  they 
explained  to  him  that  he  would  be  counted  a  renegade  and 
be  dishonored  and  prevailed  upon  him  to  reject  the  gen- 
erous offer,  which  he  did,  vindicating  the  honor  of  old 
Chester  and  preserving  his  own.  There  is  a  tradition  that 
the  State  was  first  divided  between  the  societies  by  a  line 
running  north  and  south  through  Columbia. 

On  the  6th  of  February,  1806,  the  two  new  societies  met 
for  the  first  time  at  different  hours  in  the  old  chapel.  Here 
they  continued  to  meet  on  Saturday  alternately  after  dinner 
and  after  supper  until  1820,  when  they  moved  into  new 
quarters.  The  Clariosophic  Society  opened  with  a  roll  of 
twenty-four  members,  which  must  have  also  been  the  number 
in  the  sister  society.  The  minutes  of  the  Clariosophic 
Society  have  been  preserved  almost  intact  from  the  meeting 
of  February  21,  1806,  while  those  of  the  Euphradian  Society 
have  suffered  greatly  in  the  lapse  of  time. 

The  relations  of  the  two  societies  towards  each  other  have 
always  been  friendly;  a  generous  rivalry  was  maintained, 
which  was  rarely  interrupted.  Dr.  James  H.  Carlisle,  who 
graduated  in  1844,  wrote  that:  "Traditions  reached  us  of  a 
time  when  after  adjournment  on  Saturday  night  the  mem- 
bers, drawn  up  on  opposite  sides  of  the  campus,  would 
indulge  in  guerilla  warfare  with  sticks  and  stones.  There 
was  nothing  in  our  time  to  make  these  stories  credible.  The 
symbols  of  the  watch-keys  and  reading  stands  gave  Clario- 
sophics  a  chance  to  say  to  us,  'Our  union  is  of  hearts,  your 
Euphradian  union  is  of  hands.'  In  selecting  room  mates 
or  friends  society  lines  were  not  considered.  A  good  speech 
in  one  hall  was  noised  abroad  in  the  other."  Until  recent 
years  the  cheers  of  the  members  of  one  society  just  adjourned 
have  been  answered,  each  side  eager  to  outshout  the  other. 

The  whole  proceedings  of  the  societies  have  been  secret. 
This  secrecy  was  removed  in  the  spring  of  1915.  The  penalty 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  267 

of  violation  was  severe.  Members  of  different  societies 
rooming  together  had  to  be  careful  not  to  speak  "their 
thoughts  aloud,"  which  is  the  excuse  given  by  one  accused 
member. 

A  victory  of  one  society  over  the  other  has  always  been 
the  occasion  of  celebration.  These  celebrations  often  in 
former  days  took  the  form  of  drinking  liquor  to  excess.  It 
is  related  of  the  distinguished  divine,  James  H.  Thornwell, 
that  he  was  carried  away  by  the  spirit  of  one  of  these  occa- 
sions and  became  intoxicated.  A  treat  of  some  sort  is  gen- 
erally given  the  victor.  Perhaps  always  during  the  contest 
a  speaker's  fellow  members  gave  him  most  vigorous  applause, 
outdoing  if  possible  the  applause  of  the  rival  society. 

In  the  ante-bellum  days  the  two  societies  embraced  the 
entire  student  body  nearly  equally  divided  between  them, 
although  there  was  no  requirement  that  a  student  should 
join  either.  For  some  years,  since  the  college  was  reopened 
in  1880,  the  life  of  the  societies  has  not  been  as  vigorous  as 
in  earlier  days:  many  men  do  not  join.  Speaking  was  the 
great  road  to  success,  every  man  who  wished  preferment 
had  to  make  an  orator  of  himself,  so  that  the  students 
became  members  of  the  societies  as  a  matter  of  course.  Since 
the  avenues  to  distinction  have  been  multiplied  and  speaking 
is  not  so  necessary,  many  students  stay  out  of  the  societies. 
Judge  Hudson,  himself  a  member  of  the  Delta  Kappa 
Epsilon  (D.  K.  E.)  fraternity,  assigned  the  decay  of  the 
literary  societies  to  the  introduction  of  the  Greek  letter 
fraternities,  which  ate  "the  life  out  of  the  two  grand  old 
Literary  Societies,  giving  nothing  in  return,  but  vicious 
social  distinctions  and  extravagances."  He  declared  that 
"the  time  consumed  in  attending  to  its — the  fraternity's, 
which  Vas  purely  literary  and  of  a  high  order' — literary 
demands  was  to  that  extent  robbing  our  great  societies  of 
the  time  and  attention  that  should  have  been  devoted  to 
them."  The  same  devoted  Euphradian  says  that  for 
"decorum,  dignity  and  the  orderly  transaction  of  business" 
the  Euphradian  Society  was  not  surpassed  by  the  Senate 


268  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

or  House  of  Representatives  of  South  Carolina.  This  society 
was  nearly  as  large  as  the  House  of  Representatives. 

Both  societies  have  enrolled  honorary  members  from  the 
beginning,  many  of  them  distinguished  men  like  the  Marquis 
de  Lafayette,  General  Winfield  Scott,  General  Robert  E.  Lee. 
The  author  of  a  French  grammar  published  in  Columbia 
in  1834  records  among  other  titles  to  distinction  that  he 
was  an  honorary  member  of  the  Clariosophic  Society.  The 
professors  have  regularly  been  placed  on  the  honor  roll. 
When  the  war  was  breaking  over  the  South,  the  Euphradian 
Society  called  an  extra  meeting  on  the  25th  of  October,  1860, 
for  the  purpose  of  erasing  the  name  of  Professor  Lieber 
from  its  rolls  and  removing  his  portrait  and  bust  from  the 
hall  because  he  had  been  active  in  aiding  abolition.  There 
is  a  tradition  that  the  bust  was  hurled  from  the  window 
and  dashed  into  fragments.  In  the  sister  society  the  name 
of  General  Winfield  Scott  was  erased.  During  reconstruc- 
tion days  the  Euphradians  expelled  two  alumni  members 
and  denounced  them  in  the  public  prints  because  they  had 
become  "scalawags."  All  members,  it  should  be  observed, 
continued  after  graduation  to  be  regarded  as  retaining  their 
membership. 

Portraits  and  busts  of  distinguished  men,  who  had  been 
members  regular  or  honorary,  adorn  the  walls  of  both 
societies.  These  have  been  for  the  most  part  secured  at  the 
expense  of  the  societies. 

A  movement  was  started  in  1837  to  publish  a  monthly 
periodical  under  the  auspices  of  the  two  societies.  A  joint 
committee  made  a  report  on  the  cost  and  on  the  staff,  but 
the  matter  went  no  farther. 

There  are  two  publications  which  are  the  property  of  the 
societies:  "The  Collegian",  later  changed  to  "The  Caro- 
linian", founded  as  a  monthly  in  1882,  and  "The  Gamecock", 
a  weekly,  begun  in  1906.  The  name  "Gamecock"  was  given 
in  the  early  years  of  this  century  to  the  Varsity  players, 
especially  to  the  football  and  baseball  teams.  The  annual, 
"Garnet  and  Black",  issued  for  the  first  time  in  1899,  is 
published  by  the  student  body. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  269 

In  the  spring  of  1900  W.  Gordon  Belser  won  the  medal  of 
the  Southern  Intercollegiate  Oratorical  contest;  the  same 
medal  was  won  by  James  Allen,  Jr.,  in  1912.  The  societies 
also  have  representatives  at  the  State  Oratorical  contest  and 
in  debating  leagues,  in  which  they  have  taken  a  foremost 
position. 

The  centennial  of  the  two  societies  was  fittingly  celebrated 
on  the  5th  and  6th  of  February,  1906.  On  the  evening  of 
the  first  day  there  were  addresses,  among  them  centennial 
orations  by  J.  J.  Me  Swain,  1897,  for  the  Clariosophics  and 
Robert  W.  Shand,  1859,  for  the  Euphradians,  in  the 
Columbia  theatre,  after  which  the  centennial  ball  was 
danced.  Representatives  from  the  literary  societies  in  the 
other  institutions  of  the  State  delivered  greetings  on  the 
evening  of  the  second  day.  These  were  followed  by  a 
banquet. 

CLARIOSOPHIC    SOCIETY. 

The  Clariosophic  Society  received  its  name,  so  it  is  said, 
from  "Clarius",  god  of  eloquence,  and  "sophos",  wise.  As 
there  is  no  evidence  for  this  god,  and  the  Greek  word,  klarios, 
"distributing  by  lot",  suits  the  occasion,  so  that  Clariosophic 
means  "wise  distributing  by  lot",  which  accords  with  the 
story  of  the  division  by  the  two  Lowry  brothers,  this 
derivation  is  to  be  preferred. 

At  the  meeting  of  February  21,  1806,  a  badge  was  chosen, 
a  band  of  blue  ribbon  on  the  arm  between  the  elbow  and 
the  wrist.  In  1808  the  society  adopted  a  seal:  "Hope  the 
soother  of  the  various  distresses  of  life,  represented  as  a 
goddess  with  a  bud  just  opening  in  her  hand,  promising 
something  blooming  and  pleasing  after  the  gloom  and  chill- 
ness  of  winter.  The  bud  opening  with  the  morn  promises 
to  display  its  luxuriant  beauty  gradually  as  the  sun  rises 
higher  in  the  Heavens." 

The  diploma  written  in  Latin  was  adopted  in  1810  and  is 
still  bestowed  on  graduates  at  the  annual  celebration  of  the 
two  societies.  But  according  to  a  section  of  the  constitution 
as  it  appears  in  a  copy  made  apparently  in  1828,  "a  member 
shall  receive  a  diploma  from  this  society,  after  having 


270  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

finished  his  collegiate  course,  altho  he  may  not  receive  his 
degrees  from  the  Faculty."  It  sometimes  happened  that  a 
student  who  had  completed  all  his  work  refused  to  perform 
on  commencement  day,  for  which  the  authorities  did  not 
grant  him  the  diploma ;  or  he  might  engage  in  some  escapade 
that  would  cause  his  expulsion  between  the  time  of  the  final 
examination  and  the  commencement. 

A  loose  leaf  inserted  among  the  pages  of  the  copy  of  the 
constitution  referred  to  in  the  preceding  paragraph  describes 
the  medal  of  the  society  as  follows :  "The  form  of  a  diamond 
with  M.  2.  <£.  engraved  in  the  middle  encircled  by  a  wreath ; 
two  hearts  and  the  knot  of  Union  above  the  circle;  below 
C.  S.  1806,  the  year  in  which  the  society  was  established. 
On  the  opposite  side,  the  wreath,  hearts,  &  knot  the  same 
as  the  former  enclosing  ACO-/AO?  3>iAias:  below  S.  C.  C." 
This  medal  it  was  necessary  for  every  member  to  own,  and 
he  could  not  get  his  society  diploma  unless  he  had  paid  for 
the  medal.  The  medal  was  worn  as  a  key  [before  1821]. 

In  1813  the  Clariosophic  Society  began  to  maintain  one 
indigent  member,  who  had  to  be  at  least  seventeen  years 
old  and  able  to  enter  the  junior  class.  This  was  done  as 
far  as  possible  out  of  the  treasury,  and  where  that  failed 
by  subscription  from  the  membership.  The  minutes  show 
that  money  was  lent  to  members,  sometimes  in  considerable 
amounts.  The  sum  of  |200  was  considered  sufficient  for 
all  collegiate  expenses.  A  committee  was  appointed  to  make 
the  selection  of  the  beneficiary. 

The  place  of  meeting  of  the  society  was  changed  in  1820 
to  a  room  over  the  chapel,  and  the  meetings  took  place  there- 
after regularly  after  supper  on  Saturday.  The  new  hall 
was  lighted  by  candles.  Each  member  was  assigned  a  seat, 
which  he  retained. 

A  charter  of  incorporation  was  secured  from  the  legisla- 
ture in  December,  1820. 

After  the  death  of  Dr.  Maxcy,  who  had  been  an  honorary 
member  of  this  society,  it  was  decided  that  the  society  should 
erect  a  monument  to  his  memory  and  should  canvass  for 
contributions  for  the  purpose.  George  McDuffie  wrote  the 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  271 

inscription  in  English,  which  Professor  Robert  Henry 
turned  into  Latin.  Robert  Mills,  who  was  at  that  time 
commissioner  of  public  works  for  the  State,  and  who  was 
one  of  the  architects  of  the  South  Carolina  College  in  its 
infancy,  designed  the  monument,  which  was  of  white  Italian 
marble.  After  much  delay  the  monument  was  unveiled 
Saturday,  December  15,  1827. 

In  1821  the  society  had  a  new  stand  made  in  the  form  of 
a  key,  which  according  to  the  description  recorded  in  the 
minutes  was  the  same  as  that  now  used. 

The  custom  arose  about  1829  of  inviting  some  distin- 
guished gentleman  to  address  the  society  at  its  annual  cele- 
bration. A  like  custom  was  begun  among  the  Euphradians. 
Addresses  were  also  delivered  before  both  societies.  These 
addresses  were  often  published  at  the  expense  of  the  societies 
and  can  be  found  in  the  libraries  of  collectors.  As  late  as 
1871  Henry  W.  Hilliard  delivered  the  annual  address  before 
the  two  societies. 

When  Legare  College  was  completed,  the  third  story  was 
turned  over  to  the  Clariosophic  Society  as  its  permanent 
home.  The  cost  of  furnishing  it  was  borne  by  the  society. 
On  the  10th  of  February,  1849,  the  new  hall  was  dedicated. 
Professor  Robert  Henry  delivered  the  address  of  the 
occasion. 

The  disturbing  conditions  of  1862  caused  the  cessation 
of  society  duties  in  the  early  part  of  that  year.  On  the 
13th  of  January,  1866,  the  Clariosophic  Society  was  revived 
with  a  very  small  membership:  the  offices  of  vice-president, 
secretary,  treasurer,  recorder  and  reader  were  united,  only 
nine  votes  being  cast  for  candidates,  of  which  five  were 
received  by  John  Sloan,  Jr.  Mr.  N.  B.  Barnwell  was  elected 
first  president. 

When  the  white  people  withdrew  from  the  University 
after  the  admission  of  negroes  in  1873,  the  Clariosophic 
Society  was  continued  under  the  new  conditions.  Its 
records  and  library,  it  must  be  said,  were  well  kept.  The 
closing  of  the  institution  in  1877  closed  the  society. 

In  the  fall  of  1882  the  South  Carolina  College  was  again 


272  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

organized,  and  the  society  resumed  its  existence.  W.  W. 
Robinson  was  elected  to  the  presidency  by  the  few  who  made 
up  the  membership.  Since  then  the  society  has  gathered 
strength  from  year  to  year,  although  under  changed  times 
the  membership  has  not  numbered  fifty  per  cent,  of  that  of 
ante-bellum  days  in  proportion  to  the  whole  student  body. 

In  1892  the  society  bestowed  diplomas  on  those  of  her 
members  who  had  been  prevented  by  the  exigencies  of  the 
War  Between  the  States  from  graduating.  Mr.  David  H. 
Means  eloquently  portrayed  the  heroism  of  the  men  of  the 
college  who  had  gone  to  the  field  of  battle. 

EUPHRADIAN    SOCIETY. 

The  name  Euphradian  means  "correctness  of  speech" 
or  "eloquence".  As  the  early  minutes  of  the  society  have 
been  lost,  nothing  is  known  of  its  selection. 

William  Harper  of  Newberry,  the  first  matriculate  of  the 
college,  was  the  first  president.  Under  the  first  constitution 
the  officers  were:  president,  vice-president,  secretary,  treas- 
urer, recorder  and  four  critics;  the  other  society  had  the 
same  officers,  except  that  the  critics  were  three. 

The  badge  was  a  six-pointed  golden  star,  with  the  year 
1806,  the  Greek  letters  Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  and  the  motto, 
"Amicitiae  Sacrum."  The  mystic  stand  which  is  said  to 
be  still  in  possession  of  the  society,  was  adopted  in  1815. 

Like  its  sister  the  Euphradian  supported  beneficiaries 
in  the  ante-bellum  days. 

When  the  society  gave  up  its  meetings  in  the  chapel  and 
moved  in  1820  into  a  hall  of  its  own,  it  occupied  part  of  the 
upper  floor  of  the  center  of  DeSaussure  College.  Twenty- 
eight  years  later  the  upper  floor  of  the  newly  erected  Harper 
College  was  given  by  the  trustees  to  the  Euphradian  Society. 
This  was  fitted  up  by  the  society  and  dedicated  December 
7,  1848.  Dr.  James  H.  Thornwell,  Professor  of  Christian 
Evidences,  a  distinguished  alumnus  of  the  society,  delivered 
a  suitable  address. 

"The  hall  was  then,"  remarks  Judge  Hudson  of  his  first 
entrance  into  the  society,  "newly  furnished  and  equipped 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  273 

and  presented  a  beautiful,  attractive,  brilliant  and  imposing 
appearance.  The  impression  upon  a  boy  from  the  back 
country  upon  beholding  the  gaudy  and  dazzling  spectacle 
on  being  conducted  into  the  hall  was  simply  overwhelming." 
Closed  because  of  the  war  on  February  25,  1862,  the 
Euphradian  Society  was  reorganized  January  13,  1866.  A 
page  of  the  minute  book  was  inscribed  to  the  memory  of  the 
Euphradians  who  had  given  up  their  lives  for  their  State 
with  the  Latin  inscription : 

IN  MEMORIAM 

Societatis  Euphradianae 

Sociis  qui  pro  patria 

Mortui. 

Professor  J.  L.  Reynolds  had  taken  charge  of  the  society's 
hall  and  property  during  the  years  the  college  was  turned 
over  to  the  Confederate  authorities. 

"Fearing  the  disruption  of  the  college,"  writes  Mr.  J.  Rion 
McKissick,  "the  society  in  May,  1869,  selected  a  committee 
of  seven  members,  three  honorary  and  four  regular,  called 
the  Lambda  Delta  Epsilon  committee,  whose  duty  it  was  to 
keep  negroes  from  becoming  members,  to  keep  the  constitu- 
tion and  other  books  safe  and  to  sell  the  furniture  of  the 
society,  if  necessary.  It  was  'vested  with  the  full  power  of 
the  society/  This  action  was  taken  in  view  of  the  imminent 
probability  of  the  entrance  of  negroes  into  the  college.  The 
constitution  was  given  to  Dr.  Reynolds.  Col.  F.  W.  McMaster 
was  one  of  the  honorary  members  of  this  committee."  This 
last  named  gentleman  secured  the  constitution  and  records 
and  concealed  them  when  it  became  evident  that  the  negroes 
would  enter  the  University.  He  returned  them  on  February 
19,  1882,  at  which  time  the  Euphradian  Society  resumed 
its  existence. 

During  the  radical  regime  another  society,  the  Ciceronian, 
was  organized  to  take  the  place  of  the  Euphradian. 

From  its  rebirth  in  1882  to  the  present  there  has  been 
nothing  of  remarkable  interest  in  the  history  of  the  society. 

18— H.  U. 


274  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

"The  brotherly  spirit,"  says  Dr.  LaBorde  of  the  two 
societies,  "in  which  they  originated  has  never  been  forgotten, 
and  they  present  the  high  example  of  a  noble  and  generous 
rivalry.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  they  have  accomplished 
a  vast  amount  of  good;  and  it  has  been  an  unmixed  good. 
They  have  stimulated  the  mental  energies  in  a  certain  direc- 
tion far  more  than  is  done  in  the  Collegiate  course  of  instruc- 
tion; and  that  without  interfering  in  any  way  with  the 
proper  demands  made  upon  the  students  by  the  Faculty. 
It  is,  perhaps,  not  saying  too  much  to  add,  that  in  our  edu- 
cational system  they  are  the  nursery  of  eloquence,  and  they 
gave  the  first  impulse  to  many  of  the  distinguished  men  of 
Carolina,  who  have  added  so  much  to  her  renown  in  the 
halls  of  the  State  and  National  Legislatures." 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  275 


CHAPTER  XXL 


THE  LIBRARY. 

The  legislature  of  1802  provided  by  enactment,  "That 
until  the  salaries  of  the  Faculty  of  the  said  College  shall 
commence,  the  Comptroller  be  authorized  and  empowered 
upon  application  of  the  said  Trustees,  to  pay  to  them  or 
their  order,  towards  purchasing  a  philosophical  and  mathe- 
matical apparatus  and  library  for  the  said  College,  the 
annual  sum  appropriated  by  law  for  said  College."  Judge 
William  Johnson,  General  Pinckney,  H.  W.  DeSaussure, 
Judge  Waties,  and  William  Falconer,  Esq.,  were  appointed, 
April  26,  1803,  a  committee  to  make  the  purchases.  When 
the  college  was  opened  in  1805,  it  was  estimated  that  about 
$3,000  had  been  spent  on  the  library.  Edward  Hooker,  who 
visited  the  campus  in  November,  1805,  records  in  his  diary 
that  about  5,000  books  had  been  bought,  but  that  only  3,000 
had  arrived.  He  remarks  further  that  while  many  of  the 
volumes  had  an  elegant  appearance  it  was  thought  that  the 
selection  had  not  been  judicious,  an  undue  proportion  of 
modern  works,  many  of  them  of  the  ephemeral  class.  "There 
are  large  piles,"  to  use  his  own  words,  "of  periodical  works, 
such  as  the  Gentleman's  Magazine,  European  Magazine, 
Annual  Register,  and  others  of  no  more  solid  worth  than 
these.  Some  handsome  editions  of  the  Greek  and  Latin 
Classics  and  translations — A  few  books  written  in  the 
Oriental  languages." 

The  original  plans  of  the  college  called  for  a  room  over 
the  chapel  to  be  used  as  a  library.  Edward  Hooker  describes 
it  as  "supported  by  four  stately  Tuscan  columns,  which  rise 
from  the  area  of  the  chapel  with  considerable  majesty,  and 
give  to  the  room  an  appearance  of  grandeur."  Dr.  LaBorde 
speaks  of  the  library  in  1814  as  in  DeSaussure  College, 
evidently  an  error.  In  1816  it  was  removed  to  the  new 
building  erected  where  Legare  College  now  stands,  the 


276  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

lower  floor  of  which  served  as  a  science  hall,  the  upper 
held  the  books.  Most  of  the  books  were  entirely  out  of  reach 
without  laborious  climbing.  A  committee  of  the  board 
reported,  December  8,  1836,  that  in  its  opinion  "the  present 
building  used  for  the  Library  is  unfit  for  that  purpose — 
entirely  out  of  repair,  the  sleepers  and  partitions  in  the 
lower  part  of  the  house  being  entirely  decayed  and  ready 
to  fall;  the  roof  leaks  and  the  floors  are  rotten.  The  com- 
mittee recommend  that  a  new  building  entirely  separate 
from  the  other  buildings  be  erected  for  the  use  of  the 
Library."  The  attention  bestowed  on  the  library  at  this 
time  was  due  to  the  efforts  of  the  president,  Hon.  Robert  W. 
Barnwell.  Professors  like  Stephen  D.  Elliott  and  Francis 
Lieber  must  also  have  had  great  influence  in  determining 
the  action  of  the  board. 

According  to  the  minutes  of  the  trustees  for  December 
2,  1837,  it  seems  that  the  South  Carolina  Society  for  the 
Promotion  of  Education  had  offered  |10,000  towards  a 
library  building  and  on  the  faith  of  this  offer  the  legislature 
had  granted  f  15,000  to  make  up  the  amount  regarded  as 
necessary  for  a  suitable  structure.  The  society  failed  to 
keep  its  promise;  but  the  trustees  had  gone  ahead  and  pur- 
chased bricks  to  the  amount  of  |3,600  from  Colonel  J.  G. 
Brown  at  the  same  time  they  had  bought  for  two  new 
dormitories.  Permission  was  obtained  from  the  legislature 
to  use  the  balance  of  the  f  15,000  and  other  unused  balances 
from  appropriations  to  be  expended  on  a  building  "respecta- 
ble in  style  of  architecture  and  as  secure  as  possible  from 
fire."  The  plans  were  prepared  by  the  professors;  a  certain 
Mr.  Beck  was  the  contractor.  The  president  reported  to 
the  board  on  the  6th  of  May,  1840,  that  the  library  building 
had  been  completed.  The  cost  was  $23,491.50. 

In  his  report  to  the  Board  of  Trustees  in  1836,  President 
Barnwell  said:  "I  cannot  permit  this  occasion  of  address- 
ing the  Board  to  pass  without  pressing  upon  their  consid- 
eration the  wants  of  the  College  Library.  So  long  a  time 
has  elapsed  since  any  important  addition  has  been  made 
to  the  number  of  our  books,  and  so  rapid  has  been  the 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  277 

advance  of  modern  literature,  that  those  who  have  access 
only  to  the  information  which  our  library  furnishes,  are 
almost  entirely  excluded  from  the  existing  commonwealth 
of  learning,  and  are  left  in  profound  ignorance  of  the  very 
commonplaces  of  modern  science.  I  trust  that  the  subject 
will  receive  from  the  Board  the  attention  which  its  import- 
ance merits."  Shortly  after  this  the  Committee  on  Educa- 
tion of  the  House  of  Representatives  recommended  the 
following  resolution,  which  was  adopted: 

"That  the  sum  of  two  thousand  dollars,  together  with  the 
surplus  of  the  tuition  fund,  be  annually  appropriated  for 
the  increase  of  the  College  Library." 

After  1838  the  legislature  made  an  annual  appropriation 
for  the  library  of  $2,000,  which  with  the  tuition  fund 
amounted  to  nearly  $4,000  spent  each  year  for  books.  This 
rate  of  expenditure  continued  over  twenty  years,  until  the 
war  closed  the  college.  The  library  was  one  of  the  first 
parts  of  the  college  to  be  affected  by  the  disturbed  condition 
incident  on  the  approach  of  the  war.  After  the  close  of 
the  war  no  appropriations  were  made  for  the  purchase  of 
new  books  until  two  thousand  dollars  was  granted  for  this 
purpose  in  1872.  After  the  college  was  reopened  in  1880, 
the  first  specific  appropriation  for  books,  the  sum  of  f  1,000, 
was  made  in  1889,  which  was  given  again  in  1891.  Very 
little  was  spent  on  the  library  until  President  Woodward's 
administration,  when  more  interest  was  taken  in  this 
important  arm  of  the  college.  About  f  500  was  spent  yearly 
for  books  and  magazines.  At  the  present  time  the  annual 
appropriation  for  books,  magazines  and  binding  is  f  1,200. 
To  this  should  be  added  the  sum  spent  by  the  different 
departments,  about  f 300  each  year,  for  books  to  be  kept  in 
the  separate  department  libraries,  notably,  ancient  and 
modern  languages,  chemistry,  geology  and  pedagogy.  The 
library  of  works  relating  to  pedagogy  has  been  carefully 
prepared  by  the  professors  in  charge  and  numbers  some 
1,200  volumes.  The  books  in  these  libraries  form  a  part  of 
the  general  library,  i.  e.,  they  are  accessioned  and  will  be 
all  catalogued  at  the  main  library. 


278  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

The  Duke  of  Saxe- Weimar,  who  traveled  through  North 
America  during  the  years  1825  and  1826,  said  of  the  library 
of  the  South  Carolina  College,  which  he  visited,  that  it 
"was  not  considerable,  and  did  not  contain  anything  remark- 
able." However,  during  Dr.  Cooper's  time  (1820-1834)  the 
library  was  gaining  reputation  throughout  the  South;  but 
it  was  only  with  the  reorganization  in  1835  that  effort  was 
made  to  create  a  scholar's  library.  Edwards,  Memoirs  of 
Libraries,  1859,  Vol  ii,  p.  180,  speaks  of  this  library  as 
noticeable  for  the  care  with  which  the  books  have  been 
selected.  "Professor  Lieber,"  he  adds,  "has  rendered  great 
assistance  in  the  selection  of  books,  and  the  collection  is 
said  to  be  more  valuable  than  many  twice  its  size," 

It  was  said  that  the  books  purchased  during  President 
Barnwell's  administration  by  Reverend  Stephen  Elliott  was 
perhaps  the  most  elegant  assortment  of  books  "ever  brought 
to  the  United  States."  The  professors  often  purchased  for 
the  library  when  they  were  in  Europe.  Books  were  obtained 
also  from  private  libraries  offered  for  sale;  the  largest  pur- 
chase of  this  kind  was  from  the  library  of  a  Mr.  Binda  of 
Sumter  District.  Dr.  Cooper's  library  was  offered  to  the 
trustees  for  purchase,  but  was  not  bought.  Some  of 
Dr.  Henry's  books  are  on  the  shelves  of  the  library.  Dr. 
Thornwell  caused  the  purchase  of  most  of  the  volumes 
relating  to  theology,  many  of  them  rare  and  costly.  Valu- 
able additions  continued  to  be  made  to  the  library  during 
the  presidencies  of  Dr.  Henry,  Hon.  W.  C.  Preston  and 
Dr.  Thornwell.  Henry  Stevens  of  London  was  at  one  time 
the  English  agent  for  the  library.  Wiley  of  New  York  and 
Russell  of  Charleston  were  also  agents  at  different  times. 

At  various  times  donations  have  been  received  from  the 
General  Assembly  and  from  private  individuals.  Among 
the  first,  if  not  the  first,  to  give  books  to  the  library  was 
Governor  John  Drayton,  whose  message  to  the  General 
Assembly  in  1801  is  considered  the  germ  of  the  College.  In 
1807  he  presented  his  own  publications  and  a  number  of 
other  works;  among  them  was  a  manuscript  Botany  of 
South  Carolina.  The  General  Assembly  presented  a  copy 


LIBRARY. 


PRESIDENT'S  HOUSE. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  279 

of  the  American  Archives  in  1841,  and  in  the  following  year 
made  a  present  of  the  Acts  and  Resolutions  of  the  General 
Assembly  from  1790.  Since  then  the  Acts  and  Resolutions 
have  been  annually  received.  In  1865  the  General  Assembly 
removed  back  to  its  library  the  Acts  and  Resolutions  prior 
to  that  year.  In  1844  the  same  body  gave  the  library  a 
set  of  Audubon's  Birds  of  America,  the  cost  of  which  was 
$925.50.  This  is  one  of  the  copies  of  the  original  London 
edition  and  is  an  object  of  special  interest  to  visitors.  In 
the  year  1846  General  James  H.  Adams  and  Colonel 
John  Lawrence  Manning  made  valuable  gifts  of  books,  the 
former  presenting  a  copy  of  Audubon  and  Bachman's  "Vivi- 
parous Quadrupeds  of  America,"  which  cost  f  350.  Among 
the  more  recent  gifts  is  the  large  number  of  works  on  polit- 
ical economy  purchased  by  a  fund  provided  in  1906  by  Pro- 
fessor Henry  Farnam  of  Yale. 

Three  catalogues  of  the  books  in  the  library  have  been 
published — the  first  in  1807,  the  second  in  1836,  and  the 
third  in  1849.  Only  two  copies  of  the  1836  edition  are  known 
to  exist,  of  which  one  is  to  be  found  in  the  library  of  the 
University,  the  other  in  the  library  of  the  University  of 
New  York.  This  edition  was  so  inexact  and  so  badly  con- 
structed that  the  Faculty  offered  to  compile  another  at 
their  own  expense,  to  which  the  Board  of  Trustees  agreed; 
but  though  it  was  begun,  it  was  never  completed,  as  at  this 
time  began  the  great  additions  to  the  library,  and  it  was 
thought  best  to  wait.  A  fourth  catalogue  was  completed 
by  the  librarian,  Rev.  C.  Bruce  Walker,  in  1867,  which  has 
not  been  published.  The  recataloguing  of  the  books  accord- 
ing to  the  modern  card  system  is  well  advanced  towards 
completion.  A  comparison  of  the  old  published  catalogue 
with  the  present  one  shows  that  valuable  books  have  in  one 
way  or  another  been  lost.  When  Sherman's  army  laid 
Columbia  in  ashes  on  the  17th  of  February,  1865,  ninety- 
seven  volumes  were  lost,  according  to  the  librarian's  report, 
burned  in  the  houses  of  the  borrowers. 

During  the  period  from  1861  to  1865  the  building  began 
badly  to  need  repairs;  the  roof  leaked,  causing  no  small 


280  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

damage.  When  the  Confederate  authorities  took  possession 
of  the  college  buildings  for  a  hospital,  the  library  was 
exempted.  On  the  25th  of  October,  1865,  the  General  Assem- 
bly met  in  the  chapel  (the  gymnasium)  of  the  South 
Carolina  College;  but  at  the  end  of  a  week  the  senate  was 
removed  to  the  library,  which  it  continued  to  use  for  two 
years. 

The  annual  appropriation  for  the  library  is  not  large 
enough  to  meet  all  the  needs  of  the  various  departments; 
but  in  spite  of  this  by  careful  selection  and  good  judgment 
in  buying  an  excellent  working  library  of  modern  books  has 
been  secured.  Each  department  is  represented  by  periodi- 
cals both  foreign  and  American.  Complete  sets  of  many  of 
the  best  magazines  are  on  the  shelves.  The  older  portion  of 
the  library  contains  rare  and  costly  works  notably  in  his- 
tory and  travel,  classics  and  theology.  The  newspapers  of 
South  Carolina  and  all  other  material  relating  to  the  State 
receive  special  emphasis,  so  that  the  "South  Caroliniana" 
now  forms  an  important  collection  for  the  study  of  the  his- 
tory of  South  Carolina. 

The  list  of  the  Incunabula  belonging  to  the  library  is  a 
very  respectable  one.  "The  first  copy  of  RosellinFs  great 
work  on  the  Antiquities  of  Egypt  brought  to  the  United 
States  was  imported  for  this  library."  Here  are  also 
Champollion's  Monuments  de  FEgypte,  4  vols.  fol. ;  Descrip- 
tion de  FEgypte,  published  by  order  of  His  Majesty  the 
Emperor  Napoleon  the  Great,  22  vols. ;  Vyse  and  Perring's 
Pyramids  of  Gizeh;  and  Horeau's  Panorama  de  FEgypte. 
Among  the  other  collections  pertaining  to  antiquities  are 
the  27  folio  volumes  of  PiranesFs  Opere,  describing  the  ruins 
of  Rome;  the  Antichita  di  Ercolano  in  nine  folios; 
InghiramFs  Monumenti  Etruschi;  Archseologia,  or  Miscel- 
laneous Tracts  published  by  the  Society  of  Antiquaries  of 
London;  and  Lord  Kingsborough's  Antiquities  of  Mexico. 
Silvestre's  Universal  Palaeography,  2  vols.  folio  (Eng. 
Edit.),  and  Montfaucon's  Palseographia  Graeca  deserve 
mention.  The  BoydelFs  Shakespeare  and  Illustrations  in 
eleven  folio  volumes  is  worthy  of  more  than  passing  notice. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  281 

Of  note  also  are  the  Transactions  of  the  Linnaean  Society 
and  the  Histoire  Naturelle,  by  Buffon  and  others,  in  127 
vols. ;  the  Iconographia  della  Fauna  Italica,  by  Bonaparte 
(cost  flOO)  ;  and  Oliver's  Entomologie  and  Reeve's  Concho- 
logia  Iconica,  each  of  which  cost  $200.  Two  costly  sets  are 
the  Works  of  Muratori,  $600,  67  vols.,  and  the  Works  of 
Chrysostom,  $300,  in  13  quartos.  Migne's  Patrologia  are 
here,  a  set  of  books  now  hard  to  find.  Among  the  rare  and 
curious  works  on  History  and  Travel,  are  Travels  in  the 
Interior  of  North  America  (cost  $150),  by  Maximilian, 
Emperor  of  Mexico;  Purchas,  His  Pilgrimes;  De  Bry's 
America,  Parts  I.- VI.  (cost  $55)  ;  Richard  Hakluyt's  Collec- 
tion of  Voyages;  S.  D.  Langtree's  Collection  of  American 
Pamphlets,  90  vols : ;  Terneaux-Compans'  Recueil  des  Pieces, 
relating  to  America;  Barcia's  Ensayo  Cronologica,  Torque- 
mada's  Rituale  y  Monarquia  Indiana,  Herrera's  Descripcion 
de  las  Indias,  the  Inca's  Historia  del  Peru,  and  numerous 
other  Spanish  histories  relating  to  early  America. 

The  Library  Hall  is  a  peculiarly  attractive  building  with 
its  four  Roman-Doric  pillars  forming  the  portico.  The 
interior  is  the  admiration  of  every  beholder.  Beautifully 
arched  alcoves  contain  the  books,  and  the  shelves  reach  to 
the  galleries,  necessitating  the  use  of  ladders,  after  the  older 
style  of  library  arrangement.  Among  the  furniture  are 
massive  mahogany  cabinets  for  the  preservation  of  rare 
volumes,  such  as  Piranesi  and  Audubon,  and  a  round  table 
with  chairs  for  the  sessions  of  the  faculty  and  the  trustees ; 
the  table  and  chairs  were  purchased  in  1844  for  $466  for 
the  use  of  the  board.  In  1847  the  faculty,  giving  up  its  room 
in  one  of  the  dormitories,  began  its  sittings  in  the  library, 
which  were  kept  up  until  the  fall  of  1909.  Around  the  hall 
on  brackets  are  busts  of  famous  men  of  all  time,  most  of 
which  were  gathered  by  Professor  Lieber  and  placed  in  their 
present  positions  in  "radical  times."  There  are  also  busts 
of  Calhoun,  William  C.  Preston  (by  Hiram  Powers),  Chan- 
cellor DeSaussure,  George  McDuffie,  William  Harper, 
David  Johnson,  J.  L.  Manning  (by  Clark  Mills),  Dr.  Henry, 
F.  J.  Elmore.  On  the  walls  are  portraits  of  Jefferson, 


282  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Madison,  Thomas  Cooper,  W.  C.  Preston,  J.  H.  Thornwell, 
Dr.  A.  N.  Talley,  J.  J.  Evans,  D.  E.  Williams,  General  Beau- 
regard,  Professor  M.  LaBorde,  Professor  R.  Means  Davis, 
Presidents  Woodrow,  McBryde  and  Sloan,  and  Bishop 
William  Capers.  The  old  chair,  now  restored,  was  presented 
by  William  C.  Preston.  It  was  the  "quasi-throne"  of  the 
colonial  governors  of  South  Carolina. 

From  the  laws  of  1807  we  learn  that  the  library  was 
opened  on  Friday  and  Saturday  at  the  hours  appointed  by 
the  president.  Students  were  admitted  by  classes,  when  sent 
for  by  the  librarian,  and  did  not  enter  beyond  the  librarian's 
desk.  No  book  could  be  taken  out  until  it  was  covered  with 
clean  thick  paper.  Except  by  special  permission,  no  student 
could  take  out  or  have  in  his  possession  at  any  time  more 
than  one  folio  for  four  weeks,  or  one  quarto  for  three  weeks, 
or  one  octavo  for  two  weeks,  or  two  duodecimos  for  one 
week.  Strictest  decorum  was  required  while  books  were 
being  drawn  on  penalty  of  one  month's  deprivation  from  the 
use  of  the  library.  These  rules  were  gradually  modified. 
The  regulations  of  1853  allowed  students  to  take  out  books 
on  Tuesday,  Thursday  and  Saturday,  while  on  the  other 
week  days  they  could  enter  only  to  consult  a  reference  book 
or  settle  college  dues.  These  same  regulations  fix  the  penalty 
for  not  returning  a  book  on  time  at  25  cents  for  each  day 
until  the  sum  of  $2  was  reached,  when  the  delinquent  was 
to  be  notified.  Each  student  was  entitled  to  obtain  from 
the  library  at  one  time  one  quarto,  and  one  octavo,  or  as 
an  equivalent  three  octavos  or  four  duodecimos;  but  in  the 
case  of  students  preparing  compositions  for  the  public 
exhibitions  a  larger  number  could  be  drawn  by  applying  to 
the  faculty.  This  same  regulation  appears  in  the  1883 
edition  of  the  laws.  In  1883  the  library  was  opened  as  in 
1853.  It  was  later  opened  from  9  a.  m.  to  '6  p.  m.  every  day 
except  Sunday;  since  1910  it  has  been  kept  open  at  night 
until  10.  At  the  present  time  the  greatest  freedom  in  taking 
out  books  exists,  the  view  prevailing  that  the  books  are  for 
use.  Of  course  rare  and  valuable  works  are  carefully 
protected. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  283 

In  1807  the  fee  for  the  use  of  the  library  was  $2  for  the 
session.  The  laws  of  1836  fix  "the  fee  for  tuition  and  the 
use  of  the  library"  at  $50  for  the  year,  which  remained  the 
charge  until  the  South  Carolina  College  was  merged  into  the 
University  of  South  Carolina,  when  a  special  fee  of  $15  was 
made  for  the  library.  Resident  graduates  paid  $10  for  the 
use  of  the  library.  No  fee  has  been  exacted  since  the  revival 
of  the  college  in  1880. 

The  librarian  was  at  first  one  of  the  professors.  Joseph 
Lowry,  a  student,  held  the  position  for  two  years,  when  he 
was  followed  by  Dr.  Park,  who  for  fifteen  years  performed 
the  duties  of  professor  and  librarian ;  he  was  again  in  charge 
of  the  library  at  two  different  periods  until  his  death  in 
1844.  With  the  exception  of  Dr.  Park  and  M.  Michaelowitz, 
young  men,  either  tutors  or  recent  graduates,  filled  the 
librarian's  position  until  the  election  of  Rev.  C.  Bruce 
Walker  in  1862.  In  1823  the  librarian  was  also  the  treas- 
urer, and  after  1835  this  was  the  usual  arrangement  until 
1907.  He  was  furthermore  at  times  secretary  of  the  faculty 
and  of  the  trustees. 

THE  LIBRARIANS. 

Elisha  Hammond  (1774-1829),  father  of  Governor  J.  H. 
Hammond,  was  librarian  in  1805,  at  the  same  time  also  Pro- 
fessor of  Languages.  He  taught  only  a  year  and  a  half  in 
the  South  Carolina  College,  and  is  best  known  for  his  work 
as  principal  of  the  Mount  Bethel  Academy  in  Newberry. 
As  librarian  he  was  followed  by 

Joseph  Lowry,  a  student,  one  of  the  two  brothers  so  well 
known  in  connection  with  the  foundation  of  the  Clariosophic 
and  Euphradian  Literary  Societies.  He  held  the  office  two 
years. 

Dr.  Thomas  Park  (1767-1844),  was  elected  Professor  of 
Languages  in  1806  and  also  librarian  in  1808,  the  duties  of 
which  office  he  continued  to  perform  for  fifteen  years.  He 
acted  as  librarian  again  from  1839  to  1844.  Dr.  Park  was 
fond  of  writing  his  name  in  the  books  of  the  library.  See 
LaBorde's  History  of  the  South  Carolina  College,  pp. 
177-184. 


284  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Jaines  Divver  was  librarian  and  treasurer  for  the  year 
1823,  after  which  he  was  elected  tutor  in  Mathematics,  con- 
tinuing in  this  position  for  three  years.  He  was  succeeded  by 

Joseph  A.  Black,  who  held  the  position  till  1829,  when  he 
was  succeeded  by 

M.  Michaelowitz,  Teacher  of  Oriental  Literature  and 
Modern  Languages  as  well  as  librarian,  which  last  place  he 
filled  until  1834.  Oriental  Literature  meant  Hebrew  and 
Arabic. 

E.  W.  Johnston  was  elected  librarian,  December  15,  1834. 
Two  years  later  he  reports  that  he  has  completed  a  catalogue 
of  the  library. 

Elias  Hall,  elected  December  15,  1836,  succeeded  Johnston. 

Henry  C.  Davis,  the  son  of  Dr.  James  Davis,  the  first 
physician  of  the  Asylum,  had  charge  of  the  library  from 
1844  to  1848.  He  was  a  graduate  of  the  South  Carolina 
College  of  the  year  1844.  During  the  Civil  War  he  was  Lieu- 
tenant Colonel  of  the  12th  Regiment  South  Carolina  Volun- 
teers. He  was  the  father  of  the  late  Professor  B.  Means 
Davis. 

Fitz  W.  McMaster  (1828-1899).  Colonel  McMaster  grad- 
uated at  the  South  Carolina  College  in  1847,  and  was 
librarian  from  1848  to  1856.  He  took  a  conspicuous  part  in 
the  "Battle  of  the  Crater,"  where  his  admirable  handling  of 
Elliott's  Brigade  contributed  largely  to  the  repulse  of  the 
Federal  troops.  He  was  always  an  enthusiastic  and  devoted 
alumnus.  When  the  negroes  obtained  possession  of  the 
College,  he  saved  the  records  of  the  Euphradian  Society. 
After  the  days  of  Reconstruction  he  was  very  zealous  in 
aiding  to  reopen  the  South  Carolina  College,  then  a  Univer- 
sity. To  his  zeal  in  the  cause  of  education  both  the  schools 
of  Columbia  and  Winthrop  owe  much. 

Beverly  W.  Means  (1833-1862),  was  librarian  in  1862  at 
the  time  he  was  killed  at  the  Battle  of  Seven  Pines.  He  left 
the  South  Carolina  College  in  his  junior  year  in  one  of  the 
student  rebellions  and  completed  his  education  at  Harvard. 

Charles  Bruce  Walker  (1820-1875),  was  born  in  North 
Carolina,  but  received  part  of  his  education  at  the  South 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  285 

Carolina  College.  He  became  a  minister  of  the  Protestant 
Episcopal  Church.  From  1862  to  1873  he  was  a  most  faith- 
ful librarian.  The  last  MS.  catalogue  was  his  work. 

Robert  W.  Barn  well  (1801-18851),  was  President  of  the 
College  frpnil836  to  1841,  and  librarian  from  iS80  to  his 
death  in  1§§3.  Under  his  presidency  and  mainly  by  his 
efforts  the  library  building  was  erected  and  great  additions 
were  made  to  the  books.  He  was  repeatedly  urged  to  allow 
himself  again  to  be  made  President.  He  was  succeeded  by 
his  daughter 

Eliza  W.  Barnwell,  who  acted  as  librarian  from  1883  to 
1886;  and  she  was  followed  by  her  brother 

John  G.  Barnwell,  who  held  the  position  of  librarian  for 
two  years  (1886-1888). 

Isaac  H.  Means  (1826-1898),  brother  of  Beverley  W. 
Means,  a  graduate  of  the  class  of  1846,  was  librarian  from 
1888  to  1898,  being  taken  off  by  an  attack  of  pneumonia  in 
the  latter  year.  He  was  a  planter  in  Fairfield  County, 
Secretary  of  State  from  1858  to  1861,  and  Captain  in  the 
Confederate  Army. 

Frank  C.  Woodward,  President  from  1897  to  1902,  was 
also  librarian  and  treasurer  from  1898  to  1900. 

Margaret  H.  Rion,  daughter  of  Colonel  J.  H.  Rion,  was 
Dr.  Woodward's  assistant,  and  librarian  from  1900  to  1912. 
She  had  as  assistants  Miss  C.  Means  (1898-1899),  Miss 
Margaret  LeConte  (1899-1906),  Miss  A.  A.  Porcher  (1906- 
1907)  ;  Miss  C.  H.  Porcher  (1908-1910)  ;  Miss  Ethel  English 
(1910-1912). 

Robert  M.  Kennedy,  of  Camden,  A.  B.  1885,  A.  M.  1898, 
succeeded  Miss  Rion  in  1912. 


Harvard,  "the  first  of  New  England  Colleges  to  have  a  separate  build- 
ing devoted  exclusively  to  library  purposes,"  did  not  have  such  a  building 
completed  until  1841.  The  Yale  library  was  built  in  1843-46,  and 
Princeton  had  no  separate  library  structure  until  1873.  See  "College 
Libraries  in  the  United  States,"  in  the  New  England  Magazine  for  Decem- 
ber, 1897.  The  library  of  the  University  of  Virginia,  opened  in  1825, 
was  in  the  rotunda,  which  was  used  for  other  than  library  purposes. 


286  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


CHAPTER  XXII. 


STEWARD'S  HALL. 

In  order  that  the  purpose  of  the  founders  of  the  South 
Carolina  College,  that  the  college  should  be  the  great  unify- 
ing force  which  should  bring  all  sections  of  the  State  into 
harmony  might  be  fully  effected,  the  young  men  were  to 
room  together  in  dormitories  and  eat  at  one  common  table. 
There  were  also  two  other  reasons  that  determined  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  commons  system,  the  smallness  of  the  village 
of  Columbia,  which  could  not  supply  enough  boarding 
houses,  and  the  expectation  that  in  this  way  the  price  of 
board  could  be  controlled.  Moreover,  this  was  the  general 
system  in  vogue  at  the  time  among  colleges. 

All  students  were  required  to  take  their  meals  at  the 
commons,  except  those  whose  parents  or  guardians  resided 
in  Columbia  or  its  vicinity  and  wished  their  sons  or  wards 
to  board  at  home.  In  case  of  sickness,  on  certificate  of  a 
practicing  physician,  meals  could  be  taken  out  of  the  college. 
No  student  who  took  his  meals  at  the  commons  was  admitted 
to  the  privileges  of  the  college  unless  he  presented  a  receipt 
from  the  steward  that  his  board  had  been  paid. 

The  steward  was  elected  by  the  trustees  at  first  for  three 
years,  later  for  one  year.  He  was  under  the  power  of  the 
faculty,  whose  duty  it  was  to  see  that  the  meals  were  punc- 
tually served,  to  remove  him  from  office  for  any  violation  of 
his  bond  or  neglect  of  duty  and  to  fill  the  vacancy  during 
the  recess  of  the  board.  The  faculty  was  also  to  make  any 
rules  that  should  be  necessary  to  secure  a  proper  discharge 
of  the  steward's  duty.  He  was  placed  under  a  bond  of  f  5,000, 
at  least  after  1836.  It  was  his  duty  to  "supply  the  commons 
with  wholesome  food,  in  sufficient  quantities  and  well  pre- 
pared (such  as  is  used  in  private  families  in  the  town  of 
Columbia)  at  a  sum  therein  to  be  stipulated  per  week,  to 
be  paid  quarterly  (at  first  half  yearly)  in  advance,  out  of 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  287 

the  funds  deposited  by  the  students,  respectively,  in  the 
hands  of  the  Treasurer  for  that  purpose."  The  pay  of  the 
steward  was  derived  from  the  profit  that  he  could  make  out 
of  the  board  of  the  students.  No  deduction  was  made  for 
absence  from  meals,  unless  the  absence  extended  to  one 
week  and  longer,  notice  having  been  given  of  the  departure. 
The  absence  had  to  be  an  actual  absence  from  the  town  of 
Columbia. 

It  was  also  a  duty  of  the  steward  during  the  first  thirty 
years  of  the  history  of  the  college  to  "cause  all  the  inhabited 
rooms  in  the  College,  and  the  entries,  to  be  cleanly  swept 
every  day,  and  all  the  beds  to  be  decently  made  at  the  same 
time.  He  shall  also  cause  the  chapel  to  be  swept  once  every 
week,  and  to  be  cleanly  washed,  once  every  fortnight.  For 
the  services  required  in  this  law,  each  student  shall  pay  to 
the  steward  four  dollars  per  year,  to  be  charged  in  his  bills 
of  commons,  one  half  in  advance."  He  was  particularly 
enjoined  to  look  after  the  preservation  of  the  keys  to  the 
rooms  in  the  dormitories.  The  repairs  to  fences  and  edifices, 
under  the  direction  of  the  standing  committee,  were  attended 
to  by  him.  He  had  to  look  after  the  students'  washing, 
"since  great  inconvenience  arises  to  the  College  from  the 
students  procuring  the  washing  of  their  clothes  in  the  town 
of  Columbia,"  for  which  he  was  allowed  the  usual  compen- 
sation. He  was  allowed  to  sell  to  the  students  in  the  hours 
of  recreation  "cider,  beer,  bread,  butter,  cheese,  tea,  coffee, 
chocolate,  milk,  apples,  and  such  other  articles  as  the  Presi- 
dent shall  permit,  in  small  quantities  and  at  a  reasonable 
price ;  but  shall  sell  no  article  on  credit."  A  superintendent 
of  buildings  was  elected  in  1823,  so  that  the  duty  of  attend- 
ing to  repairs  was  taken  from  the  steward.  After  1836  he 
no  longer  had  any  other  duty  than  that  of  conducting  the 
commons. 

After  the  Commons  Hall  was  completed  in  1806  the 
steward  and  his  family  occupied  the  second  story  until  the 
increase  in  the  number  of  students  in  1837  compelled  the 
trustees  to  purchase  at  a  cost  of  |2,000  the  house  of  a 
Mr.  Daniels  nearby  for  their  use;  the  upper  floor  of  the 


288  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

hall  was  fitted  up  for  a  dining  room.  At  the  end  of  1842 
the  position  of  bursar  was  created  carrying  with  it  a  salary 
of  f  1,500,  the  hope  of  the  board  being  that  if  management 
of  the  commons  should  be  compensated  for  in  this  way  and 
not  be  dependent  on  the  profit  from  the  table,  the  food  would 
be  better,  which  would  remove  the  one  great  cause  of  com- 
plaint against  the  system.  Unfortunately,  this  expectation 
was  not  realized.  The  salary  was  reduced  to  f  1,000  in  1846. 
The  positions  of  bursar  and  marshal  were  combined  in  1865 
and  so  remained  for  ten  years;  but  only  the  salary  of  the 
marshal  was  paid  to  the  new  officer.  Since  the  erection  of 
the  new  hall  in  1902  the  matrons  have  received  fixed  com- 
pensation. 

Before  the  opening  of  the  college  in  1805  a  contract  was 
made  with  George  Wade  to  "diet"  the  students ;  but  he  must 
have  soon  wearied  of  the  undertaking,  as  a  contract  with 
Timothy  Rives  was  reported  to  the  board  in  April,  1805. 
Rives  continued  to  act  as  steward  for  two  years,  perhaps 
until  the  steward's  hall  on  the  campus  was  completed.  He 
ran  a  tavern,  which  stood  across  the  street  from  the  old 
capitol  on  a  site  now  a  part  of  the  State  House  grounds. 
There  must  have  been  some  trouble  from  students  boarding 
with  him  and  his  successor,  Dr.  Samuel  Green,  both  of  whom 
were  innkeepers,  because  the  board  ordered  in  June,  1808, 
that  the  steward  should  reside  in  the  hall  and  not  be  the 
keeper  of  any  tavern  or  boarding  house.  The  legislature 
of  December,  1805,  granted  at  the  request  of  the  board  the 
sum  of  $6,000  for  the  purpose  of  erecting  a  commons  hall 
on  the  campus.  The  standing  committee  was  directed  to 
select  a  site  and  adopt  plans.  The  site  selected  was  that  on 
which  Harper  College  now  stands.  Mr.  Clark,  who  was  with 
Mr.  Mills  joint  author  of  the  plans  for  the  first  buildings, 
furnished  the  plans  and  contracted  to  have  the  hall  ready 
for  the  students  by  the  1st  of  the  following  October.  It  was 
in  use  in  November,  although  it  was  not  quite  finished. 
When  Harper  College  was  built  in  1848,  the  trustees  pur- 
chased the  house  of  a  Mr.  Beard  on  the  corner  of  Main  and 
Green  streets,  which  with  some  repairs  and  additions  was 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  289 

found  to  be  admirably  suited  for  the  purposes  of  a  commons 
hall.  This  building  was  in  1902  rented  to  outside  persons, 
after  the  present  hall  was  occupied.  It  was  so  dilapidated 
that  it  was  torn  down  in  1907.  The  present  steward's  hall, 
west  of  the  gymnasium,  was  put  up  in  1901  at  a  cost  of 
$11,000.  This  new  hall  was  erected  on  the  site  of  an  old 
cottage,  Which  was  built  by  the  Federals  for  a  commissary. 
Walters  and  Edwards  were  architects;  the  contractor  was 
J.  M.  Eboch.  On  account  of  the  large  increase  in  the  student 
body  it  became  necessary  to  ask  the  legislature  of  1913  for 
a  sum  to  enlarge  the  dining  hall,  construct  a  refrigerating 
plant  and  remodel  the  kitchen. 

At  first  every  professor  residing  in  the  college  had  to 
board  in  the  commons,  and  a  regulation  of  June  27,  1808, 
required  the  senior  professor  present  to  say  grace  both  before 
and  after  meals.  No  student  could  leave  before  final  grace. 
Later  the  professors  took  turns  in  monthly  rotation  in  attend- 
ing at  meals  and  only  one  grace  was  asked,  the  one  before 
the  meal.  The  students  were  to  enter  the  hall  in  a  decent 
and  orderly  manner,  and  to  conduct  themselves  with  pro- 
priety while  in  the  hall,  and  if  any  one  violated  this  rule  or 
was  guilty  of  talking  loud,  or  striking  or  treating  the  servants 
ill,  or  otherwise  misbehaving,  he  was  punished  by  admoni- 
tion or  suspension.  They  were  by  these  early  laws  to  take 
their  seats  by  classes  and  in  alphabetical  order.  In  going 
from  the  hall  the  seniors  retired  first,  the  others  in  succes- 
sion, according  to  classes.  All  waste  of  provisions  and 
destruction  of  table  furniture  was  strictly  forbidden.  When 
the  steward  was  compelled  to  move  into  another  house  in 
1837,  the  seniors  were  given  their  meals  in  the  second  story, 
while  the  other  classes  ate  in  the  room  below,  according  to 
the  recollection  of  the  late  Professor  William  J.  Kivers,  who 
was  a  student  in  the  college  at  that  period. 

The  bell  ringer,  two  servants,  who  waited  on  the  tables, 
and  one  professor,  who  presided,  were  given  board  free  of 
cost.  A  cover  was,  according  to  the  laws  of  1845,  reserved 
daily  for  one  trustee. 

As  early  as  November,  1806,  the  students  began  to  com- 

19— H.   U. 


290  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

plain :  they  sent  a  committee  to  the  president  to  ask  that  the 
steward  be  required  to  furnish  board  according  to  contract. 
Bills  of  fare  were  prepared.  The  first  one  to  appear  in  the 
minutes,  June  27,  1808,  states  that  supper  should  consist 
of  "tea,  coffee,  bread,  butter,  cold  meats,  etc."  A  complete 
bill  of  fare  is  printed  in  the  laws  of  1848,  in  accordance  with 
which  breakfast  was  made  up  of  "Good  Coffee  'and  Tea, 
Wheat  Bread,  Butter,  Hominy,  and  Eggs  or  cold  Meat" ;  for 
dinner  "There  shall  be,  for  every  day,  Wheat  and  Corn  Bread, 
and  Kice,  and  one  or  more  vegetable  dishes.  On  Sunday. — 
Poultry  or  Roast  Beef,  Ham  and  dessert.  On  Monday. — 
Soup,  Roast  Beef  or  Veal  and  Ham.  On  Tuesday. — Corned 
Beef,  Pork  or  Steak.  On  Wednesday. — Poultry  or  Roast 
Beef  or  Ham.  On  Thursday. — Bacon,  Mutton  or  Steak  and 
dessert.  On  Friday. — Fish,  Corned  Beef  or  Pork.  On  Satur- 
day.— Soup,  Roast  Beef  or  Veal  or  Mutton  and  Ham.  With 
such  other  varieties  as  the  market  will  afford.";  for  tea, 
"Coffee  and  Tea,  Bread,  Butter,  and  occasionally  cold  meats." 
Dr.  Cooper  succeeded  in  breaking  up  the  system  of  com- 
mons near  the  close  of  his  administration.  "The  College," 
said  he,  "is  in  yearly  jeopardy  of  being  destroyed  by  the 
disputes  about  eating."  Chancellor  DeSaussure,  Hon. 
William  Harper  and  Hon.  W.  C.  Preston,  who  had  been 
appointed  a  committee  to  investigate  the  subject  of  commons 
in  general  after  the  rebellion  against  the  Steward's  Hall,  in 
which  a  combination  was  entered  into  not  to  eat  at  the  Hall 
after  March  1,  1827,  resulting  in  the  expulsion  of  almost  the 
entire  senior  class,  declared  in  their  report  to  the  board 
November,  1828,  that,  "in  most  cases  where  the  system  of 
College  discipline  has  obliged  the  students  to  board  in  Com- 
mons discontent  and  disorder  have  followed,  and  wherever 
the  students  have  their  option  to  board  either  at  the  Commons 
or  at  private  houses,  order  and  satisfaction  have  prevailed." 
In  accordance  with  the  recommendation  of  the  report  the 
trustees  resolved  that  students  on  the  written  authority  of 
their  parents  might  board  in  such  private  houses  within  the 
town  of  Columbia  as  might  be  licensed  by  the  faculty.  The 
new  arrangement  was  not  satisfactory,  for  such  other  mis- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  291 

chiefs  were  produced  that,  according  to  Dr.  Cooper  two  years 
later,  they  had  to  be  conquered,  "or  recur  to  the  former 
arrangement,  at  whatever  cost." 

After  Dr.  Cooper  had  been  forced  to  resign  and  the  college 
was  reorganized,  the  old  system  was  restored.  In  Dr.  Henry's 
first  report  as  president,  May  4,  1842,  he  tells  the  board 
"That,  as  usual,  the  chief  difficulties  in  the  government  of 
the  College  have  arisen  from  disagreements  between  the 
students  and  the  steward,  in  regard  to  their  respective  rights 
and  obligations."  These  quarrels  had  resulted  in  the  suspen- 
sion of  several  students.  On  the  1st  of  January,  1843,  a 
bursar  was  elected  with  a  fixed  salary,  subject  to  a  Board 
of  Supervision  consisting  of  the  faculty  and  five  trustees. 
This  it  was  hoped  would  end  all  disputes ;  but  the  hope  was 
soon  to  be  a  vanished  dream.  The  commons  had  been  odious 
from  the  beginning,  and  no  amount  of  modification  could 
overcome  the  dislike.  Professor  Thornwell  adds  in  his  report 
in  1850  that,  "The  dissatisfaction  of  the  students,  as  it 
appears  to  me,  arises  from  the  unpleasant  association  con- 
nected with  the  place,  as  a  place  of  compulsory  boarding. 
The  disgust  extends  to  everything  about  the  establishment, 
and  by  a  natural  illusion  they  transfer  to  their  food  the 
prejudices  against  the  system  that  provides  it."  Two  years 
later  he  writes  as  president  that  the  commons  were  going 
smoothly;  but  the  calm  was  that  which  precedes  the  storm. 
The  students  petitioned  for  a  change,  which  was  refused. 
They  memorialized  again  with  a  secret  written  pledge  that, 
if  they  were  not  successful,  they  would  withdraw  from  the 
college  by  taking  dismissals.  Dr.  LaBorde  expresses  the 
belief  that  they  did  not  think  they  were  violating  a  law  of 
the  institution  in  so  binding  themselves.  To  the  board,  how- 
ever, it  appeared  to  be  an  unlawful  combination,  so  that  it 
was  a  serious  question  whether  under  the  circumstances  any 
action  could  be  taken  without  weakening  the  authority  of 
the  faculty  and  trustees.  A  committee  was  appointed  to 
confer  with  the  committee  from  the  students  in  regard  to 
the  pledge  and  the  whole  affair.  President  Thornwell  in  a 
second  letter  to  the  board  urged  leniency  in  the  enforcement 
of  the  law  and  such  modification  of  the  system  as  would 


292  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

remove  all  objectionable  features.  A  written  communication 
from  the  students  set  forth  their  position.  A  memorial  from 
thirty  students  who  had  not  entered  into  the  combination 
was  in  the  meantime  addressed  to  the  board,  which  there- 
upon dismissed  the  matter  with  the  adoption  of  a  resolution, 
"That  the  recommendation  of  the  President  of  the  College 
to  modify  the  Commons,  and  the  memorial  of  the  thirty 
students,  are  entitled  to  the  favorable  consideration  of  the 
Board ;  and  that  a  Committee  be  appointed  to  devise  a  plan 
for  carrying  out  the  recommendation  of  the  President,  and 
that  the  said  Committee  report  at  the  meeting  in  May."  As 
the  board  adjourned  without  granting  immediate  relief  to 
the  memorialists  who  had  entered  the  combination,  all  the 
signers  felt  it  their  duty  to  leave  in  conformity  to  their 
pledge.  Thus  terminated  the  great  "Biscuit  Rebellion." 

In  accordance  with  the  desire  of  the  board  the  committee 
appointed  in  December  reported  on  the  commons  at  the  meet- 
ing in  May.  All  students  whose  parents  or  guardians  were 
unwilling  that  they  should  board  in  the  commons  were 
allowed  to  board  at  houses  licensed  by  the  faculty  on  the 
following  conditions :  "Each  of  these  houses  must,  through 
a  responsible  proprietor,  engage,  1.  That  a  lady  shall  always 
preside  at  the  table;  2.  That  the  meals  shall  be  punctually 
furnished  at  the  same  hour  with  the  meals  in  commons; 
3.  That  no  intoxicating  liquor,  whether  distilled  or  fermented, 
shall  be  supplied  to  the  students  in  the  house,  or  by  any 
person  connected  with  it ;  and  none  be  permitted  to  be  drunk 
at  the  table,  or  by  a  student  in  the  house;  4.  That  the  mis- 
conduct of  a  student  in  the  house  shall  be  reported  to  the 
Faculty,  and  in  case  of  disorder  suspected  or  known,  the 
house  shall  be  subject  to  the  visitation  of  the  Faculty.  The 
violation  of  any  of  these  conditions  shall  cause  a  forfeit  of 
the  license."  Written  application  to  board  at  such  houses 
had  to  be  made  to  the  president  at  the  beginning  of  the  ses- 
sion or  on  two  weeks'  notice,  on  penalty  of  paying  two  weeks 
board  in  the  commons.  Riotous  or  disorderly  conduct  at  the 
boarding  house  or  failure  to  return  from  meals  at  the  hours 
prescribed  brought  forfeit  of  the  liberty  of  boarding  out  of 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  293 

the  commons.  The  bursar  continued  to  run  the  commons 
as  a  boarding  house,  with  a  stipulated  price  for  board,  three 
dollars  a  week  at  this  time,  which  he  was  to  receive  as  his 
compensation.  He  was  allowed  the  use  of  the  hall  and  its 
furniture  and  garden,  subject  to  the  obligation  of  keeping 
them  in  good  repair.  The  bell-ringer  was  to  be  given  his 
board.  One  of  the  professors,  as  before,  attended  meals  and 
asked  blessing.  Occasional  meals  were  permitted  at  rates 
prescribed  by  the  faculty. 

Since  1904  the  Steward's  Hall  has  been  managed  as  a 
cooperative  enterprise  under  a  board  of  managers  consisting 
of  six  members,  three  from  the  faculty  and  three  from  the 
students  who  board  at  the  hall.  There  is  a  student  manager 
or  assistant  to  the  matron.  Since  1913  the  waiters  at  the 
tables  have  been  students. 

The  stewards  have  been  the  following:  George  Wade, 
1805 ;  Timothy  Rives,  April,  1805 ;  Dr.  Samuel  Green,  1807 ; 
Roland  Williamson,  1811 ;  —  Rudolph,  1813 ;  —  Hammond, 
1815;  J.  H.  Randolph,  1821;  Benjamin  Williams,  1825; 
Hartwell  Macon,  1828;  Samuel  Murray,  1830;  D.  Harrison, 
1830 — no  commons  in  1833-34,  according  to  the  president's 
report,  as  the  number  of  students  was  too  small  to  justify 
the  election  of  a  steward — William  Holmes,  1835 ;  Professor 
Twiss,  1837 ;  Mr.  Hunt  ( ?)  ;  William  Gilliam,  1838.  Bursars 
were  elected  after  1842.  These  were:  W.  Baskin,  1842; 
T.  Anderson,  1846;  Col.  A.  H.  Gladden,  1848;  Thomas 
Gleaves,  1852;  John  B.  Black,  1855;  K.  S.  Dargan,  1858 
(permitted  to  occupy  the  hall  during  the  war).  When  the 
University  of  South  Carolina  was  created  in  1865,  the  offices 
of  bursar  and  marshal  were  combined  and  the  new  office  was 
filled  by:  W.  H.  Orchard,  1865;  James  Davis,  1869-1875. 
Dover  Davis,  colored,  who  conducted  a  mess  during  radical 
times,  was  caterer  after  the  reopening  in  1880  up  to  the  year 
1893.  Mr.  N.  Heyward,  a  student,  attempted  to  manage  the 
hall  in  1893,  but  soon  turned  it  over  to  Ike  Peterson,  colored, 
who  was  followed  by  J.  Gray  in  1896  and  W.  W.  Horsford 
in  1897.  The  present  hall  has  been  in  the  charge  of  a  matron : 
Miss  L.  Cloyd,  1902 ;  Mrs.  A.  Ball,  1902 ;  Mrs.  Talley,  1906 ; 
Mrs.  A.  Ball,  1906 ;  Mrs.  S.  L.  Latimer,  1908. 


294  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


CHAPTER  XXIII 


COST  OF  THE   UNIVERSITY   TO   THE   STATE — SALARIES — STUDENT 
EXPENSES — SCHOLARSHIPS. 

The  report  of  the  comptroller  general  of  the  State,  William 
Laval,  December  8,  1845,  contains  a  detailed  statement  of 
the  appropriations  made  by  the  legislature  for  the  college 
from  its  foundation.  His  abstract  shows: 

For  College  Buildings f  129,000.00 

"    Repairs 40,936.23 

"    Salaries  472,900.00 

"    Library  Books 27,000.00 

"    Insurance 10,323.00 

"    Apparatus 3,000.00 

"    Cabinet  of  Minerals 3,000.00 

"    Rent  of  Houses 600.00 

"    Orphans  at  College 11,020.00 

"    Purchase  of  Jack  (a  slave) 900.00 


Total  Appropriations $698,679.23 

From  the  year  1845  to  the  close  of  1860  the  appropriations 

were : 

For  College  Buildings f  35,000.00 

"  Salaries  333,300.00 

"  Library  Books 30,000.00 

"  Orphans  6,400.00 

"  Assistant  in  Dept.  of  Chemistry  and  Geology  600.00 


Total  Appropriations $405,300.00 

Appropriations  were  made  for  the  support  of  the  college 
during  the  years  1861,  1862  and  1863;  but  nothing  was 
granted  for  the  years  1864  and  1865.  Such  money  as  was 
available  in  the  last  two  years  came  from  rents  and  loans 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  295 

from  the  governor's  contingent  fund.  No  provision  was 
made  for  the  purchase  of  books  or  the  maintenance  of 
orphans.  The  amount  appropriated  during  the  three  years 
for  salaries  was  f 66,800. 

The  University  of  South  Carolina  received  by  appropria- 
tion from  1865  to  the  1st  of  October,  1873 : 

Salaries  f!63,300 

Kepairs 14,100 

Insurance 1,800 

Library  (books)    2,000 


Total  Appropriations $181,200 

The  amounts  appropriated  during  the  negro  regime  will  be 
found  at  the  close  of  the  sketch  of  the  University  under  negro 
rule  in  the  Appendix. 

From  the  closing  of  the  institution  in  1877  until  it  was 
opened  in  1880  the  legislature  appropriated : 

Insurance $3,000 

Librarian 1,500 

Repairs 1,200 


Total  Appropriations $5,700 

The  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College  cost  the  State  by 
direct  appropriation: 

Insurance $4,000 

Librarian   1,000 

Support — items  not  specified 20,000 


$25,000 


296  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

For  the  South  Carolina  College,  five  years,  the  appropria- 
tions were: 

Support  $96,500 

Additional  Salaries 4,000 

Insurance  and  Repairs 10,000 

Librarian   2,500 

Mechanical  Department 2,200 

Damage  from  Earthquake 500 


Total  Appropriation $115,700 

For  the  University  of  South  Carolina,  1888-1891,  the  legis- 
lature appropriated : 

Support $103,500 

Library  (books) 1,000 

Insurance  and  Repairs 7,500 

Librarian   1,500 

Mechanical  Department 9,000 


Total  Appropriation $122,500 

The  support  of  the  South  Carolina  College  cost  the  State 
by  appropriation,  1891-1906: 

Maintenance,  given  without  items $451,553 

Building 11,000 

Sewerage 15,000 


Total  Appropriation $477,553 

From  1906  through  1913  the  appropriations  have  been 
$638,230.51,  in  which  is  included  $168,401.42  for  buildings. 

The  total  appropriations  made  by  the  legislature  from  the 
chartering  of  the  South  Carolina  College  through  the  year 
1913  have  amounted  to  $2,736,662.74.  The  sums  appropriated 
for  buildings  have  amounted  to  $357,000.  In  the  ante-bellum 
days  the  trustees  often  saved  large  sums  from  the  tuition 
fees,  which  were  devoted  to  the  purchase  of  books  or  to 
repairs  or  erection  of  buildings. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  297 

SALARIES. 

At  the  opening  of  the  college  in  1805  the  president's  salary 
was  f 2,500;  the  professor  of  mathematics  received  f  1,500; 
the  other  professors  were  paid  f  1,000.  Five  years  later  the 
legislature  appropriated  f  1,600  for  the  proposed  professor- 
ship of  chemistry.  In  1812  the  salaries  of  all  the  professors 
were  equalized  at  $1,600,  the  board  adding  $600  from  the 
contingent  fund  to  the  salaries  of  the  professors  of  moral 
philosophy  and  languages.  Six  years  later  the  president's 
salary  was  raised  to  $3,000,  that  of  the  professors  to  $2,000. 
At  the  reorganization  (in  1836)  the  salaries  of  professors 
were  increased  to  $2,500 ;  the  president's  salary  was  not 
changed.  Two  tutors  were  added  to  the  teaching  force  in 
1806  at  a  salary  of  $600  each,  which  was  increased  in  1818 
to  $1,000. 

As  the  faculty  was  required  to  live  on  the  campus,  quarters 
had  to  be  furnished  them.  For  two  years,  before  the  presi- 
dent's house  was  built,  this  officer  lived  at  Mrs.  Elizabeth 
Brown's  and  had  his  board  paid.  The  professors  and  tutors 
lived  in  the  college  buildings  with  the  students.  In  course  of 
time  houses  were  built  for  the  professors.  Professor  Perrault 
received  $225  per  annum  for  house  rent  as  long  as  he  lived 
outside  the  college.  In  1836  $600  was  allowed  for  annual 
rent  for  two  professors.  Professor  Henry  was  given  $400  in 
1849,  and  $450  in  1854,  for  house  rent.  Professor  John 
LeConte  received  $500  for  rent  in  1857. 

At  the  close  of  1865  $16,625  was  due  the  professors  and 
officers  on  salaries;  Governor  McGrath  had  not  seen  fit  to 
make  any  advance  for  the  college,  so  that  the  professors  had 
received  nothing  since  September  30,  1864.  The  legislature 
never  made  any  appropriation  to  pay  this  deficit. 

When  the  University  of  South  Carolina  was  opened  in 
1866,  the  professors  received  a  salary  of  $1,000  and  the  fees 
of  their  students.  This  created  great  inequality,  as  some  of 
the  departments  were  more  attended  than  others.  In  1869 
the  salaries  were  increased  to  $2,000,  with  a  possibility  of 
$500  more  from  fees;  five  per  cent  was  paid  as  an  income 


298  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

tax,  which  reduced  the  salary  to  f  1,900.  During  the  radical 
days  from  1873  to  1877  the  salary  remained  unchanged. 

From  1880  the  president  was  paid  at  the  rate  of  $2,500 
per  annum;  the  professors  earned  f 2,000,  which  was  cut 
down  to  f  1,900  during  Hon.  B.  K.  Tillman's  term  of  office  as 
governor.  This  was  restored  to  $2,000  in  1907.  A  house  is 
given  to  the  full  professors,  and  if  there  is  no  house  avail- 
able, they  receive  $300  for  rent  (since  1880).  When  Presi- 
dent S.  C.  Mitchell  was  elected  in  1908,  the  president's  salary 
was  made  $3,500.  The  dean  of  the  University  receives  $2,500. 
An  associate  professor,  who  ranks  next  to  the  full  professor, 
is  paid  $1,500.  The  third  rank  is  that  of  the  adjunct,  who 
receives  $1,200.  Next  to  him  is  the  instructor,  with  a  salary 
of  $800.  Student  assistants  have  a  remuneration  of  $100. 
Occasionally  a  different  sum  is  paid  for  a  special  assistant. 

The  salary  of  the  librarian  has  varied :  in  1805  it  was  $100, 
which  was  later  increased  to  $500;  this  was  the  salary  for 
over  fifty  years,  until  an  increase  was  made  during  the  time 
the  librarianship  was  held  by  Miss  Rion.  It  is  at  present 
$1,700. 

Usually  combined  with  the  office  of  librarian  was  that  of 
treasurer.  The  treasurer  received  in  1805  the  same  sum  as 
the  librarian:  both  officers  were  professors.  In  1848  the 
treasurer's  salary  was  $500.  The  same  person  often  held  the 
position  of  librarian  and  treasurer  and  received  both  salaries. 
He  might  also  be  secretary  to  the  board  of  trustees  and  secre- 
tary to  the  faculty.  The  laws  of  1848  provided,  that,  "The 
librarian,  in  addition  to  the  duties  naturally  belonging  to 
the  department  of  a  Librarian,  shall  perform  those  of  Treas- 
urer and  of  Secretary  of  the  Faculty."  He  was  to  hold  his 
office  at  the  pleasure  of  the  board  and  be  paid  a  salary  of 
$1,500.  Previous  to  1848  professors  had  acted  as  secretaries 
of  the  faculty,  which  custom  was  revived  in  1880.  A  regula- 
tion now  requires  the  secretary  of  the  faculty  to  be  chosen 
from  the  adjunct  professors.  There  has  been  no  salary 
received  by  the  professors  for  this  work.  Since  1907  the  posi- 
tion of  librarian  and  treasurer  have  been  divided.  The  latter 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  299 

officer  has  a  salary  of  $1,200.    The  present  incumbent  also 
acts  as  secretary  of  the  board  of  trustees. 

The  marshal  was  paid  $400  from  the  first,  which  has  been 
increased  in  recent  years  to  $720,  house  rent  of  $180  being 
added.  He  was  shortly  after  the  office  was  created  in  1835 
given  rent  and  then  a  house.  The  house  now  occupied  by 
Professor  Baker  was  built  for  the  marshal. 

ESTIMATED  EXPENSES   OF  A   STUDENT. 

"Every  student,"  read  the  laws  of  1806,  "shall  furnish  his 
proportion  of  wood,  candles,  furniture,  etc.,  in  the  room 
assigned  him,  during  his  residence  in  it ;  and  if  any  one  shall 
neglect  to  do  this,  it  shall  be  supplied  by  the  steward,  and 
the  amount  charged  in  his  bills."  Two  dollars  were  exacted 
as  a  library  fee.  For  janitor's  service  a  student  paid  $4,  half 
in  advance  with  the  tuition.  At  entrance  and  every  six 
months  as  long  as  he  remained  in  college  he  paid  $10  for  his 
tuition.  Board  was  at  first  placed  at  $2  a  week  payable  in 
advance  half  yearly,  and  no  deductions  were  allowed  for  any 
time  less  than  a  week.  A  breakage  fee,  amount  not  stated, 
was  demanded.  $175  would  have  covered  these  items. 

A  committee  of  three,  P.  M.  Butler,  W.  F.  DeSaussure  and 
D.  J.  McCord,  Esqs.,  formed  at  the  time  of  the  reorganization 
in  1835  for  the  purpose  of  finding  out  what  were  the  neces- 
sary expenses  of  a  student  during  the  collegiate  year, 
reported  that  the  sum  of  $350  was  sufficient  to  pay  all  the 
annual  expenses  independent  of  the  purchase  of  such  books 
as  the  collegiate  course  might  require.  $50  they  regarded  as 
the  proper  amount  for  beds,  bedding  and  room  furniture  of 
every  description :  this  was  for  the  four  years.  They  regarded 
$50  as  sufficient  pocket  money,  which  they  included  in  the 
estimate  of  $350. 

The  trustees  deemed  it  their  duty  to  call  the  attention  of 
parents  and  guardians  to  the  absolute  necessity  of  restrain- 
ing the  expenditures  of  students  sent  to  the  college  within  a 
reasonable  limit.  "Young  gentlemen,"  said  the  committee, 
"are  sent  to  the  College  for  the  purpose  of  study,  and  not  for 
pleasure.  They  are  sent  to  complete  their  education,  and  to 


300  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

qualify  themselves  for  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of  life. 
How  far  this  object  is  likely  to  be  defeated  by  an  unlimited 
supply  of  funds,  must,  upon  slight  consideration,  be  apparent 
to  all. 

"Thrown  into  the  heart  of  a  large  town,  a  young  man  must 
have  very  fixed  principles,  and  great  self  control,  who  is 
able  to  resist  the  allurements  of  pleasure,  with  his  pockets 
full  of  gold,  and  an  unlimited  means  of  commanding  every- 
thing which  the  most  unbridled  appetites  can  desire.  College 
discipline  will  in  vain  be  exerted  to  restrain  him,  whom  the 
cruel  kindness  or  inconsiderate  indulgence  of  his  parents  has 
thus  exposed  to  so  severe  a  trial.  The  parent  who,  in  the 
fearful  struggle  between  pleasure  and  duty,  thus  takes  sides 
with  the  former  against  his  child,  is  laying  the  sure  founda- 
tion of  bitter  and  unavailing  regret  on  his  part,  and  of  blasted 
health,  corrupted  morals,  and  blighted  prospects  for  the 
object  of  his  anxious  cares.  'Lead  us  not  into  temptation'  is 
a  heaven  taught  prayer,  and  he  that  stands  most  sure  needs 
often  to  repeat  it. 

"The  Committee  are  thus  earnest  in  their  appeal,  because 
the  history  of  this  College,  and  of  every  other,  bears  ample 
testimony  to  the  fatal  effect  of  unlimited  indulgence  in  the 
command  of  money;  and  because  the  evil  consequence  are 
not  confined  to  the  unfortunate  victim  of  false  indulgence, 
but  spread  their  corrupting  influence  over  all  around  him. 

"The  Committee  repeat  the  assurance  that  the  estimate 
of  expenses  has  been  made  with  anxious  care,  and  after  full 
inquiry,  and  that  any  allowance  that  shall  go  beyond  it,  is 
calculated  to  produce  injury  both  to  the  student  and  the 
College. 

"In  conclusion  they  make  a  most  solemn  appeal  to  parents 
and  guardians  not  to  pay  any  account  contracted,  beyond  this 
estimate ;  particularly  to  grog  shops,  or  for  other  superfluous 
expenditures." 

The  expenditures  of  a  student  in  1847  are  thus  estimated 
in  the  1848  edition  of  the  laws : 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  301 

Tuition,  room  rent,  use  of  library $  50.00 

Board  @  (2.50  per  week 100.00 

Fuel  .  12.00 


1162.00 
To  be  added  to  this  was  one-fourth  of 

Text  books  for  four  years f  45.00 

Paper,  pens,  ink,  etc 10.00 

Lights   16.00 

Furniture 20.00 

$91.00 

22.75 


$184.75 

This  was  the  first  estimate  to  be  published.  Beginning 
with  1848  the  catalogues  carried  estimates,  the  estimate  for 
this  year  being  $3.75  less  than  for  the  preceding  year,  as 
follows : 

Board,  about  40  weeks,  at  $2.50  per  week $100.00 

Tuition,  room  rent  and  use  of  library 50.00 

Fuel 10.00 

Washing,  from  $12  to 15.00 

Lights,  about 6.00 


$181.00 

The  catalogue  of  1852  makes  the  sum  total  $194,  adding 
servant  hire,  $10,  and  putting  fuel  at  $14.    In  1860  the  esti- 
mate was : 
Board   (in  commons)  about  37  weeks,  at  $3.50  per 

week $129.50 

Tuition,  room  rent,  use  of  library 50.00 

Fuel,  from $15  to    25.00 

Washing,  from 12  to     15.00 

Servant  hire 9.00 

Lights,  from $6  to     12.00 

$240.50 


302  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Board  at  the  licensed  boarding  houses  varied  from  $3.50 
to  $4  per  week. 

The  amount  spent  by  a  student  of  the  old  South  Carolina 
College  varied  between  wide  limits.  A  son  of  one  of  the  gov- 
ernors, who  could  have  spent  freely,  used  about  $400  each 
year  above  the  cost  of  tuition  and  board,  which  amounted  to 
nearly  $600.  A  student  who  lived  in  Columbia  had  occasion 
to  spend  "almost  nothing."  For  another  the  whole  year's 
expense  was  about  $400.  Occasionally  a  young  man  cooked 
his  own  meals  in  his  room,  which  greatly  reduced  the  chief 
item  of  expense.  President  Preston,  advising  Colonel  Wade 
Hampton  in  regard  to  a  scholarship,  told  him  in  1853  that 
$200  should  take  a  student  through  one  year. 

In  1866  the  estimate  was  thus : 

Annual  fee $     5.00 

Library  fee 15.00 

Boom  rent 20.00 

Tuition  fee,  according  to  the  number  of  schools  50-75    75.00 
Board  at  Steward's  Hall  or  in  city,  at  $4  (in  mess, 

$3.50) 148.00 

Fuel  ($4  to  $5  per  cord) 12.00 

Washing  ($1.50  to  $2.50  per  month) 15.00 

Lights 6.00 


$296.00 
Books 20.00 

$316.00 

Law  students  could  get  through  for  $280,  medical  students 
for  $370. 

Arrangements  were  made  that  those  students  who  entered 
in  January,  1866,  might  pay  part  of  the  board  in  farm 
produce. 

The  catalogue  of  1882-3  gives  an  estimate  of  expenses  for 
nine  months : 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  303 

Board  at  Steward's  Hall I  90.00 

Annual  Fee 10.00 

Books,  Stationery,  etc 10.00 

Fuel  and  lights 15.00 

Washing  and  servant's  hire 15.00 


$140.00 

There  was  no  tuition  fee.  Books  and  stationery  appear  as 
items  for  the  first  time.  Owing  to  opposition  of  the  denomi- 
national colleges,  it  was  necessary  by  1886  to  require  a  tuition 
fee  of  forty  dollars,  which  could  be  remitted.  This  ran  the 
estimate  up  to  $185  in  1890.  For  several  years  after  1894 
board  was  placed  at  $8  per  month,  which  permitted  an  esti- 
mate of  f  165,  if  tuition  was  paid,  in  1898.  At  the  present 
the  estimate  is : 

Board $100.00 

Books,  stationery,  etc « 20.00 

Fuel,  washing,  etc 25.00 

Term  fee 18.00 

Koom  fee  (for  students  rooming  on  the  campus) 8.00 

Incidentals  .  15.00 


$186.00 
or  $226,  if  the  tuition  fee  is  paid. 

At  first  the  tuition  was  $10  every  six  months;  the  treas- 
urer's receipt  was  necessary  before  a  student  was  admitted. 
After  1835  the  tuition  and  library  fee  was  $50  a  session,  half 
at  two  fixed  dates.  As  commencement  took  place  in  Decem- 
ber, when  the  first  payment  was  required  on  October  1,  the 
graduates  paid  $12.50  on  the  October  1  preceding  their  grad- 
uation. Resident  graduates  were  charged  a  fee  of  ten  dollars 
for  the  session.  In  1866  students  paid  according  to  the  num- 
ber of  schools  they  entered :  three  or  more  schools  were 
charged  for  at  the  rate  of  $25 ;  two  schools  cost  $35  each ;  one 
school  was  reckoned  at  $50.  One  student  from  each  of  the 
election  districts  was  allowed  to  enter  without  paying  tuition 
or  room  rent.  A  fee  of  $40  was  placed  on  the  students  in 


304  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

1880;  but  one  student  entered  free  from  each  county  by 
appointment  of  the  governor  on  recommendation  of  the  dele- 
gation from  the  county.  There  was  no  tuition  fee  for  any 
one  in  the  South  Carolina  College  as  remodelled  in  1882, 
which  condition,  however,  did  not  last  more  than  three  years 
on  account  of  the  opposition  of  the  denominational  colleges 
to  the  state  college.  From  then  until  the  present  a  tuition  fee 
of  f  40  has  been  required  unless  the  student  is  exempted  under 
the  law.  Law  students  are  not  released  from  the  fee. 

A  contingent  fee  has  been  required  on  occasions :  in  1807, 
amount  not  mentioned,  and  during  the  90's,  when  it  was  f  5. 

A  term  fee  of  $18  was  instituted  in  1897 :  women  paid  $12. 
This  included  fee  for  the  use  of  the  infirmary.  This  fee  is  not 
remitted  under  any  circumstances. 

An  annual  fee  of  $5  was  first  required  in  1866.  This  was 
increased  to  $10  in  1880. 

The  first  fee  for  use  of  the  library  was  $2.  Later  the  library 
fee  was  included  in  the  tuition  fee  of  $50.  A  student  in  1859 
who  lived  in  the  town  could  use  the  library  if  he  paid  $10. 
The  university  in  1867  required  a  fee  of  $15.  Since  1880  no 
charge  has  been  made  for  the  use  of  the  library. 

Diplomas  cost  not  less  than  $1  according  to  the  laws  of 
1807.  There  was  also  a  graduation  "perquisite"  of  $4.  Forty 
years  later  the  faculty  was  required  to  furnish  diplomas  free 
of  cost.  During  the  existence  of  the  South  Carolina  College 
that  was  reorganized  in  1882  a  fee  of  $3  for  academic,  and  of 
$5  for  law  diplomas,  was  demanded,  which  is  still  in  force. 

During  the  session  of  1859-60  the  college  paid  for  gas, 
which  was  used  for  the  first  time  January  1,  1858,  the  sum 
of  $1,886.70,  and  for  servants'  hire  $1,786.75. 

An  act  of  the  year  1811  authorized  the  commissioners  of 
the  Orphan  House  in  Charleston  to  select  one  boy  from  the 
number  at  that  institution  to  be  educated  at  the  South  Caro- 
lina College,  the  expense  incident  to  the  education  and  main- 
tenance of  said  boy  being  defrayed  from  the  amount  annually 
appropriated  by  the  legislature  for  the  college.  His  clothes, 
however,  were  purchased  by  a  special  appropriation  of  $140 
for  each  year  of  his  stay  at  the  college;  but  he  was  entitled 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  305 

to  no  aid  from  the  state  longer  than  for  the  time  required  for 
his  graduation.  For  the  two  years  1817  and  1818  the  legisla- 
ture gave  a  sum  of  f 400  for  the  support  of  three  boys  from 
the  Orphan  House  in  Charleston.  From  1819  through  1824 
the  appropriation  was  of  |260  for  one  boy.  In  1825  this 
amount  was  appropriated  as  above  and  in  addition  another 
$260  for  a  boy  from  the  Winyaw  Indigo  Society  School, 
which  continued  through  1833,  when  for  the  following  three 
years  only  one  student,  from  Charleston,  was  thus  supported. 
Beginning  with  1837  there  was  an  appropriation  of  $400 
annually  for  one  student  from  the  Orphan  House  in  Charles- 
ton. The  war  brought  an  end  to  such  appropriations.  The 
names  of  the  recipients  of  these  benefactions  are  not  recorded 
in  the  minutes ;  only  a  few  are  known. 

Both  the  literary  societies  supported  beneficiaries,  whose 
expenses  were  paid  from  the  treasury  and  by  special  con- 
tributions from  the  members  of  the  societies.  Classes  also 
occasionally  paid  the  expenses  of  some  member.  An  old 
alumnus  told  the  author  that  his  father  at  one  time  paid  as 
much  as  $25  a  month  for  beneficiaries  of  the  classes  to  which 
his  brothers  belonged. 

Colonel  John  L.  Manning  established  in  1846  a  scholar- 
ship of  $350,  which  he  secured  by  depositing  the  sum  of 
$5,000  in  bank  drawing  7  per  cent.  In  awarding  this  scholar- 
ship, preference  was  given  applicants  from  Sumter.  The 
late  General  Wade  Hampton  in  1853  gave  the  interest  at  7 
per  cent  on  $6,000  for  two  scholarships  of  $210  each,  follow- 
ing in  this  division  the  advice  of  Colonel  W.  C.  Preston. 
Hon.  R.  F.  W.  Allston  gave  in  1854  a  sum  of  $6,000,  whose 
proceeds  of  $420  was  made  a  single  scholarship.  In  the 
same  year  Mr.  Hiram  Hutchinson  of  Hamburg  gave  $5,000 
in  railroad  bonds  for  a  scholarship  of  $350.  Rev.  C.  Bruce 
Walker  in  his  report  for  the  year  1863  says  that  he  had  the 
bonds  of  Wade  Hampton  and  R.  F.  W.  Allston  and  the  stock 
given  by  Hiram  Hutchinson.  He  did  not  have  an  accurate 
account  of  the  expenditures  on  these  scholarships,  as  they 
had  been  through  certain  banks,  which  could  not  supply  the 
data.  After  the  close  of  the  war  none  of  the  scholarships 

20— H.  U. 


306  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

paid  anything,  except  that  one  man  received  a  payment  from 
General  Hampton. 

When  the  South  Carolina  College  was  reorganized  in  1882, 
the  trustees  established  five  scholarships  exempting  the 
holders  from  fees,  giving  to  them  the  names  of  the  founders 
of  the  old  scholarships:  First  and  Second  Hampton,  Man- 
ning, Allston,  Hutchinson.  To  these  the  Rion  scholarship  was 
later  added.  After  tuition  was  required  these  scholarships 
gave  exemption  from  payment  of  tuition  and  part  of  the  term 
fee.  In  1901  there  was  a  rearrangement  of  scholarships,  a 
number  being  added,  to  which  were  attached  the  names  of 
distinguished  alumni:  In  the  Freshman  Class,  the  Harper, 
Preston,  McDuffie,  Marion  Sims  and  the  Thornwell  Scholar- 
ships ;  in  the  Sophomore  Class,  the  Eion,  Allston,  Legare,  and 
Second  Hampton  Scholarships;  in  the  Junior  Class,  the 
Hutchinson,  First  Hampton  and  Manning  Scholarships. 
After  the  change  to  the  University  in  1906  these  scholarships 
were  awarded  one  to  each  department.  They  now  exempt 
from  all  fees. 

The  United  Daughters  of  the  Confederacy  of  this  State 
offer  a  scholarship  valued  at  f  125  a  year  with  exemption  of 
all  fees.  The  class  of  1885  established  two  scholarships  of  $100 
for  juniors,  to  be  held  two  years,  and  $150  for  freshmen,  to  be 
held  for  four  years.  Professor  A.  C.  Moore  offers  a  scholar- 
ship of  $100  in  the  department  of  biology.  For  three  years, 
1912-1915,  Mr.  W.  S.  Reamer  of  Columbia  gave  two  scholar- 
ships of  $150  each  to  be  conferred  on  deserving  students.  The 
Robertson  Scholarship  of  $190  is  awarded  to  a  member  of  the 
law  school.  In  the  School  of  Education  there  are  scholar- 
ships of  the  value  of  $100  with  exemption  of  fees,  one  for  each 
county.  At  present  there  are  two  scholarships  of  the  value 
of  $180  in  the  School  of  Education  provided  from  the  interest 
on  the  sum  of  $6,000  given  to  the  University  by  the  Peabody 
Board. 

The  literary  societies,  The  Carolinian  and  The  Garnet  and 
Black  offer  medals.  There  is  a  medal  given  by  the  United 
Daughters  of  the  Confederacy  for  the  best  essay  on  some 
subject  relating  to  the  War  Between  the  States;  a  medal 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  307 

given  by  the  late  Philo  S.  Bennett  is  awarded  to  the  writer 
of  the  best  essay  on  "The  Principles  of  Free  Government"; 
in  the  law  school  the  Pope  medal  is  given  for  the  best  essay 
on  some  subject  bearing  on  equity ;  the  Roddey  medal,  offered 
by  Mr.  John  T.  Roddey,  is  conferred  on  the  best  debater  from 
the  literary  societies  on  some  public  question;  the  Gonzales 
medal  for  oratory,  founded  by  Mr.  Robert  E.  Gonzales,  class 
of  1910,  is  bestowed  at  an  annual  oratorical  contest. 

Wood  was  purchased  in  large  quantities  and  stored  by 
the  marshal,  who  delivered  it  to  the  students  at  their  rooms. 
Students  purchased  the  wood  from  the  marshal  at  one  time 
as  they  wanted  it,  later  a  certain  fixed  charge  was  made  of 
each  man,  and  wood  was  furnished  at  the  room  as  needed. 
Naturally  in  the  latter  case  more  wood  was  burned.  Presi- 
dent McCay  complained  that  the  wood  for  one  room  holding 
two  students  cost  f 50,  or  |25  for  each  per  session.  He  was 
preparing  to  try  grates  at  the  time  he  was  forced  to  retire. 
The  treasurer's  report  for  1852  shows  that  wood  cost  the 
college  $3.50  a  cord ;  in  1856  it  cost  f  4.50.  In  1866  oak  wood 
was  priced  at  $5  a  cord,  being  always  higher  than  pine.* 

The  college  purchased  its  first  slave  in  the  time  of  Dr. 
Maxcy.  His  name  was  Jack;  he  cost  $900.  He  gave  much 
trouble  and  was  put  under  the  personal  care  of  Dr.  Cooper, 
who  could  have  him  punished  or  hire  him  out  to  defray  the 
expenses  of  another  servant.  The  minutes  of  the  board  for 
1833  show  another  negro,  Henry,  who  was  sold,  and  that  the 
college  owned  two  other  slaves,  Jim  Ruffin  and  Jim  Blue. 
These  were  fed  at  the  commons  for  their  work  as  waiters. 
In  the  50's  the  college  was  hiring  two  servants :  Henry  and 
Jack  in  1856,  and  Henry  and  Tom  in  1860.  Students  could 
not  hire  other  servants :  only  the  college  servants  were  to  be 
employed  in  or  about  the  college,  except  by  express  permis- 
sion of  the  marshal.  The  college  servants  were  distinguished 
by  a  badge  worn  conspicuously.  From  time  to  time  mention 


*The  treasurer's  report  for  1864  shows  a  loss  "by  depreciation  of  $5 
bills  old  issue,  $121.61."  Candles  for  trustees'  meetings  cost  $30  in  1864. 
In  December  of  the  same  year  two  loads  of  wood  for  the  library  cost  $68, 
and  sawing  and  storing  of  the  same,  $10.75.  Houses  rented  at  this  time 
in  Columbia  at  the  rate  of  $1,000  per  room. 


308  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVEKSITY 

is  made  in  the  minutes  of  striking  or  otherwise  illtreating 
servants.  As  the  testimony  of  a  slave  was  not  taken  against 
a  white  man,  it  was  decided  that  the  complaint  of  illtreat- 
ment  could  come  to  the  faculty  only  from  the  master  or  the 
steward.  Students  were  severely  punished  for  injuring 
servants. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  309 


CHAPTER  XXIV. 


THE  UNIVERSITY  AND  THE  STATE. 

In  his  letter  on  education  written  to  Governor  John  L. 
Manning  in  1853  Dr.  James  H.  Thornwell  used  these  words : 
"The  South  Carolina  College  has  made  South  Carolina  what 
she  is,  has  made  her  people  what  they  are. . .  Nothing  is  so 
powerful  as  a  common  education  and  the  thousand  sweet 
associations  which  spring  from  it  and  cluster  around  it  to 
cherish  the  holy  brotherhood  of  men.  Those  who  have  walked 
together  in  the  same  paths  of  science  and  taken  sweet  counsel 
in  the  same  halls  of  learning,  who  went  arm  in  arm  in  that 
hallowed  season  of  life  when  the  foundations  of  all  excel- 
lence are  laid,  who  have  wept  with  the  same  sorrows  or 
laughed  with  the  same  joys,  who  have  been  fired  with  the 
same  ambition,  lured  with  the  same  hopes,  and  grieved  at 
the  same  disappointments — these  are  not  the  men  in  after 
years  to  stir  up  animosities  or  foment  intestine  feuds . . . 
Would  you  make  any  commonwealth  a  unit?  Educate  its 
sons  together.  This  is  the  secret  of  the  harmony  which  has 
so  long  remarkably  characterized  our  State.  It  was  not  the 
influence  of  a  single  mind,  great  as  that  mind  was ;  it  was  no 
tame  submission  to  authoritative  dictation.  It  was  the  com- 
munity of  thought,  feeling  and  character,  achieved  by  a  com- 
mon education  within  these  walls.  Here  it  was  that  heart 
was  knit  to  heart,  mind  to  mind,  and  that  a  common  char- 
acter was  formed." 

"As  to  the  past,"  said  Hon.  James  L.  Petigru  in  his  oration 
at  the  semicentennial  in  1854,  "there  is  much  ground  for  grat- 
ulation  in  the  effect  which  this  College  has  had  in  harmoniz- 
ing and  uniting  the  State.  In  1804  sectional  jealousies  were 
sharpened  to  bitterness  and  there  was  as  little  unity  between 
the  upper  and  lower-country  as  between  any  rival  States  of 
the  Union.  Although  the  suppression  of  such  jealousies  is  in 
part  attributable  to  the  removal  of  some  anomalies  in  the 


310  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Constitution,  much  the  largest  share  in  the  same  good  work 
is  due  to  the  attractive  force  of  a  common  education .  . .  and 
if  we  compare  the  progress  which  the  State  has  made  since 
1804  we  shall  have  no  reason  to  withhold  our  assent  from 
the  conclusion  that  the  hopes  with  which  the  College  was 
inaugurated  have  not  been  disappointed." 

Again,  Edward  McCrady,  Jr.,  the  historian  of  South  Caro- 
lina, assigns  to  the  South  Carolina  College  a  commanding 
influence  in  the  development  of  the  State,  for  says  he :  "From 
the  commencement  the  College  became  to  a  large  extent  the 
center  not  only  of  education  but  of  political  thought  in  the 
State,  and  is  doubtless  the  institution  which  has  done  most 
to  mold  and  influence  the  character  of  the  people  of  the 
State." 

As  was  stated  in  the  early  pages  of  this  volume,  the  South 
Carolina  College  was  founded  for  a  double  purpose,  the  edu- 
cation of  the  youth  and  the  unification  of  the  sections  of  the 
State.  The  late  Professor  William  J.  Rivers  was  of  the 
opinion  that  the  greatest  contribution  of  the  college  in  an 
educational  way  was  the  raising  of  the  standard  of  admis- 
sion to  so  high  a  point  that  a  large  number  of  academies 
of  high  standard  was  required  to  give  the  necessary  instruc- 
tion for  entrance,  which  meant  an  excellent  secondary  educa- 
tion for  many  who  did  not  reach  the  college.  These  academies 
were  usually  taught  by  men  of  ability  educated  in  the  best 
colleges  of  this  country  and  England.  Many  students  entered 
from  them  into  the  junior  class.  Every  school  boy  looked  for- 
ward to  becoming  a  student  at  the  South  Carolina  College. 
Especially  in  the  middle  and  upper  sections  of  the  State  were 
these  academies  founded,  in  the  region  where  they  had  been 
most  needed.  The  majority  of  the  students  at  the  College 
went  back  home  to  become  planters  and  to  carry  with  them 
the  culture  and  learning  they  had  acquired,  so  that  at  the 
close  of  the  first  half  century  of  the  college's  existence  the 
South  Carolinian  was  a  man  of  refinement  and  education. 
One  evidence  of  this  was  the  large  number  of  good  private 
libraries  in  every  section  of  the  State,  not  to  mention 
numerous  public  libraries  sustained  by  societies. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  311 

Professor  Charles  Woodward  Hutson  (Sewanee  Review, 
1910),  a  graduate  of  the  class  of  1860,  writing  of  the  college 
in  his  day  says  that  the  kind  of  education  sought  was  that 
calculated  to  produce  a  gentleman,  trained  in  the  subjects 
of  disciplinary  value,  not  specialists.  This  kind  of  education 
the  college  he  thinks  was  most  admirably  effective  in  impart- 
ing. In  his  unpublished  autobiography,  unfortunately  not 
completed,  Hon.  William  C.  Preston,  who  graduated  from  the 
South  Carolina  College  in  1812,  states  that  at  that  time  the 
great  road  to  honor  and  preferment  was  through  oratory,  in 
consequence  of  which  much  effort  was  put  forth  by  the 
students  to  become  good  speakers.  This  remained  true 
throughout  the  ante-bellum  period,  and  is  indeed  in  a  lesser 
degree  still  true.  "Every thing,' '  says  Meriwether,  "that 
could  give  fluency  and  aptness  of  illustration  was  taught." 
Rhetoric,  the  classics  and  government  were  specially  stressed. 
Practically  every  student  belonged  to  one  or  the  other  of  the 
literary  societies,  which  were  training  schools  in  the  art  of 
speaking.  What  other  institution,  indeed,  what  other  section 
of  the  United  States  can  boast  of  three  orators  of  the  renown 
of  William  C.  Preston,  George  McDuffie  and  Hugh  S.  Legare? 
What  the  State  thought  of  George  McDuffie  was  expressed 
by  Judge  Huger  on  the  floor  of  the  House  shortly  after 
McDuffie  had  appeared  in  the  legislature:  "Mr.  Speaker," 
said  he,  "if  the  South  Carolina  College  had  done  nothing, 
sir,  but  produce  that  man,  she  would  have  amply  repaid  the 
State  for  every  dollar  that  the  State  has  ever  expended,  or 
ever  will  expend,  upon  her." 

The  common  table,  the  common  dormitory  and  the  close 
association  of  young  men  from  all  parts  of  the  State  worked 
the  unification  that  had  been  desired  by  the  founders  of  the 
college.  South  Carolina  became  remarkably  single  in  pur- 
pose. John  C.  Calhoun,  so  long  the  controlling  force,  was 
not  a  graduate  of  the  South  Carolina  College;  but  in  the 
main  the  principles  he  stood  for  were  those  for  which  the 
college  had  been  standing.  "Langdon  Cheves,  the  younger," 
said  General  Youmans  in  his  centennial  oration  on  The  His- 
toric Signification  of  the  South  Carolina  College,  "so  promi- 


312  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

nent  in  civic  and  military  life,  late  in  1860,  when  the  question 
of  secession  was  so  excitedly  on  the  tapis,  in  a  meeting  in 
St.  Peter's  parish,  for  the  nomination  of  delegates  to  the 
State  Convention,  spoke  not  of  his  illustrious  father,  nor 
Calhoun,  nor  McDuffie,  nor  Hayne,  but  referred  to  and  cited 
the  words  of  Dr.  Cooper  as  first  having  given  that  bent  to  his 
thought,  which  assured  him  of  the  soundness  of  his  political 
principles,  his  devotion  to  which  he  afterwards  sealed  with 
his  blood  and  life."  The  presidents  of  the  college  were  men 
of  commanding  position  in  the  State  and  most  of  them 
wielded  powerful  political  influence.  Dr.  Thomas  Cooper, 
who  was  an  ardent  freetrader,  had  scarcely  been  elected  to 
the  presidency  of  the  college  when  he  began  to  rouse  the  State 
to  the  dangers  of  the  tariff.  He  also  championed  state 
sovereignty,  and  to  him  perhaps  more  than  to  any  other 
Nullification  owes  it  origin,  although  that  very  thing,  coupled 
with  his  religious  views,  almost  wrecked  the  college.  After 
Dr.  Cooper  freetrade  was  taught  for  the  next  twenty  years  by 
the  distinguished  publicist,  Francis  Lieber.  The  succeeding 
presidents,  Robert  W.  Barnwell  and  William  C.  Preston, 
were  politicians,  having  served  in  the  councils  of  the  State 
and  nation.  Dr.  Thornwell  was  one  of  the  best  politicians 
of  the  time.  So  the  college  naturally  became  a  school  of 
politics,  from  which  the  students  went  out  to  practice  their 
teachings.  "Gradually  it  came  to  be  known,"  to  use  the 
words  of  Meriwether,  "and  recognized  that  a  young  politician 
was  heavily  handicapped  if  he  received  his  education  at 
another  institution.  Many  of  the  graduates  of  the  State 
institution  were  returned  to  the  House  of  Representatives 
within  a  short  time  after  taking  their  degrees.  In  this  body 
they  naturally  formed  a  close  corporation.  They  supported 
each  other  and  kept  down  outsiders.  It  was  a  vigorous  organ- 
ization, compact,  and  bold.  They  ruled  the  House,  and 
through  that  influenced  the  State.  No  measure  they  opposed 
could  become  law.  Hard  struggles  were  made  at  times  by 
the  outsiders,  but  the  compact  organization  of  the  college 
men  usually  succeeded.  It  was  a  system  of  promotion  from 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  313 

the  college  halls  to  the  Legislature,  and  very  often  it  took 
place  in  the  year  of  graduation." 

"Nothing  could  be  more  strikingly  significant,"  says  Gen- 
eral Youmans,  "of  the  unrestricted  dominance  which  the 
principle  of  State  sovereignty  held  over  the  men  who  had 
been  educated  at  the  South  Carolina  College  than  their 
heroic  conduct  shown  on  the  fields  of  carnage,  from  the  com- 
mencement to  the  end  of  the  War  Between  the  States.  Their 
feeling  of  State  loyalty  was  akin  to  that  which  in  the  old 
world  gives  so  chivalrous  a  tinge  to  loyalty  to  the  crown. 
It  was  not  a  mere  theory  or  policy — it  was  a  creed,  a  religion. 
This  creed,  this  political  religion,  of  the  South  was  exempli- 
fied in  blood  on  every  battle  field.  For  it  a  life  was  offered  for 
every  vote  cast,  and  for  it  12,000  sons  of  South  Carolina  laid 
down  their  lives  exultingly." 

"Slavery  is  dead,"  to  quote  again  from  the  same  source, 
"buried  in  a  grave  that  does  not  give  up  its  dead,  and  of  the 
unique  old  plantation  life  in  the  South  which  grew  up  under 
its  wing  and  flourished  with  it  there  does  not  exist  even  a 
fossil  specimen — of  their  temples  there  is  not  left  a  stone. 
Though  now  extinct,  they  were  once  factors  of  most  potent 
influence,  which  intertwined  themselves  with  the  very  bone 
and  sinew,  the  very  soul  and  marrow  of  Southern  civilization. 
Though  like  Troy  they  are  no  more,  yet  as  there  still  remains 
the  tale  of  Troy  divine,  so  their  memory  is  forever  embalmed 
not  only  in  history  and  tradition,  but  in  verse,  by  the  classic 
pen  of  a  student  and  alumnus  of  the  College  distinguished  in 
the  political  and  literary  world.  Grayson,  in  his  two  charm- 
ing poems,  'The  Country/  and  'The  Hireling  and  the  Slave,' 
aids  to  a  proper  understanding  of  that  phase  of  the  past  of 
the  South  which  closed  with  the  termination  of  the  war  for 
State  rights,  as  valuable  adjuncts  in  their  way  to  its  thorough 
comprehension,  as  a  Southern  atlas,  or  a  chronological  chart. 
In  the  controversy  which  arose  in  the  discussion  of  the  sub- 
ject of  domestic  African  slavery  in  the  South,  very  high  place 
must  always  be  given  to  the  spoken  and  written  utterances 
of  the  men  who  had  been  educated  at  the  South  Carolina 
College — without  being  invidious,  notably  to  those  of  the 


314  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

three  of  its  alumni,  Harper,  Thornwell  and  Hammond.  The 
two  letters  written  to  Clarkson  by  James  H.  Hammond  after 
he  was  governor  of,  and  before  he  was  United  States  senator 
from,  South  Carolina,  elaborate,  minute,  exhaustive,  have 
and  will  ever  have  the  very  highest  rank,  as  the  defense,  the 
apology  in  its  controversial  sense,  for  the  institution  of 
domestic  African  slavery  in  the  Southern  States." 

South  Carolina  was  one  of  the  great  emigrant  states.  The 
new  cotton-growing  states  of  the  Southwest  drew  from  her 
a  large  part  of  their  population :  "From  1820  to  1860,"  says 
Francis  A.  Walker  in  his  introduction  to  the  census  of  1860, 
"South  Carolina  was  a  beehive  from  which  swarms  were  con- 
tinually going  forth  to  populate"  that  section.  From  the 
same  source  it  is  learned  that  two-fifths  of  the  native  born 
population  of  South  Carolina  had  emigrated  and  were 
almost  entirely  in  Georgia,  Alabama,  Mississippi,  Louisiana, 
Florida  and  Texas.  It  was  but  natural,  as  the  historian 
McCrady  has  shown,  that  the  Gulf  states  and  the  Southwest, 
in  fact  all  the  lower  South  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  should  look 
back  to  the  mother  state  and  be  guided  by  her  political 
opinions,  so  that  politically  this  whole  region  was  a  larger 
South  Carolina.  From  1824  to  1860  the  state  that  fashioned 
the  political  opinion  of  the  South  was  not  Virginia  but 
South  Carolina.  The  center  from  which  radiated  the  teach- 
ing that  formed  the  politics  of  South  Carolina  and  thus  of 
the  South  was  the  South  Carolina  College. 

It  was  but  natural  that  the  sons  of  the  men  who  had 
migrated  from  South  Carolina  should  come  to  the  South 
Carolina  College  to  be  educated.  These  going  back  often 
became  prominent  in  the  affairs  of  their  own  states,  thus 
influencing  political  opinion  and  coloring  it  according  to 
the  instruction  they  had  received  at  the  college.  Many  also 
of  the  native  South  Carolina  students  emigrated  to  those 
new  states.  The  catalogue  of  1848,  the  year  of  the  largest 
attendance  at  the  ante-bellum  college,  shows  thirty-six 
students  from  other  states,  a  little  more  than  one-sixth  of 
the  whole  number.  To  quote  again  from  General  Youmans 
concerning  the  students  from  outside  states  in  his  college 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  315 

days:  "Among  others  who  afterwards  distinguished  them- 
selves, the  able  George  McPheeters  from  Mississippi;  the 
accomplished  George  Williamson,  from  Louisiana,  who  went 
from  that  State  to  the  United  States  Senate.  At  their  grad- 
uation they  took  the  third  and  fourth  highest  places,  and 
were  surpassed  in  this  relative  rank  only  by  two  of  South 
Carolina's  best,  the  first  honor  man  being  James  H.  Eion, 
and  the  second  honor  man  being  Robert  W.  Barnwell,  after- 
wards so  distinguished  in  the  church  and  as  professor  in 
the  College. 

"From  Mississippi  were  also  the  eloquent  Goodman,  whose 
astonishing  power  of  speech  is  still  remembered;  the  after- 
wards brigadier-generals  in  the  Confederate  Army,  Govan 
and  Chalmers — Chalmers,  the  dashing  Chalmers,  who  added 
to  the  laurels  of  the  field  those  won  in  the  Federal  Congress 
as  representative  from  Mississippi,  and  who  wrote,  while  a 
Sophomore  here,  the  famous  revel  song  of  the  College,  'Billy 
Maybin's  O.'  He  took  the  second  honor  of  his  class,  the  first 
being  taken  by  a  native  South  Carolinian,  John  H.  Elliott, 
afterwards  so  widely  known  as  the  able  and  eloquent  divine 
in  the  capital  of  the  country.  Memory  recalls  the  strong 
features  of  John  Wharton  of  Texas,  who  took  such  high  rank 
as  major-general  in  the  Confederate  Army;  Jerry  Williams, 
from  Alabama,  who  with  such  ability  represented  that  State 
in  the  House  of  Representatives  in  the  Federal  Congress ;  the 
two  notable  Georgians,  the  brothers  Jones — C.  C.  Jones, 
afterwards  author  of  the  history  of  Georgia,  and  regarded  as 
of  the  highest  authority  in  North  America  antiquities;  and 
Joseph  Jones,  who  has  achieved  such  high  distinction  in  the 
medical  and  scientific  world." 

Out  of  the  wreck  of  war  the  University  of  South  Carolina 
rose  to  continue  the  work  of  the  college,  developing  new 
fields  of  activity  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  State  under  the 
new  conditions.  For  three  years  it  grew  rapidly;  but  the 
incubus  of  reconstruction  deadened  the  enthusiasm  with 
which  the  University  had  been  sent  upon  its  way  and 
impaired  its  usefulness.  After  five  years  of  hope  and  fear 
the  white  people  of  the  State  in  bitterness  of  heart  saw  their 


316  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

SODS  under  the  necessity  of  seeking  elsewhere  a  collegiate 
education,  and  for  nearly  a  decade  the  young  men  of  South 
Carolina  who  entered  college  resorted  to  the  denominational 
institutions  in  the  borders  of  the  State  or  went  to  the  univer- 
sities and  colleges  of  other  states. 

From  the  reopening  of  the  college  in  1880  to  the  close  of 
Dr.  S.  C.  Mitchell's  administration  in  1913  is  a  period  of 
thirty-three  years,  during  which  the  University  has  endured 
bitter  and  prolonged  opposition  and  been  shaken  to  its  foun- 
dation. The  decade  from  1880  to  1890  saw  the  college 
expand  from  a  small  agricultural  and  mechanical  institution 
to  a  university  that  bade  fair  to  reach  the  magnitude  and 
power  of  our  western  universities.  Certainly  the  alumni  of 
those  ten  years  are  not  far  wrong  in  regarding  them  as 
among  the  most  illustrious  in  the  whole  history  of  the  insti- 
tution. The  alumni  of  this  period  are  among  the  leaders  in 
the  State  and  in  the  nation.  When  the  catalogue  of  the 
alumni  is  completed,  their  position  can  then  be  defined.  Of 
two  men  of  Dr.  McBryde's  day,  Mclver  Williamson  and 
David  R.  Coker,  it  has  been  said  that  they  have  added  to 
the  agricultural  wealth  of  South  Carolina  in  one  year  more 
than  the  University  has  cost  the  State  in  its  century  and 
more  of  existence  or  will  cost  for  many  decades.  However, 
it  must  be  remembered  that  since  1865,  with  the  exception 
of  the  meager  years  of  the  first  university,  there  has  not  been 
opportunity  for  other  alumni  to  show  what  they  could  do. 

The  denominational  colleges  had  had  for  years  a  monopoly 
of  higher  education.  They  fought  the  revived  college;  soon 
there  started  a  demand  for  a  separate  farmers'  college;  but 
in  spite  of  the  opposition  from  these  two  sources  the  college 
developed  into  the  university,  only,  however,  to  have  itself 
torn  asunder,  to  furnish  another  college,  and  to  begin  again 
a  troubled  existence.  The  ten  years  from  1890  were  a  period 
of  silent  and  patient  endurance  against  constant  attack.  The 
college  became  isolated;  the  feeling  on  the  campus  was  one 
of  aloofness,  of  existing  by  suffrance.  But  so  deeply  rooted 
was  the  institution  that  it  not  only  withstood  all  assault, 
but  it  recovered  lost  ground,  so  that  by  1901  there  were  as 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  317 

many  students  in  attendance  as  there  had  been  at  any  time. 
From  the  opening  years  of  the  present  century  a  new  era 
dates,  an  increased  spirit  of  hopefulness,  a  casting  off  of  the 
feeling  of  depression,  a  vision  of  service  ever  enlarging,  of 
the  State  as  a  greater  campus.  Conditions  also  improved  in 
the  State:  prosperity  reached  all  sections  and  continued; 
the  people  were  more  generally  aroused  to  the  need  of  edu- 
cating. A  more  liberal  support  of  the  University  permitted 
it  to  reach  out  into  new  fields.  Perhaps  the  most  important 
change  for  the  growth  of  the  University  was  the  close  touch 
that  it  secured  with  the  people,  so  that  the  cry  once  heard 
that  the  college  was  for  a  class  has  disappeared.  Its  alumni 
among  the  teachers  in  the  public  schools  are  numerous 
enough  to  form  an  association.  In  all  matters  relating  to 
the  advancement  of  the  lower  schools  the  University  leads 
as  the  head  of  the  system  of  public  education.  Extension 
work  has  been  developed;  good  roads  have  been  furthered, 
the  efforts  of  the  health  authorities  to  improve  health  con- 
ditions have  been  seconded;  public  libraries  have  been  the 
subject  of  earnest  endeavor.  Wherever  there  has  been  an 
opportunity  for  the  University  to  serve  the  good  of  the 
people,  it  has  been  ready  as  far  as  its  means  allowed.  That 
the  State  has  recognized  the  value  of  the  institution  is  shown 
in  the  large  increase  in  buildings  and  material  equipment, 
notably  in  the  last  eight  years.  "Animis  Opibusque  Parati" 
is  as  truly  the  motto  of  the  University  as  of  the  State. 


318  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


APPENDIX. 


EXTRACT  FROM  THE  DIARY  OF  EDWARD  HOOKER. 

Tutor  in  the  South  Carolina  College,  March  6,  1807,  to 
November  23,  1808. 

(From  the  Diary  of  Edward  Hooker,  1805-1808,  in  the 
Keport  of  the  Historical  Manuscripts  Commission  of  the 
American  Historical  Association  for  1896,  pages  842-929. 
Edited  by  Professor  J.  Franklin  Jameson.) 

Edward  Hooker  first  came  to  Columbia  in  1805.  His  visit 
to  the  South  Carolina  College  is  recorded  on  pages  851  and 
852  of  the  published  "Diary  of  Edward  Hooker,  1805-1808." 
It  is  here  transcribed. 

"November  6th.  (Wednesday)  This  forenoon,  I  called  on 
Mr.  Hanford,  and  with  him  took  a  view  of  the  college  build- 
ings which  are  erecting,  on  a  pleasant  rise  of  ground  about 
%  of  a  mile  southeast  of  the  State  House.  The  place  though 
so  near  the  center  of  the  town  is  very  recluse;  there  being 
no  houses  around,  and  even  the  lands  being  uncleared  and 
covered  with  lofty  pines,  and  wild  shrubs.  The  plan  is  to 
have  two  buildings  of  perhaps  160  feet  in  length  each,  facing 
each  other  at  a  distance  of  160  feet  apart.  At  right  angles 
to  these,  and  facing  the  area  inclosed  between  them,  it  is 
proposed  to  place  the  President's  house;  and  afterwards, 
as  occasion  may  require,  other  buildings,  such  as  the  dining 
hall  and  professors'  houses,  are  expected  to  be  built  fronting 
each  other,  and  ranging  in  a  line  with  the  first  mentioned 
long  buildings.  The  buildings  A  and  B  are  erected,  and  A 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  319 

is  finished  except  the  central  part,  which  is  however 
advanced  so  far  as  to  be  capa- 
ble of  use.  The  central  parts  p-j-j 
are  designed  for  the  Chapel, 
Library,  Philosophical  Cham- 
ber, Recitation  Rooms,  &c.— 
the  wings  are  designed  for 
scholars'  mansion  rooms — C 
is  the  site  of  the  President's 
house,  D  the  place  for  a  din- 
ing hall,  E  for  a  professor's 

house  perhaps.    That  part  of  P>J  LfJ 

the  work  which  is  done  is  in 

a  handsome,  though  not  all  in  a  durable  style.  The  chapel 
occupies  the  two  lower  stories  of  the  central  building  on  the 
right,  and  is  in  a  beautiful  style  of  workmanship  both  within 
and  without.  The  Library  room  above  is  supported  by  four 
stately  Tuscan  columns,  which  rise  from  the  area  of  the 
chapel  with  considerable  majesty,  and  give  to  the  room  an 
appearance  of  grandeur.  The  galleries  are  supported  by  a 
row  of  smaller  pillars.  The  room  is  nearly  or  quite  square. 
The  pulpit  is  surrounded  by  a  semi-octagonal  stage,  on  the 
right  and  left  sides  of  which  are  steps  leading  to  the  officer's 
seats  and  thence  are  other  steps  to  the  pulpit.  The  upper 
tiers  of  windows  are  semi-circular  at  the  top,  as  in  Episcopal 
churches  and  have  some  neat  ornamental  work  about  them. 
The  stage,  pulpit,  staircases,  bannisters,  seats,  &.  are  all 
painted  white,  and  make,  now,  a  very  chaste  and  pretty 
appearance;  but  I  question  if  they  will  long  remain  so. 
There  are  but  a  few  seats,  and  these  are  so  arranged  near 
the  outside  of  the  room,  as  to  leave  a  large  area  in  the  centre, 
on  the  sides  and  in  front  of  the  stage.  The  wings  are  three 
stories  high,  and  are  divided  into  12  mansion  rooms  each, 
and  24  bedrooms.  The  bedrooms  are  directly  back  of  the 
large  rooms;  and  the  arrangement  is  such  as  to  be  very  con- 
venient for  ventilation — a  circumstance  very  necessary  to 
be  attended  to  in  this  warm  climate. 

"The  munificence  of  the  legislature  towards  this  institu- 


320  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

tion  has  been  very  honorable.  They  first  granted  $50,000 
out  of  the  public  treasury  for  the  two  long  buildings.  They 
have  granted  several  thousands  for  books  and  instruments, 
and  they  are  to  appropriate  a  considerable  sum  annually 
for  its  constant  support.  The  college  was  opened  for  the 
reception  of  students  some  months  ago.  The  number,  I 
believe,  is  about  30.  They  board  together  with  the  tutors  at 

a  private  house 

"Saturday  Nov.  9th P.  M.  Walked  up  to  the  Col- 
lege about  4  o'clock,  and  visited  the  Library  with  Mr.  Ham- 
mond. The  room  is  very  spacious,  airy  and  handsome. 
About  5000  volumes  have  been  purchased  but  not  more  than 
3000  have  yet  arrived.  Many  of  these  have  an  elegant 
appearance;  but  it  is  thought  the  selection  was  not  made 
very  judiciously.  It  was  made  by  a  committee  of  gentlemen 
in  Charleston ;  of  whom  Judge  Johnson  of  the  Federal  Court 
was  a  principal  one.  There  seems  to  be  an  undue  propor- 
tion of  modern  works — many  of  them  of  the  ephemeral  class. 
There  are  large  piles  of  periodical  works,  such  as  the  Gentle- 
man's Magazine,  European  Magazine,  Annual  Register,  and 
others  of  no  more  solid  worth  than  these.  Some  handsome 
editions  of  the  Greek  and  Latin  Classics  and  translations — A 
few  books  written  in  the  Oriental  languages." 

Pages  909-910 : 

"Mon.  Dec.  7th.  (1807).  Commencement  Day. — Weather 
delightful.  The  exercise  of  the  day  began  between  11  and  12 
o'clock.  The  pieces  were  few  but  tolerably  good.  There  were 
5  regular  graduates  besides  two  bachelors  from  Yale  C.  and 
1  master,  from  Rh.  College.  The  music  was  instrumental 
and  very  good;  the  performers  being  4  or  5  of  the  best  in 
the  state.  The  degrees  were  conferred  with  considerable 
form.  The  President  came  down  from  the  pulpit  and 
addressed  the  Trustees  briefly  in  Latin  and  introduced  the 
candidates.  Then  took  an  arm-chair  which  stood  a  little 
forward  on  the  stage  and  I  took  another  Chair  at  his  left- 
hand  holding  a  handsome  gilt  duodecimo  volume  of  French. 
They  came  on  by  2  and  2.  The  Pres.  addressed  them  in 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  321 

Latin  sitting.  Then  presented  the  book;  which  they  held 
while  he  said  another  sentence,  and  then  returned  to  me. 
They  being  then  bachelors,  the  President  rose  from  his  seat 
and  acknowledged  them  as  such,  in  Latin.  Then  they  retired 
and  2  others  came  on.  The  Pres't  then  pronounced  a  degree 
conferred  on  one  of  the  class  who  was  absent,  and  on  one 
Master — a  Mr.  King  of  Darlington.  He  then  went  back  to 
the  pulpit  and  pronounced  the  honorary  degree  of  L.  L.  D. 
conferred  on  J.  Drayton,  Esq.  of  Charleston  and  D.  D.  on 
the  Rev.  Messrs  Furman  and  Percy  of  Charleston,  Waddel 
of  Vienna  and  Alexander  of  York.  After  this  the  graduates 
went  out  on  the  stage  before  the  pulpit  and  the  Pres.  made 
them  a  handsome  parting  address  of  about  15  or  20  minutes. 

The  valedictory  followed  and  music  closed  the  exercises 

"Tues.  Dec.  15th The  Senate  yesterday  rejected 

unanimously  the  Bill  to  vest  the  power  of  licenses  &.  in  the 
Trustees  of  the  Coll.  also  the  Duelling  Bill  and  the  Equity 
Bill.  How  much  time  is  lost  in  laboring  business  in  one 
house  for  the  other  house  to  knock  up.  The  Bill  respecting 
licenses  easily  passed  the  H.  of  E.  and  was  thought  abso- 
lutely necessary  to  prevent  dissipation  among  the  Col- 
legians." 

FROM  THE  MS.  AUTOBIOGRAPHY  OF  WILLIAM  J. 
GRAYSON,  PP.  44-54. 

(Now  in  the  possession  of  the  University). 

"My  instruction  hitherto  had  been  confined  to  a  little 
French  and  to  what  is  called  an  English  education.  At  six- 
teen I  became  ambitious  of  learning  to  read  Homer  and 
Virgil  in  their  own  language.  At  this  time  two  brothers  of 
Dr.  Jonathan  Maxcy  the  first  President  of  the  South  Caro- 
lina College  opened  a  school  in  the  town  of  Beaufort.  One 

of   them,    Virgil    Maxcy Milton    Maxcy    remained   in 

Beaufort Under  Milton's  instruction  I  read  the  ordi- 
nary Latin  authors,  made  some  progress  in  Greek,  and  at 
the  end  of  eighteen  months  became  a  candidate  for  admission 
into  the  Sophomore  class  in  Columbia  College.  I  was 

21— H.  U. 


322  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

examined  by  the  Revd  Doctor  Maxcy.  The  examination  was 
not  half  as  formidable  as  I  had  supposed.  A  letter  from 
his  brother  had  somewhat  macadamized  the  way.  I  con- 
strued an  ode  in  Horace.  The  Doctor  made  a  few  critical 
remarks  on  the  exquisite  beauty,  the  curiosa  felicitas  of  the 
poet's  diction  and  the  work  was  done.  It  was  almost  as 
summary  as  the  examination  of  Mr.  McKibben  for  admis- 
sion to  Chancery  practice  as  the  author  of  the  Carolina 
Bench  and  Bar  describes  it.  'What  will  you  charge  a  client 
for  filing  a  bill?  asked  the  Examiner,  Chancellor  Thomson. 
Fifty  dollars  was  the  ready  reply.  You  are  admitted,  said 
the  Chancellor.  You  understand  the  science  exactly,  and 
are  fully  prepare  to  practice.' 

"Before  my  formal  initiation,  during  the  first  night  of  my 
arrival  in  Columbia,  I  was  introduced  by  an  acquaintance 
to  the  mysteries  of  College  life.  In  one  of  the  recitation 
rooms  we  found  an  assemblage  of  students  engaged  in  a 
scene  of  great  jollity  and  good  humor.  Some  were  singing; 
some  talking;  some  mounted  on  benches  and  making  set 
speeches ;  some  interpolating  critical  remarks  on  the  Orators, 
while  the  young  freshmen  performed  the  part  of  silent  and 
admiring  auditors.  George  Davis,  of  whom  Mr.  Petigru 
speaks  so  warmly  in  his  address,  and  John  M.  Davis  were 
conspicuous  actors  in  the  play.  At  this  period  a  rage  for 
the  French  Revolution  was  the  popular  sentiment.  It  had 
convulsed  the  Republic  during  Washington's  administration 
and  was  still  prevalent  in  the  country.  The  Gallic  propo- 
gandists  of  liberty  were  all  patriots  and  heroes.  The  'Rights 
of  Man'  and  the  'Age  of  Reason'  were  the  great  books  of  the 
day.  Their  author  was  the  most  admired  genius.  Men  who 
had  never  heard  of  Shakespeare  or  Milton  were  deep  in  the 
pages  of  Paine.  On  the  night  of  my  introduction  to  the 
social  life  of  Alma  Mater  the  song  sung  was  one  in  praise  of 
the  French  Convention  and  the  rights  of  man.  It  announced 
that  in  America  these  rights  first  began,  and  a  noisy  repeti- 
tion of  'viva  las'  for  the  Convention,  the  rights  of  the  race 
and  America,  closed  every  stanza  and  was  shouted  out  by 
voices  in  full  chorus.  The  scene  differed  as  much  as  possible 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  323 

from  that  of  the  pale  student,  the  midnight  lamp  and  the 
classic  page. 

"The  proposed  design  of  the  legislature  in  establishing  the 
South  Carolina  Collge  was  to  enlighten  the  minds  of  the 
people  and  better  fit  them  for  the  task  of  self  government. 
When  it  was  proposed  at  the  beginning  of  the  century  to 
revise  the  Constitution  and  extend  to  the  interior  a  due  share 
in  the  powers  of  the  government  proportionate  to  its  increase 
in  population,  the  proposal  was  objected  from  below.  It 
was  said  that  the  people  of  the  upper,  or  back,  country  were 
too  ignorant  to  be  entrusted  with  a  larger  participation  In 
the  toils  of  the  privileges  of  ruling.  There  was  a  great  deal  of 
complacency,  it  must  be  confessed,  in  this  opinion  of  the 
country  gentlemen  for  which  there  was  very  little  reason. 
The  means  of  instruction  were  almost  as  scanty  below  as 
above,  and  education  was  everywhere  imperfect  and  super- 
ficial. This  however  was  only  another  reason  for  the  college. 
It  was  established  after  much  opposition  from  those  chiefly 
who  were  thought  to  be  most  in  need  of  its  aid.  The  work 
of  imparting  knowledge  to  the  benighted  was  successfully 
begun  under  the  auspices  of  Dr.  Jonathan  Maxcy.  Few  men 
were  better  fitted  to  pioneer  a  way  for  intellectual  progress. 
He  possessed  a  control  over  the  hearts  and  minds  of  his 
pupils  that  no  one  of  his  successors  has  equalled  or 
approached.  His  influence  was  that  of  genius,  moral  worth, 
tact  and  commanding  eloquence.  His  eloquence  was  irre- 
sistible. No  youth  however  rough  his  training  could  with- 
stand its  power.  Its  force  was  felt  by  others.  When  011  one 
occasion  the  Trustees  of  the  College  came  to  the  conclusion 
that  President  Maxcy  had  been  negligent  in  his  duties  and 
arraigned  him  before  the  board,  they  were  so  overwhelmed 
by  his  defence  that  they  dropped  the  charge  without  another 
whisper  of  discontent. 

"The  great  merit  of  the  South  Carolina  College  is  that  it 
tended  to  make  the  State  one  people.  At  the  Revolution  and 
some  years  after,  the  upper  and  lower  country  were  two 
communities  with  little  intercourse  and  less  sympathy  with 
each  other.  I  remember  hearing  a  lady  of  Greenville  express- 


324  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

ing  in  Columbia  an  angry  impatience  at  the  increasing 
intrusion  of  the  low  country  people  when  forty  years  ago 
they  began  to  find  their  way  to  the  mountain  region.  Their 
coming  she  thought  had  enlarged  the  price  of  eggs  and 
chickens  to  the  housekeeper  with  no  corresponding  advan- 
tages to  the  people.  She  considered  their  advent  a  nuisance 
which  she  would  gladly  abate.  The  traces  of  these  former 
differences  between  the  two  portions  of  the  State  are  still 
discernible  in  their  civil  divisions  and  their  names.  The 
lower  or  older  part  is  a  region  of  parishes  and  saints;  the 
upper,  of  districts  and  less  holy  men.  Below,  we  find 
spiritual  chiefs,  St.  George,  St.  John,  St.  Peter,  St.  Paul; 
above,  secular  worthies  only,  Sumter,  Pickens,  Pendleton 
and  Anderson.  But  the  real  differences  of  which  these  names 
are  signs  were  removed  or  weakened  by  the  influence  of  the 
College,  by  its  establishing  cordial  and  enduring  friendships 
between  the  young  men  from  every  part  of  the  State.  The 
College  associations  became  so  strong  as  to  regulate  the  dis- 
posal of  the  State  offices  in  the  legislature  and  to  excite  the 
jealousy  of  those  who  were  not  free  of  the  corporation. 

"One  of  my  class  mates  was  James  L.  Petigru  of  Abbeville 
District.  We  were  intimate  companions,  talked  together 
with  the  ambition  of  undergraduates,  read  to  each  other 
Horace  and  Rabelais,  Pope  and  Bacon,  and  were  admitted 
by  all  parties  to  be  the  two  best  scholars  of  the  class.  He 
wrote  verses  in  College,  but  was  compelled  by  the  law  to 
forswear  the  company  of  the  lighter  Muses.  He  has  been 
distinguished  through  life  for  many  exalted  virtues,  gener- 
osity, devotion  to  friends,  the  undaunted  defence  of  the 
oppressed  and  the  vindication  of  truth  and  right  at  every 
hazard.  He  rose  to  great  distinction  at  the  bar  and  was  for 
many  years  and  continues  to  be  its  head  and  ornament.  The 
friendship  begun  between  us  in  the  rooms  of  the  College  has 
never  ceased.  At  the  end  of  more  than  half  a  century,  it 
remains  unchanged.  The  fact  may  illustrate  the  general 
effect  of  College  companionship  in  amalgamating  the  two 
sections  of  the  State. 

"My  room  mate  was  Thomas  J.  Dupont  of  St.  Luke's 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  325 

parish  So.  Carolina.  There  never  was  man  more  worthy 
to  be  loved  for  the  gentleness,  liberality  and  frankness  of  his 
nature.  He  was  one  of  those  who  redeem  our  race  from  the 
contempt  or  aversion  we  are  sometimes  tempted  to  feel  for  it. 
He  studied  medicine  after  leaving  College  and  practiced  his 
profession  in  the  neighborhood  of  Bluffton  before  Bluffton 
was  yet  a  village.  In  the  same  tenement  was  Thomas  Gail- 
lard,  James  Dent,  Robert  Campbell  and  Alexander  Bowie. 
Gaillard  moved  to  Alabama  and  has  written  a  book  on  the 
history  of  the  church.  Dent  I  have  lost  sight  of.  Campbell 
has  been  a  member  of  Congress  from  the  Marlborough  dis- 
trict more  than  once.  He  was  some  years  consul  for  the 
United  States  at  Havana  and  subsequently  in  London.  He 
has  maintained  in  every  position  the  character  of  a  gallant 
and  chivalrous  gentleman  and  man  of  the  world.  Bowie  has 
been  a  successful  lawyer.  He  removed  to  Alabama  and 
became  a  judge,  adding  one  more  to  the  number  of  distin- 
guished men  given  by  the  College  to  the  younger  sister  of 
So.  Carolina. 

"Notwithstanding  the  direct  and  incidental  advantages 
secured  to  the  State  by  her  college,  the  institution,  it  seems 
to  me,  may  be  made  more  practical  and  useful.  The  whole 
system  of  American  collegiate  education  is  defective.  It  does 
not  answer  the  end  proposed.  If  its  alumni  succeed  in  life 
they  succeed  not  in  consequence  of  college  influences,  but  in 
spite  of  them.  Distinguished  men  have  been  educated  in  our 
colleges,  it  is  true,  but  their  progress  has  not  been  more  rapid 
than  it  may  have  been  under  other  auspices.  Eminent  men 
indeed  are  independent  of  circumstances.  It  is  the  mass  of 
students  that  must  be  considered  and  provided  for.  For  them 
our  college  system  is  an  inefficient  contrivance.  It  is  sort  of 
hybrid  between  the  English  high  school  and  University  with 
the  advantages  of  neither.  In  the  English  high  school,  boys 
find  discipline  and  diligence;  in  the  University  young  men 
enjoy  ample  accommodations  and  thorough  scholastic  aids. 
With  us,  young  boys  are  sent  to  college  where  they  are 
subject  to  little  restraint  and  the  senior,  a  man  grown,  lives 


326  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

like  the  freshman  in  coarse  lodgings  and  with  scanty  aids  in 
his  studies  and  no  social  advantages. 

"The  end  of  education  is  to  improve  the  manners,  morals 
and  mind  of  the  student.  Our  system  operates  lamely  for 
these  purposes.  To  refine  the  boy's  manners  he  is  taken 
from  the  guidance  and  restraints  of  home  and  placed  in  rude 
barracks,  with  boys  of  his  own  age,  removed  from  the  checks 
imposed  by  female  society  and  by  older  persons  of  his  own 
sex  and  left  entirely  to  his  boyish  devices.  He  sees  his  pro- 
fessors for  an  hour  or  two  only  every  day.  There  is  no  social 
relation  between  them.  The  student  herds  with  boys  alone, 
and  if  he  escapes  from  becoming  a  bear  in  his  habits  he  will 
owe  his  good  fortune  to  his  stars  and  not  at  all  to  the  influ- 
ence of  college  life.  What  a  charming  school  for  manners, 
the  Steward's  hall  afforded  where  greasy  bones  were  hurled 
about  and  joints  of  meat  badly  cooked  thrown  under  the 
table!  Perhaps  the  cooking  is  better  nowadays  or  the  dis- 
approbation less  emphatic  on  the  student's  part 

"At  the  time  of  my  College  life,  Columbia  was  a  rambling, 
ill  built,  village.  It  contained  but  two  private  dwellings  of 
brick,  those  of  Mrs.  Dinkins  and  Mr.  Ben  Waring.  The 
College  buildings  were  the  President's  house,  the  Steward's 
house  and  the  two  old  colleges.  The  central  building  of  the 
North  College  was  not  yet  finished.  The  principal  hotel  or 
tavern  was  Dr.  Green's  near  the  State  house.  It  was  a  large, 
rough,  wooden  house  with  poor  lodging  and  worse  fare.  The 
Doctor  in  addition  to  his  professional  avocations  was  post- 
master, tavern  keeper,  steward  of  the  College,  and  a  general 
authority  with  his  neighbors  on  all  subjects  ordinary  and 
extraordinary.  He  was  a  man  of  singularly  simple  manners 
and  modes  of  speech,  as  far  removed  as  possible  from  the 
pomp  and  phrases  that  are  common  on  public  occasions. 
The  last  of  these  in  which  the  old  doctor  took  part  was  a 
meeting  caused  by  the  death  of  Lafayette.  A  large  number 
of  people  assembled,  and  Doctor  Green  was  called  to  the 
chair.  Mr.  James  Gregg,  the  father  of  the  Brigadier  whose 
death  at  Fredericksburg  has  made  his  name  illustrious,  rose 
to  propose  the  resolutions.  Mr.  Gregg's  manner  was  remark- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  327 

able  for  gravity  and  abruptness.  'Sir,'  said  he,  addressing 
the  chair,  'Lafayette  is  dead/  'Dear  me!  Is  it  possible?'  the 
chair  remarked.  'Yes,  Sir,'  the  speaker  went  on  to  say  with 
still  greater  emphasis,  'Lafayette  is  dead.'  'What  a  pity!' 
replied  the  chair.  'I  am  very  sorry  to  hear  it.  What  was 
the  matter  with  him?'  The  gravity  of  the  meeting  was  some- 
what disturbed,  but  that  of  the  chairman  and  speaker  was 
imperturbable.  The  chief  merchant  of  the  place  was  Ainslie 
Hall.  He  carried  on  a  large  and  profitable  business  at  the 
corner  of  Main  Street  and  the  first  cross  street  North  of 
the  State  House.  Among  the  inhabitants  and  neighbour- 
hood were  two  of  the  famous  partizan  chiefs  of  the  Revolu- 
tionary War,  Col  Thomas  Taylor  and  Colonel  Wade  Hamp- 
ton. He  became  General  Hampton  in  the  war  of  1812.  They 
were  prosperous,  wealthy,  and  remarkable,  among  other 
meritorious  acts  and  qualities,  for  sometimes  inviting  a 
number  of  the  College  lads  to  take  part  in  their  good  cheer. 
Their  dinners  were  a  great  contrast  to  those  of  our  worthy 
Steward,  whether  at  the  Steward's  hall  or  in  his  own  house, 
where  bacon  and  'long  collards'  constituted  the  standing 
dish.  We  gave  our  kind  entertainers  the  most  convincing 
proof  that  we  appreciated  the  difference.  Col  Hampton's 
table  was  adorned  not  only  with  dainties  and  dishes  of  sub- 
stantial excellence  but  with  magnificent  cups  and  vases  of 
silver  won  by  his  horses  on  the  turf  and  set  out  in  comple- 
ment to  his  young  guests.  He  was  uniformly  courteous  to 
them  all  and  made  the  day  pass  very  pleasantly.  His  planta- 
tion, a  few  miles  below  Columbia  was  the  scene  of  the  feast. 
Col  Taylor  was  not  less  cordial  in  his  welcome  though  plainer 
in  his  mode  of  giving  it. 

"Columbia  was  not  at  that  time  a  city  of  gardens  as  it 
has  since  become — a  place  of  abundant  fruits  and  flowers. 
Dr.  Benjamin  Waring  was  the  first,  I  believe,  to  plant  a 
garden  and  fruit  trees  on  a  large  scale.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Her- 
bemont  followed  and  set  the  example  of  cultivating  the  grape 
for  making  wine.  When  a  member  of  the  legislature  and 
invited  by  the  urbane  and  kindhearted  cultivator  to  test  tne 
virtues  of  his  manufacture,  I  thought  the  wine  very  pleasant. 


328  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

But  not  so  my  more  experienced  colleagues,  adepts  in  old 
Medeira  and  Sherry;  they  held  the  home  article  in  very 
slender  estimation.  They  thought  it,  as  they  said,  a  good 
wine  to  keep,  and  were  content  that  it  should  be  kept  accord- 
ingly. The  making  of  wine  however  has  not  ceased  and  from 
this  small  beginning  is  gradually  extending  in  various  parts 
of  the  State.  Some  centuries  hence  our  State  may  be  as 
famous  for  wine  as  for  cotton  or  rice. 

"I  graduated  in  1809.  During  the  last  summer  of  my  stay 
in  College  I  fell  ill  and  was  obliged  when  convalescent  to 
leave  Columbia  without  standing  the  final  examination  or 
the  ceremonies  of  commencement.  I  had  no  claim  therefore 
to  the  honors  of  the  class.  They  were  assigned  to  James  L. 
Petigru  and  Alexander  Bowie.  The  authorities  sent  a 
diploma  without  the  required  examination.  I  became  a 
bachelor  of  arts  with  the  usual  inaptitude  of  the  tribe  for 
any  definite  or  useful  employment.  I  was  fairly  launched 
on  the  great  sea  of  life  with  no  acquired  skill  to  buffet  with 
its  waves." 


EXTRACT  FROM 

THE  MS.  AUTOBIOGRAPHY  OF 

WILLIAM  C.  PRESTON. 

"Mounted  on  horse-back  with  a  negro  servant  to  wait  on 
and  take  care  of  me,  I  proceeded  on  my  lonely  journey. 
Columbia,  So.  Ca.,  lay  in  my  way.  There  I  put  up  at  a  tavern 
situated  on  the  spot  now  occupied  by  the  high  sounding  Con- 
garee  House  then  bearing  the  most  characteristic  appellation 
of  Goat  Hall.  There  I  met  with  several  young  men,  Charles- 
ton boys,  who  had  come  up  to  join  the  South  Carolina  Col- 
lege. These  youngsters,  whose  address  and  manners  were 
very  attractive,  easily  persuaded  me  that  I  was  far  enough 
South  for  my  health,  and  that  the  new  and  flourishing  Col- 
lege which  they  were  about  to  enter  was  a  fit  place  to  obtain 
an  education.  So  after  a  night  of  anxious  thought  I 
acquiesced.  I  knew  that  my  father's  plan  of  education  for 
me  was  that  I  should  go  through  some  Southern  College, 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  329 

then  to  Yale  or  Princeton  and  complete  my  course  in  Europe. 
His  notion  impressed  upon  me  from  my  earliest  days  was 
that  I  was  to  be  a  well  educated  man  and  then  to  study  law 
as  my  life-time  profession.  This  was  always  his  purpose, 
and  my  own  never  deviated  from  it.  I  entered  the  Sophomore 
class  December,  1809,  being  a  few  days  under  15  years  old, 
but  looking  several  years  older,  so  that  no  questions  were 
asked  as  to  my  age.  In  College  I  took  and  maintained  a 
good  stand.  The  state  of  discipline  nor  the  course  of  instruc- 
tion at  that  time  were  much  calculated  to  confer  a  high  edu- 
cation. I  graduated  with  distinction  in  1812,  having  gone 
thro'  pretty  much  upon  such  acquaintances  as  I  had  made 
under  Whaley.  I  had  a  considerable  reputation  for  speaking, 
and  that  was  the  principal  source  of  reputation  at  that  time 
— Legare  and  McDuffie  were  the  most  distinguished  students 
of  my  day,  and  they  maintained  it  thro'  life.  Indeed  I  think 
that  in  most  instances  the  relative  position  of  students  in 
College  has  been  continued  afterwards.  When  I  graduated, 
I  was  not  quite  18  years  old." 


TRAVELS  THROUGH  NORTH  AMERICA  DURING 

THE  YEARS 

1825  and  1826 

by  His  Highness 

BERNARD,  DUKE  OF  SAXE- WEIMAR  EISENACH 

Volume  I,  p.  209:  "I  became  acquainted  with  two  Pro- 
fessors of  Columbia  College,  Messrs.  Henry  and  Nott;  the 
first  is  acquainted  with  the  French  and  German  languages, 
he  has  translated  Niebuhr's  Roman  History  into  English. 
Mr.  Nott  studied  in  England  and  France,  resided  for  some 

time  in  Ghent,  and  married  a  lady  of  Brussels The 

acquaintance  I  made  with  a  Frenchman,  Mons.  Herbemont, 
was  very  interesting  to  me ;  he  has  been  an  inhabitant  of  the 
United  States  for  more  than  forty  years,  was  formerly  Pro- 
fessor of  Botany  in  Columbia  College,  and  now  lives  upon 
his  income." 

Volume  I,  p.  210:    "From  the  state-house  we  went  to 


330  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Columbia  College;  it  is  a  university,  but  has  neither  medical 
nor  theological  faculties.  There  are  six  professors.  Dr. 
Cooper  is  the  president,  with  whom  I  became  acquainted  last 
summer  in  Boston :  on  his  return  home  he  was  taken  sick  in 
Richmond. 

"The  number  of  students  was  one  hundred  and  twenty, 
who  live  in  two  large  buildings,  opposite  each  other;  between 
them  is  the  house  of  the  president  and  on  both  sides  the 
houses  of  the  professors.  We  paid  a  visit  to  Mr.  Vanuxem, 
Professor  of  Natural  History.  He  showed  us  the  collection 
of  minerals  belonging  to  the  college,  but  not  so  interesting 
as  the  collection  of  minerals  of  South  Carolina,  made  by  him 
last  summer.  There  were  several  fine  tourmalines,  emeralds, 
pyrites  containing  gold;  a  new  kind  of  metal  called  Colum- 
bian, asbestus  and  different  specimens  of  primitive  rocks. 
There  was  also  pure  gold  from  North  Carolina,  which  was 
only  discovered  about  six  years  ago.  When  at  Cheraw,  I 
was  willing  to  make  an  excursion  to  the  gold  mine,  but  it 
would  have  taken  me  a  couple  of  days.  I  was  told,  gold  is 
found  in  a  slime,  which  is  dried  up  and  then  sifted,  the  gold 
remaining  in  the  sieve.  But  miners  are  expected  from  Ger- 
many, and  at  their  arrival,  they  will  begin  a  regular  explora- 
tion. It  is  said  that  at  present  the  company  has  a  profit  of 
twenty  dollars  a  week.  I  visited  also  the  library,  which  was 
not  considerable,  and  did  not  contain  anything  remarkable. 
On  this  occasion  I  made  the  acquaintance  of  a  Mr.  Elliott, 
who  had  published  a  Flora  of  the  state  of  South  Carolina; 
he  extolled  the  botanical  treasures  of  that  state.  A  small 
observatory  was  shut  up;  perhaps  they  would  not  show  it 
to  me,  because  there  were  but  few  instruments." 

Volume  I,  p.  212:  "At  Professor  Henry's,  a  very  agree- 
able society  assembled  at  dinner.  At  that  party  I  observed 
a  singular  manner  which  is  practised ;  the  ladies  sit  down  by 
themselves  at  one  corner  of  the  table.  But  I  broke  the  old 
custom,  and  glided  between  them :  and  no  one's  appetite  was 
injured  thereby." 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  331 

TRAVELS  IN  NORTH  AMERICA 

in  the  years  1827  and  1828 

by 
Captain  Basil  Hall 

"Next  day,  the  20th  of  February  (1828),  we  hired  an 
extra  stage,  and  proceeded  at  our  own  pace,  leisurely,  to 
Columbia,  the  seat  of  government  of  South  Carolina ;  a  city 
interesting  on  many  accounts,  but  chiefly  so  to  a  stranger, 
from  the  intelligence  and  learning  of  the  professors  of  the 
college,  and  of  many  other  persons  who  reside  there, 
pp.  126-127. 

"On  the  22d  of  February  (1828),  I  visited  the  college  of 
Columbia,  along  with  several  of  the  professors.  The  young 
men  were  not  in  their  classes,  however,  which  I  was  sorry 
for.  It  was  the  anniversary  of  General  Washington's  birth- 
day, and  all  the  world  were  out  amusing  themselves.  The 
students  at  the  college  reside  in  the  building;  and  the  dis- 
cipline, I  understand,  is  quite  as  rigid  as  can  well  be 
enforced.  But  this  costs  a  good  deal  of  vigilance  and  trouble 
on  the  part  of  the  professors.  I  heard  the  same  complaint 
made  here,  as  in  most  other  parts  of  the  Union,  that  there 
was  the  greatest  difficulty  in  persuading  the  young  men  to 
remain  long  enough  in  training,  to  acquire  an  adequate 
amount  of  classical  knowledge.  The  advantages  of  the  col- 
lege are,  however,  so  considerable  in  economical  points  of 
view,  and  also  on  account  of  the  excellent  education  there 
provided,  that  I  believe  much  has  been  done  for  the  cause 
of  general  information  in  South  Carolina  by  this  popular 
institution.  The  examinations  are  very  strict;  and  if 
adequate  motives  could  be  devised  to  retain  the  pupils  long 
enough,  there  would  be  little  more  to  wish  for.  The  high 
stimulus  to  early  marriages,  held  out  by  the  facility  of  pro- 
viding for  a  family,  and  the  enterprising,  uncontrolable 
spirit  of  the  Southern  planters  in  particular,  come  sorely  in 
the  way  of  those  patient  studies,  those  nights  and  days  of 
laborious  application,  by  which  alone  scholars  or  mathe- 
maticians can  be  formed.  The  nature  of  things,  indeed,  in 
America,  as  I  have  already  stated  more  than  once,  is  so 


332  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

decidedly  averse  to  such  attainments — which  minister  to 
none  of  the  existing  wants  of  that  country — that,  I  fear  very 
much,  these  praiseworthy  attempts  to  force  them  must  for  a 
long  time  prove  abortive. 

"Nevertheless  it  is  very  probable,  that  the  enthusiasm  and 
the  talents  which  are  enlisted  over  many  parts  of  America 
in  the  good  cause  of  education,  do  perform  much  service  to 
that  country  upon  the  whole,  though  the  results  fall  greatly 
short  of  the  wishes  and  hopes  of  the  men  who  so  gallantly 
stem  the  popular  tide,  which  runs  steadily  in  the  opposite 
direction.  In  elementary  education,  they  have  certainly  done 
great  things.  My  remarks  refer  to  the  higher  branches  of 
knowledge." 


THOMAS  COOPER  TO  THOMAS  JEFFERSON 

(Jefferson  Papers  C.  2nd  Series,  Vol.  22.  No.  103.  Library 

of  Congress). 

Columbia  12  March  1821. 
Dear  Sir 

I  am  glad  to  find  from  Mr.  Eppes's  information  that  the 
Legislature  of  Virginia  has  enabled  the  Visitors  of  the  Uni- 
versity to  proceed  with  their  Plan. 

When  I  passed  by  Monticello,  it  was  with  a  view  princi- 
pally to  ascertain  whether  any  strong  probability  could  be 
counted  upon,  as  to  the  appointment  of  Professors ;  meaning 
to  regulate  my  conduct  here,  by  the  information  I  could 
obtain  at  your  house;  but  finding  both  from  you  and  Gov- 
ernor Randolph,  as  well  as  from  common  report  that  no 
reliance  could  be  placed  on  the  good  disposition  of  the  Legis- 
lature this  year — but  that  it  was  just  as  probable  that  the 
buildings  would  remain  useless  for  seven  years  to  come,  as 
be  put  into  requisition  this  year,  I  found  myself  obliged  to 
consult  the  necessity  of  immediate  employment,  and  accept 
of  the  Professorship  here  on  the  terms  offered  me.  Had  I 
declined  accepting  the  chair  of  Chemistry  here  permanently, 
a  gentleman  sent  for  from  Yale  College  for  the  purpose 
(Dr.  Porter)  was  ready  to  take  the  Situation.  Under  these 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  333 

circumstances,  I  could  do  no  otherwise  than  take  the  offer, 
on  the  understood  condition,  that  I  should  remain  here. 
Since  that  time,  I  have  been  made  Professor  of  Mineralogy 
with  an  additional  salary  of  lOOOf  and  President  pro  temp, 
of  the  College,  from  which  I  suspect  I  shall  have  no  occasion 
to  remove,  but  in  conformity  to  my  wishes.  My  family, 
my  furniture,  my  apparatus  are  all  here  or  at  Charleston, 
and  the  removal  has  cost  me  800f  at  least.  I  must  therefore 
now  consider  myself  as  fixed  in  this  place. 

You  want  a  Chemist  &  Mineralogist :  I  can  with  perfect 
confidence  &  under  the  fullest  conviction,  declare  that  Mr. 
Vanuxem  whom  you  saw  with  me,  is  possessed  of  knowledge 
of  these  subjects,  beyond  that  of  any  person  known  to  me 
in  the  United  States.  I  believe  in  pressing  him  on  your 
notice,  I  am  doing  much  more  service  to  your  institution 
than  to  him.  Had  I  gone  to  Charlottesville,  I  should  have 
recommended  him  here;  as  it  is,  I  assert  without  scruple  or 
hesitation,  that  you  cannot  do  so  well  as  to  take  him. 

Two  years  incessantly  devoted  to  these  pursuits  in  Phila- 
delphia, and  three  years  more  laboriously  employed  in  the 
same  way  in  Paris,  has  given  him  opportunities  (fully 
embraced)  of  acquiring  the  knowledge  in  question  beyond 
any  man  in  America.  For  his  character  at  Paris,  as  an 
honor  to  his  country  there,  I  am  instructed  to  refer  to  Mr. 
Gallatin  who  will  most  readily  confirm  my  report.  No  Pro- 
fessor from  England  has  had  equal  advantages:  and  Mr. 
Vanuxem  is  an  American  by  birth.  Whoever  you  get,  must 
be  provided  with  a  Laboratory  and  Lecture  room :  no  apart- 
ment in  your  University  will  suffice  for  the  purpose.  1  am 
desirous  of  promoting  Mr.  Vanuxem's  interest,  but  my  advice 
rests  on  the  ground  of  promoting  the  Interest  of  Science, 
&  of  your  Institution.  If  you  do  not  employ  him  with  you, 
I  shall  endeavor  to  take  measures  to  retain  him  here. 

Your  Grandson  Eppes  has  talents;  he  is~not  deficient  in 
Industry  and  he  will  stand  at  the  head  of  his  class.  I  advise 
you  to  let  him  stay  here  another  year  and  graduate.  For  an 
hour  every  day,  I  used  to  read  Horace  with  him  in  the  inter- 
vals of  his  class,  but  the  duties  of  the  President,  have  left 


334  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

me  no  leisure  for  that.  I  have  persuaded  him  to  read  Lucan's 
Pharsalia.  I  will  take  him  next  year  into  my  Laboratory. 
I  greatly  like  his  temper  &  his  talents. 

Adieu.  May  God  preserve  you  for  the  good  of  yr.  Country, 
many  years. 

Thomas  Cooper. 

THOMAS  COOPER  TO  JAMES  MADISON. 
(Madison  Papers,  Vol.  LXIII.  No.  29.  Library  of  Congress). 

Columbia  S.  Carolina  March  12.  1821. 
Dear  Sir 

When  I  first  engaged  to  act  as  chemical  Professor  at  the 
South  Carolina  College,  I  refused  to  contract  for  a  longer 
period  than  a  twelvemonth,  expressly  on  account  of  my 
engagement  in  Virginia.  At  my  departure  from  this  place 
last  autumn,  I  refused  making  any  promise  to  return  here 
on  a  permanent  engagement,  untill  I  had  an  opportunity  of 
ascertaining  the  prospects  of  the  Charlottesville  University. 
In  the  mean  time,  a  Dr.  Porter  came  here,  on  invitation  of 
some  of  the  Trustees,  recommended  by  Professor  Silliman  of 
Yale  College  to  take  the  chair  of  Chemistry  should  I 
decline  it. 

When  I  returned  here,  I  passed  thro'  Virginia,  &  staid  a 
week  at  Monticello.  Mr.  Jefferson  told  me,  he  was  quite 
uncertain  whether  the  Virginia  legislature  would  afford  suf- 
ficient aid  to  the  Charlottesville  institution  to  enable  it  to 
go  on:  that  it  was  a  very  unpropitious  time  to  make  the 
application  owing  to  the  losses  the  state  had  lately  incurred : 
that  if  they  should  refuse  the  necessary  aid,  the  Buildings 
might  remain  unoccupied  for  seven  years  to  come. 

I  found  Governor  Randolph  also  in  great  doubt  wher. 
any  thing  wd.  be  done  by  the  Legislature  or  not.  I  returned 
with  this  hopeless  kind  of  information  to  Columbia.  I  found 
there  the  Trustees  desirous  of  retaining  me,  but  hesitating 
about  my  election  for  another  limited  period:  Dr.  Porter 
meanwhile  ready  for  the  Chair,  as  my  Suppleant,  should  I 
relinquish  it. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  335 

I  was  not  able  to  waste  any  more  time  indefinitely,  my 
family  were  anxious  to  join  me  somewhere.  I  had  no  encour- 
agement to  go  to  your  State,  and  I  was  compelled  to  accept 
of  the  chemical  Chair  on  the  conditions  of  permanent  resi- 
dence, and  removing  my  family  here.  I  have  done  so;  and 
I  consider  myself  as  fixed  in  this  place. 

Since  I  have  been  here,  the  Trustees  have  influenced  the 
Legislature  to  add  1000  Dlrs  to  my  salary  as  mineralogical 
Professor,  and  have  since  elected  me  President  of  the  College 
for  a  period,  which  will  end  at  my  option  or  my  demise. 

Under  these  circumstances,  I  feel  myself  bound  in  honour 
to  recommend  if  I  can  an  efficient  Professor  of  Chemistry 
&  Mineralogy  to  your  Institution ;  and  under  that  obligation 
I  write  now. 

Mr.  Lardner  Vanuxein,  now  with  me  here  as  an  assistant, 
was  formerly  a  student  of  mineralogy  and  Chemistry  for 
two  years  in  Philadelphia,  and  since  that  time  for  3  years 
with  exemplary  industry  at  Paris,  where  he  received  the 
public  compliment  of  approbation  in  the  introductory  lecture 
of  the  mineralogical  professor  in  the  School  of  Mines.  His 
good  character,  talents,  &  merit  are  well  known  to  Mr. 
Gallatin  who  will  confirm  this  report. 

I  think  I  know  every  man  in  the  United  States  who  has 
pretensions  to  Chemical  and  mineralogical  Knowledge.  I 
speak  with  the  utmost  confidence,  &  without  scruple,  when 
I  say,  that  Mr.  Vanuxem  has  no  equal  among  them.  You 
cannot  procure  a  person  so  well  qualified  in  point  of  Knowl- 
edge. How  he  would  perform  as  public  lecturer  I  know  not, 
but  the  necessary  fluency  is  easily  acquired,  where  there  is 
the  necessary  knowledge,  as  there  is  here.  Mr.  Vanuxem 
is  about  30  Years  of  age :  of  a  well  known  family  in  Phila- 
delphia, his  father  a  merchant  of  long  standing  there, 
attached  to  the  Virginia  politics,  having  a  very  large  family 
natives  of  the  United  States. 

It  is  true  I  wish  to  render  Mr. 
Vanuxem  a  service,  but  I  have 
not  the  slightest  motive  to 
interest  myself  in  his  behalf,  but  his  merit :  and  it  is  because 


336  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

I  feel  personally  and  anxiously  concerned  for  the  interest 
of  the  Virginia  Institution,  that  you  are  now  troubled  with 
this  detail  from  Dear  Sir 

Your  obliged  and  faith- 
friend  and  Servant 
Thomas  Cooper 

THOMAS  COOPER  TO  THOMAS  JEFFERSON 

(Jefferson  Papers  C.  2nd  Series,  Vol.  22.  No.  104.  Library 

of  Congress). 

Columbia  Feb.  14.  1822 
Dear  Sir 

I  send  you  the  history  of  a  College  rebellion  (an  annual 
case  here)  which  may  be  put  by  among  the  memoirs  pour 
servir  a  Fhistoire  du  gouvernment  academique;  facts  that 
furnish  some  useful  conclusions.  You  are  to  consider  as 
true  in  addition  the  following  facts :  viz  That  the  Professors 
have  never  been  absent  from  a  single  recitation,  so  far  as  I 
know,  since  I  have  been  at  this  College. 

That  the  Students  are  repeatedly  invited  &  requested  to 
apply  to  any  of  the  professors  at  any  time  for  a  repetition  of 
instructions,  or  a  solution  of  difficulties  in  the  course  of  their 
Studies. 

That  so  far  as  I  know  the  Students  have  been  treated  with 
unabated  &  uniform  kindness  &  respect  by  all  the  Professors : 
this  manner  of  behaving  to  them  has  been  deliberately  and 
systematically  adopted  and  pursued.  And  every  proper 
indulgence  has  been  conceded  at  all  times  to  the  Students 
individually  &  collectively.  On  the  other  hand 

The  Senior  class  have  adopted  as  their  guiding  system  of 
morality,  that  they  are  under  no  obligation  to  obey  the  laws 
of  the  College,  but  merely  to  abide  by  the  punishment 
inflicted  on  disobedience  if  they  should  be  discovered  They 
distinguish  openly  avowedly  &  professedly  between  malum 
prohibitum  and  malum  per  se. 

They  have  prohibited  every  student  of  that  class  from 
applying  to  any  professor  for  information,  or  for  the  expla- 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  337 

nation  of  any  difficulty,  regarding  it  as  evidence  of  a  design 
to  curry  favor  with  the  faculty,  and  as  taking  an  unfair 
advantage.  Hence  also  the  students  are  forbidden  to  visit 
at  the  Professors'  houses  or  to  have  any  intercourse  with 
them — M*.  Eppes  cannot  pay  a  visit  of  common  civility  to 
Mrs.  Cooper. 

Every  student  ill  College,  holds  himself  bound  to  conceal 
any  offence  against  the  Laws  of  the  Land  as  well  as  the  Laws 
of  the  College :  the  robbing  of  henroosts,  the  nightly  prowling 
about  to  steal  Turkies  from  all  the  houses  in  the  neighbour- 
hood are  constant  practices,  among  a  set  of  young  men  who 
would  never  forgive  you,  if  you  doubted  their  honor,  altho' 
I  know  this  form  of  declaration  is  little  else  than  an  insolent 
cover  for  falsehood  among  many  of  them. 

Mr.  Baker  of  Richmond  is  a  strong  advocate  for  the  dis- 
tinction between  malum  prohibitum  &  malum  per  se ;  and  he 
led  off  the  revolt. 

After  consenting  to  refer  the  dispute  to  the  Trustees  con- 
vened by  the  Governor,  they  were  guilty  the  next  night  of 
every  outrage  that  they  had  the  power  to  commit.  The  Pro- 
fessors were  threatened,  pistols  were  snapt  at  them;  guns 
fired  near  them.  Col.  John  Taylor  (formerly  of  the  Senate 
from  this  place)  was  in  company  with  myself  burnt  in 
effigy:  the  windows  of  my  bedroom  have  been  repeatedly 
shattered  at  various  hours  of  the  night,  &  guns  fired  under 
my  window.  If  we  were  to  ask  any  young  man,  who  did  so, 
he  wd.  feel  insulted  at  the  question,  and  deemed  his  honor 
injured  by  being  asked  if  he  knew  the  perpetrator  of  a  crime, 
altho'  he  stood  near  the  offender  at  the  time.  Of  the  junior 
class  we  have  suspended  about  20,  and  reported  for  expulsion 
4  or  5  others.  The  senior  class,  at  present  knowing  our  full 
determination  not  to  give  way,  are  very  regular  now,  & 
probably  will  continue  so. 

The  trustees  resident  in  this  neighbourhood,  are  deter- 
mined to  recommend  that  no  Student  be  hereafter  admitted, 
but  on  condition  of  signing  the  paper  we  required  the  junior 
class  to  sign ;  and  also  to  apply  to  the  legislature  to  make  it 
a  penal  offence  cognizable  before  a  magistrate  for  any 

.  u. 


338  HISTORY  OF  THE   UNIVERSITY 

student  to  remain  in  College  12  hours  after  being  ordered 
by  the  faculty  to  leave  it.  A  provision  now  seen  to  be  of  the 
first  necessity. 

Republicanism  is  good :  but  the  "rights  of  boys  and  girls" 
are  the  offspring  of  Democracy  run  mad.  No  professor  of  any 
reputation  will  stay  at  an  institution  where  their  authority 
is  to  be  disputed  inch  by  inch,  and  their  lives  put  in  jeopardy 
if  they  resist  the  encroachments  of  a  set  of  hot  headed  boys, 
whom  no  kindness  can  conciliate,  and  who  regard  all  exer- 
tions made  to  promote  their  improvement  as  mere  matters 
of  duty  for  which  no  thanks  are  due.  Some  of  the  very 
young  men  to  whom  last  year  I  gave  a  daily  lecture  more 
than  I  was  bound  to  give — who  were  incited  and  tempted  to 
attend  that  lecture  as  an  extra  duty — to  whom  I  continued 
to  give  instruction  to  the  last  day  of  their  remaining  in 
College,  stole  my  horse  out  of  the  stable  shaved  its  tail  & 
mane,  and  rode  it  about  in  the  night  till  it  was  nearly 
exhausted.  I  found  them  out  &  forgave  them,  but  it  pro- 
duced no  amelioration  in  their  accomplices  who  remained, 
and  are  now  suspended. 

Dr.  Dwight  prophesyed  that  no  collegiate  institute  could 
be  permanent  south  of  Potowmack.  In  my  own  opinion  the 
parental  indulgence  of  the  South,  renders  young  men  less 
fit  for  college  government  than  the  habits  of  the  northern 
people;  and  the  rigid  discipline  of  the  northern  seminaries 
must  be  put  in  force  inexorably  in  the  South,  or  the  people 
who  are  sent  for  instruction,  will  permit  their  teachers  to 
give  it  to  them,  only  when  the  student  condescends  to  be 
taught. 

In  all  these  proceedings,  about  10  or  12  lead  the  rest 
astray,  and  the  defect  of  moral  courage — that  courage  which 
determines  a  man  to  do  his  duty  at  all  hazards — renders  the 
peaceable,  the  tools  of  the  turbulent. 

I  know  little  how  Mr.  Eppes  is  going  on:  but  his  habits 
are  studious,  regular,  and  kind.  All  the  Professors  speak 
well  of  him,  &  in  my  opinion  deservedly. 

Accept  dear  Sir  my  best  and  kindest  respects  and  good 
wishes  for  your  welfare. 

Thomas  Cooper. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  339 

Extract  from  a  letter  of  Thomas  Cooper  to  Governor  P.  M. 
Butler,  July  1,  1837;  published  in  the  Southern  Literary 
Journal,  Vol.  IV,  pp.  540-549 : 

"Dear  Sir: — I  address  this  letter  to  you,  because  I  know 
the  interest  you  take  in  our  public  Institutions,  particularly 
the  College.  I  offer  my  view  for  public  discussion,  patiently 
abiding  the  course  of  public  improvement,  which  discussion 
is  sure  to  produce.  The  time  has  never  been  when  I  have 
not  thought  highly  of  classical  attainment;  but  I  do  not 
think  it  repays  all  the  time  and  attention  we  unskilfully 
dedicate  to  it.  I  say  unskilfully,  for  I  have  never  seen  a 
young  man  turned  out  as  a  graduate  from  the  South  Carolina 
College,  who  would  be  considered  as  a  good  classical  scholar, 
at  any  of  the  great  schools,  or  Universities  of  England.  We 
have  never  had  a  good  grammar  school  under  proper  and 
rigid  discipline  attached  to  the  College.  The  time  of  our 
youth,  until  the  age  of  sixteen  years,  has  never  been  skilfully 
or  fully  employed.  Parents  and  children  are  anxious  to 
commence  a  collegiate  course  before  the  young  men  are  really 
prepared;  and  if  the  due  requisites  are  exacted  at  entrance, 
the  college  would  have  much  room  unoccupied.  We  were 
all  sensible  of  this  in  my  time,  and  we  were  as  rigid  in  our 
admission-examinations,  as  we  could  afford  to  be;  and  not 
without  corresponding  good  effects.  The  character  of  our 
grammar  schools  throughout  the  country  depends  on  the 
condition  really  exacted  for  admission  into  the  college. 
Translations  from  an  ancient  into  a  modern  language,  and 
from  a  modern  into  an  ancient  one,  at  least  twice  a  week, 
with  original  compositions  in  Latin  prose,  weekly,  till  four- 
teen years  of  age,  and  in  Latin  verse  weekly  for  two  years, 
appear  to  me,  from  personal  experience,  and  much  actual 
observation,  indispensable  to  the  fluent  acquisition  of  the 
classic  tongues.  Which  of  our  grammar  schools  exact  this? 
Which  of  them  are  competent  to  exact  these  duties?  My  good 
friend,  Dr.  Park,  may  remember  translating  for  me  a  page 
of  Greek  poetry,  by  Charles  Fox,  as  a  University  Exercise, 
published.  This  was  the  result  of  the  discipline  I  have  been 
proposing.  His  critical  letters  to  that  learned  man,  Gilbert 


340  HISTORY  OP  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Wakefield,  would  show  his  attention  to  these  subjects.  He 
brought  like  every  great  man,  great  labor  to  his  pursuits. 
But  Greek  poetry  and  classical  criticism,  might  have  been 
beneficially  superceded  by  the  study  of  The  Wealth  of 
Nations,  which  his  intellect  was  too  scholastically  drilled  to 
relish  or  understand. 

"A  youth  entering  college,  with  such  a  portion  of  classical 
acquirements  as  I  have  described,  and  the  usual  complement 
of  arithmetical,  algebraical  and  mathematical  knowledge, 
might  dispense  with  the  classics  entirely  as  a  college  exer- 
cise. If  to  a  short  course  of  Moral  Philosophy,  there  were 
added  a  course  of  International  law  by  the  same  instructor, 
I  think  it  would  be  an  improvement. 

"To  these  alterations  I  would  add,  that  no  young  man 
should  be  permitted  to  enter  college  till  after  an  exact  and 
full  examination  in  the  Latin  and  Greek  classics;  in  his 
readiness  to  write  on  any  given  subject,  at  least  in  Latin; 
his  knowledge  of  ancient  geography,  customs  and  manners, 
with  a  competent  knowledge  of  modern  geography.  All 
this  will  be  easy  to  a  well  educated  youth  of  sixteen.  Nor 
should  any  young  man  be  allowed  to  enter  college  for  a  less 
term  than  four  years. 

"These  changes  would  admit  of  a  more  full  course  of 
Chemistry  as  applied  to  the  arts  of  Mineralogy  and  Geology, 
now  indispensable,  but  for  which  time  is  not  at  present 
allowed  in  our  Institution.  I  would  also  admit  of  a  daily 
course  of  reading  in  the  French  language.  I  despair  of  pres- 
ent, but  not  of  future  success  in  these  proposals.  I  shall 
offer  another  by  and  by.  I  say  nothing  of  the  constitutional 
objection  to  a  part  of  the  present  course,  because,  regarding 
as  I  do,  the  constitution  to  be  in  real  amount  no  more  than 
a  piece  of  waste  paper  against  popular  prejudice,  I  would 
not  dwell  on  an  unpleasant  subject,  without  prospect  of 
benefit." 

"I  am  not  so  prejudiced  as  to  deny  the  uses  to  which  even 
our  present  system  of  imperfect  education  may  lead.  It 
tends  to  make  better  lawyers,  and  better  doctors;  more  skil- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  341 

ful  polemics  in  the  disputatious  field  of  controversial  divinity, 
more  fluent  declaimers;  men  better  skilled  in  the  wordy 
contests  of  party  tactics;  more  efficient  party  politicians. 
It  will  enable  a  man  to  dilate  for  two  hours  on  a  subject  that 
might  be  exhausted  in  fifteen  minutes." 


"The  age  of  common  sense,  I  presume,  will  approach  us 
by  slow  journies.  One  symptom  of  it  in  South  Carolina,  will 
be  the  enforcing,  in  her  school  of  education,  a  more  accurate 
acquirement  of  mathematical,  mechanical,  chemical,  and 
geological  knowledge  than  is  now  prevalent  among  us; 
another  symptom  will  be  the  establishment  of  a  school  of 
engineers,  as  an  appendage  of  two  years  to  the  usual  college 
studies. 

"You  want  a  full  course  of  mathematics  applied  to 
mechanics. 

"You  want  a  course  of  fluxionary  and  algebraical  calculus. 

"You  want  a  practical  knowledge  of  scientific  instruments, 
as  a  distinct  course  of  lectures. 

"You  want  a  daily  exercise  in  drawing,  and  delineations 
of  the  machinery  from  the  machines. 

"You  want  French  as  absolutely  indispensable;  and  Ger- 
man as  very  desirable. 

"You  want  more  official  attendance  and  solemnity  at  your 
public  examinations,  and  a  more  insisted  and  compelled  pro- 
ficiency. Degrees  are  too  easily  acquired. 

"I  have  said  nothing  of  the  elements  of  anatomy  and 
physiology,  or  of  the  application  of  galvanism  to  the  piles  of 
the  human  body,  as  well  as  to  the  piles  of  Volta,  or  to  the 
coasting  of  ships  at  sea. — nor  of  the  elements  of  botany,  so 
essential  to  the  agriculturist,  the  gardener,  and  the  physi- 
cian. I  fear  time  is  wanting,  and  patience  is  wanting.  Our 
young  men  and  their  parents,  are  alike  impatient  of  college 
confinement,  and  anxious  for  escape  into  the  world,  con- 
tented with  the  smattering  of  knowledge,  that  has  been 
"panged"  into  them.  What  is  the  consequence?  Look  at 
your  Rail-Road.  The  school  at  West  Point,  imperfect  as  it 
is,  has  provided  in  some  degree  for  useful  attainment;  your 


342  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

engineers  are,  with  two  or  three  young  exceptions^  students 
from  the  school  of  West  Point  and  you  are  compelled  to 
borrow  them  from  the  federal  government,  because  you  have 
neglected  or  disdained  to  breed  them  for  yourselves !  Ought 
this  to  be?  No:  pudet  haec  opprobria  nobis  et  did  potuisse 
et  non  potuisse  refelli. 

"How  often  has  a  professorship  of  modern  languages  been 
pressed  on  the  attention  of  the  trustees  and  the  Legislature 
in  vain !  Is  there  a  gentleman  in  Europe  ignorant  of  French? 
Can  you  go  into  a  company  of  merchants  in  England  where 
that  language  is  not  familiar  at  the  dinner  table, — where  it 
is  not  a  matter  of  surprise  that  any  foreigner  should  be 
ignorant  of  it?  Can  a  mathematician,  a  physician,  a  well- 
bred  lawyer  dispense  with  French? 


"The  standing  of  South  Carolina  depends,  1st,  on  the 
known  honorable  character  of  her  citizens  as  public  men. 
Our  Representatives  in  Congress  have  been  for  the  most  part, 
and  now  feel  that  they  are  gentlemen.  That  they  have  to 
support,  untainted,  in  that  house  of  ill  fame,  the  high  char- 
acter of  a  South-Carolina  gentleman.  God  grant,  that 
whether  through  good  report  or  evil  report,  they  may  never 
flinch  or  fail  in  maintaining  that  really  noble  character: 
and  I  thank  God  it  is  supported. 

"2d.  South-Carolina  must  earn  pre-eminence  by  superi- 
ority, not  merely  of  talent,  but  of  knowledge.  Not  merely 
of  knowledge,  but  of  useful  knowledge.  To  this  imperious 
duty  we  have  not  paid  due  attention. — Our  public  school  of 
instruction  is  a  very  incompetent  institution.  Our  legis- 
lators have  liberally  voted  for  bricks  and  mortar ;  but  science 
does  not  flourish  in  that  school.  Not  from  incompetence  of 
professors,  for  I  most  willingly  bear  my  own  personal  testi- 
mony to  the  professional  merit  of  your  mathematician  and 
chemist.  The  college  is  under  the  care  of  men,  to  whose  con- 
duct as  professors,  I  know  of  no  objection  that  can  be  made. 
But  the  trustees  and  the  legislature  ought  to  institute  some 
more  efficient  mode  of  exacting  due  proficiency.  When  do 
they  attend  the  examinations?  It  is  a  disagreeable  duty: 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  343 

but  it  is  a  duty  which  a  patriot  ought  not  to  shrink  from. 
You  can  not  get  on  without  a  pattern  grammar  school.  You 
ought  to  have  an  uniform." 


VERSES  FROM  AN  OLD  NOTE  BOOK. 

An  old  note  book  kept  by  a  student  of  the  class  of  1852 
has  been  preserved.  From  it  come  the  following  verses  by 
James  K.  Chalmers,  A.  B.  1851,  H.  H.  Caldwell,  A.  B.  1851, 
and  J.  Wood  Davidson,  A.  B.  1852.  Professor  Yates  Snow- 
den,  the  present  owner  of  the  note  book,  fortunately  rescued 
them  from  oblivion.  Billy  Maybin,  originally  from  New- 
berry,  kept  the  old  Congaree  Hotel,  which  occupied  the  site 
of  the  present  Jerome  Hotel.  The  lines  by  Caldwell  and 
Davidson  relate  to  the  rebellion  occasioned  in  April,  1850, 
by  the  assignment  of  certain  periods  of  recitation  belonging 
to  Dr.  Thornwell  to  Professor  Brumby  during  the  former's 
absence.  The  students  claimed  as  a  favor  granted  by  for- 
tune the  periods  left  vacant  by  a  professor's  absence,  which 
could  not  be  filled  by  any  one  else. 

BILLY  MAYBIN'S  O ! 

Come,  doff  your  gowns,  good  fellows,  don't  put  your  coats 

on  slow, 

For  a  drinking  at  old  Billy's  we  are  ready  for  to  go; 
Above  he  gives  good  suppers,  good  dinners  down  below, 
And  many  a  time  we've  had  a  spree  at  Billy  Maybin's,  O! 

There  "Uncle  Ned"  and  "Vive  1'amour,"  the  singers  nightly 

chime, 

While  those  who  are  less  tuneful  in  drinking  do  keep  time; 
And  when  before  the  counters  we  stand  up  in  a  row, 
We'll  toast  the  lasses  of  our  hearts,  at  Billy  Maybin's,  O ! 

While  our  spirits  are  uprising,  our  liquors  ceaseless  flow, 
And  every  man  begins  to  feel  "a  little  how  come  you  so." 
The  whiskey-punchy  feeling  and  the  old  convivial  glow 
Comes  unaided  o'er  us  stealing  at  Billy  Maybin's,  O ! 
To  fail  in  love  or  "flash"  in  class  brings  keen  heart-rend- 
ing woe 


344  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

To  those  who  glory  in  the  name  of  handsome  college  beaux, 
But  the  bold  frequenters  of  "the  Hole-'  don't  care  for  this, 

you  know, 

But  sink  their  woes  and  drown  their  cares  at  Billy  May- 
bin's,  O ! 

Though  we  love  all  wholesoul  fellows  and  approve  of  drown- 
ing cares, 

Don't  forget  still  to  be  moderate  and  think  of  morning 
prayers, 

Lest  when  the  bell  is  chiming  to  matins  for  to  go, 

You  should  think  'twas  clanking  of  the  plates  at  Billy 
Maybin's,  O! 

The  ladies  of  Columbia  all  drinking  do  forego, 

Their  tender  hearts  thus  tempting  them,  an  example  for  to 

show; 

But  still  the  stubborn  fellows,  contrary,  as  you  know, 
Will  never  cease  to  laugh  and  sing  at  Billy  Maybin's,  O ! 

When  the  barrel  brightly  blazes  and  the  tar  runs  out  below, 
And  gowned  fellows  dance  around  on  the  light  fantastic  toe, 
To  all  our  tenements,  alas!  the  Bugs  do  quickly  go, 
And  woe  to  those  carousing  at  Billy  Maybin's,  O! 

Next  Monday  morning  surely  old  Sheriff  comes  around, 
And  you're  up  before  the  faculty  for  going  up  the  town, 
"Did  you  go  into  an  eating  house?"  "Did  you  take  a  drink 

or  no?" 
Oh,  yes,  sirs ;  took  a  drink  or  two  at  Billy  Maybin's,  O ! 

And  when  you  and  I  and  Joseph  and  all  our  jolly  crew, 
Come  to  part  with  Uncle  Billy  and  bid  a  long  adieu, 
We'll  hope  that  time  will  touch  his  brow  as  lightly  as  the 

snow, 
And  students  still  may  find  a  home  at  Billy  Maybin's,  O ! 

And  when  we  graduate  and  each  has  taken  his  degree, 
We'll  drink  that  we'll  ne'er  disgrace  the  title  of  A.  B., 
And  when  we've  left  Columbia,  while  wending  homeward 

slow, 
We'll  sigh  o'er  reminiscences  at  Billy  Maybin's,  O! 

— James  R.  Chalmers. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  345 

A  note  in  pencil  by  the  owner  of  the  note  book  contains 
the  information  that  "The  graduating  class  of  1852  had  the 
honor  of  being  the  last  class  who  sung  the  above  song  before 
the  Congaree  House  (kept  by  Uncle  Billy)  on  the  evening 
of  the  7th  Dec.  after  the  class  supper.  The  hotel  has  been 
sold  and  the  name  changed  since  that  memorable  evening 
when  we  were  all  gloriously  inebriated." 

The  following  lines  relating  to  the  rebellion  are  from  the 
pen  of  the  same  young  poet : 

"Come,  white  folks,  listen  to  me,  a  story  I'll  relate, 
That  happened  in  the  valley  of  the  old  Carolina  State, 
At  South  Carolina  College,  'Old  FossiP  he  did  say, 
That  the  junior  class  should  go  to  him  on  Dr.  Thornwell's 
day. 

Chorus : 

"Old  Fossil  he  said  go,  but  it  was  no  use,  you  know, 
The  junior  class  swore  at  last,  be  d d  if  they  would  go. 

"The  Juniors  then  did  scrape  and  stir  themselves  about, 
While  Fossil  scratched  behind  his  head  and  gave  the  lesson 

out; 

But  'lecture'  then  they  said  and  again  began  the  row; 
But  one  thousand  classes  could  not  make  old  Fossil  lecture 

now. 

Chorus : 

"By  my  own  misfortunes  the  class  has  got  behind, 
And  in  hearing  you  upon  these  days  I  think  I'm  very  kind ; 
But  I  am  not  to  be  fooled  with,  as  the  Sophs  already  found. 
I'll  hear  you   on  next   Thursday  though  you   shuffle  the 
benches  down. 

Chorus : 

"The  Faculty  gave  them  holy  day  and  said  they'd  give  them 

more. 

They  thanked  them  very  kindly  and  left  the  College  door, 
And  down  the  railroad  whizzed  along  with  pockets  light 

and  free 
To  the  houses  of  their  dearest  dads  they  hate  so  much  to  see." 


346  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

"ODE 

"Thus  in  the  dust  we  lay  them  down ; 

For  them  we've  use  no  more, 
And  of  our  'doing  all  up  brown' 
We  are  entirely  sure. 

"No  more  when  sounds  the  warning  bell 

To  Brumby  we'll  repair: 
These  books  the  reason  why  can  tell 
While  they  are  burning  there. 

"Far,  far,  we  speed  from  hence  away 

With  hearts  as  warm  and  true 
As  ever  yet  have  seen  the  day 
Or  of  a  College  knew. 

"Yes !  let  their  mark  upon  the  ground 

Henceforth  forever  stay, 
While  Soph  and  Fresh  are  passing  round 
Three  times  in  every  day. 

"Farewell !  ye  scenes  of  classic  love ! 

Farewell !  Ye  ancient  walls ! 
No  more  we'll  see  yon  dark  pine  grove 
Or  hear  of  Steward's  Halls. 

"While  in  the  silent  dust  they  lie, 

The  books  that  we  detest, 
We  unto  all  Eternity 

From  Chemistry  shall  rest. 

"Illume  the  pile  and  feed  the  flame; 

High  let  the  fire  rise. 
Great  as  is  Richard  Brumby's  shame 
Bright  as  are  Pelham's  eyes. 

"Now  to  the  winds  of  Heaven  be  cast 

The  ashes  far  and  near, 
And  far  from  hence  may  every  blast 
The  hated  ashes  bear." 

— H.  H.  Caldwell 

Sung  before  Professor  Brumby's  house,  while  the  class 
burned  their  chemistries. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  347 

TO  THE  JUNIORS  OF  1850. 

When  call'd  to  bid  our  friends  adieu 
Our  bosoms  swell  with  sorrow  true; 
We  ask  the  parting  hour  to  tell 
The  pangs  that  tend  this  sad  farewell. 

Thrown  by  the  Fates  in  union  here 
Our  hearts  in  friendship  met; 
That  tie  our  spirits  held  in  joy 
Nor  felt  one  chill  regret. 

Time  roll'd ; — the  more  our  friendship  grew 
And  hope  with  music's  voice 
Bade  all  expect  for  years  that  we 
In  it  would  still  rejoice. 

But  when  your  hearts — true  Southern  souls — 
Felt  keen  oppression's  hand, 
They  spurn 'd  th'  unjust,  th'  ungenerous  word 
And  pledg'd  its  power  to  withstand. 

And  nobly  stood  despite  the  power 
Unjustly  sought  to  stay ; 
The  freedom  of  a  freeman's  mind 
Deaf  to  a  tyrant's  sway. 

The  blow  descended; — you  have  felt 
What  despots  only  try; 
But  leaving,  you  will  leave  behind 
That  which  should  never  die. 

You  leave  behind  the  conscious  thought 
In  ev'ry  gen'rous  breast, 

That  though  you  leave,  your  course  throughout 
Can  stand  severest  test. 

We  part; — perhaps  our  last  adieu 
Is  now  forever  said; 
But  mem'ry  still  will  bind  us  one 
Till  mind  itself  be  dead. 

We  stay  perhaps  to  meet  what  you 
So  proudly  now  do  spurn; 
But  we  will  meet  as  you  have  met 
Injustice  in  our  turn. 


348  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

No  proud  Professor's  sternness,  nor 

A  dotage  rasher  still, 

Shall  curb  whilst  Southern  air  we  breathe 

Our  independent  Will. 

'Tis  thus  we  part : — emotions  deep 
Within  our  bosoms  swell; 
For  sorrows  damp  our  spirits  chill 
As  we  repeat  farewell. 

— James  Wood  Davidson. 

These  two  stanzas  on  the  "Morning  Hour"  are  from  the 
pen  of  James  B.  Chalmers: 

MORNING  HOUR. 

'Tis  morning  hour,  the  sun  shines  bright, 

The  dew  drops  blaze  beneath  his  ray, 
The  twinkling  stars  their  faded  light 

Have  melted  into  day. 
Then  sleep  no  more  but  upward  bound 

However  much  you  long  to  stay; 
The  Chapel  Bell  with  tinkling  sound 

Is  calling  us  to  pray. 

'Tis  morning  hour,  from  room  to  room 

The  wakeful  fellows  grumbling  roar — 
Oh,  do  get  up  my  sleepy  chum, 

Ere  Jim  shall  close  the  door. 
Then  sleep  no  more  but  upward  bound 

However  much  you  long  to  stay; 
The  Chapel  Bell  with  tinkling  sound, 

Is  calling  us  to  pray. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  349 

LETTERS  OF  A  STUDENT  OF  THE  LATE  50'S. 

The  following  extracts  are  from  the  letters  of  Charles 
Woodward  Hutson,  a  member  of  the  class  of  1860. 

2d  Feb.  1857. 
Columbia,  So.  Ca. 
Dear  E— 

Saturday  night  I  joined  the  Euphradian  Society,  and 
W — M —  the  Clariosophic.  The  subject  on  debate  in  our 
society  was  one  very  interesting  to  me,  and  as  I  had  some- 
thing to  say  on  it,  I  rose  to  say  it ;  but  words  were  wanting 
and  I  hesitated  and  stammered  dreadfully  at  first,  but  got 
through  at  last.  I  will  not  soon  again  venture  extempore 
speaking. 

LeConte  called  me  up  for  the  second  time  this  morning, 
and  McCay  just  now  (midday).  I  have  only  been  called  up 
to  recite  three  times  since  I  have  been  here. 

Friday  night  we  had  a  beautiful  sight — a  blackride  in 
the  Campus.  There  were  four  or  five  riders  half  masked 
with  their  faces  blacked,  dressed  in  red  flannel  coats,  with 
flaming  torches  of  camphene  in  their  hands.  It  was  a 
splendid  sight  to  see  them  galloping  up  and  down  the 
Campus,  waving  their  flambeaux;  and  the  students,  who 
had  crowded  out,  yelling  at  the  top  of  their  lungs.  One  of 
them  rode  to  McCay's  house  and  shook  his  torch  at  it.  This 
morning  some  four  or  five  were  called  up  before  the  faculty 
to  answer  as  to  the  part  they  took  in  the  blackride,  and  the 
serenade  (tin  pan)  of  the  night  before.  It  is  reported  that 
they  confessed  to  the  serenade,  but  refused  to  answer  as  to 
the  blackride. 

This  morning  we  had  a  college  meeting  to  appoint  a  com- 
mittee to  attend  the  remains  of  the  Hon.  Preston  S.  Brooks 
home. 

Another  meeting  was  called  just  at  second  recitation  time 
to  determine  to  support  the  men,  if  suspended,  or  to  refuse 
to  answer  if  the  whole  College  was  called  up,  I  don't  know 
for  which  purpose ;  but  for  either  one  or  both.  As  the  object 
of  the  meeting  was  illegal,  as  well  the  meeting  itself  without 


350  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

the  authority  of  the  President,  I  refused  to  attend,  and  with 
my  monitor  and  a  few  others  of  the  class  went  to  recitation, 
where  McCay  wool'd  us  considerably,  as  the  meeting  in  the 
morning  had  prevented  our  studying  much.  A  paper  was 
brought  around  to  be  signed  after  the  College  meeting,  being 
of  a  rebellious  purport.  T — ,  M —  and  I  refused  to  sign  any 
paper  whatever.  The  College  is  now  in  a  pretty  fix.  If  the 
President  does  his  duty  now,  there  may  be  a  rebellion ;  if  he 
does  not,  there  will  certainly  be  one  before  long.  I  am  per- 
fectly disgusted  at  the  rowdyism  of  the  few  being  so  per- 
mitted and  shielded  by  the  many.  I  have  heard  a  great  many 
express  their  regret  at  the  present  state  of  things,  which 
they  say  is  worse  than  it  ever  was  before — say  they  know 
how  much  it  tends  to  break  down  the  College,  and  yet  they 
yield  to  custom,  attend  the  College  meeting,  and  then  come 
away  when  it  is  half  over  in  disgust.  I  have  seen  ten  or 
twelve  do  this.  But  enough  of  these  disorders;  their  issue 
must  come  soon. 

10th  Feb.  1857. 
So.  Carolina  College. 
My  Dear  Mother: 

*  *  *  We  had  a  College  Meeting  this  evening  to  send  a 
Committee  to  the  President  to  ask  leave,  I  believe,  for  the 
College  to  attend  in  procession  the  remains  of  Brooks,  which 
will  come  through  Columbia  tomorrow.  That's  the  latest 
news.  The  Campus  is  exceedingly  quiet  now.  Nothing 
happens  of  any  kind.  Last  night  someone  lectured  up  town 
and  the  students  of  course  got  the  morning  professors  to 
lecture  instead  of  calling  up  any  one  at  recitation.  The 
supposition  was,  that  we  would  go  to  hear  the  lecture,  and 
have  no  time  to  study  at  night.  Do  not  think  this  is  so 
schoolboy  a  love  for  holiday,  as  it  seems;  for  the  hard 
students  are  very  glad  to  get  it,  so  as  to  have  spare  time  to 
study  for  some  other  recitation. 

Wednesday  Night.  Had  another  College  Meeting  this 
evening,  I  hardly  know  what  for — some  Committee  concern 
about  Brooks.  We  are  to  accompany  his  body  in  procession 
tomorrow  from  the  depot. 


GYMNASIUM. 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  351 

I  am  very  busy  now,  was  wool'd  this  morning  by  Barn- 
well  and  mean  to  study  to  make  up.  And  that  wasn't  the 
worst  of  it,  for  he  called  me  immediately  after  recitation  to 
ask  me  about  my  composition  on  "Lyric  Poetry,"  to  which 
he  paid  a  very  equivocal  compliment.  He  told  me  that  he 
wished  to  find  out  how  original  it  was,  so  as  to  know  how 
to  mark  me,  as  he  said,  "it  showed  an  older  hand,  and  more 
information,  than  he  thought  consistent  with  my  years"  (per- 
haps he  means  recitations).  I  did  not  satisfy  him,  for  I 
hardly  know  what  true  originality  is.  We  walked  together 
from  the  recitation  room  to  Chapel  to  Evening  prayers,  and 
on  the  way  he  asked  whose  son  I  was,  and  when  I  told  him 
remarked  that  we  were  related,  to  which  I  assented,  and 
there  we  stopped.  I  don't  like  his  suspecting  me  of  copying, 
for  a  suspicion  it  is  clearly. 

17th  Feb.  1807 
So.  Carolina  College. 
My  Dear  Father: 

I  received  your  letter  of  yesterday  at  about  twelve  o'clock 
today.  I  wish  the  mails  from  Pocotaligo  came  so  quickly. 
I  am  glad  to  hear  you  were  well  enough  to  attend  Court,  as 
you  wished. 

I  have  not  acted  in  the  recent  difficulties  in  the  College,  as 
rightly,  as  you  supposed;  for  on  the  night  of  the  Blackride 
I  could  not  resist  the  temptation  of  going  out  into  the 
Campus  and  whooping  with  the  rest.  I  knew  at  the  time 
that  it  was  wrong,  but  could  not,  or  rather  did  not  control 
myself. 

I  do  not  find  the  studies  at  all  difficult,  although  to  make 
a  good  recitation  requires  rather  more  study,  than  I  have 
been  doing  of  late.  I  am  getting  gradually  to  study  a  little 
harder  than  at  first.  Everything  here  seems  to  teach  extem- 
porizing, except  the  Classics.  In  the  Society  it  is  something 
of  an  evil,  for  there  seems  to  be  rather  more  extempore  speak- 
ing, than  preparation  of  any  kind.  Personalities  and 
rhetoric  occupy  a  much  higher  place  than  sound  reasoning. 
However  I  am  much  pleased  with  it,  although  I  did  not 
expect  so  much  of  this  sort  of  thing. 


352  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

The  new  professors  seem  to  be  quite  the  favourites  here. 
Barnwell  "wools"  terribly,  but  he  is  making  his  mark.  A 
lecture  which  he  delivered  to  the  Seniors  or  Juniors  on 
Chivalry  I  heard  described  by  some  of  them  as  a  splendid 
thing,  every  point  being  exquisitely  analyzed.  They  seem  to 
be  very  much  pleased  with  him.  Everyone  says  that  the 
Faculty,  with  only  one  or  two  exceptions,  is  a  very  able  one. 
If  the  President  were  only  less  timid,  all  would  be  right. 
Since  those  four  men  were  suspended,  everything  has  been 
very  quiet — a  little  yelling  in  the  Campus  and  a  little  firing 
off  of  crackers,  but  that  is  all.  For  instance  a  tremendous 
volley  of  crackers  carried  us  to  the  windows  just  now,  but 
all  is  still  and  quiet  now.  *  *  *  * 

Pelham,  who  goes  the  rounds  of  our  Tenement,  has  just 
called  to  see  whether  we  were  in,  for  the  first  time,  since  I 
have  been  here.  This  was  in  consequence  of  the  crackers 
just  fired  off. 

21st  Feb.  1857. 
So.  Carolina  College. 
My  Dear  Mother 

Attended  last  night  a  supper  given  by  Doby,  a  Classmate, 
and  enjoyed  myself  tolerably.  'Twas  an  awfully  rowdy  con- 
cern though,  and  showed  most  sensibly  the  want  of  female 
society.  We  did  not  stay  very  long  however,  but  slipped 
off  at  about  eleven  to  our  rooms,  and  to  bed. 

The  President  told  us  this  morning,  that  as  tomorrow  is 
the  22nd,  and  'tis  customary  to  celebrate  the  day  after,  when 
it  falls  on  Sunday,  the  College  exercises  would  be  suspended 
'till  Tuesday  morning.  So,  as  Pelham  is  still  absent,  and  we 
therefore  had  no  recitation  this  morning,  the  Fresh  Class 
has  rest  today,  tomorrow  and  the  day  after. 

May  2d,  1857 
So.  Ca.  College. 
Dear  Father : 

Received  today  your  1st,  2d,  3d  person  letter,  and  took 
five  minutes  to  make  it  out.  About  my  not  writing,  the 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  353 

fault  must  lie  in  the  mails,  for  it  seems  to  me  I  have  written 
pretty  often.  As  for  study,  I  can  study  as  hard  as  any  one 
else  on  an  emergency ;  but  it  is  an  extensive  bore  to  be  obliged 
to  study  steadily,  and  on  an  uncertainty  too,  whether  one 
will  be  called  up  or  no.  I  will  be  almost  satisfied,  if  I  come 
off  no  worse  this  term  than  last.  *  *  * 

On  Sunday  we  read  the  Bible,  sit  down  listlessly  or  talk 
idly,  besides  going  to  church  twice  in  the  day;  but  we  do 
nothing  very  wrong,  and  don't  even  study,  as  is  the  fashion 
here. 

I  suppose  Charley  has  told  you  of  all  the  fusses  and  con- 
fusions we  have  had  here  of  late.  One  of  these  is  over,  but 
quieted  in  no  very  proper  manner.  Three  men  of  the  Junior 
Class  were  suspended ;  the  Juniors  threatened  to  leave,  and 
the  Faculty  were  weak  enough  to  take  them  back,  and  revoke 
their  sentence. 

The  other  day  too,  the  President  tried  to  break  through 
the  established  custom  of  letting  us  off  from  morning  recita- 
tion, when  a  professor  spoke  the  night  before,  and  this  with- 
out officially  informing  us  of  his  intention  to  do  so.  The 
consequence  was  that  very  few  went  to  recitation  the  next 
morning.  This  may  cause  some  trouble  yet.  The  fact  is, 
the  Faculty  seem  to  leap  hastily  into  difficulties  without 
having  the  slightest  idea  of  the  consequences,  and  are  exceed- 
ingly irresolute,  when  those  consequences  are  too  big  for 
them. 

Both  Charley  and  I  have  been  a  little  sickish  at  different 
times  this  week  with  bad  colds  and  as  a  consequence  general 
bad  feelings  all  over.  The  weather  is  very  disagreeably  half 
and  half  at  present. 

We  are  to  have  an  abundance  of  speechification  at  May 
Celebration  next  week,  and  so  will  have  something  to  talk 
about  together  with  the  May  parties  that  are  to  come  off 
soon. 


23-H.   U. 


354  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

12th  May,  1857. 
So.  Carolina  College. 
Dear  Mother, 

Barnwell  stayed  here  until  very  late  last  night  talking 
over  all  the  College  matters.  He  seems  to  be  disgusted  with 
the  dollars  and  cents  system,  which  old  Me  has  introduced 
here.  He  said,  he  thought  we  were  perfectly  right  in  not 
going  to  recitation  the  other  morning,  when  Reynolds  lec- 
tured the  night  before,  and  based  his  opinion  on  the  very 
ground  on  which  I  refused  to  go,  namely,  that  it  was  not 
officially  announced  to  us  that  we  would  have  recitation, 
when  the  custom  has  lately  been  to  the  contrary.  So,  you 
see,  when  I  rebel,  'tis  with  some  right  on  my  side,  as  far  as 
professional  judgment  can  make  a  thing  right.  The  truth 
is,  old  Me  is  the  moving  cause  of  whatever  happens  wrong 
in  the  College.  The  gas  fixtures  have  been  determined  on, 
and  we  will  soon  give  up  our  Burning  Fluid  lamps.  The 
same  fuss  will  be  made  about  the  gas  charges,  as  about  the 
wood,  speaking,  as  Barnwell  says,  "a  dollars-and-cents" 
spirit  among  the  students,  to  which  he  is  very  much  opposed. 

Wednesday.  Have  just  received  your  letter.  Last  night 
we  went  up  to  the  Congaree  House  and  serenaded  Keitt, 
who  gave  us  a  very  fine  speech  not  in  the  least  political,  but 
relating  almost  entirely  to  the  College,  and  full  of  rich  class- 
ical allusions.  I'm  inclined  to  think  'twas  not  entirely 
extemporaneous.  He  spoke  a  good  deal  against  turning  the 
College  into  a  University.  Larey  replied,  and  made  one  of 
the  prettiest  little  speeches  I  ever  heard.  We  then  came 
back,  and  serenaded  old  Me,  who  told  us,  that  the  Trustees 
had  forbidden  him  to  give  us  extra  holidays  on  such  occa- 
sions. Upon  which  we  marched  in  front  of  his  house  in  a 
groaning  procession,  the  Music  playing  a  dead  march.  After- 
wards we  danced  a  grand  "College  reel"  in  front  of  the 
Chapel,  and  took  exercise  if  we  did  nothing  else. 

We  serenaded  Barnwell,  and  called  for  a  speech ;  he  came 
out  and  told  us,  as  "Homerus  aliquando  dormitat,"  'twas  no 
wonder  common  mortals  should  sometimes  he  caught  nap- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  355 

ping ;  we  would  therefore  have  to  record  a  flash  against  him. 
Some  of  the  fellows  told  him  very  kindly,  that  we  would 
take  it  off. 

26th  May,  1857. 

So.  Ca.  College. 
Dear  Mother: 

The  College  is  on  the  eve  of  a  breakup.  Some  time  ago 
three  men  of  the  Junior  Class  were  suspended  on  what  the 
Class  deemed  insufficient  evidence.  McCay  was  so  anxious 
to  prevent  the  leaving  of  the  Class,  that  he  misrepresented 
the  opinions  of  the  Committee  to  the  Faculty  and  withheld 
a  communication  of  the  Faculty  to  the  Class.  The  Com- 
mittee then  acting  upon  the  statements  of  some  of  the  Pro- 
fessors investigated  the  matter  thoroughly,  showing  through- 
out the  affair  the  greatest  moderation.  They  came  to  the 
conclusion  that  McCay  had  been  guilty  of  doubledealing. 
Me  Cay  begged  them  with  tears  in  his  eyes  to  say  that  they 
believed  him  to  have  acted  with  good  faith.  They  refused 
to  answer,  as  they  wished  to  spare  his  feelings,  and  the 
matter  then  came  before  the  Faculty,  being  a  question  of 
veracity  between  McCay  and  several  of  the  Professors.  The 
Committee  of  the  Faculty  brought  in  their  report  before  the 
Faculty  Meeting  held  this  morning,  which  report  one  of  the 
Faculty  moved  be  received.  McCay  refused  to  submit  the 
report  to  the  Faculty,  stating  that  it  was  false,  upon  which 
the  Faculty  broke  up  and  the  professors  turned  their  backs 
on  him  and  walked  off.  I  do  not  know  what  will  be  done,  as 
we  cannot  consistently  meet  McCay  as  Professor,  when  the 
Faculty  refuse  to  meet  him  as  President.  The  Professors 
have  begged  us  to  go  on  just  as  usual,  although,  there  being 
no  legal  Faculty,  we  can  break  up  just  when  we  choose.  I 
think  the  students  are  disposed  to  be  quiet  and  recite.  >Tis 
the  strangest  thing  that  has  happened  for  a  long  time,  the 
rebellion  being  on  the  part  of  the  Faculty  and  not  the 
students,  and  indeed  the  latter  acting  in  a  most  exemplary 
manner  throughout.  Through  the  whole  affair,  which  was 
very  complicated,  the  Junior  Class  Committee  committed  no 


356  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

one  error  and  indeed  were  very  lenient  to  McCay.  I  sup- 
pose, if  the  Students  agree  to  cooperate  with  the  Faculty,  the 
latter  will  appoint  a  President  pro.  tern.,  as  McCay  has 
refused  to  act,  and  matters  may  go  on  smoothly.  There's 
no  telling  though,  what  will  happen,  for  the  men  are  tired 
and  anxious  to  get  home.  Of  one  thing  there  can  be  no 
doubt.  The  Trustees  may  do  what  they  please,  but  neither 
Faculty  nor  students  can  stay  here,  if  they  sustain  McCay, 
for  he  has  been  convicted  of  a  downright  lie. 


28th  May,  1857. 

So.  Car.  College. 
Dear  Mother; 

The  faculty  and  College  are  just  waiting  now  for  the 
action  of  the  Trustees  on  Mc's  case.  He  has  got  himself  into 
a  bad  box  and  innumerable  are  the  equivocations,  evasions 
and  falsehoods,  which  he  has  practiced  to  get  out  of  it. 
Yesterday  he  agreed  to  meet  the  Faculty,  and  they  drew  up 
their  statement  on  the  one  side  and  he  is  to  draw  up  his  on 
the  other,  and  the  Trustees  are  to  meet  and  decide  on  it. 
They  will  have  to  choose  between  the  President  on  the  one 
hand,  and  the  Faculty  &  College  on  the  other.  Today  one  of 
his  most  direct  falsehoods  has  just  been  discovered.  He 
wrote  a  note  to  the  Committee  of  the  Junior  Class  in  the 
beginning  trying  to  effect  a  compromise.  The  committee 
refused  peremtorily  to  agree  to  his  terms  and  returned  him 
the  note.  As  he  intended  representing  the  opinion  of  the 
Committee  as  favourable  to  his  plan  (and  he  afterwards  did 
it)  in  order  that  their  decided  refusal  should  not  be  known 
by  the  Faculty,  he  very  willingly  agreed  to  say  nothing  about 
it.  The  Faculty  by  some  means  heard  of  it,  and  one  of  the 
professors  taxed  him  with  this  secret  note.  His  reply  was : 
"See,  how  they  treat  me!  Upon  my  word  I  never  wrote  a 
note  to  that  Committee."  He  has  got  out  of  several  lies 
already  by  pleading  the  treachery  of  his  memory,  but  unfor- 
tunately for  him  that  plea  won't  serve  him  in  this  case,  for 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  357 

the  note  was  such  an  important  thing,  that  the  Committee 
have  had  frequent  occasions  to  allude  to  it  during  their  con- 
ferences, and  he  could  not  easily  have  forgotten  a  thing, 
which  was  an  awfully  false  step  in  his  diplomacy.  With 
all  his  mathematical  clearness  and  foxlike  art  in  debating 
the  affair,  his  side  has  been  such  a  bad  one  that  in  every 
interview,  which  he  has  had  with  the  Junior  Class  Com- 
mittee, they  were  always  able  to  turn  every  analogy  he  pre- 
sented, to  serve  his  case,  against  him.  The  College  is  going 
on  very  regularly  now,  except  of  course  that  very  little  study 
is  done,  as  everybody  is  loafing  all  day  under  the  trees,  talk- 
ing over  affairs  in  general ;  and  we  go  to  all  the  recitations, 
except  McCay's.  I  hope  the  board  of  Trustees  will  meet 
soon,  that  we  may  know  what  to  do. 

14th  Nov.  1857. 

So.  Car.  College. 
Dear  — 


Last  night  we  had  a  fine  debate  in  our  Society  among  some 
four  or  five  of  our  honorary  members  on  the  advisability  of 
turning  the  College  into  a  University.  Davison  (or  David- 
son), the  author  of  the  article  in  the  last  number  of  Russell's 
Mag.  on  Edgar  A.  Poe,  made,  I  think,  much  the  best  speech, 
though  few  of  his  audience  would,  I  suppose,  agree  with  me, 
as  he  is  a  very  diffident  man  and  speaks  like  one,  more  accus- 
tomed to  the  pen  than  the  stage.  His  arguments  were  very 
much  the  same,  as  those,  which  Father  used  in  his  piece  on 
the  University  idea.  A  Mr.  Goodman,  who  was  in  College  at 
the  same  time  with  Prof.  Barnwell,  and  is  a  great  friend  of 
his,  also  made  a  very  good  speech,  only  rather  long,  and 
took  occasion  to  pronounce  a  very  high  panegyric  upon  Barn- 
well.  Dr.  Gaston  spoke  very  well  on  the  University  side, 
but  merely,  I  believe,  for  the  sake  of  debate. 

Barnwell  preached  a  fine  sermon  this  morning  from  the 
same  text,  which  Cousin  Bazile  took,  when  he  preached  up 
here  during  the  meeting  of  Presbytery.  It  was  curious  to 
compare  them,  they  handled  the  subject  so  differently. 


358  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Cousin  Bazile's  bore  away  the  palm  in  purity  of  style,  sim- 
plicity of  diction  and  a  straight  forward  Presbyterian  way 
of  getting  at  the  root  of  the  matter.  BarnwelPs  excelled  in 
Ciceronian  roundness  of  periods  and  exuberance  of  lan- 
guage, a  rather  too  flowery  profusion  of  ornament  and  the 
suggestion  of  ideas  not  pursued. 


Feb.  1860. 


Ned  Fishburne  and  I  called  on  Miss  Longstreet.  But  she 
and  the  Judge's  daughter,  Mrs.  Lamar,  who  are  the  young 
people  of  the  household,  were  out.  However  the  Judge  and 
the  old  lady,  who  is  a  very  pleasant  old  soul,  entreated  us  to 
stay  and  have  a  talk  with  them.  So,  we  sat  down,  and  the  old 
Judge  got  his  pipe  and  fell  to  smoking,  and  we  all  chatted 
together,  until  the  arrival  of  another  visitor.  This  was 
Mr.  Timrod,  the  young  Charleston  poet,  quite  a  nice-looking 
but  a  very  little  man.  He  behaved  himself  very  well.  During 
the  conversation  he  spoke  of  a  peculiarly  sweet  and  plaintive 
Indian  air,  which  he  had  heard  that  the  Judge  played,  where- 
upon that  gentleman  very  obligingly  got  up  and  fetched  his 
flute  (an  elegant  glass  one)  and  played  the  air  for  us.  It 
was  really  beautiful.  He  then  played  some  bugle  notes  upon 
the  flute,  the  imitation  being  perfect,  and  afterwards  gave  us 
a  number  of  the  sweetest  of  the  Scotch  airs. 

Fifth  day  of  Oct.  1860 

At  our  Rooms  College. 
Dear  Sister: 

*******  Some  beautiful  decorations 
have  been  added  to  the  new  State  House,  and  when  you  come 
up  here,  it  will  be  one  of  the  fine  sights,  which  will  really 
give  you  pleasure.  I  have  already  mentioned  in  my  letter 
to  Mother,  that  our  Euphradian  Hall  has  been  elegantly 
painted  in  fresco.  The  library  room  attached  to  it  is  also 
painted,  but  in  darker  colours,  very  appropriate  to  the  char- 
acter of  the  room ;  and  they  are  both  well  worth  seeing.  Our 
curtain  hangings  are  of  an  exceedingly  rich  and  tasty  colour. 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  359 

We  owe  the  selection  of  the  tints,  which  match  admirably 
throughout,  to  Professor  Barnwell,  who  has  taken  great 
interest  in  the  fitting  up  of  the  Hall,  and  superintended  every 
part  of  the  design  with  his  usual  enthusiasm.  Our  fine  Hall, 
therefore,  will  be  another  inducement  to  you  all  to  make  that 
visit  to  Columbia,  to  which  I  look  forward  with  so  much 
pleasure.  I  long  for  our  atrocious  Examination  to  be  fairly 
over.  *******i  would  lay  aside  my  letter  about  this  time 
and  go  to  bed,  were  it  not  for  the  diabolical  noise  of  a  banjo 
in  the  room  overhead,  which  will  effectually  prevent  my 
sleeping  for  some  time  to  come.  In  these  "cloistered  walls" 
we  suffer  very  frequently  from  the  semi-developed  musical 
talents  of  those  around  us.  Unfortunately,  too,  there  are 
many  whom  time  and  experience  fail  to  convince  that  they 
were  not  born  to  shine  in  that  department;  and  the  banjo- 
performers  are  particularly  assidous  and  enthusiastic  in 
their  efforts,  for  what  they  want  in  musical  endowments, 
they  eke  out  with  much  stamping  and  a  kind  of  heathenish 
chant  by  way  of  accompaniment.  As  I  perceive  a  temporary 
lull  in  the  distracting  sounds,  of  which  I  have  spoken,  it  will 
be  well  to  take  advantage  of  their  cessation,  and  try  to  be 
asleep  before  they  begin  again.  So,  good  night. 

Sixth  of  Oct.  1860. 

College  Campus. 
Dear  Father 

I  received  this  morning  the  very  welcome  supply  contained 
in  your  letter,  had  the  order  cashed  at  once,  and  immediately 
paid  in  at  the  Library  the  one  dollar  required.  We  are 
relieved  by  this  time  on  the  subject  of  cigars.  By  diligent 
search,  we  have  hit  upon  a  shop,  where  we  can  obtain  very 
tolerable  Americans,  and  are  now  supplied  to  our  hearts' 
content.  I  am  in  hopes,  by  steady  study  to  get  my  diploma 
without  any  great  trouble.  The  Examination  was  much 
more  awful  in  anticipation,  than  it  will  be  in  reality. 

From  accounts  given  by  students  from  the  upper  districts, 
and  from  the  excitement  prevailing  in  Columbia,  political 
alarmists  seem  to  be  somewhat  plentiful  in  the  State;  but 


360  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

we  of  the  graduating  class  are  fortunately  too  busy  to  bother 
our  heads  about  such  things. 

Saturday,  Oct.  1860. 

So.  Carolina  College. 
Dear  Mother. 

We  are  all  so  much  excited  here  about  the  state  of  political 
affairs,  that  many  of  us  are  making  by  no  means  diligent 
preparation  for  the  coming  examination.  Our  men — those 
of  my  class,  I  mean — are  anxious  to  be  at  home,  either  to  join 
companies  already  organized,  or  to  aid  in  organizing  new 
ones. 

There  ought  to  be  a  corps  of  mounted  riflemen  in  Prince 
William's  for  arms  ought  to  be  procured  and  drill  com- 
menced as  soon  as  possible.  I  do  not  think  it  by  any  means 
certain  that  we  will  have  either  Secession  or  War  imme- 
diately; but  in  the  event  of  the  Black  Republicans  being 
defeated  even,  I  am  inclined  to  believe  that  the  incipient 
step  towards  Disunion  will  only  be  shifted  from  us  to  the 
North.  That  fanatical  party  has  now  for  the  first  time  felt 
the  full  measure  of  its  strength  and  will  not  brook  defeat. 
The  more  moderate  men  among  them  will  in  vain  attempt  to 
stem  the  torrent  of  their  crusading  zeal ;  and  the  probability 
is,  that  before  the  presidential  inauguration  takes  place, 
we  will  have  an  attempt  at  a  general  insurrection  and  a  raid 
into  the  border  states  much  more  general  and  much  more 
formidable  than  that  of  John  Brown.  If  matters  are  likely 
to  take  such  a  turn,  and  our  Legislature  proves  so  besotted 
as  to  be  satisfied  with  Breckenridge's  election,  it  will  be  wise 
for  the  sound  Districts  to  arm  volunteer  companies  at  once 
and  be  prepared  for  the  sudden  call  which  the  State  will  then 
make  upon  her  citizens.  In  any  event,  if  the  State  will  not 
act  now  of  her  free  will,  I  believe  that  the  day  will  ultimately 
come,  when  she  will  be  driven  into — not  Secession,  but — 
immediate  War  by  armed  hordes  upon  her  frontiers.  Nor 
do  the  signs  of  the  times  bear  us  out  in  supposing  that  the 
day  will  be  a  distant  one.  I  therefore  think  that  we,  who  are 
not  absolutely  blind  like  those  who  assume  to  be  our  states- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  361 

men,  ought  to  be  getting  ready  at  once ;  and  I  hope  somebody 
will  organize  a  volunteer  troop  in  Prince  William's, — not 
one  of  these  trifling  politico-military  associations  with  no 
definite  object  and  a  rascally  liberal  platform — but  a  purely 
military  organization. 


THE  SOUTH  CAROLINA  COLLEGE  CADETS 
BY  CAPT.  IRDELL  JONES,,  2o  LIEUTENANT  OF  S.  C.  C.  CADETS. 

Reprinted  from  "The  News  and  Courier''  of  Dec.  19,  1901. 

-I 

The  year  1860  will  ever  be  indelibly  impressed  upon  the 
political  history  of  the  American  Republic.  Its  violent  dis- 
cussions, its  intense  excitements,  the  frightfully  cruel  war 
that  followed,  and  the  death,  waste  and  destruction  that 
resulted  as  a  consequence  will  ever  form  a  chapter  of  intense 
interest  for  future  generations.  That  a  South  Carolinian 
of  the  old  school,  who  had  been  taught  by  proud,  high-toned, 
chivalric  forefathers  to  guard  with  jealous  care  his  civil  and 
political  rights,  who  looked  upon  his  liberty  with  more  con- 
cern than  his  life,  should  hurry  to  take  steps  to  withdraw 
his  connections  from  what  he  knew  to  be  vital  encroachments 
by  the  General  Government  upon  his  inherited  belief  in  the 
sovereign  rights  of  his  State  was  not  to  be  wondered  at. 
The  sequel  has  shown  how  more  than  sixty  thousand  South 
Carolina  soldiers,  more  than  the  voting  population  of  the 
State,  hurried  to  the  battlefield,  to  defend  the  principles 
they  had  been  taught  to  respect,  and  for  which  they  were 
willing  to  offer  their  lives. 

South  Carolina  was  the  leader  in  the  cause  for  Southern 
rights.  During  the  entire  year  of  1860  her  statesmen  were 
foremost  in  asserting  advanced  Southern  doctrine  during  the 
political  contest  for  President  of  the  United  States.  At  first 
the  excitement  was  greater  within  the  borders  than  in  other 
States  of  the  South  and  probably  the  discussions  more 
violent.  Upon  Columbia,  the  Capital  of  the  State,  and  sig- 
nificantly bearing  the  name  of  the  original  great  discoverer 


362  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

of  our  free  Western  Hemisphere,  fell  the  heaviest  shock  of 
the  fearful  political  storm.  During  the  year  political  con- 
ventions were  held.  The  State  seceded  from  the  National 
Union  on  the  20th  of  December.  The  Ordinance  of  Secession 
was  actually  passed  in  the  city  of  Charleston,  but  the  con- 
vention first  assembled  in  Columbia  and  passed  a  prelimi- 
nary resolution  to  the  same  purpose.  The  streets  of 
Columbia  were  at  times  filled  with  excited  audiences,  and 
speakers  from  the  balconies  and  porches  of  the  hotels  hurled 
back  at  Northern  fanatics  threats  of  resistance  against  any 
efforts  or  action  looking  to  coercion.  In  the  meanwhile  the 
bonfires  were  lighted  and  torchlight  processions  were  fre- 
quent, and  the  beautiful  patriotic  girls  of  the  glorious  old 
city  made  palmetto  cockades  and  tied  them  with  blue  ribbon 
and  presented  them  with  a  "God-speed"  to  the  cause  of 
liberty.  How  could  the  gallant  young  men  of  the  South 
Carolina  College  fail  to  be  impressed  with  the  patriotic 
fever  now  raging  over  the  land?  It  is  not  surprising  that 
they  hurried  to  reorganize  the  College  company  in  the  fall 
of  1860.  There  had  been  in  former  days  a  company  in  the 
College  known  as  the  South  Carolina  College  Cadets,  but 
this  older  organization  was  disbanded  by  order  of  the  Gov- 
ernor in  1856.  The  students  got  into  trouble  with  the  police 
of  Columbia  during  that  year,  and  good  order  in  the  College 
was  threatened,  and  the  authorities  had  the  guns  returned 
to  the  arsenal  and  the  company  disbanded.  B.  J.  Wither- 
spoon,  of  Lancaster,  was  the  last  Captain  of  that  older  com- 
pany. The  following  newspaper  account  of  the  old  College 
company,  which  took  part  in  the  parade  on  the  occasion  of 
Gen.  Lafayette's  visit  to  South  Carolina  in  1824,  will  be 
interesting:  "In  line  were  the  South  Carolina  Cadets.  There 
were  40  or  50  of  these  young  men,  commanded  by  Cadet 
Capt.  Saxon.  They  had  a  striking  uniform,  a  dark  grey, 
swallow-tail  coat  and  white  trousers.  The  head  dress  was 
the  peculiarly  shaped  cap  or  chapeau  of  that  day.  The  white 
duck  trousers  were  gathered  at  the  knee  by  a  band  of  black 
velvet  ribbon  an  inch  wide,  with  streamers  hanging  down 
the  outer  seam  and  falling  to  the  ankle.  Long  trousers, 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  363 

known  as  'Lafayette  pants/  had  then  supplanted  the  knicker- 
bockers which  Lafayette  wore  when  an  American  soldier. 
The  cadets  wore  powdered  queues  of  the  colonial  style." 

The  organization  which  was  inspired  by  the  revolutionary 
events  of  1860  was  formed  in  the  fall  of  that  year.  A  com- 
plete list  of  the  names  of  its  members  has  luckily  been  pre- 
served by  Mr.  R.  F.  Fleming,  a  student  of  the  College,  a 
member  of  the  company,  and  now  a  highly  respected  citizen 
of  Greenwood  County.  We  add  the  list  as  follows : 

ROSTER  OF  THE  SOUTH  CAROLINA  COLLEGE  CADETS,  1861. 

John  H.  Gary,  Captain. 

E.  Dawkins  Rogers,  First  Lieutenant. 
Iredell  Jones,  Second  Lieutenant. 

L.  H.  Watts,  Third  Lieutenant. 

T.  S.  Dupont,  Ensign. 

J.  Petigru  Mellard,  Quartermaster. 

S.  M.  Richardson,  First  Sergeant. 

J.  C.  Habersham,  Second  Sergeant. 

J.  M.  Ivy,  Third  Sergeant. 

W.  T.  Gary,  Fourth  Sergeant. 

F.  K.  Oliver,  Fifth  Sergeant. 

R.  W.  B.  Elliott,  First  Corporal. 

R.  DeTreville  Lawrence,  Second  Corporal. 

R.  M.  Anderson,  Third  Corporal. 

J.  J.  Fripp,  Fourth  Corporal. 

J.  G.  McCall,  Fifth  Corporal. 

James  Watts,  Sixth  Corporal. 

Privates — D.  Ancrum,  W.  A.  Ancrum,  F.  M.  Bailey,  J.  M. 
Bell,  S.  Boykin,  Landon  Dowie,  J.  W.  Brearly,  J.  F.  Byrd, 
J.  C.  Calhoun,  M.  A.  Carlisle,  R.  K.  Charles,  W.  T.  Charles, 
W.  A.  Clark,  C.  W.  Coker,  H.  C.  Cunningham,  J.  B.  Cureton, 
F.  B.  Davis,  J.  E.  Davis,  S.  P.  Dendy,  W.  P.  DuBose,  B.  C. 
Dupont,  J.  B.  Elliott,  A.  A.  Faust,  Augustus  Fielding,  R.  F. 
Fleming,  C.  B.  Foster,  J.  H.  Fowles,  I.  N.  Fowles,  A.  C. 
Fraser,  W.  H.  Geiger,  Weston  Gibson,  Leslie  Glover,  A.  T. 
Goodwyn,  C.  E.  Gregg,  T.  C.  Grey,  J.  N.  Guerard,  P.  Gullatt, 
A.  H.  Hamilton,  R.  A.  Harllee,  John  C.  Haskell,  P.  L.  Henry, 


364  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

I.  K.  Heyward,  J.  M.  Hill,  Edward  Houston,  Joseph  C. 
Haskell,  J.  H.  Heuitt,  H.  P.  Jennings,  Wm.  Kirk,  J.  M. 
McCarley,  G.  H.  McCutcheon,  R.  G.  McCutcheon,  S. 
McGowan,  T.  B.  McLaurin,  F.  H.  Macleod,  J.  G.  Marshall, 
J.  Poinsett  Mellard,  C.  G.  Memminger,  Jr.,  T.  J.  Moore, 
A.  P.  Nicholson,  F.  S.  Parker,  Jr.,  T.  S.  Rhett,  H.  W. 
Rice,  Jr.,  Arthur  Robinson,  P.  H.  Robertson,  W.  J.  Rook, 
D.  T.  Smith,  E.  C.  Smith,  R.  H.  Smith,  A.  T.  Smythe,  D.  P. 
Sojourner,  J.  T.  C.  Spann,  J.  P.  Spratt,  H.  W.  Stevenson, 
G.  M.  Stoney,  C.  P.  Storres,  E.  R.  Stuart,  H.  M.  Stuart, 
J.  H.  Townsend,  W.  W.  Trapier,  W.  J.  Trezevant,  J.  C. 
Vance,  J.  T.  Walker,  Ernest  Walworth,  A.  H.  Watson,  J.  B. 
Watson,  Bentley  Weston,  W.  Whitaker,  J.  S.  White,  J.  A. 
Wilson,  W.  A.  Youmans. 

This  company  was  first  drilled  and  instructed  by  Capt. 
H.  S.  Thompson,  of  the  Arsenal,  afterwards  Governor 
Thompson,  and  was  furnished  with  arms  and  accoutrements 
by  the  State.  The  members  provided  themselves  with  a 
pretty  gray  uniform,  and  were  delighted  to  parade  the  streets 
of  the  city  and  perform  various  military  evolutions  accord- 
ing to  Hardee's  Tactics  in  the  presence  of  an  admiring  public. 
There  could  not  have  been  a  greater  "esprit  de  corps"  mani- 
fested in  any  similar  organization.  Drifted  together  from  all 
parts  of  the  same  State,  inspired  by  a  common  purpose,  that 
of  education,  being  friends  and  class-mates,  and  socially 
upon  an  equality,  they  had  pride  in  themselves,  in  the  College 
and  a  fervent  love  for  the  mother  State,  which  burned 
brighter  in  their  young  hearts  as  the  threatened  dangers  to 
their  State  grew  greater.  They  cheered  every  sentiment 
that  honored  South  Carolina ;  they  welcomed  every  one  who 
was  as  a  friend  to  the  cause  of  Southern  rights.  When  old 
Edmund  Ruffin,  of  Virginia,  made  his  appearance  within  tne 
walls  of  the  College  they  gave  him  a  grand  reception,  called 
for  a  speech,  waved  the  Palmetto  flag  over  his  head  and  did 
honor  to  the  long,  silver  grey  locks  that  fell  over  his 
shoulders.  If  the  writer  remembers  correctly,  our  present 
distinguished  citizen,  Judge  A.  C.  Haskell,  was  the  young 
man  who  held  aloft  the  Palmetto  flag  over  the  old  man's 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  365 

head.  Time  passes  and  the  eventful  year  of  1861  is  ushered 
in.  This  company  continues  its  drills  and  makes  prepara- 
tion with  the  burning  thought  that  they  were  following  the 
motto  of  their  State:  "Animis  opibusque  parati!"  They 
did  not  dream  probably  of  the  frightful  havoc,  distress  and 
destruction  that  has  since  been  experienced  by  our  people, 
but  they  were  impressed  then  with  all  the  patriotic  motives 
which  made  the  Confederate  soldier  famous,  and  induces  the 
desire  on  the  part  of  the  Daughters  of  the  Confederacy  to 
know  the  part  performed  by  the  cadets  of  the  College  in  the 
War  Between  the  States.  If  they  exulted  in  their  hand- 
some uniforms,  the  martial  step  and  inspiring  drum  beat, 
their  inmost  thoughts  struck  deeper  and  a  more  serious 
chord,  when  the  threatened  hostilities  at  last  broke  out.  The 
first  gun  that  was  fired  on  Fort  Sumter  sounded  the  call 
to  arms.  For  days  and  weeks  before  the  signal  the  students 
had  watched  the  reports  of  the  rapidly  occurring  events  in 
Charleston  and  the  company  was  eager  to  go  to  the  front, 
but  the  more  conservative  Faculty  vigorously  opposed  the 
idea  of  disrupting  the  College  and  exerted  all  their  influence 
to  prevent  the  boys  from  tendering  their  services  to  the 
Governor,  but  without  avail.  On  the  morning  of  the  12th 
of  April,  they  marched  in  a  body  to  the  South  Carolina 
depot,  where  they  boarded  the  train  for  Charleston,  paying 
their  own  way.  Capt.  Gary  had  made  application  to  the 
President  of  the  College  asking  permission  to  go,  and  the 
Faculty  were  holding  their  meeting  on  the  morning  of  the 
12th  of  April  while  the  boys  were  hurrying  away.  On  this 
point  the  recollections  of  Mr.  R.  K.  Charles  (a  member  of 
the  company),  of  Darlington,  are  so  very  clear  and  explicit 
that  the  writer  will  insert  extracts  from  his  letters,  as 
follows : 

"When  the  firing  began  in  Fort  Sumter  the  company  tele- 
graphed the  tender  of  its  services  to  Governor  Pickens  in 
Charleston  and  requested  orders  to  come  down  immediately. 
The  Governor  accepted  the  company  as  a  part  of  the  militia 
in  service,  and  ordered  it  to  hold  itself  in  readiness  and 
remain  in  Columbia  until  further  orders.  This  was  looked 


366  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

upon  by  the  students,  as,  no  doubt  it  was,  as  a  plan  to  keep 
them  out  of  the  fight,  and  they  were  greatly  dissatisfied  and 
began  to  devise  modes  of  circumventing  the  Governor's 
plans.  At  last  it  was  determined  to  disband  the  company 
which  had  been  tendered  and  immediately  form  another 
company  and  go  to  Charleston  without  asking  for  orders, 
and  this  was  done.  They  could  not  take  their  guns  with 
them,  as  they  had  promised  to  use  the  guns  only  with  the 
consent  of  the  Faculty,  so  the  guns  were  stacked  in  the 
usual  place  in  the  library.  The  new  company  had  only  a 
short  time  to  prepare  to  take  the  train,  which  left  at  6  o'clock. 
Just  before  the  train  started  the  Captain  telegraphed  to 
Governor  Pickens  that  a  new  company  was  on  its  way  to 
Charleston.  President  Longstreet,  seeing  the  impossibility 
of  restraining  the  boys,  came  down  to  the  train  and  gave 
them  a  pleasant  farewell  and  God-speed." 

As  the  train  speeded  on  to  Charleston  the  reports  of  the 
heavy  artillery  firing  on  Fort  Sumter  could  be  heard  and  no 
words  can  picture  the  patriotic  feelings  of  the  young  men  as 
they  went  to  the  front  to  take  part  in  the  active  hostilities. 
As  the  train  drew  up  at  the  depot  in  Charleston  the  rain 
poured  down  in  torrents.  Some  might  imagine  that  the 
ardor  of  this  patriotic  and  enthusiastic  corps  would  have 
been  cooled  off,  but,  undismayed  and  undaunted,  they  fell 
into  ranks  while  the  rain  poured  down  on  their  pretty  new 
uniforms  and  kept  step  down  the  streets  of  Charleston  to 
the  Hibernian  Hall,  which  was  provided  for  their  quarters. 
But  there  was  no  rest.  After  taking  supper  at  the  old 
Pavilion  Hotel  the  boys  scattered  about,  some  to  the  Battery 
to  listen  to  the  firing  going  on  in  the  harbor,  others  to  learn 
the  news  and  find  out  possibly  what  part  of  Fort  Sumter  it 
was  designed  that  they  should  assail!  Lieut.  L.  H.  Watts 
was  dispatched  to  Beauregard's  headquarters  for  orders, 
and  finally  we  received  instructions  to  be  prepared  to  embark 
for  Sullivan's  Island  at  daylight  next  morning.  In  the 
meantime  they  were  furnished  with  guns  and  ammunition 
at  the  State  Armory  and  the  four  officers  were  each  pre- 
sented by  the  Governor  with  a  Colt's  navy  revolver.  We 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  367 

boarded  the  tug  boat  early  in  the  morning  of  the  13th  and 
steamed  away  across  the  harbor  to  the  Island.  We  touched 
at  Mount  Pleasant  wharf  on  account  of  the  heavy  firing  and 
waited  for  some  time  until  the  firing  slackened  and  then 
proceeded  to  the  Island.  Before  arriving  we  observed  Fort 
Sumter  on  fire  and  the  bombarding  ceased.  Major  Anderson 
had  saluted  us  with  several  shots,  which  fell  in  the  water 
short  of  the  mark.  The  boys  had  been  ordered  to  keep  below 
deck  to  be  concealed  from  view,  but,  urged  by  their  enthu- 
siastic curiosity,  they  held  their  heads  above  deck  until  one 
of  Major  Anderson's  solid  shot  ricochetted  over  the  boat, 
then  their  curiosity  was  suddenly  satisfied  and  they  obeyed 
orders!  Arriving  at  Sullivan's  Island  we  were  marched  to 
that  elegant  hotel,  the  old  Moultrie  House,  beyond  Fort 
Moultrie,  and  were  eye-witnesses  to  all  the  thrilling  and 
now  historical  events  which  occurred  on  the  ever-memora- 
ble 13th  of  April,  1861.  We  witnessed  the  heavy  volumes 
of  smoke  rising  in  Fort  Sumter;  we  saw  the  small  boat, 
known  as  the  Wigfall  boat,  proceed  toward  the  burning  fort 
and  we  saw  the  United  States  flag  hauled  down  and  the 
Palmetto  flag  take  its  place  on  the  flag  staff.  The  cadets 
were  quartered  for  several  days  at  the  Moultrie  House, 
when  they  were  sent  to  a  private  summer  house  nearer  and 
below  Fort  Moultrie,  where  our  principal  duties  consisted 
of  drilling  on  the  beach  and  enjoying  every  moment  of  our 
new  and  novel  situation.  The  only  real  service  performed 
by  the  cadets  during  their  stay  on  Sullivan's  Island  was  to 
guard  the  beach,  apprehending  the  enemy  might  make  a  land 
attack  on  Sullivan's  Island.  This  duty  they  performed  most 
faithfully,  and  a  few  of  these  conscientious,  enthusiastic 
mid-night  sentinels  (for  only  a  few  are  left)  will  remember 
the  countersigns  "White  Oak"  and  "Myrtle."  At  the  end 
of  three  weeks  or  more  we  received  orders  to  return  to 
Columbia.  On  landing  in  Charleston  on  the  return  trip  we 
were  escorted  by  Muller's  Band,  and  as  the  company  passed 
the  Mercury  office  the  flag  of  the  office  was  lowered  and  the 
salute  returned.  When  we  reached  the  Mills  House,  Gov- 
ernor Pickens  came  down  the  steps  and  made  a  short  speech 


368  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

complimenting  the  company  and  presented  it  with  the  arms 
and  accoutrements  it  had  received  at  the  State  Arsenal  on 
arrival  in  Charleston,  and  ordered  it  to  take  quarters  at  the 
Charleston  Hotel  and  proceed  next  day  to  Columbia.  The 
Mayor  (old  Dr.  Goodwyn)  and  the  City  Council  received 
it  at  the  depot  and  escorted  it  to  the  City  Hall,  where  refresh- 
ments were  served  in  the  good  old  South  Carolina  style. 
We  did  not  then  appreciate  the  great,  far-reaching,  momen- 
tous act!  We  could  not  raise  the  veil  that  obscured  the 
future  and  see  in  the  near  distance  that  deadly,  bloody,  dis- 
astrous and  cruel  war,  which  made  desolate  the  homes  of  a 
continent  and  buried  for  a  time,  at  least,  to  the  bottomless 
pits  of  oblivion  the  proud  hopes  of  a  brave,  honorable,  law- 
abiding  and  liberty-loving  people!  We  looked  upon  the 
scene  and  rejoiced.  We  saw  with  delight  "The  Star  Spangled 
Banner"  hauled  down,  for  we  then  looked  upon  it  as  the 
emblem  of  oppression  and  the  living  sign  of  the  violation 
of  the  covenant,  while  tear-drops  moistened  our  eyes  as  the 
emblem  of  liberty  was  flaunted  to  the  breeze,  and  we  hur- 
rahed for  "The  Bonnie  Blue  Flag  that  bears  a  single  star!" 
The  return  of  the  cadets  to  Columbia  meant  the  reopening 
of  the  South  Carolina  College  and  the  continuation  of  the 
class  exercises.  During  the  absence  of  the  students  the  pro- 
fessors had  lectured  to  empty  benches,  at  the  same  time  they 
remained  at  their  posts  ready  for  their  duties.  The  College 
exercises  were  kept  up  in  some  shape  until  the  close  of  the 
term,  the  latter  part  of  June.  There  was,  however,  no  peace 
outside  the  College  walls  and  none  within.  Active  steps 
were  taken  at  once  to  go  to  Virginia,  then  becoming  the  seat 
of  war,  and  one  by  one  the  boys  began  to  leave  College  to 
join  the  various  commands  then  forming  throughout  the 
State.  The  excitement  was  so  great  there  could  be  no  study, 
and  while  the  Faculty  lectured  and  passed  resolutions  and 
urged  the  students  to  remain  at  their  books,  they  were  busy 
preparing  for  the  field  of  battle.  During  the  latter  part  of 
June,  1861,  another  company  was  formed,  which  tendered  its 
services  to  Governor  Pickens  to  go  to  Virginia.  A  committee 
was  appointed  to  wait  on  the  Governor  at  his  residence  at 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  369 

Edgefield  and  was  composed,  according  to  the  writer's  recol- 
lection, of  S.  M.  Richardson  and  H.  W.  Rice.  The  Governor 
received  them  very  cordially  and  seemed  willing  to  accept 
the  company  for  the  vacation  of  three  months,  but  con- 
ditioned upon  the  consent  of  the  Faculty.  During  the  inter- 
view the  Governor  said: 

"The  war  would  be  of  short  duration  and  that  the  Gov- 
ernment needed  statesmen  more  than  soldiers."  The  Gov- 
ernor expressed  the  thought  also  that  in  his  opinion  the 
young  men  would  be  of  more  service  scattered  about  in  dif- 
ferent organizations  than  in  one  compact  body.  The  Faculty 
passed  resolutions  declining  to  assume  any  control  over  the 
students  during  vacation,  so  accordingly  when  the  com- 
mittee^ report  was  received  the  cadets  disbanded,  some 
going  off  at  once  to  war,  and  others  remaining  until  the 
session  ended,  the  last  of  June.  The  company  was  composed 
as  follows: 

OFFICERS. 

Prof.  Charles  S.  Venable,  Captain. 
Iredell  Jones,  First  Lieutenant. 
H.  M.  Stewart,  Second  Lieutenant. 
S.  M.  Richardson,  Third  Lieutenant. 

NON-COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS. 

H.  W.  Rice,  First  Sergeant. 
J.  M.  Ivy,  Second  Sergeant. 
T.  K.  Oliver,  Third  Sergeant. 
R.  M.  Anderson,  Fourth  Sergeant. 
E.  Houston,  Fifth  Sergeant. 
J.  G.  Marshall,  First  Corporal. 
J.  G.  McCall,  Second  Corporal. 
G.  M.  Stoney,  Third  Corporal. 
J.  M.  McCarley,  Fourth  Corporal. 
B.  Weston,  Fifth  Corporal. 
R.  DeTreville  Lawrence,  Sixth  Corporal. 
Privates — A.  K.  Boyce,  J.  W.  Brearley,  J.  C.  Calhoun, 
R.  K.  Charles,  C.  W.  Coker,  S.  B.  Bendy,  E.  Dennis,  W.  P. 

24— H.   U. 


370  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

DuBose,  L.  S.  Dupont,  A.  B.  Elmore,  J.  B.  Elliott,  C.  B. 
Foster,  A.  Fielding,  J.  H.  Fowles,  Weston  Gibson,  Leslie 
Glover,  P.  Guillot,  T.  C.  Grey,  J.  N.  Guerard,  A.  T.  Goodwyn, 
J.  C.  Haskell,  A.  H.  Hamilton,  H.  P.  Jennings,  S.  S. 
McAliley,  G.  H.  McCutchen,  R.  T.  McCutchen,  J.  A.  Mills, 
J.  P.  Mellard,  A.  P.  Nicholson,  J.  G.  Kamsey,  J.  M.  Richard- 
son, D.  J.  Sojourner,  R.  H.  Smith,  A.  T.  Smythe,  G.  R. 
Thornwell,  J.  H.  Trezevant,  J.  L.  White,  W.  D.  Warren, 
J.  A.  Wilson. 

It  will  be  observed  that  Prof.  Charles  S.  Venable,  Pro- 
fessor of  Mathematics  of  the  South  Carolina  College,  was 
made  Captain  of  this  company,  which  had  volunteered  for 
service  at  the  front  in  Virginia.  It  was  the  opinion  of  all 
concerned  at  that  time  that  some  one  of  riper  years  and 
more  matured  judgment  should  command  this  body  of 
students,  but  the  selection  of  this  distinguished  educator 
was  a  deserved  compliment  and  shows  the  highest  tribute 
his  scholars  could  pay  to  their  esteemed  and  honored 
instructor.  Prof.  Venable's  letter  of  acceptance,  dated  24th 
of  June,  1861,  herewith  annexed,  shows  the  earnest  and 
zealous  manner  in  which  he  proceeded  to  provide  for  the 
boys  and  expresses  his  appreciation  of  the  honor: 

FAIRFAX  C.  H.,  June  24,  1861. 

Mr.  Iredell  Jones — Dear  Sir:  I  received  your  letter  this 
morning  and  telegraphed  my  acceptance.  I  write  to  give  my 
answer  more  in  detail.  I  will  command  the  company  with 
pleasure.  I  am  sorry  that  any  difficulty  occurred,  but  on 
sober  thinking  of  it  my  acceptance  may  serve  in  a  measure 
to  heal  it,  and  I  will  do  everything  I  can  for  men  who  have 
treated  me  with  so  much  kindness  as  the  South  Carolina 
students.  I  must  hear  from  you  at  once,  for  I  must  get  tents 
and  all  sorts  of  camp  equipage  in  Richmond.  We  must 
not  move  with  too  much  baggage,  but  must  be  well  fixed  in 
every  particular,  so  that  all  parties  may  be  satisfied  at  home 
that  the  hardships  of  soldier's  life  are  relieved  by  all  the  care 
that  watchful  officers  can  give  their  men.  I  am  perfectly 
convinced  that  every  company  should  have  its  own  hospital 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  371 

tent.  When  I  hear  more  definitely  from  you  I  can  go  to 
Richmond  and  make  many  of  these  arrangements  myself. 
The  boys  must  be  very  particular  not  to  bring  too  much 
luggage.  Do  you  think  it  will  be  necessary  for  me  to  go  to 
South  Carolina  to  bring  you  on,  or  would  it  answer  as  well 
to  meet  you  in  Richmond?  Let  every  man  in  the  corps  get 
at  once  one  or  two  flannel  belly-bands,  and  besides  this  a 
cape  buttoned  to  the  cap  or  a  Havelock.  These  things  are 
great  preventives  against  disease.  I  need  not  tell  you  that 
in  some  points  of  drill  the  corps  will  find  me  not  yet  au  fait, 
but  I  think  I  can  make  it  up  very  soon.  On  this  point  I  feel 
clear,  because  you  can  all  say  that  I  did  not  seek  the  position 
which  you  in  your  too  great  kindness  and  confidence  have 
offered  me,  and  I  cannot  and  will  not  decline  it.  Have  you 
any  knapsacks?  Have  you  the  right  to  the  muskets?  Tele- 
graph me  what  you  desire  me  to  do  briefly  and  write  me  in 
full.  The  telegraph,  as  well  as  the  letter,  should  be  sent  to 
Manassas  Junction,  Tudor  Hall  Station,  care  of  Capt. 
Casson,  Kershaw's  Regiment.  We  are  now  in  a  few  miles  of 
the  enemy,  about  fifteen  miles  from  Washington.  There  are 
three  College  companies  in  the  field — my  old  College, 
Hampden- Sidney,  away  up  near  Phillipi;  Washington  Col- 
lege, in  the  same  direction ;  and  the  Mississippi  University, 
at  or  near  Harper's  Ferry.  Hoping  soon  to  hear  from  you, 
and  through  you  thanking  the  cadets  again  and  again  for 
this  display  of  their  confidence  and  good  will,  I  am  yours 
very  truly, 

(Signed)  C.  S.  VBNABLE. 

The  College  opened  as  usual  in  October,  1861,  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  next  term,  but  in  a  crippled  condition.  With 
several  exceptions  the  professors  were  ready  for  duty,  and  a 
limited  number  of  students  had  reported.  The  work  of  edu- 
cation under  difficulties  proceeded,  but  still  the  usual  control 
of  the  Faculty  could  not  prevail  to  keep  down  the  patriotic 
sentiments  of  South  Carolina  boys.  The  following  extract 
is  taken  from  LaBorde's  History  of  the  South  Carolina 
College,  dated  November  8,  1861 : 


372  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

"A  committee  of  the  students  presented  a  communication 
to  the  Faculty  from  the  Governor  of  the  State,  expressing  his 
willingness  to  allow  the  College  Cadets  to  report  to  Gen. 
Drayton  for  military  duty,  provided  they  have  the  permis- 
sion of  any  of  the  Faculty.  The  Faculty  unanimously 
resolved  that  they  had  no  authority  to  disband  the  College. 
There  was  now  a  general  meeting  of  the  students,  and  they 
resolved  to  leave  for  the  scene  of  war.  The  President  waited 
upon  the  Governor  and  made  the  most  strenuous  effort  to 
prevent  it,  but  it  was  in  vain." 

This  third  company  of  College  Cadets  proceeded  to  the 
coast  and  was  quartered  for  a  time  at  the  race  track  in 
Charleston.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  accurate  data  of  the 
record  of  the  services  of  this  company  is  not  available  at  this 
writing.  The  writer  has  assurances  that  it  will  be  furnished 
in  the  future. 

But  the  curtain  does  not  fall  on  this  the  third  act  of  the 
South  Carolina  College  Cadets.  All  the  students  who  were 
physically  able  did  service  in  the  armies  of  the  Confederacy. 
Scattered  in  the  various  commands,  their  blood  was  shed 
on  all  the  great  battlefields  of  the  war !  There  are  but  few 
left  to  tell  their  deeds,  except  to  say  briefly,  "They  died  for 
their  country,"  but  thousands  and  hundreds  of  thousands 
will  always  remain  to  cherish  the  memory  of  the  Southern 
soldier  who  gave  his  life  to  preserve  his  liberty ! 

UNDATED  CLIPPING  FROM  A  NEWSPAPER  PRESERVED  IN  AN  OLD 

SCRAPBOOK. 

A  flag  was  presented  to  the  College  Cadets  by  the  ladies 
of  Columbia.  The  presentation  was  made  in  the  chapel  by 
Dr.  LaBorde  in  behalf  of  the  ladies ;  Captain  John  H.  Gary 
responded  for  the  cadets.  Ensign  Dupont  received  the  flag, 
which  was  of  blue  silk  with  a  palmetto.  Beneath  this  device 
was  a  pen  and  sword  crossed  and  the  motto  "Juncta  Juvant." 
The  reverse  bore  the  words  "S.  C.  College  Cadets"  and  the 
motto  "Ducit  Amor  Patriae." 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  373 

SOUTH  CAROLINA  COLLEGE  CADETS  IN  THE  WAR 

BY  WASHINGTON  A.  CLARK, 
CLASS  1862. 

Reprinted  from  the  Centennial  Celebration,  S.  C.  College, 
December  20th,  1901. 

Of  those  memorable  occasions  which  marked  the  distin- 
guishing features  of  the  Confederate  War,  none  possibly 
stirred  the  people  of  this  State  so  much  as  those  which  hap- 
pened on  the  12th  day  of  April,  1861,  and  on  the  7th  day  of 
November  of  the  same  year.  In  the  history  of  this  State, 
they  constituted  eras  in  that  great  struggle  in  which  South 
Carolina  was  chief  actor. 

The  12th  of  April,  1861,  recalls  to  the  mind  of  all  the  battle 
of  Fort  Sumter.  This  was  the  opening  gun  of  the  war ;  the 
result  of  which  was  to  remove  entirely  the  Federal  flag  and 
the  Federal  forces,  and  so  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Federal 
Government,  from  the  State  of  South  Carolina. 

The  7th  of  November  recalls  to  us  the  battle  of  Port  Royal ; 
the  result  of  which  was  to  restore  the  authority  of  the  United 
States  within  that  portion  of  the  State  of  South  Carolina. 

The  news  of  each  of  these  battles  quickly  reached  Columbia 
and  mightily  aroused  the  enthusiasm  and  patriotism  of  the 
young  men  who  then  constituted  the  South  Carolina  College 
Cadets.  They  quickly,  even  against  the  protestations  of 
those  in  authority,  became  participants  in  each  of  these 
memorable  events. 

Shortly  after  the  fall  of  Fort  Sumter,  as  related  by  Lieu- 
tenant Jones,  the  Cadets  were  returned  to  the  College  and 
again  resumed  their  studies  preparatory  to  the  June  exami- 
nations. When  the  College  closed  in  the  latter  part  of  June, 
an  effort  was  made  to  carry  the  company  to  Virginia  during 
the  summer  vacation.  This  effort  failed,  however,  and  many 
of  the  students  went  to  battle  in  independent  organizations. 
Others  returned  to  their  homes  for  the  vacation.  In  the 
month  of  October,  1861,  the  College  was  opened  at  the 
appointed  time,  and  a  large  number  of  the  old  students 
returned  to  their  posts,  and  their  numbers  were  also  supple- 


374  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

mented  by  those  who  then  for  the  first  time  entered  the  Col- 
lege. Upon  the  opening  of  the  College,  the  company  was 
again  organized  under  the  command  of  the  following  com- 
missioned officers,  viz.:  E.  Dawkins  Kodgers,  captain; 
William  T.  Gary,  first  lieutenant;  Washington  A.  Clark, 
second  lieutenant ;  Robert  M.  Anderson,  third  lieutenant. 

Unfortunately  no  roll  of  this  company  (which  has  here- 
tofore been  spoken  of  as  the  Third  Company),  has  been  pre- 
served. The  list,  however,  of  non-commissioned  officers  and 
privates,  with  few  exceptions,  remained  about  the  same  as 
that  which  went  to  Charleston  in  April;  with  the  addition, 
however,  of  those  students  who  had  just  then  entered  the 
College.  Several  battles  had  already  then  been  fought  in 
Virginia,  and  the  war  fever  was  intense.  The  company, 
therefore,  devoted  much  of  their  time  to  drill  and  preparation 
for  field  service,  into  which  they  were  ever  eager  to  go.  While 
thus  actively  engaged  in  their  preparation  for  the  field,  they 
were  none  the  less  in  the  regular  pursuit  of  their  college 
duties;  at  all  times,  however,  holding  themselves  in  anxious 
readiness  to  respond  to  any  call  of  the  State. 

At  this  time  the  enemy  occupied  no  foot  of  Carolina  soil. 
At  Port  Royal,  however,  the  entrance  to  the  Broad  River 
afforded  a  harbor  upon  which  the  navies  of  the  world  could 
ride  at  anchor.  This  harbor  afforded  a  great  attraction  to 
the  enemy  as  a  basis  of  operation  against  the  South  Atlantic 
States.  The  harbor  had  been  fortified  by  the  State  of  South 
Carolina  and  was  then  deemed  safe  against  any  naval  attack. 
The  fortifications  consisted  of  Fort  Walker  upon  the  north- 
ern end  of  Hilton  Head  Island,  and  Fort  Beauregard  on 
the  southern  end  of  Bay  Point.  The  entrance  to  the  harbor 
was  therefore  flanked  upon  either  side  by  what  was  then 
considered  a  sure  defense  against  any  attack.  The  former 
consisted  of  twenty  three  (23)  guns,  and  the  latter  of  twenty 
(20)  guns,  but  at  this  point  the  harbor  was  no  less  than 
two  miles  wide  and  therefore  difficult  of  any  sure  and 
effective  defense. 

On  the  7th  of  November,  1861,  a  Federal  fleet  of  seventeen 
vessels,  carrying  200  guns,  under  the  command  of  Commo- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  375 

dore  Dupont,  appeared  in  the  offing  and  soon  thereafter 
attempted  an  entrance  into  the  harbor.  A  naval  combat 
ensued  which  lasted  four  hours;  during  which  time  both  of 
these  forts  were  completely  dismantled,  and  the  Confederate 
forces  forced  to  retreat  in  great  disorder.  The  attack  was 
not  only  unexpected,  but  the  result  was  still  more  unexpected 
and  disappointing.  The  result  of  this  was  to  expose  not  only 
the  Broad  River  with  all  of  its  tributaries,  but  Beaufort 
County  to  the  mercy  of  the  enemy.  This  fleet  was  accom- 
panied by  12,000  troops  under  the  command  of  Brig.  Gen. 
Thomas  W.  Sherman.  The  Confederate  forces,  under  the 
command  of  General  Dray  ton,  not  exceeding  2,500  men,  were 
compelled  to  retreat  in  the  face  of  the  enemy,  and  thus  leave 
the  entire  country  exposed  to  their  attack.  Our  people  were 
totally  unprepared,  and  so,  many  of  the  large  and  wealthy 
planters  in  this  section  were  compelled  to  abandon  their 
homes  without  preparation,  leaving  behind  them  their  treas- 
ures and  valuables  of  every  description.  The  loss  to  this 
wealthy  and  prosperous  community  was  therefore  incalcul- 
able. The  planters  of  this  portion  of  the  State  had  been  for 
many  years  patrons  of  the  South  Carolina  College,  and  at 
that  time  many  students  from  that  district  were  members 
of  the  College  Cadets,  and  so  the  interest  of  the  College  was 
seriously  affected.  Thus  again  the  Federal  forces  possessed 
themselves  of  at  least  this  portion  of  the  State  and  once 
more  fixed  their  jurisdiction  therein.  The  news  of  this  victory 
of  the  enemy  spread  over  the  State  like  an  electric  shock, 
and  once  again  operated  to  call  the  College  Cadets  to  arms. 
On  the  next  day,  November  8th,  the  company,  by  a  unani- 
mous vote,  offered  their  services  to  Governor  Pickens  for 
coast  defense.  The  faculty  of  the  College,  however,  violently 
opposed  this  movement,  and  used  every  argument  in  their 
power  in  order  to  influence  Governor  Pickens  not  to  accept 
the  company.  On  the  afternoon  of  the  same  day  the  com- 
pany left  for  Charleston  on  their  way  to  Port  Royal  to  report 
to  General  Drayton,  who  was  then  in  command  of  the  Con- 
federate forces  at  that  place.  Upon  reaching  Charleston, 
however,  the  company  was  detained  by  the  Governor,  with 


376  HISTORY  OP  THE  UNIVERSITY 

the  flattering  statement  that  they  were  retained  as  his  body- 
guard. The  company  was  then  temporarily  stationed  on 
the  Washington  race  course  and  attached  to  one  of  the 
Charleston  regiments  then  in  camp  under  the  command  of 
Col.  Peter  C.  Gaillard. 

Dr.  LaBorde  in  his  history  of  the  South  Carolina  College, 
on  page  459,  gives  this  account  of  the  incident : 

"November  8. — A  committee  of  the  students  presented  a 
communication  to  the  faculty  from  the  Governor  of  the  State, 
expressing  his  willingness  to  allow  the  College  Cadets  to 
report  to  General  Drayton  for  military  duty,  provided  they 
bear  the  permission  of  any  of  the  faculty. 

"The  faculty  unanimously  resolved  that  they  had  no 
authority  to  disband  the  College.  There  was  a  general  meet- 
ing of  the  students  and  they  resolved  to  leave  for  the  scene 
of  war.  The  President  waited  on  the  Governor  and  made 
the  most  strenuous  efforts  to  prevent  it.  But  it  was  in  vain." 

The  Federal  forces,  however,  did  not  press  their  victory  as 
vigorously  as  was  expected,  and  so  military  operations  on 
the  coast  of  the  State  were  rather  inactive  for  several 
months.  During  this  time  the  College  Cadets  remained  in 
camp  in  the  ordinary  routine  of  daily  drill  and  camp  life, 
but  all  were  preparing  for  the  more  active  duties  of  the  field, 
which  they  then  felt  to  be  imminent.  The  professors,  how- 
ever, in  the  meantime,  anxious  to  preserve  the  life  of  the 
College,  spared  no  efforts  to  insure  their  return  upon  the 
opening  of  the  College  in  January.  The  quiet  which  ensued 
the  fall  of  Port  Koyal  afforded  the  Governor  a  good  pretext, 
and  so,  on  the  10th  day  of  December,  the  company  was 
mustered  out  of  service  and  the  students  ordered  to  prepare 
themselves  to  return  to  College  on  the  1st  of  January.  The 
students,  however,  felt  that  the  time  had  come  when  duty 
required  that  they  should  be  at  the  front,  and  so,  fired  by 
their  patriotic  zeal,  most  of  them  at  once  joined  other  com- 
mands and  became  regularly  enlisted  in  the  army.  The 
action  of  the  Governor  at  this  time  in  disbanding  the  com- 
pany defeated  the  hope  which  the  students  had  entertained 
of  going  to  the  front  in  a  body.  In  fact,  the  faculty  of  the 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  377 

College,  as  well  as  the  State  officials,  deemed  it  inexpedient 
that  they  should  do  so,  fearing  that  the  ardor  of  youth  would 
prove  rather  a  disadvantage,  and  preferred  that  the  students 
should  go  as  individuals  and  be  incorporated  in  commands 
under  older  heads. 

Upon  the  opening  of  the  College  in  January,  1862,  but  few 
of  the  students  returned.  Of  this  an  interesting  account  will 
be  found  in  Dr.  LaBorde's  history  of  the  College,  on  page  471. 
The  exercises  of  the  College  were  continued,  however,  with 
rather  unsatisfactory  results,  through  the  months  of  January 
and  February  and  until  the  8th  of  March,  1862,  on  which 
day  the  College  was  closed  for  the  year.  (See  LaBorde's 
"History  South  Carolina  College,"  pages  471,  472.) 

It  was  the  ambition  of  the  students  to  go  to  the  front  In 
an  organized  body,  and  it  will  be  seen  that  three  separate 
attempts  were  made  to  accomplish  this  end.  In  these  efforts 
they  were  defeated  by  the  more  conservative  views  of  the 
faculty  and  trustees,  who,  in  their  desire  to  save  and  preserve 
the  College,  thought  it  best  that  it  should  be  otherwise.  The 
privilege  of  displaying  their  patriotic  zeal  in  an  organized 
body  was  thus  denied  them,  but  history  will  show  an  equal 
patriotism  on  the  part  of  the  individual  student.  Many  gave 
their  lives  as  a  sacrifice  for  the  cause.  Many  rose  to  positions 
of  distinction.  Many  as  privates  in  the  rank  served  their 
country  with  a  self-sacrificing  devotion  and  patriotic  zeal 
worthy  of  the  cause  for  which  they  were  willing  to  lay  down 
their  lives. 


LETTER  OF  PROFESSOR  R.  W.  BARNWELL  IN  THE 
SOUTHERN  GUARDIAN  OF  MAY  4,  1861. 

"  'Mr.  Editor :  The  question  has  been  frequently  asked  me 
in  the  streets  of  Charleston,  "How  are  the  College  boys  con- 
ducting themselves?"  and  I  have  always  answered,  "Like  sol- 
diers and  gentlemen."  Of  course  this  was  no  more  than  was 
expected  of  a  corps  which  Governor  Pickens,  in  handing  over 
to  General  Beauregard,  characterized  as  the  "pride  and 
flower  of  the  State."  The  camp  at  Sullivan's  Island,  the 


378  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

headquarters  in  Meeting  street,  and  the  city  of  Charleston  are 
loud  in  their  praises.  But  it  may  be  gratifying  to  the  friends 
of  the  College,  and  the  parents  and  relatives  of  our  young 
men,  to  hear  from  one  who  is  intimate  with  every  event  of 
their  camp  life  a  succinct  testimonial  to  their  high  and  noble 
bearing  while  on  duty  in  Charleston  harbor.  From  the  time 
we  left  Columbia  until  our  return  not  a  single  incident, 
however  slight,  has  marred  the  campaign ;  not  a  single  trace 
of  ill  feeling  has  been  engendered  between  themselves  or 
with  others;  not  a  shade  of  dissatisfaction  exists  between 
officers  and  men.  Camp  discipline  has  been  strictly  enforced 
when  necessary;  privations  were  cheerfully  undergone; 
hardships  readily  met ;  drill  and  guard  duties  promptly  and 
enthusiastically  performed,  and  while  the  military  ardor 
was  fanned  to  its  highest  flame,  it  was  always  tempered  by 
military  propriety  and  order.  And  better  than  this,  I  can 
unhesitatingly  affirm,  that  although  living  with  them  on  tne 
most  intimate  terms,  sharing  with  them  their  soldier  bed  and 
fare,  there  has  been  nothing — absolutely  nothing — which  has 
grated  harshly  on  my  ear  or  offended  my  most  scrutinous 
observation.  Perfect  sobriety  and  the  intercourse  and  con- 
versation of  high,  pure-minded  men  has  characterized  every 
hour  of  their  absence,  and  they  return  to  their  peaceful  pur- 
suits unsullied  by  a  single  vice  of  the  camp,  and  adorned 
with  those  manly  virtues  which  ripen  so  speedily  under  arms. 
"On  their  journey  to  Charleston  they  were  acknowledged 
by  the  officers  of  the  road  to  have  been  the  best  demeaned 
company  that  had  passed  down.  Upon  their  return  to 
Charleston  they  were  permitted  to  quarter  themselves  at  will 
at  the  expense  of  the  State  in  the  hotels  of  the  city,  where 
their  presence  was  confessed  to  be  a  source  of  pleasure  rather 
than  annoyance;  and  on  their  home  trip  to  Columbia  an 
incident  occurred  which  I  am  sure  will  ever  be  applicable 
to  the  College  Cadets.  A  passenger,  who  was  about  to  enter 
the  cars,  drew  back  when  she  saw  it  filled  with  soldiers,  but 
upon  being  told  who  they  were,  "Oh,"  said  she,  "they  are  the 
College  Cadets,"  and  at  once  took  her  seat  beside  the  gray 
uniforms  and  bristling  bayonets.  And  I  must  not  omit  to 
mention  that  so  soon  as  they  were  relieved  from  military 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  379 

duty,  notwithstanding  the  temptations  to  rush  off  and  join 
the  various  gallant  corps  organizing  for  active  service,  at 
the  suggestion  and  desire  of  their  elders,  they  promptly  and 
cheerfully  returned  to  their  literary  pursuits,  to  prepare 
themselves  between  the  clashing  of  arms  for  the  intellectual 
battle  they  must  one  day  fight  for  their  State — to  arm  them- 
selves with  sword  and  pen,  with  the  one  to  make  their 
country's  history,  and  to  record  it  with  the  other. 

"  'As  a  professor,  I  have  always  been  proud  of  my  pupils, 
but  I  must  confess  that  I  have  never  known  how  just  was 
this  pride  until  I  became  their  chaplain  on  Sullivan's 
Island.' " 


ALUMNI  OF  THE  SOUTH  CAROLINA  COLLEGE  WHO 
DIED  IN  THE  SERVICE  OF  THE  CONFEDERACY. 

Alston,  Marion  Kennan:  (1832-1864),  of  Georgetown,  left 
in  1852  in  junior  class;  lieutenant-colonel  of  First  South 
Carolina  Volunteers;  died  at  Jackson  Hospital,  Richmond, 
June  19,  1864. 

Ancrum,  James  K.  Douglas:  (1844-1864),  of  Camden,  left 
as  a  freshman  in  1861 ;  was  a  member  of  the  Second  Cavalry ; 
he  died  at  Green  Pond,  July  20,  1864. 

Anderson,  Edward  MacKenzie:  (1823-1862),  of  State- 
burg,  A.  B.  1843;  aide  to  Gen.  R.  H.  Anderson;  killed  near 
Williamsburg,  Va.,  May  5,  1862. 

Barnes,  Dixon:  (1816-1862),  of  Lancaster  County,  A.  B. 
1838;  just  received  commission  as  general  when  he  was 
wounded  at  Sharpsburg  and  died  September  27,  1862. 

Barn  well,  Robert  Woodward:  (1831-1863),  of  Beaufort, 
A.  B.  1850;  organized  hospital  aid  association;  died  of 
typhoid  fever,  June  23,  1863. 

Baskin,  John  Gamble:  (1819-1863),  of  Abbeville  County, 
A.  B.  1842;  enlisted  in  company  from  Abbeville;  died  from 
wound  at  Richmond,  April,  1863. 

Bookter,  Edwin  Faust:  (1837-1864),  of  Richland  District, 
left  in  1858;  colonel  of  Twelfth  South  Carolina  regiment; 
killed  at  Petersburg,  September  30,  1864. 


380  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Bookter,  Nathan:  (1840-1864),  of  Richland  District,  left 
in  1859  in  sophomore  class ;  captain  of  Company  D,  Twelfth 
South  Carolina  Infantry;  killed  near  Petersburg,  June  22, 
1864. 

Boozer,  Baylis  Earle:  (1839-1861),  of  Lexington,  left  the 
sophomore  class  in  1857;  first  lieutenant  in  Capt.  W.  D. 
Harman's  company,  Twentieth  South  Carolina  Volunteers; 
killed  February  16,  1861. 

Bostick,  Edward  John:  (1827-1865),  of  Beaufort  District, 

A.  B.  1847;  captain  in  Twenty-first  South  Carolina  regi- 
ment; killed  at  Five  Forks,  Va. 

Boyce,  Albert  Kerr:  (1842-1862),  of  Newberry,  left  in 
1862  in  senior  class ;  in  Third  regiment,  McGowan's  brigade ; 
wounded  at  Games'  Mill,  died  July  10,  1862. 

Boyd,  Charles  Wesley:  (1835-1863),  of  Walterboro,  A.  B. 
1855;  captain  in  the  Fifth  South  Carolina  regiment;  killed 
at  Chancellorsville,  May  2,  1863. 

Bratton,  William  Means:  (1826-1862),  of  Winnsboro,  A. 

B.  1844;  captain  of  an  Alabama  regiment  at  time  of  his 
death. 

Brearley,  James  William:  (1842-1864),  of  Darlington,  left 
in  1862  in  senior  class ;  killed  at  Deep  Bottom,  July  28,  1864. 

Bryce,  Robert  Power :  A.  B.  1860,  fell  at  Chickamauga. 

Buchanan,  William  Creighton:  A.  B.  1852;  adjutant  of 
Twelfth  South  Carolina  Volunteers;  killed  near  Second 
Manassas. 

Burnet,  Burgh  Smith:  (1836-1865),  of  Charleston,  A.  B. 
1855,  captain  in  First  South  Carolina  regular  infantry; 
died  from  wounds  in  the  spring  of  1865. 

Butler,  Edward  George  Washington:  (1831-1861)  of 
Louisiana,  left  in  1850  in  junior  class ;  lieutenant ;  killed  at 
Belmont,  Mo.,  November  7,  1861. 

Butler,  Edward  Julian :  of  Edgefield,  left  in  1859  in  senior 
class;  killed  at  Malvern  Hill. 

Butler,  William  London :  of  Edgefield,  A.  B.  1855 ;  colonel 
of  a  Louisiana  regiment ;  killed  at  Chickamauga. 

Boyd,  John  Frederick:  (1841-1862),  of  Laurens  District, 
left  in  1861  in  junior  class ;  first  sergeant  Company  F,  Four- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  381 

teenth  South  Carolina  Volunteers;  died  near  Richmond, 
June,  1862. 

Cheves,  Langdon:  (1813-1863),  of  Charleston,  A.  B.  1833; 
captain  of  engineers ;  killed  on  Morris  Island,  July  10,  1863. 

Coit,  George  Erasmus:  (1839-1863),  of  Cheraw,  A.  B. 
1856 ;  lieutenant  in  Garden's  Battery ;  killed  at  Suffolk,  Va., 
May  6,  1863. 

Coker,  Charles  Westfield:  (1841-1862),  of  Society  Hill, 
left  in  1862  in  senior  class;  ordnance  sergeant  in  Eighth 
South  Carolina  Volunteers;  killed  at  Malvern  Hill,  July  1, 
1862. 

Cothran,  Samuel  Gaines:  (1835-1865),  of  Abbeville  Dis- 
trict, A.  B.  1857;  Sixth  South  Carolina  Cavalry;  killed  at 
Bentonville,  N.  C.,  March  19,  1865. 

Crawford,  Martin  P.  Hamister,  A.  B.  1845;  died  April, 
1862,  at  a  hospital  in  Richmond. 

Culp,  William  Benjamin:  of  Alabama,  A.  B.  1854;  died 
shortly  after  the  surrender  of  Vicksburg,  July  1,  1863. 

Cunningham,  Joseph  P.:  (1834-1863),  of  Lancaster  Dis- 
trict, A.  B.  1857,  captain  in  the  Second  South  Carolina  regi- 
ment; killed  at  Gettysburg. 

Cureton,  James  Belton :  of  Camden,  left  in  1861  in  sopho- 
more year,  member  of  Col.  A.  C.  Haskell's  regiment;  killed 
during  Grant's  approach  to  Richmond. 

Cuthbert,  George  Barnwell,  of  Beaufort  County,  A.  B. 
1849,  captain  of  Palmetto  Guards ;  killed  at  Fredericksburg. 

Daniel,  William  Lowndes:  (1833-1863),  of  Edgefield  Dis- 
trict, A.  B.  1854,  first  lieutenant  of  Palmetto  Guards ;  killed 
at  Gettysburg. 

Dennis,  Edward  Elliott:  (1843-1861),  of  Bishopville,  left 
in  1861  in  freshman  class,  joined  Company  D,  Second  South 
Carolina  regiment;  died  in  hospital  at  Charlottesville,  Va., 
December  30,  1861. 

Denton,  Richard  Watson :  of  Laurens  District,  A.  B.  1844, 
in  commissary  department;  died  in  1862  from  wounds 
received  at  Kennesaw. 

DeSaussure,  Henry  William:  (1835-1862),  of  Camden,  A. 
B.  1855 ;  killed  in  the  Seven  Days'  Fight  around  Richmond, 


382  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

June  30,  1862,  while  acting  as  major  of  the  Sixth  South 
Carolina  Volunteers. 

DeTreville,  Robert:  (1833-1865),  of  Beaufort,  A.  B.  1853; 
lieutenant-colonel  of  First  South  Carolina  Infantry;  killed 
at  Averysboro,  March  1,  1865. 

Doby,  Afred  English:  (1840-1864),  of  Camden,  A.  B.  1858, 
aide  to  General  Kershaw;  killed  in  battle  of  Wilderness, 
May  6,  1864. 

DuBose,  Edwin:  (1825-1865),  of  St.  John's  Berkeley,  left 
in  1844  in  the  junior  class;  lieutenant;  died  April  21,  1865, 
of  fever  contracted  in  camp. 

Fairlee,  George  M. :  of  Marion,  A.  B.,  1856 ;  captain  of 
company  in  Orr's  Rifles;  died  of  pneumonia  in  winter  of 
1861-1862. 

Ferguson,  Richard  Calhoun:  (1832-1862),  of  Laurens  Dis- 
trict, left  in  1851  in  the  junior  class ;  cavalryman  in  Colonel 
Black's  regiment ;  died  at  Richmond,  December  19,  1862. 

Fisher,  Charles  Atwood:  (1834-1862),  of  Clarendon 
County,  A.  B.  1855;  lieutenant  in  Colonel  DeSaussure's 
company;  died  at  Smith's  Farm  hospital,  September  24, 
1862. 

Foster,  Louis  Perrin:  (1837-1862),  of  Cedar  Spring,  A.  B. 
1858;  captain  of  Company  K,  Third  South  Carolina  Vol- 
unteers; fell  at  Fredericksburg,  December  13,  1862. 

Fraser,  Andrew  Crawford:  (1842-1862),  of  Winnsboro, 
left  with  College  Cadets ;  member  of  Company  I,  Sixth  South 
Carolina  Volunteers;  killed  at  Seven  Pines,  May  31,  1862. 

Gaillard,  Franklin:  (1829-1864),  of  Upper  St.  John's,  A. 
B.  1849;  lieutenant  of  the  Second  Regiment;  killed  at  the 
Wilderness,  May  6,  1864. 

Gary,  John  Hillary:  (1838-1863),  of  Cokesbury,  A.  B. 
1861 ;  captain  of  College  Cadets ;  died  August  17,  1863,  from 
wounds  received  at  Battery  Wagner,  of  which  he  was  in 
command. 

Gaston,  Isaac  Newton:  (1837-1861),  of  Chester  County, 
A.  B.  1856;  member  of  Sixth  regiment;  died  at  Fairfax 
Court  House,  Va.,  September  1,  1861. 

Gaston,  Joseph  Lucius:  (1829-1862),  of  Chester  County, 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  383 

A.  B.  1852;  captain  of  Company  F,  Sixth  regiment;  killed 
at  Seven  Pines,  May  31,  1862. 

Gist,  State  Rights:  (1831-1864),  of  Union  County,  A.  B. 
1850;  brigadier-general;  killed  at  Franklin,  Tenn.,  Novem- 
ber 30,  1864. 

Gist,  William  Murena:    (1841-1863),  of  Union  County, 

A.  B.  1859;  major  in  the  Fifteenth  South  Carolina  Volun- 
teers ;  killed  at  Knoxville,  Tenn.,  November  18,  1863. 

Glover,  Thomas  Jamison:  (1830-1862),  of  Orangeburg,  A. 

B.  1849 ;  colonel  of  First  South  Carolina  Volunteers ;  killed 
at  Second  Manassas,  August  31,  1862. 

Goodwyn,  Edward  Middleton:  (1835-1862),  of  Fort 
Motte,  left  in  1855  in  junior  class;  lieutenant  of  Columbia 
Grays ;  killed  at  Sharpsburg,  1862. 

Goodwyn,  Robert  Howell:  (1825-1864),  of  Richland,  A.  B. 
1842 ;  wounded  and  died  in  hospital  near  Richmond  in  1864. 

Guerard,  Joseph  N.:  (1842-1865),  of  Georgia,  left  in  1861 
in  junior  class;  member  of  Savannah  Guards;  died  in 
Lincoln  hospital,  Washington,  June  30,  1865. 

Hampton,  Thomas  Preston:  of  Columbia,  left  in  1861  in 
sophomore  class ;  fell  in  battle  at  age  of  eighteen. 

Hance,  James  Washington:  (1828-1863),  of  Laurens,  left 
in  1852  in  junior  class;  lieutenant-colonel  of  Fifty-third 
Georgia  regiment,  Semme's  brigade;  killed  at  Gettysburg, 
July  2,  1862. 

Harllee,  Robert  Armstrong:  (1842-1862),  of  West  Marion, 
now  Florence  County;  went  out  with  College  Cadets;  ser- 
geant in  Company  I,  Eighth  South  Carolina  regiment;  died 
at  Manassas,  March  2,  1862. 

Hopkins,  James  Ward:  (1832-1864),  of  Charleston,  A.  B. 
1852;  captain  of  the  Sumter  Guards;  fell  at  Petersburg, 
June  16,  1864. 

Jamison,  David  Flavel:  (1810-1864),  of  Orangeburg  Dis- 
trict, left  in  1837  in  senior  class ;  president  of  secession  con- 
vention, judge  advocate  general,  died  at  Charleston,  Sep- 
tember 24,  1864. 

Keitt,  Lawrence  Massilon:  (1824-1864),  of  St.  Matthews, 
A.  B.  1843 ;  fell  at  Cold  Harbor  leading  Kershaw's  Brigade ; 
died  June  2,  1864. 


384  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Kinard,  John  Martin:  (1833-1864),  of  Newberry  County, 
left  in  1852  in  sophomore  class;  acting  lieutenant-colonel 
in  Colonel  Keitt's  regiment  when  he  fell  at  Strasburg,  Va., 
October  13,  1864. 

King,  Henry  Campbell:  (1819-1862),  of  Charleston,  A.  B. 
1839;  captain  of  Sumter  Guards;  killed  at  Secession  ville. 

LaBorde,  Oscar  Whitfield:  (1838-1865),  of  Edgefield 
Court  House,  A.  B.  1859;  killed  at  Averysboro,  March  16, 
1865. 

Lang,  Edward  Brevard:  (1824-  ),  of  Camden,  left  in 
1847  in  sophomore  class;  died  in  service  as  a  soldier  from 
Texas. 

Ligon,  George  Anderson:  (1841-1862),  of  Laurens  Dis- 
trict, left  in  1860  in  sophomore  class ;  sergeant-major  in 
Colonel  James's  Third  Battalion,  South  Carolina  Volun- 
teers ;  died  at  Richmond,  October,  1862. 

Martin,  William:  (1837-1861),  of  Columbia,  left  in  1854 
in  sophomore  class;  member  of  Columbia  Artillery;  died  at 
Fort  Moultrie,  February  21,  1861. 

Martin,  William  Heyland:  (1841-1862),  of  Beaufort  Dis- 
trict, A.  B.  1860;  Company  H,  First  South  Carolina  Vol- 
unteers ;  died  of  typhoid  fever  near  Eichmond,  July  16,  1862. 

Maxwell,  Thomas  Edward:  (1840-1862),  of  Pendleton,  A. 
B.  1860 ;  fell  at  Second  Manassas. 

Means,  Beverly  William:  (1833-1862),  of  Fairfield 
County,  left  in  1851  in  junior  class;  sergeant-major;  killed 
at  Seven  Pines. 

Means,  John  Hugh:  (1812-1862),  of  Fairfield  District,  A. 
B.  1832 ;  colonel  of  Seventeenth  South  Carolina  Volunteers ; 
fell  at  Second  Manassas. 

Means,  Julius  Howell:  (1840-1862),  of  Columbia,  left  in 
1859  in  sophomore  class;  died  at  Richmond,  July  24,  1862. 

Means,  Waddy  Thompson,  of  Alabama,  A.  B.  1852;  in 
artillery  service;  died  at  Winnsboro  in  1865. 

Milling,  John  Robert,  of  Fairfield,  A.  B.  1856 ;  first  lieu- 
tenant, Company  G,  Sixth  South  Carolina  Infantry;  fell  at 
Fort  Harrison,  Va.,  September  30,  1864. 

Moore,   Andrew   Charles:    (1838-1862),   of   Spartanburg 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  385 

County,  A.  B.  1858;  Company  E,  Eighteenth  South  Caro- 
lina Volunteers;  killed  at  Second  Manassas,  August  30, 1862. 

McCaa,  B.  B.:  (1823-1863),  of  Camden,  left  in  1842  in 
senior  class;  captain  of  an  Alabama  company;  killed  at  Mur- 
freesboro,  January  3,  1863. 

McCord,  Langdon  Cheves:  (1841-1863),  of  Columbia,  left 
in  1860  in  junior  class;  captain  of  Company  H,  Hampton 
Legion;  died  January,  1863. 

McCutchen,  George  H.:  (1840-1865),  of  Bishopville,  left 
in  1861  in  junior  class;  died  January  5,  1865. 

McGowan,  Alexander  Hamilton:  (1832-1864),  of  Cross 
Hill,  A.  B.  1855;  died  January  4,  1863. 

McGowan,  Samuel,  of  Cross  Hill,  Laurens  County;  left 
in  junior  class  as  member  of  College  Cadets ;  died  in  hospital 
near  Culpepper,  Va. 

McLaurin,  Tristram  B. :  of  Marlboro  District,  senior  1861 ; 
died  at  the  college  in  May  from  disease  caused  by  the  trip  of 
the  College  Cadets. 

McLemore,  John  Caldwell:  (1835-1862),  of  Florida,  left  in 
1854  in  sophomore  class;  captain;  wounded  at  Second 
Manassas;  died  September  19,  1862. 

McLeod,  Donald  McDairmed:  (1822-1863),  of  Hunt's 
Bluff,  A.  B.  1847;  major,  Eighth  South  Carolina  Volun- 
teers ;  killed  at  Gettysburg,  July  3, 1863. 

McQueen,  William  Alexander:  (1839-1865),  of  Cheraw, 
A.  B.  1860;  second  lieutenant  in  Garden's  Battery;  killed 
at  Sumter,  April  9,  1865. 

McPheeters,  Gabriel:  (1831-1862),  of  Mississippi,  A.  B. 
1850 ;  colonel  of  the  Crescent  Regiment  of  Louisiana ;  killed 
at  Labadieville,  October  2,  1862. 

Me  Willie,  Adams:  (1821-1861),  of  Kershaw  County,  left  in 
1842  in  senior  class ;  captain  of  Camden  Rifles,  Miss. ;  killed 
at  Manassas,  July  21,  1861. 

Nelson,  Patrick  Henry:  (1824-1864),  of  Clarendon 
County,  A.  B.  1844;  commanded  Nelson's  Battalion;  killed 
at  Petersburg,  June  24,  1864. 

Niles,  Edwards:  (1835-1864),  of  Camden,  left  in  1856  in 
junior  class ;  died  at  Camden  in  1864. 


386  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Norwood,  William  Tully:  (1840-1865),  of  Abbeville,  A.  B. 
1860 ;  sergeant ;  died  March  24,  1865. 

Nott,  Henry  Junius:  (1838-1862),  of  Alabama,  A.  B. 
1857;  first  lieutenant;  died  of  typhoid  fever  after  battle  of 
Shiloh. 

Nott,  James  Deas:  (1834-1863),  of  Alabama,  left  in  1856 
in  junior  class;  captain;  killed  at  Chickamauga. 

Patterson,  Josiah:  (1815-1864),  of  Abbeville  District,  A. 
B.  1833 ;  lieutenant,  Company  E,  Fourteenth  Georgia  Volun- 
teers; killed  at  Spottsylvania  Court  House,  May  12,  1864. 

Pearson,  John  H.,  of  Newberry  County,  left  in  1837  in 
junior  class;  captain;  died  in  Columbia. 

Perrin,  James  M. :  (1822-1863),  of  Abbeville  District,  A. 
B.  1843;  colonel,  First  South  Carolina  Volunteers;  died  of 
wound  at  Chancellorsville,  May  4,  1863. 

Perrin,  William  Henry:  (1838-1862),  of  Abbeville,  A.  B. 
1858;  one  of  the  "Minute  Men,"  afterwards  in  Orr's  Rifles; 
killed  at  Games'  Mill,  June  27,  1862. 

Porcher,  Percival:  (1829-1864),  of  Pineville,  A.  B.  1849; 
died  in  Jackson  Hospital,  June,  1864. 

Porcher,  William  E.:  (1823-1864),  of  Berkeley  County,  A. 
B.  1844;  killed  on  John's  Island,  July  7,  1864. 

Powe,  Thomas  Erasmus:  (1838-1863),  of  Cheraw,  A.  B. 
1857;  captain,  Company  C,  Eighth  South  Carolina  Volun- 
teers; died  from  wound  at  Gettysburg,  July  22,  1863. 

Preston,  William  C.:  (1837-1864),  of  Columbia,  left  in 
1856  in  senior  class ;  major  of  artillery ;  killed  near  Atlanta, 
July  20,  1864. 

Pringle,  Robert:  (1837-1863),  of  Charleston,  left  in  1856 
in  senior  class;  captain;  killed  at  Battery  Wagner,  August 
31,  1863. 

Ross,  James  Alexander,  of  Charleston,  left  in  1858  in 
senior  class;  first  lieutenant,  Company  A,  Twenty-fifth 
South  Carolina  Volunteers;  fell  near  Petersburg,  August  21, 
1864. 

Royall,  James  P.:  (1840-1862),  of  James  Island,  left  in 
1858  in  freshman  class ;  killed  at  Malvern  Hill,  July  1,  1862. 

Seabrook,  Cato  Ashe:  (1831-1862),  of  Edisto  Island,  A.  B. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  387 

1851 ;  adjutant  to  General  Jenkins ;  killed  at  Second  Manas- 
sas,  August  30,  1862. 

Seabrook,  Paul  Hamilton:  (1827-1862),  of  Edisto  Island, 
A.  B.  1847;  captain  in  Twenty-third  South  Carolina  Volun- 
teers; died  from  wound  at  Second  Manassas,  September  6, 
1862. 

Shannon,  A.:  (1844-  ),  of  Camden,  left  in  1862  in 
sophomore  class ;  killed  near  close  of  war. 

Sloan,  Joseph  Berry:  (1829-1862),  of  Pendleton,  A.  B. 
1850;  captain;  killed  at  Fredericksburg. 

Smith,  Augustus  Marshall:  (1827-1862),  of  Abbeville 
County,  A.  B.  1848 ;  lieutenant-colonel  of  Gregg's  Regiment ; 
died  from  wound  at  Games'  Mill,  June  30,  1862. 

Smith,  Henry  Julius:  (1832-1862),  of  Charleston,  left  in 
1852  in  freshman  class;  captain  of  Gist's  Rifles;  killed  at 
Sharpsburg,  September  21,  1862. 

Smith,  Landgrave  Thomas,  of  Georgetown  County,  A.  B. 
1855;  killed  in  Georgia. 

Smith,  Ralph  Henry:  (1837-1862),  of  Glenn  Springs,  left 
in  1861  in  junior  class;  died  from  wound  at  Seven  Pines, 
June  24,  1862. 

Starke,  Reuben  O.,  of  Edgefield  County,  left  in  1850  in 
senior  class;  died  in  1864. 

Stuart,  Allan:  (1835-1864),  of  Beaufort,  left  in  1854  in 
junior  class;  died  at  Aiken,  December,  1864. 

Stuart,  Edmund  Rhett:  (1842-1862),  of  Richland  County, 
left  in  1861  in  sophomore  class ;  lost  at  Second  Manassas. 

Stuart,  Henry  Middleton:  (1841-1865),  of  Beaufort,  lieu- 
tenant in  First  South  Carolina  Artillery;  killed  at  Benton- 
ville  in  1865. 

Sullivan,  Warren  Pinckney:  (1840-1861),  of  Laurens, 
left  in  1861  in  junior  class;  corporal,  Company  A,  Third 
South  Carolina  Infantry;  died  at  Charlottesville,  1861. 

Taylor,  William  Haynes :  (1838-1862),  of  Columbia,  left  in 
1856  in  junior  class;  acting  adjutant  of  Hampton  Legion; 
fell  near  Fredericksburg,  April  18,  1862. 

Thornwell,  Gillespie  Robbins:  (1844-1862),  of  Richland 
County,  left  in  1861  in  freshman  class;  one  of  Butler's 
Scouts;  fell  at  Warrenton,  Va.,  1862. 


388  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Wallace,  Edward:  (1838-1863),  of  Columbia,  A.  B.  1858; 
first  lieutenant ;  died  April  9,  1863. 

Waller,  Peleus  Augustus:  (1828-1864),  of  Abbeville 
County,  A.  B.  1845;  first  lieutenant,  Sixty-fourth  Georgia; 
killed  at  Olustee,  Fla.,  February  20,  1864. 

Wardlaw,  Thomas  Lamar:  (1838-1862),  of  Edgefield  Dis- 
trict, A.  B.  1860 ;  first  lieutenant,  First  Regular  South  Caro- 
lina Infantry;  killed  at  Fort  Moultrie,  July  17,  1862. 

Watson,  Elihu  Wesley:  (1838-1865),  of  Laurens  County, 

A.  B   1858;  adjutant,  Fifth  Alabama  Cavalry;  killed  April, 
1865,  in  Virginia. 

Whitaker,  Thomas  M. :  (1839-1864),  of  Kershaw  County, 
left  in  1860  in  junior  class;  in  Jenkins'  and  Bratton's  com- 
mands; killed  at  Fort  Harrison,  Va.,  September  30,  1864. 

White,  William  Henry:  (1836-1862),  of  Abbeville,  A.  B. 
1857;  captain,  Company  K,  Second  South  Carolina  Rifles; 
killed  at  Second  Manassas. 

Wier,  Robert  Long:  (1829-1861),  of  Laurens  County,  A. 

B.  1851 ;  second  lieutenant  of  Nance's  Quitman  Rifles ;  died 
near  Centreville,  Va.,  November  5,  1861. 

Williams,  Washington  Albert:  (1839-1863),  of  Laurens 
County,  A.  B.  1859 ;  captain,  Company  F,  Third  South  Caro- 
lina Volunteers ;  killed  at  Chickamauga,  September  25,  1863. 

Witherspoon,  John  Alfred:  (1841-1860),  of  Yorkville,  left 
in  1860  in  junior  class;  captain,  Company  C,  Seventeenth 
South  Carolina  Regiment;  killed  at  Warrenton,  Va.,  Octo- 
ber 19,  1862. 

This  list  is  taken  from  the  alumni  records  as  far  as  com- 
piled by  Professor  A.  C.  Moore. 


THE  SOUTH  CAROLINA  COLLEGE  AS  A  HOSPITAL. 

Extracts  from  The  Burning  of  Columbia,  by  William  A. 
Nicholson,  Columbia,  1895. 

"Later  on  I  was  assigned  to  duty  as  clerk  for  Surgeon 
Horlbeck  in  the  college  hospital  in  Columbia.  When  the 
Second  North  Carolina  Hospital  was  organized  by  Surgeon 


R.   MEANS  DAVIS  COLLEGE. 


LECONTE  COLLEGE. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  389 

A.  W.  Thomson  in  the  College  Chapel,  he  made  application 
for  my  detail  as  his  clerk.  He  was  then  ranking  surgeon 
of  the  post,  if  not  of  the  Confederacy 

"It  was  only  when  Sherman's  army  was  in  the  vicinity  of 
Columbia  he  fully  realized  how  near  the  end  was. 

"Orders  were  given  to  hoist  a  yellow  flag  on  the  College 
Chapel  that  the  enemy  might  know  what  the  building  was 
used  for.  The  sick  and  wounded  from  the  other  hospitals 
in  the  city  were  being  sent  away  to  different  points.  Those 
unable  to  take  such  a  journey  were  concentrated  in  College 
Hospitals  Nos.  1  and  2  in  the  South  Carolina  College  build- 
ings. While  this  was  being  done  I  received  a  list  from 
Chief  Surgeon  Thomson  of  the  names  of  the  doctors  then 
on  duty  in  Columbia  that  were  ordered  to  report  for  duty 
at  points  beyond  the  city. 

"While  engaged  in  writing  out  those  orders  a  number  of 
Confederate  cavalrymen  congregated  in  the  middle  of  the 
street  close  to  the  College  Chapel.  Their  presence  was  dis- 
covered by  the  Federal  forces  then  on  the  opposite  side  of 
the  Congaree,  who  soon  brought  their  artillery  to  play,  not- 
withstanding the  hospital  flag  was  still  floating  from  the 
chapel  building.  The  music  from  the  shot  and  shell  was 
getting  most  uncomfortable,  and  I  quietly  reminded  him 
of  the  situation;  but,  as  if  it  were  an  every  day  occurrence 
with  him,  he  urged  me  to  go  on  and  get  through  with  my 
writing. 

"On  the  night  of  the  16th  of  February  our  troops  were  on 
the  march  the  whole  night  retreating  before  Sherman's  army. 
On  the  morning  of  the  17th  Dr.  Thomson  went  to  Janney's 
Hotel — headquarters  for  Surgeon  Otto,  chief  of  General 
Beauregard's  medical  staff — to  get  orders,  telling  me  before 
starting  to  have  an  ambulance  in  readiness  with  some  pro- 
visions in  case  he  should  receive  orders  to  follow  our  army. 
On  reaching  the  hotel  he  found  the  officers  gone  and  that 
he  must  decide  for  himself  the  course  he  should  pursue. 

"His  duty,  he  realized,  was  plainly  marked  out,  and  that 
was  to  remain  with  the  180  or  190  sick  and  dying  then  in 
the  hospital.  When  he  told  how  matters  stood,  and  assured 


390  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

me  if  I  was  taken  prisoner  he  would  do  everything  in  his 
power  for  me,  (the  Federal  army  by  this  time  had  entered 
the  city,)  all  I  could  say  in  reply  was,  I  would  follow  him 
in  whatever  position  he  was  placed.  The  tears  were  coursing 
down  my  cheeks  as  well  as  his  as  we  stood  holding  each 
other's  hands.  He  then  gave  me  instruction  to  move  our 
baggage  to  the  President's  house  of  the  South  Carolina 
College,  in  the  college  campus.  He  went  in  search  of  the 
officer  in  command  in  the  city  in  order  that  he  might  secure 
a  guard  to  be  placed  around  the  hospital  buildings.  Colonel 
Stone,  the  Federal  commandant  of  the  post,  promptly  com- 
plied with  the  request,  and  sent  a  lieutenant  and  a  number 
of  men  from  an  Ohio  regiment,  they  making  their  quarters 
on  the  first  floor  of  the  house  we  were  occupying,  we  using 
the  second. 

"By  this  time  a  large  part  of  the  army  had  entered  the 
city,  a  portion  of  it,  headed  by  Generals  Blair  and  Slocum, 
passing  the  college  campus  on  their  way  to  camp  on  the 
Rev.  Mr.  Townsend's  farm.  They  were  a  splendid  looking 
body  of  men,  and  naturally  felt  elated  at  having  taken  what 
they  regarded  as  the  cradle  of  secession. 


"From  the  time  the  troops  passed  the  College  campus,  till 
about  five  o'clock,  nothing  of  very  special  interest  occurred. 
It  is  true  fires  in  different  parts  of  the  city  had  occurred 
during  the  day;  but  it  was  not  until  after  dark  on  the 
17th  of  February  that  the  work  of  fiendish  destruction  began. 
The  troops  from  the  various  camps  began  to  pour  into  the 
city  like  locusts,  the  fires  becoming  more  numerous  as 
darkness  set  in.  Dr.  Thomson  and  I  took  our  position  in 
the  cupola  of  the  College  building  to  watch  the  progress  of 
the  flames.  We  saw  the  Federal  soldiers  plainly  setting  fire 
to  the  State  House,  the  light  from  the  burning  building 
making  it  light  as  day.  While  viewing  this  awful  scene 
the  cry  reached  us  that  the  hospital  buildings  had  caught 
fire.  The  wind  was  at  this  time  blowing  furiously,  and  the 
burning  embers  were  falling  thick  as  hail.  Before  our  reach- 
ing the  ground  the  cry  of  fire  had  reached  the  ears  of  the 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  391 

helpless  and  dying  men  in  the  hospital.  These  poor  creatures 
were  crawling  on  their  hands  and  knees  from  the  building 
to  avoid  what  they  feared  would  be  a  more  awful  death  than 
the  one  which  it  was  only  a  question  of  a  very  brief  period 
would  relieve  them  from  their  mental  and  physical  sufferings. 

"The  scene  that  presented  itself  to  me  at  that  hour  can 
never  be  effaced  from  my  memory.  The  sight  of  these  brave, 
dying  men  crawling  in  their  helplessness  from  the  different 
wards,  the  burning  embers  falling  so  fast  that  it  required 
the  exertions  of  an  active  person  to  keep  their  clothing  from 
being  burnt  on  their  persons,  the  screams  of  women  and 
children,  houses  falling,  the  yells  of  the  drunken  soldiers; 
to  me  it  sounded  then — and  does  now,  on  looking  back  on 
that  night — that  no  picture  by  pen  or  brush  could  possibly 
be  drawn  of  the  infernal  regions  that  would  strike  greater 
terror  to  the  beholder  than  that  presented  on  the  campus 
of  the  South  Carolina  College  on  the  night  of  the 
17th  February,  1865. 

"The  news  spread  rapidly  that  the  hospital  buildings  had 
caught  on  fire.  The  few  that  were  left  on  duty  were  in  a 
measure  powerless.  We,  however,  went  to  work,  and  it 
seemed  as  if  superhuman  strength  was  given  us.  It  was 
discovered  that  it  was  not  the  hospital  buildings  proper  that 
were  on  fire,  but  the  roof  of  Dr.  LaBorde's  house,  the 
hospital  buildings  being  on  both  sides  of  it.  While  engaged 
in  tearing  down  some  fencing  to  prevent  the  spread  of  the 
flames  the  Federal  provost  marshal  guard  came  on  the 
scene  at  the  double  quick,  having  been  apprised  of  the  situa- 
tion, and  knowing  that  there  were  then  in  the  hospital  some 
of  their  own  men  they  soon  succeeded  in  getting  on  the  roof 
of  Dr.  LaBorde's  house  and  extinguished  the  flames.  The 
sense  of  relief  and  gratitude  we  all  felt  for  the  prompt  action 
of  those  men  was  shared  by  all  who  witnessed  the  daring 
feat  they  performed. 

"All  immediate  danger  having  passed,  the  sick  and 
wounded  were  conveyed  back  to  the  different  wards.  The 
fierceness  of  the  flames  was  subsiding  for  lack  of  material 
to  subsist  upon.  As  day  began  to  dawn  those  of  us  who  had 


392  HISTORY  OP  THE  UNIVERSITY 

been  actively  engaged  during  the  night  went  to  bed  hoping 
to  get  some  sleep,  but  that  gentle  restorer  would  not  come 
to  us.  We  were  completely  unnerved  by  the  ordeal  we  had 
passed  through,  and  could  only  find  rest  and  composure  in 
ministering  to  the  wants  of  those  whose  end  had  been 
hastened  by  the  thrilling  scenes  of  the  never-to-be  forgotten 

night 

"Dr.  Thomson  had  a  serious  problem  to  solve.  He  had 
under  his  immediate  charge  between  180  and  190  patients, 
besides  attendants,  to  provide  for.  He  was  assisted  in  caring 
for  the  sick  by  surgeons  Babcock  of  Chester,  and  Edmunds 
of  Fairfield;  but  the  sole  responsibility  of  providing  for  the 
wants  of  those  in  the  hospital  was  laid  on  him.  The  supply 
was  at  best  very  limited,  now  that  the  stores  belonging  to 
the  Confederacy  were  consumed  by  fire,  the  railroads  torn 
up  and  the  rails  bent  and  twisted  in  every  conceivable 
fashion,  and  Sherman's  forces  driving  before  them  every- 
thing they  could  consume,  and  destroying  everything  they 
could  not  utilize.  It  was  rumored  that  orders  would  be 
given  to  evacuate  the  city  on  Monday,  the  20th,  and  if  he 
was  to  act  it  must  be  at  once.  General  O.  O.  Howard  was 
quartered  in  Mrs.  McCord's  house  near  the  college  building. 
After  some  hesitation  and  misgiving,  he  made  up  his  mind 
to  call  on  him  and  make  known  to  him  the  position  he  was 
placed  in.  He  told  him  he  did  not  appeal  to  him  asking 
help  for  himself,  for  he  would  die  in  a  dungeon  before  he 
would  make  such  a  request;  he  came  pleading  for  help  in 
behalf  of  the  helpless  and  dying.  General  Howard's  Adju- 
tant General,  who  was  present  and  heard  the  appeal, 
remarked  in  tones  heard  by  the  Doctor,  'See  the  Southern 
chivalry/  The  appeal  was  not  in  vain,  for  an  order  was 
issued  to  the  Federal  Commissary  to  leave  so  many  cattle 
for  hospital  use.  Those  of  us  who  partook  of  Federal  bounty 
never  accused  the  Commissary  of  picking  out  for  us  the 
choicest  of  the  flock;  he  certainly  donated  to  us  what  in 
truth  could  have  been  classed  as  some  of  Pharaoh's  lean 
kine,  but  for  even  this  we  were  thankful. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  393 

"On  Monday,  the  20th,  the  troops  began  to  leave  the 
city 

"The  excitement  of  the  past  three  days  had  made  fearful 
work  among  our  noble  men.  The  duty  devolved  upon  me 
to  make  preparation  for  the  burial  of  the  dead  that  had 
been  accumulating  since  the  occupation  of  the  city  on  the 
17th.  I  found,  on  examination,  seventeen  corpses.  It  was 
impossible  to  procure  plank  to  make  coffins,  and  it  was  with 
the  greatest  difficulty  I  was  able  to  get  a  trench  dug  to  bury 
them  in.  There  was  no  white  help  I  could  call  upon,  and 
the  negroes  were  defiant  and  insolent  and  refused  to  aid  in 
digging  the  graves.  I  was,  under  the  circumstances,  com- 
pelled to  use  arbitrary  measures.  I  selected  a  few  of  the 
hospital  attendants,  armed  them  with  muskets  and  went 
into  the  city  and  impressed  such  able  bodied  help  as  we 
met  and  marched  them  to  the  field  in  the  rear  of  the  presi- 
dent's house  in  the  South  Carolina  campus  and  had  a  trench 
dug  sufficient  to  lay  side  by  side  those  seventeen  men.  As 
I  stated,  I  was  unable  to  procure  planks  or  nails;  all  I  was 
able  to  do  for  them  was  to  wrap  their  precious  forms  up  in 
a  sheet,  and  wherever  it  was  possible  for  me  to  learn  their 
names,  I  would  mark  the  grave,  or  rather  the  position  they 
occupied  in  the  trench,  with  such  material  as  I  could  get, 
in  order  that  their  friends  might  remove  them  if  desired. 
The  day  following  I  was  compelled  to  go  through  a  like 
experience  and  bury  eleven  more.  It  was  while  engaged  in 
this  duty  that  an  unpleasant  incident  occurred.  One  of  the 
negroes  employed  in  digging  the  trench  took  a  pistol  from 
his  pocket  and  commenced  firing  and  using  very  strong  and 
defiant  language.  I  asked  him  to  desist,  as  the  occasion 
was  too  solemn  a  one  to  be  engaging  in  such  boisterous  con- 
duct, even  if  he  meant  no  harm.  I  asked  him  to  give  me 
his  pistol.  This  he  refused  to  do.  I  was  equally  determined 
that  he  had  to  show  more  respect  to  the  dead  then  lying  in 
their  shrouds.  I  called  on  one  of  the  guard  to  take  the  pistol 
from  him.  He  showed  the  same  resistance  to  him,  but  when 
he  saw  the  guard  reach  for  his  gun  he  ran  like  a  horse 
through  a  gateway  in  the  rear  of  the  president's  house  and 


394  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

down  the  middle  of  the  campus  and  the  guard  after  him.  He 
refused  to  halt,  and  was  likely  to  get  the  best  of  the  race. 
The  guard,  equally  determined  to  teach  him  a  lesson,  took 
aim,  fired,  and  brought  him  down.  I  hurried  to  the 
spot,  and  found  he  was  wounded  in  the  arm.  He  was 
removed  to  a  building  in  the  rear  of  Prof.  Beynold's  house 
in  the  campus.  I  informed  Dr.  Thomson  of  the  occurrence, 
who  went  at  once  to  see  him  and  give  his  wound  prompt  and 
careful  treatment.  While  we  deeply  regretted  the  wounding 
of  the  man,  the  incident  had  a  very  salutary  effect. 

"On  the  day  following  we  buried  seven.  One  of  this 
number  was  a  most  worthy  female  attendant,  a  widow, 
leaving  two  helpless  children.  I  had  in  a  manner  become 
accustomed  to  sad  sights,  but  when  I  realized  that  it  would 
be  my  painful  duty  to  consign  her  uncoffined  to  the  grave, 
I  felt  then  the  terrible  horrors  of  war.  We  laid  her  away 
in  a  grave  by  herself.  If  ever  genuine  tears  of  sorrow  were 
shed  it  was  over  the  grave  of  this  poor  woman.  Her  children 
were  not  present,  and  I  have  no  ground  for  thinking  that 
they  ever  knew  where  their  mother  was  buried.  As  matters 
began  to  settle  down  those  that  died  later  on  were  decently 
interred.  It  was  my  melancholy  duty  from  the  time  the  city 
was  destroyed  up  to  the  time  of  my  leaving  for  home,  in 
June,  to  bury  no  less  than  seventy-five  persons.  I  doubt 
if  there  is  one  person  in  Columbia  today  who  knows  that 
such  a  number  of  brave  Confederate  dead  lie  at  the  place 
described.  But  a  few  months  ago  I  visited  the  place  in  com- 
pany with  Dr.  Woodrow,  pointing  out  the  place. 

"I  learn  with  much  pleasure,  since  writing  the  foregoing, 
that  the  dead  buried  at  the  back  of  the  College  building  have 
been  removed  and  interred  in  the  Elmwood  Cemetery.  The 
supplies  left  by  the  Federal  Commissary  were  being  rapidly 
consumed;  how  to  get  a  fresh  supply  in  the  unsettled  state 
of  affairs  was  a  serious  problem.  I  received  orders  from 
Dr.  Thomson  to  proceed  to  Union,  S.  C.  (his  home  and  my 
own),  and  solicit  contributions  from  the  charitably  dis- 
posed to  help  support  those  in  hospital  until  such  time  as 
permanent  means  of  support  could  be  obtained 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  395 

"Having  made  my  mission  known,  the  good  people  of  the 
town  of  Union  and  the  surrounding  country  soon  had  col- 
lected a  large  supply  of  meat  and  flour  and  other  things 
necessary  for  the  sick.  Arrangements  were  made  to  ship 
the  supplies  to  Shelton,  thence  by  flat  boat  to  Columbia. 
I  accompanied  the  boat,  and  had  the  satisfaction  of  turning 
over  in  perfect  condition  the  much-needed  and  highly  prized 
relief  to  the  surgeon  in  charge,  A.  W.  Thomson.  I  continued 
to  discharge  whatever  duty  was  put  upon  me  until  I  was 
relieved  on  the  1st  of  June,  1865,  Surgeon  Thomson  having 
left  for  his  home  the  day  previous.  The  few  sick  then 
remaining  in  the  hospital  were  cared  for  by  the  Federal 
authorities,  who  were  then  garrisoning  the  city." 


TWO   LETTERS   FROM   ALUMNI   CONCERNING  THE   FIRST 
UNIVERSITY. 

721  Lower  Line  Street, 
New  Orleans,  Louisiana, 

August  24,  1909. 
Mr.  Edwin  L.  Green, 

South  Carolina  University, 

Columbia,  S.  C. 
Dear  Sir : 

In  accordance  with  your  request,  I  now  give  you  my 
reminiscences  of  the  University  during  the  years  1866,  1867, 
and  1868,  when  I  lived  there  as  a  graduate. 

My  father's  family,  refugeeing  from  the  Low  Country  on 
the  approach  of  Sherman's  army,  had  been  stranded  at 
Orangeburg  C.  H.,  and  there  remained,  as  both  their  sum- 
mer and  winter  homes  had  been  destroyed.  There  I  found 
them  on  my  return  from  the  army,  and  studying  law  in  my 
father's  office,  I  was  admitted  to  the  bar  at  the  close  of 
the  year. 

The  following  year  I  went  up  to  Columbia  to  practice 
law.  Economy  and  pleasure  combined  to  make  me  select 
the  University  as  my  residence.  As  a  graduate  I  had  the 


396  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

privilege  of  having  rooms  there,  and  the  cost  was  less  than 
paying  rent  for  the  same  degree  of  comfort  elsewhere.  My 
stay  in  those  quarters  was  for  three  consecutive  years,  my 
neighbors,  for  a  part  at  least  of  the  time,  being  Joseph  W. 
Barnwell,  Nat  Barnwell,  Walter  LeConte  Stevens,  Parish 
Furman,  William  and  Louis  LeConte,  and  John  T.  McBryde, 
all  of  them  students  in  the  University.  My  relations  with 
them  and  with  others  not  so  near  me  were  of  the  pleasantest 
nature. 

On  account  of  the  postponement  of  the  civil  dockets  from 
term  to  term,  the  question  of  Confederate  money  and  the 
sale  of  slaves,  and  later  the  dread  of  negro  juries  making 
both  bench  and  bar  chary  of  taking  cases  where  property  was 
involved,  few  of  the  cases  put  into  my  hands  by  my  father's 
firm  ever  came  to  trial  in  my  time.  Such  being  the  situa- 
tion, the  older  members  of  the  bar  naturally  engrossed  all 
the  criminal  practice.  Thus  I  had  abundance  of  time  to 
devote  to  the  study  of  modern  languages  and  to  reading  and 
writing.  My  studies,  however,  were  private:  I  took  no 
course  in  the  institution.  Indeed,  when  I  went  there,  there 
were  no  new  courses  of  study.  The  University  was  estab- 
lished perhaps  in  name ;  but  the  studies  were  the  old  college 
curriculum. 

The  president,  the  venerable  Robert  Woodward  Barnwell, 
who  had  represented  the  State  so  ably  in  the  United  States 
and  the  Confederate  States  Congress,  occupied  by  choice 
the  house  formerly  lived  in  by  his  nephew,  the  Reverend 
Robert  Woodward  Barnwell,  who  had  been  our  professor 
of  moral  philosophy  before  the  war.  The  president's  house 
was  occupied  at  first  by  Mr.  Pope,  afterwards  for  many 
years  professor  of  law  in  the  University,  but  not  then  con- 
nected in  any  way  with  it.  The  burning  of  half  the  town 
by  Sherman's  army  had  led  to  the  occupation  of  many  parts 
of  the  Campus  buildings  by  families  left  without  a  roof 
over  them.  Later  this  house  was  assigned  to  Professor 
Sachtleben  of  the  modern  language  chair.  Next  to  Mr. 
Barnwell  lived  Professor  Joseph  LeConte.  Close  to  the 
chapel  were  the  houses  of  Professor — formerly  General — 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  397 

Alexander,  and  Dr.  J.  L.  Reynolds,  with  whom  lived  his 
widowed  daughter,  Mrs.  Cheves  McCord  and  her  little 
daughter.  On  the  opposite  side  of  the  Campus  were  Dr. 
Maximilian  LaBorde  and  Professor  William  J.  Rivers.  In 
the  new  building  beyond  the  Library  lived  Dr.  John  LeConte. 
The  Reverend  Bruce  Walker  was  Librarian.  His  residence 
was  not  on  the  Campus. 

In  1867  the  new  schools  of  law,  medicine,  and  modern 
languages  were  created.  Professor  Augustus  Sachtleben 
moved  into  the  president's  house  and  entered  upon  his  duties 
in  the  last  of  these;  Dr.  Talley  was  chosen  to  fill  the  chair 
of  medicine,  but  so  far  as  I  recollect  continued  to  live  in  the 
town;  my  old  friend  and  classmate,  Colonel  Alexander 
Cheves  Haskell,  was  elected  professor  of  law  and  took  up 
his  residence  in  a  small  house  fronting  the  Campus,  which 
had,  I  think,  been  the  bursar's. 

The  president,  I  remember,  was  greatly  beloved  by  the 
students.  His  impressive,  yet  gentle,  manner,  his  justice, 
his  deep  solicitude  for  their  welfare,  would  in  any  set  of 
circumstances  have  commanded  their  respect  and  won  their 
affection ;  but  their  own  recent  experiences  and  their  knowl- 
edge of  his  services  to  the  State  made  his  rule  an  easy  one. 
For  the  student  body  consisted  largely  of  young  men  wno 
had  been  in  the  army  during  at  least  the  last  year  of  the 
war.  They  were  a  manly,  earnest,  and  studious  set  of  young 
men,  giving  to  the  authorities  no  trouble  that  I  ever  heard  of. 

Naturally  there  were  some  among  them  who  had  had 
very  insufficient  preparation  for  university  studies.  Dr. 
Rivers  was  kind  enough  to  suggest  to  some  that  they  should 
get  me  to  coach  them  in  Greek,  and  during  most  of  my  stay 
I  had  a  small  class  in  that  language.  Later  I  also  coached 
some  who  were  deficient  in  Latin. 

James  Wood  Davidson  also  had  rooms  on  the  Campus  as 
a  graduate,  but  he  taught  in  a  school  in  the  town.  We  saw 
a  good  deal  of  each  other  from  time  to  time. 

I  was  served  by  old  Tom,  whom  so  many  students  must 
remember.  It  is  a  pleasure  to  mention  him,  for  he  was  one 
of  the  few  of  his  race  whom  freedom  did  not  spoil. 


398  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Among  the  students  were  of  course  a  few  who  could  afford 
to  take  the  time  from  their  studies  and  enjoy  the  society 
of  the  other  sex.  We,  who  were  fresh  from  a  long  course 
of  deprivation  of  female  society,  were  naturally  eager  to 
make  the  most  of  our  new  opportunities.  There  were  young 
men  in  the  town,  some  of  my  old  college  mates  among  them, 
who  felt  in  the  same  way.  The  young  ladies  had  on  their 
part  undergone  a  similar  isolation  and  were  perhaps  as  glad 
to  participate  in  dances  as  we,  and  to  receive  visits  as  we 
to  make  them.  There  were  many  of  these  young  ladies  on 
the  Campus,  as  residents  or  as  visitors  from  time  to  time, 
and  there  were  many  more  in  the  town.  Seldom  have  any 
three  years  passed  in  the  history  of  any  university  as  full 
of  unalloyed  delight.  We  were  all  too  poor  to  think  about 
dress  or  refreshments:  we  met  simply  for  the  pleasure  of 
being  together.  The  young  ladies  had  enjoyed  peculiar 
advantages  in  the  way  of  education  from  the  absence  of 
temptations  to  neglect  their  studies :  they  were  less  of  mere 
society  butterflies  than  they  ever  had  been  before  at  a  like 
age.  The  young  men  had  had  an  experience  that  made  them 
more  manly  than  is  usual  at  their  age :  they  sometimes  talked 
sense  to  girls. 

Then,  too,  Columbia  at  that  time  was  not  Columbia  alone ; 
it  was  in  some  sense  Columbia  and  Charleston  combined. 
Many  Charlestonians  had  refugeed  there  during  the  long 
bombardment  of  the  city  by  the  sea,  and  not  a  few  of  these 
families  remained  there  for  some  time  after  the  close  of  the 
war.  They  added  much  to  the  charm  of  our  various  social 
circles. 

It  was  during  these  years,  too,  that  we  had  the  last  ses- 
sions of  white  legislature  before  the  crime  of  federal  "recon- 
struction" was  perpetrated;  and  these  legislative  meetings 
took  place  on  the  Campus.  The  Senate  sat  in  the  Library ; 
and  the  House,  in  the  chapel.  It  was  one  of  our  social  recre- 
ations to  make  up  parties  to  go  into  the  gallery  and  listen  to 
the  debates  of  the  lower  house.  My  own  attendance  there 
was  infrequent,  as  I  had  had  the  good  fortune  to  obtain 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  399 

employment  as  one  of  the  engrossing  clerks  in  Adjutant 
General  Hayne's  office. 

Professor  Sachtleben  had  not  been  long  an  occupant  of 
his  chair  before  he  made  the  suggestion  that  the  professors 
should  deliver  a  series  of  public  lectures.  This  was  agreed 
to ;  and  though  the  full  course  intended  was  not  given,  owing 
to  weather  and  other  causes,  quite  a  number  of  lectures 
were  delivered.  They  were  largely  attended  and  greatly 
enjoyed.  The  students  made  the  music  on  some  at  least  of 
these  occasions. 

It  was  in  this  way  that  most  of  us  were  first  enlightened 
as  to  the  then  recent  discovery  of  the  solar  spectrum  and 
the  doctrine  of  spectrum  analysis,  Dr.  Joe  LeConte  giving 
a  lucid  and  altogether  charming  lecture  on  that  subject. 

It  was  on  one  of  these  occasions,  too,  that  a  striking 
incident  occurred  which,  I  am  sure,  all  who  witnessed  it 
must  remember.  Colonel  A.  C.  Haskell,  the  youngest  and 
naturally  the  most  inexperienced  of  the  speakers,  was  the 
lecturer  of  the  evening,  and  at  a  moment  when  he  was  most 
embarrassed,  having  somewhat  lost  the  thread  of  his  dis- 
course, the  bugle  of  those  whom  we  still  looked  upon  as  our 
enemies  sounded  from  their  neighboring  camp.  It  roused 
him  into  a  sudden  burst  of  eloquence,  not  wholly  uncon- 
nected with  the  theme  he  was  treating,  and  this  completely 
restored  his  confidence,  allowing  him  to  continue  without 
further  embarrassment  to  the  close  of  his  lecture. 

To  give  an  idea  of  how  strong  the  feeling  was  toward  the 
garrison,  it  may  not  be  amiss  to  relate  what  occurred  during 
my  first  year's  residence  as  a  graduate.  The  Methodist 
Female  College  was  then  used  as  a  hotel  (Mckerson's)  and 
in  it  was  the  headquarters  of  the  Northern  general  in  com- 
mand at  this  post.  One  of  our  students,  a  mere  stripling, 
but  he  had  been  a  soldier  used  to  firing  at  the  blue  uniform, 
came  to  me  one  night  and,  describing  to  me  with  what  ease 
he  could  reach  the  general  and  kill  him,  asked  my  opinion 
as  to  the  propriety  of  the  deed.  It  was  with  some  difficulty 
that  I  induced  him  to  see  how  injurious  to  our  people  and 
to  the  whole  South  such  a  killing  would  be.  It  would  have 


400  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

been  useless  to  try  to  deter  him  by  telling  him  it  would  be 
an  assassination. 

During  my  first  year  there  were  two  other  students 
between  whom  a  challenge  had  passed,  and  on  the  request 
of  their  friends  and  with  their  consent  I  acted  as  a  court 
of  honor.  I  succeeded  in  reconciling  them  after  mutual 
explanations  and  apologies  had  satisfied  their  very  high 
sense  of  honor. 

These  incidents  I  tell  now,  in  order  to  show  what  diffi- 
culties might  have  trammeled  the  University  in  those  days, 
in  spite  of  the  general  good  will  and  good  conduct  of  the 
student  body.  I  was  careful  to  mention  them  to  no  one  out- 
side of  my  immediate  family. 

In  addition  to  the  lectures  and  the  attendance  on  the  legis- 
lative sessions,  the  young  people  got  up  dances,  plays,  con- 
certs, tableaux,  masked  balls,  and  other  entertainments,  as 
the  times  seemed  to  grow  better. 

Dr.  Joseph  LeConte,  for  the  sake  of  his  daughters,  organ- 
ized a  Shakespere  club  that  met  once  a  week  at  his  home 
and  talked  about  the  play  chosen  for  the  evening's  discus- 
sion. The  plan  was  simple  and  the  meeting  informal.  The 
play  was  selected  in  advance  and  each  member  was  expected 
to  read  it  over,  were  it  ever  so  familiar,  before  attendance. 
We  generally  read  it  in  pairs  or  even  in  larger  groups.  But 
there  was  no  reading  at  the  meeting,  unless  to  elucidate 
some  disputed  point.  Dr.  Joe  led  off,  often  with  a  question 
put  to  some  member  of  the  circle,  but  the  talk  was  free,  and 
many  bright  and  witty  things  were  said,  and  sometimes 
philosophic  ideas  of  weight  cropped  out.  Many  of  us  look 
back  to  that  club  as  of  high  educational  influence  for  us. 
Yet  there  was  a  great  fund  of  fun  drawn  on  at  more  than 
one  of  those  meetings,  especially  if  one  of  the  lighter  come- 
dies chanced  to  be  the  theme  of  the  evening. 

Through  my  intimacy  with  the  young  ladies  of  their  fami- 
lies I  saw  much  more  of  some  of  the  professors  in  their 
private  capacity  than  would  otherwise  have  been  at  all  likely 
in  a  young  man  of  my  age,  notably  of  the  two  LeContes,  of 
President  Barnwell,  of  Dr.  Reynolds,  and  of  General  Alex- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  401 

ander;  and  I  was  much  impressed  with  what  I  may  call 
their  "unprofessional"  qualities.  Dr.  Joe  LeConte,  in  par- 
ticular, was  a  man  of  such  large  and  varied  reading,  so  orig- 
inal in  thought,  and  of  so  lovable  a  nature,  that  it  was  a 
delight  to  get  him  started  on  some  congenial  topic,  and  then 
just  listen !  Not  that  he  indulged  ever  in  mere  monologues : 
one  of  the  most  charming  things  about  him  was  that  he  had 
the  faculty — and  seemed  to  like  to  use  it — of  drawing  out 
what  was  best  in  the  person  he  was  talking  to,  and  making 
him  shine,  as  it  were,  in  spite  of  himself.  It  is  a  gift  many 
women  have,  but  few  men.  I  wish  with  all  my  heart  I  could 
give  you  some  idea  of  the  charm  of  his  conversation. 

There  was  another  gentleman  with  whom  business  rela- 
tions threw  me  in  those  days,  who  later  served  the  Univer- 
sity long,  though  at  that  time  he  was  attached  to  the  teach- 
ing force  of  the  Presbyterian  Theological  Seminary  at  the 
other  end  of  the  town.  This  was  the  Reverend  Dr.  James 
Woodrow,  who  employed  me  for  some  time  as  proofreader 
and  writer  of  book  notices  for  the  review  and  newspaper 
which  he  then  edited.  From  him  I  learned  much.  He,  too, 
was  a  man  of  very  various  knowledge  and  an  earnest  seeker 
after  truth. 

I  am  reminded,  by  my  recollection  of  the  fact  that  this 
good  man's  passing  from  the  service  of  the  seminary  to  that 
of  the  university  was  largely  due  to  his  unwillingness  to 
sacrifice  science  on  the  shrine  of  theology,  that  my  account 
of  the  interesting  events  on  the  Campus  is  incomplete.  One 
of  the  pleasures  the  young  men  had  in  the  later  years  of 
Dr.  Joe  LeConte's  stay  there  was  his  Sunday  lecture.  These 
lectures  were  later  embodied  in  his  book  entitled  Religion 
and  Science. 

All  through  these  three  years  there  was  much  talk  of 
emigration  to  Brazil  or  to  Venezuela,  and  some  who  had 
the  means  did  go  prospecting.  When  1868  brought  us  the 
mongrel  legislature  and  the  beginning  of  the  rule  of  the 
carpetbaggers,  the  scalawags,  and  the  deluded  negroes,  there 
were  gloomy  fears  on  the  Campus,  too  soon  to  be  realized 
in  the  shape  of  the  ruin  of  our  Alma  Mater.  Many  of  the 

26— H.   U. 


402  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

professors  got  away  in  time,  the  LeContes  to  California, 
Professor  Rivers  to  Maryland,  and  others  to  other  lands  and 
some  to  other  careers.  But  I  had  left  Columbia  before  that 
dark  day  came. 

With  warm  regards  to  my  old  friends  on  the  Campus,  I 
am,  dear  Sir,  truly  yours, 

Charles  Woodward  Hutson. 


Sellers,  S.  C.,  March  25,  1912. 
Mr.  E.  L.  Green, 

Columbia,  S.  C. 
My  Dear  Sir:— 

Yours  of  the  18th  came  in  my  absence  from  home.  I  am 
always  glad  to  hear  from  the  University  and  hope  never  to 
lose  interest  in  the  old  Institution.  It  was  the  University 
when  I  was  there  in  1866-68,  then  its  name  was  changed 
to  the  S.  C.  College  and  in  1905  or  the  centennial  year  it 
was  my  pleasure,  while  a  member  of  the  House,  to  vote  to 
restore  the  old  name  "The  University  of  S.  C.",  and  so  I 
hope  it  will  forever  remain  and  continue  to  exert  its  bene- 
ficent influence  as  the  years  roll  by. 

When  I  was  there  just  after  the  war  and  shortly  after 
the  old  College  was  opened  as  the  University  of  S.  C.  by 
Act  of  the  Legislature  under  Provisional  Governor  B.  F. 
Perry,  there  was  quite  a  different  crowd  of  young  men  than 
we  now  see  at  a  session's  opening  of  a  college.  There  were 
very  few  verdant  greenhorns  among  us.  A  large  majority 
of  us  had  been  attending  the  severe  school  of  the  soldier, 
on  the  hills  of  Virginia,  the  Western  army  or  the  coasts  of 
Carolina  from  six  months  to  four  years,  and  we  had  learned 
a  few  things  not  found  in  the  books  by  contact  with  the 
stirring  and  dangerous  events  through  which  we  had 
recently  passed.  There  were  a  number  of  the  boys  who  had 
only  one  arm,  some  were  on  crutches  with  only  one  leg, 
while  a  large  number  had  been  seriously  or  slightly 
wounded,  and  some  had  languished  for  months  in  prison. 
The  experiences  through  which  many  of  us  had  passed  gave 
us  a  decided  advantage  over  the  ordinary  greenhorn  we 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  403 

nowadays  find  at  College.  Very  few  even  of  the  youngest 
of  old  Confederate  soldiers  had  the  opportunity  of  obtaining 
an  education  after  the  war,  for  stern  necessity  drove  them 
to  hard  work,  but  the  very  few  who  were  thus  favored  have 
made  a  conspicuous  success  of  life. 

Dr.  Robert  W.  Barnwell,  who  had  been  a  member  of  the 
Confederate  Congress  and,  I  believe,  a  U.  S.  Senator  by 
appointment,  was  the  President  and  taught  Political 
Economy  and  Philosophy  and  History.  The  text  books  were 
Weber's  History,  Guizot's  History  of  Modern  Civilization, 
and  Paley's  Political  Economy.  The  Doctor  belonged  to 
the  old  time  school  of  John  C.  Calhoun,  Hayne,  Preston  and 
McDuffie  and  was  a  Secessionist  of  the  Secessionists.  He 
frequently  lectured  on  State  Sovereignty  and  always  spelled 
Nation  with  a  little  n.  I  was  then  in  full  sympathy  with 
the  learned  Doctor,  my  father  being  an  outspoken  seces- 
sionist ;  but  time,  experience  and  wider  reading  have  caused 
me  to  modify  and  revise  my  boyhood  theories,  while  rail- 
roads, steam  navigation,  the  telegraph,  the  telephone,  the 
automobile  and  aeroplane  have  put  New  England  and  the 
great  West  nearer  to  us  than  North  Carolina  was  in  Cal- 
houn's  day.  Although  the  boys  called  the  Doctor  "Bob" 
(behind  his  back)  he  was  very  dignified  but  approachable  at 
all  times  and  took  great  interest  in  privately  explaining  any 
difficulties  in  the  lesson.  Gen.  E.  P.  Alexander,  a  graduate 
of  West  Point  and  a  distinguished  General  in  the  war,  was 
the  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  was  a  thorough  scholar 
in  his  line.  He  never  tired  of  explaining  any  of  the  diffi- 
culties in  Trigonometry,  Analytical  Geometry,  Calculus  and 
Oh,  my  Shades,  Shadow  and  Perspective.  He  was  then  a 
comparatively  young  man  and  had  an  interesting  and 
numerous  family  of  small  children.  I  have  often  wondered 
what  has  become  of  the  two  oldest  little  girls.  They  were 
beautiful  children.  The  boys  called  Gen.  Alexander  "Aleck." 

Who  that  ever  knew  him  will  forget  Dr.  LaBorde,  the  Pro- 
fessor of  Belles  Lettres  and  Rhetoric  (I  think  you  call  it 
English  now)  and  the  Historian  of  the  College.  The  Doctor 
was  then  an  old  man,  but  he  did  dearly  love  to  talk,  and 


404  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

when  a  boy  did  not  know  the  lesson  a  few  shrewd  questions 
were  sufficient  to  set  the  Doctor  going,  and  the  whole  hour 
was  often  taken  up  in  just  talk.  Consequently,  while  the 
Doctor's  department  was  easy  there  were  more  "flunks"  on 
examination  day  than  a  few,  for  the  Doctor  could  fix  up 
the  hardest  of  hard  questions  on  his  examination  paper. 
However,  it  is  one  of  the  pleasant  recollections  of  my  life 
that  I  never  made  less  than  100  during  the  whole  course. 
One  peculiarity  of  the  Doctor  was  that  he  never  "Mistered" 
a  boy,  but  always  called  him  by  his  surname.  Besides  his 
History  he  wrote  a  great  deal  for  the  periodicals  of  the  day 
on  literary  subjects.  I  sometimes  run  across  them  now,  and 
I  greatly  enjoy  reading  them,  largely  on  account  of  their 
author,  whom  I  truly  loved.  His  style  while  clear  was 
rather  stilted.  I  shall  never  forget  one  of  his  favorite  say- 
ings, "Style  is  the  man."  The  boys  called  him  "Maxcy". 
The  Professor  of  Logic  and  Mental  and  Moral  Philosophy 
was  Dr.  Reynolds,  a  Baptist  minister,  who  also  filled  the 
Pastorate  of  the  First  Baptist  Church  in  Columbia.  He  had 
two  bright  boys  at  College,  Laurence  and  Willie,  and  a 
nephew,  the  late  lamented  John  S.  Reynolds,  author  of 
Reconstruction  in  South  Carolina  and  Supreme  Court 
Reporter.  I  have  lost  sight  of  Laurence  and  Willie.  I  think 
they  are  both  dead.  The  Doctor  was  apparently  a  very 
austere,  dignified  man,  and  on  account  of  his  supposed  great 
dignity  the  boys  privately  dubbed  him  "Old  Dig".  I  met  the 
Doctor  years  after  his  connection  with  the  College,  and  he 
was  as  genial  and  lively  with  me  as  a  schoolmate. 

The  Professor  of  Ancient  Languages  was  Wm.  J.  Rivers, 
whom  the  boys  called  "Billy".  He  was  a  most  learned  man 
and  wrote  frequently  for  literary  periodicals.  I  suppose 
it  has  been  told  in  all  colleges  from  the  beginning  of  time 
and  is  told  now,  no  doubt,  of  your  Latin  Professor  that  upon 
one  occasion  a  rather  thick  headed  student  was  called  upon 
to  render  that  Ode  of  Horace  beginning  "Exegi  monu- 
mentum  perennius  aere",  and  he  translated  thus:  "Exegi, 
I  have  eaten;  monumentum,  a  monument;  perennius,  more 
lasting;  aere,  than  brass,"  deriving  the  verb  exegi  from  edo. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  405 

to  eat.  Whereupon  Professor  Kivers  stopped  him  with 
the  remark:  "Hold  on,  Mr.  — .  Don't  you  think  you  had 
better  digest  that  monument  before  you  proceed  further?" 
I  have  never  yet  been  able  to  find  out  exactly  who  that  Mr. 
really  was,  and  I  suppose  it  is  a  myth  peculiar  to  all  col- 
leges. Prof.  Rivers  lived  to  be  quite  an  old  man  and  died 
not  many  years  ago  in  a  Northern  (Baltimore)  city. 

A.  Sachtleben,  German  born,  was  Professor  of  Modern 
Languages.  For  many  years  previous  he  had  taught  in 
the  public  schools  of  Charleston  and  that  very  fact  seemed 
to  have  made  him  unsuitable  for  teaching  College  young 
men.  He  would  lose  his  temper  in  the  classroom,  throw  his 
book  on  his  desk,  stamp  his  foot  and  act  so  silly  that  the 
boys  had  little  respect  for  him.  His  whole  manner  would 
seem  to  imply  that  if  we  were  not  so  big  he  would  take  great 
pleasure  in  thrashing  the  last  one  of  us. 

The  two  LeContes,  John  and  Joseph,  were  great  men  in 
the  line  of  science  and  it  was  a  great  loss  to  the  State  and 
the  College  when  they  removed  to  California,  and  the  only 
compensation  for  the  loss  was  that  Means  Davis  (who 
roomed  just  opposite  me)  followed  the  LeContes  to  Cali- 
fornia and  in  a  few  years  brought  Miss  Sallie  LeConte  back 
with  him  as  his  wife,  and  now  one  or  both  of  their  boys  are 

teaching  in  the  same  institution Was  not  Means  a 

grand  fellow?  We  were  friends  in  College  and  remained 
such  till  his  lamented  death. 

You  ask  about  our  amusements.  Why,  we  had  a  plenty 
and  a  variety.  For  instance,  before  they  got  trained  not 
to  come  on  the  campus  the  dogs  of  Columbia  afforded  some 
amusement.  A  mischievous  fellow  like  W —  C —  could  coax 
a  dog  into  his  room,  tie  newspapers  to  his  tail,  give  him  a 
fright  and  start  him  to  running  down  street,  whereupon 
the  whole  student  body  would  give  the  rebel  yell  and  that 
dog  "would  burn  the  wind",  and  he  would  "never  come  back 
any  more".  We  also  had  a  splendid  base  ball  club  of  60 
members.  In  those  days  we  all  played  ball ;  every  man  got 
to  the  bat.  It  was  not  then  as  now  a  pitcher's  and  catcher's 
game,  while  the  balance  looked  on  and  squalled;  but  every 


406  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

one  of  the  nine  had  a  share  of  the  fun.  Under  the  rules 
the  pitcher  had  to  pitch  the  ball,  and  in  so  doing  his  hand 
was  not  to  be  above  the  level  of  his  shoulder,  and  his  right 
foot  must  not  leave  the  plate.  The  one  at  the  bat  could 
demand  a  high  ball,  a  medium  ball,  or  a  low  ball,  and  if 
the  pitcher  failed  to  put  it  where  demanded  a  base  was  given 
the  runner.  On  one  occasion  our  club  had  a  match  game 
with  a  Columbia  club.  The  whole  city  turned  out.  We 
played  nearly  all  day  and  beat  the  Columbians  "out  of 
their  boots,"  the  score  standing  96  to  66  in  our  favor.  Wasn't 
that  playing  ball  some?  Gill  Wylie  (now  Dr.  Wylie)  would 
often  knock  the  ball  clear  out  of  bounds,  all  the  base  run- 
ners would  come  in,  and  he  would  make  a  home  run.  Jim 
Thorn  well  (the  late  lamented  Dr.  Thorn  well,  son  of  former 
President  Thornwell)  was  pitcher.  Charley  Young  was 
catcher;  A.  H.  White  1st  base;  I  was  on  2nd;  W.  R.  Wilson 
on  3rd ;  while  Gill  Wylie  and  two  or^three  long  legged  fellows 
were  the  fielders.  Ah,  me !  all  dead  except  Wylie  and  myself. 
The  Yankee  garrison  was  encamped  on  the  green  outside 
the  wall  south  of  the  campus,  and  they  also  had  a  club  and 
played  ball.  After  our  "walk  over"  of  the  Columbia  boys 
the  garrison  club  sent  us  a  challenge.  The  challenge  came 
to  me  as  secretary  of  the  club.  I  called  a  meeting  of  the 
club  and  laid  the  challenge  before  them.  After  several  fiery 
speeches  it  was  unanimously  resolved  to  decline  the  chal- 
lenge, and  I  was  instructed  to  so  inform  the  Yankee  club. 
I  did  so,  and  several  spicy  communications  passed  between 
us.  The  upshot  of  the  matter  was  we  were  reported  to  the 
National  Association  of  which  all  clubs  were  members,  and 
that  put  an  end  to  our  base  ball  career,  and  our  club  dis- 
banded. It  was  near  the  close  of  the  session  of  1868  and 
times  were  beginning  to  look  squally.  Up  to  this  time  we 
had  been  living  under  a  military  government  and  there  was 
no  state  government  at  all.  The  reconstruction  acts  of 
Congress  including  the  14th  and  15th  Amendments  to  the 
constitution  of  the  United  States  had  been  passed  and  the 
"Ring  Streaked  and  Striped"  Convention  met  in  Charleston 
Jany,  1868,  and  in  April  of  that  year  the  Constitution  was 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  407 

adopted  by  a  vote  of  the  negroes  and  R.  K.  Scott  was  elected 
Governor  at  the  same  time  with  a  full  set  of  State  and 
county  officers.  The  day  after  we  left  the  University  in 
June,  1868,  at  the  close  of  the  session,  the  negro  House  of 
Representatives  met  in  the  chapel*  and  the  Senate  in  the 
library  and  began  the  plunder  of  the  prostrate  State  till 
they  were  driven  out  of  power  by  Hampton  in  1876.  I  think 
I  can  say  without  fear  of  contradiction  that  the  day  we  left 
to  go  home  June,  1868,  was  the  darkest  day  in  the  history 
of  South  Carolina. 

The  humiliation  and  helplessness  of  our  position  was 
almost  unbearable,  yet  all  we  could  do  was  simply  "grin 
and  bear  it".  I  know  whereof  I  speak,  for  in  1870,  two  years 
after  I  left  College,  I  was  elected  along  with  three  old  men 
as  one  of  the  representatives  from  Marion  county.  I  was 
only  23  years  old  at  the  time,  and  perhaps  the  youngest  man 
in  that  body.  Franklin  J.  Moses,  afterwards  known  as  the 
robber  Governor,  and  whose  record  for  pardons  has  not 
been  beaten  till  B lease  came  in,  was  the  speaker.  There 
were  80  negro  members,  20  white  scalawags  and  carpet- 
baggers and  22  of  us  white  Democrats,  from  Marion,  Spar- 
tanburg,  Pickens,  Oconee,  Greenville  and  Horry.  Anything 
we  would  propose  would  be  voted  down  without  ceremony 
or  debate,  and  we  could  only  look  on  while  the  stealing  and 
rascality  were  going  on.  Did  you  ever  read  Tom  Dixon's 
Clansman?  His  picture  is  not  one  whit  overdrawn.  The 
half  has  never  been  told  though  Dixon  and  John  Reynolds 
have  written  so  graphically  about  it.  In  June,  1873,  Joe 
Barn  well  and  John  T.  Sloan,  both  of  whom  left  College 
when  I  did,  and  the  distinguished  Chancellor  Johnson  of 
Marion  were  elected  members  of  the  House,  but  the  stealing 
went  right  on,  and  we  got  no  relief  till  the  whole  gang  was 
cleaned  out  in  1876.  Since  then  I  have  been  a  member  of 
the  House  and  am  fully  prepared  to  note  the  contrast  and 
congratulate  the  State  on  the  great  improvement. 

Sincerely  yours,  John  C.  Sellers. 

*Note: — The  Reports  and  Resolutions  of  the  House  and  Senate  of 
1868  give  the  place  of  meeting  as  Janney's  Hall. 


408  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

AUTOBIOGRAPHY   OF   JOSEPH   LECONTE,   PP.   235-239. 

As  has  been  said,  the  College  reopened  in  1866,  the  small 
salaries  paid  being  supplemented  by  fees  from  the  students. 
To  give  a  more  practical  education,  one  more  suited  to  the 
impoverished  condition  of  the  State,  it  was  reorganized  on 
the  plan  of  the  University  of  Virginia,  with  independent 
schools  and  freedom  of  election.  In  connection  with  chem- 
istry I  had  to  give  a  course  in  pharmacy,  and  in  connection 
with  geology  one  in  agriculture.  It  was  impossible,  of 
course,  to  do  this  fully,  all  I  could  do  for  pharmacy  being  to 
enlarge  in  my  chemical  course  on  the  preparation  and  prop- 
erties of  the  substances  used  in  medicine,  and  for  agriculture 
to  give  a  course  of  six  or  eight  lectures  on  the  most  funda- 
mental principles  underlying  the  science  and  the  art.  Meager, 
very  meager,  certainly;  almost  useless,  the  reader  may  say. 
Yet  I  have  heard  some  of  my  students  who  afterward  engaged 
in  agriculture  refer  to  this  short  course  with  great  satisfac- 
tion as  having  been  of  decided  benefit  to  them. 

********** 

I  never  knew  so  much  real  social  enjoyment  in  Columbia 
as  in  the  years  1866  and  1867;  society  was  really  gay,  the 
necessary  result  of  the  rebound  from  the  agony  and  repres- 
sion of  the  war.  My  daughters  were  then  "in  their  teens," 
and  for  their  sakes  we  entered  heartily  into  the  general 
gaiety.  As  everybody  was  poor  the  gatherings  were  almost 
wholly  without  expense,  and  therefore  frequent;  the  hostess 
simply  furnished  lemonade  and  cake  and  the  young  men  a 
negro  fiddler. 

The  commandants  of  the  post  were  changed  from  time  to 
time,  five  in  all  serving.  The  last  two  were  really  good  fel- 
lows, much  disposed  to  fraternize  with  the  people.  The  gen- 
tlemen of  Columbia  were  very  cordial  toward  them,  but  the 
ladies  were  inexorable.  Nothing  would  induce  them  to  rec- 
ognize the  officers,  swimming  daily  during  the  summer  with 
them  in  "Rock  Spring,"  a  splendid  place  for  the  sport ;  but  I 
could  never  induce  my  wife  to  invite  one  of  the  gentlemen  to 
the  house  for  a  social  meal.  We  men  exchanged  visits,  but 
the  friendship  went  no  further. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  409 


There  was  an  income  tax  of  five  per  cent;  my  salary  was 
two  thousand  dollars,  so  I  paid  one  hundred  dollars;  I  sub- 
sequently learned  that  I  paid  more  tax  than  the  whole  legis- 
lature put  together.  Think  of  such  a  legislature  making 

laws,  and  especially  tax  laws,  for  a  State! 

********** 

The  College  had  been  strongly  reorgainzed  as  a  university 
with  elective  courses,  and  the  faculty  greatly  strengthened 
by  the  addition  of  Robert  W.  Barnwell  as  president  and 
General  E.  P.  Alexander  as  professor  of  mathematics  and 
engineering.  The  former  was  a  man  of  imposing  appear- 
ance, splendid  ability,  and  strong  personality,  the  highest 
type  of  Southern  gentleman  and  scholar.  The  latter,  who 
had  been  chief  engineer  in  Lee's  army,  was  a  hearty,  whole- 
souled,  enthusiastic  friend  and  companion  and  a  kind  of 
genius  in  mathematics,  and  especially  in  engineering. 


THE  NEGRO  IN  POSSESSION,  1873-1877. 

The  University  of  South  Carolina  opened  in  October,  1873, 
with  only  Prof.  Maximilian  LaBorde  of  the  old  faculty 
among  the  professors.  He  was  elected  chairman  of  the 
faculty,  succeeding  Robert  W.  Barnwell.  On  October  7 
Henry  E.  Hayne,  a  colored  man,  then  secretary  of  state, 
entered  the  medical  school.  Thereupon  Prof.  LaBorde  and 
Drs.  Talley  and  Gibbes  resigned.  Prof.  LaBorde  called  a 
special  meeting  of  the  faculty  on  the  9th  and  told  that  body 
of  his  action.  He  was  scarcely  able  to  speak  for  grief.  A 
month  later  Prof.  LaBorde  was  borne  to  his  last  resting  place 
from  the  campus,  which  had  been  his  home  for  31  years.  The 
exercises  of  the  University  were  suspended,  the  bell  was 
tolled,  and  the  faculty  attended  the  funeral  as  individuals. 
The  minutes  of  the  faculty  begin  for  this  period  from  the 
reorganization,  November  1,  1873. 

Prof.  LaBorde's  place  was  filled  by  the  election  of 
Richard  T.  Greener,  A.  B.,  of  Harvard,  the  only  negro  on  the 


410  HISTORY  OP  THE  UNIVERSITY 

faculty.  The  following  constituted  the  faculty  during  the 
period  from  November,  1873,  to  July,  1877:  Rev.  B.  B. 
Babbitt,  A.  M.,  chairman  for  two  years  and  Professor  of 
Natural  and  Mechanical  Philosophy  and  Astronomy; 
A.  M.  Cummings,  D.  D.,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Civil 
and  Military  Engineering  and  Construction ;  T.  N.  Roberts, 
M.  D.,  Professor  of  History,  Political  Philosophy  and  Polit- 
ical Economy;  Henry  J.  Fox,  A.  M.,  D.  D.,  Professor  of 
Rhetoric,  Criticism,  Elocution  and  English  Language  and 
Literature;  William  Main,  Jr.,  A.  M.,  Professor  of  Chem- 
istry, Pharmacy,  Mineralogy  and  Geology;  Fisk  P.  Brewer, 
A.  M.,  Professor  of  Ancient  Languages  and  Literature; 
R.  T.  Greener,  A.  B.,  Professor  of  Mental  and  Moral  Phil- 
osophy; R.  Vampill,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Modern  Languages 
and  Literature.  Judge  C.  D.  Melton  conducted  the  law 
school  until  his  death  in  1875,  when  the  chair  was  filled  by 
the  election  of  Chief  Justice  Franklin  J.  Moses,  Sr.  After 
the  resignation  of  Drs.  Talley  and  Gibbes  from  the  medical 
faculty,  followed  by  the  withdrawal  of  Dr.  Watson,  demon- 
strator in  Anatomy,  Dr.  John  Lynch  continued  as  the  sole 
professor  in  the  chair  of  Physiology  and  Materia  Medica. 
After  a  year  R.  Vampill  was  succeeded  by  Rev.  E.  B. 
Otheman,  A.  M.,  in  the  chair  of  Modern  Languages.  Rev. 
Cummings  succeeded  Rev.  Babbitt  as  chairman  of  the 
faculty.  The  librarians  were  Maj.  E.  W.  Everson,  R.  T. 
Greener  for  a  few  months,  and  Louis  G.  Smith.* 

The  board  of  trustees  was  composed  of  "Franklin  J.  Moses, 
Jr.,  native  white  (governor)  ;  Justus  K.  Jillson,  white, 
lately  of  Massachusetts ;  Daniel  C.  Chamberlain,  white,  lately 
of  Massachusetts ;  L.  C.  Northrup,  native,  white ;  Samuel  J. 
Lee,  native,  negro ;  James  A.  Bowley,  negro,  lately  of  Mary- 
land; S.  A.  Swails,  negro,  lately  of  New  York;  William  R. 
Jervay,  native,  negro."  When  Daniel  C.  Chamberlain 
became  governor,  B.  F.  Whittemore,  carpetbagger,  of  Dar- 
lington, was  placed  on  the  board. 

The  late  John  S.  Reynolds  in  his  "Reconstruction  in  South 

*E.  Von  Fingerlin  was  a  professor  for  at  least  the  last  three  quarters, 
the  legislature  appropriated  money  to  pay  his  salary  for  that  period. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  411 

Carolina,"  quotes  from  a  distinguished  son  of  the  State,  who 
wrote  shortly  after  the  reorganization : 

"The  faculty  had  entered  upon  the  work  of  building  up 
a  university  which,  as  the  literary  institution  of  the  State, 
should  equal  if  not  surpass  the  fame  and  usefulness  of  the 
old  college;  and  this  work  would  have  been  accomplished 
but  for  the  egregious  folly  and  wickedness  of  those  who  held 
the  control  of  the  State.  The  old  trustees,  who  had  the  con- 
fidence of  the  people,  were  rudely  set  aside  to  make  place 
for  adventurers  who  were  unknown  or  known  unfavorably. 
In  the  mere  wantonness  of  power,  or  for  the  satisfaction 
which  a  rude  nature  takes  in  the  humiliation  of  his  superiors, 
negroes  were  placed  on  the  board  of  trustees.  This  act, 
although  less  cruel  than  that  which  needlessly  outraged  the 
sentiments  of  our  people  by  thrusting  negroes  among  the 
regents  of  the  lunatic  asylum,  was  more  pernicious  in  its 
results.  It  excited  suspicion  of  what  ultimately  followed — 
the  attempt  to  mix  the  races  in  public  education — and  kept 
students  away.  But  the  professors,  with  the  advice  of 
friends  of  the  university,  stood  at  their  posts,  hoping  to  save 
the  institution  by  averting  a  change  which  would  prove  its 
degradation  and  ruin.  In  short,  they  wished  to  save  the 
university  for  the  white  sons  of  the  State.  A  mixed  school 
was  impracticable.  The  colored  people  neither  needed  nor 
desired  it.  Claflin  University,  at  Orangeburg,  established 
expressly  for  the  education  of  their  children,  offered  them 
the  facilities — the  means  of  varied  culture — obtainable  at 
the  university  of  the  State.  But  the  trustees  were  bent  on 
a  mixed  school,  and  there  were  needy  adventurers  at  hand 
to  aid  them  in  their  attempt.  Supposing,  correctly,  that  the 
old  professors  would  not  lend  themselves  to  the  perpetration 
of  such  an  act  of  wanton  injustice,  they  removed  them  and 
conferred  their  places  upon  strangers,  who,  even  if  unknown, 
or  known  only  to  be  despised,  as  incompetent  or  immoral, 
were  yet  more  subservient  to  their  views.  The  university 
thus  became,  both  in  its  officers  and  its  matriculates,  a 
mixed  school ;  and  a  policy  which  a  Republican  congress  has 


412  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

since  refused  to  adopt,  and  thus  virtually  repudiated,  was 
allowed  to  effect  the  ruin  of  that  seat  of  learning." 

A  preparatory  school  was  established,  in  which  the  univer- 
sity professors  were  assigned  classes  as  a  part  of  their  regu- 
lar work.  Prof.  Fox,  and  later  William  H.  Jackson,  M.  D., 
were  the  principals.  The  students  of  this  school  were  housed 
in  Harper  college.  In  1876  there  were  88  students  rated  as 
"college  students"  and  97  in  the  preparatory  school. 

Rutledge  college  and  the  president's  house  were  rented 
to  the  regents  of  the  State  normal  school  for  a  period  of  99 
years.  M.  A.  Warren  was  the  principal  of  this  school.  In 
some  of  the  rooms  of  Rutledge  are  still  to  be  seen  remains 
of  the  blackboards  used  by  the  colored  normal  students.  The 
lower  part  of  the  president's  house  served  as  a  steward's 
hall  for  at  least  a  part  of  these  same  students.  Being  distinct 
from  the  university,  the  normal  school  faculty  and  regents 
kept  minutes  of  their  own,  which  are  not  in  the  university 
archives.  It  was  required  of  the  university  professors  that 
they  should  lecture  before  the  normal  students,  mostly 
negroes.  This  requirement  was  the  ultimatum  to  the  old 
faculty,  so  many  as  were  still  holding  on  in  1873. 

The  rooms  in  DeSaussure  college  were  assigned  for  the 
residence  of  medical,  law  and  special  students.  Legare  col- 
lege was  given  to  the  academic  students. 

There  must  have  been  very  few  men  enrolled  at  the  open- 
ing in  October,  1873,  although  no  numbers  have  been  pre- 
served. Mr.  Reynolds  says  that  after  the  entrance  of 
Henry  E.  Hayne  other  students  matriculated,  among  them 
Mies  G.  Parker,  State  treasurer;  H.  C.  Corwin,  State  senator 
from  Newberry ;  George  F.  Mclntyre,  senator  from  Colleton 
—all  white;  C.  M.  Wilder,  postmaster  at  Columbia; 
Joseph  D.  Boston,  representative  from  Newberry ;  Lawrence 
Cain  and  Paris  Simkins,  representatives  from  Edgefield— 
all  colored.  These  entered  the  law  department.  N.  T. 
Spencer  (colored),  representative  from  Charleston,  entered 
the  school  of  medicine.  "It  was  plain,"  says  Mr.  Reynolds, 
'that  each  of  these  matriculations  was  at  the  time  pretensive 
only— the  purpose  being  to  show  the  white  people  of  South 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  413 

Carolina  that  the  negroes  intended  to  dominate  in  the  State 
university  and  there  enforce  the  social  equality  of  the  black 
with  the  white  race.  Some  of  these  new  students,  it  may  be 
stated,  did  afterwards  receive  certificates  of  graduation. 
Negroes  now  entered  in  large  numbers — apparently  admitted 
with  little  regard  to  previous  preparation.  The  student  body 
was  composed  almost  entirely  of  boys  and  men  of  the  black 
race."  About  10  per  cent,  of  the  whole  number  was  white. 

A  catalogue,  with  the  reorganization,  issued  in  1874,  shows 
three  courses  in  the  college  of  science,  literature  and  arts: 
a  literary  and  classical  course,  a  philosophical  and  scientific 
course,  and  an  English  course.  Nominally  there  was  a  high 
requirement  for  entrance.  In  the  preparatory  school  there 
were  four  forms,  or  years,  each  of  two  terms.  The  course 
of  study  in  the  first  form  embraced  arithmetic,  geography, 
history,  reading  (fourth  reader),  writing  (book  No.  3), 
music,  Latin,  declamations  and  composition,  grammar  and 
orthography,  drawing,  botany.  There  was  no  tuition  or  other 
fees,  the  student  having  to  pay  only  for  his  board  and  to 
furnish  his  room.  An  act  was  passed  by  the  general  assem- 
bly at  its  session  of  1873->74  establishing  124  scholarships, 
to  last  for  four  years,  paying  the  recipient  $200  a  year.  Great 
indignation  was  caused  by  this  procedure;  it  meant  that 
students  were  to  be  paid  for  coming.  Strict  examinations 
were  supposed  to  be  held,  but  charges  were  often  made  that 
the  preparatory  students  had  been  given  scholarships. 

The  appropriations  were  for  the  University  in  1873-4, 
$42,250  ($6,400  for  scholarships)  ;  in  1874-5,  $44,750  ($12,800 
for  scholarships)  ;  in  1875-6,  $44,900  ($15,000  for  scholar- 
ships). The  normal  school  received  $600,  $10,000  and  $15,- 
000  for  the  three  years,  amounts  not  included  in  the  above 
sums.  For  the  last  three  quarters  the  legislature  in  1877 
appropriated  $6,161.28.  The  total  expenditures  from  Octo- 
ber, 1873,  to  July  31,  1877,  was  $169,900. 

In  1875  commencement  exercises  were  set  for  December, 
as  they  had  been  in  the  ante-bellum  days.  They  were  held 
in  the  State  House  this  year,  but  afterwards  in  the  library. 
Governor  Hampton  allowed  exercises  in  June,  1877,  the 


414  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

last  under  this  condition  of  affairs.  The  old  salutatory  and 
valedictory  addresses  by  graduating  students  were  revived. 
Several  minutes  of  the  faculty  note  that  colored  students 
"had  done  as  well  as  any  of  the  great  men  of  the  old  South 
Carolina  College."  A  law  class  graduated  in  June,  1874: 
C.  L.  Anderson,  Niles  G.  Parker,  Edgar  Caypless,  Walter  R. 
Jones,  C.  W.  Cummings  .  In  1875  degrees  were  not  conferred 
till  December  21,  when  Thomas  McCants  Stewart  received 
the  A.  B.  degree ;  Charles  Jacob  Babbitt  the  Ph.  B.  degree ; 
Henry  Austin  Fox,  Henry  Burton  Johnson,  Thomas  McCants 
Stewart,  Joseph  Henry  Stuart,  Mortimer  Alanson  Warren, 
the  LL.B.  degree.  At  the  commencement  of  December,  1876, 
the  degree  of  A.  B.  was  conferred  on  William  Myrtenello 
Dart,  John  Miller  Morris  and  Alonzo  Gray  Townsend;  the 
LL.  B.  was  given  to  Charles  Jacob  Babbitt,  Lawrence  Cain, 
Thomas  Meredith  Canton,  Francis  Louis  Cardozo,  Richard 
Theodore  Greener,  Styles  Linton  Hutchins,  Theophilus  J. 
Minton,  Joseph  White  Morris  and  Paris  Simkins.  Chief 
Justice  Moses  died  in  March,  1877,  so  that  there  was  no  one 
in  the  law  school  on  whom  a  degree  might  be  conferred  in 
June  of  that  year,  when  Governor  Hampton  and  the  board 
of  trustees  caused  the  university  to  be  closed.  At  4  p.  m.  of 
June  15  the  last  public  exercises  of  the  university  were  held 
in  the  chapel.  Olin  Fisk  Cummings,  Thomas  Alston  McLean 
and  Cornelius  Chapman  Scott  received  the  bachelor's  degree. 

At  no  time  did  the  radical  faculty  or  board  confer  many 
honorary  degrees. 

Col.  F.  W.  McMaster  of  Columbia  is  said  to  have  carried 
away  the  records  of  the  Euphradian  society  and  thus  to  have 
preserved  them.  After  the  reorganization  only  one  member 
of  this  society  was  in  the  university.  He  tried  in  vain  to 
revive  the  society.  In  its  place  rose  the  Ciceronian  society, 
which  seems  to  have  had  possession  of  only  part  of  the  rooms 
of  the  old  society.  Several  times  report  was  made  of  dis- 
orderly conduct  on  the  part  of  the  members  of  the  Ciceronian 
society.  There  were  enough  members  of  the  Clariosophic 
society  to  continue  its  existence.  A  circular  of  one  of  the 
final  celebrations  is  preserved,  in  which  the  order  of  pro- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  415 

cedure  is  the  same  as  at  the  present  day.  The  library  of  the 
Euphradian  society  suffered  greatly  during  this  period ;  that 
of  the  Clariosophic  society  is  nearly  intact.  The  records 
of  the  latter  society  are  also  almost  complete  from  the  foun- 
dation in  1806. 

Maj.  Everson  reported  about  the  close  of  the  first  year  of 
the  reorganization  that  the  library  had  suffered  greatly 
from  acts  of  vandalism.  Stricter  laws  were  passed  which 
seem  to  have  stopped  further  mutilation  of  old  and  rare 
books.  R.  T.  Greener,  being  in  charge  of  the  library  for  a 
few  months,  set  up  the  busts  now  there.  He  worked  on  a 
card  catalogue.  After  the  first  injury  the  library  was  well 
preserved.  Professor  Eivers,  who  passed  through  Columbia 
and  went  to  the  library  when  Greener  was  acting  as 
librarian,  found  everything  well  kept. 

The  last  meeting  of  the  faculty  was  held  July  31,  1877; 
a  meeting  of  the  board  of  trustees  had  been  held  the  day 
before.  Present  at  the  faculty  meeting  were  Professors 
Cummings,  Babbitt,  Roberts  and  Brewer.  The  chairman 
stated  that  Hon.  R.  W.  Barnwell  had  been  elected  librarian 
and  treasurer  of  the  university  and  secretary  of  the  faculty. 
On  motion  of  Prof.  Roberts  it  was  ordered  that  Prof.  Brewer, 
secretary  pro  tern.,  as  soon  as  he  had  official  notice  of  the 
election  of  Mr.  Barnwell,  should  transfer  to  his  keeping  such 
records  of  the  faculty  as  may  be  in  his  hands. 

Of  this  period  of  the  university  Mr.  Reynolds  says :  "The 
requirements  for  admission  were  so  lax — the  regulations  in 
this  matter  were  so  flagrantly  disregarded — that  the  so-called 
university  soon  became  little  more  than  a  high  school,  whose 
chief  aim  was  to  inculcate  and  illustrate  the  social  equality 
of  the  black  race  with  the  white.  The  establishment,  taken 
as  a  whole,  was  a  fraud  upon  the  taxpayers — a  fraud  delib- 
erately perpetrated  in  the  name  of  progress  and  enlighten- 
ment !" 


416  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

ADDRESS    OF    MAJOR    BENJAMIN    SLOAN    BEFORE    THE    ALUMNI, 

JUNE  10,  1913. 

I  see,  in  fancy — before  me  a  set  of  boys,  for  boys  you  were, 
men  of  1880-1882,  when  I  first  met  and  came  to  know  you, 
thirty-odd  years  ago,  on  this  hallowed  old  campus. 

You  are  men  now  in  the  heyday  of  life;  for  you  the  sun 
is  at  high  noon;  for  me  its  setting  rays  shed  a  soft,  tender 
light  upon  the  scenes  of  long  ago,  and  even  the  shadows,  from 
their  attenuation,  have  lost  their  gloom.  It  does  my  heart 
good  to  be  with  you  tonight,  and  I  thank  God  that  I  am  per- 
mitted once  more  to  look  into  your  faces  and  to  feel  the  pres- 
sure of  your  hands. 

Some  days  ago  Professor  A.  C.  Moore,  the  Dean  of  the 
Faculty  of  the  University,  invited  me  to  prepare  a  paper 
giving  an  account  of  the  opening  of  the  South  Carolina  Col- 
lege of  Agriculture  and  Mechanics  and  its  subsequent  history 
up  to  the  year  1883,  and  in  this  invitation  he  told  me  that 
you  men  of  that  period  would  be  glad  to  meet  me  and  hear 
this  paper  read.  So  whatever  the  paper  may  turn  out  to 
be,  remember  you  are  to  hold  him  accountable  for  it  and  for 
my  presence  here  tonight.  With  this  apology  I  proceed  at 
once  to  give  you  as  briefly  as  may  be  consistent  with  accuracy 
and  comprehensiveness  what  I  know  about  the  events  of  that 
period  of  the  existence  of  the  College. 

The  old  institution  has  met  with  many  ups  and  downs: 
thrice  it  has  borne  the  name  of  College,  and  now  for  the 
third  time  it  bears  the  well  deserved  name,  University  of 
South  Carolina.  The  War  Between  the  States  emptied  the 
halls  of  the  old  South  Carolina  College  of  its  Professors 
and  students,  and  it  was  closed ;  but  a  vital  spark  remained. 
This  spark,  soon  after  the  war  was  closed,  was  kindled  into 
a  beneficent  glow,  and  the  University  of  South  Carolina 
came  into  existence :  then  came  the  dark  days  of  reconstruc- 
tion— the  days  of  Carpet-bag  rule — and  under  the  infamous 
rule  of  Governor  R.  K.  Scott  came  the  downfall  of  the  Uni- 
versity: a  mongrel  set  of  Carpet-bag  Professors  and  negro 
students  replaced  its  able  and  distinguished  Professors,  and 
white  students  abandoned  its  halls.  The  glorious  days  of 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  417 

Hampton  then  followed :  the  vagabond  set  of  Professors  and 
negro  students  was  driven  out,  and  nothing  was  left  to  the 
University  but  the  name,  a  Board  of  Trustees,  its  buildings, 
its  library,  its  beautiful  campus  and  its  vital  spark  which 
continued  to  smoulder  under  the  ruins. 

To  the  earnest  and  wisely  directed  activity  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees,  1878-1880,  is  due  the  honor  of  kindling  into  life 
again  that  vital  spark  which,  it  seems,  no  disaster  could 
extinguish. 

The  names  of  this  Board  are  here  appended : 

Gov.  Wm.  D.  Simpson,  ex-officio,  President. 

Hon.  Hugh  S.  Thompson,  Columbia. 

Hon.  J.  H.  Kinsler,  Columbia. 

Hon.  Samuel  Dibble,  Orangeburg. 

Gen.  John  S.  Preston,  Columbia. 

Hon.  C.  H.  Simonton,  Charleston. 

Col.  J.  D.  Blanding,  Sumter. 

Col.  James  H.  Rion,  Winnsboro. 

Col.  R.  W.  Boyd,  Darlington. 

Hon.  J.  F.  J.  Caldwell,  Newberry. 

Hon.  J.  E.  Bacon,  Columbia. 

Nathaniel  B.  Barnwell,  Secretary. 

To  each  one  of  these  devoted  men  should  be  given  highest 
meed  of  praise. 

At  a  meeting  of  this  Board,  held  in  Columbia,  Decem- 
ber 28th,  1878,  a  memorial  to  the  General  Assembly  was 
prepared  and  adopted  praying  that  the  Board  of  Trustees 
of  the  South  Carolina  University  should  be  permitted  to 
discharge  the  obligations  of  the  State  of  South  Carolina  to 
the  United  States  which  the  State  has  assumed  when  it- 
accepted  from  the  United  States  the  donation  styled  "The 
Agricultural  School  Fund",  and  that  the  Board  be  put  in 
possession  of  the  entire  fund,  and  that  it  might  be  given  such 
other  aid  as  might  be  deemed  appropriate  for  establishing 
an  Agricultural  College  in  Columbia. 

This  memorial  to  the  General  Assembly  aroused  the  inter- 
est of  the  friends  of  the  University  in  the  Legislature,  and 
gave  to  them  the  opportunity  to  open  the  fight  for  its  re-es- 

27— H.   U. 


418  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

tablishment ;  and  a  hot  fight  it  proved  to  be.  Mr.  Mem- 
minger  and  Col.  Simonton,  both  members  from  Charleston, 
were  conspicuously  energetic  advocates  for  the  re-opening 
of  the  College.  In  the  up-country  and  among  the  patrons 
of  the  several  denominational  colleges  strong  opposition  was 
developed,  and  representatives  in  the  General  Assembly 
were  made  to  feel  the  strength  of  this  opposition.  Eventually 
an  act  authorizing  the  establishment  of  the  South  Carolina 
College  of  Agriculture  and  Mechanics  was  passed  and 
approved,  December  23rd,  1879. 

One  member  from  Anderson,  and  another  from  Abbeville 
County,  were  especially  and  bitterly  opposed  to  this  meas- 
ure. Their  nagging  of  Mr.  Memminger,  who  spoke  and 
worked  earnestly  for  the  passage  of  the  bill,  was  so  per- 
sistent and  so  disagreeable  that  a  colleague  of  the  Anderson 
member  (so  this  colleague  told  me  afterwards)  took  it  upon 
himself  to  warn  these  gentlemen  of  what  they  might  expect 
should  they  continue  this  nagging.  He  did  it  in  these  words : 
"John  (we  will  call  him  John,  although  that  was  not  his 
name),  "John,  you  had  better  let  that  old  man  alone;  he 
will  pick  you  up  pretty  soon  and  give  you  such  a  spanking 
as  you  never  can  forget."  Anderson  and  Abbeville,  how- 
ever, went  on  with  their  tactics  until  finally  Mr.  Memminger 
did  administer  to  each  one  of  them,  in  turn,  just  such  a 
spanking  as  had  been  predicted:  the  nagging  ceased,  and 
the  bill  was  passed. 

The  act  referred  to  in  the  previous  paragraph — that  of 
December  23rd,  1879 — in  its  first  section  provided  that  the 
University  of  South  Carolina  should  consist  of  two  branches, 
one  the  College  in  Columbia,  the  other,  Claflin  College  at 
Orangeburg,  both  Colleges  to  be  under  one  Board  of  Trustees 
constituted  as  follows :  the  Governor  of  the  State,  ex  officio, 
President;  the  State  Superintendent  of  Education;  the 
Chairman  of  the  Senate  Committee  of  Education ;  the  Chair- 
man of  the  House  Committee  of  Education ;  and  seven  mem- 
bers to  be  elected  by  the  General  Assembly.  Another  section 
authorized  the  Board  to  establish  the  Agricultural  College 
in  Columbia. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  419 

Now,  as  to  the  funds  by  means  of  which  this  establishment 
was  to  be  effected,  this  is  to  be  said:  In  1862  the  United 
States  donated  public  lands  to  the  several  States  and  Terri- 
tories which  would  provide  Colleges  for  the  benefit  of  Agri- 
culture and  the  Mechanic  Arts  under  certain  specified  con- 
ditions: (1)  The  principal  of  the  donation  should  be  a 
perpetual  fund  to  be  invested,  at  least  at  5%  interest,  the 
interest  to  be  used  solely  for  purpose  named — the  establish- 
ment and  maintenance  of  the  Agricultural  and  Mechanical 
School  or  Schools;  no  part  of  it  was  to  be  used  for  the 
buildings  of  the  school.  (2)  The  donee  was  bound  to  make 
good  all  or  any  part  of  the  fund  which  should  in  any  way 
be  lost. 

To  the  State  accepting  the  donation  under  these  con- 
ditions land-scrip  was  issued  by  the  United  States. 

The  State  of  South  Carolina,  December  14,  1866,  by  legis- 
lative act  accepted  the  donation,  and  assented  in  general 
terms  to  all  conditions  and  provisions  contained  in  the  act 
of  Congress. 

On  July  22,  1868,  after  the  adoption  of  its  new  Consti- 
tution, the  State,  by  legislative  act,  accepted  the  donation 
a  second  time,  assenting  in  general  terms  to  the  required 
conditions  and  provisions. 

On  December  10,  1869,  the  State  accepted  a  third  time, 
by  legislative  act,  the  donation,  assenting,  not  only  generally 
but  specifically  also,  to  all  of  the  conditions  and  required 
provisions,  and  directed  that  the  proceeds  of  the  sales  of 
the  landscrip  should  be  invested  in  United  States  Bonds, 
or  in  State  Bonds,  bearing  6%  interest. 

In  1870  the  State  government  received  the  scrip,  which 
was  sold  for  f  191,800,  which,  by  the  State's  Financial  Agent, 
was  invested  in  State  6%  bonds  with  coupons  attached  for 
the  interest  accruing  after  July  1,  1870.  These  bonds  were 
deposited  by  the  Financial  Agent  in  a  box  of  the  Safety 
Deposit  Company,  in  New  York  City,  as  the  bonds  of  the 
Agricultural  College.  The  Financial  Agent  subsequently 
withdrew  these  bonds  from  deposit  and  hypothecated  them 
to  meet  the  demands  of  the  State  Treasurer  and  Financial 


420  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Board,  and  they  were  thus  entirely  lost  to  the  Agricultural 
College  fund.  (From  Legislative  Journals  and  Reports.) 

On  July  1st,  1879,  the  deficiency  in  interest  on  these  bonds 
amounted  to  |58,736.00. 

Therefore,  to  keep,  in  good  faith,  its  agreement  with  the 
United  States  government,  on  July  1,  1879,  the  General 
Assembly  passed  an  act  authorizing  and  requiring  the  State 
Treasurer  to  issue  to  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  South 
Carolina  University  a  certificate  of  State  Stock  in  the 
amount  of  f  191,800,  bearing  interest  at  6%  per  annum, 
payable  semi-annually,  from  July  1st,  1879.  This  was  to 
be  held  by  the  University  as  a  perpetual  fund,  the  interest 
only  to  be  used  for  Agricultural  Collegiate  purposes.  (This 
fund,  the  South  Carolina  College  part  of  it,  has  since  that 
time  been  transferred  to  Clemson  College.) 

Section  2  of  the  same  act  authorized  the  Board  of  Trustees 
to  establish  a  College  of  Agriculture  and  Mechanics  for  the 
benefit  of  the  white  students  of  the  State,  and  to  maintain 
the  College  out  of  its  share  of  the  income  of  said  fund, 
(Claflin  was  to  have  a  part  of  it),  and  to  use  the  property 
and  grounds  of  the  University  in  Columbia  for  this  purpose. 
With  this  authority  and  financial  backing  the  Board  pro- 
ceeded to  organize  the  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College. 

Frequent  meetings  were  held  in  1879  and  1880.  By  invi- 
tation I  attended  one  of  these  meetings,  November,  1879, 
and  sought  to  add  one  little  stone,  at  least,  to  the  edifice 
which  today  has  taken  on  such  splendid  proportions. 

In  February,  1880,  four  chairs  were  established: 

1.  Analytical  and  Agricultural   Chemistry   and   Experi- 
mental Agriculture. 

2.  Geology,  Mineralogy,  Botany  and  Zoology. 

3.  Mathematics,  Natural  Philosophy  and  Mechanics. 

4.  English  Literature:  Literature  and  Belles  Lettres. 
The  positions  of  Foreman  of  the  Farm  and  Foreman  of 

Mechanics  were  also  established  at  this  meeting. 

In  May,  1880,  Wm.  Porcher  Miles  was  elected  President 
of  the  College  and,  also,  to  fill  the  4th  chair;  Dr.  Joseph 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  421 

LeConte  to  fill  the  2nd  chair;  Benjamin  Sloan  to  fill  the 
3rd  chair;  Dr.  Win.  Burney  to  fill  the  1st  chair. 

Mr.  Jesse  Jones  of  Charleston  was  elected  Foreman  of 
the  Shops. 

The  position  of  Foreman  of  the  Farm  was  not  filled  at 
this  meeting,  but  at  a  subsequent  meeting  Mr.  G.  W.  Connors 
was  elected  to  take  the  position. 

Dr.  Joseph  LeConte  having  declined  the  chair  offered  him, 
Dr.  James  Woodrow,  August,  1880,  was  elected  to  fill  that 
chair,  and  upon  notification  accepted  the  position. 

At  this  same  meeting  the  Board  gave  to  the  College  the 
name  South  Carolina  College  of  Agriculture  and  Mechanics. 
It  was  further  ordered  that  the  College  should  begin  its  first 
session  on  Tuesday,  October  5,  1880. 

General  Johnson  Hagood  having  now  succeeded  the  Hon. 
Win  D.  Simpson  as  Governor,  the  Board  of  Trustees  was  as 
follows : 

His  Excellency,  Johnson  Hagood,  ew  officio,  President. 

Ex  officio  Members: 

Hon.  Hugh  S.  Thompson,  Superintendent  of  Education. 

Hon.  John  H.  Kinsler,  Chairman  Senate  Committee  on 
Education. 

Hon.  Andrew  Crawford,  Chairman  House  Committee  on 
Education. 

Members  elected: 

General  John  S.  Preston,  Columbia  ( died  during  session ) . 

Col.  James  H.  Rion,  Winnsboro. 

Hon.  J.  F.  J.  Caldwell,  Newberry. 

Col.  J.  D.  Blanding,  Sumter. 

Col.  R.  W.  Boyd,  Darlington. 

Hon.  Samuel  Dibble,  Orangeburg  (resigned  during  ses- 
sion ) . 

Col.  Chas.  H.  Simonton,  Charleston. 

Nathaniel  B.  Barnwell,  Secretary. 

Librarian  and  Treasurer,  Robt.  W.  Barnwell. 

Mr.  Barnwell,  former  President  of  the  University,  was  con- 
fined at  his  home  by  illness,  and  the  duties  of  Librarian  and 
Treasurer  were  performed  jointly  by  his  son,  Nathaniel  B. 


422  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Barnwell,  and  his  daughter,  Miss  Eliza  Barnwell.  Miss 
Barnwell  was  practically  the  Librarian,  and  admirably  did 
she  perform  the  duties  of  that  office. 

Faculty : 

Wm.  Porcher  Miles,  LL.  D.,  President,  and  Professor  of 
English  Literature. 

James  Woodrow,  Ph.  D.  (Heidelberg),  D.  D.,  Geology, 
Mineralogy,  Botany  and  Zoology. 

Benjamin  Sloan  (West  Point),  Mathematics  and  Natural 
Philosophy. 

Wm.  Burney,  Ph.  D.  (Heidelberg),  Analytical  and  Agri- 
cultural Chemistry  and  Experimental  Agriculture. 

Secretary  of  Faculty,  Benjamin  Sloan. 

Foreman  of  Farm,  G.  W.  Connors. 

Foreman  of  the  Shop,  Jesse  Jones. 

The  session  began  October  5,  1880,  and  closed  Wednesday, 
June  29,  1881.  Total  number  of  students,  66. 

A  Course  of  Study  for  three  years  was  scheduled  and  the 
classes  styled  Junior,  Intermediate  and  Senior. 

No  student  entered,  at  that  time,  a  class  higher  than 
Junior,  and  a  majority  of  them  spent  the  year  in  being  pre- 
pared to  enter  the  Junior  Class  the  following  year,  1881- 
1882. 

The  degrees  offered  were  modest,  viz. : 

(1)  That  of  Proficient,  to  be  conferred  for  satisfactory 
attainments  in  such  departments  of  each  school  as  the  Fac- 
ulty might  designate  and  publish. 

(2)  That  of  Graduate  in  a  School,  conferred  for  satis- 
factory attainment  in  the  leading  subjects  of  instruction  in 
the  same. 

Tuition  was  free  to  all,  except  in  the  department  of 
languages  where  students  paid  such  fees  as  were  agreed  upon 
with  the  Instructors. 

Professors  Faber  and  VonFingerlin  were  authorized  to 
give  instruction  in  the  modern  and  ancient  languages.  Each 
one  of  these  gentlemen  was  admirably  qualified  for  this 
purpose.  An  annual  fee  also  of  f  10  was  required  of  each 
student. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  423 

The  session  of  1881-1882  opened  Tuesday,  October  4,  1881, 
and  closed  Wednesday,  June  28,  1882. 

Col.  F.  W.  McMaster  filled  the  place  on  the  Board  of 
Trustees  made  vacant  by  the  death  of  General  John  S. 
Preston,  and  the  Hon.  J.  F.  Izlar  of  Orangeburg  took  Mr. 
Dibble's  place.  Otherwise  the  Board  remained  the  same  as 
in  1880-1881.  No  changes  were  made  in  the  Faculty.  Mr. 
E.  S.  Morrison  was  made  Marshal.  The  number  of  students 
this  year  was  72. 

Intermediate  Class 22 

Junior  Class 50 

72 

Nineteen  members  of  the  Intermediate  Class  came  up 
from  the  students  of  the  previous  year;  three  members  of 
this  class  were  new  men. 

Of  the  50  members  of  the  Junior  Class  37  were  new  men ; 
13  came  from  the  students  of  the  previous  year;  so  only  32 
men  out  of  the  66  of  the  previous  year  remained  for  a  second 
year  at  College — practically  50%  of  the  number  failed  in 
their  final  examinations :  I  had  better  say,  perhaps,  fell  out 
of  College  because  of  a  lack  of  preparation  previous  to  their 
entrance  into  the  College.  The  lack  of  good  schools,  at  that 
time,  in  the  State  may  account  for  this  deficiency. 

At  the  close  of  this  session,  1881-1882,  Mr.  Miles  withdrew 
from  the  Presidency  of  the  College.  A  bequest  of  large 
estates  in  Louisiana  to  his  daughters  imperatively  demanded 
his  presence  in  that  State. 

Now  strongly  impressed  by  the  opportunities  of  the  Col- 
lege, the  Board  of  Trustees  eagerly  sought  for  its  further 
development.  Five  new  Professors  were  added  to  the  Fac- 
ulty: John  M.  McBryde,  Professor  of  Agriculture  and 
Horticulture;  Kev.  Edmund  L.  Patton.  LL.  D.,  Professor 
of  Ancient  Languages;  Edward  S.  Joynes,  M.  A.,  LL.  D., 
Professor  of  Modern  Languages  and  English;  Rev.  Wm.  J. 
Alexander,  A.  M.,  Chaplain  and  Professor  of  Philosophy 
and  Belles  Lettres;  R.  Means  Davis,  Professor  of  History 
and  Political  Science. 


424  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

A  tutor  in  Mathematics,  Meade  Bolton,  M.  D.,  and  a  tutor 
in  Ancient  and  Modern  Languages  were  also  assigned  to 
duty  with  the  Faculty. 

The  name  of  the  College  reverted  to  its  original  title, 
South  Carolina  College,  and  the  number  of  students  this 
year  rose  to  178. 

The  history  of  the  South  Carolina  College  of  Agriculture 
and  Mechanics  properly  ends  with  the  beginning  of  the  ses- 
sion of  1882-1883.  Professor  McBryde  was  made  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  College,  retaining  his  Professorship  of  Agricul- 
ture and  Horticulture. 

Mr.  Samuel  I.  Gaillard  replaced  Mr.  G.  W.  Connors  as 
Superintendent  of  the  Farm :  The  position,  Foreman  of  the 
Shops,  was  discontinued. 

Under  the  masterful  guidance  of  Dr.  McBryde  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  at  once  took  on  wonderful  growth,  and 
year  by  year  grew  in  ever  increasing  value  to  the  College 
and  to  the  State.  At  the  time  of  the  transference  of  this 
Department  to  Clemson  College  its  work  was  magnificent. 

Now,  properly,  my  task  as  historian  should  end,  but  with 
your  permission  I  shall  indulge  in  a  few  reminiscences. 

Having  been  elected  in  May,  1880,  to  fill  the  chair  of 
Mathematics  in  the  South  Carolina  College  of  Agriculture 
and  Mechanics,  and  having  been  notified  to  that  effect  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  I  made  a  short  visit 
from  Walhalla  to  Columbia  to  notify  the  Secretary  of  my 
acceptance  of  the  position  and  to  get  my  bearings  for  the 
new  work.  At  that  time  I  occupied  a  similar  position  In 
Adger  College,  Walhalla. 

Later,  in  the  summer,  I  returned  to  Columbia  to  look  after 
the  work  of  rehabilitating  the  College  buildings.  Mr.  Clark 
Waring  had  the  contract  for  making  the  necessary  repairs. 
His  son,  George  Waring,  who  entered  College  at  its  opening, 
superintended  the  work  for  his  father.  The  dormitories, 
because  of  their  previous  occupation  by  negro  students,  were 
in  a  most  disreputable  condition. 

Several  of  the  Professors'  homes  were  at  that  time  occupied 
by  citizens  of  Columbia  with  their  families.  VonFingerlin, 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  425 

later  a  licensed  teacher  of  modern  languages,  was  in  Dr. 
Burney's  home;  Hugh  S.  Thompson,  then  State  Superin- 
tendent of  Education,  formerly  Principal  and  teacher  of 
the  famous  Thompson  School  of  Columbia,  afterwards  the 
Governor  of  the  State,  and  always  the  courtly,  genial  gen- 
tleman and  scholar,  occupied  the  two  upper  floors  of  the 
home  assigned  to  me.  I  retained  bachelor  quarters  on  its 
first  floor;  Col.  Thompson  remained  in  the  house  up  to  the 
time  of  his  election  to  the  office  of  Governor.  I  remember, 
the  night  after  his  nomination  by  the  State  Convention,  the 
citizens  of  Columbia  came  down,  en  masse,  to  do  him  honor, 
and  the  beautiful,  stirring  speech  which  he  made  to  them  on 
that  occasion  was  delivered  from  the  little  stoop  in  front  of 
this  house  (now  occupied  by  Prof.  Wauchope). 

Mr.  Stoney,  Gen.  Hagood's  secretary,  occupied  the  house 
which  is  now  Professor  A.  C.  Moore's,  and  Gen.  Bonham  was 
in  Professor  Rucker's  house,  adjoining  Professor  Moore's. 
Mr.  Robert  W.  Barnwell,  librarian  and  treasurer,  was  in 
the  house  now  appropriated  to  the  Y.  M.  C.  A. 

The  Campus  proper  was  encompassed  by  an  ugly  board 
fence,  and  upon  entering  the  grounds  a  feeling  of  discomfort 
and  loneliness  took  possession  of  one,  and  a  College  yell  on 
the  Campus  would  have  scared  him  with  its  echoes. 

I  remained  in  Columbia  from  the  time  I  came  down  in  the 
summer,  until  the  close  of  the  first  session,  1881. 

Mr.  Miles  came  to  Columbia  in  the  September  preceding 
the  opening  of  the  College,  October  5th,  1880 ;  Dr.  Woodrow 
resided  in  Columbia. 

One  day,  late  in  September,  I  was  in  my  class-room,  Prof. 
Colcock's  old  lecture  room,  superintending  its  preparation 
for  my  expected  classes,  when  a  distinguished  looking  young 
man  with  somewhat  the  air  of  a  foreigner  came  in  and  made 
the  formal  inquiry:  "Might  I  ask  where  Professor  Sloan 
can  be  found?"  My  reply  was:  "I  am  he."  That  was  my 
introduction  to  Dr.  Burney.  From  that  day  to  this  we  have 
been  staunch  friends,  and  I  have  reason  to  bless  the  day  of 
that  first  interview. 

As  soon  as  the  four  of  us  were  on  the  grounds,  we  held  a 


426  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

conference  to  arrange  affairs  for  the  opening  of  the  College. 
Mr.  Miles,  upon  looking  us  over,  said :  "Mr.  Sloan,  you  are 
the  secretary  of  the  Faculty",  remarking:  "To  the  youngest 
belongs  the  labor"— this  in  a  sonorous  Latin  phrase.  I 
looked  at  Dr.  Burney,  but  was  so  upset  could  say  nothing. 

I  wish  you  would  stand  Burney  by  my  side  now,  and  then 
tell  me,  if  you  can,  how  Mr.  Miles  could  possibly  have  made 
such  a  mistake.  However,  secretary  I  remained  during  Mr. 
Miles'  administration. 

I  must  say  for  Mr.  Miles  that  he  did  not  seek  for  the 
Presidency  of  the  College;  the  office  sought  for  him.  He 
left  a  lovely  home  at  the  "Old  Sweet  Springs"  in  Virginia 
to  take  up  the  work  in  Columbia.  Born  and  reared  in  South 
Carolina,  the  reputation  he  left  with  the  people  of  the  State 
singled  him  out  as  the  man  for  the  Presidency  of  the  College. 
He  was  a  scholar  and  a  courtly  gentleman — a  manly  man, 
as  indeed  every  true  gentleman  is.  A  bit  of  his  history  may 
help  us  in  our  estimate  of  him.  He  had  just  begun  the  prac- 
tice of  law  in  Charleston,  S.  C.,  when  a  frightful  scourge  of 
yellow  fever  swept  over  the  city  of  Norfolk,  Va.  This  fever 
spared  neither  the  high  nor  the  low;  a  cry  for  nurses  went 
out  from  the  stricken  city.  Mr.  Miles  closed  his  office ;  went 
at  once  to  Norfolk;  organized  a  band  of  nurses,  and  stood 
faithfully  at  his  post  until  the  winter's  frost  drove  the  plague 
from  the  city. 

Afterwards  he  served  the  City  of  Charleston  famously 
well  as  its  Mayor,  and  then  his  Congressional  District  in 
Congress  with  high  honor.  I  deem  it  a  great  privilege  to 
have  been  associated  in  College  work  with  such  a  man. 

The  memory  of  Dr.  Woodrow  is  fresh  with  you.  His  life 
was  a  benefaction  to  the  College  and  to  the  State.  Through- 
out our  long  term  of  service  together  he  honored  me  with  his 
friendship,  a  boon  of  which  I  am  very  proud. 

Dr.  Burney  we  still  have  with  us.  Hundreds  and  hundreds 
of  his  students  can  tell  far  better  than  I  can  how  beneficent 
has  been  his  influence  upon  young  men. 

It  was  the  custom  of  this  small  Faculty  to  meet  in  Mr. 
Miles'  lecture  room— Professor  Joynes'  old  lecture  room— 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  427 

once  a  week  just  after  Chapel  Service,  10  A.  M. ;  Dr.  Wood- 
row  conducted  services  in  the  Chapel.  These  meetings  were 
ever  harmonious,  and  to  me,  delightful  and  most  illuminat- 
ing, not  only  upon  College  matters,  but  upon  a  wide  range  of 
other  subjects. 

Mr.  Jesse  Jones,  Foreman  of  the  Shops,  was  a  skillful 
mechanic,  and  doubtless  could  direct  and  handle  admirably 
a  gang  of  other  mechanics,  but  he  was  not  adapted  to 
handling  College  boys:  he  had  too  little  patience,  and  his 
tongue  was  rather  too  nimble  with  "cuss  words",  and  yet 
the  boys  under  him  did  turn  out  beautiful  pieces  of  carpenter 
and  cabinet  work.  He  always  addressed  the  President,  or 
spoke  of  him,  as  Mr.  Mayor.  The  Foreman  of  the  Farm, 
Mr.  G.  W.  Connors,  gentle  and  suave  of  manner,  although 
a  skillful  farmer,  was  too  much  hampered  by  a  lack  of 
means  and  appliances  to  do  a  great  deal  in  farm  instruction 
during  his  short  stay,  two  years,  at  the  College.  He  was  suc- 
ceeded—1882— by  Mr.  Samuel  I.  Gaillard. 

From  this  time  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  under  Dr. 
McBryde's  masterful  hand  was  splendidly  managed.  I  can 
name  three  men,  graduates  of  that  period,  whose  work  since 
ttey  wont  out  into  the  world  as  farmers  has  been  of  far 
greater  value  to  the  farmers  of  the  State  than  many  times 
the  money  the  State  ever  expended  upon  this  Department — 
Coker,  Williamson,  Hamer. 

Now  may  come  the  inquiry,  What  fruit  in  citizenship  has 
come  from  the  enterprise  of  these  planters  in  1880?  I  have 
not  been  able  to  keep  in  touch  with  all  of  the  scions  of  that 
period;  I  know  enough,  however,  to  answer  promptly  and 
emphatically:  abundant  fruit — clean,  fair-skinned  fruit — 
sound  to  the  core. 

I  know  one  of  these  men  who  has  become  great  in  railway 
management — Albert  Anderson :  one  of  them  is  an  expert  in 
textile  work — Beaty:  another  one  has  been  wonderfully 
successful  in  the  great  business  of  insurance — E.  G.  Seibels : 
another  one  is  a  County  Superintendent  of  Education — 
Clarkson:  I  know  of  one  successful  College  Professor — 
Clough  Sims :  another  one,  the  son  of  G.  W.  Connors,  Fore- 


428  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

man  of  the  Farm  in  1880,  is  at  the  head  of  a  great  business 
in  Atlanta:  the  Mayor  of  the  City  of  Columbia  is  one  of 
them — We  are  all  proud  of  him:  His  life  is  an  open  book 
in  which  there  is  record  of  naught  except  of  those  things 
which  are  of  high  and  honorable  repute.  Many  of  these 
men  are  farmers,  and  one  of  these  farmers  is  the  President 
of  the  Farmers  Union  of  the  State — Eugene  Dabs. 

I  know  ten  lawyers — all  of  them  of  the  highest  type — one 
of  them  served  for  years  on  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
College  and  University — Macfarlan. 

One  of  the  men  of  1880-1882  is  a  State  Senator— Macbeth 
Young.  Six  of  them  I  know  as  physicians,  each  one  of  them 
at  the  top  in  his  profession,  and  as  these,  now,  sedate  physi- 
cians pass,  mentally,  before  me  the  vision  of  one  of  them 
stands  out  with  marked  distinctness,  for  this  one  when  a 
student  fairly  reveled  in  mathematics — in  that  much 
maligned  study.  Think  of  this,  you  maligners  of  that  study, 
and  remember  were  it  not  for  the  mathematicians  who  have 
lived  in  the  world  we  would  still  be  groveling  in  the  Stone 
Age. — Buchanan  is  the  man  referred  to  in  this  paragraph. 

There  was  also  another  reveler  in  mathematics  among 
these  boys:  indeed  in  all  of  his  studies  he  was  one  of  the 
brightest  young  men  I  have  ever  met — unfortunately  he  died 
before  his  College  course  was  completed — Little  John. 

This  vision  is  succeeded  by  its  antithesis — an  anti-reveler 
in  mathematics  comes  into  view,  he  was  also  an  anti-reveler 
in  strong  drink  and  abhorred  tobacco,  but  he  was  passion- 
ately fond  of  horses,  dogs  and  his  gun;  and  adored  game- 
cocks ;  I  was  told  he  kept  one  of  these  beautiful  birds  in  his 
room,  and  whenever  he  was  reproved  for  the  uncleanliness 
of  the  custom  he  would  reply:  "I  had  rather  risk  the 
uncleanliness  of  the  gamecock  than  that  of  you  boys  who 
chew  and  smoke  tobacco."  Now  Ike,  we  will  call  him,  when- 
ever called  upon  to  recite  in  mathematics  would  rise  with 
a  bland  smile  upon  his  face,  take  up  his  way  to  the  black- 
board, smiling  at  me  all  the  while,  as  much  as  to  say :  "Well, 
this  is  a  joke" :  and  that  smile  was  all  of  his  recitation :  on 


KPP 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  429 

no  occasion  did  he  make  other  reply.  Mathematics  was  away 
beyond  his  ken. 

The  enumeration  given  in  the  preceding  paragraphs  by 
no  means  exhausts  the  list  of  those  boys  of  the  historic  period 
— 1880-1882 — who  have  won  high  distinction  in  the  various 
honorable  callings  in  which  they  are  to  be  found  today: 
doubtless  there  are  others  with  whose  histories  I  am  not 
familiar  who  deserve  equally  as  high  commendation  as  any 
one  of  those  there  listed. 

Indeed,  were  I  to  attempt  to  say  all  that  could  be  said 
of  the  College  and  its  students  of  1880-1882  the  paper  might 
become  wearisome  to  you,  so  at  this  point  it  seems  best  it 
should  be  closed. 

I  feel,  however  crude  and  imperfect  the  paper  may  be, 
that  the  work  of  these  men  since  they  have  gone  out  from 
the  College  into  the  world,  and  the  powerful  influence  of 
the  University,  as  it  stands  today — the  fruit  of  a  germ  of 
the  1880  planting — in  promoting  the  cause  of  education  in 
the  State  justify  fully  the  action  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
on  that  occasion,  and  forcibly  demonstrate  the  wisdom  of 
that  action.  Surely,  those  gentlemen  planted  better  than 
they  knew. 


THE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION. 

The  class  of  1846  held  a  meeting  before  the  members  parted 
after  commencement  and  determined  that  there  should  be  a 
reunion  of  the  living  graduates  of  1846  at  the  college  and 
should  "join  in  giving  a  class  dinner."  Each  one  present 
was  to  give  a  sketch  of  his  life  since  graduation  and  also  of 
any  absent  member  with  whose  history  he  might  be 
acquainted.  An  orator  was  to  be  elected  to  address  the  meet- 
ing. Similar  resolutions  were  passed  by  the  next  succeeding 
class.  No  other  classes,  so  far  as  known,  passed  resolutions. 
The  class  of  1846  held  two  reunions  at  intervals  of  five  years ; 
the  third  was  interrupted  by  the  war. 

At  the  semicentennial  in  December,  1854,  an  alumni  asso- 
ciation was  formed  with  Hon.  John  L.  Manning  as  president. 


430  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

"After  the  close  of  the  war  and  while  the  old  S.  C.  C.  was 
in  the  hands  of  carpet  baggers  and  negroes,  some  of  its 
friends — I  may  mention  particularly  Justice  Mclver,  A.  S.  J. 
Perry  and  T.  B.  Fraser — formed  a  plan  to  get  the  alumni 
together  and  make  an  effort  to  redeem  her  from  her  abject 
thraldom.  They  knowing  what  the  class  of  1846  had  done 
(Mclver  and  Perry  being  members  of  it)  concluded  to  call 
together  as  many  of  the  class  as  they  could  communicate 
with,  to  meet  in  Columbia.  Fourteen  responded,  and  we  con- 
cluded to  call  a  meeting  of  the  alumni  who  were  in  Columbia 
or  within  reach  the  next  night  (year?)  in  the  State  House 
(the  Legislature  was  in  session,  and  Fraser  and  Perry  were 
members).  An  enthusiastic,  and  I  may  say  anxious  audi- 
ence filled  the  House  of  Rep.  I  remained  long  enough  to  see 
the  organization,  enrol  my  name,  and  I  had  to  take  the  train 
that  night.  Governor  John  L.  Manning  was  elected  Presi- 
dent before  I  left."  So  wrote  L.  L.  Fraser,  of  the  class  of 
1846,  to  Professor  A.  C.  Moore,  May  9,  1909. 

The  class  of  1846  held  a  reunion  December  7,  1880,  at 
which  time  they  listened  to  an  address  from  W.  B.  Wilson, 
of  Yorkville,  who  graduated  in  that  class.  A  committee  was 
appointed  to  initiate  a  movement  looking  to  the  formation  of 
an  association  of  alumni  of  the  South  Carolina  College.  In 
accordance  with  their  instructions  the  committee  called  a 
meeting  of  the  alumni  for  December  6,  1881,  and  invited 
Hon.  LeRoy  F.  Youmans  to  deliver  an  address  before  them. 
The  meeting  was  held  in  the  Hall  of  the  House  of  Represen- 
tatives, where  after  the  address  the  Alumni  Association  of 
South  Carolina  College  was  formed.  Hon.  John  L.  Manning 
was  elected  president;  the  secretary  and  treasurer  was  Col. 
F.  W.  McMaster.  A  memorial  was  presented  to  the  legisla- 
ture praying  for  a  small  appropriation  to  re-establish  the 
South  Carolina  College.  The  appropriation  was  obtained, 
and  the  College  of  Agriculture  and  Mechanics  was  reorgan- 
ized and  opened  in  the  fall  of  1882  as  the  South  Carolina 
College. 

A  Junior  Alumni  Association  was  later  organized  consist- 
ing of  alumni  who  had  attended  the  college  since  1882.  A 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  431 

trace  of  this  organization  is  observable  in  the  custom  of 
appointing  a  junior  orator  for  the  alumni  reunions  in  addi- 
tion to  an  older  alumnus,  the  senior  orator. 

In  1904  a  loan  fund  was  started  for  the  purpose  of  aiding 
students,  especially  to  lend  enough  to  tide  them  over  difficult 
periods.  This  fund  has  now  reached  the  sum  of  $12,000.  The 
money  is  lent  to  be  paid  back  after  graduation.  It  is  in  the 
hands  of  Adjunct  Professor  Francis  W.  Bradley  and  a  board 
of  trustees,  the  members  of  which  are  Messrs.  Edwin  G. 
Seibles,  Francis  H.  Weston,  Mclver  Williamson,  Lewis  W. 
Parker,  August  Kohn. 

The  presidents  of  the  association  have  been  John  L.  Man- 
ning, 1881-1889;  S.  J.  Duffle,  1890;  L.  W.  Parker,  1891; 
Francis  H.  Weston,  1892 ;  W.  A.  Clark,  1893;  W.  T.  C.  Bates, 
1894;  James  Mclntosh,  1895;  A.  N.  Talley,  1896;  J.  G. 
McCants,  1897;  R.  P.  Hamer,  1898-1904;  E.  G.  Seibels,  1905- 
1908;  J.  M.  Kinard,  1909-1910;  F.  H.  Weston,  1911;  W.  W. 
Ball,  1912;  E.  R.  Lucas,  1913—. 

The  following  alumni  have  held  the  position  of  secretary 
and  treasurer :  F.  W.  McMaster,  1881-1882 ;  J.  Q.  Marshall, 
1883-1890;  F.  H.  McMaster,  1890-1892;  August  Kohn,  1893- 
1903 ;  H.  L.  Spahr,  1904-1906 ;  H.  C.  Davis,  1907 ;  A.  C.  Moore, 
1908-1913 ;  A.  C.  Carson,  1914—. 

From  1881  to  1890  the  annual  meeting  of  the  association 
was  held  during  the  month  of  December.  In  1891  the  reunion 
was  held  on  commencement  day ;  thereafter  it  has  been  held 
on  Tuesday  of  commencement  week.  As  often  as  possible 
after  1891  there  was  a  banquet  some  time  during  the  session 
of  the  legislature,  which  had  been  changed  from  December 
to  January.  Since  the  institution  of  Founders'  Day  in  1910 
the  annual  meeting  has  taken  place  on  that  day,  in  LeConte 
College  after  1911. 


432  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

HONOR  ROLL  OF  THE  SOUTH  CAROLINA  COLLEGE,  1806  TO  1861. 

(V.,  Valedictory;  S.  Salutatory.) 

The  valedictory  was  first  honor  until  after  1821. 

1807 — Walter  Crenshaw,  v. ;  John  Caldwell,  s. 

1808 — James  R.  Gregg,  v. ;  John  Murphy,  s. 

1809 — Jas.  L.  Petigru,  v. ;  Alexander  Bowie,  s. 

1810 — James  Dillett,  v. ;  William  Lowry,  s. 

1811— B.  J.  Earle,  v. ;  William  Arthur,  s. 

1812— H.  L.  Pinckney,  v. ;  John  B.  O'Neall,  s. 

1813— George  McDuffie,  v. ;  John  G.  Creagh,  s. 

1814 — Hugh  S.  Legare,  v. ;  Henry  Trescott,  s. 

1815— Elijah  Gilbert,  v. 

1816— D.  L.  Wardlaw,  v. ;  Henry  A.  Gibbes,  s. 

1817 — Charles  Fishburn,  v. ;  Archibald  Baynard,  s. 

1818 — Francis  H.  Wardlaw,  v. ;  Josiah  J.  Kilpatrick,  s. 

1819 — Thomas  H.  Taylor,  v. ;  C.  G.  Memminger,  s. 

1820 — James  Terry,  v. ;  Richard  Yeadon,  s. 

1821 — Basil  Manly,  v. ;  Amzi  W.  Alexander,  s. 

(From  this  time  the  salutatory  was  declared  by  the  board 
of  trustees  to  be  the  first  honor. ) 

1822— Wm.  J.  Wilson,  s. ;  J.  W.  Grant,  v. 

1823— Wm.  F.  Colcock,  s. ;  Robert  Spenser,  v. 

1824— Richard  T.  Brumby,  s. ;  James  W.  Daniel,  v. 

1825— Randall  Hunt,  s. ;  T.  J.  Withers,  v. 

1826— Edmund  Bellinger,  s. ;  R.  G.  Quarles,  v. 

1827 — This  year  twenty-four  seniors  were  expelled  and  no 
honors  were  awarded. 

1828 — Nicholas  Summer,  s. ;  Hiram  McKnight,  v. 

1829— Lewis  R.  Gibbes,  s. ;  W.  J.  Boone,  v. 

1830— B.  F.  Johnston,  s. ;  John  A.  Mills,  v. 

1831 — James  H.  Thornwell,  s. ;  Richard  S.  Gladney,  v. 

1832— Joseph  W.  Lesesne,  s. ;  Nelson  Mitchell,  v. 

1833 — James  Simons,  s. ;  Elisha  Hamlin,  v. 

1834— C.  P.  Sullivan,  s. ;  M.  L.  Bonham,  v. 

1835— William  Blanding,  s. 

1836— J.  Pearson,  s. ;  A.  Simkins,  v. 

1837— John  N.  Frierson,  s. ;  D.  W.  Ray,  v. 

1838— A.  Gregg,  s.;  E.  Bellinger,  v. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  433 

1839 — Isaac  M.  Hutson,  s. ;  David  E.  Frierson,  v. 

1840— Haskell  S.  Rhett,  s. ;  Thomas  M.  Hanckel,  v. 

1841— Wm.  J.  Elvers,  s. ;  Robert  B.  Boylston,  v. 

1842— Wm.  P.  Starke,  s. ;  J.  M.  Landrum,  v. 

1843— S.  J.  Barnett,  s. ;  C.  D.  Melton,  v. 

1844— P.  H.  Nelson,  s. ;  J.  H.  Carlisle,  v. 

1845 — Robert  Garlington,  s. ;  Thomas  B.  Fraser,  v. 

1846— E.  L.  Patton,  s. ;  A.  A.  Morse,  v. 

1847 — Thomas  Frost,  s. ;  John  S.  Green,  v. 

1848 — James  P.  Adams,  s. ;  L.  S.  Blanding,  v. 

1849— C.  H.  Simonton,  s. ;  T.  J.  Glover,  v. 

1850— J.  H.  Rion,  s. ;  Robert  W.  Barnwell,  v. 

1851— J.  H.  Elliott,  s. ;  J.  R.  Chalmers,  v. 

1852— J.  H.  Hudson,  s. ;  D.  H.  Porter,  v. 

1853— J.  I.  Middleton,  s.;  C.  E.  Leverett,  v. 

1854 — James  Lowndes,  s. ;  Benjamin  R.  Stuart,  v. 

1855— C.  W.  Boyd,  s. ;  W.  L.  Trenholm,  v. 

1856— G.  M.  Fairlee,  s. ;  H.  Covington,  v. 

1857— W.  H.  White,  s.;  E.  L.  Rivers,  v. 

1858— Edward  H.  Buist,  s. ;  Grimke  Rhett,  v. 

1859 — Wm.  Thomas  Cleveland,  s. ;  Wm.  E.  Boggs,  v. 

1860 — Thomas  M.  Logan,  s. ;  Alexander  C.  Haskell,  v. 

There  were  no  commencement  exercises  in  December,  1861. 


RECIPIENTS    OF    THE    MASTER    OF    ARTS    DEGREE    IN    THE    ANTE- 
BELLUM COLLEGE. 

This  list  of  the  recipients  of  the  second  degree,  with  the 
year  in  which  it  was  conferred,  is  taken  from  the  minutes 
of  the  board  of  trustees  and  of  the  faculty. 

1812,  Robert  W.  Gill,  1809. 

Benjamin  F.  Whitner,  1809. 

1814,  William  Brantley,  1808. 


28— H.   U. 


434  HISTORY  OP  THE  UNIVERSITY 

1836,  Napoleon  Gustavus  Rich,  1833. 
William  Blanding,  1835. 

Mathias  Clark  (graduated  in  1835,  so  that  he  must 

have  taken  the  degree  in  residence). 
David  Johnson,  Jr.  (who  also  graduated  in  1835). 

1837,  C.  K.  Johnson  (?) 
William  E.  Martin,  1834. 
Peter  C.  Gilliard,  1834. 
Frederick  Reiser,  1834. 

1839,  James  A.  Marshall,  1838. 
Isaac  Foreman,  1836. 

1840,  Charles  Kershaw,  1835. 
John  D.  Wilson,  1837. 
James  N.  Frierson,  1837. 
Edwin  DeLeon,  1837. 
John  A.  Leland,  1837. 
James  W.  McCants,  1837. 
Samuel  J.  Chapman,  1837. 

1841,  David  J.  Williams,  1837. 

1842,  John  Jacob  Seibles,  1836. 

1843,  Six   resident   graduates,    but   the   minutes   of   the 

trustees  are  silent  in  regard  to  those  who 
received  the  A.  M.  degree,  and  the  minutes 
of  the  faculty  are  lost. 

1846,  Robert  Boyce,  1845. 

James  H.  Carlisle,  1844. 
J.  Thornton  Carpenter,  1845. 
Henry  C.  Davis,  1844. 
Wyatt  J.  Goin,  1845. 
Theodore  S.  Gourdin,  1845. 
Thomas  B.  Fraser,  1845. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  435 


William  J.  Hand,  1829. 
Arthur  P.  Hayne,  1841. 
George  W.  Landrum,  1845. 
John  H.  Logan,  1844. 
William  J.  Rivers,  1841. 
Thomas  J.  Workman,  1843. 

1847,  Julius  Anderson,  1846. 
William  B.  Carlisle,  1841. 
Henry  Mclver,  1846. 
Henry  T.  Moore,  1846. 
Christopher  G.  Hume,  1845. 
Robert  H.  Reid,  1846. 
Ephriam  M.  Seabrook,  1844. 
William  B.  Wilson,  1846. 

1849,  William  H.  Talley,  1848. 
William  B.  Telford,  1847. 

1850,  William  H.  Parker,  1846. 
Paul  H.  Seabrook,  1847. 

1851,  S.  M.  G.  Gary,  1847. 
Robert  Henry,  Jr.,  1848. 
John  K.  Jackson,  1846. 
Rufus  K.  Porter,  1849. 
Henry  S.  Williams,  1850. 

1852  John  Douglass,  1843. 
Thomas  T.  Dill,  1845. 

1853,  James  H.  Rion,  1850. 
Horace  H.  Sams,  1850. 

1854,  Henry  Buist,  1847. 
E.  S.  J.  Hayes,  1850. 
Eugene  McCaa,  1852. 
J.  Felix  Walker,  1850. 


436  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

1855,  Alfred  B.  Brumby,  1851. 
James  C.  Calhoun,  1852. 
J.  Wood  Davidson,  1852. 

1856,  H.  Walker  Adams,  1852. 
Josiah  Bedon,  1855. 
Henry  M.  Clarkson,  1855. 
William  B.  Gulp,  1854. 
Charles  E.  Fleming,  1855. 
Alfred  Wallace,  1855. 

1857,  John  G.  Scarborough,  1854. 

1858,  Alexander  C.  Elder,  1855. 

1859,  George  E.  Coit,  1856. 
Harris  Covington,  1856. 
George  M.  Fairlee,  1856. 
William  Royal,  1841. 

1860,  Henry  C.  Mitchell,  1857. 

COMPARATIVE  ATTENDANCE  OF  STUDENTS  AND  GRADUATES. 


Year. 

Graduates. 

Students. 

1805  

30 

1806  

:  1 

57 

1807  

4 

93 

1808  

31 

107 

1809  

18 

92 

1810  

25 

105 

1811  

25 

118 

1812  

34 

171 

1813  

33 

141 

1814  

44 

149 

1815  

38 

134 

1816  

37 

108 

1817  

27 

113 

1818  

35 

107 

OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  437 


Year. 

Graduates. 

Students. 

1819  

30 

107 

1820  

28 

110 

1821  

27 

88 

1822  

24 

76 

1823  

8 

65 

1824  

19 

108 

1825  

32 

115 

1826  

28 

114 

1827  

13 

114 

1828  

20 

87 

1829  

28 

97 

1830  

37 

115 

1831  

38 

114 

1832  

33 

108 

1833  

37 

86 

1834  

22 

52 

1835  

12 

70 

1836  

11 

114 

1837  

40 

155 

1838  

37 

153 

1839  

22 

160 

1840  

37 

168 

1841  

51 

169 

1842  

42 

150 

1843  

30 

134 

1844  

37 

134 

1845  

33 

122 

1846  

31 

137 

1847  

35 

171 

1848  

32 

221 

1849  

64 

237 

1850  

63 

195 

1851  

46 

184 

1852  

46 

199 

1853  

24 

122 

1854  

21 

190 

1855.. 

66 

195 

438  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Year.                       Graduates.  Students. 

1856 33  180 

1857 21  158 

1858 44  201 

1859 39  184 

1860. 38  170 

1861 31  143 

1862  (Open  to  the  end  of  June) 72 

1863 Closed 

1864 

1865 " 

1866 48 

1867 108 

1868  12  113 

1869 8  65 

1870 11  53 

1871 6  88 

1872 16  68 

1873 8  62 

1874 Radical 

1875 « 

1876 « 

1877 « 

1878 Closed 

1879 « 

1880 «  (to  Oct.  5) 

1881 66 

1882 72 

1883 11  185 

1884 13  202 

1885 21  i84 

1886 26  213 

1887 32  192 

1888 31  170 

*9 49  235 

!890 32  226 

191 46  182 

I892 25  98 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  439 

Year.                       Graduates.  Students. 

1893 25  72 

1894 12  68 

1895 14  160 

1896 10  184 

1897 18  162 

1898 28  189 

1899 23  184 

1900 38  212 

1901 32  227 

1902 46  215 

1903 40  226 

1904 33  214 

1905 46  296 

1906 45  301 

1907 46  285 

1908 60  278 

1909 47  298 

1910 71  339 

1911 52  416 

1912 56  443 

1913 63  513 

1914 103  551 

1915 105  511 

Graduates  to  1865 1,762 

Graduates  since  1865 1,350 

Total 3,112 


440  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

TRUSTEES. 
THE    SOUTH    CAROLINA    COLLEGE,    1801-1865. 

EX-OFFICIO:  Governors:  James  H.  Adams,  1854-56;  William 
Aiken,  184446;  R.  F.  W.  Allston,  1856-58; 
Joseph  Alston,  1812-14;  Thomas  Bennett, 
1820-22;  M.  L.  Bonham,  1862-64;  Pierce  M. 
Butler,  1836-38;  John  Drayton,  1801-2;  1808-10; 
John  Geddes,  1818-20;  W.  H.  Gist,  1858-60; 
James  Hamilton,  Jr.,  1830-32;  Paul  Hamilton, 
1804-06;  James  H.  Hammond,  1842-44;  Robert 
Y.  Hayne,  1832-34;  David  Johnson,  1846-48; 
George  McDuffie,  1834-36;  A.  G.  McGrath, 
1864-65;  John  L.  Manning,  1852-54;  Richard  I. 
Manning,  1824-26;  John  H.  Means,  1850-52; 
Henry  Middleton,  1810-12;  Stephen  D.  Miller, 
1828-30;  Patrick  Noble,  1838-40;  J.  L.  Orr, 
1865;  B.  F.  Perry,  1865;  Andrew  Pickens, 
1816-18;  Francis  W.  Pickens,  1860-62;  Charles 
Pinckney,  1806-08. 

Lieutenant  Governors:  Henry  Bradly,  1822-24; 
William  A.  Bull,  1824-26;  William  Cain, 
1846-48;  Gabriel  Cannon,  1856-58;  M.  E.  Cam, 
1856-60;  W.  K.  Clowney,  1840-42;  Cuth- 

bert,  1816-18;  Richard  De  Treville,  1854-56; 
William  DuBose,  1836-38;  John  F.  Ervin, 
1844-46;  Samuel  Farron,  1810-12;  W.  H.  Gist, 
1848-50;  W.  W.  Harlee,  1860-62;  B.  K.  Hena- 
gan,  1838-40;  John  Hopkins,  1806-08;  J.  H. 
Irby,  1852-54;  Frederick  Nance,  1808-10; 
Patrick  Noble,  1830-32;  Ezeckiel  Pickens, 
1802-04;  C.  C.  Pinckney,  1832-33;  William  C. 
Pinckney,  1820-22 ;  W.  D.  Porter,  1865 ;  White- 
marsh  B.  Seabrook,  1834-36;  Eldred  Simkins, 
1812-14;  Thomas  Sumter,  Jr.,  1804-06;  Joshua 
J.  Ward,  1850-52;  Plowden  C.  J.  Weston, 
1862-64;  Thomas  Williams,  1828-30;  Richard 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  441 

Winn,  1801-02 ;  Isaac  D.  Witherspoon,  1842-44 ; 
James  H.  Witherspoon,  1826-28;  Thomas 
Wright,  1833-34;  William  Youngblood,  1818-20. 

Presidents  of  the  Senate:  R.  F.  W.  Allston, 
1850-56;  Robert  Barnwell,  1805-06;  James 
Chestnut,  Jr.,  1856-58;  Henry  Deas,  1828-36; 
Benjamin  Huger,  1819-22;  Jacob  B.  Ion, 
1822-28;  Patrick  Noble,  1836-38;  Angus  Pat- 
terson, 1838-49;  W.  D.  Porter,  1858-65;  James 
R.  Pringle,  1814-19;  J.  B.  Richardson,  1813; 
Savage  Smith,  1813-14 ;  William  Smith,  1806-08 ; 
John  Ward,  1801-03;  04-05;  Samuel  Warren, 
1808-13. 

Speakers  of  the  House  of  Representatives: 
A.  P.  Aldrich,  1862-64;  Joseph  Alston,  1805-10; 
Thomas  Bennett,  1814-18;  W.  F.  Colcock, 
1841-48;  Benjamin  F.  Dunkin,  1828-30;  Theo- 
dore Gaillard,  1801-02;  John  Geddes,  1810-14; 
Robert  Y.  Hayne,  1818;  J.  Izard  Middleton, 
1848-50;  Patrick  Noble,  1818-24;  1832-36;  J.  B. 
O'Neall,  1824-28;  Henry  L.  Pinckney,  1830-32; 
William  C.  Pinckney,  1804-05;  James  Simons, 
1850-62;  C.  H.  Simonton,  1865;  Robert  Stark, 
1802-04;  David  L.  Wardlaw,  1836-41. 

Associate  Judges:  Elihu  H.  Bay,  1801-25; 
Joseph  Brevard,  1801-15;  Langdon  Cheves, 
1816-21;  Charles  J.  Colcock,  1813-25;  Richard 
Gantt,  1815-25;  John  Foucheraud  Grimke, 
1801-21;  Daniel  E.  Huger,  1821-25;  David 
Johnson,  1817-25;  William  Johnson,  1801-08; 
Abram  Nott,  1810-25;  John  S.  Richardson, 
1818-25;  William  Smith,  1808-15;  Lewis  Treze- 
vant,  1801-08 ;  Thomas  Waties,  1805-13 ;  Samuel 
Wilds,  1805-10. 


442  HISTORY  OP  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Equity  Judges:  Henry  William  DeSaussure, 
1808-25;  Theodore  Gaillard,  1808-25;  William 
Dobein  James,  1801-25;  William  Marshall, 
1801-05;  Hugh  Rutledge,  1801-11;  Waddy 
Thompson,  1805-25;  Thomas  Waties,  1813-25. 

Judges  of  Court  of  Appeal:  Charles  J.  Colcock, 
1825-33;  William  Harper,  1833-37;  David  John- 
son, 1825-37 ;  Abram  Nott,  1825-33 ;  John  Belton 
O'Neall,  1833-37. 

Chancellors :  James  J.  Caldwell,  1846-50 ;  James 
P.  Carroll,  1860-65;  George  W.  Dargan, 
1847-59 ;  Henry  W.  DeSaussure,  1825-37 ;  Benja- 
min F.  Dunkin,  1837-65;  William  Harper, 
1828-47;  J.  A.  Inglis,  1860-65;  David  Johnson, 
1837-46 ;  Job  Johnston,  1830-60 ;  Waddy  Thomp- 
son, 1825-28;  Francis  H.  Wardlaw,  1850-59. 

Circuit  Law  Judges:  Elihu  H.  Bay,  1825-37; 
Andrew  P.  Butler,  1833-37;  Baylis  J.  Earle, 
1830-37;  Josiah  J.  Evans,  1829-37;  Theodore 
Gaillard,  1825-29;  Richard  Gantt,  1825-37; 
Daniel  E.  Huger,  1825-30;  William  D.  James, 
1825-28;  William  D.  Martin,  1830-33;  John 
Belton  O'Neall,  1828-30;  John  S.  Richardson, 
1825-37;  Thomas  Waties,  1825-29. 

Law  Judges:  Andrew  P.  Butler,  1837-41;  Baylis 
J.  Earle,  1837-41;  Josiah  J.  Evans,  1837-41; 
Richard  Gantt,  1837-41;  John  Belton  O'Neall, 
1837-41;  John  S.  Richardson,  1837-41. 

Judges:  Andrew  P.  Butler,  1841-60;  Baylis  J. 
Earle,  1841-43;  Josiah  J.  Evans,  1841-43; 
Edward  Frost,  1841-53;  Thomas  W.  Glover, 
1853-65;  R.  Munro,  1853-65;  John  Belton 
O'Neall,  1841-60;  John  S.  Richardson,  1841-51; 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  443 

David  L.  Wardlaw,  1841-65;  Joseph  N.  Whit- 
ner,  1850-64 ;  Thomas  J.  Withers,  1846-65. 

Chairmen  of  Committee  on  Education  of  the 
Senate:  James  P.  Carroll,  1858-60;  Edmund 
Rhett,  1860-64 ;  J.  F.  Townsend,  1853-58. 

Chairmen  of  Committee  on  Education  of  the 
House  of  Representatives:  Samuel  McGowan, 
1858-64;  C.  P.  Sullivan,  1853-58;  William 
Whaley,  1864-65. 

ELECTIVE  :  James  H.  Adams,  1841-54 ;  1857-61 ;  Isaac  Alex- 
ander, 1801-04;  E.  F.  W.  Allston,  1840-50; 
1858-64;  Edward  H.  Anderson,  1837-41;  Robert 
W.  Barnwell,  1835-65;  Edmund  Bellinger,  Jr., 
1841-53;  Abram  Blanding,  1815-21;  1837-41; 
Joseph  Blythe,  1805-09;  Christian  P.  Bookter, 
1833-37 ;  John  Brown,  1801-04 ;  John  G.  Brown, 
1817-21 ;  John  Buchanan,  1845-62 ;  W.  A.  Bull, 
1821-24;  1825-29;  Andrew  P.  Butler,  1829-33; 
Pierce  M.  Butler,  1833-36;  John  Caldwell, 
1813-17;  John  C.  Calhoun,  1809-10;  Robert  B. 
Campbell,  1830-33;  Zachariah  Cantey,  1805-09; 
Merritt  E.  Cam,  1857-59;  John  J.  Chappell, 
1809-13;  James  Chestnut,  Jr.,  1853-56;  John 
Chestnut,  1801-05;  W.  F.  Colcock,  1837-41; 
William  Crafts,  1821-25;  Walter  Crenshaw, 
1813-17;  William  F.  Davie,  1833-37;  1845-49; 
Warren  R.  Davis,  1817-25;  Thomas  N.  Daw- 
kins,  1839-65;  Henry  Deas,  1805-09;  James  S. 
Deas,  1821-33;  Henry  W.  DeSaussure,  1801-05; 
William  F.  DeSaussure,  1833-65 ;  D.  E.  Dunlap, 
1801-04;  Baylis  J.  Earle,  1825-30;  Stephen 
Elliott,  1820-29 ;  Benjamin  F.  Elmore,  1821-25 ; 
Franklin  H.  Elmore,  1825-37;  James  Ervin, 
1809-17;  David  R.  Evans,  1805-13;  Josiah  J. 
Evans,  1818-29;  William  Falconer,  1801-05; 


444  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

James  Farrow,  1857-65;  John  M.  Felder, 
1812-13;  Edward  Fisher,  1816-17;  1833-37; 
Richard  Gantt,  1805-15;  Robert  W.  Gibbes, 
1847-49;  1850-57;  James  Gillespie,  1839-57; 
Joseph  Gist,  1809-21;  Thomas  W.  Glover, 
1833-37;  William  J.  Grayson,  1821-29;  James 
Gregg,  1821-25;  1829-49;  Benjamin  Haile, 
1809-13;  James  Hamilton,  Jr.,  1832-33 ;  1834-41 ; 
James  H.  Hammond,  1840-42 ;  Wade  Hampton, 
Sr.,  1801-09;  Wade  Hampton,  Jr.,  1826-57; 
Wade  Hampton,  1861-65;  William  Harper, 
1813-21;  Robert  Y.  Hayne,  1834-39;  William 
Edward  Hayne,  1816-17;  1818-25;  Robert 
Henry,  1843-45;  James  Hibben,  Sr.,  1809-17; 
John  Hooker,  1813-17;  Alfred  Huger,  1825-33; 
Daniel  E.  Huger,  1813-17 ;  1818-21 ;  1830-37; 
1841-45;  Francis  K.  Huger,  1817-21;  John  A. 
Inglis,  1857-60;  Jacob  Bond  Ion,  1817-25; 
1828-33;  Joseph  E.  Jenkins,  1837-41;  David 
Johnson,  1849-57;  W.  D.  Johnson,  1863-65; 
Job  Johnston,  1829-30;  John  Keitt,  1817-21; 
Maximilian  LaBorde,  1837-42 ;  Hugh  S.  Legare, 
1829-33;  Samuel  McAlilley,  1857-65;  David  J. 
McCord,  1829-41;  George  McDuffie,  1818-21; 
1836-41;  William  Me  Willie,  1841-45;  John  L. 
Manning,  1841-52 ;  Richard  I.  Manning,  1826-37 ; 
Jonathan  Maxcy,  1804-20 ;  David  H.  Means, 
1836-41;  John  H.  Means,  1853-63;  C.  G.  Mem- 
minger,  1837-65;  John  I.  Middleton,  1850-65; 
Stephen  D.  Miller,  1825-28 ;  Franklin  J.  Moses, 
1850-65;  John  Murphy,  1809-17;  Abram  Nott, 
1803-10;  John  Belton  O'Neall,  1817-21;  1822-24; 
Philip  E.  Pearson,  1830-37;  Thomas  C.  Perrin, 
1857-65 ;  B.  F.  Perry,  1845-49 ;  1859-65 ;  James  L. 
Petigru,  1835-41 ;  Charles  Cotesworth  Pinckney, 
1801-05 ;  Henry  L.  Pinckney,  1829-30 ;  Thompson 
T.  Player,  1829-37;  John  S.  Preston,  1849-65; 
William  C.  Preston,  1822-25;  1829-33;  1843-45; 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  445 

1851-57 ;  John  Ramsay,  1821-25 ;  James  B.  Rich- 
ardson, 1801-02;  1809-13;  John  S.  Richardson, 
1809-13;  James  Rose,  1833-37;  Whitemarsh  B. 
Seabrook,  1829-37;  1841-48;  James  Simons, 
1863-65 ;  Bartlee  Smith,  1801-02 ;  Thomas  Smith, 
1830-33;  1836-65;  William  Smith,  1805-06; 
Robert  Stark,  1802-17;  John  Taylor,  1802-05; 
1806-13 ;  1817-25 ;  Thomas  Taylor,  Sr.,  1801-09 ; 
Waddy  Thompson,  1830-37;  James  H.  Thorn- 
well,  1857-62;  J.  Townsend,  1863-65;  Henry 
Dana  Ward,  1801-05;  1812-17;  John  Ward, 
1805-09;  David  L.  Wardlaw,  1828-36;  Francis 
H.  Wardlaw,  1849-53;  William  Whaley, 
1863-65;  Joseph  Newton  Whitner,  1836-45; 
David  R.  Williams,  1817-29 ;  John  Lide  Wilson, 
1821-22;  Thomas  J.  Withers,  1833-46;  Isaac  D. 
Witherspoon,  1845-57 ;  Richard  Yeadon,  1863-65 ; 
Samuel  Yongue,  1801-04;  Henry  C.  Young, 
1845-53. 

THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA,  1865-73. 

EX-OFFICIO:  Governors:  James  L.  Orr,  1865-68;  R.  K.  Scott, 
1868-72;  Franklin  J.  Moses,  Jr.,  1872-73. 

Lieutenant  Governor:  W.  D  Porter,  1865-68. 
Honorable:  A.  P.  Aldrich,  1865-69;  James  P. 
Carroll,  1865-69;  T.  N.  Dawkins,  1865-69; 
Thomas  W.  Glover,  1865-69;  J.  A.  Inglis, 
1865-69;  W.  D.  Johnson,  1865-69;  J.  B.  Ker- 
shaw,  1865-67;  H.  D.  Lesesne,  1865-69;  T.  P. 
Mikell,  1865-67;  F.  J.  Moses,  1865-69;  C.  H. 
Simonton,  1865-67;  John  Townsend,  1865-67; 
D.  L.  Wardlaw,  1865-69. 

ELECTIVE:  E.  J.  Arthur,  1865-67;  Robert  W.  Barnwell, 
1865;  M.  L.  Bonham,  1866-69;  B.  A.  Bozeman, 
1869-73 ;  F.  L.  Cardozo,  1869-73 ;  James  H.  Car- 
lisle, 1865-69 ;  William  F.  DeSaussure,  1865-69 ; 


446  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

James  Farrow,  1865-69;  J.  N.  Frierson, 
1865-69 ;  Robert  W.  Gibbes,  1865 ;  Wade  Hamp- 
ton, 1865-69;  J.  K.  Jillson,  1869-73;  J.  B.  Ker- 
shaw,  1867-69;  Samuel  McAlilley,  1865-69; 
Henry  Mclver,  1865-69;  John  L.  Manning, 
1865-69 ;  C.  G.  Memminger,  1865-69 ;  J.  I.  Mid- 
dleton,  1865-69;  F.  J.  Moses,  Jr.,  1869-73;  J.  L. 
Nagle,  1869-73;  T.  C.  Perrin,  1865-69;  B.  F. 
Perry,  1865-69 ;  F.  W.  Pickens,  1865-69 ;  John  S. 
Preston,  1865-69;  T.  J.  Robertson,  1869-73; 
James  Simons,  1865-69 ;  Thomas  Smith,  1865-69 ; 
R.  Tomlinson,  1869-73 ;  Richard  Yeadon,  1865-69. 

In  February,  1869,  the  board  had  been  reconstituted  to 
consist  of  seven  members  with  the  governor  as  chairman 
ex-oflicio.  Four  years  later  a  new  set  of  trustees  was  elected. 
They  were  J.  K.  Jillson,  D.  H.  Chamberlain,  L.  C.  Northrop, 
white,  and  Samuel  Lee,  J.  A.  Bowley,  D.  A.  Swails,  W.  R. 
Jervay,  negro. 

SOUTH    CAROLINA   COLLEGE   OF   AGRICULTURE   AND    MECHANICS, 

1880-82. 

EX-OFFICIO:  Governors:  Wade  Hampton,  1877-79;  Thomas 
.B.  Jeter,  1880 ;  W.  D.  Simpson,  1879-80 ;  John- 
son Hagood,  1880-82. 

Superintendent  of  Education:  Hugh  S.  Thomp- 
son, 1877-82. 

Chairman  Senate  Committee  on  Education: 
John  H.  Kinsler,  1877-82. 

Chairmen  House  of  Representatives  Committee 
on  Education:  J.  E.  Bacon,  1877-80;  Andrew 
Crawford,  1880-82. 

Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court:  W.  D. 
Simpson,  1881-82. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  447 

Associate  Justices  of  the  Supreme  Court: 
Samuel  McGowan,  1881-82;  Henry  Mclver, 

1881-82. 

ELECTIVE:  James  D.  Blanding,  1877-82;  R.  W.  Boyd, 
1877-82;  J.  F.  J.  Caldwell,  1877-82;  Samuel 
Dibble,  1877-81;  J.  F.  Izlar,  1881-82;  F.  W. 
McMaster,  1877-82;  E.  J.  Meynardie,  1877-78; 

B.  F.  Perry,  1877-78;  J.  S.  Preston,  1878-80; 
James  H.  Rion,  1877-82;  Charles  H.  Simonton, 
1877-82. 

SOUTH  CAROLINA  COLLEGE,,   1882-1888. 

EX-OFFICIO:  Governors:  John  P.  Richardson,  1886-88;  John 

C.  Sheppard,  1886 ;  Hugh  S.  Thompson,  1882-86. 

State  Superintendents  of  Education:  Asbury 
Coward,  1882-86;  J.  H.  Rice,  1886-88. 

Chairmen  Senate  Committee  on  Education: 
G.  L.  Buist,  1884-88;  D.  S.  Henderson,  1882-84. 

Chairman  House  of  Representatives  Committee 
on  Education:  C.  J.  C.  Hutson,  1882-88. 

Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court:  W.  D. 
Simpson,  1882-88. 

Associate  Justices  of  the  Supreme  Court: 
Samuel  McGowan,  1882-88;  Henry  Mclver, 

1882-88. 

Presidents  of  the  State  Agricultural  and 
Mechanical  Society:  D.  P.  Duncan,  1882-87; 
J.  B.  Humbert,  1887-88. 


448  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Masters  of  the  State  Grange  of  the  Patrons  of 
Husbandry:  J.  N.  Lipscomb,  1882-87;  W.  K. 
Thompson,  1887-88. 

ELECTIVE:  James  D.  Blanding,  1882-86;  R.  W.  Boyd, 
1882-86;  John  Bratton,  1886-88;  W.  H.  Braw- 
ley,  1887-88;  J.  F.  J.  Caldwell,  1882-86;  W.  C. 
Coker,  1886-88 ;  Paul  Hammond,  1886-87 ;  A.  C. 
Haskell,  1886-88;  Robert  Henry,  1886-88;  J.  F. 
Izlar,  1882-88;  F.  W.  McMaster,  1882-86;  James 
H.  Rion,  1882-86 ;  Charles  H.  Simonton,  1882-88. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  SOUTH   CAROLINA,  1888-91. 

EX-OFFICIO:  Governors:  J.   P.   Richardson,   1888-90;   B.   R. 
Tillman,  1890-91. 

State  Superintendents  of  Education:  J.  H.  Rice, 
1888-1890;  W.  D.  Mayfield,  1890-91. 

Chairmen  Senate  Committee  on  Education: 
G.  L.  Buist,  1888-90;  R.  R.  Hemphill,  1890-91. 

Chairmen  House  of  Representatives  Committee 
on  Education:  C.  J.  C.  Hutson,  1888-90;  James 
Simons,  1890-91. 

Chief  Justices  of  Supreme  Court:  Henry  Mclver, 
1890-91 ;  W.  D.  Simpson,  1888-90. 

Associate  Justices  of  Supreme  Court:  Henry 
Mclver,  1888-90;  Samuel  McGowan,  1888-91; 
Young  J.  Pope,  1890-91. 

President  of  the  State  Agricultural  and 
Mechanical  Society:  J.  B.  Humbert,  1888-90. 

Master  of  the  State  Grange  of  the  Patrons  of 
Husbandry:  W.  K.  Thompson,  1888-90. 


OF  SOUTIJ  CAROLINA  449 

Members  State  Board  of  Agriculture,  1888-90: 
W.  A.  Ancrum,  H.  L.  Buck,  B.  F.  Crayton,  D.  P. 
Duncan,  John  Lawton,  R.  A.  Love,  James 
McCutchen,  T.  J.  Moore,  J.  Stoney  Porcher. 

ELECTIVE  :  R.  W.  Boyd,  1890-91 ;  J.  Bratton,  1888-90 ;  W.  H. 
Brawley,  1888-90;  W.  A.  Clark,  1890-91;  W.  C. 
Coker,  1888-90;  W.  D.  Evans,  1890-91;  D.  E. 
Finley,  1890-91;  J.  W.  Ferguson,  1890-91;  A.  C. 
Haskell,  1888-90;  Robert  Henry,  1888-90;  J.  F. 
Izlar,  1888-90 ;  Ira  B.  Jones,  1890-91 ;  E.  B.  Mur- 
ray, 1888-90;  John  T.  Sloan,  Jr.,  1890-91;  A.  T. 
Smythe,  1890-91 ;  J.  W.  Stokes,  1890-91. 

SOUTH  CAROLINA  COLLEGE,  1891-1906. 

EX-OFFICIO:  Governors:  W.  H.  Ellerbe,  1896-99;  John  Gary 
Evans,  1894-96;  Duncan  C.  Heyward,  1902-06; 
Miles  B.  McSweeny,  1899-1902 ;  B.  R,  Tillman, 
1891-94. 

Superintendents  of  Education:  O.  B.  Martin, 
1902-06;  W.  D.  Mayfield,  1891-98;  John  J. 
McMahan,  1898-1902. 

Chairmen  Senate  Committee  on  Education: 
G.  W.  Brown,  1902-06;  W.  A.  Brown,  1894-1900; 
R.  R.  Hemphill,  1891-94;  D.  S.  Henderson, 
1900-02. 

Chairmen  House  of  Representatives  Committee 
on  Education:  Absolom  Blythe,  1898-1900;  J.  E. 
Ellerbe,  1894-96;  Frank  B.  Gary,  1893-94;  B.  A. 
Morgan,  1902-06;  James  Simons,  1891-93; 
Huger  Sinkler,  1900-02;  John  P.  Thomas,  Jr., 
1896-98. 

Chief  Justice  of  Supreme  Court:  Henry  Mclver, 
1891-1899. 

29— H.  U. 


450  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Associate  Justices  of  Supreme  Court:  Eugene 

B.  Gary,  1894-99 ;  Ira  B.  Jones,  1895-99 ;  Samuel 
McGowan,  1891-94;  Young  J.  Pope,  1891-99. 

ELECTIVE:  T.  W.  Bacot,  1895-96;  W.  T.  C.  Bates,  1896-1906; 
R.  W.  Boyd,  1891-92;  W.  A.  Clark,  1891-96; 
James  Q.  Davis,  1898-1906;  W.  D.  Evans, 
1891-98;  J.  W.  Ferguson,  1891-96;  D.  E.  Finley, 
1891-1900;  R.  P.  Hamer,  Jr.,  1904-06;  Ira  B. 
Jones,  1891-95;  August  Kohn,  1900-1906;  Rob- 
ert Macfarlan,  1896-1906;  John  J.  McMahan, 
1902-06;  Miles  B.  McSweeny,  1894-99;  Julian 
Mitchell,  1896-1904 ;  B.  M.  Shuman,  1896-1900 ; 
John  T.  Sloan,  Jr.,  1891-1902;  A.  T.  Smythe, 
1891-96;  C.  E.  Spencer,  1899-1906;  J.  W.  Stokes, 
1891-94;  Francis  H.  Weston,  1892-98;  Isaac  L. 
Withers,  1898-1900. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA,  1906 — . 

EX-OFFICIO:  Governors:  Martin  F.  Ansel,  1906-10;  Cole  L. 
Blease,  1910-14 ;  D.  C.  Heyward,  1906 ;  Richard 
I.  Manning,  1914 — . 

State  Superintendents  of  Education :  O.  B.  Mai- 
tin,  1906-08 ;  John  E.  Swearingen,  1908—. 

Chairmen  Senate  Committee  on  Education: 
G.  W.  Brown,  1906;  W.  N.  Graydon,  1908-10; 
T.  M.  Raysor,  1906-08;  Huger  Sinkler,  1910—. 

Chairmen  House  of  Representatives  Committee 
on  Education:  T.  P.  Cothran,  1906-10;  Joseph 
A.  McCullough,  1914—;  B.  A.  Morgan,  1906; 

C.  T.  Wyche,  1910-14. 

ELECTIVE:  W.  T.  C.  Bates,  1906—;  David  R.  Coker,  1911—; 
James  Q.  Davis,  1906—;  R.  P.  Hamer,  Jr., 
1906-12;  W.  M.  Hamer,  1912—;  August  Kohn, 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  451 

1906—;  Robert  Macfarlan,  1906-1911;  C.  E. 
Spencer,  1906—;  Julius  H.  Walker,  1906-13; 
Philip  A.  Willcox,  1913—. 

PRESIDENTS  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA,  1801-1915. 

South  Carolina  College,  1801-1865 : 

Jonathan  Maxcy,  1804-1820;  Thomas  Cooper,  1820  (pro 
tern.),  1821-34;  Robert  Henry,  1834  (pro  tern.)',  Henry 
Junius  Nott,  1834-35  (chairman  of  faculty)  ;  Robert  W. 
Barnwell,  1835-41 ;  Robert  Henry,  1841-45 ;  William  C.  Pres- 
ton, 1845-51;  James  H.  Thornwell,  1851-55;  Charles  F. 
McCay,  1855-57;  Augustus  B.  Longstreet,  1857-61;  Maxi- 
milian LaBorde,  1861-65  (chairman  of  faculty,  a  position 
filled  by  Dr.  LaBorde  the  latter  half  of  the  year  1857). 

University  of  South  Carolina,  1865-1873 : 

Robert  W.  Barnwell,  1866-73  (chairman  of  faculty). 

Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College,  1880-82 : 
William  Porcher  Miles,  1880-82. 

South  Carolina  College,  1882-88  : 
John  M.  McBryde,  1882-83  (chairman  of  faculty,  1883-88). 

University  of  South  Carolina,  1888-91 : 
John  M.  McByrde,  1888-91. 

South  Carolina  College,  1891-1906  : 

James  Woodrow,  1891-97 ;  Frank  C.  Woodward,  1897-1902 ; 
Benjamin  Sloan,  1902-03  (acting  president),  1903-1906. 

University  of  South  Carolina  : 

Andrew  C.  Moore,  1908-09  (acting  president)  ;  Samuel 
Chiles  Mitchell,  1908-09  (on  leave  of  absence),  1909-13; 
Andrew  C.  Moore,  1913-14  (acting  president)  ;  William 
Spenser  Currell,  1914. 


452  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

PROFESSORS  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA,  1801-1915. 

South  Carolina  College,  1801-1865: 

Enoch  Hanf  ord,  Languages,  1804-06 ;  Clement  Early,  1805 ; 
EJisha  Hammond,  Languages,  1805-06;  Thomas  Park,  Lan- 
guages, 1806-35;  Paul  H.  Perrault,  French,  1806,  Mathe- 
matics and  Natural  Philosophy,  1807-11 ;  John  Brown,  Logic 
and  Moral  Philosophy,  1809-11;  Charles  D.  Simons,  Chem- 
istry, 1811-12;  B.  R.  Montgomery,  Logic  and  Moral  Philos- 
ophy, 1811-18;  George  Blackburn,  Mathematics  and  Astron- 
omy, 1811-15;  Edward  D.  Smith,  Chemistry  and  Natural 
Philosophy,  1812-19;  Christian  Hanckel,  Mathematics, 
1815-20;  Robert  Henry,  Moral  Philosophy  and  Logic, 
1818-35;  1839-45;  Greek  Literature,  1845-56  (Dr.  Henry 
taught  Metaphysics  after  1820,  and  Rhetoric  and  Belles  Let- 
tres  after  1839)  ;  Thomas  Cooper,  Chemistry,  1819-34 
(assisted  by  Robert  W.  Gibbes  as  adjunct  professor  after 
1827;  Dr.  Cooper  also  taught  Geology  and  Mineralogy,  and 
Political  Economy) ;  James  Wallace,  Mathematics,  1820-34; 
Lardner  Vanuxem,  Geology  and  Mineralogy,  1821-27; 
Henry  J.  Nott,  Criticism,  Logic  and  Philosophy  of  Lan- 
guages, 1824-34;  Logic  and  Belles  Lettres,  1834-37; 
Robert  Gibbes,  see  under  Cooper;  in  1834-35,  held  chair 
of  Chemistry  and  Mineralogy;  Lewis  W.  Gibbes,  Mathe- 
matics, 1834-35;  William  H.  Ellet,  Chemistry,  1835-48; 
Francis  Lieber,  History  and  Political  Economy,  1835-56; 
I.  W.  Stewart,  Greek  and  Roman  Literature,  1835-39; 
Thomas  S.  Twiss,  Mathematics,  1835-46;  William  Capers, 
Sacred  Literature,  1835;  Stephen  Elliott,  Sacred  Lit- 
erature, 1835-40;  James  H.  Thornwell,  Logic  and  Belles 
Lettres,  1837-1840;  Sacred  Literature  and  Evidences  of 
Christianity,  1840-1855;  Maximilian  LaBorde,  Logic  and 
Belles  Lettres,  1842-1865;  Matthew  J.  Williams,  Mathe- 
matics and  Mechanical  Philosophy,  1846-53 ;  Charles  P.  Pel- 
ham,  Roman  Literature,  1846-1856,  History  and  Political 
Economy  in  1857;  Richard  T.  Brumby,  Chemistry,  Min- 
eralogy and  Geology,  1848-1856 ;  James  L.  Reynolds,  Belles 
Lettres  and  Elocution,  1851-57;  Roman  Literature,  1857-65; 
Charles  T.  McCay,  Mathematics  and  Mechanical  Philosophy, 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  453 

1853-57 ;  John  LeConte,  Natural  and  Mechanical  Philosophy, 
1856-1865;  William  J.  Rivers,  Greek  Literature,  1856-65; 
Joseph  LeConte,  Chemistry  and  Geology,  1856-65 ;  Robert  W. 
Barn  well,  Jr.,  History  and  Political  Economy,  1856-63; 
Charles  S.  Venable,  Mathematics  and  Astronomy,  1857-62. 

Tutors:  Edward  Hooker,  Mathematics,  1807-08;  Nicholas 
Herbemont,  French,  1807-18;  James  Gregg,  Mathematics, 
1808-12 ;  Phillips,  Languages,  1811 ;  John  Reid,  Mathematics, 
1813-15 ;  Christian  Hanckel,  1815-17 ;  James  Camack,  Mathe- 
matics, 1817-18;  Hugh  McMillan,  Mathematics,  1818-20; 
Timothy  D.  Porter,  Languages,  1819-23;  William  K.  Clow- 
ney,  Mathematics,  1820-24;  Alpheus  Baker,  Languages, 
1823-27;  James  Divver,  Mathematics,  1824-27;  John  R. 
Davis,  Classics,  1827-30;  Isaac  W.  Hayne,  Mathematics, 
1827-31;  Lewis  R.  Gibbes,  Mathematics,  1831-34;  James  W. 
Wilkinson,  Classics,  1835-36;  William  Blanding,  Mathe- 
matics, 1835-37;  Charles  K.  Johnston,  Classics,  1836-39; 
George  E.  Hawes,  Mathematics,  1838;  Charles  P.  Pelham, 
Classics,  1840-43 ;  R.  W.  Denton,  Classics,  1844. 

University  of  South  Carolina,  1865-73 : 

R.  W.  Barnwell,  History,  Political  Philosophy  and  Politi- 
cal Economy,  1865-73 ;  W.  J.  Rivers,  Ancient  Languages  and 
Literature,  1865-73;  M.  LaBorde,  Rhetoric,  Criticism,  Elocu- 
tion and  English  Language  and  Literature;  James  L.  Rey- 
nolds, Mental  and  Moral  Philosophy,  Sacred  Literature, 
and  Evidences  of  Christianity,  1865-73;  E.  P.  Alexander, 
Mathematics,  and  Civil  and  Military  Engineering  and  Con- 
struction, 1865-70;  John  LeConte,  Natural  and  Mechanical 
Philosophy  and  Astronomy,  1865-1869;  Joseph  LeConte, 
Chemistry,  Pharmacy,  Mineralogy  and  Geology,  1865-70;  A. 
Sachtleben,  Modern  Languages,  1867-70 ;  A.  C.  Haskell,  Law, 
1867-68;  John  T.  Darby,  Anatomy  and  Surgery,  1867-72; 
A.  N.  Talley,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine  and  Obstet- 
rics, 1867-73;  E.  D.  Smith,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy, 
1867-72;  C.  D.  Melton,  Law,  1869-75;  J.  C.  Faber,  Modern 
Languages,  1870-73 ;  T.  E.  Hart,  Mathematics,  and  Civil  and 


454  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Military  Engineering  and  Construction,  1870-72  (taught 
Natural  Philosophy  and  Astronomy  1870-71)  ;  James  Wood- 
row,  Chemistry,  Pharmacy,  Mineralogy  and  Geology, 
1870-72;  John  Lynch,  Physiology  and  Materia  Medica, 
1870-76 ;  B.  B.  Babbitt,  Natural  and  Mechanical  Philosophy 
and  Astronomy,  1871-76;  A.  W.  Cummings,  Mathematics, 
and  Civil  and  Military  Engineering  and  Construction, 
1872-76;  T.  N.  Roberts,  Chemistry,  Pharmacy,  Mineralogy 
and  Geology,  1872-73 ;  R.  W.  Gibbes,  Anatomy  and  Surgery, 
1872-73;  John  A.  Watson,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy, 
1872-74. 

Agricultural  and  Mechanical   College   of  South   Carolina, 

1880-82 : 

William  Porcher  Miles,  English  Literature,  1880-82; 
James  Woodrow,  Geology,  Mineralogy,  Botany  and  Zoology, 
1880-82;  Benjamin  Sloan,  Mathematics  and  Natural  Phil- 
osophy, 1880-82;  William  Burney,  Analytical  and  Agricul- 
tural Chemistry  and  Experimental  Agriculture,  1880-82. 

South  Carolina  College,  1882-88 : 

Professors:  J.  M.  McBryde,  Agriculture  and  Horticulture, 
1882-83,  Agriculture  and  Botany,  1883-1886,  Botany,  1886-88; 
James  Woodrow,  Geology,  Mineralogy,  Botany  and  Zoology, 
1882-83;  Natural  Philosophy  and  Geology,  1883-88;  Benja- 
min Sloan,  Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy,  1882-83; 
Pure  and  Applied  Mathematics,  1883-88;  W.  B.  Burney, 
Chemistry,  1882-88  (Mineralogy  also  from  1883  to  1886)  ; 
E.  L.  Patton,  Ancient  Languages,  1882-88;  E.  S.  Joynes, 
Modern  Languages  and  English,  1882-88 ;  W.  J.  Alexander, 
Moral  Philosophy  and  English  Literature,  1882-88;  R.  M. 
Davis,  History  and  Political  Science,  1882-88;  J.  D.  Pope, 
Law,  1884-88;  G.  W.  McElroy,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
1886-88;  R.  H.  Loughridge  (Asst,  Prof.)  Agriculture, 
1886-87,  with  Mineralogy  in  1887-88;  R.  J.  Davidson  (Asst. 
H.  C.  Patton,  Ancient  and  Modern  Languages,  1882-84 ;  I.  C. 
Buchanan,  Mathematics,  1883-84 ;  W.  D.  Simpson,  Jr.,  Eng- 
lish, 1883-85;  M.  L.  Harrill,  Chemistry,  1883-85;  E.  A.  Simp- 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  455 

son,  Mathematics,  1884-85 ;  J.  B.  Davies,  Ancient  Languages, 
1884-85;  Latin,  1885-86;  W.  C.  Whitner,  Mathematics, 
1885-87 ;  R.  M.  Kennedy,  English  and  French  1885-87 ;  E.  J. 
Davidson,  Chemistry,  1885-87;  D.  R.  Towers,  History, 
1885-86;  J.  A.  Rice,  Greek,  1885-87;  J.  J.  McMahan,  Latin, 
1886-87;  English  and  French,  1887-88;  S.  R.  Pritchard, 
Mathematics,  1886-88;  D.  F.  Houston,  Ancient  Languages, 
1887-88 ;  I.  L.  Withers,  History,  1887-88. 

University  of  South  Carolina,  1888-1891 : 

Professors:  James  Woodrow,  Geology  and  Mineralogy  and 
Dean  of  College  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences,  1888-91 ;  Ben- 
jamin Sloan,  Physics  and  Civil  Engineering,  and  Dean  of 
the  College  of  Agriculture  and  Mechanic  Arts,  1888-91 ;  W.  B. 
Burney,  Chemistry  and  Dean  of  the  College  of  Pharmacy, 
1888-91 ;  E.  L.  Patton,  Greek,  1888-91 ;  E.  S.  Joynes,  Modern 
Languages,  1888-91;  W.  J.  Alexander,  Logic  and  Rhetoric, 
1888-91 ;  R.  M.  Davis,  History  and  Political  Science,  1888-91 ; 
J.  D.  Pope,  Law  and  Dean  of  the  Law  School,  1888-91 ;  R,  H. 
Loughridge,  Agricultural  Chemistry,  1888-90;  J.  W.  Flinn, 
Mental  and  Moral  Science,  1888-91;  F.  C.  Woodward,  Eng- 
lish Language  and  Literature,  1888-91 ;  E.  E.  Scheib,  Peda- 
gogics and  Dean  of  the  Normal  School,  1888-91 ;  B.  M.  Bol- 
ton,  Physiology,  Hygiene,  and  Bacteriology,  1888-89;  E.  W. 
Davis,  Mathematics  and  Astronomy,  1888-91;  G.  F.  Atkin- 
son, Botany  and  Zoology,  1888-89;  J.  S.  Murray,  Latin, 
1888-91 ;  Milton  Whitney,  Agriculture,  1888-91 ;  W.  B.  Mies, 
Veterinary  Science,  1888-91;  J.  R.  Edwards,  Mechanical 
Engineering,  1888-91 ;  R.  J.  Davidson,  Asst.  Prof,  of  Analy- 
tical Chemistry  and  Materia  Medica,  1888-91 ;  E.  A.  Smyth, 
Jr.,  Adjunct  Prof,  of  Biology,  1889-91. 

Instructors:  W.  G.  Randall,  Drawing,  1888-89;  J.  J. 
McMahan,  Modern  Languages,  1888-91;  S.  J.  Duffle,  Pharm- 
acy 1888-91;  S.  R.  Pritchard,  Mathematics  and  Bookkeep- 
ing, 1888-90;  Thorburn  Reid,  Shop  and  Machine  Work, 
1888-89 ;  F.  W.  Pickel,  Bacteriology,  1889-91 ;  C.  W.  Hutson, 
English,  1889-90;  G.  B.  Green,  Shop  and  Machine  Work, 
1889-90;  Williams  Welch,  Drawing,  1889-91. 


456  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Tutors:  T.  P.  Bailey,  English  and  History,  1888-89;  W.  D. 
Douglass,  Latin  and  Greek,  1888-89 ;  J.  M.  McBryde,  English, 
1890-91 ;  J.  W.  Simpson,  Latin  and  History,  1890-91 ;  A.  W. 
Thompson,  Mathematics,  1890-91. 

South  Carolina  College,  1891-1906: 

Professors:  James  Woodrow,  Biology,  Geology  and  Min- 
eralogy, 1891-97;  Benjamin  Sloan,  Physics  and  Astronomy, 
1891-1906  (became  president  in  1902  and  taught  part  of  the 
physics)  ;  W.  B.  Burney,  Chemistry,  1891-1906;  E.  L.  Patton, 
Ancient  Languages,  1891-1898;  E.  S.  Joynes,  Modern  Lan- 
guages, 1891-1906 ;  R.  M.  Davis,  History,  Political  Economy 
and  Civics,  1891-1904;  J.  D.  Pope,  Law,  1891-1901;  Emeritus 
Professor  of  Law,  1901-06 ;  J.  W.  Flinn,  Mental  and  Moral 
Science,  Logic  and  Evidences  of  Christianity,  1891-1905; 
F.  C.  Woodward,  English  Language  and  Literature,  and 
Rhetoric,  1891-1902;  E.  W.  Davis,  Mathematics,  1891-93; 
J.  J.  McMahan,  Adj.  Prof.  English  Language  and  Literature 
and  Rhetoric,  1891-92;  T.  P.  Bailey,  Jr.,  Adj.  Prof.  Biology, 
Geology  and  Mineralogy,  1891-92;  Alfred  Bagby,  Jr.,  Adj. 
Prof.  Ancient  Languages,  1891-94;  Patterson  Wardlaw, 
Pedagogics,  1894-1906  (Adj.  Prof.  Ancient  Languages,  1894- 
1898) ;  F.  H.  Colcock,  Asst.  Prof.  Mathematics,  1894-1899, 
Professor  of  Mathematics,  1899-1906;  C.  W.  Bain,  Ancient 
Languages,  1898-1906 ;  G.  A.  Wauchope,  Associate  Professor 
of  English  Language  and  Literature,  1898-1902,  Professor, 
1902-06;  W.  S.  Leathers,  Adj.  Prof.  Biology,  Geology,  and 
Mineralogy,  1898-99;  L.  C.  Glenn,  Associate  Professor  of 
Biology,  Geology,  and  Mineralogy,  1899-1900;  A.  C.  Moore, 
Associate  Professor  of  Biology,  Geology,  and  Mineralogy, 
1900-03;  Professor  of  Biology,  Geology  and  Mineralogy, 
1903-05;  Biology,  1905-06;  E.  L.  Green,  Adj.  Prof.  Ancient 
Languages,  1900-06 ;  M.  H.  Moore,  Adj.  Prof.  Law,  1901-06 ; 
Gordon  B.  Moore,  History  and  Political  Science,  1904-05; 
Philosophy,  1905-06;  H.  C.  Davis,  Adj.  Prof.  English, 
1904-06;  Yates  Snowden,  History  and  Political  Science, 
1905-06;  M.  W.  Twitchell,  Geology  and  Mineralogy,  1905-06. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  457 

Instructors:  John  S.  McLucas,  Mathematics,  1893-94; 
James  K.  Rayhill,  Elocution,  1892-94;  George  McCutchen, 
History  and  Political  Science,  1900-06 ;  Herman  Spahr,  Mod- 
ern Languages,  1900-06 ;  A.  C.  Carson,  Physics,  1902-06 ;  E.  D. 
Easterling,  Mathematics,  1905-06. 

University  of  South  Carolina,  1906 — : 

Professors:  President  Sloan  had  ceased  to  teach  before  his 
resignation  in  1908;  Professor  Joynes  became  professor 
emeritus  in  1908 ;  Professor  Bain  resigned  in  1910 ;  Professor 
G.  B.  Moore  resigned  in  1911;  Professor  M.  H.  Moore  died 
March  1,  1910 ;  Professor  M.  W.  Twitchell  resigned  in  1912 ; 
Professor  F.  H.  Colcock  resigned  in  1915;  Professor  Joseph 
D.  Pope  died  March  21,  1908.  Professors  Burney,  Wardlaw, 
Wauchope,  A.  C.  Moore  and  Yates  Snowden  occupy  the  same 
chairs  as  before  1906.  John  P.  Thomas,  Jr.,  Law,  was  added 
to  the  faculty  in  1906;  in  the  same  year  also  came  W.  H. 
Hand,  Pedagogics,  and  Leonard  T.  Baker,  Asso.  Prof.  Peda- 
gogics (professor,  1907).  Adj.  Professor  Green  became  asso- 
ciate in  1906  and  professor  in  1910;  Instructor  McCutchen 
became  adjunct  in  1906,  associate  in  1909,  and  professor  of 
economics  in  1910;  Instructor  Carson  was  made  associate 
in  1906  and  professor  in  1908;  Adj.  Professor  Davis  was 
promoted  to  associate  in  1909,  professor  in  1912 ;  Instructor 
Easterling  became  adjunct  in  1908,  associate  in  1911.  Oscar 
L.  Keith  was  elected  to  succeed  Dr.  Joynes  in  1908;  Lewis 
Parke  Chamberlayne  was  elected  professor  of  Ancient  Lan- 
guages in  1910 ;  J.  Nelson  Frierson  became  professor  of  Law 
in  1908 ;  E.  Marion  Rucker,  having  completed  the  remainder 
of  the  session  after  the  death  of  M.  H.  Moore,  succeeded 
him  (1910);  William  Knox  Tate,  Elementary  Education, 
taught  from  1911  to  1914 ;  Josiah  Morse  acted  as  professor  of 
Philosophy  during  the  absence  of  Professor  G.  B.  Moore, 
1910-11 ;  Philosophy  and  Psychology,  1911 ;  Reed  Smith,  act- 
ing adjunct  professor  of  English,  1907-08;  acting  professor 
of  English,  1910  (second  term)  ;  associate,  1910;  professor, 
1912;  Stephen  Taber,  Geology  and  Mineralogy,  1912;  M. 
Goode  Homes,  adjunct  professor  of  Civil  Engineering  and 


458  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

acting  adjunct  professor  of  Mathematics,  1909 ;  associate  pro- 
fessor of  Civil  Engineering,  1910 ;  professor,  1914 ;  James  E. 
Mills,  lecturer  in  Chemistry,  1911,  professor  of  Industrial 
Chemistry,  1913;  J.  Bruce  Coleman,  adjunct  professor  of 
Mathematics,  1910,  associate  professor  of  Physics,  1913 ;  pro- 
fessor of  Mathematics,  1915 ;  Francis  W.  Bradley,  Instructor 
in  Modern  Languages,  1906  (also  taught  English,  1907- 
1910)  ;  adjunct  professor  of  Modern  Languages,  1912;  Frank 
G.  Potts,  Instructor  in  Modern  Languages,  1906-1913; 
adjunct,  1913;  James  Woodrow,  adjunct  professor  of  Math- 
ematics, 1912;  Wilson  P.  Gee,  acting  professor  of  Biology, 
1913-14;  Lueco  Gunter,  succeeded  Professor  Tate  in  1914. 

Instructors:  F.  G.  Potts  and  F.  W.  Bradley,  see  Profes- 
sors; Park  Powell,  Modern  Languages,  1910-11;  Robert  F. 
Bradley,  1911-12;  Sidney  Cohen,  History,  1911-1914;  J. 
Stuart  Dudley,  History,  1914;  Edward  C.  Seibert,  Engi- 
neering, 1914;  T.  A.  M.  Cook,  Manual  Training,  1912. 

Assistants:  Wilson  P.  Gee,  Biology,  1908-09;  Lewie  M. 
Griffith,  1908-09;  Albert  V.  Parrott,  1909-1912;  James  W. 
Rhea,  1912-13;  B.  A.  Vandiver,  1913-14;  W.  F.  Witescarver, 
1914-15. 

Tutors:  F.  W.  Bradley,  Modern  Languages,  1906-07;  W.  E. 
Fendley,  Mathematics,  1906-07. 

Lecturers:  Dr.  Asbury  Coward,  Bacteriology,  1909 — ; 
J.  W.  Bauer,  Metereology,  1909-1910;  C.  F.  Williams, 
Hygiene  and  Public  Health,  1910-11 ;  J.  A.  Hayne,  Hygiene 
and  Public  Health,  1911-12  (with  LaBruce  Ward,  1912-14). 

PHYSICAL  DIRECTORS. 

Alfred  Bagby,  Jr.,  1892-94;  William  A.  Wynne,  1894-95; 
Paul  H.  Youmans,  1895-99  (position  abolished;  student  was 
in  charge);  Eugene  McCarthy,  1903-09;  S.  E.  Schofield, 
1909-11;  James  G.  Driver,  1911-13;  John  A.  Blackburn, 
1913— 

PHYSICIANS  IN  CHARGE  OF  THE  INFIRMARY. 

B.  W.  Taylor  and  A.  N.  Talley,  1888-1898;  B.  W.  Taylor 
and  E.  J.  Wannamaker,  1898-1905 ;  E.  J.  Wannamaker  and 
William  Weston,  1905-08;  William  Weston  and  J.  J.  Wat- 
son, 1908-13;  J.  J.  Watson,  1913— 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  459 

SECRETARIES  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES. 

1804,  Benjamin  Haile ;  1805,  Clement  Early ;  1806.  Ander- 
son Crenshaw ;  1808,  Walter  Crenshaw ;  1813,  J.  J.  Goodwyn ; 
1813,  W.  F.  DeSaussure ;  1826,  Ezek  H.  Maxcy ;  1834,  Edward 
W.  Johnston ;  1836,  Alester  Garden ;  1843,  James  D.  Bland- 
ing;  1854,  L.  L.  Frazer;  1862,  C.  Bruce  Walker;  1869,  B.  A. 
Boseman ;  1880,  Nathaniel  B.  Barnwell ;  1882,  Miss  Eliza  W. 
Barnwell;  1887,  John  G.  Barnwell;  1888,  Isaac  H.  Means; 
1898,  Miss  M.  H.  Rion ;  1907,  Miss  S.  F.  Fickling. 

SECRETARIES  OF  THE  FACULTY. 

1805,  Enoch  Hanford   (?);  1807,  Edward  Hooker;  1808, 
James  K.  Gregg;  1813,  John  Reid;  1813,  E.  D.  Smith;  1819, 
Robert  Henry ;  1833,  Minutes  lost ;  1836,  Thomas  S.  Twiss ; 
1839,   William   H.    Ellet;    1843,   Thomas   S.    Twiss;    1847, 
Francis   Lieber;   1848,    F.   W.    McMaster;   1856-62,   B.   W. 
Means ;  1862-73,  C.  Bruce  Walker ;  1880-82,  Benjamin  Sloan ; 
1882-83,    R.    Means    Davis;    1883-84,    H.    Cowper    Patton; 
1884-85,  W.  D.  Simpson,  Jr.;  1885-86,  D.  R.  Towers;  1886-87, 
R.  J.  Davidson ;  1888-89,  C.  H.  Barnwell,  Jr. ;  1889-92,  T.  P. 
Bailey,  Jr. ;  1892-94,  Alfred  Bagby,  Jr. ;  1894-99,  F.  Horton 
Colcock;   1899-1904,   G.   A.   Wauchope;   1904-06,   Henry   C. 
Davis;  1906-08,  L.  T.  Baker;  1908-13,  George  McCutchen; 
1913—  Frank  G.  Potts. 

TREASURERS  AND  LIBRARIANS. 

1805,  Enoch  Hanford,  Treasurer. 
Elisha  Hammond,  Librarian. 

1806,  Thomas  Park,  Treasurer. 
Joseph  Lowry,  Librarian. 

1808,  Thomas  Park,  Librarian. 

1823,  James  Divver,  Treasurer  and  Librarian. 

1824,  John  A.  Black,  Treasurer  and  Librarian. 
1829,  M.  Michaelowitz,  Librarian. 

1829,     Ezek  H.  Maxcy,  Treasurer. 
1834,     Edward  W.  Johnston. 
1836,     Elias  Hall,  Librarian. 


460  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

1839,  Thomas  Park,  Librarian  and  Treasurer. 

1844,  Henry  C.  Davis,  Librarian. 

1844,  Thomas  E.  Peck,  Treasurer. 

1845,  G.  W.  Landrum,  Treasurer. 

1847,  A.  D.  Goodwyn,  Treasurer. 

1848,  John  S.  Green,  Treasurer. 
1848,     F.  W.  McMaster,  Librarian. 

1850,     F.  W.  McMaster,  Librarian  and  Treasurer. 
1856,     B.  W.  Means,  Librarian  and  Treasurer. 

(William  E.  Boggs  acted  for  Mr.  Means  during  his 

absence  in  Virginia  in  1861-62). 
1862,     C.  Bruce  Walker,  Librarian  and  Treasurer. 
1880,     Robert  W.  Barnwell,  Librarian  and  Treasurer. 
1882,     Miss  Eliza  Barnwell,  Librarian  and  Treasurer. 

1887,  John  G.  Barnwell,  Librarian  and  Treasurer. 

1888,  Isaac  H.  Means,  Librarian  and  Treasurer. 

1898,  Frank  C.  Woodward,  Librarian  and  Treasurer. 

1899,  Frank  C.  Woodward,  Treasurer. 
1899,     Miss  M.  H.  Rion,  Librarian. 

1902,  Miss  M.  H.  Rion,  Librarian  and  Treasurer. 

1907,  Miss  M.  H.  Rion,  Librarian. 

1907,  Miss  S.  F.  Fickling,  Treasurer. 

1912,  Robert  M.  Kennedy,  Librarian. 

GARNET  AND  BLACK. 

The  colors  of  the  University,  garnet  and  black,  were 
selected,  it  is  said,  by  Dr.  J.  William  Flinn's  family  and 
came  to  be  generally  accepted  without  any  definite  act  of 
adoption.  In  November,  1895,  a  banner  composed  of  the 
colors  garnet  and  black  was  presented  by  a  member  of  Dr. 
Flinn's  family  to  the  football  team ;  caps  of  these  colors  are 
said  to  have  been  worn  by  students  two  or  three  years  before 
this  time.  The  annual,  Garnet  and  Black,  first  appeared  in 
1899.  Shortly  after  1900  there  was  an  unsuccessful  attempt 
to  change  the  colors. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  461 

STUDENT  SELF-HELP. 

From  Bulletin  No.  33,  II,  April,  1913. 

To  aid  worthy  men  who  are  struggling  to  get  an  education 
the  University  has  organized  a  Bureau  of  Employment,  under 
the  direction  of  a  committee  appointed  by  the  Board  of 
Trustees.  The  purpose  of  this  Bureau  is  to  keep  in  touch 
with  business  houses  in  Columbia  that  may  need  young  men, 
to  keep  lists  of  students  who  desire  work,  and  to  seek  to  bring 
together  such  students  and  the  employers  having  positions  to 
offer.  No  charges  are  made.  No  positions  are  guaranteed  to 
any  student;  but  every  effort  is  put  forth  to  aid  the  young 
man  in  search  of  work. 

These  self-supporting  young  men  are  among  the  best 
students  in  the  University,  and  are  held  in  esteem  by  their 
fellows.  The  rank  a  young  man  holds  in  the  student  body 
depends  entirely  upon  his  personal  worth. 

There  are  510  enrolled  as  students  in  the  University.  Of 
these  more  than  100,  or  over  20  per  cent.,  are  earning  part  or 
all  of  the  money  necessary  to  carry  them  through  the  session. 
Columbia  offers  many  opportunities,  and  the  business  men  of 
the  city  have  been  most  co-operative  and  helpful.  A  careful 
reckoning  of  the  amount  earned  by  students  this  session  gives 
a  total  of  more  than  $10,000,  which  averages  about  f  100  a 
man.  This  does  not  include  earnings  during  vacation. 

The  following  list  indicates  students'  ways  of  making 
money : 

Agents  for  clothing,  furniture,  insurance,  magazines,  etc.  14 

Bookkeepers,  cashiers   4 

Clerks  in  hotels  and  in  stores,  chiefly  Saturday  after- 
noons    26 

Clerks  in  law  offices 15 

Collectors  for  laundries,  newspapers,  Fair  Week,  etc. .  .  16 

Surveying,  drafting,  etc 12 

Reporters,  newsboys  4 

Musicians  in  church  choirs,  concerts,  etc 5 

Managers  pressing  clubs,  restaurants,  etc 5 


462  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Readers  to  persons  with  poor  eyes 2 

Tutors,  plant-breeders,  janitors,  sign  designers,  etc 14 

Messengers,  bell-ringer   3 


120 

Twenty-five  law  students  earned  $3,600  in  law  offices,  etc. 
Nearly  all  of  the  engineering  students  have  earned  something 
by  surveying,  bridge-building,  road-making,  etc. 

PUBLICATIONS. 

The  first  mention  of  a  catalogue  is  in  the  year  1807;  but 
none  seems  to  have  appeared  before  1809;  one  of  this  date 
has  been  preserved.  The  early  catalogues  were  in  the  form 
of  a  single  large  sheet  and  were  spoken  of  as  "broadsides". 
They  contained  only  the  names  of  the  faculty  and  the  stu- 
dents. There  was  no  catalogue  issued  in  1828  on  account  of 
the  small  student  body.  The  first  catalogue  in  pamphlet 
form  was  printed  in  1836  and  contained  the  names  of  the 
trustees,  faculty  and  students  arranged  by  classes  and  the 
course  of  studies.  No  copy  of  the  catalogue  of  1837  is 
known;  but  all  succeeding  catalogues  have  been  preserved. 
The  librarian  reported  in  1853  that  the  library  had  copies 
of  the  catalogues  of  1809,  1820,  1834,  and  thereafter  except 
1837.  No  catalogues  were  issued  in  1863,  1864,  1865.  There 
was  a  triennial  catalogue  for  the  years  1866-67,  1867-68  and 
1868-69  and  biennial  numbers  for  1870-71  and  1871-72  and 
for  1872-73  and  1873-74.  When  the  negroes  were  in  pos- 
session catalogues  were  issued  through  1875-76.  Through 
the  efforts  of  Dr.  J.  M.  McBryde  the  University  has  manu- 
script catalogues  of  every  year  before  1836  and  of  the  vear 
1837. 

The  practice  of  illustrating  the  catalogue  was  begun  by 
Dr.  Woodrow  and  was  discontinued  with  the  issue  of 
1912-13.  For  some  unknown  reason  the  size  of  the  cata- 
logue was  changed  from  1898  to  1909  from  octavo  to  duo- 
decimo. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA  463 

In  February,  1814,  the  trustees  ordered  the  preparation  of 
a  catalogue  to  contain  the  names  of  all  trustees  and  gradu- 
ates; no  copy  is  known.  James  D.  Blanding  compiled  a 
list  of  the  alumni,  which  was  published  in  1854.  The  two 
literary  societies  published  catalogues  of  their  members  in 
1847  and  in  1853.  A  list  of  all  students  who  had  attended 
the  University  was  published  in  1905  by  Professor  Andrew 
C.  Moore,  who  had  taken  up  the  work  of  preparing  a  com- 
plete record  of  all  the  alumni  which  had  been  started  by 
Professor  R.  Means  Davis. 

A  catalogue  of  the  books  in  the  library  was  published  in 
1807;  the  arrangement  was  by  size,  quarto,  octavo,  etc. 
E.  W.  Johnston,  the  librarian,  prepared  a  catalogue,  which 
appeared  in  1836,  but  was  so  faulty  that  the  faculty  offered 
to  prepare  another.  In  this  the  compiler  made  use  of  an 
"analytical  arrangement",  by  subjects.  A  third  catalogue 
was  printed  in  1849.  Here  the  titles  are  arranged  in  the 
order  of  the  alphabet. 

The  bylaws  are  represented  by  editions  of  the  years  1805, 
1807,  1836,  1848  (amendments  appeared  in  1851),  1853, 
1867,  1880,  1882,  1892,  1902,  1912.  Laws  were  ordered 
printed  in  1811  and  1822.  There  was  an  edition  in  1875  dur- 
ing the  negro  regime ;  an  edition  of  200  was  ordered  in  1869, 
of  which  no  copy  is  accessible.  The  laws  since  1836  have 
prefixed  to  them  the  act  of  incorporation  and  subsequent  acts 
passed  in  amendment  thereof.  With  the  laws  of  1848  were 
printed  various  resolutions  of  the  legislature,  extracts  from 
governors'  messages  and  other  important  matters  relating 
to  the  college.  The  laws  of  1853  had  annexed  to  them  regu- 
lations of  the  faculty,  of  the  library  committee,  of  the 
executive  committee  and  resolutions  of  the  legislature  relat- 
ing to  the  college.  Regulations  of  the  faculty  and  of  the 
library  committee  appear  in  the  laws  of  1867  and  also  in 
those  of  1880,  which  also  contained  the  curriculum.  To  all 
subsequent  editions  only  the  regulations  of  the  library  com- 
mittee have  been  annexed. 

The  college  and  the  university  have  printed  treasurers' 
reports  since  1844;  reports  of  the  boards  of  visitors  occa- 


464  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

sionally  appointed;  addresses  and  sermons;  inaugural 
addresses  of  professors  (ante-bellum)  ;  proceedings  of  the 
centennial;  bulletins,  of  which  the  list  to  the  close  of  1915 
is  here  given : 

LIST   OP   BULLETINS   ISSUED   FROM    THE   UNIVERSITY    OF    SOUTH 

CAROLINA. 

No.  Part.      Date.  Subject. 

1,  April  1905,  Information  for  Accredited  Schools. 

2,  July,  1905,  Catalogue,  1904-05. 

3,  October,  1905,  Law  Lectures.     ( Out  of  Print, ) 

4,  January,  1906,  Museums. 

5,  April,  1906,  Catalogue,  1905-06. 

6,  June,  1906,  Announcement,  1906-07. 

7,  October,  1906,  Library. 

8,  I,  January,  1907,  Report  on  Secondary  Schools. 

8,  II,  War  Records. 

9,  April,       1907,  Catalogue,  1906-07. 

10,  July,         1907,  Summer  Bulletin. 

11,  October,   1907,  High  School  Manual. 

12,  January,  1908,  War  Records. 

13,  I,  March,      1908,  Catalogue,  1907-08. 

13,  II,  High  School  Monograph. 

14,  I,  July,         1908,  Summer  Bulletin. 
14,     II,  School  of  Law. 

14,  III,  High  School  Report. 

15,  October,    1908,  Alumni  Addresses. 

16,  I,  January,  1909,  Our  Schools. 

16,  II,  Requirements  for  Admission. 

17,  June,        1909,  Catalogue,  1908-09. 

18,  July,         1909,  School  of  Law. 

19,  October,    1909,  Report   of  High   School   Inspector, 

1908-09. 

20,  January,  1910,  Good  Roads. 

21,  I,  April,  1910,  Catalogue,  1909-10. 
21>  H>  Founders'  Day,  1910. 

22,  I,  July,  i910>  High  School  Report. 
22>  n>  School  of  Law. 

23,  I,  October,  1910,  The  Graduate  School. 
23>  n>  "Opportunity  and  Duty." 


OP  SOUTH  CAROLINA  465 

No.  Part.       Date.  Subject. 

24,       I,  January,  1911,  Report  of  High   School   Inspector, 

1909-10. 
24,     II,  A  Statement  of  Rural  School 

Problems. 

24,  III,  Some  Educational  and  Legislative 

Needs    of    South    Carolina    Mill 
Villages. 

25,  I,  April,        1911,  Catalogue,  1910-11.    (Wrongly  num- 

bered 24.) 

25,  II,  How  the  Sunday  School  Can  Assist 

in  Village  Welfare  Work. 
(Wrongly  numbered  24.) 

26,  July,         1911,  Founders'    Day,     1911.     (Wrongly 

numbered  23,  Part  I. ) 

27,  October,    1911,  Participle  and  Infinitive  in  -ing. 

28,  I,  January,  1912,  Extension  Lectures. 

28,     II,  Lectures  on  Agriculture. 

28,  III,  State  and  County  Athletics. 

28,    IV,  Good  Roads. 

28,     V,  Report  of  High  School  Inspector, 

1910-11. 

28,  VI,  Suggested  Solutions  for  Some  Rural 

School  Problems  in  South  Caro- 
lina. 

29,  I,  April,        1912,  Catalogue,  1911-12. 

29,  II,  Teachers'  Scholarships. 

30,  I,  July,         1912,  Announcement,  1912-13. 

30,  II,  Founders'  Day,  1912. 

31,  October,    1912,  The  University  and  the  State. 

32,  I,  January,  1913,  The  School  of  Law. 

32,     II,  College  Education  for  Men  of 

Business. 
32,  III,  Report  of  High   School   Inspector, 

1911-12. 
32,    IV,  Special    Supervision    of    County 

Schools  in  South  Carolina. 

32,  V,  State  and  County  Athletics  for 

High  Schools. 

33,  I,  April,        1913,  Catalogue,  1912-13. 
33,     II,  Student  Self-Help. 

30— H.  U. 


466  HISTORY  OF  THE   UNIVERSITY 

No.  Part.      Date.  Subject. 

34,      I,  July,         1913,  The  Graduate  Engineer. 

34,    II,  Teachers'  Scholarships. 

34,  III,  The  Ideal  of  the  State  University. 

35,  I,  October,    1913,  Founders'  Day,  1913. 

35,  II,  The  School  as  a  Social  Center.  (Out 

of  Print.) 

36,  I,  January,  1914,  Keport  of  High   School   Inspector, 

1912-13. 

36,     II,  Country   School   Movements  and 

Ideals  in  South  Carolina. 

36,  III,  Athletics  for  High  Schools. 

37,  I,  April,        1914,  Public  Libraries. 

Syllabus  of  19th  Century  Litera- 
ture. G.  A.  Wauchope.  Price, 
25  cents. 

36,  III,  Athletics  for  High  Schools. 

37,  I,  April,        1914,  Public  Libraries. 

37,     II,  Dr.  Edward  Southey  Joynes. 

37,  III,  State  Summer  School  for  High 

School  Teachers. 
37,   IV,  Catalogue  for  1913-14. 

37,  V,  Teachers'  Scholarships. 

38,  I,  July,         1914,  Founders'  Day. 
38,     II,  Alumni  Record. 

38,  III,  Simpler  English  Grammar. 

38,    IV,  Labor  Organizations  in  South  Caro- 

lina, 1742-1861. 

38,  V,  Alumni  Record. 

39,  October,    1914,  Torrens  System  of  Land  Registra- 

tion. 

40,  I,  January,  1915,  Report  of  High   School   Inspector, 

1913-1914. 

40,  II,  Athletics  for  High  Schools. 

41,  I,  April,        1915,  State  Summer  School  for  High 

School  Teachers. 

41,     II,  April,        1915,  School  Libraries. 
41,  III,  April,        1915,  Catalogue. 
41,   IV,  April,        1915,  Henry  Timrod. 

41,  V,  April,        1915,  Teachers'  Scholarships. 

42,  I,  July,         1915,  Founders'  Day. 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA 


467 


No.  Part.       Date. 

42,  II,  July,  1915, 

43,  I,  October,  1915, 
43,  II,  October,  1915, 

43,  III,  October,  1915, 

43,  IV,  October,  1915, 

43,  V,  October,  1915, 


Subject. 

Three  Notable  Ante-Bellum  Maga- 
zines. 

General  Extension  Bulletin. 

Some  Suggestions  for  Moral  Bet- 
terment. 

University  Research. 

German  Word  Formation. 

The  Case  for  Cotton. 


Four  numbers  of  "bulletin"  to  be  placed  in  the  usual  cor- 
respondence envelope  were  published  in  1904-05. 


HONORARY  DEGREES. 


1807. 

John  Drayton,  LL.  D. 
William  Percy,  D.  D. 
Richard  Furman,  D.  D. 
Joseph  Alexander,  D.  D. 
Moses  Waddle,  D.  D. 

1808. 

Edward  Hooker,  A.  M. 
Thomas  Park,  A.  M. 
Daniel  McCalla,  D.  D. 
Benjamin  Allen,  LL.  D. 

1809. 

B.  R.  Montgomery,  D.  D.  (?) 
Thomas  Mills,  D."  D. 
Henry  Holcombe,  D.  D. 

1812. 

Andrew  Flinn,  D.  D. 
Solomon  Holling,  D.  D. 

1813. 
Nathaniel  Brown,  D.  D. 


1814. 

Joseph  Summer,  D.  D. 
Aaron  W.  Leland,  D.  D. 
James  Ramsay,  A.  B. 
Samuel  Caldwell,  D.  D. 

1815. 

Benjamin  M.  Palmer,  D.  D. 
Jas.  White  Stephenson,  D.  D. 
Christopher  Gadsden,  D.  D. 
John  M.  Roberts,  D.  D. 

1816. 
Rene  Godard,  A.  M. 

1817. 
John  Waldo,  A.  M. 

1818. 
William  Capers,  A.  M. 

1819. 
Jeremiah  Chaplin,  D.  D. 

1833. 
Thomas  Cooper,  LL.  D. 


468 


HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


1834. 

Robert  Henry,  D.  D. 

1837. 

Reuben  Post,  D.  D. 
P.  C.  Gaillard,  A.  M. 

1838. 
Joseph  Henry,  LL.  D. 

1839. 
Samuel  A.  Marshall,  A.  M. 

1840. 

James  W.  McCants,  A.  M. 
James  Smith,  A.  B. 

1841. 


1868. 
Charles  S.  Venable,  LL.  D. 

1871. 

Octavius  T.  Porcher,  A.  M. 
Peter  J.  Shand,  D.  D. 
John  T.  Wightman,  D.  D. 

1872. 
W.  W.  Legare,  A.  M. 

1873. 

Franklin  J,  Moses,  Sr.,  LL.  D. 
R.  Withers  Memminger,  A.  M. 
William  D.  Martin,  A.  M. 

1884. 
C.  G.  Memminger,  LL.  D. 


William  H.  Prescott,  LL.  D.     F.  Louis  Soldan,  LL.  D. 


1842. 
Robert  Barnwell,  LL.  D. 

1846. 
W.  J.  Hand,  A.  M. 

1850. 
John  Bachman,  LL.  D. 

1852. 
John  Douglas,  A.  M. 

1853. 

J.  B.  Adger,  D.  D. 
Henri  Harrisse,  A.  M. 

1858. 

Gessner  Harrison,  LL.  D. 
Samuel  Tyler,  LL.  D. 

1859. 


1885. 
A.  G.  Magrath,  LL.  D. 

1886. 
Thomas  G.  Clemson,  LL.  D. 

1888. 

Ellison  Capers,  D.  D. 
G.  W.  Holland,  D.  D. 
W.  D.  Simpson,  LL.  D. 
C.  H.  Simonton,  LL.  D. 

1889. 

R.  N.  Wells,  D.  D. 
Edward  Atkinson,  LL.  D. 

1890. 
Lewis  R.  Gibbes,  LL.  D. 

1891. 
Francis  P.  Porcher,  LL.  D. 


Alexander  Gregg,  LL.  D.  William  R.  Atkinson,  D'.  D.' 


OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA 


469 


1892. 
Julian  J.  Chisolm,  LL.  D. 

1893. 

William  H.  Campbell,  D.  D. 
Joseph  B.  Kershaw,  LL.  D. 

1894. 

Lucius  Cuthbert,  D.  D. 
John  A.  Rice,  D.  D. 

1896. 
Asbury  Coward,  LL.  D. 

1900. 

Henry  Mclver,  LL.  D. 
Hugh  S.  Thompson,  LL.  D. 
Wm.  A.  Courtenay,  LL.  D. 

1901. 
J.  H.  Elliott,  LL.  D. 

1903. 

Joshua  H.  Hudson,  LL.  D. 
Edward  McCrady,  LL.  D. 
Henry  N.  Snyder,  Litt.  D. 

1905    (Centennial). 
Brown  Ayres,  LL.  D. 
J.  W.  Babcock,  LL.  D. 
William  A.  Barber,  LL.  D. 
Theodore  G.  Barker,  LL.  D. 
Paul  B.  Barringer,  LL.  D. 
William  H.  Brawley,  LL.  D. 
James  L.  Coker,  LL.  D. 
Barnett  A.  Elias,  LL.  D. 
R.  B.  Fulton,  LL.  D. 
Harry  Hammond,  LL.  D. 
Walter  B.  Hill,  LL.  D. 
David  B.  Johnson,  LL.  D. 
W.  H.  Kirkpatrick,  LL.  D. 
John  W.  Abercrombie,  LL.D. 


J.  Mark  Baldwin,  LL.  D. 
Franklin  Carter,  LL.  D. 
Albert  Lefevre,  LL.  D. 

A.  Ross  Hill,  LL.  D. 
Cyrus  Northrop,  LL.  D. 
F.  L.  Parker,  LL.  D. 

B.  L.  Wiggins,  LL.  D. 

Jos.  A.  McCullough,  LL.  D. 
P.  H.  Mell,  LL.  D. 
Julian  Mitchell,  LL.  D. 
William  G.  Neville,  LL.  D. 
Young  J.  Pope,  LL.  D. 
Edwin  M.  Poteat,  LL.  D. 
F.  Y.  Pressley,  LL.  D. 
Harrison  Randolph,  LL.  D. 
Andrew  V.  V.  Raymond, 

LL.  D. 

John  A.  Rice,  LL.  D. 
James  A.  B.  Scherer,  LL.  D. 
James  Simons,  LL.  D. 
Andrew  Sledd,  LL.  D. 
Henry  Louis  Smith,  LL.  D. 
Henry  N.  Snyder,  LL.  D. 
John  P.  Thomas,  LL.  D. 
Francis  P.  Venable,  LL.  D. 
Leroy  F.  Youmans,  LL.  D. 
E.  L.  Hughes,  Ped.  D. 

1908. 
E.  O.  Watson,  D.  D. 

1909. 

John  Brown  Gaston,  LL.  D. 
Newton  F.  Walker,  LL.  D. 

1910. 
C.  A.  Woods,  LL.  D. 

1911. 

W.  M.  Riggs,  LL.  D. 
Charles   Woodward   Hutson, 

LL.  D. 
Hamilton  A.  Hymes,  D.  D. 


470  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

1912.  1914. 

O.  J.  Bond,  LL.  D.  Gordon  B.  Moore,  LL.  D. 

Charles  H.  Barnwell,  LL.  D. 

Gaillard  Hunt,  LL.  D.  1915. 

Eugene  B.  Gary,  LL.  D. 

1913.  A.  G.  Rembert,  Litt.  D. 
Charles  W.  Bain,  LL.  D. 


INDEX 


Act  to  Establish  College,  11-15. 
Adams,  Gov.  James  H.,  165. 
Admission,  Requirements,  173,  175-8. 
Aggasiz,  L.,  53. 
Agricultural  Chemistry,  50. 
Agricultural  College,  80,  111,  118. 
Agricultural  Funds,  98. 
Alexander,  E.  P.,  86,  93. 
Alexander,  J.  W.,  103. 
Allen,  James,  Jr.,  269. 
Alumni  Association,  59,  112,  429-31. 
Alumni,  Died  for  Confederacy,  379- 

88. 

Appendix,  318-470. 
Appropriations,  294-296. 
Architect,  University,  130. 
Assistants,  458. 
Athletic  Field,  161. 
Attendance  1805-1915,  436-9. 

Babbitt,  Rev.  B.  B.,  93. 

Bain,  Charles  W.,  123,  135. 

Baker,  L.  T.,  125. 

Barnwell,  Miss  Eliza,  106,  110. 

Barnwell,  John  G.,  110. 

Barnwell,  Nathaniel,  106. 

Barnwell,  Robert  W.,  45,  49,  105. 

Barnwell,  Robert  W.,  Jr.,  64,  75. 

Belser,  W.  G.,  269. 

Beneficiaries,  Lit.  Societies,  305. 

Bible,  Chapel,  47. 

"Billy  Maybins,  O !",  343-4. 

"Biscuit  Rebellion,"  292. 

Blackburn,  George,  27,  28. 

Brewer,  Fisk  P.,  93. 

Brown,  John,  26. 

Brumby,  Richard  T.,  52,  62. 

Buildings,   143-171. 

Buildings,  named,  145. 

Bulletins,  126,  464-67. 

Burney,  W.  B.,  100,  118. 

Bursar,  50,  288. 

Cadets,  College,  38,  62,  69,  70,  361- 
372,  373-379. 


Caldwell,  J.,  24. 
Camack,  James,  31. 
Capers,  William,  44. 
Carlisle,  James  H.,  104,  105. 
Catalogue,  University,  462. 
Catalogue,  Library,  279. 
Centennial,  126,  127. 
Chamberlain,  D.  H.,  95. 
Chamberlayne,  L.  P.,  135. 
Chapel,  24,  56,  117,  163,  232-35. 
Chaplain,  235. 
Chisolm,  J.  J.,  90. 
Claflin  College,  97,  98,  113. 
Clariosophic  Society,  264,  269-272. 
Clark,  Edward,  18,  19,  21. 
Class  of  1861,  Diplomas,  110. 
Clemson  Agricultural  College,  119. 
Coker,  David  R.,  316. 
Colcock,  F.  Horton,  112. 
College  Hall,  164. 
Columbia  Male  Academy,  22. 
Combinations,  223. 
Commencement,  25,  206-209. 
Commencement  Ball,  69,  209. 
Confederate  States,  74,  76,  79,  80,  83, 

146. 

Connors,  G.  W.,  100. 
Cooper,  Thomas,  31,  33,  34-43,  332- 

343. 

Council,  University,  115. 
Courses,  181-194. 
Crenshaw,  A.,  23,  24. 
Currell,  William  Spenser,  135. 
Curriculum.  172-209. 

Darby,  John  T.,  90. 

Davis  College,  130,  148. 

Davis,  Henry  C.,  126,  135. 

Davis,  Robert  Means.  10,  103,  126. 

Dean,  210. 

Degrees,  194-197. 

Degrees,  honorary,  26,  467-470. 

Delaney,  Major,  67. 

Denominational  Colleges,  101.  108. 

DeSaussure  College,  54,  151-153. 


472 


INDEX 


DeSaussure,  H.  W.f  11,  12,  15. 
Diplomas,  26,  205-6. 
Discipline,  24,  218-229. 
Drayton,  John,  10,  11,  15,  26. 
Duelling,  244-246. 

Early,  Clement,  23,  24. 

Earthquake,  27,  144,  148. 

Ellet,  William  H.,  24,  52. 

Elliott,  Stephen,  33. 

Elliott,  Stephen,  Professor,  45,  48. 

Elocution,  29. 

Entrance  Age,  36,  173. 

Entrance  Examination,  87,  173-175. 

Euphradian  Society,  264,  272-74. 

Examination,  23,  58,  87,  197-199. 

Executive  Committee,  213. 

Exercises  of  Day,  225. 

Exhibition,  Public,  23. 

Exhibition,  Spring,  25. 

Expenses  of  Student,  48,  249,  299- 
303. 

Experiment  Farm,  107. 

Experiment  Station,  107,  109,  113, 
116,  117. 

Exposition,  South  Carolina  Inter- 
State  and  West  Indian,  124. 

Faber,  J.  C.,  91,  100. 
Faculty,  215-217. 
Fair  Week,  251. 
Farnam,  Henry,  279. 
Federal  Authorities,  147. 
Fees,  303. 
Fire  Arms,  246. 
Flag  of  Cadets,  372. 
Flinn,  Hall,  133,  168,  171. 
Flinn,  J.  William,  126. 
Flinn,  Mrs.  J.  William,  133. 
Foot  Ball,  252. 
Founders'  Day,  132. 
Fox,  Henry  M.,  94. 
Fraternities,  123,  254. 
French,  23,  24,  185. 
Frierson,  J.  Nelson,  130,  238. 

Garnet  and  Black,  459. 
Garrison.  Federal,  147. 
Gary,  J.,  70. 
Gas,  146. 


German,  37. 

Gibbes,  Lewis  R.,  37. 

Gibbes,  Robert  W.  (S.  C.  College), 
37,  39. 

Gibbes,  Robert  W.  (Medical  Fac- 
ulty), 91. 

Gladden,  A.  H.,  145. 

Glee  Club,  248. 

Graduate  Students,  50,  115,  195-197. 

Graduates,  List,  437-440. 

Grayson,  W.  J.,  Autobiography,  321- 
328. 

Green,  Edwin  L.,  135. 

Gregg,  J.,  26. 

Guerry,  Albert,  95. 

Gymnasium,  123,  133,  163-167,  169, 
242. 

Hall,  Capt,  Basil,  Travels,  331-332. 

Hamilton,  Paul,  11. 

Hammond,  E.,  23,  24. 

Hanckel,  C.,  29. 

Hand,  W.  H.,  120. 

Hanford,  E.,  22,  23,  24. 

Harper,  William,  23,  48. 

Hart,  T.  E.,  93. 

Haskell,  A.  C.,  90,  230. 

Hayne,  Henry  E.  (Colored),  95. 

Hazing,  252. 

Heating  Plant,  134,  148,  171. 

Henry,  Robert,  31,  48,  50-51,  63. 

Herbemont,  N.,  25. 

Holidays,  230-231. 

Homes,  M.  Goode,  135. 

Honor  Roll,  432-433. 

Honor  System,  216,  256-263. 

Honors,  First  and  Second,  200. 

Hooker,  Edward,  25,  26,  318-321. 

Hours  of  Professors,  203. 

Hudson,  J.  H.,  173. 

Hutson,  C.  W.,  92,  349-361,  395-402. 

Incunabula,  280. 
Infirmary,  110,  129,  148,  169. 
Inglis,  J.  A.,  90,  236. 
Instructors,  455,  457,  458. 

Jefferson,  Thomas,  35. 

Jeter,  Mrs.  Ann,  129,  148. 

Jones,  Jesse,  100. 

Joynes,  Edward  S.,  103,  129,  130. 


INDEX 


473 


Keith,  Oscar  L.,  130. 
Kennedy,  R.  M.,  135. 
Kohn,  August,  125. 

La  Borde,  M.,  50. 

LaFayette,  Marquis,  38. 

Lands,  136-142. 

Land  Scrip,  113. 

Law  School,  90,  107,  236-240. 

LeConte,  John,  63,  75. 

LeConte,  Joseph,  63,  75,  100. 

LeConte,     Joseph,     Autobiography, 

408-409. 

LeConte  College,  131,  148. 
Lectures,  458. 
Legislature,  166. 
Librarians,  283,  459. 
Library,  30,  157-8,  275-285. 
Lieber,  Francis,  45,  60,  61. 
Literary  Societies,  264-274. 
Longstreet,  Augustus  B.,  65,  72. 
Lynch,  J.,  91. 

Main,  William,  94. 

Marking,  System  of,  199-201. 

Marshal,  145,  299. 

Marshal's  House,  167. 

Masters  of  Arts,  483-436. 

Maxcy,  Jonathan,  22,  32-33. 

Maxcy  Monument,  158,  270. 

May  Day,  249. 

May  Exhibition,  205. 

Means,  Beverley,  74. 

Mechanical  Engineering,  109. 

Medical  School,  90. 

Melton,  C.  D.,  90,  237. 

Memminger,  C.  G.,  31. 

Messer,  Asa,  19. 

Miles,  W.  Porcher,  100,  101. 

Mills,  J.  E.,  135. 

Mills,  Robert,  18,  19,  33. 

Mitchell,  Samuel  Chiles,  131,  135. 

Modern  Languages,  91. 

Monitor,  218. 

Montgomery,  B.  R.,  27,  31. 

Moore,  Andrew  C.,  131,  134,  13.'. 

Moore,  Gordon  B.,  126,  135. 

Morrison,  R.  S.,  100. 

Morse,  Josiah,  135. 

Moses,  F.  J.,  Sr.,  237. 


McBryde,  J.  M.,  103,  105,  133. 
McCandless,  Leslie,  65. 
McCay,  C.  F.,  58,  60,  64,  65. 
McCutchen,  G.,  135. 
McDuffle,  G.,  32,  33,  48,  53. 
McLean,  John,  22,  23. 
McMaster  Medal,  133. 
McMillan,  Hugh,  31. 

Negroes  at  University,  92,  147,  409- 

415. 

Normal  Course,  106. 
Normal  Scholarships,  125. 
Nott,  H.  J.,  37,  44,  46. 

Observatory,  30,  54,  88,  162-163. 
Offenses,  220-223. 
Orchard,  W.  H.,  86,  146. 
Orphan  House  Boy,  304,  305. 
Orr,  J.  L.,  Message,  84. 

Park,  Thomas,  24. 

Parker,  L.  W.,  130. 

Patton,  E.  L.,  103,  123. 

Pelham,  C.  P.,  66. 

Perkins,  C.,  19. 

Perreault,  P.,  24,  27. 

Perry,  B.  F.,  Message,  82. 

Petigru,  J.  L.,  58. 

Physical  Directors,  458. 

Physicians  of  Infirmary,  458. 

Plan  of  First  Buildings,  17-19. 

Political  Economy,  34. 

Pope,  Joseph  D.,  108,  130,  237. 

Pope  Medal,  219. 

Porter,  T.  D.,  31. 

Port  Royal,  71. 

Preparatory  School,  94. 

President,  215. 

Presidents  of  the  University,  451. 

President's  House,  153-155. 

Preston,  William  C.,  51,  55,  328-329. 

Professors  of  University,  452-458. 

Professors'  Houses,  First,  155-156. 

Professors'  Houses,  Second,  156-157. 

Professors'  Houses,  Third,  160. 

Professor's  House,  Rear  of  Library, 

168. 

Professors'  Houses,  New,  169-170. 
Prizes,  57,  66. 


474 


INDEX 


Publications,  462. 

Punishments,  219,  220,  223,  226-227 

Rayhill,  J.  H.,  122. 
Recitations,  201-203. 
Reid,  Tutor,  28,  29. 
Reorganization,  44. 
Reports,  27,  200. 
Riot,  28,  53,  62,  252. 
Rivers,  William  J.,  63. 
Roberts,  Rev.  T.  W.,  93. 
Robertson,  E.  W.,  240. 
Rooms,  227,  228,  248. 
Rucker,  E.  M.,  239. 
Rutledge  College,  149-151. 

Sachtleben,  A.,  91. 

Salaries,  297-299. 

Salutatory  Address,  200. 

Saxe- Weimar,  Duke  of,  329-330. 

Science  Hall,  30,  117,  157-158,  166. 

Scholarships,  66,  89,  107,  305-307. 

Seal,  21,  25. 

Secretaries  of  Faculty,  459. 

Secretaries  of  Board,  459. 

Self-Help,  461. 

Sellers,  John  C.,  402-407. 

Semi-Centennial,  58. 

Seniors,  253. 

Serenading,  247. 

Session,  229-230. 

Sewerage  System,  148. 

Sherman,  General,  77. 

Simms,  W.  G.,  78. 

Simons,  Charles  Dewar,  27. 

Site  of  College,  16,  20. 

Slang,  253. 

Slaves,  307-308. 

Sloan,  Benjamin,  100,  124,  131. 

Sloan,  Benjamin,  Address,  416-429. 

Smith,  Edward  Darrell,  27,  31. 

Smith,  E.  D.,  90. 

Smith,  Reed,  134. 

Smith,  Whitefoord,  65. 

Snowden,  Yates,  126. 

Societies,  Literary,  264-274. 

South  Carolina  College  as  Hospital, 

388-395. 
Southern  Rights  Association,  55,  254. 


South  Carolina  Society  for  Promo- 
tion of  Education,  277. 
Speaking,  Exercises  in,  204-205. 
Spring  Courses,  123. 
Standing  Committee,  22,  213. 
State  Board  of  Health,  134. 
Steward,  286-287. 
Stewards,  List  of,  293. 
Steward's  Hall,  24,  37,  124,  286-293. 
Stoney,  Mrs.  Reed,  239. 
Stuart,  J.  W.,  45. 
Student  Life,  241-255. 
Students,  Number,  436-439. 
Subjects  Taught,  178-180. 
Summer  School,  122. 
Superintendent  of  Buildings,  144. 
Suppers,  247. 

Taber,   Stephen,  135. 
Talley,  Dr.  A.  W.,  90. 
Taft,  William  H.,  133. 
Tate,  W.  K.,  134. 
Temperance  Society,  51,  247. 
Thomas,  John  P.,  Jr.,  120,  238. 
Thompson,  Hugh  S.,  103. 
Thornwell,  James  H.,  47,  56,  59. 
Thornwell  College,  134,  149. 
Tillman,  B.  R.,  Ill,  118. 
Treasurers,  List,  459. 
Trustees,  210-214,  440-451. 
Tutor,  50,  217,  453,  456,  458. 
Twiss,  Thomas  S.,  45. 
Twitchell,  M.  W.,  120,  135. 
Typhoid  Fever,  27. 

Uniform,  49,  228-229. 

University  of  South  Carolina,  83-87, 

111,  120. 
University  of  South  Carolina,  Two 

Letters  Concerning,  395-407. 
University  and  the  State,  309-317. 

Vacation,  229-231. 

Valedictory,  200. 

Vampill,  R.,  94. 

Vanuxem,  L.,  34,  39. 

Venable,  C.  S.,  66,  75. 

Verses  From  Old  Scrapbook.  343-348. 

Visitors,  Board  of,  52. 

Von  Fingerlin,  Professor,  100. 


INDEX  475 

Waddel,  Moses,  65.  Wilson,  C.  C.,  130,  148. 

Walker,  C.  Bruce,  75.  Wilson,  Robert,  22,  23. 

Wall  Around  Campus,  45,  150.  Women  Admitted,  122. 

Wallace,  Professor,  37,  43.  Wood,  307. 

War  Days,  68-78.  Woodrow,  James,  93,  100,  124. 

Wardlaw,  Patterson,  122.  Woodrow  College,  134,  149. 

Water  Introduced,  145.  Woodward,  F.  C.,  118,  123. 

Watson,  J.  A.,  91.  Wylie,  Gill,  133. 

Webster,  Daniel,  52. 

Wells,  143.  Youmans,  Leroy  F.,  103. 

Williams,  Matthew  J.,  53,  58.  Young  Men's  Christian  Association, 

Williamson,  E.  Mclver,  133,  316.  247. 


04824 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


REC'D  LD 
NOV  13  1956 


u 


IN  STACKS 

NOV    91962  NO 
JAN  2  9  1963 

3lMay'63§§ 
IN  STACKS . 

MAY  1 7  J963 
WECT3  CO 

JUNY 


5 


\975  1  6 

EC.  CIS.     J*  22^S 


rone 


6     i 


LD  21-100m-12,'46(A20128l6)4120 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CAUFORNIA  LIBRARY 


